Hawaiian National Bibliography, 1780-1900: Volume 3: 1851-1880 9780824841508

Citation preview

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1780-1900

Edward T. Perkins' Na Motu: or Reef-Rovings in the South Seas, New York, 1854 [see No. 2045]. The illustrated title page reflects the romanticism of the period. C o u r t e s y K a h n C o l l e c t i o n , H a w a i i State Archives.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1780-1900 VOLUME 3

185I-188O

Compiled and Annotated by David W. Forbes

UNIVERSITY OF H A W A l ' l PRESS HONOLULU IN A S S O C I A T I O N

WITH

HORDERN HOUSE,

SYDNEY

© 2 0 0 i University of H a w a i ' i Press

Library of Congress

All rights reserved

Cataloging-in-Publication Data (Revised for vol. 3)

Copublished by

Forbes, David W.

University of H a w a i ' i Press

Hawaiian national bibliography, 1 7 8 0 - 1 9 0 0

2.840 K o l o w a l u Street

/compiled and annotated by David W. Forbes

Honolulu, H a w a i ' i 9 6 8 2 2

p.

and

cm.

Includes index.

Hordern House

Contents: v. 1 . 1 7 8 0 - 1 8 3 0

7 7 Victoria Street

v. 2. 1 8 3 1 - 1 8 5 0

Potts Point, Sydney, NSW 2 0 1 1 Australia Printed in the United States of America o 6 05 04 03 0 2 0 1

v. 3. 1 8 5 1 - 1 8 8 0 I.Hawaii—Bibliography.

5 4 3 2 1

University of H a w a i ' i Press books are printed on acid-free paper and meet the guidelines for permanence and durability of the Council on Library Resources Design by Cameron Poulter

Z.4701.F67

1. Title

1998

[DU623] 016.9969—dc2i

98-42455 CIP

ISBN 0 - 8 2 4 8 - 2 0 4 2 - 8 (v. 1: alk. paper) ISBN 0 - 8 2 4 8 - 2 3 7 9 - 6 (v. 2: alk. paper) ISBN 0 - 8 2 4 8 - 2 5 0 3 - 9 (v. 3: alk. paper)

To Samuel A. Cooke and Stuart T. K. Ho who had a vision and made it a reality

The Committee for a Hawaiian National Bibliography, 1780-1900

Samuel A. Cooke, Stuart T. K. Ho,

PRESIDENT

VICE P R E S I D E N T

Gladys Ainoa Brandt, George R. Ellis,

SECRETARY

TREASURER

Monsignor Charles A. Kekumano

Contents

List of Illustrations Preface

xi

Abbreviations

xiii

The Bibliography References Index

viii

713

711

i

Illustrations

Entry No. 2045

Illustrated title page from Edward T. Perkins, Na Motu: or ReefRovings in the South Seas, New York. 1854. frontispiece

1837

Illustrated title page from Christian Thornam, Skizzer optagne paa Corvetten Galatheas Jordomseiling, Copenhagen, 1851. 19

1888

Title page and frontispiece from Manjiro Nakahama, Manjiro's Record of Drifting, Nagasaki, 1852. 43

1892

Title page from Palapala Himeni no na Halepule a me na Halekula Katolika o Havaii, Honolulu, 1852. 46

1925

Kauai Commissioners of Health broadside notice, Olelo Hoolaha No Kauai, Honolulu, 1853. 62

2024

Title page from He Vahi Palapala o Kaimikuokoa, Honolulu, 1854. 106

2217

Title page from Ka Buke a Moramona, San Francisco, 1855.

2226

Title page and frontispiece from Manuale No Ta Poe Katolika, Honolulu, 1857. 2 0 1

2341

Broadside advertising the Royal Hawaiian Theater performance of the Alleghanians and Swiss Bell Ringers, Honolulu, 1859. 252

2355

Broadside advertisement for the A 1 Bark "Kathleen" sailing for Sydney, Australia. Honolulu, i860. 259

2441

Broadside publication of the Proclamation of Neutrality, Honolulu, 1861. 299

2470

Broadside advertising a performance of "Kanaka Dancing Girls," San Francisco, 1862. 313

2501

Title page from Ka Buke o ka Pule Ana a me ka Hooko Ana i na Kauoha Hemolele, Honolulu, 1862. 328

2504

Title page from Ke Kumu Mua Ano Hou, Boston, 1862.

Vili

331

147

Illustrations 2509

Title page from Jules Remy's translation of Ka Mooolelo Paris, 1862. 336

Hawaii,

2537

Title page from S. N. Haleole, Ke Kaao o Laieikawai, Honolulu, 1863. 349

2615

Title page from Lorrin Andrews, A Dictionary of the Hawaiian Language, Honolulu, 1865. 385

2884

Broadside advertising a performance of the Grand Osaka Troupe of Japanese, Honolulu, 1870. 5 0 1

2957

Title page and frontispiece from James Jackson Jarves, History of the Hawaiian Islands, Honolulu, 1872. 531

3054

Cover title from "Hymn of Kamehameha I," San Francisco, 1874. 582

3070

Title and frontispiece from Isabella L. Bird, The Hawaiian Archipelago. Six Months among the. . . Sandwich Islands, London, 1875. 59 Z

3080

Treaty of Reciprocity, Washington, D.C., 1875.

3103

Cover title from Thomas G. Thrum, Hawaiian Almanac and Annual, Honolulu, 1875. 607

3279

Title page from George Bowser, The Hawaiian Kingdom Statistical and Commercial Directory, Honolulu, 1880. 679

597

ix

Preface

The third volume of the Hawaiian National Bibliography commences with entries recording the last years of the reign of Kamehameha III, and it concludes with the first seven years of the Kalakaua era. Under Kamehameha IV the government was firmly established as a constitutional monarchy, ending all vestiges of the former semi-feudal government. The 1864 Constitution of Kamehameha V increased the power of the monarch and remained in effect until 1887. The whaling industry was replaced by sugar, and sugar-politics resulted in the successful negotiation by the Kalakaua government of a reciprocity treaty with the United States in 1875. This brought great prosperity to the Islands, but, at the same time, the Hawaiian government came under increasing economic and social domination by American interests. The immigration of laborers to work sugar plantations and (it was hoped) to repopulate Hawaii became a major concern of both business interests and the government beginning in the 1860s. With the passage of the reciprocity treaty in 1875 these concerns increased dramatically. The tumultuous elections of the monarchs William Lunalilo in 1872 and David Kalakaua in 1874 are recorded in detail. This volume ends with 1880, the year in which the first great political struggle between King Kalakaua and the increasingly powerful business interests in the Islands occurred. The struggle was the forerunner to more serious problems in the succeeding decade. As in the first two volumes, I have made a serious effort to include all books and pamphlets. In the case of travel books of great popularity and numerous editions (such as those of Isabella Bird), I have sometimes found it necessary to include the first and significant editions, then list later editions in the annotations. Single-sheet publications such as broadsides and handbills have been included when found. I have included periodical articles on a selective basis. Faced with an increasing volume of such material, much of which adds little to the scope of this work, I have had to prune and cut wherever possible, allowing only articles I believe are of substantive value. I am aware that this category has gaps, and the user of this bibliography should keep in mind that an examination of obscure nineteenth-century periodicals may well reveal other interesting articles. A good example of this would be several Anglican or Episcopalian periodicals of the 18 60s and 1870s that I was able to examine only briefly at the Yale University Divinity Library, but which I noted contain material on the Anglican mission in the Hawaiian Islands. XI

xii

Preface

There are two groups of materials which (with only a few exceptions) will not be found in this and in the succeeding volume. First, newspapers, both in English and in Hawaiian have had to be excluded except for a few of the most influential. After i860, newspapers, particularly those in the Hawaiian language, proliferated. Many of these were fugitive, and some are known now by only a few issues. There are general guides to these available (most currently Guide to Newspapers of Hawaii 1834-1900, by Helen G. Chapin [Honolulu: Hawaiian Historical Society, 2000]). Many of the newspapers she has listed are readily available on microfilm. A large group of publications that I also decided to exclude are works with Honolulu imprints published in Pacific Island languages other than Hawaiian. These were produced under the auspices of both the Hawaiian Evangelical Association and the Roman Catholic Mission in Honolulu and were meant to supply the needs of their respective missionary operations in Micronesia and the Marquesas. They await a much needed separate comprehensive bibliography, and it is hoped that one will someday be published. I once again acknowledge the very valuable assistance provided by the librarians at the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society, the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, the Hawaii State Library, the Hawaii State Archives, and the Hawaiian Historical Society. This volume could not have been compiled without their help and their patience. I am also grateful to Iris Wiley, project director, and Jan Rensel, editor, who continue to attend to the myriad details necessary to the publication of a national bibliography. Added to the list of donors who recognize the importance of this project is the Strong Foundation. The full list is found in the foreword to Volume 1. On behalf of all of us connected with this bibliography, I thank these Hawaii foundations for their generosity.

Abbreviations

AAS AH A H (Kahn) AI-NZ AP-NZ APS ATL

American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Massachusetts Hawaii State Archives, Honolulu Paul M. Kahn Collection, Hawaii State Archives Auckland Institute, Auckland, New Zealand Auckland Public Library, Auckland, New Zealand American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia Alexander Turnbull Library, National Library of New Zealand, Wellington BL British Library, London BPBM Bernice P. Bishop Museum Library, Honolulu BPL Boston Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts BrU Brown University Library, Providence, Rhode Island DL Dixson Library, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia FLP The Free Library of Philadelphia GF Grove Farm Homestead Library, Lihue, Kauai HAA Honolulu Academy of Arts, Honolulu HarU Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts HHS Hawaiian Historical Society, Honolulu HMCS Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library, Honolulu HSL Hawaii State Library, Hawaiian and Pacific Collection, Honolulu HSL (Tice Phillips) James Tice Phillips Collection, Hawaii State Library, Honolulu JCB John Carter Brown Library, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island KrO Biarne Kroepelien Collection, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway LC Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. ML Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia NLA National Library of Australia, Canberra. When Nan Kivell is added, this identifies the item as from the collection of Rex de C. Nan Kivell NLC Newberry Library, Chicago xiu

xiv

Abbreviations

NYH NYP NYS PA-VBC PC

P-EMS PMK PS RD SMC UC UC-B UCLA

UH UM WaU YU

New York Historical Society New York Public Library, New York New York State Library, Albany, New York Provincial Archives, Victoria, British Columbia Private collection(s). Occasionally this symbol is further identified as PC (Honolulu), PC (Los Angeles), and so forth. Peabody-Essex Museum, Salem, Massachusetts Collection of Paul M. Kahn, San Francisco Punahou School, Hawaiian and Pacific Collection, Honolulu Collection of Rodney Davidson, Melbourne, Australia Collection of Samuel and Mary Cooke, Honolulu University of California, Berkeley Bancroft Library, University of California, Berkeley University of California, Los Angeles. When Holmes is added, this identifies the Sir Maurice Holmes Captain Cook Collection, housed in the Department of Special Collections University of Hawaii at Manoa, Hawaiian and Pacific Collection, Honolulu University of Michigan, Ann Arbor University of Washington, Seattle Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Occasionally collections are further identified as Sterling Library or Medical School Library.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1780-1900 VOLUME 3 185I-188O

1851 Arago, J a c q u e s Recuerdos de un Ciego. I Viaje I al I rededor del Mundo I por I Santiago Arago. I Enriquecido con notas cientificas por Mr. Francisco Arago, I del institute, I y precedido de una introduccion I por Mr. Jules Janin. I [lithograph portrait of Arago] I Madrid I Gaspar y Roig, Editores I calle del Principe, num. 4. I 1851.

1800

8vo. 26 x 1 7 . 5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 4 0 text, [ 3 4 1 - 3 4 2 ] index pp. At the head of the title is "Biblioteca de Gaspar y R o i g . " With woodcut text illustrations.

A little-known Spanish edition of the Arago narrative. The text is in double-column form, and the woodcut illustrations in the text include several not found in earlier editions: on page 193 is a portrait of the Frenchman Jean Rives; an image of two Hawaiian women on surfboards is on page 180; a view of Sydney is on page 281. References: Ferguson, 6 0 5 4 . Copies: BPL. H S L (Tice Phillips)*, good copy in contemporary green morocco backed boards. L C . N L A . The N U C lists 3 copies.

Cheever, Henry T. New York Edition

1801

The I Island World of the Pacific: I Being I the personal narrative and results of travel I through the Sandwich or Hawaiian I Islands, and other parts I of Polynesia. I By Rev. Henry T. Cheever, I author of " T h e Whale and His Captors." I With

Engravings. I [ four-line quotation beginning "The Sandwich Isles! the Sandwich Isles!"]

I New York: I Harper & Brothers, Publishers, I 8z Cliff Street. I 1851.

i 2 m o . 19.5 x 1 2 3 . 5 cm (BPBM). [i] blank, [ii] frontispiece plate "Honolulu and its environs," [iii] added title with woodcut portrait of Kamehameha III, after Agate, [iv] blank, [v] main title, [vi] copyright notice, [1] + 2 - 1 0 Contents and list of plates, [vii] half title, [viii] blank, [ix] + x - x i i Preface by the author dated N e w York, June n t h , 1 8 5 0 , [ 1 - 3 ] + 4 - 3 7 4 text, [375] Appendix half title, [376] blank, [377] + 3 7 8 - 4 0 6 Appendix texts and tables, [407] woodcut map of the Hawaiian Islands, [408] blank pp. With folding engraved map of the Pacific at first text page, 2 0 text engravings (on 1 6 pages) including 1 2 full page. Pages 24, 28, 32, 36, 44, 48, 54, 1 4 2 , 1 6 8 , 2 0 8 , 232, 288, 3 0 8 , 342, 348, and 354 are blank.

This is a classic narrative of a visit to Hawaii by an ordained minister on a voyage for reasons of health. Cheever arrived at Honolulu from New York via Cape Horn, May 9, 1843. The Hawaiian text commences with a description of Honolulu and its environs. Cheever recounts visits to the waterfront markets, the missionary compound, Kawaiahao Church, the Chiefs' Children's School, and Punahou. He also went to Manoa Valley and to Waikiki, where, like so many others, he explored the remains of a large heiau. The narrative portions of the text are interspersed with chapters on historical subjects such as the death of Captain Cook, the arrival of the missionaries, the Laplace affair, the French "outrage" of 1849, the "embassy" of Haalilio and Richards to Europe, and naturally much on missionary work. Cheever made a trip to the island of Hawaii, with a stop at Maui. He describes Lahaina and (briefly) Lahainaluna. His extensive description of Kohala makes this narrative an important reference. The author toured through the district with Rev. Elias Bond and writes extensively of the latter's missionary work. After returning to the United States the author was instrumental in procuring a bell for the mission church at Kohala. Cheever also visited Kailua, Kona, and inspected Hulihee, the house built by Kuakini, as well as the two missionary establishments. Boarding with the Thurstons, he provides a neat description of their home life. In the chapter on Kealakekua he includes an

1

2

1851

Hawaiian National Bibliography interesting depiction of the Hawaiian method of building churches obtained from the resident missionary Mr. Forbes, and remarks on an investigation of infant mortality made by Dr. Seth Andrews of Kailua. The author continued to Waiohinu by canoe, then on foot to the volcano. His description of the volcano of Kilauea and vicinity occupies more than 20 pages of text, and in a further chapter he records the impressions of earlier visitors. At Hilo he visited the Coan and Lyman families and the boarding school, and he wrote a long and attractive account of life in that area. The travel narrative is interspersed with digressions, such as Cheever's thoughts on the Christianization of the Hawaiians, the adaptation of their lives and customs, and anecdotal information based on personal observations and stories of others. His observations on the Hawaiians he encountered are interesting and positive in their nature. The appendix contains a "Statistical view of the Resources, trade, commerce . . . of the Hawaiian Islands, gathered mainly from latest documents in the Government Journal published at Honolulu" (i.e., the Polynesian). Also on pages 4 0 1 - 4 0 2 are Richard Armstrong's remarks on granting lands to common natives in fee simple. Several of the plates (that is, 3, 5, 8, and 9 listed below) are redrawn versions of prints engraved at the Lahainaluna Seminary. (The originals of these with other Cheever family papers are in the American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Massachusetts.) The Hawaiian plates are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Honolulu and its Environs (frontispiece) Vignette of Kamehameha III (on extra title) View of Diamond Head Crater, near Honolulu (p. 1 4 1 ) Kaipuholo's Bread Fruit (p. 167) View of Kealakekua Bay (p. 207) Walls of the Crater of Kilauea (p. 287) Kilauea by Moonlight (p. 307) Mission Premises at Hilo, and Mauna Kea (p. 341) View of Volcanic Hills and Lava Streams in Puna (p. 347) Cascade of the Rainbow, Wailuku, Hilo (p. 353)

This was a popular text. There are further editions of 1855, 1856, and 1 8 7 1 . Cheever published a second work titled Life in the Sandwich Islands (New York, 1851); see No. 1803. References: Carter, p. 3 1 . Hunnewell, p. 3 0 . Judd and Lind, 32. Copies: A AS. A H (Kahn)*, black blind-stamped cloth. BL. B P B M (Carter 2-B-7)* in red cloth, gilt vignette on upper cover. B P B M (Carter 6-D-9)* in black cloth, gilt vignette of volcanic peaks and bay on upper cover. BPL. H M C S * . LC. NYP. S M C * , fine copy in red cloth. UC-B. UH. The N U C lists 1 6 copies.

1802

Cheever, Henry T. Glasgow and London Edition The I Island World I of I the Pacific: I being I the personal narrative and results of travel through I the Sandwich or Hawaiian Islands, I and other parts of Polynesia. I [four-line quotation] I Published by William Collins, I North Montrose Street, Glasgow. I and Paternoster Row, London. [1851?] 8vo. 19 x 1 1 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [z] printer's name and address, [3] + 4 - 5 Preface, [6] blank, [7] + 8 - 1 6 Contents, [ 1 7 ] + 1 8 - 2 7 1 text, [272] blank, [273] + 2 7 4 - 3 0 4 Appendix pp. Frontispiece woodcut "Kilauea by Moonlight." References: Hunnewell, p. 3 0 . Carter, p. 3 1 . Copies: H M C S * . B P B M (Fuller)*. The N U C lists 5 copies including Yale and Harvard.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1851

Cheever, Henry T. New York Edition Life in the Sandwich Islands: I or, I The Heart of the Pacific, I as it Was and Is. I By Rev. Henry T. Cheever, I Author of "The Island World of the Pacific," "The Whale and his Captors," etc. I With Engravings. I [three-line quotation from "Lord Bacon"] I New York: I Published by A. S. Barnes & Co., I N o . 51 JohnStreet. I Cincinnati: - H. W. Derby & Co. I 1 8 5 1 . i 2 m o . 18.5 x 12.5 cm (BPBM). [i] added lithograph title with portrait of Kaahumanu, [ii] blank, [i] main title, [ii] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [3] + 4 - 8 Preface dated N e w York, August zoth, 1 8 5 1 , [9] + 1 0 - 1 6 Contents, [ 1 7 ] blank, [18] M a p of the Hawaiian Islands, [19] + 2.0-302. text, [ 3 0 3 ] Appendix half title, [ 3 0 4 ] blank, 3 0 5 - 3 5 5 Appendix, [ 3 5 6 - 3 5 8 ] Advertisement pp. With a frontispiece view, a map, 2 woodcut vignettes in the text, and 4 woodcut plates inserted into the text.

An engaging travel narrative about the islands, in 1843, by a Protestant minister. In the preface, the author states: "We call this book 'The Heart of the Pacific', for two reasons: first because the Sandwich or Hawaiian Islands, which form its subject-matter, hold about the same relation to other parts of the pacific as the heart does to the rest of the human body. Second, because these Islands bid fair to become the religious Protestant Heart of the great Ocean . . . " After a prefatory chapter on Captain Cook, Hawaiian customs, and religion, the author begins his tour of Hawaii at Kailua, Kona. He describes coffee farms at Kealakekua, and examines the City of Refuge at Honaunau, comparing his observations with an earlier description made by William Ellis. There are also notes on Obookiah and Thomas Hopu. Cheever made a thorough tour of Maui. He gives a long description of Lahaina, where like so many visitors he was fascinated by Hawaiians surfing; his illustrations include a plate of the same. He also visited Lahainaluna, where he recorded his impressions of the school operation and his idea of its value to missionary work. At central Maui, he inspected the Wailuku Girls School and includes remarks on female education. He writes of the churches at Wailuku and Makawao, his visit to Haleakala, and his tour through East Maui (Makawao and Haiku). He then continued through the Hana district, with W. H. Rice, formerly a missionary there. One chapter is on Bartimeus, the famous blind Hawaiian preacher of Wailuku. Cheever made a rare trip from Hana to Molokai "in the large double-canoe belonging to the Molokai mission station." En route the canoe was swamped in a heavy sea, and he writes admiringly of the agility of the Hawaiians in setting things in order. He describes the Molokai mission station and its large stone church, and includes comments on coral formations found on that island. During a tour of Oahu, Cheever visited Rev. Mr. Parker at Kaneohe, and he writes of both Protestant and Catholic mission efforts in that district. He continued to Hauula, then to Waialua, then to Ewa. There are a considerable number of digressions in the narrative, such as "views of the mission in regard to property," "facts derived from the census," and "the vice of licentiousness." The author has sympathetic comments about Hawaiians and their relation to the church. In a chapter on Hawaiian literature (pp. 221-243), the author provides a list of works translated, remarks on Hawaiian fashions of letter writing (of which he gives interesting samples), and prints an English translation of a mele by Ke-Kupuohi on the Creation. The pictorial title page has a vignette of Kaahumanu, and the following plates are inserted into the text: Kealakekua Bay in the days of Captain Cook (frontispiece) Old Hawaiian Idols (p. 30)

4

1851

Hawaiian National Bibliography Lahaina and Lahainaluna from the Anchorage (p. 62) The Hawaiian sport of Surf-playing (p. 68) Valley and Mountains of Wailuku (p. 126) This work was issued in black (or sometimes plum) colored blind-stamped cloth, with a gilt vignette of a missionary preaching to seated natives under a large tree. This is an adaptation of a view of Kauai published in the Wilkes Expedition narrative. The advertisements at the end include reviews of Cheever's "Island World of the Pacific," with notes of two other works by the author. There are further editions: London 1851 (see No. 1804) and New York 1856. References: Carter, p. 31. Hunnewell, p. 30. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BL. BPBM (Carter 4-B-24 and Carter 1-C-9)*. BPL. HarU. HHS. HMCS*. LC. PA-VBC. SMC*, fine copy in olive cloth. UC-B. UH. YU. The NUC lists 24 copies.

1804

Cheever, Henry T. London Edition Life I in the I Sandwich Islands; I or, I the Heart of the Pacific, I as it was and is. I By the Rev. Henry T. Cheever, I author of "The Island World of the Pacific," "The Whale and his Captors," etc. I [three-line quotation from Lord Byron] I London: I Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street. I 1 8 5 1 . i2mo. 19.5 x 12.5 cm (HMCS). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v] + vi-viii Preface dated October 1851, [ix] + x-xix Contents, [xx] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 5 6 text, [257] Appendix half title, [258] blank, [259] + 260-333 Appendix pp. With frontispiece "Old Hawaiian Idols." References: Carter, p. 31. Hunnewell, p. 30. Judd and Lind, 32 (note). Copies: HMCS*.

1805

Colton, Walter Deck and Port; or, Incidents of a Cruise to California. With sketches of Rio de Janeiro, Valparaiso, Lima, Honolulu, and San Francisco. By Rev. Walter Colton, U.S.N. Author of "Ship and Shore," etc. London: Partridge & Oakey, Paternoster Row, MDCCLI. i i m o . [i-ix] + x-xv, 1 6 - 3 1 5 text, [316] blank pp. Frontispiece of Rio de Janeiro.

Not seen. The first London edition. For the first New York (1850) edition, see No. 1769. References: Kurutz, 150c. Copies: Kurutz locates a copy in the California State Library, Sutro Library Branch, San Francisco.

1806

Dana, James D. On Coral Reefs and Islands. In: American Journal of Science and Arts. Second series. Vols, X I I - X I V , Nos. 33-40. New Haven, May 1851-July 1852. 8vo. This series of articles appeared as follows:

Part Part Part Part Part Part

1: Vol. x n , No. 33 (May 1851), pp. 357-372. II: Vol. XII, No. 34 (July 1851), pp. 25-51. III: Vol. XII, No. 35 (Sept. 1851), pp. 165-186. iv: Vol. XII, No. 36 (Nov. 1851), pp. 329-338. v: Vol. x m , No. 37 (Jan. 1852), pp. 34-41. vi: Vol. x m , No. 38 (March 1852), pp. 185-195.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1851

5

Part vii: Vol. x m , No. 39 (May 1852), pp. 338-350. Part viii: Vol. xiv, No. 40 (July 1852), pp. 76-84. The articles contain several illustrations. Part viii includes a folding "Chart of the Viti Group" that the text states was derived "from the Report on Geology of the Exploring Expedition under Capt. Wilkes, U.S.N." There are references to the Hawaiian Islands throughout. In Part 1 (p. 370) there is a woodcut "Bluffs of Coral sand-rock, North shore of Oahu." These articles by Dana were later developed into his book, On Coral Reefs and Islands (New York, 1853; see No. 1909). References: Haskell, 336. Copies: B P B M * , in serial. H M C S (Hawaiiana)*, Parts n, ill, and iv.

De La Beche, Sir Henry The I Geological I Observer. I by I Sir Henry T. De La Beche, C.B., F.R.S., &Cc. I Director-General of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. I [arms] I Philadelphia: I Blanchard and Lea. I 1851.

1807

8vo. 23.5 x 1 4 . 5 cm. [i] title, [ii] printer's name, [xi]-xii Preface, [xiii] + xiv-xxii Contents [xxiii] + x x i v - x x x i i introduction, [33] + 3 4 - 6 8 4 text, [685] + 6 8 6 - 6 9 5 index, [696] blank pp.

On pages 331-339 this contains comments on the Hawaiian volcanoes of Mauna Loa and Mauna Kea, with a profile drawing and three woodcuts depicting the craters of Kilauea and Mokuaweoweo. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * .

A Glimpse A Glimpse at the Sandwich Islands. From the Notebook of a Traveller. In: The Knickerbocker. Vol. x x x v m , No. 5, pp. 477-488. New York, November 1851.

The author states: "Having arrived in California some time after the discovery of the gold mines, in a government vessel, and having been unavoidably detained there for more than a year, I was much rejoiced when the news was promulgated that our ship was to be dispatched to the Sandwich Islands." The author tells of his voyage and the "delightful" prospect of Hilo from the harbor. He landed and toured the area, which he found enchanting; he describes the vegetation, style of Hawaiian house building, and the friendly Hawaiians. He visited the nearby waterfalls, and was invited to a dinner given by Mr. Pitman. From the missionaries David Lyman and Titus Coan he received "the kindest attention." At Lahaina, Maui, the author visited the palace, "an extensive building, in the form of a parallelogram, surrounded with balconies"; he viewed the nearby fish ponds and the mission church, then continued on to Honolulu. In Honolulu he rented a native house for a lodging, next door to the residence of a "colonel in Kamehameha the Third's army," whom he describes. The author and others from his ship attended an "Audience" at the palace and met Queen Kalama. He writes of the grand vista from the Pali, and devotes a lengthy portion of the text to picturesque Hawaiian equestriennes. This article is signed at the end by "R.T.M." (further identity not determined) and is the second of two articles published by this author. The first, titled "A Trip to the Crater of Kilauea," appeared in the January 1851 issue of the periodical (see No. 1838).

1808

6

1851

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: None found. Copies; A H (Kahn)*. H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 4 9 - 6 0 ) * .

1809

[Granger, J . N . ] The Sandwich Islands. In: The Christian Review. Vol. 1 6 , pp. 2 4 4 - 2 5 5 . Boston, April 1 8 5 1 . 8vo.

A commentary on the American Board and its work in Hawaii, based on four works: Henry Cheever's The Island World of the Pacific (New York, r85i; see No. i8or); James J. Jarves' History (Boston, 1843; see No. 1 4 1 0 ) ; Hiram Bingham's Residence of TwentyOne Years (Hartford, 1847; see No. 1630); and The Missionary's Daughter (American Tract Society, ND; see No. i33r). The author also discusses an article in the Christian Examiner of May 1848 titled "Catholic and Protestant Missions." References: Carter, p. 7 3 . Copies: H M C S * (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 6 2 - 7 3 ) * .

1810

Great Britain. Treaty T R E A T Y I of Friendship Commerce and I Navigation between Her Maj- I esty the Queen of Great I Britain and the King of the I Sandwich Islands. I [text begins] I [at lower right:} Done at Honolulu, this tenth day of July, in the year of Our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifty one. [signed] Robert Crichton Wyllie [and] William Miller [and pointing hand:] "The British Plenipotentiary signed first, in the original for his Government. R. C. W." Broadside, text containing 1 7 articles, printed in 4 columns, 49 x 3 0 . 5 cm.

This is a printed draft of this treaty apparently issued for the use of the government. A copy in the Hawaii State Archives has several alterations and deletions in ink, with an annotation at lower left: "Corrected for translation [to be made] in native by Mr. Armstrong, July, 1 8 5 1 . " This treaty was returned to Honolulu in 1852 to complete ratification, at which time it was published in English and Hawaiian. See No. 1875. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Treaties)*.

1811

Hawaii. Kingdom. Constitution [The Constitution of the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1 8 5 1 ] 8vo.

Not seen. The English-language version of the proposed amendments to the Constitution of 1840. By a joint resolution of June 20, 1850, the Legislature of Hawaii resolved that "three commissioners be appointed, one to be chosen by the king, one by the house of nobles, and one by the house of representatives, whose duty it shall be to revise the constitution of the kingdom, and on or before December next to issue public notice of the change which they recommend, and submit the same to the consideration of the next legislature that it may pass upon the changes proposed." This resolution was approved by the king June 20, 1851.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1851

7

The chosen committee consisted of G. P. Judd "on behalf of the King," John Ii "on behalf of the Chiefs," and William L. Lee "on behalf of the people." The committee's final report was dated November 22, 1851, and both it and the proposed constitution were first published in the Polynesian, November 29, 1851. The first "chapter" of this text is specifically called the "Declaration of Rights." Other "chapters" are: 11. The Frame of Government [and] The Legislative Power; Of the House of Nobles; Of the House of Representatives. 111. Of the Executive Power [and] Of the Kuhina Nui [and] Of the Privy Council [and] Of the King's Ministers [and] Of the Governors. iv. Of the Judiciary Department, v. General Provisions, vi. Mode of Amending the Constitution. A considerable number of articles and letters to the editor about the text of this were published in the Polynesian following its publication in that newspaper. The newspaper itself makes no mention of a separate pamphlet issue. Another draft version of the constitution was printed for the use of the 1852 Legislature (see No. 1863). This edition was printed at the Mission Press. The printed minutes of the 1852 General Meeting record "8vo. 16 pp. 1 0 0 copies." References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1852), p. 19. Copies: None located.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Constitution [rule] I K U M U K A N A W A I . I [rule] I [with caption title on p. 3:] O Ke I KUMUK A N A W A I I o ko Hawaii Pae Aina. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1851]

1812

8vo. 25.5 x 16 cm (HMCS). [1] caption title, [2] Palapala Hoike, signed by Judd, Ii, and Lee, [3] + 4 - 1 6 text pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of the proposed revisions to the Constitution of 1840. This text was published first in the Elele E of November 29, 1851, and subsequently in pamphlet form as here. It became redundant when the new Constitution of 1852 went into effect, and the HMCS copy is the only one known. Another draft of this proposed constitution (in the Hawaiian language) was printed for the use of the 1852 legislature; see No. 1864. References: Judd, p. 3 Copies: HMCS*, stitched as issued.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Laws I of His Majesty I Kamehameha III, I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I passed by the I Nobles and Representatives I at their session, I 1851. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by order of the government. I 1 8 5 1 . 8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 0 5 Session Acts and Resolutions, 1 0 6 - 1 2 0 index pp.

Important acts passed by this legislature include those to establish a Fire Department for Honolulu, a Board of Health, and a Post Office in Honolulu. An act relating to prisons specifies that jails be erected on Kauai, Oahu, Maui, and Hawaii, specifies the duties of officials, prison inspectors, the treatment of prisoners, and the establishment of a "National Penitentiary." Clothing and food to be provided for the prisoners is described in some detail. A separate section of the law provides for "the treatment of Female convicts." By Resolution of June 20, 1850, a committee of three commissioners was to be

1813

8

1851

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

appointed to revise the Constitution of the Kingdom " a n d on or before December next to issue public notice of the change which they recommend." One of the curious acts passed at this legislative session is that relating to cats and dogs. The dollar tax on both is repealed, but reinstated for dogs only, and makes owners responsible for any injuries the animals may cause. References: Carter, p. 108. Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH (3)*. AH (Kahn)*. ATL (2)*, bound with the Hawaiian-language edition. BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter)*. HHS*, bound with the Hawaiian-language edition. HMCS*, bound with the Hawaiian-language edition.

1814

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and

Statutes

K a n a w a i I o k a M o i , I K a m e h a m e h a III., I ke alii o k o H a w a i i pae aina, I i kauia e na I Alii A h a o l e l o , a me ka P o e i k o h o i a , I iloko o ka A h a o l e l o o k a I m a k a h i k i 1 8 5 1 . I [rule] I H o n o l u l u , I paiia mamuli o ke k a u o h a a ke aupuni. I 1 8 5 1 . 8vo. 21.3 x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 7 0 Na Kanawai text, [71] Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [72] blank pp. This is the Hawaiian-language edition of N o . 1 8 1 3 , printed by the Mission Press. The printed minutes of the 1 8 5 Z General Meeting record an edition of 2 , 0 0 0 copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1852), p. 19. Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH (4)*. AH (Kahn)*. ATL (2)*, bound with the English-language edition. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter) (2)*. HMCS (3)*, one copy is bound with the English-language edition.

1815

Hawaii. Kingdom. Ministerial

Reports

A n n u a l R e p o r t s , I read before I His Majesty, I to the I H a w a i i a n Legislature, I M a y 1 2 , 1 8 5 1 , I with the I King's Speech to the Legislature, I M a y 6, 1 8 5 1 . I [double rule] I H o n o l u l u : I Printed by order of G o v e r n m e n t . I G o v e r n m e n t Press. I

[rule] I 1851. 8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [33—4 the King's speech, [5] + 6-9 Report of the Minister of the Interior, [10] + 1 1 - 1 4 Report of the Minister of Finance, [15] + 1 6 - 2 5 Report of the Minister of Public Instruction [+ folding table at p. 25], [26] + 27-38 Report of the Minister of Foreign Relations, 39 table listing the King's Foreign Agents, [40] blank, [1] + 2-224 Appendix to Mr. Wyllie's Report to the Hawaiian Legislature, Session 1851, [225] + 226-348 Addenda, composed of Protocols, Wyllie's "Historical Summary," and "Final Remarks," [349] + 350-365 Index, [366] errata, [367-368] blank pp. The Minister of the Interior (Keoni Ana) gives a summary of the Government Press, public licenses, public improvements, and sales of real estate from the Land Office; the Minister of Finance (G. P. Judd) reports receipts and disbursements and a healthy treasury balance of $ 7 9 , 8 3 8 . 4 7 . The report of the Minister of Public Instruction (Richard Armstrong) has statistics on common and select schools, including Lahainaluna Seminary, Punahou, and the reorganization of the Royal School from its original function of teaching the chiefs to that of a public school. The report includes a folding table of statistics. The Minister of Foreign Relations (R. C. Wyllie) gives an account of diplomatic trials and advances with Great Britain and France. His voluminous appendix contains " O f f i cial Correspondence, and conferences with the Commissioner of the French Republic, Monsieur Emile Perrin," which is a history of French-Hawaiian relations from the 1 8 3 0 s ; troubles over the admission of Catholic priests to Hawaii; and other diplomatic skirmishes. Important documents and treaties are reprinted.

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

1851

9

References: Carter, p. 1 1 0 . Tice Phillips Check List, 20. Copies: AH (3)*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*, one is C. R. Bishop's copy. BPBM (Carter 8-A-139)*. HMCS*, with a second copy of the Minister of Foreign Relations Report and Appendix (pp. 26-348) + index bound in ministerial reports from that department. N Y H * , fine copy stitched as issued. [Hawaiian Imprint] [Livere Kamalii. Honolulu, Catholic Mission Press, 1 8 5 1 ]

1816

Not seen. Evidently a primer. Yzendoorn, who did not locate a copy, says it is probably a new edition of a work published in 1 8 4 0 and 1 8 4 2 (also not located) and quotes from Brother Bertram's journal of August 1 3 , 1 8 5 1 : "I began to print alphabets." References: Yzendoorn, 25. Copies: None located. H a w a i i a n M i s s i o n a r y Society Proceedings I at the I Formation I of the I Hawaiian Missionary Society, I held at I Honolulu, J u n e 5, 1 8 5 1 . I [rule] I Honolulu: I American Mission Press, 1 8 5 1 .

1817

8vo. 19 x 1 1 . 5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 6 text in English, 7 - 8 text in Hawaiian pp. " T h e object of this Society," according to its constitution, "shall be the propagation of Evangelical Christianity in the Islands of the Pacific, or in other parts of the world, at the discretion of the Society." This society was responsible for the support of missions established both at the Marquesas Islands and in Micronesia. The missionaries sent to these stations from Honolulu were almost all native Hawaiians, both ordained ministers and qualified teachers. The society also issued i z annual reports beginning in 1 8 5 2 (see No. 1 8 7 7 ) . References: None found. Copies: HHS*. HMCS (Damon collection of pamphlets)*. NYP. H e Vahi H o i k e h o n u a V. C . J . S. I [rule] I He Vahi I Hoikehonua I he mea ia I e hoakaka'i i ke a n o I o ka honua nei. I [ornament] I Honolulu. I Pai Palapala Katolika I [rule] I 1 8 5 1 . i6mo. 1 3 x 9 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 5 2 text pp. Title: A geography, a treatise explaining what this earth looks like. Honolulu: Catholic Press. A complete revision and expansion of the first (1842) edition (see No. 1 3 4 7 ) . After a series of questions by the teacher (N) and answers to be recited by students (H), the geography contains questions and answers on geographical areas: America (pp. 2 1 - 2 2 ) , Asia (pp. 2 2 - 2 4 ) , Oceans (pp. 2 4 - 2 6 ) , Europe (pp. 3 1 - 4 0 ) , Asia (pp. 4 0 - 4 4 ) , Africa (pp. 4 4 - 4 7 ) » America (pp. 4 7 - 5 2 ) . A section titled " N a M o a n a " (a misprint for Na Mauna) has questions on mountains and mentions Mauna Loa and Mauna Kea (here as "Mauna Tea"). This is followed (pp. 2 6 - 2 7 ) by a section titled "Pele," which discusses active volcanoes. Brief remarks on " N a Aina o Okeana" (Oceania), and " O Havaii Nei" (on Hawaii) are found on page 52. References; Judd and Bell, 309. Yzendoorn, 24. Copies: AI-NZ. ATL*, fine copy in mottled pink wrappers. GF. HMCS*. LC*. NLC.

1818

Hawaiian

National

10

1851

1819

Hines, Gustavus

Bibliography

Life on the Plains of the Pacific. I [rule] I Oregon: I its I History, Condition and Prospects: I containing a description of the I Geography, climate and productions I with I personal adventures among the indians I during a residence of the author on the I plains bordering the Pacific I while connected with I T h e Oregon Mission: I embracing extended notes of I A voyage around the world. I [rule] I By Rev. Gustavus Hines. I [rule] I Buffalo: I Geo. H . Derby and C o . I [rule] I 1851. izmo. 19 x 12.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and imprint, [iii]-iv Preface, [v] + vi-viii Contents, [9] + 1 0 - 4 3 7 text, [438-445] Advertisement of books published by G. H. Derby & Co., [446] blank pp. With frontispiece portrait of the author. This is a reprint (with a revised title and an added portrait) of A Voyage around the World, with a History of the Oregon Mission (Buffalo 1850; see No. 1786). There are further editions: Auburn, N. Y. 1851; Buffalo, 1852; New York 1857 and 1859. References: Judd and Lind, 81. Copies: BPBM*. BL. BPL. HMCS*. LC. PA-VBC. The NUC lists 36 copies. 1820

Honolulu Atheneum Honolulu, Sandwich Islands, [blank] 1851. I To [blank] I Sir, - T h e undersigned, members of the Executive Committee of the Honolulu Atheneum, beg leave I in behalf of the Society they represent, to lay before you the wants of this c o m m u nity, in regard to news from I other lands, and also in regard to books; and to solicit your aid in meeting them, so far as you can do so, . . . I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1851] Circular, text on the first and second (unnumbered) pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 2.5.5 x 20.7 cm. [1] letter, [2] Constitution etc., [3-4] blank pp. The Atheneum was formed "with a view to secure a good Library and Reading Room, adapted to the foreign population." This letter, which solicits contributions, states: "Honolulu is already a place of considerable commerce, and is destined, we believe, to be a city of great importance. The number of foreign residents is not far from one thousand, nearly all of whom speak the English language. Besides the residents there are . . . not less than three or four thousand persons . . . who visit this port for the various purposes of commerce, pleasure or health." The constitution and bylaws are printed on the second text page. The bylaws provide for the free access to the library by "All naval and military officers, and masters of vessels," and state, "Loud conversation, smoking or anything tending to disturb or annoy the persons assembled, or the mutilation or defacing of books or papers, is prohibited." Article eight of the bylaws states, "All ladies, friends of annual subscribers shall be privileded [sic] to visit the Reading Room whenever it may suit their convenience." References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.) (2)*, both are dated February 1 0 , and signed by Richard Armstrong, chairman of the committee, [and] John Montgomery, secretary.

1821

H o n o l u l u F r e e Press. Prospectus Honolulu, 2 6 t h M a r c h , 1851. I Sir: I It was proposed at a public meeting held at the house of S. I Reynolds, Esq. on the 1 0 t h , instant, that the public, foreign and native, form I itself into an association for the purpose of establishing a newspaper in lieu of the I Honolulu Times, whose Editor is no more. I T h e Committee appointed at that meeting have decided that it shall be called I the Honolulu Free Press, that it shall be published in English, and such parts as are applicable to the

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1851

11

general policy of the Islands, in Hawaiian also. . . . With this short prospectus, we respectfully invite you to became a member, [text continues] [Honolulu, 1851] Circular. 18 lines of text in English and 1 1 lines of text in Hawaiian on a single sheet, 25 x 2.0

The English text is printed in script letters, the Hawaiian text following is in pica. Nothing came of this attempt to establish the Honolulu Free Press. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M - 4 1 8 ) * . H M C S " .

K a Ai o ka L a Ka I Ai o ka la, I a me I na niele e hooakaka i kela I Pauku i keia pauku. I Buke 2 0 . - 1852. I [rule] I ka na misionari mea pai, I 1851.

1822

i 2 m o . [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 4 0 text, [ 1 4 1 ] blank, [ 1 4 2 - 1 4 4 ] index pp.

Title: Food for the day, and questions to explain various verses [of the Bible]. References: None found. Copies: L C * .

K e k a u o n o h i , Chiefess. Funeral O R D E R O F P R O C E S S I O N I for the funeral of the late I Lady Chief Kekauonohi. I Grand Daughter of Kamehameha I, and Niece of His Majesty the King. I [rule] I Undertakers. I K A H I L I B E A R E R S . I Officers. I Soldiers Four Deep. I Hawaiian Flag, I borne by an officer. I Medical Attendants. I Officiating Clergy-

men. I [cut of coffin and "Young chiefs," "Friends of the deceased," and

1823

"Guard

of soldiers and Officers"] I Kahili Bearers. I Chief Mourners. I Hawaiian Flag, borne by an Officer. I HIS H I G H N E S S T H E P R E M I E R . I The King's Ministers. I Diplomatic and Consular Corps. I . . . I Soldiers, four deep. I Natives indiscriminately, six deep. I Four Policemen. I [rule] I The Procession to start at 1 0 o'clock from the House of I the deceased, on Monday the 3 0 t h instant. A. Paki, I [pointing hand:] The Place of Interment the Royal Cemetery. I Chamberlain's Office, June 2 1 , 1851. [Honolulu, 1851] Broadside. Text of 31 lines within an elaborate black rule border. 3 0 . 7 x 1 6 cm.

Miriam Kekauonohi died at Honolulu June 21, 1851, at age 46. She was a granddaughter of Kamehameha I, and one of the wives of Liholiho (Kamehameha II). After his death she married Keliiahonui, son of Kaumualii, King of Kauai, and for a period resided on that island. In 1844 she moved to Honolulu. She was a member of the Privy Council. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

Kerhallet, Charles Philippe de Considérations Générales I sur I L'Océan Pacifique, I pour faire suite a celles I sur l'Océan Atlantique et sur l'Océan Indien, I Par M . Charles Philippe de Kerhallet. I Capitaine de frégate, officier de la Légion d'honneur, chevalier de l'ordre I de Léopold de Belgique. I [rule] I Prix: 2 Francs (Planches comprises). I [rule] I Annales hydrographiques (1851). I i r e partie. I Revue et mise en ordre par B. Darondeau, ingénieur hydrographe. I [rule] I Paris, I Imprimerie Administrative de Paul Dupont, I Rue de Grenelle-Honoré, 45 (ancien 55). I [rule] I 1851.

1824

12

1851

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 24 x 16. j cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 6 Avertissement by de Kerhallet dated Paris, December 3, 1 8 5 1 , [7] + 8-72. text pp. At the head of the title is "Dépôt Général de la Marine." With 3 folding maps in the text.

A work on the navigation of the Pacific, containing frequent references to early voyagers. Hawaii is mentioned in passing. The maps show winds, currents, and the most favorable routes to be taken by vessels throughout the Pacific, and the length of passage to be expected by each. References: Bagnall, 2983. Carter, p. 99. O'Reilly and Reitman, 3855. Copies: H M C S * . M L .

1825

[Lucett, E d w a r d ] Rovings I in I The Pacific, I from 1837 to 1849; with I A Glance at California. I by A Merchant. I long resident at Tahiti. I With four illustrations printed in colours. I In two volumes, I Vol. 1. I London: I Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. I 1851. 2 vols. 8vo. 19.5 x 1 2 cm (BPBM). Vol. i: [i] title, [ii] imprint else blank, [iii] dedication to Sir Edward Bulwer Lytton, [iv] blank, [v]-vi Preface, [vii] + viii-xii Contents of Vol. I, [1] + 2 - 3 5 1 text, [352] colophon pp. With 2 color lithograph plates. Vol. 11: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + v i - x i Contents of Vol. 11, [xii] blank, [1] + 2 - 3 7 1 text, [ 3 7 2 ] colophon pp. With 2 color lithograph plates.

The author, a merchant long resident at Tahiti, had left his native England in 1837 for New South Wales, and after a stay there continued on to New Zealand. He gives a lively account of both places. He settled in Tahiti, but much of his life was spent trading among various Pacific island groups and in South America. This work contains narratives of the author's numerous trips, and he states in the preface: "The notes in the following pages have been copied, during the monotony of a protracted voyage, from the original entries, extending, as will be seen, over a series of years." Lucett was an outspoken critic of the literary work of others. He has disapproving comments on Herman Melville, author of Typee and Omoo (see Vol. 1, pp. 293-296) and calls him "a most reckless loafer" whose "sketches are amusing, and skillfully drawn, but bear as much relation to the truth as a farthing does to a sovereign." He further rebuts statements made by Melville regarding residents of Tahiti. Likewise the author has less than flattering opinions about Captain Wilkes, whose narrative, he comments, "is as much indebted to his library as to his travels for the result of the reflections he has committed to paper" (Vol. 1, pp. 297-300). From the viewpoint of an English resident of Tahiti, he comments on the French protectorate of Tahiti, on Queen Pomare, and on the July 1843 arrival of Lord George Paulet on HMS Carysfort, direct from Hawaii. The author's visit to Hawaii was brief. In January 1849 he left Tahiti on the Mary (Capt. Fleury) for a voyage to the Paumotus and then to Hawaii, anchoring at Honolulu March 2 - 1 0 , 1849. He found Hawaii harsh after Tahiti. He describes the effect on the town of the discovery of gold in California, and reports that two of his crew deserted to join the gold rush. He expresses the opinion that Hawaiians could not compare physically with Tahitians. Lucett's obituary appeared in the Polynesian (Honolulu), November 12, 1853: Died, at his residence in Papeete, Society Islands, on the 29th September, 1853. Edward Lucett, Esq. aged 38 years. The deceased was a native of Eating [s«'c] Middlesex,

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1851

13

England, and had removed to the islands in the year 1841, where in connection with George Collie Esq., he continued to be extensively engaged in commercial business. The immediate cause of his decease was Pulmonary Disease. . . . The deceased has left a widow and two infant daughters . . . as author of "Rovings in the Pacific," his happy style of composition has met with extensive perusal and will long cause him to be remembered in the literary world. Papeete, Society Islands September 30, 1853. This work contains four color lithograph plates (9 x 14 cm each) "drawn by E. L." and lithographed by Hanhart. In Volume I: The harbour of Papeeti, taken from the hill at the back of the town (frontispiece); The valley of Oponohu (at first text page). In Volume ii: The Island of Moorea (frontispiece); The Native church at the island of Moorea (at first text page). References: Bagnall, 3198. Carter, p. 1 1 8 and 1 5 6 . Hill, p. 185. Hunnewell, p. 52. Judd and Lind, 1 1 4 . Kurutz, 409. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 0 5 2 . Sabin, 7 3 5 2 5 . Streeter, 2 6 7 2 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, two volumes in one, original blue cloth. ATL. BL. BPL. B P B M (1)*. B P B M (Carter 6-D-12)*. B P B M (Fuller)*, two volumes in one, blue cloth; this copy has half titles. HarU. HHS. H M C S . HSL (Tice Phillips). L C . PA-VBC. S M C * . UC-B. UH. Y U . The N U C lists 1 4 copies.

Lyman, Chester Smith, and Titus Coan On the Recent Condition of Kilauea; by Rev. C. S. Lyman, including a letter from Rev T. Coan, Missionary at Hilo, Hawaii. In: The American Journal of Science and Arts. Second series. Vol. 1 2 , No. 34, pp. 75-8Z. New Haven, July 1851.

1826

Lyman, who had spent several days at Kilauea volcano in July and August 1846, writes of the appearance of the crater at that time and then quotes from a letter by Coan, dated January 1851, regarding his yearly visits to Kilauea between 1846 and 1850. The letter notes an eruption in Mokuaweoweo, the crater atop Mauna Loa, in 1849. Reference is also made to Dana's article, "Historical Account of the Eruptions on Hawaii," which had appeared earlier in the same periodical (May and September, 1850; see No. 1770). References: Carter, p. 1 1 8 . Hunnewell, p. 52. Copies: B P B M * , in serial. H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 4 9 3 - 5 0 0 ) * .

Pickering, Charles The Races of Man; I and I Their Geographical Distribution. I by Charles Pickering, M.D. I Member of the United States Exploring Expedition. I New Edition. I To which is prefixed, I an Analytical Synopsis of the Natural I History of Man. I by John Charles Hall, M.D. I Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, Edinburgh; Author of "Facts I connected with the Animal Kingdom and Unity of Our Species." I London: I H. G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. I M D C C C L I . i 2 m o . 18.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] + iv-vi contents, [i] list of illustrations, [ii] blank, [vii] + viii-lxxii " A n Analytical Synopsis," dated Sheffield, July 9th, 1 8 5 0 , [ 1 ] + 2 - 4 1 0 text, [ 4 1 1 ] + 4 1 2 - 4 4 5 index, [446] printer's imprint pp. With map "Geographical Distribution of the races of men," and 1 2 engraved and hand-colored plates.

The Pickering text in this reduced-size edition appears to be identical to the quarto editions (see Nos. 1 7 1 1 , 1712-, and 1751). The text by Hall, included as a lengthy introduction, is new to this Bohn edition. The HHS copy has bound in at the end Bohn's 32page "Select Catalogue of New Books at Reduced prices."

1827

14

1851

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

Haskell suggests that this reduced-size edition of The Races of Man was published in 1850, but does not describe a copy. There were five later editions and issues of this octavo edition published in London between 1854 and 1895 (see Haskell, 36-40). References: Haskell, 35. Copies: HHS*. Haskell records 2 copies: the Chicago Public Library and the American Museum of Natural History, New York.

1828

Poussin, Guillaume Tell The I United States; I its I Power and Progress. I by I Guillaume Tell Poussin, I late minister of the Republic of France to the United States. I First American, from the third Paris Edition. I Translated from the French, I by I Edmund L. Du Barry, M.D., I surgeon U. S. Navy. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Lippincot, Grambo and Co. I Successors to Grigg, Ellipt and Co. I 1851. 8vo. 23 x 15 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [iii]-iv Translator's preface, [v] + vi-xvii Contents, [xviii] blank, [xix] + xx-xxiv Introduction, [33] + 34-488 text pp.

A summary of voyages to the Northwest Coast (1500-1846) is found on pages 232-262. These include Cook, Portlock and Dixon, Vancouver, Meares, and others. Kauai is mentioned on page 250; Hawaii and Maui are mentioned on page 251. A note on Captain Simon Metcalf and the Fair American is on page 257. References to the Sandwich Islands are on page 276. On pages 3 0 7 - 3 1 0 is a "List of Vessels composing the United States Navy" with details on when each was built and where it was currently stationed. References: None found. Copies: A AS. BPL. HarU. HMCS*. LC. YU. The NUC lists 25 copies.

1829

Rowe's Olympic Circus ROWE'S I OLYMPIC I CIRCUS!! I [double rule] I (Corner of King and Nuuanu sts.) I [double rule] I FRIDAY E V E N ' G J A N . 1 0 . I [three block-form woodcuts] I J. A. Rowe, Sole Propri'r [sic] & Manager. I most respectfully announces to the public of Honolulu and its vicinity I that he has completed his pavilion, which is large and airy, which I will make it one of the most comfortable of any that has ever been I erected in this city, and that his first performance will take place this I evening, with his well known celebrated equestrian company and I highly trained stud of horses, among which is the world renowned I trick horse Adonis, or the horse of 5 0 0 0 , trained by Mr. Rowe, also, I the beautiful domestic steed Othello, and two splendid trick poneys [sic] I . . . I The company is comprised of the following artists: I Equestrian Director, I MR. A. J. ROWE. I Ring Master and Scene Rider, Mr. Walter Howard. I Clown to the whole performance, David Long. I Also Messrs. Henry Ellsler, Jordan Yaman, Antonio, I M A S T E R R A F A E L , I the wonder of the age and pet of the arena. Female Equestrian, I MRS. A. J. ROWE. I [double rule] I The entertainment for this evening will commence with a Grand I Waltz and Star Entree . . . after which Mr. Rowe will Dance I the celebrated horse I ADONIS, I to be followed by the daring I M A S T E R RAFAEL, I a pupil of Mr. Rowe's, in his most astonishing principal, backwards I and forward leaping Act of Horsemanship on the beautiful mare Prin- I cess. This youth, only 1 1 years of age, will perform some of the most I difficult feats ever performed by man. Mr. Rowe will now introduce I the horse of 5 0 0 0 , Adonis, in the highly interesting scene entitled I M O N T E Z U M A A N D HIS WILD C H A R G E R . I . . . I [double rule] I . . . I Prices of admittance: Box one dollar; Pit 50 cts. I Performance I will

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1851

commence at half past 7 o'clock . . . . I No smoking allowed I in the Pavilion. [Honolulu 1851] Broadside. 62 lines, with 3 rectangular box woodcuts measuring 6 x 18.5 cm across upper half of the sheet depicting two acrobats on galloping horses and an "indian" in front of a white horse. 63.5 x 22.5 cm.

According to the Polynesian, January 4, 1851, Rowe's Olympic Circus Company arrived in Honolulu from San Francisco on the barque Elizabeth, December 28, 1850, "bringing nine well trained horses and everything where with to carry on their performances in an excellent manner." References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Rowe's Olympic Circus ROWE'S I OLYMPIC I CIRCUS!! I Mr. J. A. Rowe, Sole Prop'r [sic] and Manager, I in returning his most sincere thanks to the people of Honolulu for their I liberal patronage, takes pleasure in announcing to them that he is I now erecting Private Boxes for the accommodation and convenience I of families & c , . . . I [double rule] I Tuesday Evening, Jan. 14, 1851 I [double rule] I Equestrian Manager & c , Mr. J. A. Rowe I Ring Master, Walter Howard. I Clown, David Long. I [woodcut of man with flag standing on horse, 6x6 cm] I The evening's performance will commence with a grand I INDIAN ENTREE! I in full costumes and equipments [s/c] of warfare, . . . such as is practiced amongst Indians previous to going to I the field of battle. I [double rule] I After which I Master Rafael, I will appear on his beautiful mare Princess, . . . I [double rule] I Mr. Rowe will then introduce, for the first time in Honolulu, his I beautiful spotted I T R I C K PONY BOBBY. I . . . I [double rule] I The whole to conclude with the laughable afterpiece entitled I The Barbershop in an Uproar. I [double rule] I Prices of admittance: Box one dollar; Pit 50 cts. Tickets to be I had at the Canton, National and Commercial Hotels, Shakespeare I House and at the Box Office. I . . . I An efficient police will be in attendance to preserve order. [Honolulu, 1851] Broadside. 45 lines of text, 63.5 x 22.5 cm.

The copy at the Hawaii State Archives has a contemporary annotation in pencil at the top by Emma Rooke, later Queen Emma: "Mother & I went up to the Palace as the King had desired us to I and we came down together with them. The women did not go. The sold-1 iers guarded our carriage. I walked with the King I into His box. Mother & John followed, then the boys, Lot, Alex & Bil[l], The band struck up 'God save the King.' I Jan 14, 1851." Further pencil annotations on the sheet comment on the various acts of the performance. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Rowe's Olympic Circus ROWE'S I OLYMPIC I CIRCUS!! I [double rule] I J. A. Rowe, Sole Proprietor and Manager I [double rule] I Thursday Evening, Jan 23 I [double rule] I [two woodcuts] I [double rule] I The performance to commence with a Grand I INDIAN ENTREE! I In full costume, led by Mr. Walter Howard and Mrs. J. A. I Rowe. I [double rule] I After which, Mr. Rowe will introduce and Dance his favor- I ite

16

1851

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

Horse, I ADONIS! I whose performances has always received unbounded applause in I the many countries in which he has performed. I [double rule] I M A S T E R RAFAEL!! I the famous Prince of Equestrians, will appear on his pet mare, I Princess . . . I [double rule] I To be followed by Mr. Howard, in the beautiful and much I admired scene of the Indian Chief I M E T A M O R A ! I . . . I [double rule] I The whole to conclude with the Original and laughable After I piece entitled I New Way to Pay Old Debts. I in which the whole company will appear. [Honolulu, 1851] Broadside. 60.5 x 23 cm. With 2 woodcuts, a head of a clown and an acrobatic "indian" on a prancing horse.

The Hawaii State Archives copy has pencil annotations by Emma Rooke (later Queen Emma) stating that the last piece involved "Mr. Long as the debtor going to California &C Mr. Jamans as his Wife." The Hawaii State Archives additionally has four smaller-sized handbills (approximately 40 x i z cm each) for performances by Rowe's Pioneer Circus for March 6, March 21, May 7, and "Last night" December 6, 1851. Several of these have contemporary pencil annotations regarding parts of the performances. Those for March 6 and March zi have the imprint: Honolulu Times Press. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

1832

Royal Hawaiian Theater Royal Hawaiian I Theater. I [rule] I Treasurer - - Mr. Geo. E. Graves. I Stage Manager, - Mr. W. H. Wilder. I [rule] I Look at this Bill!! I [rule] I Two beautiful and thrilling I D R A M A S !!! I [rule] I . . . I Saturday Evening, Nov. 1 I Will be presented the thrilling Drama of I Ambrose Gwinett, I Or, A Sea-Side Story. I [dramatis personae] I [rule] I After which, I Comic Song, by Mr. Hunt. I [rule] I Irish Lilt ! I By I Miss Louise Graves. I [rule] To conclude with the Nautical Drama of I Black Eyed Susan! or, all in the downs. I [dramatis personae] I . . . I [pointing hand] On Tuesday Evening, [pointing band] I Phillip Massenger's Great Comedy (in five acts) of I New Way to Pay I OLD DEBTS ! I . . . I [Honolulu, 1851] Broadside. 60 lines of text. 49 x 14 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

1833

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts I from I The Minutes I of the I General Meeting I of the I Sandwich Islands Mission, I held at Honolulu, I May and June, 1851. I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu; I American Mission Press. I 1851. i2.mo. 17.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-34 text, [35] blank, [36] Hawaiian Association pp.

This contains abstracts of station reports, including common and select schools, and a brief account of printing. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS (2)*, Dwight Baldwin's and Mrs. Chamberlain's copies. HMCS (2)*. NYP.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1851

St. Julian, Charles Notes I on the I Latent Resources I of I Polynesia. I By Charles St. Julian. I [rule] I Reprinted, for private circulation, from the Sydney Morning I Herald. I [rule] I Sydney: I Printed by Kemp and Fairfax, I Lower George Street. I 1851.

17 1834

i z m o . 1 5 x 9.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Preface, [4] Index, [1] + 2 - 1 2 9 text, [ 1 3 0 ] colophon pp. Title and all text within rule borders.

A series of articles on the advantageous position of Sydney for commercial trading throughout the Pacific, with frequent references to the Hawaiian Islands. The author first discusses Polynesia, quoting extensively from the writings of William Ellis and others, then focuses on various groups of islands, noting possibilities for trade with Fiji, Samoa, the Austral and Marquesas islands, and the Kingdom of Hawaii. A chapter on the natural history of the islands is drawn largely from William Ellis' Polynesian Researches. A chapter on Hawaii (pp. 59-69) gives a résumé of its general economic and social progress, the author stating: "The Hawaiian nation, may, as a whole, be fairly appealed to as affording a proof of what the Polynesian race is capable of." The HMCS library has a presentation copy from the author to "His Excellency R. C. Wyllie Esq.," with Wyllie's annotation "Received 25 June, 1851." References: Ferguson, 1 5 3 7 1 (noting 4 copies held in Australian libraries). Copies: H M C S * . M L . N L A .

Shaw, William Golden Dreams I and I Waking Realities; I being the I adventures of a gold-seeker I in I California and the Pacific Islands. I By I William Shaw. I [rule] I London: I Smith, Elder and Co., 65, Cornhill. I 1 8 5 1 . i 2 m o . 1 8 . 5 x i z cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] + iv-v advertisement, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-xii contents, [ 1 ] + 2 - 3 1 6 text pp.

Shaw, a discontented Australian émigré from England, shipped from Adelaide on the Mazeppa, a clipper-built ship and the first ship to leave South Australia for the newly announced gold diggings in California. The ship touched at Port Nicholson, New Zealand, then continued to California. On arrival at San Francisco in September 1849, Shaw headed for Stockton, then to the gold diggings, and tried his luck amidst appalling conditions, which he aptly describes. He subsequently stayed in San Francisco. Kurutz calls this "one of the finest narratives of the Gold Rush." On his return to the Antipodes, again on the Mazeppa, Shaw made a stop at Hawaii. He describes Honolulu, its situation, business district, and markets. He comments on the increasing importance of Honolulu since the discovery of gold, the transitory population from California, and other "profligate strangers" and inhabitants. He attended a performance of Shakespeare's Richard III at the theater at which Kamehameha III and his entourage were present, and where several Sydney emigrants "whistled cat-calls, pelted orange peel and created other disturbances common to the gallery audiences of an English theatre." An amusing chapter concerns his attempts to find a cat in order to control the rodent population on his ship. Shaw says he departed on the Mazeppa for Samoa and ultimately Sydney, from which port he returned to England. It has proved impossible to determine exactly when the author was in the Hawaiian Islands, and on exactly what ship (or ships) he arrived and departed. Lists of ship arrivals published in the Friend and the Polynesian do show the arrival of the British ship Mazeppa on January 2,1, 1850, 21 days from San Francisco. She carried only one passenger, a "T. Morrin." Shaw may therefore have been traveling in steerage or as part

1835

18

1851

Hawaiian National Bibliography of the crew. The same records show that the Mazeppa departed January 30 for Vancouver's Island, not for the South Pacific or Sydney, Shaw's eventual destination. Furthermore, although Shaw writes of ships named the Victoria and the Cheerful, in port at the same time (the former, he says, with many passengers for San Francisco), a careful examination of shipping lists for the period January 1849 to March 1851 fails to reveal any vessels by these names either together or individually at Honolulu. References: Carter, p. 1 5 9 . Ferguson, 1 5 6 1 9 a . Judd and Lind, 1 6 1 . Kurutz, 5 7 2 (with a long note on the author's travels through California). Sabin, 7 9 9 7 1 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, original blue blind-stamped cloth. H M C S * . N L C . UC-B. Y U (2)*, one in original blue blind-stamped cloth.

1836

Thompson, Joseph P. The Moral Unity of the Human race. I [double rule] I A Sermon I preached at the ordination of I Luther Halsey Gulick, M.D., I as a missionary to the I Micronesian Islands. I By Joseph P. Thompson, I Pastor of the Broadway Tabernacle Church I With an Appendix on the Coral Islands. I [two-line quotation from Isaiah] I Also, I the charge delivered on the same occasion, I by Rev. Swan L. Pomroy, D.D., Cor. Sec. A.B.C.F.M. I And I the right hand of fellowship, I as given by I Rev. John D. Paris, of the Sandwich Islands Mission. I [rule] I New York: I M . W. Dodd, Publisher, Brick Church Chapel. I [rule] I 1 8 5 1 . 8vo. 23 x 1 4 . 5 cm ( H M C S ) . [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 5 1 sermon, [52] blank, [53] + 5 4 - 7 1 appendix, [72] blank pp. With woodcut map "Tarawan or Kingsmill G r o u p " (p. 6 1 ) , and text woodcuts.

Luther Halsey Gulick (1828-1891) was the son of the Rev. Peter Gulick, a missionary stationed at Koloa, Kauai, and later at Waialua, Oahu. Luther Gulick was the first of the missionary children to return to the Pacific as an ordained minister. There are references to Gulick senior and his work in Hawaii in both the sermon and in Rev. Paris' remarks. On page 16 there are references to Herman Melville and his books Typee and Omoo. The appendix on the Coral Islands is derived largely from James D. Dana's publications. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * . LC. N Y P . Y U . The N U C records 9 copies.

1837

Thornam, Christian Skizzer I optagne paa I Corvetten Galatheas I Jordomseiling I af I Chr: Thornam. I 1 8 4 5 - 4 7 . I Bog og Papirh. C. W. Stincks Forlag. 11. W. Tegner & Kittendorffs. Lith Inst. I [Copenhagen, C. W. Stinck. 1 8 5 1 ] 4to. 27 x 22 cm (BPBM). With lithograph title and 3 0 lithograph plates, interleaved with letterpress sections as follows: Madeira [1] + 2 - 4 text [+ 3 plates]; Calcutta 5 - 1 1 text, [12] blank [+ 5 plates]; Nicobar oerne [ 1 3 ] + 1 4 - 2 3 text [+ 4 plates]; Pulo Penang [24] text [+ 1 plate]; Singapore 2 5 - 2 6 text [+ 1 plate]; Manila 2 7 - 2 8 text [+ 1 plate]; China 29 text [+ 4 plates]; Sandwichs Oerne 3 0 - 3 2 text [+ 2 plates]; Tahiti 3 3 - 3 6 text [+ 3 plates]; Sud Amerika 3 6 - 3 9 text, [40] blank [+ 2 plates]; and 2 plates of Madras and J a v a without letterpress text.

An attractive and rare pictorial album illustrating scenes of places visited during the voyage of the Danish ship Galathea (1845-1847) by Thornam, the naturalist-artist of the expedition. For an account of the voyage by Steen Anderson Bille (1849), see No. 1723. The lithographs are of very fine quality and include two of Hawaiian scenes: "Parti paa Sandwichsoerne" (13.2 x 17.7 cm); and "Ryttere paa Sandwichsoerne" (12.5 x 1 7 cm).

Christian Thornam's Skizzer optagne paa Corvetten Galatheas Jordomseiling, Copenhagen, 1851 [see No. 1837], has a beautifully executed lithographic title. Courtesy Kahn Collection, Hawaii State Archives.

20

1851

Hawaiian National Bibliography The second Hawaiian plate depicts a party of two Hawaiian women, in pa'u skirts, and a gentleman, galloping across the plains of Honolulu. This album was issued generally with the plates uncolored, but a few "deluxe" copies have hand-tinted plates. According to Kroepelien, this was originally issued in parts, each having the imprint: "Kjobenhavn. Folag af Bog- og Papirhandler C. W. Stinck. Trykt hos Kgl. Hofbogtrykker Bianco Luno. 1851." References: Kroepelien, 12.88. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1088. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy in original half green morocco, with tinted plates, signature of N. F. Nissen on title. BL. BPBM*, in original black blind-stamped cloth, with tinted plates (gift of Bjarne Kroepelien). BPBM (Carter 7-D-14)*, uncolored copy. SMC*, plates uncolored, contemporary red morocco spine gilt. YU. The NUC lists copies at Yale and the University of British Columbia (Victoria).

1838

A Trip A Trip to the Crater of Kilauea. In: The Knickerbocker. Vol. 37, pp. 32-40. New York, January 1851. 8vo.

This article, signed "M," is a lively account of an 1849 trip to Kilauea volcano from Hilo. The author disembarked from an unnamed vessel in Hilo Bay on the 28th of June, and with companions made the trip with an overnight stay in both directions at Olaa. This also contains an original poem "To Pele" that begins: "Hail! Goddess of the gloomy pit, Whose fires around me rise, Whose pitchy smoke and sulphurous breath, Commingle with the skies!" An additional article evidently by the same person, entitled "A Glimpse at the Sandwich Islands, from the Notebook of a Traveller," was published in the Knickerbocker, November 1851 (see No. 1808). References: None found. Copies HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 40-48)*.

1839

[United States. Treaty] Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation, between the United States and the King of the Hawaiian Islands. In: Hunt's Merchants' Magazine and Commercial Review. Vol. 24, No. 1 , pp. 85-88. New York, January 1851. 8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm.

This article reprints the Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation, signed in Washington, D.C., December 20, 1849, by John M. Clayton and James Jackson Jarves, and concluded and signed in Washington, D.C., November 2, 1850. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*.

1840

Weekly Argus The Weekly Argus. I [rule] I Mat. K. Smith, Editor, Honolulu Wednesday January 14, 1851. W. E. Weaver & Co. Printers. I [double rule] I Vol. 1. Devoted to Politics, News, Literature, Science, &c. No. 1 . [Honolulu, 1851-1853.] 4to and folio. First 40 x 26 cm, gradually increasing in size to 29.5 x 45 cm. A weekly newspaper. Its opening editorial by Smith states:

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1851

The great principles of truth and justice are few and plain - our great object will be to enforce them by every means that ingenuity can devise, or variety accomplish . . . Our sovereign and his people's true interests will be the object of our most zealous attention . . . the languishing state of our markets, the immense amount of import, the limited resources of the nation to produce exports to meet them, will occupy much of our attention. . . . We disapprove the active interference of ministers of the gospel in political matters, we have no such examples in the disciples of Christ. . . . Our opinions may be at variance with many, very many in this community. . . The Argus took up the question of the proposed new constitution in the fourth issue (Feb. 4, 1852) with a very long communication from "A." More attention was given to this subject during the legislative session that opened several months later. After the first few issues, all advertisements disappeared. The editor explained in the February 1 1 issue that these were to be published on a separate sheet, and several of these smaller-sized sheets are in the Hawaiian Historical Society copy. This format proved impracticable and advertisements were re-inserted beginning February 25. Much of the text consists of excerpts from other papers, small articles, and longer communications in the form of letters from those disagreeing with statements published in the Polynesian. Small articles of local happenings and gossip, found as fillers in other newspapers, appear with rarity here. With the issue of March 1 7 , a dual editorship was announced, with Abraham Fornander joining Mr. Smith. Fornander's journalistic participation had begun earlier, however. From March 3 to April 14 the paper published a series of four long articles addressed "To the American Missionaries at the Sandwich Islands." These are signed "St. O l a f " (a thinly disguised pseudonym of the Swede Abraham Fornander) and are of a highly critical nature. In the third article the author charges that the mission had "done those things which you ought not to have done, and have left undone those things which you ought to have done." The mission as a whole (or individuals) made no reply to these statements. An article entitled "Extracts of leading American Journals respecting the Independence of the Hawaiian Islands" is on the front page of the June 29, 1853, issue. It quotes from the Providence Journal, the New York Tribune, and the New York Herald. The September 14, 1853, issue has an article, "The prospect of the Hawaiian Islands in case of Annexation to the U. States" (signed " R " ) . This is continued in the September 29 issue. The legislative session of 1852 was of particular interest to the editors, and issues of the Argus from April 14 to July 2 1 , 1852, are sometimes entirely devoted to day-by-day summaries of the session. Particularly interesting is their coverage of debates on and amendments made to the new constitution of the kingdom enacted during that session. Editor Fornander was critical of the government for its actions, or inactions, during the smallpox epidemic of 1853, and he supported the movement to have Dr. Judd, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, removed from office. Letters to the editor agreeing with the matter appear during July and August. In the September 7, 1853, issue, the Argus announced: "Change in the Cabinet!! Resignation of Ministry!!! New Appointments!!!" The last issue published (but with no concluding statement from the editor) appeared on September 28, 1853. This newspaper was succeeded by The New Era and Weekly Argus, in October the same year; see No. 19 51. References: Hunnewell, pp. 61 and 73. Copies: HHS, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Jan. 14, 1851) to July 2 1 , 1852. BPBM*, Vol. 1, Nos. 2 - 3 , 9 - 1 0 ,

29-42 (Jan. 5, 1853); Vol. 11, Nos. 1-32 (Jan. 18-Sept. 28, 1853).

22

1851

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

1841

Wilkes, Charles. New York, Putnam Five-Volume Edition New Edition. I [double rule] I Narrative I of the I United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. I by I Charles Wilkes U.S.N. I Commander of the Expedition, I member of the American Philosophical Society, etc. I in five volumes, with thirteen maps. vol. 1. I New York: I George P. Putnam. I 1851. 5 vols. 8vo.

Not seen. References: Haskell, 1 0 . Copies: Haskell lists 5 copies, including NYP and BPL.

1842

Wilkes, Charles Voyage I Round the World, I embracing I The Principal Events of the Narrative I of the I United States I Exploring Expedition. I In one volume. I Illustrated with I one hundred and seventy-eight engravings on wood. I by I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Commander of the Expedition, I Member of the American Philosophical Society, etc., etc. I [rule] I New York: I George P. Putnam. I [rule] I 1851. 8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] copyright and imprint, [iii] Introduction by Wilkes dated "Washington City, July 1849," [iv] blank, [v] + vi-x Instructions, [xi]-xii List of Officers, [xiii] + xiv-xx Contents, [1] + 2-664 t e x t , [665] + 666-668 Appendix, [669-670] blank pp. Issued in black blind-stamped cloth, gilt title on spine.

This is a reissue of the 1849 Philadelphia edition (see No. 1759). References: This edition is not in Haskell, but see Haskell, 6. Copies: BPBM (Carter 7-C-27)*.

1843

Wilkes, Charles. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. XI. Meteorology United States Exploring Expedition I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. xi. I [rule] I METEOROLOGY. I By I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., I Member of the American Philosophical Society, etc. I With I twenty-five illustrations. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman. I 1851. 4to. 31 x 23 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, "United States I Exploring Expedition. I By Authority of Congress," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-lviii Introduction, [lix-lx] blank, [lxi] "Journal of Meteorological Observations" half title, [lxii] blank, [lxiii] table of symbols, [lxiv] blank, [1] + 2-726 text comprising tables of meteorological observations, [727-746] appendix pp. With folding "Map exhibiting areas of temperature of the Ocean" (colored), and 24 charts and diagrams in the text colored in part.

The official issue. "One hundred copies printed, of which thirty were destroyed by fire and not replaced" (Haskell). Haskell further states that although the text was printed in 1848, the work was not issued until r854. Remarks on Hawaii are found in the introduction (p. xlix), and tables of observations are found on pages 404-505. For the reprint edition of 1851, see No. 1844. References: Haskell, 47. Copies: BPBM*. LC. NYP. UC-B. Haskell locates 24 institutionally held copies, including one privately owned copy (J. F. Wilkes) that is thought to be part of the set acquired subsequently by the Mitchell Library, Sydney, from Hordern House.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1851

Wilkes, Charles. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. XI. Meteorology United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I By I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. xi. I [rule] I M E T E O R O L O G Y . I By I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Member of the American Philosophical Society, etc. I With I Twenty-Five illustrations. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman. I 1 8 5 1 . 4to. 33 x 25 cm (AH [Kahn]). [i] half title, "United States I Exploring Expedition I By Authority of Congress," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [+ inserted author's slip], [iv] + v-lviii introduction, [+ one blank leaf] pp. With 24 engraved plates and charts colored in part.

This is a reprint of the introduction and diagrams from the official issue of the text (see No. 1843). On the inserted slip, Wilkes states: "Note—This introduction, together with the Diagrams, exhibits the mean daily results of a larger amount of tabular matter contained in Vol. xi. of the series of the Exploring Expedition publication, of which but a limited number of copies have been authorized by Congress. As several of my friends have desired to see these results, I have had a few extra copies printed. The Author." References: Haskell, 48. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, in original wrappers with inscription: " F o r John Wiley, Esq. Surgeon U.S. Navy, from his friend Charles Wilkes." Haskell locates 7 copies, including HarU (Zoology). LC. NYP.

Wise, Henry Augustus Los Gringos; oder, ansichen aus den innern in Peru, Chili und Polynesien. Van lieutenant Wise . . . Grimma und Leipzig. Verlags-comptoir, 1 8 5 1 . 3 vols. i2.mo. 1 5 . 5 cm.

Not seen. Copies:The N U C lists copies at the N Y P and the N e w York Historical Society.

Wyllie, Robert C. Address I to the I House of Representatives I of the I Hawaiian Kingdom, I on the inefficiency of high duties on spirits, in promoting temper- I ance, morality and revenue, and the expediency of lower- I ing the duties, in conformity with the strong I recommendations of the I Chamber of Commerce I of I Honolulu. I By Robert Crichton Wyllie, Esquire, I Minister of Foreign Relations. I Honolulu, Oahu. I [rule] I 1 8 5 1 . 8vo. 22 x 1 3 . 5 cm (HMCS). [ 1 ] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 4 1 text, [42-44] blank pp.

Wyllie opens his "Address" with comments about Hawaiian intoxicants beginning with the use of awa as noted by Captain Cook. For the period of 1 8 1 9 - 1 8 2 3 he makes frequent use of the manuscript journal of Don Francisco de Paula Marin for his references to the use of alcoholic beverages. He includes a close look at the clauses found in various treaties and official documents, with notes on similar matters in Tahiti. He discusses the report made by the Chamber of Commerce, includes notes on the matter of smuggling liquor into the islands (giving an example of the enormous profits to be realized by the illicit smuggling of a cargo of 1 6 , z o o gallons of brandy), and proposes an elaborate schedule of duty charges. As was Wyllie's usual manner, his text includes numerous enclosures referred to in his speech. References: Carter, pp. n o and 189. Hunnewell, p. 74 (erroneously dating this as 1850). Copies: A H (2)*. H M C S * . H S L (Tice Phillips). LC. N Y H * , fine copy, stitched as issued. Y U * . The N U C lists the L C copy.

24

1852

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852 1847

The Amateur A juvenile newspaper, published in Honolulu during 1852. In the Friend (New Series), Vol. 1, No. 5 (Sept. 1 , 1852), page 33, the following appears: "THE AMATEUR. This is the title of a new newspaper which appeared on Saturday last. The publishers forwarded us a manuscript copy, and we were given to understand that it would continue in that form, but lo, out comes the same paper, from the hands of the Printer. It is edited by Master A[lfred] Wellington] Carter, and published by the Hawaiian Juvenile Society. Success to the literary efforts of our youth . . . " Nothing further is known about this newspaper. Its editor, Alfred Wellington Carter (1841-1890), was the son of J. O. Carter, and uncle of the A. W. Carter, who was for many years manager of the Parker Ranch on Hawaii. References: Hunnewell, p. 2.0. Copies: None located.

1848

Bille, Steen Anderson Steen Bille's I Bericht I über die I Reise der Corvette Galathea I um die Welt I in den Jahren 1845, 47 und 47. I [double rule] I Aus dem Danischen ubersetzt und thielweise bearbeitet I von I W. v. Rosen, I R. v. Tb., I Ritarbeiter am Original. I [rule] I Erster Band. I Mit 7 Lithographien und einer Karte. I [double rule] I Kopenhagn, C. A. Reitzel, I Leipzig. I C. B. Lorck I Bianco Luno's Buchdruckerei. I 1852. 2 vols. 8vo. 23.5 x 1 4 . 5 cm untrimmed (BPBM). Vol. i: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-vi Vorwort (Foreword) by von Rosen dated Copenhagen, December 1 8 5 1 , [vii] + viii-xiv Inhalt (Contents and list of plates), [1] + 2 - 4 6 4 text, [465] errata, [466] blank pp. With folding map "Nicobarische Inseln" at title, and 7 lithograph plates. Vol. II: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + i v - x Inhalt (Contents and list of plates), [1] + 2 - 5 1 7 text, [518] two lines of errata, else blank pp. With folding Chart "Die Reise der Corvette Galathea um die Welt" at title, and 7 lithograph plates.

An abridged German edition of the voyage of the Galathea, translated from the Danish by von Rosen. For the original Danish edition (1849), see No. 1723. The attractive lithograph illustrations, which reproduce drawings by Paul Plum, are from the same plates as in the Danish edition, with the substitution of German titles. Those of Hawaii are: [1] Reitende Frauenzimmer; im Hintergrunde der Punchbowl-Hügel-Honolulu (p. 198) [2] Kamehameha III (&) H. Kalama. König und Königinn der Hawaiischen Inseln (p. 214) [3] Kinder Pöi essend Hawaiische Inseln (p. 272) References: Hunnewell, p. 68. Judd and Lind, 1 5 2 . O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 0 9 1 . Copies: B P B M * . H H S * . H M C S * .

1849

Circumnavigation Circumnavigation I of the Globe I and progress of I Discovery in the Pacific Ocean, I from the voyage of Magellan to the death of I Captain Cook, [rule] I [six-line quotation] I [rule] I London: I T. Nelson and Sons, Paternoster Row: I and Edinburgh. I [rule] I M D C C C L I I .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

25

i i m o . 18 x 1 2 cm (BPBM). [1] added title, [2] blank, [3] title, [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 1 0 preface, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 1 5 contents, [16] blank, [17] + 18-423 text, 424 blank pp. With frontispiece portrait of Captain Cook, extra pictorial title with vignette "canoe putting off." With 3 plates and numerous text vignettes. Title within rule border. "Edinburgh Cabinet Library-New Edition" appears above the title.

This is primarily a rehash of earlier accounts. At page 246 is a folding facsimile of a manuscript in Cook's hand showing observations of the transit of Venus (made on the Second Voyage). A summary of the Third Voyage is followed by an article on Cook's character. Notes on the nineteenth-century development of Honolulu, its streets, houses, and commercial establishments are found on pages 421-423. This text includes an enumeration of Honolulu tavern names such as "The Britannia" and "The Jolly Tar." References: Carter, p. 32 (lists an Edinburgh 1837 edition). Copies: BPBM (Carter 4-A-29)*, red cloth, gilt title, and vignette on upper cover; gilt title and ornament on spine.

Coan, Titus On the Eruption of Mauna Loa in 18ji; from a letter to Rev. C. S. Lyman, by Rev. T. Coan, dated Hilo, Hawaii. Oct. 1st, 1851. In: The American Journal of Science and Art. Second series. Vol. 1 3 , No. 39, pp. 395-397. New Haven, May 1852.

1850

8vo. 2 2 . j x 14.5 cm (BPBM).

Rev. Coan writes that on the 8th of August a new eruption was seen on the western slope of Mauna Loa, and a party of two, James Gay Sawkins and Mr. Grist, a Yale graduate, made a trip to view it. References: Hunnewell, p. 31. Copies: BPBM*, in serial.

Coan, Titus On the Eruption of Mauna Loa, Hawaii, February, I8JZ. In: The American Journal of Science and Arts. Second series. Vol. 14, No. 4 1 , pp. 2 1 9 - 2 2 4 . New Haven, September 1852.

1851

8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM).

Coan's account of this eruption of Mauna Loa (first visible from Hilo, February 17th) is excerpted from his letter dated Hilo, March 5, 1850, written to C. S. Lyman. Coan writes vividly of a trip up the mountain in company with Dr. Wetmore and four natives, "one of them, Kekai (Salt Sea), acting as guide." References: Carter, p. 34. Hunnewell, p. 31. Copies: BPBM*, in periodical. HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. z, pp. 527-532)*.

Coke, Henry John A Ride I Over the Rocky Mountains I to I Oregon and California. I With a I glance at some of the tropical islands, I including the I West Indies and the Sandwich Isles. I by the Hon. Henry J. Coke. I Author of "Vienna in 1848." I London: I Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street I Publisher in Ordinary to Her Majesty. I 1852.

1852

26

1852.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] imprint, [v] Dedication to the Earl of Leicester from "your affectionate brother, the author. London December, 1 8 5 1 . " [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-x Contents, [1] + 2-388 text, [389-390] Note, [391-392] blank pp. With frontispiece portrait of the author. Bound in brown and olive marbleized cloth.

Coke, a gentleman traveler and third son of Thomas William Coke, first Earl of Leicester, traveled to America via the West Indies. He was in Saint Louis, Missouri, in May 1850, from which point he and several companions began their adventurous trip across the continent, ultimately reaching Oregon in October. The author embarked from Vancouver November 14th on the brig Mary Dare (belonging to the Hudson's Bay Company) for the Hawaiian Islands. After a tedious delay at the mouth of the Columbia River, and storms at sea, arrived at Honolulu on January 6, 1851, having experienced "the very longest voyage between Fort Vancouver and the Sandwich Islands ever yet recorded." A fellow passenger was the English traveler and explorer, Julius Brenchley. In Honolulu Coke was the guest of British Consul General Miller, and someone (Mr. Wyllie perhaps), to flatter the visitor, inserted an article on the Coke family in the January 18th Polynesian. In his narrative young Coke describes the town and climate in general terms, tells of a visit to Diamond Head, and comments on the Saturday horse riding habits of the natives and on a luau that he attended. He was presented to Kamehameha III at court by the British consul, and with some amusement described a pompous address made on the occasion by Robert C. Wyllie as "a long rigmarole of the broadest Scotch." Coke left Honolulu for San Francisco on the British brig Corsair, January 28, 1851. Although the author is not known to have visited Australia, a note at the end of the text compares the outlay of money required for emigrating to Australia versus to America. Here Coke asks the question: "Does the increase in the revenue made by the sale of land in our Colonies balance the cost of keeping here thousands who, perhaps, largely contribute to the filling of our jails at home, and who would probably have emigrated had they been able to do so." In later years Coke published an autobiography Tracks of a Rolling Stone (London 1905), which contains remarks on his travels. References: Hunnewell, p. 31. Judd and Lind, 38. Kurutz, 144. Sabin, 14240. Wagner-Camp, 2 1 1 (with a useful note on the author's overland journey prior to his arrival in Hawaii). Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BL. BPBM. BPBM (Carter 7-B-17)*. HHS (2)*, including R. C. Wyllie's copy, with his annotation "Received 1 7 November 1852." HMCS*. LC. NLC. NYP. PA-VBC. UC-B. UH. WaU. YU. The NUC lists 36 copies.

1853

Colton, Walter Deck and Port; or, Incidents of a Cruise in the United States Frigate Congress to California. With sketches of Rio de Janeiro, Valparaiso, Lima, Honolulu, and San Francisco. By Rev. Walter Colton, U.S.N. Author of "Ship and Shore," etc. New York: Published by A. S. Barnes and Co., N o 51 John-Street. Cincinnati: - H. W. Derby & Co. 1852. n m o . 408 text pp. Frontispiece portrait and 4 plates.

Not seen. The second edition. For the first (1850) edition, see No. 1769. There are further editions of 1854 (see No. 1981) and i860. References: Kurutz, i5od. Copies: Kurutz lists copies at HarU, NYP, UC-B, the Henry E. Huntington Library, and the Illinois State Library. The NUC lists 3 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

Colvocoresses, George M . Four Years I in a I Government Exploring Expedition; I to the I Island of Madeira Cape Verd Islands - Brazil - Coast I of Patagonia - Chili - Peru - Paumato Group Soci- I ety Islands - Navigator Group - Australia - An- I tarctic Continent - New Zealand - Friend- I ly Islands - Fejee Group - Sandwich I Islands - Northwest Coast of Ame- I rica - Oregon - California - East I Indies - St. Helena, & c & c . I In one volume. I by I Lieut. Geo. M. Colvocoresses, U. S. Navy, I An officer of the expedition. I New York: I Cornish, Lamport & Co., Publishers. I No. 8 Park Place I [rule] I 1852. n m o . 18. j x 12. 5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] copyright notice and imprint, [3] preface signed "G. M. C.," [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 1 2 Contents, [13] + 14-363 text, [364] blank, [365] Appendix half title, [366] blank, 367-371 Appendix text, [372.] blank, [373-375] Advertisement, "Published by Cornish, Lamport &c Co. N.Y." [376] blank pp. With frontispiece (untitled) and 17 pages of woodcuts in the text. All text is within double-rule borders. The following pages have doublerule borders but are otherwise blank: 1 7 , 58, 1 1 2 , 127, 198, 220, 253, 280, 281, 286, 290, 296, z 98, 3*4, 3 1 0 , 324-325, and 340.

An informal account of the U.S. Exploring Expedition, under command of Captain Wilkes, by a midshipman on the Vincennes. Chapters xv-xvn (pp. 183-2.23) contain the author's account of his visit at Hawaii on that ship. He describes Honolulu and many of the usual sights, including the ever-fascinating sport of Hawaiian horse racing. He describes the complex preparations made at Hilo Bay for the Exploring Expedition's journey from Hilo to Mauna Kea (which he did not join), and he comments on letters received from members of the exploring party while on the mountain. He and a companion made a visit to nearby Waiakea. In January the author and two companions visited the volcano of Kilauea, accompanied by a guide named "Smith" and several native porters, and he writes interestingly of his visit to that area. They returned to Hilo via Puna. In February, the Vincennes made a stop at Lahaina where the ship was visited by Kamehameha III. The author gives a description of the town, and, like so many others, he comments on surfing viewed there. The text contains an interesting account of the author's explorations of Oregon and California. The appendix (pp. 367-370) reprints "Commercial Regulations made by the principal Chiefs of the Samoa Group . . . Printed at Samoa, Group of Islands, 1840" (see No. 1242) and refers to a similar document "adopted by the Fejee Chiefs" (see No. r2C>3). The woodcuts, including two supposedly of Hawaii, are all "stock" cuts from the printer's shop and not from original drawings; many are of animals. This was a popular travel account and later editions appeared. A fifth New York edition was published in 1855. References: Haskell, 1 1 5 . Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BL. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 2-A-21)*. BPL. HHS. HMCS, an 1855 edition. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. NYP. PA-VBC. UH. WaU. The NUC lists 27 copies.

Dana, James D. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. X1I1-XIV Crustacea—Text. United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. x m . [xiv.] I [rule] I CRUSTACEA. I By I James D. Dana, A.M., I Member of the Soc. Caes. Nat. Cur. of Moscow; the Soc. Philomathique of Paris; the I Geological Society of London; The American Academy of Arts and Sciences I at Boston; The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, etc. I With a Folio Atlas of Ninety-six Plates. I [rule] I Part 1. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman. I 1852. [1853]

28

1852

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

2 vols. 4to. 31 x 23.5 cm (BPBM). Vol. xiii (1852): [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition, I By Authority of Congress," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] half title "Crustacea. Part 1." [vi] blank, [vii]—viii Contents, [1] + 2-685 Crustacea text, [686-688] blank pp. Vol. xiv (1853): [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition, I By Authority of Congress," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v-vi] contents, [689] "Crustacea. Part 11" half title, [690] blank, [691-692] + 693-1592 text, [1593] + 1594-1596 Addenda and corrigenda, [1597] + 1 5 9 8 - 1 6 1 8 index, [ 1 6 1 9 - 1 6 2 0 ] blank pp.

The official issue. In the preface, Dana tells of mismanagement of specimens collected on the expedition: The author deems it incumbent to state that the Crustacea constituted one out of three extensive departments under his charge, Geology and Zoophytes—reports on which are already published—having occupied a large share of his time and labours. Moreover, the unfortunate wreck of the Peacock on the Columbia Bar sacrificed all the collections made during two seasons in the South Pacific, ranging over the ocean from the Paumotus to the Navigator Islands and also to the Kingsmill Group, and only a few dried Crustacea, not included in the packages lost, answer to a detailed catalogue numbering more than a thousand specimens. Besides this misfortune . . . a large part of the packages were unfortunately opened, and the specimens prepared by drying, for exhibition. By this means, the references to the catalogue were to some extent lost, and many specimens were badly injured. Some were rendered wholly unfit for description, especially those of small size . . . Not withstanding these occurrences, the number of new species described in the following pages exceeds five hundred. One hundred copies were printed, of which 2 1 were destroyed by fire and not replaced (Haskell). Haskell also states that the first copies of Volume X I I I were sent to the Department of State for distribution February 4, 1853, and Volume x i v copies were shipped February 4, 1854. The folio atlas of plates to this text was published in 1855. References: Haskell, 54. Copies: BPBM*. YU (Beinecke)*, Dana's copy bound in half green morocco. This copy lacks the half title in Vol. xiv.

1856

Dana, James D. United States Exploring

Expedition.

Vol. XIII-XIV. Crustacea—Text United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1 8 3 8 , 1 8 3 9 , 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1 8 4 2 . I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. X I I I . [xiv] I [rule] I C R U S T A C E A . I By I James D Dana, A . M . I Member of the Soc. Caes. Nat. Cur. of M o s c o w ; the Soc. Philomathique of Paris; the I Geological Society of London; the American Academy of Arts and Sciences I at Boston; the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, etc. I With a Folio Atlas of Ninety-Six Plates. I [rule] I Part, 1. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman. I 1 8 5 2 . [1852] 2 vols. 4to. 31 x 24.5 cm. Vol. XIII, Part 1 (1852): [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition. I By Authority of Congress," I [ii] blank, [iii] title "Part 1," [iv] blank, [v] half title "Crustacea Part 1," [vi] blank, [vii] —viii Contents, [1] + 2-685 Crustacea text, [686] blank pp. Vol. XIII, Part 11 [i.e., Vol. xiv] (1852): [i] title "Part 2," [ii] blank, [iii-iv] Contents, [689] half title "Crustacea. Part 11," [690] blank, [691-692] + 693-1596 text, [1597] + 1 5 9 8 - 1 6 1 8 Index pp.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

29

The unofficial issue of these two volumes (here identified as parts). Haskell states that the title of Volume xiv (as in the official edition) appears here as Volume X I I I , Part 11, and is dated 1852 instead of 1853. He says further that the half title of Volume X I I I includes "By Authority of Congress," which it should not have. Apparently there is no half title for the second volume. Thus the only distinction between the official and unofficial issues of this Part 1 (or Vol. X I I I ) is in the binding, this unofficial issue being bound in black cloth and lettered: UNITED I STATES I E X P L O R I N G I EXPEDITION. According to the Library of Congress cards (again see Haskell) "apparently no copies were issued with other imprint [than that of C. Sherman]. A few copies, unbound, were on sale by the author." Haskell notes that "It would appear from this that Dana probably used the discarded title pages of the official for his own unofficial use." References: Haskell, 55. Copies: Haskell locates 19 copies of Vol. NYP, and YU.

XIII

and 21 copies of Vol. xiv, including the BPL, HarU,

Dana, James D. Note on the Eruption of Mauna Loa. In: the American Journal of Science and Arts. Second series. Vol. xiv, No. 4 1 , pp. 254-259. [New Haven] September 1852.

1857

8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM).

Dana's thoughts on this eruption, with reference to his own observations in 1840. He refers to an earlier article by Coan, appearing in the same number of this periodical. Also printed here are letters from Henry Kinney, dated Waiohinu, April 19, 1852 (first published in The Pacific, San Francisco, June 18, 1852), and from Mr. Fuller, dated Waiohinu, March 28, 1852, on the same volcanic action. Fuller says the eruption commenced on February 18th, and continued for 20 days. References: Hunnewell, p. 34. Copies: BPBM*, in serial. HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 534-539)*.

E M a u Atoga E Mau I Atoga Magareva akataito I i kaia i Magareva ar a, [sic] I e I Matia Puputauki I i te tau o te akariki 1840. I Honolulu, I Oahu, Kaiga Havaii. I Imprimerie Catholique I 1852.

1858

i6mo? 14 x 9.5 cm.

Not seen. A publication in the Mangarevan dialect. Yzendoorn says this was printed at the Catholic Mission Press "in the beginning of November." References: Yzendoorn, 27. Copies: None located.

Epitome

1859 V. C. J . S. I [rule] I EPITOME I o I Ta Mooolelo Hemolele, no na I Kula Katolika o Hawaii, 1 1 [sic] unuhiia noloto mai o ta palapala o I C. F. Lhomond. I [rule] I Honolulu, I Pai-palapala Katolika. I 1852. i6mo. 13 x 9.5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 3 6 Epitome, 1 3 7 - 1 4 3 Papa (index), [144] blank pp.

Title: Epitome of sacred history, for the Catholic schools of Hawaii. Translated from the work of C. F. Lhomond.

30

1852

Hawaiian National Bibliography The Epitome Historiae Sacrae was a standard Catholic school text and had many early nineteenth-century editions. Its author was Charles François Lhomond ( 1 7 2 7 1794). Yzendoorn says Father Maigret was the translator. References: Judd and Bell, 3 1 0 . Yzendoorn, 31. Copies: HHS ( i ) ' . M L . NLC.

1860

Gould, Augustus A . United States Exploring

Vol. XII. Mollusca and Shells—Text

Expedition.

United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the years I 1838, 1839, 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. XII. I [rule] I M O L L U S C A & S H E L L S . I by I Augustus A. Gould, M.D., I Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences; I of the American Philosophical Society; I Member of the Boston Society of Natural History, etc. I With an Atlas of Plates. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman. I 1852. 4to. 31 x 24 cm (BPBM). [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition. I By Authority of Congress," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-xv Introduction dated Boston, December 1854, [xvi] blank, [1] + 2 - 4 9 7 text, [498] blank, [499] + 5 0 0 - 5 1 0 Index, [ 5 1 1 - 5 1 2 ] blank pp.

The official issue. An important monograph on shells, by Augustus A. Gould, derived from notes and specimens collected by Joseph P. Couthouy, the naturalist on the expedition, who had left it for reasons of health. Gould, who did not accompany the expedition, explains in his preface: Mr. Joseph P. Couthouy, the able naturalist of the Expedition . . . made careful and suggestive notes of all interesting species, and especially, of the new or doubtful species with the intention of amplifying them after his return. To him they would have spoken volumes; but he alone could fully understand their import. Up to the time of leaving the Paumotu, or Low Coral Islands, these notes were pretty fully written out in form. On arriving at the Samoa Islands, his health obliged him to separate from the squadron; and the numerous notes he had subsequently made from day to day were left in an imperfect state. Still, these would have been extremely valuable, especially those relating to the land-shells of the Society, Samoa, and Sandwich Islands. But, unfortunately, repeated searches have failed to discover them among the masses of documents pertaining to the Expedition. In the introduction Gould tells a tragic tale of mishandling of the specimens by unqualified individuals, compromising the integrity of the collection. Haskell reports in a long note, quoting another source, that as a result, in Washington, D. C.: Couthouy found that the shells to which many of his notes related could not be identified, and others had disappeared altogether. Couthouy worked over the mass that remained until the return of the expedition, when, to crown all his misfortunes, the pay of the naturalists was reduced forty-four percent. . . . He declined to attempt the report, and his papers and collections, after sundry vicissitudes, were put into the hands of Dr. A. A. Gould, who bears willing testimony to the value of Couthouy's work. Gould states that his instructions were "to name and describe the new species of shells found in the collection, following the system of Lamarck, and, also, to introduce the figures of such animals as had not hitherto been published, or had been but imperfectly delineated, with descriptions of their external features." He notes that because of the

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

disorganization of the collection specimens could not always be keyed to the notes and that in consequence "many drawings and descriptions were altogether rejected and so far lost" (Introduction p. vii). This monograph also includes an important examination of land shells, notably "Partícula . . . characteristic of the groups just south of the equator . . . [and] Achatinella . . . the characteristic shell of the Sandwich Islands." These are described on pages 81-89 °f the text, and illustrated in plates 6 and 7 of the atlas. In the introduction, Gould acknowledges the indebtedness of the Expedition "for many specimens of rare and valuable shells, to Henry Dimond and Mrs. William Richards of Hawaii and Mr. Mitchell of New South Wales." Haskell notes that "One hundred copies printed, of which twenty one were destroyed by fire and not replaced." He further says that "three copies . . . have been seen with the date, 1 8 5 1 . " For the official issue of the atlas, see under 1856. For the unofficial issue of this text (published in 1852), see No. 1 8 6 1 . References: Haskell, 49. Copies: B P B M * . Haskell locates 3 0 institutionally held copies, including HarU, L C , NYP, UC-B, and one privately owned copy (J. F. Wilkes), which is thought to be part of the set acquired subsequently by the Mitchell Library, Sydney, from Hordern House.

Gould, Augustus A. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. XII. Mollusca—Text United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 184Z. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. x n . I [rule] I M O L L U S C A & S H E L L S . I By I Augustus A. Gould, M . D . I Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences; I of the American Philosophical Society; I Member of the Boston Society of Natural Sciences, Etc. I With an Atlas of Plates. I [rule] I Boston: I Gould & Lincoln. I 1852. 4to. 3 1 . 5 x 24 cm (YU). [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + v i - x v introduction, dated December 1 8 5 1 , [1] + 2 - 4 9 7 text, [498] blank, [499] + 5 0 0 - 5 1 0 index, [ 5 1 1 - 5 1 2 ] blank pp.

The unofficial issue. According to Haskell the edition was "probably one hundred copies." Bound at the end of the Yale (Beinecke Library) copy is an "Addenda et Corrigenda" comprised of the following repeated page numbers: [^499] + * 5 0 0 - * 5 0 9 text, [ * 5 i o ] blank pp. This addenda was issued (in 1856?) with a separate title page, which is not present in the Yale copy. (For more on this, see Haskell, No. 51.) For the official issue (1852) of this text, see No. i860. The atlas accompanying the text was published in 1856. References: Haskell, 5 0 . Copies: B P B M * . Y U (Beinecke)*. Haskell locates 1 5 institutionally held copies, including BPL, HarU, N Y P (2), and YU.

Great Britain. Treaty Treaty I of I Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation, I between I Her Majesty I and the I King of the Sandwich I Islands. I Signed at Honolulu, July 1 0 , 1 8 5 1 . I [double rule] I Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Command of Her Majesty. I 1852. I [double rule] I London: I Printed by Harrison and Son. [1852] Folio. 34 x 2 1 cm (AH [Kahn]). [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2 - 6 text, [7] blank, [8] printed docket title pp.

32

1852

Hawaiian National Bibliography This treaty was a substitution for the Treaty of March 26, 1846, and was signed in Honolulu July 1 0 , 1851, by Robert C. Wyllie on behalf of Kamehameha III, and by British Consul William Miller on behalf of Her Majesty. This treaty was ratified and published in Honolulu in 1852 (see No. 1875). References: Kuykendall, Vol. 11, p. 381. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

1863

Hawaii. Kingdom. Constitution The I Constitution I of the I Hawaiian Islands. I [rule] I [text begins] [Honolulu, 1852] Foolscap folio. 32 x 19.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 2 text, [ 1 3 - 1 4 ] blank pp.

A draft of the proposed constitution, printed on blue foolscap-sized laid-paper sheets, for the use of the legislature, and not intended for general circulation. It commences with a declaration of rights, followed by sections of the constitution, comprised of a total of 1 0 6 articles. R. C. Wyllie annotated the verso of his copy: "New Constitution as amended on the second reading. Rec'd 24 May, 1852, laid before the House of Nobles on the 25th May . . . Considered in joint committee of the two houses from 28 May to 7th June." References: None found. Copies: AH (series 2.2.2—Legislature 1852) (2)*, one is Richard Armstrong's copy with numerous deletions and additions; a second is R. C. Wyllie's copy also with annotations and endorsed (as above).

1864

Hawaii. Kingdom. Constitution Ke Kumukanawai I o ko I Hawaii Pae Aina. I O ka olelo Hoakaka no na pono e pili ana i na kanaka a pau. I [text begins] [Honolulu, 1852] Foolscap folio. 32.5 x 20 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 3 text, [ 1 4 - 1 6 ] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of the draft of the 1852 Constitution, printed on blue foolscap-sized sheets. For the English-language version, see No. 1863. Copies: AH (Series 222—box 5. Legislature 1852) (2)*, one has annotation: "Mea kiekie, Keoni Ana" (Keoni Ana's copy); a second copy is marked "Hale Ahaolelo Alii" (House of Nobles).

1865

Hawaii. Kingdom. Constitution Constitution I granted by His I Majesty Kamehameha III. I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I by and with the advice and consent of I the Nobles and Representatives of I the people in legislative I council assembled. I June 14, 1852. I Honolulu. I Printed by order of the Legislature. I 1852. 8vo. 21 x 13.7 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 4 text, [15-16] blank pp.

This is a revision of the Constitution of 1840. It contains 1 0 5 "articles" beginning with the Declaration of Rights (Article One): "God hath created all men free and equal, and endowed them with certain inalienable rights; among which are life and liberty, the right of acquiring, possessing and protecting property, and of pursuing and obtaining safety and happiness." Writing in 1894, William D. Alexander provides a neat summary of its formation: On the 20th of June, 1851, a joint resolution was passed by both houses of the Legislature and approved by the King, providing for the appointment of three commis-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

sioners; (one to be chosen by the King, one by the nobles, and one by the representatives); who were to revise the existing Constitution, to publish the changes which they should recommend, on or before the following December, and to submit the same to the next Legislature. Accordingly the King chose Dr. Judd, the nobles John Ii, and the representatives, Chief Justice Lee. The draft, which had been prepared chiefly by Judge Lee, and which embodied the main points of the organic acts of 1846-47, was submitted to the Legislature of 1852, where it was discussed article by article. After receiving several amendments, it was finally approved by both houses of the Legislature, June 14, 1852, signed by the King and Kuhina Nui, and went into effect Dec. 6, 1852. This constitution was well suited to the times, erring if at all, on the side of liberality, and has served as the basis of all succeeding constitutions. This constitution went into effect by proclamation, publicly read at Kawaiahao Church (in Hawaiian by Governor Kekuanaoa and in English by Marshall W. C. Parke) on December 6, 1852. It was printed at the Government Press. According to the joint resolution of the nobles and representatives, dated July 1 0 , 1852, it was resolved: That 2 0 0 0 copies of the new constitution in the Hawaiian language and 500 copies in the English language, shall be printed in octavo form immediately after the passage of this Resolution, and that each member of the legislature be furnished with two copies, one in each language, and that the cost be charged to the appropriation for printing laws and public documents of this session (Constitution and Laws [Honolulu, 1852], p. 75). The text of the constitution also appeared in the July 31 and August 7, 1852, issues of the Polynesian. For the printed draft of this document prepared in 1851 for legislative action, see Nos. 1 8 1 1 and 1812. References: Alexander, W. D., "A Sketch of the Constitutional History of the Hawaiian Kingdom," Thrum's Annual for 1894 (Honolulu, 1893), pp. 46-58. Carter, p. 38. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1852), p. 19. Judd, p. 3. The Polynesian, December 18, 1852, has an article on the public reading of the constitution at Kawaiahao. Copies: AH. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*. HHS*. HMCS*, E. W. Clark's copy, bound with a copy of the Rules of the Legislature (see No. 1870); inserted at p. 1 2 of this copy is a manuscript addition (by Clark?), "Form of the Oath of Allegiance."

Hawaii. Kingdom. Constitution Kumukanawai I i haawiia e ka I Moi Kamehameha III., I ke alii o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, I me ke kuka pu me ka ae pu o na 'Lii I a me ka poeikohoia e na makaaina- I na i akoakoa iloko o ka Ahaole- I lo kau kanawai i ka la I 14 o June, 1852. I Honolulu: I Paiia mamuli o ke kauoha o ka poeikohoia. I 1852. 8vo. 22 x 13.8 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 9 text, [20] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 1865. The Weekly Argus (July 14, 1852) reported that a legislative resolution of June 24th authorized "the immediate printing of 2,000 copies of the New Constitution in the Hawaiian and 500 copies in the English language." The Hawaiian-language text was printed at the Mission Press in order that it and the English-language edition might be issued simultaneously. The printed minutes of the 1853 General Meeting, however, record an edition of 1 , 0 0 0 copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1853), p. 2 1 . Judd, p. 3. Copies: BPBM (2)*, stitched as issued, no wrappers.

34

1852

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

1867

Hawaii. Kingdom. Hawaiian

Guard

Constitution I and I B y - L a w s I of the I First H a w a i i a n G u a r d , I instituted, N o v e m ber, 1852.. I [rule] I H o n o l u l u : I Printed at the Polynesian O f f i c e . I [rule] I 1 8 5 2 . iimo. 17.5 x 1 1 . 5 (AH [Kahn]). [1] title, [2] Preamble, [3] + 4 - 5 Constitution, 6-12. By-Laws pp. The Kahn copy, in its original glazed paper wrappers with the title on the upper cover, has a manuscript annotation on the verso by R . C. Wyllie: "reed. 2 0 Deer." References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

1868

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and

Statutes

Constitution I and I L a w s I of His M a j e s t y I K a m e h a m e h a III., I K i n g of the H a w a i i a n Islands, I passed by the I N o b l e s and Representatives I at their session, I 1 8 5 2 . I [rule] I H o n o l u l u : I Printed by order of the Legislature. I 1 8 5 2 . 8vo. 23 x 13.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 7 Constitution, 1 8 - 7 6 Session Laws, 77-78 Index pp. This contains both the new Constitution and the Session Laws of the 1 8 5 2 Legislature. Among the acts passed at this session was one " t o prevent the carrying of Deadly weapons," identified as "any bowie-knife, sword-cane, pistol, air-gun, sling-shot, or other deadly weapon." Also at this session two existing laws were amended, specifically as they affected women. The requirement that women were to be assessed a half dollar (and girls a quarter) for the poll tax was entirely abolished. A second act exempted women from forced labor for the konobiki (overseer) of their land. Other acts passed at this session concerned the abolishment of land taxes, the regulation of passports, the formation of a fire department, harbor regulations, dower rights, the recording of "Every deed, lease, or other conveyance of real estate within this Kingdom," and the employment and pay of native sailors on board foreign vessels. The edition is unknown. According the Joint Resolution of the Legislature dated 1 0 July, 1 8 5 2 (p. 75), it was "Resolved . . . that 2 , 0 0 0 copies of the N e w Constitution in the Hawaiian language and 5 0 0 copies in the English language, shall be printed in octavo form immediately after the passage of this resolution." This however evidently applies only to the separate issue of the constitution. (See Nos. 1865 and 1866). References: Carter, p. 108. Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH (2)*. AH (Kahn) (2)*. ATL*. BPBM (Carter) (2)*. HHS*, bound with the Hawaiian-language edition. HMCS (3)*, two are bound with the Hawaiian-language edition and have the Kalakaua-Hale Naua bookplate.

1869

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and

Statutes

H e I K u m u k a n a w a i I a me na I K a n a w a i I o ka I M o i K a m e h a m e h a III., I ke alii o k a H a w a i i pae aina, I i k a u i a e na I Alii A h a o l e l o o ka I M a k a h i k i 1 8 5 2 . I H o n o lulu, I Paiia mamuli o ke k a u o h a o ka p o e i k o h o i a . I 1 8 5 2 . 8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 9 Kumukanawai, [20] blank, [5] + 6-37 Na Kanawai o 1852, [38] + 39 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index) [40] blank pp. The Hawaiian-language edition of N o . 1 8 6 8 . Although the pagination of the first part (that is, the Constitution) repeats that of N o . 1 8 6 4 , the text was reset for this edition. This was printed at the Mission Press. The printed minutes of the 1853 General Meeting indicate a total edition of 2 , 0 0 0 copies comprised of two printings. It is first recorded as having an edition of 1 , 0 0 0 copies; then at the end of the list of printing another entry appears: "Reprint of L a w s , for 1 8 5 2 , 8vo. 56 pp. 1 , 0 0 0 copies."

Hawaiian National Bibliography

185 z

References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1853), p. 2 1 . Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH (2)*. A H (Kahn)*. ATL (2)*, one bound with the English-language edition. BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter) (2). HHS*, bound with the English-language edition. HMCS (3)*, two copies are bound with the English-language edition and each has the Kalakaua-Hale Naua bookplate.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature Kuies I and I Orders I of the I House of Representatives, I together with I The Constitution, Joint Rules, List I of Members, and Standing Com- I mittees of the House. I [rule] I Honolulu, I Government Press. I 1852. n m o . 15.5 x 1 1 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 4 Constitution of 1840, [15] + 1 6 - 3 0 Rules and Orders [and] Joint Rules and Orders, 3 1 - 3 2 Lists of Members of the House of Representatives, Standing Committees pp. Issued in plain wrappers.

This was printed at the Mission Press rather than at the Government Press. The printed minutes of the 1852. General Meeting record an edition of 1 0 0 copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1852), p. 19. Copies: AH*. BPBM*, C. R. Bishop copy.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes. Penal Code He I Kanawai Hoopai Karaima. I no ko I Hawaii Pae Aina, I i hooholoia I E na 'Lii a me ka Poeikohoia I i ka la 21 o Iune, M.H. 1850; I a ua huiia me kekahi mau kanawai e ae i hooholoia I e na 'Lii a me ka Poeikohoia i ko lakou I akoakoa ana i ka makahiki 1850. I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu: I Mea paipalapala a na misionari. I 1852. I alua pai ana. 8vo. 22.5 x 13.5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]-iv He Palapala (Introductory comments), signed William L. Lee, Mei 20, 1850, [5] + 6-83 Kanawai hoopai Karaima, 8 4 - 1 2 6 He Kanawai, 1 2 7 - 1 3 3 Kuikahi (Treaty with the United States), [134] + 136 (i.e., 1 3 5 1 - 1 3 6 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index) pp.

Second edition. A reprint of the 1850 edition (see No. 1775). This Hawaiian-language edition was printed at the Mission Press rather than at the Government Press. The printed minutes of the 1852 General Meeting record an edition of "5,00" (i.e., 500) copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1852), p. 19. Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. ATL (2)*. BPBM*, fine copy, original tan sheep spine, marble paper covered boards.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Ministerial Reports Annual Reports, I read before I His Majesty, I to the I Hawaiian Legislature, I April 14, 1852; I with the I King's speech to the Legislature. I April 13, 1852. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by Order of the Legislature. I Government Press. I [rule] I 1852. 8vo. 20.5 x 13.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3]-4 The King's Speech, [5] + 6 - 1 3 Report of the Minister of the Interior, [14] + 1 5 - 2 1 Report of the Minister of Foreign Relations, [22] + 2 3 - 2 6 Report of the Secretary at War and of the Navy, 2 7 - 3 1 Tenth Annual Report of the Minister of Finance, [32] + 33-48 Report of the Minister of Public Instruction [+ folding table at p. 48], [49] + 5 0 - 8 3 Appendix to the Report of the Minister of Foreign Relations, [84] + 85-88 Appendix to Report of the Secretary at War pp.

The King's Address includes references to new treaties concluded with Great Britain on July 10, and with Bremen on August 7, 1851. He states further that "the peace of my Kingdom has been threatened with an invasion of private adventurers from California."

36

1852,

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

He proposes measures to create a military force and mentions a revised constitution, both of which are to be considered by both Houses. The Minister of the Interior (Keoni Ana) reports on the Government Press, licenses, and public improvements. The latter include prisons, roads, Honolulu harbor, the new court house, certificates of nationality, and oaths of allegiance. Receipts and disbursements at the Honolulu Post Office are summarized. A long paragraph concerns the regulation of Hawaiian fisheries, the former laws not having had "the desired effect in putting a stop to quarrels and litigation." The work of the Land Commission is summarized, and comments on a proposed interisland steamship operation are included. The appendix contains letters and documents referred to in the main report. The Minister of Foreign Relations (R. C . Wyllie) reports on a new treaty with Great Britain signed July 1 0 , 1 8 5 1 , and refers to the 1 8 4 6 Danish treaty. He discusses negotiations with France, the appointment of James Jackson Jarves as the king's plenipotentiary to the United States, passport laws, and other government matters. He comments on the visiting Frenchman Jules Remy, stating that his interesting scientific reports " m a y be of great use to the government." His appendix (pp. 4 9 - 8 3 ) contains correspondence and documents referred to in the main report. In his report of the Secretary at War, Wyllie comments on the defenseless condition of the islands, and reports "the organization in San Francisco of a band of adventurers with the intention of invading this kingdom." He urges the formation of a military and naval force to include 1 , 3 0 0 men for Hawaii, 1 , 8 0 0 for Oahu, 1 , 0 0 0 for Maui, 5 7 0 for Kauai, 2 5 0 for Molokai, 3 0 for Niihau, and " 5 0 mounted lancers in Honolulu for the guard of His Majesty's person." The appendix contains correspondence referred to in the main report, and a communication from Alexander Liholiho, " H i s Majesty's Lieutenant General of the Armed Forces of the Kingdom," submitting a plan for organization of the military. The report of Minister of Finance (G. P. Judd) shows a treasury balance of $ 3 3 , 6 9 1 . 9 8 . J u d d discusses imports, and exports of domestic produce. A significant portion of the report concerns the illicit trade and consumption of alcohol. J u d d had investigated the problem through the year (he does not say how) and reported that it amounted to only 8 1 4 gallons. Further remarks concern military appropriations. The report of the Minister of Public Instruction (Richard Armstrong) outlines school policy on the part of the minister and the teachers. A discussion of school books details the types of instructional texts used in both the Protestant and Catholic schools. There are sections on various common and select schools, the latter including the Town Free School, the Lahainaluna Seminary, the Royal School, and Punahou. Armstrong provides statistics and comments on births, marriages, and deaths. An essay titled " T h e importance of having the English Language taught in Our Schools" is on pp. 4 5 - 4 6 . Some of these reports also may have been issued separately. There was also a Hawaiian-language edition (see N o . 1 8 7 3 ) . References: Carter, p. 1 1 0 . Tice Phillips Check List, z i . Copies: AH (2)*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (3)*, one is in C. R. Bishop bound set of reports. HMCS*, reports are bound separately by department. N Y H * , stitched as issued. 1873

H a w a i i . Kingdom. Ministerial Reports [ H a w a i i a n - l a n g u a g e edition. H o n o l u l u , 1 8 5 2 ] N o complete copy has been located. The Hawaiian Historical Society has an incomplete copy (pages 9 - 3 9 + [40 blank]), which includes part of Richard Armstrong's report as Minister of Public Instruction; Keoni Ana's report as Minister of the Interior; G. P. Judd's

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

report as Minister of Finance; R. C. Wyllie's report as Secretary at War and his report as Minister of Foreign Affairs. The printed minutes of the 1853 General Meeting of the mission record: "Ministerial Reports, [in Hawaiian] 1852. 8vo. 40 pp. 3 , 0 0 0 copies." References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1853), p. z i . Copies: None located.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Hoike Makahiki 1 o ke 1 Kuhina Waiwai, I i na Hale Alua o ka Ahaolelo no na malama I hope eiwa o 1852. [Honolulu, 1852] 8vo. Z3 x 1 4 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [ 1 ] + Z-Z3 text, [24] blank pp.

Hawaiian-language edition of the Minister of Finance's report in No. 1873. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Treaties [Royal Arms] I T R E A T Y , I between I His Majesty Kamehameha III, King of the Hawaiian Islands, I and her most gracious majesty I V I C T O R I A , Q U E E N OF G R E A T B R I T A I N , I Ireland, Defender of the Faith., & c . & c . [double rule] I [text begins] [Honolulu, 1852] Small folio. 4 unnumbered pages. 40.5 x 24.5 cm. Text in Hawaiian and English in double-column form, signed at the end of each K A M E H A M E H A (witnessed by Keoni Ana), "done at our Palace at Honolulu, the 6th day of May, in the year of Our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifty two, and in the twenty-seventh of Our Reign," and signed again below each by Robert Crichton Wyllie and by William Miller.

A treaty of Commerce and Friendship. "Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and His Majesty the King of the Hawaiian Islands, being desirous to maintain and improve the relations of good understanding which happily subsist between them, and to promote the commercial intercourse between their respective Subjects, have deemed it expedient to conclude a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navigation . . . ." Articles declare "perpetual Friendship," and a "reciprocal freedom of commerce," and define matters such as harbor fees, duties and customs charges, access to Hawaiian ports by British whaling ships, the administration of wills and estates by deceased British citizens in Hawaii, regulations regarding sailors while in port, the apprehension of deserters, freedom of religion, and the duties of diplomatic agents. The treaty itself had been signed at Honolulu July 1 0 , 1851, by Robert C. Wyllie on behalf of Kamehameha III, and William Miller on behalf of Queen Victoria. The date indicated above is the day on which the "Exchange of Ratifications" took place. The text of this treaty was also published in the Polynesian, May 15, 1852. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection)*.

Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Constitution I and I By-Laws I of the Hawaiian I Mission Children's Society, I organized, M a y 1852. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed for the Society. I 1852. i 2 m o . 1 3 . 5 x 1 0 . 5 cm. [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 8 Preamble and By-Laws pp.

38

1852

Hawaiian National Bibliography The preamble says: "We the Children of the American Protestant Mission to the Hawaiian Islands, desiring to strengthen the bond of union that naturally exists among us, and to cultivate the missionary spirit among ourselves; also with the view of aiding in support of the 'Micronesian Mission,' about to be sent forth, one of whose members is of our own number, and for whose support we especially pledge ourselves; do hereby organize ourselves into a Social Missionary Society, under the following Constitution and By-laws." The society commenced issuing annual reports in 1853 (see No. 1942). References: None found. Copies: HMCS*.

1877

Hawaiian Missionary Society The I First Report I of the I Hawaiian I Missionary Society, I presented by the I Board of Directors I at the I Anniversary Meeting, May 25, 1852. I [rule] I Honolulu: I American Mission Press. I 1 8 5 2 1 - 1 8 6 3 ] n m o . 19 x 1 1 . 5 cm. [1] title, [2] + 3 - 8 report, [9] + 1 0 - i z receipts and expenditures pp.

By its Constitution, "the object of this Society shall be the propagation of Evangelical Christianity in the Islands of the Pacific, or other parts of the world, at the discretion of the Society." The first annual report states that preparations were being made to send two missionaries, Rev. Mr. Snow and Rev. Luther H. Gulick, and their wives, to Micronesia. A list of contributions made to the society shows the extraordinary generosity of native Hawaiian churches to this object. The Molokai church sent $508.33; the Hilo church $400.00; the Waimea, Hawaii, church $355.59; the Kau, Hawaii, church $ 3 1 5 . 1 6 ; and the Kailua, Kona, church $137.46. At the 1853 meeting, Matunui, a chief of the Marquesas, was present "and added much interest to the meeting by his earnest application for missionaries. It was then voted to extend the mission field to that area." From this date, the annual reports include excerpts from letters of the missionaries, both in Micronesia and in the Marquesas. Apart from Revs. Luther Gulick, B. W. Snow, James Bicknell, A. A. Sturgess, E. T. Doane, and their wives, the missionaries were all native Hawaiians. Twelve annual reports were published between 1852 and 1863 (the first one for the year 1851-1852). The title varies. The first three were printed at the American Mission Press; the fifth, at the Polynesian office; and the remainder by the press of H. M. Whitney, or the Pacific Commercial Advertiser press. This is an important source of information about missionary work by native Hawaiian missionaries in Micronesia, the Marquesas, and other parts of the Pacific. Each annual contains abbreviated reports of missionary activities, extracts from letters and journals, and reports of visits by senior members of the Hawaiian mission. A visit by Rev. Lowell Smith to Fatuhiwa is in the fifth annual report (1856). The seventh annual report (1858) contains Rev. Artemas Bishop's account of his voyage to the Marquesas on the Morning Star. Extracts from Rev. Dwight Baldwin's journal of his trip to the Marquesas are in the eleventh annual report (1862). The Hawaiian Missionary Society was dissolved in 1863 and its assets turned over to the newly formed Hawaiian Evangelical Association, which continued the work begun by its predecessor. References: Hunnewell, p. 42.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

Copies: H H S * , with a copy of the "Proceedings" establishing the Society in 1 8 5 1 . H M C S * . LC. U H , with a copy of the "Proceedings."

Hawaiian Theatre HAWAIIAN T H E A T R E ! I [double rule] I Great Attraction! I [double rule] I Wednesday Eve., Jan. 7, '5Z, I [double rule] I Will be presented, for the first time this season, the I much admired Nautical Drama, in 3 acts, entitled I B L A C K E Y E D SUSAN. I [dramatis personae] I [rule] I The evening's entertainment to conclude with the highly I amusing Farce, on one act, entitled I BOX and C O X . I [dramatis personae] I [pointing hand:] Doors open at 7, performance to commence at I 7 1-2 o'clock precisely. Price of admittance, Box $ 1 , I Pit 50 cents. I Tickets to be had at the Shakespeare House, and I the Commercial, Canton, and National Hotels, and at I the Box Office, on the evenings of performance. I [rule] I Job Printing Office, opposite the French Hotel. [Honolulu, 1852] Broadside. 34 lines of text. 24.5 x 1 2 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Hawaiian Theatre Hawaiian I THEATRE. I [double rule] I Amateur I Performance! I [double rule] I Thursday Evening, February 12, 1852, I Doors open at 7. Performance [to] commence at I half past 7. I [double rule] I Will be Performed I NAPOLEON'S OLD GUARD. I [double rule] I [dramatis personae] I [rule] I To be followed by I A Southern Ballad. I [double rule] I To conclude with I The burlesque tragic opera of I Bombastes Furioso. I [double rule] I [dramatis personae], [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 26 lines of text. 3 0 x 1 5 . 5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Hawaiian Theatre HAWAIIAN THEATRE! I [double rule] I Manager. - - - Mr. C. Cushing. I [double rule] I Stage Manager. Mr. J. S. Townsend. I [double rule] I Benefit of I Mr. J. S. Townsend. I [double rule] I Saturday Evening, February 21st, will be I presented for the first time in Honolulu, the much ad- I mired Petite Comedy, in two acts, entitled I USED UP!!! I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I After which I A comic Song by Mr. J. T. Collins. I [double rule] I To be followed by I A Sailor's Hornpipe by Mr. Hallett. I [double rule] I The evening's entertainments to conclude with the very I laughable Farce in one act, entitled I T H E SENTINEL! I [dramatis personae] I . . . I Tickets to be had at the Shakespeare House, and I the Commercial, Canton, and National Hotels, and at I the Box Office, on the evenings of performance. I [rule] I Weekly Argus Office, Fort St. near Merchant St. [Honolulu, 1852] Broadside. 37 lines of text. 23.5 x 1 2 . 5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

40

1852

1881

Hawaiian Theatre Hawaiian I T H E A T R E . I [double rule] I Manager, W. H. Foley. I Stage Director, H. J. Ray. I Machinist, W. Lloyd. I [double rule] I Thursday, Oct. 2.8, 1852. I [double rule] I Mr. W. H. Foley, has the honor to announce to his friends, and I the public in general, that he has leased the Hawaiian Theatre, and I will open it every Thursday evening, with a variety of performances I such as Farces, Singing, Dancing, Gymnastics, Pantomimes, & c . I [double rule] I This evening the performances will commence with (for the first I time in Honolulu) the laughable farce by Mr. C. Dance, entitled), I W H O I SPEAKS FIRST! I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I . . . I [double rule] I To conclude with the Grand Fairy, and Trick pantomime entitled I T H E G O L D E N I D R E A M . I [dramatis personae] I . . . I Box seats will be numbered, and can be obtained at the ticket I office from 11 A.M. throughout the day of performance. Good order I will be strictly observed. [Honolulu, 1852]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Broadside. 4 1 lines of text. 59 x 24.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

1882

Hawaiian Theater [HAWAIIAN] T H E A T E R ! I [double rule] I Last Night but Two. I [double rule] I N o Postponement on Account I of the Weather. I [double rule] I THIS E V E N I N G ! I Thursday, Dec. 23d, I Graham's Night!! I "When Greek meets Greek, then comes the tug of war." I Mr. F. B. Graham begs leave respectfully I to announce to his friends and the public gen- I erally, that the performances at the Hawaii- I an Theatre [sic] on this evening, Dec. 23d, are set I apart for his BENEFIT. I [double rule] I . . . The performances will I commence with the favorite drama in three I acts, entitled the I L A D Y OF T H E L A K E . I [dramatis personae] I Mr. Brewer will next appear in his unrival- I ed performance on the Horizontal Bar. I Song, by Mrs. Ray. I Recitation, "Lord Ullan's Daughter," I in full Highland costume, by Mr. Wallack. I . . . I [double rule] I The whole to conclude [by particular desire] I with the laughable farce in two acts, of the I M A Y O R OF G A R R A T T . I [dramatis personae] I [pointing hand] An efficient police will be in atten- I dance to preserve order. I Admittance, — Box, $ 1 ; Pit, 50 cents. [Honolulu, 1852] Broadside. 54 lines of text. 6 1 x 22 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

1883

Hawaiian Theatre T H E A T R E . I [rule] I Goshallgeepieplant [szc], I [rule] I Last Night of the Season. I [rule] I W. H. Foley's I Benefit. I [rule] I Thursday Eve. Dec., 3 0 , '52. I [rule] I W. H. Foley has the honor to announce to his friends and the I patrons of the drama, that his benefit takes place on Thursday Eve- I ning, Dec. 30, 1852, . . . I The performance will commence with Mr. Graham's much ad- I mired drama in Four Acts, entitled I M I A M I W O O D S , I or the I L A S T OF T H E L E A G U E , I [dramatis personae] I . . . I The whole to conclude with the laughable Farce of I T H E O M N I B U S . I [dramatis personae] I [rule] I Admittance, Box $ 1 , Pit 50 cents. Doors open at 6 - Perform- I ance to commence at 7 o'clock. I Honolulu, Dec. 30, 1852. [Honolulu, 1852]

Hawaiian

National Bibliography

1852

41

Broadside. 49 lines of text within an ornamental border. 32 x 12.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*, printed on yellow cloth.

He Huinahelu He I Huinahelu: I oia ka I Helunaau me ka Helukakau, I i huiia. I [rule] I Na George Leonard. I Na Bihopa i lawe i olelo Hawaii. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Ka na Misionari Mea Pai. I 1852.

1884

i2mo. 18.5 x i i cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 0 2 text, 2 0 3 - 2 0 4 Index pp.

Title: A combined arithmetic, that is the mental [arithmetic] and the written [arithmetic] together. By George Leonard. Translated by [Artemas] Bishop into the Hawaiian language. The first edition of this text, probably an adaptation of Leonard's Practical Treatise on Arithmetic. This was first published in Boston in 1839, and by 1843 had gone through 12 editions. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1853 state the edition was 1 2 , 0 0 0 copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1853), p. 2 1 . Judd and Bell, 3 1 1 . Copies: AAS*, the A B C F M Library copy. AP-NZ. ATL. BPBM (3). HHS (3). H M C S (2)*. HarU (3). HSL. N L C . PS. UH. Y U .

He M a u Hana [rule] I He M a u I Hana I i Hanaia I e I tetahi mau luna o te aupuni I ma na mea e pili ana i ta ohana kula, I Oihana Pule Paha. I [printers' ornament] I Honolulu. I [ornament] I Pai-palapala Katolika. I [rule] I 1852.

1885

4to. 28 x 21.5 cm. [1] title, [2] He Olelo Hoatata, [3] + 4 - 1 6 text pp. The text is printed in double-column form.

Title: Works that have been done by some government officials in regard to school and church matters. This text concerns Catholic school and church affairs, particularly difficulties regarding schools on Molokai. The first text page (3) has a caption title: "He Mau Hana I i I Hanaia ma Molotai," followed by correspondence and documents (numbered 1 - 2 0 ) between "Talima," the school superintendent; P. Kamaka, the Catholic teacher on Molokai; and others, dated 1852, and includes a petition to the king dated February 27, 1852. The last page has an article headed "Ma Oahu" (from Oahu) regarding the Catholics of Ewa, and, below, an article headed "Ma Havaii"(from Hawaii), which is a brief communication from the (Catholic) school superintendent of the Kau district. References: Judd and Bell, 312. Streit and Dindinger, p. 158. Yzendoorn, 26. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. ATL*. BPBM (Phil. Pam. 458)% lacks title. GF. HHS. HMCS*.

K a Ai o ka L a Ka I Ai o Ka La, I a me I na niele e hooakaka i kela I pauku i keia pauku. I Buke 20. - 1852. I [rule] I [Honolulu] Ka na misionari mea pai. I 1 8 5 1 . 24 mo. 13. j x 8 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 4 0 text, [ 1 4 1 ] blank, [ 1 4 2 - 1 4 4 ] Papa Hoike pp.

Title: Food for the day.

1886

42

1852.

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

This contains a variety of biblical quotations, one to be read each day in the year. According to the printed minutes of the 1 8 5 2 General Meeting, 1 5 , 0 0 0 copies were printed. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1852), p. 19. Copies: HMCS (2)*. 1887

Lyman, Albert J o u r n a l I of a I V o y a g e to C a l i f o r n i a , I and I L i f e in the G o l d Diggings. I A n d also of a I V o y a g e f r o m C a l i f o r n i a to the S a n d w i c h Islands. I By Albert L y m a n , of H a r t f o r d , I A member of the Connecticut M i n i n g and Trading C o m p a n y , I w h i c h sailed in the schooner General M o r g a n I f r o m N e w Y o r k , Feb. z z , 1 8 4 9 . I [rule] I Publishers. I E . T. Pease, H a r t f o r d , C o n n . I D e x t e r & Bro. N e w Y o r k , R e d d i n g & C o . , Boston. I 1 8 5 2 . 8vo. 19.5 x 1 2 cm (BPBM). [1] blank, [2] woodcut frontispiece, [3] title, [4] copyright notice and imprint, [5] Preface, [6] blank, [7] List of the Members of the Connecticut Mining and Trading Company, [8] blank, [9] + 1 0 - 1 8 8 Journal text, [189] + 1 9 0 - 1 9 1 Appendix, [192] blank pp. With woodcut frontispiece "Schooner General Morgan under the lee of Cape Froward [s«c], the most Southern point of South America," 1 text plate, and 28 woodcut vignettes. An important and very scarce California gold rush narrative by a member of the Connecticut Mining and Trading Company, which arrived in San Francisco, August 6, 1849. The Hawaiian portion of the text is the result of a trading voyage the author made from California. He arrived at Honolulu January Z3, 1 8 5 0 . The narrative is presented in the form of simple journal entries such as: " I have taken a stroll on shore to-day, and must confess myself delighted with Honolulu." The author made excursions to "Point Diamond," and saw the king "mounted on a splendid black charger." On Sunday, January 27th, he visited the Catholic church. Later he went to the Protestant house of worship, and noted the presence of the king and his entourage. On February 4th he writes: " A f t e r waiting all the forenoon for the cook to come on board, we got away, and bid adieu to Honolulu." The narrative is of particular interest for its accounts of short visits to the islands of Kauai and Niihau. February 5th the ship anchored at Waimea, Kauai, and the author visited the fort and vicinity; February 6th a stop was made at Niihau, where the captain, one of the passengers named Morrel, and a Hawaiian interpreter went ashore to trade. Continuing on the ship anchored at Hanalei, where fellow passenger Edward L . Pond visited his missionary cousin M r . Wilcox, and Lyman examined the neighboring Rhodes and Wundenberg plantations. He attended a Sunday meeting at the Waioli church, dined with the Wilcoxes, and remarked, " O how gratifying it is once more to set at a family table." On February zoth the ship departed Kauai for California. The preface states that the original journal was "fully illustrated with graphic pencil sketches of great artistic beauty." Unfortunately, none of these appear in the printed narrative, and the whereabouts of the original is unknown. This account was issued in cloth and also in brown wrappers on which the title reads: "Journal. California and the Gold Diggings . . . By Albert Lyman of H a r t f o r d , " with a woodcut of the schooner General Morgan, all within an ornamental border, above which is "Price 5 0 cents." References: Kurutz, 4 1 1 (with a detailed note on Lyman's California travels). Streeter, 2715. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, brown blind-stamped cloth. BPBM (Carter 6-D-13)*, in blue blindstamped cloth. HHS. NLC. UC-B.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

Manjiro Nakahama Manjiro Hyoryuki. (Manjiro's Record of Drifting. Title in Japanese). By "Dontushi." N a g a s a k i [Nagasaki Soroken zonan, 1 8 5 2 ] 18 x front tions back

1 2 cm. 34 pages composed of 1 6 folding leaves, and 2 single leaves that f o r m the back and pastedowns. T h e back pastedown (i.e., the first page) f o r m s the title. All text and illustraprinted within black-ruled border. C o n t e m p o r a r y sewn J a p a n e s e binding; title label on cover.

The first printed account of a Japanese voyage to Hawaii, and certainly one of the first Pacific voyage narratives issued in Japan. This was written while the Japanese exclusion edict (which forbade travel to, or the dissemination of knowledge of, foreign lands) was still in effect. It is signed with the pseudonym "Dontushi." In the preface the author (Manjiro Nakahama) explains: "I recorded this for the purpose of distributing [it] among my friends. It is kept in secret so I am prohibited to sell this book." Manjiro and four companions were shipwrecked in 1 8 4 1 on the island of Torijima where they existed for six months by catching albatross, before being rescued by Captain Whitfield of the John Howland and brought to Honolulu. This narrative concludes

Manjiro's Record of Drifting, Nagasaki, 1852 [see No. 1888], is the first Japanese book about Hawaii. C o u r t e s y K a h n C o l l e c t i o n , H a w a i i State A r c h i v e s .

43 1888

44

185 z

Hawaiian National Bibliography with Manjiro's arrival in Honolulu, but the text includes information on Hawaii. A view of Honolulu and several natural history drawings are also included. Manjiro (better known at this time as "John Mung") accompanied Captain Whitfield to New England, where he became a member of the captain's household and was educated. He subsequently participated on several voyages, becoming the first mate on the Franklin. His later career included gold prospecting in California (1850). An accomplished seaman, he was the first Japanese to navigate a ship using Western scientific instruments. On his return to Japan he was closely questioned regarding his extensive knowledge of America. During Admiral Perry's visits in 1853 and 1854, he served as translator and advisor and in i860, he acted in the same capacity as a member of the Japanese embassy to Washington, D.C. Elevated from the status of a common fisherman from Usagun Tosa, to low Samurai rank, and probably the first commoner to be allowed a given name, he became a legend both in Japan and in Fairhaven, Massachusetts. President Franklin D. Roosevelt once told Manjiro's biographer, Emily Warinner, that Manjiro was a "fabulous character of my boyhood." The text illustrations (listed from back to front) are the following: 1. Portrait of the author reading his narrative and wearing his Western clothes (in color) (p. 2) 2. American Steamship (in color) (pp. 3-4) 3. "Birds call towokiro on uninhabited island" and "Stones of Oahu" (in color) (pp. 5-6) 4. Taro of Oahu (in color) (p. 7) 5. Shipwreck on Torijima (pp. 1 1 - 1 2 ) 6. Catching Albatross for food. (pp. 1 7 - 1 8 ) 7. Manjiro's rescue by the John Howland (pp. 23-24) 8. Honolulu Harbor (pp. 29-30) 9. Gravestone of a companion (pp. 34) References: Warinner, Emily V., Voyager to Destiny: The Amazing Adventures of Manjiro, the Man Who Changed Worlds Twice (Indianapolis and New York: Bobbs-Merrill Company, 1956). Copies: A H (Kahn)*, very fine copy in a folding cloth case. UH*, copy formerly owned by Miss Warinner; the illustrations in her book on Manjiro were taken from this copy.

1889

Munger, James F. Two Years I in the I Pacific and Arctic Oceans and China, I being I a journal of every day life on board ship, interesting I information in regard to the inhabitants of I different countries, and the exciting I events peculiar to I A Whaling Voyage. I [rule] I Vernon [New York] : I J . R. Howlett, printer. I 1852. 8vo. 22.5 x 15 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii Biography of James F. Munger by L. H. Stanley, dated Verona, January 1 , 1852, [9] + 1 0 - 5 5 Journal, [56] + 5 7 - 7 1 Correspondence, [jz] + 73-79 Homeward Bound journal, [80] list of officers and crew of the St. George and of the Annie Buckman, and copyright notice (dated 1853) pp.

A very rare narrative by a common seaman. Born in Verona in 1830, Munger went to New York at age 20. About the first of September 1850, he signed on the whaler St. George (Capt. Hawes), and sailed via Cape Horn to Hawaii. He then continued to the Arctic Ocean, where he remained six months. After a return visit to Hawaii he continued to Hong Kong, where he left the St. George and obtained a place on the barque Annie Buckman (Capt. Barber), bound for New York. It was during that return trip, on

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

45

July 22, 1852, "within fourteen days sail of New York, somewhere off the coast of Florida," that he fell overboard and was drowned. The actual journal contains many brief entries concerning the weather, life on board ship, and a record of each ship they encountered. The writing becomes more lively when ports are reached. On March 23, 1851, the ship anchored at Hilo, Hawaii. Munger notes the ships in harbor and makes a familiar remark about the place: "One of the principal faults brought up against the place, is the excessive rains . . . indeed it rains almost constantly." He notes that the Chinese "have found their way hither . . . with a spirit that would do honor to a genuine Yankee." The ship left Hilo on April 4th, stopped off Lahaina, then continued on to Honolulu. He records the desertion of six of the crew there, "with provisions sufficient to sustain a considerable siege." Consequently when he and several friends took a "ramble" through the town, they were under the watchful eye of the second mate and cooper. On the n t h , having replaced the missing seamen with six Hawaiians, the ship continued to Kauai, traded there one day, and then "stood off for the whaling ground." The correspondence consists of Munger's letters to his parents; the first announcing his departure from New York on a whale ship is signed "From your ungrateful son, Jim." Three of the letters are from Hawaii. The first of these (April 4, 1851) tells of his arrival in Hilo, and the second (dated Owhyhee, Oct. 19, 1851) tells of his return to "this beautiful island." He gives his parents interesting accounts of the "Tschuktchees" encountered in the vicinity of Bering Straits, and of the Hawaiians, who, he says, are "good natured and pleasant." A reprint of this work was issued by the Ye Galleon Press, Fairfield, Washington, 1967. References: Forster, 70. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*, in brown blind-stamped cloth. LC. PA-VBC. The NUC lists 3 copies.

N a Haawina Baibala Na I Haawina Baibala. I Na mea I e ao ai na Kamalii, I a me I na kanaka makua I ma I na Kula Sabati. I [rule] I Na Laiana i kakau. I " E huli oukou i ka Palapala Hemolele:" Iesu. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Pai Palapala a na Misionari. I [rule] I 1852.

1890

i i m o . 2 1 x 13 cm untrimmed (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 3 2 text, [ 1 3 3 - 1 3 6 ] blank pp.

Title: Bible lessons. For the purpose of teaching children, and grown people in Sunday schools. Written by Lorenzo Lyons. Judd and Bell state that with respect to the title: "Some copies lack the " i " in "Baibala." This appears to be simply a printing fault and does not designate a state or issue of the whole. The printed minutes of the 1853 General Meeting record an (uncompleted) edition of 1 0 , 0 0 0 copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1853), p. 2 1 . Judd and Bell, 3 1 3 . Copies: AAS*. AH (2). AI-NZ. ATL. BPBM*. GF (2). HHS (5). HMCS (12). HarU. L C 4 . ML. NLC. PS. UH (2). YU.

Osborne, Fanny The I World of Waters, I or, I A Peaceful Progress o'er the Unpathed Sea. I By Mrs. David Osborne. I [rule] I With illustrations. I [rule] I New York: I Robert Carter & Brothers, I No. 285 Broadway. I [rule] I 1852.

1891

46

1852.

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

i z m o . 1 7 x 1 1 . 5 cm. [i] title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] + iv-v contents, [vi] blank, [7] "To M y Young friends," [8] blank, [9] + 1 0 - 3 6 3 text, [364] blank pp. With added pictorial title, frontispiece view, and 6 plates in the text.

A children's book containing a narrative in the form of questions and answers between the Wilton children and their mother. In the preface the author addresses her "Dear Young Friends: Should the perusal of this little volume imbue you with a taste for the beautiful and ennobling science of Geography, my object will be gained." Pages 2 5 0 - 2 5 8 are on the Hawaiian Islands. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. H M C S * .

1892

Palapala Himeni V. C. J . S. I Palapala Himeni I no I na Halepule a me na Halekula I K A T O L I K A I o Havaii. I [rule] I Regnavit a [cross of printers' ornaments] Ligno Deus I [rule] I Honolulu, Pai-palapala Katolika. I 1 8 5 2 . I [swelled rule] i 6 m o . 1 3 x 8 . j cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, iii-iv He mau himeni ma ta olelo roma, v Kyrie, vi Credo, vii Sanctus, Agnus Dei etc., viii-ix Lauda, Sion, x Ave Verum etc., xi Pange Lingua, xii-xiii Sacris Solemis etc., xiv Verbum Supernum, x v - x v i Victimae and Veni Sancte, 1 - 1 2 3 He mau Himeni, 1 2 4 - 1 2 6 Papa Tuhituhi (Index) pp.

PALAPALA HIMENI »0

NA H A L E P U L E A ME NA

HALEKULA

O HAVAU.

/On ftigoavit

a

XpQAp^p

Ltgoo Dau»

4|atti>iitlti

Tax-palapaJa

r

Satolikä.

1852,

Palapala Himeni no na Halepule a me na Halekula Katolika o Havaii, Honolulu, 1852 [see No. 1892], is a Catholic hymn book that was used both in church and in the school room. Courtesy Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library, Mission Houses Museum.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

Title: Hymn book for the Catholic churches and schools of Hawaii. The hymns (without music) are arranged in sections according to their use: "He mau himeni no na la Hoano," numbered i-xv; "He mau himeni Tupono," numbered i-xv; "He mau himeni ia Maria," numbered i-xiv; "He mau himeni Hooiliili," numbered I—xx; On pages 1O7-IZO, each of the hymns (here separately numbered i-xiv) is surmounted by an attractive cross composed of printers' flowers. There are three distinct issues of this work: A. with 98 text and [2] Papa tuhituhi (Index) pp. B. with xvi, 126 pp. (as described above). C. with xvi, 98, [2] + 9 9 - 1 2 2 text, [here leaf pp. 123/124 and the index (pp. 1 2 4 - 1 2 6 ) have been excised and replaced with pages as follows:] + 1 2 3 - 1 3 7 text + 1 3 8 - 1 4 0 Papa tuhituhi (Index) pp. The text was evidently printed separately from the title page and is decidedly odd in its make-up in that some of the signatures contain ten leaves. It is possible that parts of this devotional manual may have originally been prepared for separate issue with front and end blanks, which would have been discarded by the binder. Yzendoorn says the cross ornament (in state C) is slightly different from A and B, but I have not found this to be the case. The Harvard copy is followed by a text of 96 pp. "He Mau Himeni"; "He Pule ia Jesus a noho ana I iloto o ta ukarita" pp. 9 - 1 0 ; and "miterio I ui ta eha" pp. References: Judd and Bell, 3 1 4 - 3 1 6 . Yzendoorn, 2 8 - 3 0 . Copies of state A: H M C S * , with presentation inscription on title "Rev. A. Walsh to the Revd. M . Castan, Valparaiso Chile." Copies of State B: H M C S * . Copies of State C: GF. HarU. H H S * . N L C .

Parker, M r s . E . M . Wills The Sandwich Islands I as they are, I Not as they Should Be, I [rule] I By Mrs. E. M . Wills Parker. I [rule] I San Francisco: I Burgess, Gilbert & Still, I Portsmouth Square, [rule] I Printed at the Dispatch J o b Office, Commercial Street, Cor. Leidesdorff. [1852] 8vo. z o . 5 x 1 3 . 5 cm. [ 1 ] title, [2] blank, [3] Preface, dated San Francisco, February 1 8 5 2 , [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 1 8 text pp.

Mrs. Parker made a short trip to Hawaii late in 1851, and liked almost nothing about the islands—the society, the politics, the Hawaiians, or the missionaries. She left San Francisco November 12, 1851, "To visit the Sandwich Islands, and perhaps spend the anticipated 'rainy season' in the fair city of Honolulu." On the 26th of November the ship touched at Lahaina, the aspect of which she found romantic but otherwise (during her one-day visit) thought the place disagreeable: the missionaries were conniving; the habits of the natives appalling; their language "a miserable jargon of words"; and their songs "of so indecent a character, and dances, performed naked, so horrible, that they are not ever mentioned by foreign ladies." Nor did she have kind words for Honolulu. She was particularly vituperative about Dr. Judd (whom she probably never met). Stephen Reynolds received almost her only positive characterization as a "veritable philanthropist." She concludes: "The present state of the Sandwich Islands is that of an un-Christian-

48

1852

Hawaiian National Bibliography ized despotism, covered by a thick but transparent veil of hypocrisy, which should ere this have been torn off." On receipt of copies in Honolulu, the editor of the Polynesian, April 1 0 , 1852, commented: The risibles of our Island community have been unusually excited, since the last arrival from California, by the appearance of a pamphlet entitled. "The Sandwich Islands as they are, and not as they should be." . . . We have had some hearty laughs over its pages, for which we are under obligations to the writer; but what shall we say of the work as a whole? Why simply this, that a more gross libel, in all its important assertions, was never penned—It is a low tirade of abuse, aimed almost exclusively at Dr. Judd and the missionaries,—calumnious in its charges, disgusting in its details, and altogether unworthy of a moment's serious consideration. The editor continues with a letter received from San Francisco: "Mrs. Parker, of song and myth notoriety, has just published a pamphlet. . . that for indelicacy absurdity, and gross misrepresentation, goes a-head, decidedly, of all former outbursts of the 'lovers of truth.' Were the author a man, instead of this 'thing in petticoats,' I should feel a pretty strong inclination to publish him a liar, and scoundrel, and see the thing through." References: Hunnewell, p. 60. Copies: HarU. HMCS*. NLC. N Y H . NYP. UC-B. YU*. The NUC lists 4 copies.

1894

Russell, Michael Polynesia: I a history I of the South Sea Islands, I including I New Zealand: I With narrative of the introduction of Christianity, & c . I By the I Right Rev. M . Russell, LL.D. and D.C.L. I of St. John's College, Oxford. I [rule] I [ four-line quotation] I [rule] I London: I T. Nelson and Sons, Paternoster Row: I and Edinburgh. I [rule] I MDCCCLII. 18. j x 12. cm (BPBM). [1] added engraved title, verso blank, [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 7 Preface, [8] blank, [9] + 1 0 - 1 6 Contents, [17] + 1 8 - 4 8 6 text, [487-488] blank pp. With frontispiece folding map "Australasia and Polynesia."

A revision of the 1842 edition (see No. 1364). The preface contains the following statement: "In the present edition the whole work has been revised, and Chapters xi, XII, and xiii have been added. But in the case of a few names whose spelling has been altered by general recent usage, the old form, as Otaheite, Owhyhee, &c. has been allowed to stand in the body of the work, while the new form, as Tahiti, Hawaii, &c. has been used in the addition." Chapter ix on the Sandwich Islands (pp. 296-334) appears unaltered from earlier editions. Chapter XIII on the "Recent and Present Condition of Northern Polynesia" contains frequent mention of Hawaii (pp. 453-479), including troubles with the French, and Lord George Paulet in Hawaii. References: Carter, p. 157. Copies: BPBM (Fuller)*. HMCS.

1895

[Sailors' Riot of 1 8 5 2 ] [To American Seamen. Consulate of the United States, Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1852] Broadside. Original not seen.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

The text of this notice from the American Consul reads as follows: Americans and all who sail under the Stars and Stripes are hereby notified that the Coroner's Jury, called to inquire into the cause of death of the person at the Fort, have rendered a verdict that he came to his death by a blow inflicted by a person now in confinement awaiting his trial, and that he will be tried by a Jury selected by me. Justice will be done, I request you to go on board your ships quietly at sundown, and those who are on shore not to join, assemble or gather in very large numbers. Remember that you represent a country of law and order, and don't refuse to obey the laws here. Elisha H. Allen, U.S. Consul. Honolulu, Nov. 1 1 , 185Z. This was also published in the Polynesian, November z o , 1852, preceded by the comment: "During the excitement of the last week the following official circulars were extensively circulated, in Honolulu and among seamen in port, and doubtless produced much effect in restoring order." References: None found. Copies: None located. [Sailors' R i o t of 1 8 5 2 ] T O A M E R I C A N S E A M E N I N I H O N O L U L U . I [text begins] I It is much to be regretted that serious disturbances have occurred in this town within two days, in conse- I quence of the death of a seaman in the Fort by a fatal blow from a policeman. The case would justly excite your sympathy for fellow seaman. But the attempt made, or threatened, to take the offender out of the fort I by violence and put him to death without a trial, and before even the verdict of a Coroner's Inquest was known is in the highest degree reprehensible . . . I I am, your friend and obedient servant, I Luther Severance, Commissioner of U.S. of America. I Honolulu, Friday morning, November 1 2 , 1 8 5 2 . [Honolulu, 1 8 5 2 ] Broadside. 30.5 x 24.8 cm. At the height of the fall 1852 whaling season, Honolulu harbor was crowded with 1 2 5 whale ships and 23 merchantmen, and the town population swelled with several thousand seamen on leave from these vessels. On the evening of November 8th, a sailor named Henry Burns from the ship Emerald was arrested for drunkenness and disorderly conduct, and locked up in one of the cells in the fort. Subsequently "serious wrangling and sounds of blows were heard," and Burns, who was "crazy drunk," tore up the bricks in the floor of the cell and threw them against the door. In an attempt to restore order, the officer on duty, one George Sherman, entered and used his club to quiet the prisoners. The next day Burns was found "cold in Death." A coroner's jury was called and, as news got out that Burns had been killed, a crowd of sailors assembled and demanded Sherman. When he was not produced, excitement rose. Burns' funeral took place on the 10th, and a procession of several thousand seamen accompanied the corpse to Nuuanu Cemetery. The day of the funeral, Severance spoke to the seamen from the U.S. Consulate on Nuuanu Street, "but to little or no purpose." In the evening, emboldened by the consumption of a considerable amount of alcohol, mobs proceeded first to the fort, then to the harbor master's office and police station. They set the latter ablaze. On the morning of the n t h , a meeting of town residents was held at the marshall's office "to consider the situation and take means for self protection." A volunteer force of some 2 0 0 resi-

50

1852

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

dents was formed, armed, posted at strategic points about town, and Severance issued the above circular, which was posted about town and otherwise distributed. Mr. Severance stated that the "offender in this case" had been arrested and would be tried by a "due course of law . . . [and] justice will be done as promptly as it would be in Boston or New York." He stressed the fact that they were in a foreign country, one that was friendly with the United States, then continued: "But the conclusion cannot be resisted that there are some bad men among you instigating you to mischief. The conflagration of Wednesday night is a painful proof of this. It is known to be the work of incendiaries . . . The kindling of incendiary fires is a crime of the blackest dye, and deserves the most prompt and severe punishment." The text of this broadside also appears in the Polynesian, November 20, 1852 (p. 109). References: Parke, William Cooper, Personal Reminiscences of William Cooper Parke, Marshall of the Hawaiian Islands from 1850 to 1884 (Cambridge, Mass., 1891). Thrum, Thomas G., "When Sailors Ruled the Town," Thrum's Annual for 1921 (Honolulu, 1920) pp. 62-68. Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.) (2)*. HHS*, in scrapbook; copy is signed by Severance. HMCS*, also signed by Severance.

1897

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts I from I The Minutes I of the I General Meeting I of the I Sandwich Islands Mission, I held at Honolulu, I May and June. 1852. I [rule] I Oahu: I American Mission Press. I 1852. n m o . 19 x 12 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-28 text pp.

This contains abstracts from station reports, and a longer essay on the forthcoming mission to Micronesia. Printing and church statistics are at the end. The printed minutes of the 1853 General Meeting record an edition of 60 copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1853), p. 2 1 . Copies: BPBM*'. HHS (2)*, Dwight Baldwin and Mrs. Chamberlain copies. HMCS (2)*. NYP.

1898

Seeman, Berthold. Voyage of HMS Herald. Botany The Botany I of the I Voyage of H.M.S. Herald, I under the Command of I Captain Henry Kellett, R.N., C.B., I during the years 1 8 4 5 - 5 1 . I [rule] I Published under the Authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. I [rule] I By I Berthold Seeman, PhD., F.L.S. I Member of the Imperial Leop.- I Caroline Academy Curiosorum, author of 'Narrative of the Voyage of I M.H.S. Herald,' 'Popular History of the Palms and their Allies,' etc. etc. I Naturalist of the Expedition. I With one hundred plates. I [one-line quotation from Charles Darwin] I London: I Lovell, Reeve, 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. I 1 8 5 2 - 1 8 5 7 . 4to. 32 x 25.5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] dedication to Captain Henry Kellett, [iv] blank, [v]-vi preface by Seeman dated London, October 1 0 , 1837, [5] + 6-8 summary of the voyage, [9] "Flora of Western Eskimaux-Land" half title, [10] blank, [ n ] - i 2 text, [13] + 1 4 - 5 6 Eskimaux text, [57] "Flora of the Isthmus of Panama" half title, [58] blank, [59] + 60-254 Panama flora text, [255] "Flora of North-Western Mexico" half title, [256] blank, [257] + 258-346 Mexican flora text, [347] "Flora of the Island of Hongkong" half title, [348] blank, [349] + 350-432 Hongkong flora text, 433-483 index, [484] imprint pp. With hand-colored lithograph frontispiece "The Ice Cliffs in Kotzebue Sound," and 97 uncolored lithograph plates by Hook and Fitch, numbered n-C at top right (total includes the folding plate numbered xlvi—xlvii). The "Map of Western Eskimaux-Land" with land outline in color is unnumbered, but counts as plate xi; and the "Map of the Isthmus of Panama" with color outlines is unnumbered, but counts as plate xii.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

The botanical investigations carried out during the voyage of HMS Herald are presented, in part, here. There were no plants collected or described from the Hawaiian Islands, but the work is included in this bibliography because it is an important scientific publication of the voyage. The work was issued in parts from 1852-1857. In the preface, dated London October 1 0 , 1857, Seeman states: With the exception of collections formed in Ecuador, Peru, Kamchatka, Singapore, and the Island of Aor, Sumatra, the Sandwich Islands, at the Cape of Good Hope, St. Helena, and Ascension, all the plants gathered have been enumerated, and had the limits originally assigned to this work not already been considerably exceeded, or had the funds placed at my disposal permitted a further extension of these pages, I should have preferred publishing at this place what must now find its way through the channels of scientific periodicals. With respect to the flora of the Hawaiian Islands, the author's single subsequent publication seems to have been an article entitled "Notes on the Sandwich Islands," which appeared in Hooker's Journal of Botany (Vol. iv, pp. 335-341 [London, 1852]). References: British Museum (Natural History Catalogue, Vol. iv, p. 1892) (has a list of 16 persons who contributed to this publication). Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy in 3/4 brown morocco and marble endpapers. BPBM*. HarU. LC. PA-VBC. UC-B. YU*, frontispiece bound at end with the plates. The NUC records 13 copies.

Tanner, James H . T O T H E P U B L I C . I [double rule] I James Henry Tanner, passenger by the ship Game- I Cock, being duly sworn, deposeth, and says: I That one night at about twelve o'clock during the passage of the Game Cock from San Francisco 1 1 accompanied Samuel Brannan into the ship's cabin. After being seated, Mr. Samuel Brannan showed me I copies of letters purporting to be from the American Commission at Honolulu, and from the honorable Daniel I Webster at Washington City. He then told me that it was his intention to break open the M A I L B A G which I was in the mate's room in the possession of Mr. Baldwin, but that the thing must be done without the know- I ledge of Mr. Baldwin, as he thought it probable that he, Mr. Baldwin, would object to it. . . . The next day I was told by Mr. Petrovits that they had got possession of I the Mail bag, and that it was then in the State-room occupied by Mr. Brannan and Mr. Hanna, and that he, I Mr. Petrovits, together with Mr. Hanna had opened and read all the letters, and that there was one or two of them that spoke in low terms of Mr. Brannan and the whole party—one of these he said was addressed to a I Catholic priest, and the other to General Miller, and were written by a Frenchman. . . . I make this my affidavit to the truth of the circumstances so far as my knowledge I extends, for the purpose of showing that the passengers on board of the ship, with the exception of Mr. Bran- I nan, Mr. Hanna, and Mr. Petrovits, are, in my belief innocent of any charge of violating or being cognizant I of the violation of the mail by the ship "Game Cock." I J A M E S H. T A N N E R . I Subscribed and sworn before me this 15th day of March A . I D., 1852. Honolulu, Island of Oahu, H.I. I C. C. H A R R I S , I Police District Magistrate of Honolulu. [Honolulu, 1852] Broadside. Caption title and 39 lines of text. 29 x 18 cm.

The ship Game Cock arrived at Honolulu from San Francisco on November 15, 1851. Aboard was a company of "Fillibusterers" from California composed of Samuel Brannan and "twenty-four other gentlemen connected with him." William C. Parke, then

52

1852

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

marshall of the kingdom, wrote in his memoirs: "This party came here with the idea that his Majesty Kamehameha III was so hampered by the missionaries that he would gladly give up his kingdom and crown, and retire on an annuity for life, with his chiefs, who were also to be provided for." Brannan was to become "Governor General" of the Islands and his friends were to be appointed to lesser offices. On arrival, they moved into and shortly after purchased "the Bungalow," a large coral stone house on Richards Street, on the site of the present Honolulu Post Office. The Hawaiian government was aware of their plans to "purchase" the kingdom, Parke says, and nothing came of the business. In 1852 the matter took another turn. On March 6th, a letter to the editor of the Polynesian, signed "A Querist," says that he had been informed that passengers on the Game Cock en route to Honolulu had "broke open the mail bag, rummaged its contents, broke open letters and . . . that certain letters to parties here, giving an account of their plans, purposes and desires of said passengers, in regard to upsetting this government, and setting up themselves . . . were thrown overboard . . . Can you inform your readers whether those rumors are true?" Investigation showed that indeed, missing from Gregory's Express Mail bag had been three letters to Prince Alexander, one to the Catholic Bishop, and one to the British Consul. The Polynesian of March 27th reported that "On the 15th, there appeared a placard [that is, this broadside] about the streets of Honolulu, in relation to the opening of the Express Bag on board the Game Cock on her late voyage from San Francisco to Honolulu." Following the posting of this broadside, a libel suit was brought against Tanner in Police Court by B. F. Hanna, one of the accused. The case came to trial on the 19th, and included two days of testimony before being dismissed. References: Parke, William Cooper, Personal Reminisces of William Cooper Parke, Marshall of the Hawaiian Islands from 1850-1884 (Cambridge, Mass., 1891), pp. 2.7-31. The Polynesian, March 6 and 2.7, 1852. See also the Polynesian, January 29, 1853 (p. 150) for a deposition by Hanna. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*. HHS*, in scrapbook.

1900

Thompson, Fred W. A U C T I O N I S A L E I By order of the Sheriff of Oahu! I [rule] I The subscriber will offer at Public Vendue, I To-morrow, I Friday May 1 4 , I At 11 o'clock A.M. I at his auction room., I O N E V I O L I N ! I [rule] I . . . I F. W. Thompson, Auct'r. I Honolulu, May 1 3 th, 1852. Broadside. 48.5 x 3 0 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.)*.

1901

Turnbull, Robert The I World We Live In; I or, I the Home and Foreign Traveller: I being I a comprehensive survey of the scenery, resources, I population, government, religion, literature, I civilization, arts and usages of the I principal countries in the I world; I with notices of distinguished men, etc. I By I Robert Turnbull, I Author of "The Genius of Scotland," "Genius of Italy," etc. I [rule] I Published by H. E. Robins and Co. I Hartford and New York. I 1852. 8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [3] + 4 - 5 preface, [6] blank, [7]—8 contents, [9] + 1 0 - 5 4 0 text pp. With added pictorial title and 3

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1852

53

leaves of plates depicting peoples of the world preceding the main title. With text woodcut illustrations.

Chapter 40, entitled "Islands" (pp. 533-540), contains brief notes on Australia, New Zealand, and the Hawaiian Islands. The Hawaiian section has notes on geology and corals, supplied by Claudius B. Andrews, a missionary stationed at Molokai. References: Carter, p. 176. Copies: HMCS*.

Whitney, Henry M . Whalemen's I Shipping List I of arrivals at the Ports of the Sandwich Islands for the fall Season, 1852.. I [rule] I compiled from Custom House Entries, by Henry M . Whitney, [rule] I Prepared for the mail per clipper bark "Whitton." Honolulu, Oahu, November 6, 1852. Circular. Text on the first 3 pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 2.7.5

x 21

cm

1902

-

This lists ships arrivals at Honolulu, giving the name of the vessel and her captain, the date of arrival, home port, months out, barrels of oil, and "remarks." The first ship listed is the Charles Phelps (Capt. Burch) from Stonington, Connecticut, and the last arrival (Dec. 5) is the Chariot (Capt. Bumpus) of Honolulu. Then follows a list for the port of Lahaina that shows 61 arrivals, commencing with the John Wells (Capt. Cross) on September 6 and ending with the Condace (Capt. Walker) arriving October 29. The list also tabulates 26 arrivals at the port of Hilo, from August 1 1 to October 25. The Polynesian of November 20, 1852, notes: "The Whalemen's Shipping List, including all arrivals and departures of whalers from the ports of the Sandwich Islands, up to to-day will be issued at 12 o'clock this day." Another note states: "By the Marine list published to-day it will be seen that there are over 1 3 0 whalers in port including arrivals this week. On Thursday there were about 145 whale ships in the harbor . . ." The list as it appeared in the Polynesian has several arrivals added after the date of publication in broadside form, ending with that of the L. C. Richmond, arriving November 27. References: The Polynesian, December i r , 1852. Copies: None located.

Wilkes, Charles Narrative I of I The United States Exploring Expedition, I during the years 1838, 1839, 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I [rule] I By Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Commander of the Expedition. I [vignette of native on deck of ship] I In two volumes, with numerous engravings. I Vol. 1. I [London] I Ingram, Cooke and Co., 227, Strand. I 1852. 8vo. 19.5 x 12.5 cm. Bound in black blind-stamped cloth, spines extra gilt. Vol. i: [i] added title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v] + vi-x Contents, [xi] List of illustrations, [xii] blank, [1] + 2 - 3 1 8 text, [319-320] Advertisement pp. With frontispiece portrait of Wilkes, 1 0 plates, and 1 0 text vignettes. Vol. 11: [i] added title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v] + vi-x Contents, [xi]—xii List of illustrations, [1] + 2-326 text, [327-328] Advertisement pp. With frontispiece portrait "Queen of Rewa," 2 plates, and 38 text vignettes.

The added titles and frontispieces in each volume are conjugate leaves. References: Haskell, 12. Copies: BPBM (Carter 4-B-21)*. BPBM (Fuller)*. HHS.

1903

54

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1 8 5 3

1904

Andersson, Nils J o h a n En Verldsomsegling I Skildrad i Bref I af I N. J. Andersson, I Naturforskare under expeditionen med fregatten I Eugenie aren 1851, 185Z och 1853. I Forsta delen. I Madeira och Sydamerika. I [rule] I Jemte en karta. I [rule] I Stockholm, I Hos Samson & Wallin, I 1 8 5 3 . [ 1 8 5 3 - 1 8 5 4 ] 3 vols. i2.mo. 16.5 x 10.5 cm. Vol. 1 (1853): [i] title, [ii] imprint, else blank, [iii] Dedication, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii Foreword, [ix] + x - x i i Innehall (Contents), [1] + 2-232 text pp. With folding map showing the route of the Eugenie facing the title. Vol. 11 (1854): [i] title, [ii] imprint, else blank, [iii] + iv-vi Innehall, [1] + 2 - 2 6 2 text pp. Vol. iii (1854): [i] title, [ii] imprint, else blank, [iii] + iv-viii Innehall, [1] + 2-388 text pp.

The first published narrative of the circumnavigation of the world by the Swedish ship Eugenie, 1 8 5 1 - 1 8 5 3 . For the official account by Skogman ( 1 8 5 4 ) , see No. 2 0 5 1 . The Kroepelien catalogue says this account by Andersson was first published in a Stockholm newspaper, Aftonbladet, from December 1851 to July 1853. The Hawaiian text of this voyage is in Volume 11, pages 3 3 - 9 7 . This was a popular work. There are Norwegian (see No. 1 9 7 1 ) , Dutch (see No. 1 9 7 2 ) , and German editions (see No. 1 9 7 3 ) . A French translation of the Hawaiian text appeared in 1856. It has never been translated into English. References: Hunnewell, p. 7 1 . Kroepelien, 24. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 7 3 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * , fine copy in 2 vols., contemporary polished calf spines, gilt, black paper covered boards. HarU. N Y R S M C * , 2 vols, in boards. Y U . The N U C lists 4 copies.

1905

Bille, Steen Andersen Steen Bille's Beretning I om I Corvetten Galathea's I Reise omkring Jorden I i 1845, 46, og 47. I [rule] I Anden, forkortede Udgave, I efter Overeenskomst med Forfatten besorget ved I W. v. Rosen. I R. af Db. I Deeltager i Expeditionen. I [rule] I Forste Bind. I Med 6 Lithographier i Tontryk og 1 Kort. I [double rule] I Kjobenhavn. I Forlagt af Universitersboghandler C. A. Reitzell. I Trykt i Bianco Lunos Bogtryfteri. I 1853. 2 vols. 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (HSL). Vol. 1: [I] title, [II] blank, [III] + IV-VIII Inholds-Register (Index), [1] + 2 - 3 6 7 text, [368] Rettelser (Errata) pp. With 6 tinted lithograph plates and folding chart of the Nicobar Islands at the end. Vol. 11: [I] title, [II] blank, [III] + IV-VIII Inholds-Register, [1] + 2-458 text pp. With 6 tinted lithograph plates, and folding chart showing the tracks of the voyage at the end.

The second edition of Steen Bille's narrative of the Galathea voyage, abridged by Von Rosen. For the first ( 1 8 4 9 ) Copenhagen edition, see No. 1 7 2 3 . For the Leipzig (1852.) abridged edition, see No. 1848. There is also a 1930 edition of the text, a copy of which is in the Carter collection, Bishop Museum. References: O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 0 9 0 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, t w o volumes in one, contemporary half black morocco and marble paper covered boards. HSL (Tice Phillips)*, lacking the chart of the voyage, with bookplates of Bjarne Kroepelien.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

Bulfinch, S. G . Conditions and Prospects of the Sandwich Islands. In: The Christian Examiner. Fourth series. Vol. x i x , pp. 3 8 5 - 4 0 0 . Boston, May 1853.

55 1906

8vo. 22 x 13.5 cm. An important article that discusses the political condition of the Islands and the question of annexation. It commences with a short history of missionary efforts, then goes on to discuss the independence of Hawaii as recognized by foreign powers, and the present state and prospects of the Islands. References are made to Sheldon Dibble's History of the Sandwich Islands; the 43rd Annual Report of the American Board; Mrs. Parker's The Sandwich Islands as they are, Not as they Should Be (San Francisco, 1853), and articles that had appeared in the National Era (Washington, D.C., August 5, 1852), and in the Daily Evening Traveller (Boston, November 12, 1852). The subject of annexation of Hawaii is discussed, but not favorably, by the author, who declares (p. 399): If the government of the islands should be transferred either to the United States or to any other power, a new element of evil augury would enter into the question. The Hawaiians would sink at once to the position of an inferior race. Receiving a rapid increase of population by immigrants of adventurous character, and intellect sharpened by the love of gain, the natives would see their possessions passing into the hands of strangers . . . their royalty become a laughing stock, and their nobility be degraded into servile labor. With respect to Mrs. Parker's pamphlet (see No. 1893), the author says "It was published at San Francisco . . . by a lady who had spent a month at the islands, whither she had gone with a company strongly suspected of designs against their independence." References: Carter, p. 26. Copies: HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 1 3 3 - 4 0 0 ) * .

C o a n , Titus Notes on Kilauea and the Recent Eruption of Mauna Loa. In: The American Journal of Science and Arts. Second series. Vol. x v , No. 43, pp. 63-65. New Haven, January 1853.

1907

8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM).

An article quoting from a letter from Coan to C. S. Lyman, dated Hilo, July 2 1 , 1853. Coan tells of a recent tour from Hilo to Kilauea: "On this expedition I was accompanied by two sons of Mr. Alexander, one of Mrs. Chamberlain's, three of Mr. Lyman's and one of my own. Our route [was] through P u n a . . . . You recollect the limpid lake, full of mullet, at Keau; the green lake in a crater at Kapoho; the hot pool in the cave at Opihikao; the tepid lake at Kalepana [s/c]; the fissure bath at Kahaualea; the salt works at Kealakomo . . . " References: Hunnewell, p. 31. Copies: BPBM*, in serial.

Dana, James D. On Changes of Level in the Pacific Ocean. In: The American Journal of Science and Arts. Second series. Vol. xv, No. 44, pp. 1 5 7 - 1 7 5 . New Haven, March 1853. 8vo. 2 2 . j x 14.5 cm (BPBM).

1908

56

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography This article concentrates on coral atolls, but includes references to Hawaii on pages 1 6 0 - 1 6 1 and 163. On pages 1 7 1 - 1 7 2 Dana discusses coral formations found on Molokai and Maui, and regarding the latter quotes from a letter from Rev. Claudius Andrews. References: Haskell, 329. Copies: BPBM*, in serial. HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 541-559)*.

1909

D a n a , James D. On I Coral Reefs and Islands. I by I James D. Dana, I Geologist of the Exploring Expedition around the World during I the years 1838-1842., C.Wilkes, U.S.N., Commander. I [six-line quotation from "Thulia. J. C. Palmer," etc.] I [rule] I From the Author's Exploring Expedition Report on Geology, with Additions. I [rule] I New York: I G. P. Putnam & Co. I 1853. 8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] copyright, [iii]-iv contents, [5] + 6 - 1 4 0 text, [ 1 4 1 ] + 1 4 2 - 1 4 3 index, [144] blank pp. With folding engraved chart of Fiji at end.

This work is derived from a series of articles Dana had published in the American journal of Science and Arts (1851-1852; see No. 1806). There are occasional references to the Hawaiian Islands. On page 18 is a wood engraving "Bluffs of coral sand-rock, north shore of Oahu." References: Carter, p. 44. Haskell, 336. Hunnewell, p. 34. Copies: BPBM (Carter 2-F-15)*, black blind-stamped cloth title and gilt ship on spine. HHS. HMCS*, brown blind-stamped cloth.

1910

Evanelio Hemolele E V A N E L I O H E M O L E L E I e lite me ta Mateo. I [rule] I [text begins.] I [Honolulu, Catholic Mission Press, 1853?] Small 4to. 29 x 20.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 2 text pp.

Title: Holy Gospel according to Matthew. The Gospel of St. Matthew. This is the first edition under this title, but presumably the second edition of the text. The first edition is titled To Jesu Kirito, Evanelio Hemolele E lite me ta Mateo (1853? see No. 1964). The text in this edition is printed in four columns, each divided by a vertical rule, on three single-fold sheets, which are numbered consecutively. In form this closely resembles the periodical type of issue that seems to have been favored by the Catholic Mission Press. Because the printing errors noted in the first edition were not corrected in the two other versions of the text, the exact sequence of editions can only be surmised. The text ends at the bottom of page 12 with Chapter x v n , verse 22. Perhaps this was all that was issued. References: Judd and Bell, 317. Yzendoorn, 33. Copies. H M C S * .

1911

Fiddes, M r s . Mrs. Fiddes I begs to announce that she will give a I C O N C E R T I of Sacred Music, I at the I Court House, I on Friday evening, 7 1/2 p.m., I December 9th, 1853, I On which occasion she will sing the following compositions: I [list of 10 songs] . . . I Tickets, $ 1 each, to be obtained of Mrs. Fiddes, at her residence I in Nuuanu Valley.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

57

Broadside. Text within an ornamental rule. 18 x 1 1 cm.

Mrs. Fiddes announced four selections by Handel, two by Mendelssohn, and one each by Spohr and Rossini. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Foley's Varieties Theater FOLEY'S I VARIETIES! I King Street. I [double rule] I Unprecedented Attraction!! I Second Night of the Grand Eastern, Fairy & I Equestrian Melo Drama of the I F O R T Y THIEVES, I With all the Original Music, Songs, Duetts [s/'c], Marches and I Tableaux, entire new Scenery, Dresses and Decorations, I which has been four weeks in preparation, and is now pro- I duced without regard to expense. I [double rule] I This Friday Evening, Oct. 2zd, 1853, I Will be presented for the 2ond [sic] time in this Kingdom, the I Grand, Eastern, Fairy Melo-Drama entitled I T H E I F O R T Y THIEVES! I [dramatis personae] I Grand Finale. I [double rule] I Programme of scenery and Incidents. I [16 lines of text] I [Honolulu, 1853]

1912

Broadside. 73 x 30 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Gailua

GAILUA [for Waialua], 8 Mai. [Honolulu, Catholic Mission Press, 1853]

1913

Handbill. Size unknown.

Yzendoorn says that this contains the verses of two hymns for the dedication of a new church at Waialua, Oahu. References: Yzendoorn, 36. Copies: None located.

Gaussin, Pierre Louis Jean Baptiste Du I Dialecte de Tahiti, I de celui I des îles Marquises, I et, en général, I de la langue Polynésienne, I ouvrage qui a remporté, en 185Z, le prix de linguistique I fonde par volney, I Par P. L. J. B. Gaussin, I ingénieur hydrographe de la Marine. I [rule] I Paris, I Firmin Didot Frères, Libraires, I Imprimeurs de l'Institut de France, I rue Jacob, No 56. I [rule] I 1853.

1914

8vo. zi x 13.5 cm (BPBM). [1] half title, [2] Imprint, [3] title, [4] blank, [ 5 - 6 ] Dedication to Vice-Amiral Bruat, [7-8] Prix de Linguistique, [1] + 2 - 2 8 2 text pp.

An early work on Pacific linguistics, with emphasis on the languages of Tahiti and the Marquesas. There are occasional references to the Hawaiian language throughout. References: Hunnewell, p. 39. O'Reilly and Reitman, 5631 (with a long note on the contents). Copies: BL. BPBM (2)*, one has signature of W. D. Alexander, and his occasional penciled annotations. LC. NYP. University of Minnesota. The NUC lists 3 copies.

Gerstaecker, Friedrich Wilhelm Christian. London Edition Narrative I of a I Journey Round the World, I comprising I a winter-passage across the Andes to Chili, I with a visit to the gold regions of California and I Australia, the South Sea Islands, Java, &c. I By F. Gerstaecker. I In three volumes, I Vol. 1. I London: I Hurst and Blackett, Publishers, I Successors to Henry Colburn, I 13 Great Marlborough Street. I 1853.

1915

58

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography 3 vols. 8vo. 19.8 x i z . 5 cm. Vol. 1: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] copyright notice and colophon, [v] dedication, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii contents, [1] + 2 - 3 6 0 text, [1] + 2 - 1 6 advertisement pp. Vol. 11: [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and colophon, [iii]—iv contents, [1] + 2-343 text, [344] advertisement, [1] + 2 - 7 [ - 8 ] advertisements dated March 1853 pp. Vol. in: [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and colophon, [iii]—iv contents, [1] + 2 - 3 5 1 text, [352] advertisement pp.

The author departed Bremen on the barque Talisman, bound for California via South America, and much of the text is devoted to his experiences in the gold mines of California, and in San Francisco. Gerstaecker arrived in Honolulu from San Francisco, December 1 0 , 1 8 5 0 , on the Jane Remorino (Remorino, Master), and ambled through the town with a large pickle jar in hand that contained a large quantity of preserved "Snakes, Lizards and spiders" collected in California. He put up at the Hotel de France. Gerstaecker describes the town and his tours of the Honolulu fort, Nuuanu Valley, and the Pali. The text has extensive comments on a variety of theatrical performances including that of a Herr Rossiter, an English tightrope artist. The author says that the California gold rush "has given the death blow to the simple life of the natives." At the time of Gerstaecker's visit there were several shipwrecked Japanese in Honolulu, and he writes of Rev. S. C. Damon's assistance to these men. After a two-week stay the author departed in the Alex Barclay, an American-built Bremen whaler (Hein, Master), for Tahiti and Australia. There were numerous editions in various forms: one-volume editions were published in London (1853-1854), and New York (1853; see No. 1916) and 1855. There is a German five-volume edition, Stuttgart and Tubingen (1853-1854, see No. 1917). References: Ferguson, 9886. Kurutz, i6j& (with a long note on the author's California travels on p. 281). O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 7 0 . Sabin, 2 7 1 8 3 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, original brown blind-stamped cloth. BL. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter n-A-7-9)*. BPL. DL. LC. M L . PA-VBC. Y U . The N U C lists 8 copies.

1916

Gerstaecker, Friedrich. New York Edition Narrative I of a I Journey round the World. I Comprising I a winter-passage across the Andes to Chili; with a visit to I the gold regions of California and Australia, I the South Sea Islands, Java, & c . I By F. Gerstaecker. I New York: I Harper & Brothers, Publishers, I 329 & 331 Pearl Street, I Franklin Square. I 1853. n m o . 19.5 x 12.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). [i-iv] blank, [v] title, [vi] blank, [vii] Dedication to Sarah Mary Rickards, of Sidney [sic], [viii] blank, [ix] + x - x i i Contents, [13] + 1 4 - 6 2 4 text pp.

The first American edition. This text is arranged into sections: South America, California, South Sea Islands, Australia, Java. There are separate chapter numbers for each section; the pagination is continuous. For the first London edition (1853) and comments on the text, see No. 1915. There are also New York editions of 1854 (see No. 1988) and 1855. References: Ferguson, 9887. Judd, 73. Kurutz, 267b (with an important note on the author's travels in California on p. 281). O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 7 1 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, very good copy in original black blind-stamped cloth, title in gilt on spine. HarU. HSL (Tice Phillips). H H S * . LC. NYP. Y U . The N U C lists 14 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

Gerstaecker, Friedrich. Stuttgart Edition Reisen I von I Friedrich Gerstäcker. I Erster Band. I Sudamerika. I [rule] I Stuttgart und Tübingen, I J. G. Gotta'scher Velag. I 1853 [-1854]

59 1917

5 vols. i2.mo. 18 x 1 1 cm (BPBM). Vol. 1 (as above) 1853: [i] title, [ii] imprint, else blank, [iii] Inhalt, [iv] blank, [1] + 2-492 text pp. Vol. 11 (Zweiter Band. Californien) 1853: [i] title, [ii] imprint, else blank, [iii] Inhalt, [iv] blank, [1] + 2,-504 text pp. Vol. in (Dritter Band. Die Siidsee=Inseln) 1853: [i] title, [ii] imprint, else blank, [iii] Inhalt, [iv] blank, [1] + 2-486 text, [487-488] blank pp. Vol. iv (Vierter Band. Australien) 1854: [i] title, [ii] imprint, else blank, [iii] Inhalt, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 5 1 4 text pp. Vol. v (Fünfter Band. Java) 1854: [i] title, [ii] imprint, else blank, [iii] Inhalt, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 4 7 2 text pp.

First German edition. For notes on the voyage and the author's visit to Hawaii, see the London (1853) edition, No. 1915. References: Ferguson, 9888 and 9889 (listing Vol. iv). Kurutz, 267a. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 6 9 (with a long note). Copies: BPBM*. M L . UC-B. YU.

Gulick, Luther Halsey A I Sermon I on the I Foolishness of Preaching; I by I Rev. L. H. Gulick, M.D. I Missionary to Micronesia. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Government Press. I 1853.

1918

n m o . 18.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] dedication, [4] blank, [$]-6 preface, dated Ascension Island, Pacific Ocean, Sept. 1852, 7-23 sermon, [24] blank pp.

Dedicated and addressed to "my fellow Christians of the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society." Rev. Luther Halsey Gulick was the son of Hawaiian missionary Peter J. Gulick, and himself had a distinguished missionary career. The HMCS library has a copy with an 1852 date on the title, and 1853 on the wrapper (corrected in pencil to 1852). Their second copy is dated 1853 on both the title and the wrapper. References: Forbes, Treasures, p. 68. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-B-96)*, in green printed wrappers. HHS*. H M C S (2)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Annual Report I of the I Minister of Finance, I for 9 months of the year 1852. I [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 23 x 14.3 cm untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [ 2 1 ] + 22-43 half page of errata at end.

text

, [44] blank pp., with

G. P. Judd's report for the portion of 1852 commencing on April 1st gives receipts and disbursements, proposed costs and estimates of all departments of the government for 1853. Judd discusses revenues from duties; the "spirit duty," at $52,084.48, represented some 59 percent of the annual budget. Included are reports from the heads of various departments. This is generally found as part of The King's Speech, read before the Hawaiian Legislature, . . . with the Reports of Ministers (Honolulu, 1853; see No. 1923), but a separately stitched copy in the Bishop Museum collection shows that it was also distributed separately.

1919

60

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*, one in C. R. Bishop bound set of reports.

1920

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Hoike Makahiki I o ke I Kuhina Waiwai, I i na Hale Alua o ka Ahaolelo no na Malama I hope eiwa o 1852. I [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2-2.3 text, [24] blank pp. Errata slip at p. 23.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 1919. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*, stitched as issued.

1921

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Relations Report I of the I Minister of Foreign Relations, I to the Nobles and Representatives I of the Hawaiian Islands, I in Legislative Council Assembled, I April, 1853. I [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm untrimmed (NYH). [69] + 7 0 - 9 3 text pp.

This report by R. C. Wyllie, dated April 6, 1853, gives "an account of His Majesty's Foreign Relations, subsequent to my last report read to the Legislature, on the 14th of April last." Subjects covered include relations with France regarding the Laplace treaty and settling damage claims after the French occupation of 1849. There is also correspondence with Great Britain and the United States. Most copies are found bound as part of The King's Speech, read before the Hawaiian Legislature . . . with the Reports of Ministers (Honolulu, 1853; see No. 1923). However copies having a separate issue are known. A copy in the New York Historical Society (presented to it by James Jackson Jarves) is in original plain wrappers stitched, with an annotation by R. C. Wyllie on the front wrapper. Bound with it are the reports of the Secretary of War and of the Navy, and the Supreme Court report. See Nos. 1938 and 1940. References: Carter, p. 66. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (C. R. Bishop set of bound reports)*. H M C S * , bound separately by agency. N Y H * , separate issue as described above.

1922

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Relations Palapala Hoike, a ke I Kuhina no ko na Aina E, I Imua o na 'Lii a me ka Poeikohoia o ko Hawaii I Pae Aina, i akoakoa i ka Ahaolelo kau Kana- I wai, Aperila, 1853. [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 25. j x 15.5 cm untrimmed. Caption title, [1] + 2-24 text pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 1 9 x 1 . References: None found. Copies: AH*.

1923

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Relations Appendix to the Report I of the I Minister of Foreign Relations, [second title at p. 164:] Appendix I to the I Report of the Secretary of War. In: The King's Speech, read before the Hawaiian Legislature . . . with the Reports of Ministers, to the same body. Pp. 1 1 7 - 1 8 0 . [Honolulu, 1853]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

61

8vo. 2 2 x 1 4 cm. Caption title, [ 1 1 7 ] + 1 1 8 - 1 6 3 , t l 6 4 l + 1 6 5 - 1 7 8 text, [ 1 7 9 - 1 8 0 ] blank pp.

This contains dispatches and correspondence mentioned by Mr. Wyllie in his main reports. It was published as part of The King's Speech, read before the Hawaiian Legislature . . . with the Reports of Ministers (Honolulu, 1853; see No. 1935). It also appears to have been issued separately. References: Carter, p. 66. Tice Phillips Check List, 22. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. B P B M (2)*. H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Relations Motion I in the I Hawaiian Parliament, I made by I R. C. Wyllie, Esquire, I the King's Minister of Foreign Relations, I to release John Ricord, Esquire, His Majesty's I Attorney-General, from a debt stand- I ing against him in the books of the I King's Treasury, since June, I 1 8 4 7 , respectfully re- I commended to I the Legislature of 1854. I [double rule] I Printed at the Argus Office. I Honolulu, I [rule] I 1 8 4 3 . [i.e., 1853]

1924

8vo. 24 x 1 6 cm untrimmed (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 7 text, signed by Wyllie at Rosebank, 1853, [ 3 8 - 4 0 ] blank pp.

According to the resolution, the debts against John Ricord were to be canceled "in Consideration of the extra Services to His Majesty's Government, rendered by him, in framing the 1st and 2nd Acts of Kamehameha III, of 27th April, 1846, and others beyond the duty which could strictly be required of him." Wyllie's speech following the resolution gives a résumé of Ricord's work for the government. Also printed are testimonial letters including Kamehameha Ill's letter to Ricord of March 13, 1847. References: Carter, pp. 1 1 0 and 189. Tice Phillips Check List, 23. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter)*. N Y H * , fine untrimmed copy, stitched as issued.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Commissioners of Public Health N O T I C E . I Olelo Hoolaha I No Kauai. I [text begins in left column:] From the date of this notice, and until it I shall have been repealed by the Commission- I ers of Health, no passengers will be allowed I to pass either way between Honolulu and I the ports of Kauai; excepting only that in I cases of extreme necessity the commission- I ers of Health will give permits to I persons to pass between the above ports. I . . . I [text in Hawaiian in right column:] 1. Ua papaia na kanaka a pau aole e holo I aku mai Honolulu aku a i Kauai, aole hoi I mai Kauai aku a i Oahu ma keia hope aku a I hiki i ka manawa e pau ai keia kanawai e na I Komisina no ke ola o Kanaka, [signed at end of English text] J. F. B. Marshall, I E. P. Bond, I J . W. Smith, I Commissioners of Health for Kauai. I Nawiliwili, July 19th, 1853. [Honolulu, 1853] Broadside. 25.5 x 2 0 . 5 cm. Printed in Hawaiian and English in double-column form divided by a vertical rule. The English text has unnumbered paragraphs, the Hawaiian text has 6 numbered paragraphs. The Hawaiian text has an additional signature below: T. C. B. Rooke, "Luna Hoomalu, O na Komisina Alii."

A very rare broadside, issued during the smallpox epidemic. The regulations required that masters of vessels report to the commissioners, with a report of those on their vessels, and that no one on said ships were to "enter any house on the Island or hold any intercourse with the inhabitants other than that required in the business of discharging and receiving cargo."

1925

NOTICE»

OLELO

i i o n LA II.-V

NO K A U A I .

"'

F r o m the date o f this notice, RIUI until it [ 1 . Ua papaia na k a n a k a a pau ante e holo . »hull h a v e b e e n r e p e a l e d by tin' C o m m i s s i o n - ! aku mai Honolulu aku a i K a u a i , Role hot e i n o f H e a l t h , no p a s s e n g e r s will bo allowed < mai K n u a i aku a i Oahu ma k e i a hope aku a In pant e i t h e r w;iy b e t w e e n H o n o l u l u and ; hiki i k a m a n a w a e pan ai keia k a n a w a i e 11a the ports of K a u a i ; e x c e p t i n g only that in I Kotniaina no ke ola o K a n a k a , c a s e » of e x t r e m e necessity I ho commission- i 55. Inn un pilikia loa k r k a h i k a n a k a e hiki e r s o f H e a t h will g i v e written permits to I no in ia k e noi aku i ka noe K o m i s i n a m a persona to pans between the a b o v e port». ! Honolulu a i na hope K o m i s i n a paha ma Upon the a r r i v a l of a n y v e s s e l at any o f K a u a i , a na lakou e haawi i P a t a p a l a H o o t h e porta o f K a u a i , the M a s t e r shall imme- j k u u . diately report to the C o m m i s s i o n e r s of ! 3 . Ina e l a w e k c k a h i mokti i k r k a h i k a n a H e a l t h or their agent the number and names j k a me ka p a l a p a l a hookun ole ina ua pili k e i a o f all persons employed on board o f hi* v e s - : k a n a w a i i ke Kapttna o 11a moku la, A hiki sel» and neither hn o r any person in hi* e m - : Uu kona moka mn K a u a i u a p o n o i 11a komiploy shall enter any house on (he Island or s m a olaila ke hoihoi kokn aktt ua moku la me hold a n y intercourse with the inhabitants kona tiMiu ohua men p a l a p a l a hookuu ole i oiher than that n quired in tho business of Onhu. A n i pili no hoi i u a K a p e n a la k a d i s c h a r g i n g and r e c e i v i n g c a r g o . hoopai ana i oleloia mn ka pauku efiina « i n c a s e a n y v e s s e l shall a r r i v e at a n y of k e i a kunaivai. 4 . A i a hiki aku ka moku ma k e k a h i a w a th'i a b o v e mi-niirjned ports, h a v i n g 011 board a p a s s e n g e r o r p a s s e n g e r s , in violation of the n K a u a i , e hoiki koke ke k a p e n a i na inoa o r u l e h e r e p r e s c r i b e d , the commissioners shall , kona man luina moku a pau i k e K o m i s i n a r p q u i r e t h e i n a s t e r t o r e i i t r n such p a s n e n g e r o r ¡ o l a i l a , a i kona hope paha, a u a papaia k e p a s s e n g e r s at o n c e to the pott from which he : kapenn a me na k a n a k a o k a moku a o l e lam a y h a v e brought the same i kou e moe m a u k s , aide hoi e komo iloko o na O ka hana e pono ni ka uN o v e s s e l shall visit the island of Niihau hale o k a n a k a . without a written permit s i g n e d by o n e o f t h e k a n a o k a moku oia w a l e no k a lakou h a n a C o m m i s s i o n e r s of H e a l t h for K a u a i , and the inauka. people of Nithau a r e requested to unite in » . U a p a p a i a na moku a pan anle e Itolo i Niihau ke loaa ole ka palapala ae na ka poe sustaining these regulations. A n y person violating a n y o f tho a b o v e K o m i s i n a o K a u a i , a ke papaia a k u nei na r u l e s , ahali b e liable to a penalty o f not less k a n a k a o Niihnu e k o k u a ma k e i a olelo. 6 . O k a men hooko ole a kue paha i k e i a than five and not m o r e than fifty dollars for olelo c hoopai ia no ia, mai na dala elima a e a c h offunse. hiki i k a n a l i m a e like me k a tnanao o k a a h a J . F . B. M A R S H A L L , hookolokolo, a i ole ia e honpaahaoia oia E . P. B O N D , aole nae o oi a k u na m a l a m a e k o l n . — J. W. SMITH, J . F . B. M A R S H A L L , C o m m i s s i o n e r s of H e a l t h for K a u a i . Hooholoia e E P. B O N D , N a w i l i w i l i , J u l y 1 9 t h , 185,'!. J. W. SMITH, N a Hope Komisina o Kauai. T. C. B. R O O K E , L u n a Hoomalu. O na Komisina A l i i , Nawiliwili, 1 9 J u l a i 1853.

Notice. Olelo Hoolaha No Kauai, Honolulu, 1853 [see No. 192.5]. This unique broadside was issued by the Kauai Commissioners of Health during the 1853 smallpox epidemic. Courtesy K a h n Collection, H a w a i i State Archives.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1853

63

It was further ordered that "No vessel shall visit the island of Niihau without a written permit . . . and the people are requested to unite in sustaining these regulations." Presumably similar notices were printed and posted for the islands of Hawaii, Maui, and Molokai, though none of these has survived. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Commissioners of Public Health NO. 5 - NOTICE. Whereas much difficulty is found in procuring aid to bury the dead, the Royal Commissioners of Public Health hereby give notice that all ablebodied men, if recovered from the Small Pox, or already exposed thereto, are liable, to be called on by them, by their Sub-Commissioners, by the Police, or by any of their agents, to render assistance in burying the dead, without remuneration. Any person so called on, refusing to assist, shall be liable to a fine, not exceeding 25 dollars, or imprisonment not exceeding six months. The Commissioners likewise give notice that they have authorized the destruction of dogs in Honolulu and vicinity, wherever in the estimation of the Police, they are liable to convey and communicate the Small Pox.

1926

T. C. B. Rooke, Chairman. July 18, 1853. Broadside. Not seen.

This notice is reprinted in the Polynesian, July 23, 1853, with the following commentary: As the above notice has elicited considerable animadversion, we have made some inquiries into its object and necessity, and are informed that the necessity for its enactment, arose from the fact that in some cases, at a distance from town, the Marshall and members of the Police who are . . . most laboriously employed in attending to the sick and burying the dead, found it impossible to procure the necessary assistance. . . men who had been nursed and attended medically and cured, have refused to assist in burying their neighbors who have died . . . to meet such cases of extremity, a measure was adopted . . . deemed essential to the health of the several localities . . . This would also have been published in the Hawaiian language, no copies of which are known to exist. The numbering of this and the following item as Nos. 5 and 6 indicates that four previous "Notices" were issued. None of these have survived so far as is known, and their texts were not published in the Polynesian. References: None found. Copies: None located.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Commissioners of Public Health N O T I C E NO. 6. Whereas the small pox appears to be subsiding in Honolulu, and whereas the arrangements for taking care of the sick in Hospitals beyond the precincts of the city are now completed, the Royal Commissioners of Public Health give notice, that persons in and about Honolulu who are desirous of receiving food, medicines and attendance at the expense of the Government, must give notice to the Marshall, who is prepared in suitable carriages to remove such patients to the several Hospitals without delay. The Hospital at Kalihi, two miles west of Honolulu is under the regular medical attendance of Dr. S. Porter Ford, that at Mauna Pohaku, to the eastward, is under Dr.

1927

64

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography B. F. Hardy, that at Honuakaha continues to be under the direction of Dr. Hoffman, and that at Kulaokahua under Dr. Hardy, all of whom have kindly volunteered their services. T. C. B. Rooke, Chairman. Honolulu, August 12, 1853. Broadside. Original not seen.

This notice was reprinted in the Polynesian, August 1 3 , 1 8 5 3 . As with Notice No. 5, there would also have been a Hawaiian-language edition, no copies of which are known. References: None found. Copies: None located.

1928

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of the Interior Report I of the I Minister of the Interior, I for the nine months ending I December 31st, 185Z. [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 2 1 x 1 3 . 5 cm. Caption title, 5 - 1 8 text [+ inserted leaf of errata], [ 1 9 - 2 0 ] blank pp.

The Minister of the Interior, Keoni Ana (John Young II), gives a brief account of the Government Press, public licensing, public improvements, and sales of real estate made by the Land Commission. The appendix has reports to the Minister of the Interior from the Government Press (E. O. Hall); the Superintendent of Public Improvements (T. Metcalf); prison inspectors for Kauai (Edward P. Bond and J. W. Smith); and from the Post Master (H. M. Whitney). Copies should have a leaf of errata inserted at last text page. This report generally appears in The King's Speech read before the Hawaiian Legislature . . . with the Reports of Ministers (Honolulu, 1853; see No. 192.3). Copies of this report were also issued separately. References: None found. Copies: A H ( K a h n ) \ this copy lacks the errata leaf. B P B M (2)*. B P B M (Carter 3-B-92).

1929

H a w a i i . Kingdom. Minister of the Interior Palapala Hoike I a ke I Kuhina Kalaiaina I no ka malama eiwa i pau aku i ka la I 31 o Dekemaba, 1852. [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 23 x 1 4 cm untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, j - 1 0 report, 1 1 - 1 8 appendix, [ 1 9 - 2 0 ) blank pp. With errata slip attached to last blank leaf.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 1928. References: None found. Copies: A H (2)*, in plain wrappers, stitched. B P B M * , no wrappers, stitched as issued.

1930

H a w a i i . Kingdom. Kamehameha III Reports I on the I King's Personal Accounts, I by the I Commissioners I of I His Majesty's Privy Purse. I [rule] I Honolulu. I Printed by order of and for the use of His Majesty. I 1853 [-1855] 8vo. 25.5 x 1 5 . 5 cm untrimmed (BPBM). [ 1 ] title, [2] letter of transmittal from Wyllie to E. O. Hall, director of the King's Press, 26 Sept. 1853, [3] + 4 - 1 0 0 text, 1 0 1 - 1 0 3 index, [ 1 0 4 ] blank; with separately issued appendix, titled: " 1 8 5 3 and 1854, I Report E Enclosures belonging to the Report," 1 0 5 - 1 8 9 text, [ 1 9 0 ] blank, 1 9 1 - 1 9 8 text, [ 1 9 9 1 - 2 0 0 Index to Report E pp. Folding table (No. 49) inserted at p. 1 5 2 . Following p. 1 9 0 is a folding table headed "His Late Majesty" etc.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

In 1853, Kamehameha III being "embarrassed in his pecuniary circumstances," requested a loan from the Privy Council to settle his debts. A committee appointed to look into the matter requested him to submit his "whole revenues, public and private in the hands of three trustees, until your debts are extinguished, or properly arranged." The trustees were Robert C. Wyllie, Charles Gordon Hopkins, and John Ii. This document contains minutes of their meetings, lists of the king's debts (with a detailed examination of each), and tables of his revenues. The appendix (pp. 105-198 + index), which was printed in 1855, contains additional correspondence and reports and includes tables of authorized and unauthorized expenses. References: Carter, p. n o (listing "Report E" only). Tice Phillips Check List, 54. Copies: BPBM (2.)*, one is John Ii's copy with a presentation inscription from Wyllie dated 15 February 1855. An additional copy ( 1 0 0 pp. and index only) has an 1854 inscription from Wyllie to Judge William Little Lee. BPBM (Carter)*. HHS*. HMCS*, appendix text only. NYH*, very fine copy of the appendix, untrimmed Z4 x 15 cm.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Laws I of His Majesty I Kamehameha III., I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I passed by the I Nobles and Representatives I at their session, I 1853. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by Order of the Government. I 1853. 8vo. 2.2.5 x I 3-5 c m (BPBM). [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 6 7 Session Laws, 68-76 Index, 77-78 An Act relating to the Public Health, Approved May 16, 1853.

An important act passed in this session was that regulating the Judiciary Department (pp. 3-12). The Public Health act at the end of the index provides for a commission under the Board of Health to form safety measures against the spread of smallpox, and to provide for those afflicted. References: Carter, p. 108. Judd, 3. Copies: AH (4)*. AH (Kahn)*. ATL. BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter) 4 . HHS*. HMCS*, fine copy in contemporary law sheep, with the Kalakaua-Hale Naua bookplate.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Kanawai I o ka Moi I Kamehameha III., I ke alii o ko Hawaii Pae Aina I i kauia e na I Alii Ahaolelo a me ka Poeikohoia, I iloko o ka ahaolelo o ka I makahiki 1853. I [rule] I Honolulu: Paiia mamuli o ke kauoha a ke aupuni. I 1853. 8vo. zz.5 x 13.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 4 0 Na Kanawai (The laws), 4 1 - 4 Z Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [43-44] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 1931. References: Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH (3)*. AH (Kahn)*. ATL (2). BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter)*. H M C S (2)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature APPROPRIATION BILL I and I Accompanying Documents, I For the year commencing on the first day of April, A.D. 1853, and I closing on the thirty-first day of March, A.D. 1854. I Approved June 29, 1853. ' [text begins.] [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. z6 x 16 cm untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 1 text, [zz—Z4] blank pp.

Appropriations in the amount of $318,866.80 are divided among the civil list, various government departments, and public improvements, with accompanying documents.

66

1853

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

References: Carter, p. 1 1 0 . Copies: AH (z)*. BPBM (Carter)*.

1934

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature [left column:] NA RULA I E Pono ai ka Hana ana iloko o ka I Hale Ahaolelo o ka Poeikohoia e I ko Hawaii Pae Aina. I Na hana a me ka mana o ka I luna. I [text begins] I [right column:] RULES AND ORDERS I For Conducting Business in the I House of Representatives of the I Hawaiian Islands. I Duties and powers of the I speaker. I [text begins.] I [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 22 x 13.8 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 9 text, 2 0 - 2 1 List of legislators and committees, [22-24] Wank pp. Text in double columns: Hawaiian at left and English at right.

This report is undated. The authority for assigning the date is an ink inscription by Charles R. Bishop on the last blank leaf of his copy. Bishop was then a member of the legislature and chairman of the Committee of Foreign Relations of that body. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*, C. R. Bishop's copy stitched together with a copy of the 1852 Constitution. H M C S * , E. W. Clark's copy bound with a copy of the 1852 Constitution.

1935

Hawaii. Kingdom. Ministerial Reports The I King's Speech, I read before the I Hawaiian Legislature, I April 6, 1853: I with the Reports of Ministers, I to the I same body. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by Order of the Legislature. I Government Press. I [rule] I 1853. 8vo. 22 x 13. j cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, li]~4 The King's Speech, 5 - 1 0 Report of the Minister of the Interior (Keoni Ana), 1 1 - 1 8 Appendix to the Report of the Minister of the Interior, [ 1 9 - 2 0 ] blank, [21] + 22-43 Report of the Minister of Finance (G. P. Judd), [44] blank, [45] + 46-68 Report of the Minister of Public Instruction (Richard Armstrong) [+ folding table], [69] + 7 0 - 9 3 Report of the Minister of Foreign Relations (R. C. Wyllie), [94] + 9 5 - 1 0 1 Report of the Secretary of War, and of the Navy (R. C. Wyllie), [102] + 1 0 3 - 1 1 5 First Annual Report of the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court (William L. Lee), [ 1 1 6 ] blank, [ 1 1 7 ] + 1 1 8 - 1 6 3 Appendix to the Report of the Minister of Foreign Relations, [164] + 165-178 Appendix to the Report of the Secretary of War [+ inserted half sheet of errata:] "to the reports of the Minister of Foreign relations and of war," [1] + 2-93 Appendix to the Report of the Minister of Foreign Relations [94] blank pp.

This collection of reports was organized so that many of the individual reports were printed in separate signatures and thus could be separated and distributed independently on demand. Because of this, and because several collections have these arranged separately by the issuing office, they have also been entered in this bibliography under the departments shown above. The Hawaiian-language editions of these reports seem never to have been issued as a single unit; consequently I also list them under their various departments. References: Carter, p. n o . Tice Phillips Check List, 22. Copies: AH (2)*, one lacks the final appendix of the Minister of Foreign Relations. BPBM (C.R. Bishop bound set of reports)*.

1936

Hawaii. Kingdom. Public Instruction Report I of the I Minister of Public Instruction, I to the Hawaiian Legislature, April 6, 1853. [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm. Caption title, [53] + 54-68 text pp. With folding table "Government Schools 1852" at end.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

67

A report by Richard Armstrong on the state of government and private schools in the islands. Armstrong discusses the inadequacy of government revenue for the schools "owing to the great rise of teacher's wages, and the increased cost of erecting and repairing school houses." A tabulated list provides statistics on some 440 public schools. There is a long review of the work at Lahainaluna, with similar reports on the Royal School and select schools about the islands. An article on "Instruction in the English Language" is on pages 66-67. There are also reports on births, deaths, and marriages (with statistics) and an essay on public morals and public health. This report was generally issued with The King's speech, read before the Hawaiian Legislature . . . with the Reports of Ministers (Honolulu, 1853; see No. 1935), but separately issued copies are known. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (z)*, one is in C. R. Bishop bound set of reports.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Public Instruction P A L A P A L A M A K A H I K I , I a ke Kuhina Aopalapala, i heluheluia imua I o ka Moi a me ka Ahaolelo Hawaii i ka I La 6 o Aperila, 1853. [Honolulu, 1853]

1937

8vo. 23.5 x 14.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 [i.e., 15] text, [16] blank pp. With folding table "Na Kula Aupuni, 1 8 5 2 " at end.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 1936. References: None found. Copies: H M C S (4)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court First I Annual Report I of the I Chief Justice I of the I Supreme Court, I To the Nobles and Representatives of the Hawaiian Islands, in Legisla- I tive Council Assembled. [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 2 1 x 13.5 cm. Caption title, [ 1 0 2 ] + 1 0 3 - 1 1 5 text, [ 1 1 6 ] blank pp.

This report by William Little Lee, for the year 1852, gives statistics on crimes and misdemeanors, from the island of Hawaii (collected by Francis Funk the district attorney); from the islands of Maui, Molokai, Lanai, (by James W. Austin); from Oahu (by Marshall W. C. Parke and Sheriff Swinton); and from Kauai (by Godfrey Rhodes). The most common offenses were drunkenness, assault and battery, and fornication. Prominent also were cases of "Furious Riding" and "Selling Spirituous Liquors without License"; from Maui there was one case of "Felonious Branding." The majority of offenders were foreigners, not natives. Lee's report has pointed remarks on drunkenness and "the monster evil of the land" (i.e., prostitution), stating that "The great hot beds of this vice are Honolulu and Lahaina." Included is a general table showing "the nature and number of the criminal cases tried in the Superior and Supreme Courts from 1848 to 1852, inclusive." Commenting on the need for revisions to certain laws, Lee urges the inauguration of a system of trial by jury, strongly refuting the idea that native juries were not qualified to act in this capacity. References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: AH*, bound with other Supreme Court Reports. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (C. R. Bishop bound set of reports)*. HMCS*.

1938

68

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1939

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Ka T Olelo Makahiki Hoakak [sic] Mua I a ka I Peresidena o ka Aha Kiekie. [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 3 text, [14] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 1938. References: None found. Copies: A H * , fine copy, no wrappers.

1940

Hawaii. Kingdom. Secretary of War and of the Navy Report I of the I Secretary of War, and of the Navy, I to the I Hawaiian Legislature, April, 1853. [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 2.1 x 1 3 . 5 cm. Caption title, [94] + 9 5 - 1 0 1 text pp.

Another report by R. C. Wyllie, dated April 9, 1853, stressing the need for armed forces for the protection of the kingdom. To support his position he refers to former Hawaiian practices regarding the same, and adds statistics on the standing army in America from 1783 and that of Great Britain. He discusses the formation of the First Hawaiian Guard and the First Hawaiian Cavalry, and says: "Both companies were reviewed along with the native troops, on the King's late birth-day, by Lieutenant General Liholiho, and, considering the brief period of their training, made a most respectable appearance." This report is generally found in The King's Speech, read before the Hawaiian Legislature, . . . with the Reports of Ministers (Honolulu, 1853; see No. 1935), but copies were probably issued either separately or with the Report of the Minister of Foreign Relations. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (2)*, one is in C. R. Bishop bound set of reports.

1941

Hawaii. Kingdom. Secretary of War and the Navy

Appendix I to the I Report of the Secretary of War. [Honolulu, 1853] 8vo. 2 2 x 1 4 cm. Caption title, [ 1 6 4 ] + 1 6 5 - 1 7 8 text pp.

This contains a letter from Alexander Liholiho, dated Head Quarters, March 8, 1853, regarding "what military organization for the defense of the Kingdom has been effected" totaling some 750 men on Oahu, 1 0 0 on Hawaii, and 50 on Maui. Schedules following give receipts and expenditures, and the plan of organization of a military force on all islands. The constitution of the First Hawaiian Guard, instituted November 15, 1852, is followed by the constitution for the Hawaiian Cavalry. At the end of the text there should be an inserted half leaf of corrections to the Reports of the Minister of Foreign Relations and of War, for 1853. This report is generally found as a part of The King's Speech, read before the Hawaiian Legislature, . . . with the Reports of Ministers (Honolulu, 1853; see No. 1935), but copies having a separate issue are known. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (2)*, one is in C. R . Bishop bound set of reports.

1942

Hawaiian Mission Children's Society

First I Annual Report I of the I Hawaiian I Mission Children's Society, I presented, May z i s t , 1853. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Government Press. I 1853 [ - 1 9 0 0 +] i 2 m o . 18.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm. [1] title, [2] Officers for 1853, [3] + 4 - 2 1 Annual Meeting and Reports, [22] + 2 3 - 2 5 Constitution & By Laws, [26] + 2 7 - 2 9 list of members, [ 3 0 - 3 2 ] blank pp.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

This society was formed in 185Z, in the "Old Mission School House" partly as a social organization but more specifically to lend support to the Micronesian mission then getting started. At the first meeting of the society on June 5, 1852, it was "Voted that John T. Gulick, who is expecting to visit Micronesia with the first Missionaries, be appointed to bring a report of the islands and places they may visit,. . . such report not to be confined to one or two sheets." Gulick and his brother Luther both gave reports at the December 1 1 , 1852, meeting. Subsequent reports have excerpts from letters from Luther Halsey Gulick and several native Hawaiian missionaries stationed in Micronesia. An address by Hiram Bingham, Jr., on "the cultivation of the Missionary Spirit" is in the 1857 report. The 1858 report includes an essay by Orramel Gulick (pp. 33-46) on his trip to Micronesia. The president's reports, found in almost every issue, have continued references to local social and religious interests in Hawaii. The 1861 issue has an essay on "Catholic Missions" (pp. 18-31) by then president W. D. Alexander. The appendix to the 1863 report has Dr. Rufus Anderson's address to the society (pp. 37-42), in which he charges the members to continue the work begun by their fathers and specifically to encourage and support a native pastorate. A letter from Anderson to the society dated March 25, 1865 (in the 1865 annual report, pp. 19-21), thanks the "Cousins" for their response to his appeals. From its inception, the society had a corresponding secretary "appointed to collect items of information relative to the children of the Sandwich Island Mission." The first of these was Mrs. Persis G. Taylor. By 1856 the position had been given to Martha Ann Chamberlain, who continued to serve in that capacity for most of the rest of the century. The birth, marriage, and death notices and obituaries of these missionary "Cousins," found in issue after issue, are a major source of information on missionary family histories. By the 1868 report, addresses of members are also included. A number of "Cousins" fought in the Civil War. Notes on these are found from 1861-1865; the 1865 report has a separate section (pp. 1 0 - 1 2 ) , "Cousins in the War." The society maintained its interest in Protestant missionary work in the Pacific. By the 1870 report, the annual reports include excerpts from native Hawaiian missionaries in Micronesia and the Marquesas, whom they partially supported. Many of the Hawaiian missionaries' children were educated in Hawaii at the expense of the society, and from about 1870 on, the society took great interest in a number of the boarding schools in the Islands, particularly those at Makawao, Maui; Koloa, Kauai; and Waialua on Oahu. Excerpts of annual reports from those institutions are now sometimes the only printed records of the schools. In the twenty-fifth annual report (1876), an essay by "Cousin" General Samuel C. Armstrong (pp. 2 0 - 2 3 ) discusses his educational work with American blacks at Hampton, Virginia, and includes references to lessons he had learned while a boy in Hawaii. References: Carter, p. 81. Hunnewell, p. 65. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, 1 8 5 3 - 1 9 1 9 , in original wrappers, lacking reports for 1856 and 1 9 0 0 . B P B M * . H M C S (3)*. H H S . H S L (Tice Phillips). LC. UH.

He Hamani Fatuhiwa H E H A M A N I FATUHIWA. I e ao ai te enana I me te I Tamaiti Me Ta Moi. I [rule] I Te hua maoi [followed by 13 vowels in lower and upper case, and:] Te hua manahii [followed by 8 consonants in lower and upper case, then by combinations of letters. The colophon below a rule at the foot of the first page reads:] Honolulu, Oahu: - Printed for the Hawaiian Missionary Society. [1853]

70

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography i2mo. 18.5 x 1 i . j cm HMCS. [1] title, [2-12] text pp. With 31 small text woodcuts.

A Marquesan language primer. The text begins with letters and sounds, progresses to simple sentences on subjects illustrated, and concludes with essays "Te pue a ta Hatu a Iesu" (p. 10), and "He peau no iesu Kristo" (pp. 1 0 - 1 2 ) . A list of numerals is found on the last page. The text is illustrated with small woodcuts previously used in Hawaiian primers. In March 1853, Matunui, "the principal chief of Fatuhiwa, one of the Marquesas islands," arrived at Lahaina and made it known that he was seeking missionaries to "come over and help us." The Hawaiian Missionary Society became interested, and at their May 1853 meeting reported: "The Directors have taken measures in response to this Macedonian call. It is hoped that during the coming month, an expedition will be fitted out to convey to his home the Fatuhiwan chief, and his companion with two or three Hawaiian missionaries for that field, which seems ripe for the harvest. A small reading book in the Marquesan dialect, prepared by Mr. Alexander, is now in press, and will be ready for use on the arrival of the company at Fatuhiwa." This mission to the Marquesas sailed June 16th with Rev. James Kekela and Rev. Samuel Kaawealoha, and their wives, and Isaiah Kaiwi and Lot Kuaihelani and their wives, as teachers. They were accompanied by Rev. Benjamin W. Parker. References: Hawaiian Missionary Society, znd Annual Report (Honolulu, 1853), pp. 1 4 - 1 5 . Copies: HMCS*.

1944

He Helu Kamalii He I Helu Kamalii, I oia ka mea I e ao aku ai i na keiki, I ma na ui I Ao mua o ke Aritemetika. I I unuhiia mai loko ae o ke aritemetika I a Wiliama Fowle. I Ka walu o ke pai ana. I Honolulu: I Mea Pai Palapala na na Misionari. I 1853. 24mo. 14.5 x 8 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] He olelo hoakaka, [3] + 4-48 text pp.

Title: A child's arithmetic, this teaches the children the first problems of the arithmetic. Translated from the arithmetic of William Fowle. 8th edition. Translated by Artemas Bishop. For the first (1832) edition, see No. 812. This edition is not listed in either the 1853 or 1854 minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association. References: Judd and Bell, 318. Copies: GF. HHS. H M C S (3)*. LC (2)*. NLC. UH.

1945

Hooper, William Hulme Ten Months I among the Tents of the Tuski, I with incidents of an I Arctic Boat Expedition in search of I Sir John Franklin, I as far as the Mackenzie River, and Cape Bathurst. I By Lieut. W. H. Hooper, R . N . I With a map and illustrations. London: I John Murray, Albemarle Street. I 1853. 8vo. 21 x 13.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v] + vi-viii dedication to John Barrow, dated London, May 1 , 1853, [ix] + x - x v contents, [xvi] list of illustrations, [1] + 2 - 4 1 7 text, [418] printer's name, else blank, [ 4 1 9 - 4 2 0 ] advertisement pp. With 6 lithograph illustrations (including 4 tinted) and 5 text woodcuts. Folding chart at end "Chart illustrating Lieut. Hooper's Narrative" (20 x 27 cm).

An account of exploration of the Arctic, and one of the voyages sent out in search of the ships Erebus and Terror, commanded by Sir John Franklin, which had left England in 1845, and of which there had been no trace since 1847. The author was on HMS Plover

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

(Commander Moore), which departed England January 30, 1848. En route to the Arctic the ship made a brief stop at Hawaii, arriving August 23, 1848, and departing on August 25. Hooper's remarks on Hawaii are brief. He thought it "a perfect paradise." On departure from Hawaii the ship continued to the Bering Strait. Hooper and associates wintered with the Tuski on the Chukotka Peninsula across the Bering Strait from Alaska. Subsequently he made an Arctic Ocean voyage from Kotzebue Sound to the mouth of the Mackenzie River, then traveled up that river into Canada, completing his journey at York Factory in Hudson's Bay in 1850. References: Carter, p. 90. Judd and Lind, 83. Lada-Mocarski, 1 4 0 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, full contemporary gilt-paneled morocco, spine extra gilt (a presentation copy?), without the half title. H M C S * , has the half title.

Hunt, Timothy Dwight The I Past and Present I of the I Sandwich Islands; I being I a series of lectures, I to the First Congregational Church, San Francisco. I By T. Dwight Hunt, Pastor. I [rule] I San Francisco: I Whitton, Towne & Co., printers, I Excelsior Office, 128 Clay Street. I 1853. i 6 m o . 1 4 . 5 x 1 0 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [z] dedication, [3] preface, [4] copyright notice, [ j ] + 6 - 1 8 9 text, [ 1 9 0 - 1 9 2 . ] blank pp. Title and text within rule borders. Issued in plain black cloth, title and author's name in gilt on spine.

The Rev. Timothy Dwight Hunt arrived at Honolulu July 15, 1844, as a missionary for the ABCFM, and was stationed at Waiohinu, Hawaii, and at Lahainaluna on Maui. In 1848 he resigned from the American Board and departed for San Francisco, where he served as pastor of the First Congregational Church from 1849 to 1855. This text is derived from a series of eight lectures given by Hunt in San Francisco, first from March to May 1852, and repeated again in 1853. Notices printed in the San Francisco newspaper, the Alta California, during this period indicate that the lectures were both popular and well attended. Here the lectures have been formed into chapters, with the following titles: 1. The Sandwich Islands; their political and religious condition before the introduction of Christianity. 11. The character and social condition of the islanders before the introduction of Christianity. 111. The introduction and early labors of the American Missionaries at the Sandwich Islands, iv. Early labors and success of the mission, v. Missionary labor, trials, and results, from the conversion of Kaahumanu to the "Great Revival" commencing in 1837. vi. Forced introduction of papacy and the great revival commencing in 1837. VII. The change in government, vm. The contrast between the past and the present. Rev. Hunt draws on published histories of the Islands, as well as on his own experiences, noting in the preface: "Having visited every Missionary station at the Islands, and mingled freely with the people during more than four years, learning many of the facts here recorded from the lips of young and old, the writer confidently gives his testimony as correct." In his second lecture, Hunt says that much has been written of late "of the innocence, simplicity, and happiness of men in a state of nature. Romance has lent all its charms to scenes in the Island world. Such writers as Melville . . . have made civilized life seem dull, and almost made the Christian reader sigh for the ease, the luxuries and the liberties of barbarous tribes." This he says "is a pleasing fancy, but a fancy only," and then he proceeds to paint a much darker picture of premissionary life in the Islands. Understandably the work of the American Protestant mission to Hawaii occupies

72

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography much of the text. In later chapters, Hunt discusses the issue of missionaries leaving the service of the American Board to work for the Hawaiian government, and the accumulation of missionary property; the latter business, he declares, "is a dangerous one for their reputation." He is also at times critical of other missionary actions, discussing these in a section "Things to be regretted" (pp. 1 5 7 - 1 6 0 ) . In a letter to the American Board, dated San Francisco, December 15, 1853, Hunt forwards copies of his book with the comment, "An edition of 500 only has been issued, to be sold at one dollar each" (HarU [ABCFM Papers, ABC 1 0 series]). References: Carter, p. 92. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, presentation copy from the author to Miss Marcia M. Smith (a missionary in Hawaii), with her occasional annotations in ink. BL. BPBM*. HHS. HMCS (z)*, one has inscription "L. Lyons from the author." HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. SMC*. UC-B. UH. YU. The NUC lists 6 copies.

1947

Independent Citizens The Time Has Come - Keep the Ball in Motion. - A meeting of the citizens of Honolulu, favorable to the dismissal from office of G. P. Judd and Richard Armstrong, Ministers of Finance and Public Instruction, will be held at the CourtHouse, in Honolulu to-night at 7 1/2 o'clock, to discuss the resolutions offered last night by George A. Lathrop. 'Liberty of speech is the birthright of freemen.' By order of the committee of Independent Citizens. Honolulu, July 2 0 , 1853. Broadside. Not seen.

A number of the foreign residents in Honolulu, unhappy with the performances of Dr. Judd as Minister of Finance, and of Richard Armstrong as Minister of Public Instruction, used the aftermath of the smallpox epidemic as an excuse to seek their removal from office. The meeting announced by this broadside was called for that purpose. The Polynesian, July 23, 1853 (p. 42), under the heading A N O T H E R PUBLIC M E E T I N G , comments: Since the public meeting called to devise measures to arrest the progress of small pox among us on Monday and Tuesday evenings, another has been held of quite a different character. . . We were not present at that meeting, but have been informed by those that were, that Dr. W. Newcomb was called to preside, and Messrs. D. P. Penhallow and John Meek, appointed Vice Presidents, Wm. Ladd, Secretary, and C. H. Lewers, assistant Secretary. The Meeting was opened by a speech from Dr. Lathrop, after which he made a series of resolutions presented at the meeting on Tuesday evening, a copy of which we have not seen. Speeches were made by Messrs. Blair, McDuffie, J. Mott Smith, Dr. Newcomb, and perhaps by some others, when the resolutions were carried, and a petition to the King adopted. A committee of thirteen was appointed to procure signatures . . . If the criminal conduct charged upon these gentleman [Armstrong and Judd] in the resolutions and speeches can be substantiated by proof, we suppose an impeachment would lie against them, but if they are the mere explosions of private pique and personal malice, they will probably end where they began. It is one of the misfortunes of the holders of office in every country to be the objects of the envy, hatred and opposition of those who aspire to the office they hold, or who think themselves aggrieved because others may have been preferred to themselves in inferior appointments.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

The minutes of this meeting were published in the Polynesian of July 23, 1853. The petition for the removal of Judd and Armstrong addressed to Kamehameha III (including a list of those signing it) was printed in the Polynesian of August 20, 1853. Editorial remarks (and further documents) are in the August 27, 1853, issue. No copies of this broadside are known to exist. The text is found in Sandwich Island Notes, by "a Haole" (New York, 1854; pp. 437-438; see No. 1996), with the text of the petition to Kamehameha III following. Jenkins, J o h n S. Recent I Exploring Expeditions I to the Pacific and the South Seas, I under the I American, English and French Governments. I By J. S. Jenkins. I Author of "The History of the War with Mexico." etc. etc. I [rule] I London: I T. Nelson and Sons, Paternoster Row; I and Edinburgh. I [rule] I M D C C C L I I I . i z m o . 18 x i z cm. [i] added engraved title with vignette, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii contents, [1] + 2 - 5 0 8 text pp. With engraved frontispiece "Harbour of Rio de Janeiro."

A general work on Pacific and Arctic exploration that makes frequent reference to the United States Exploring Expedition. Chapter xv (pp. 359-398) is on the Sandwich Islands and contains remarks of a general nature on native Hawaiian culture, including hula (pp. 374-75) and the sports of horseback riding and holua sledding. Some copies seen have four inserted woodcuts. These include (at p. 360) a view of Kealakekua Bay. Two types of bindings are known. One in red cloth (BPBM copy) has the title in gilt on the spine, below which is a gilt figure of a Hawaiian man dancing (after Webber). The second binding in blue cloth (HMCS copy) has a gilt vignette of two natives with spears on the upper cover, and palm tree and natives on the spine. References: Haskell, 169. Copies: A H (Kahn)* half brown morocco, with added title and frontispiece, lacking the woodcut plates. BL. B P B M * . BPL. H M C S * , with woodcut plates. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. NYP. UH. WaU. The N U C lists 8 copies.

K a Ai o ka L a K A I AI O K A LA. I A me I na niele e hoakaka i kela I pauku i keia Pauku. I Buke z i . - 1854. I [rule] I [Honolulu] Ka na misionari mea pai. I 1853. 241T10. 1 3 . 5 x 8 cm ( H M C S ) . [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 3 6 text, [ 1 3 7 ] blank, [ 1 3 8 - 1 4 0 ] Papa Hoike (Index), [ 1 4 1 - 1 4 4 ] Alemanaka (Almanac) pp.

Title: Food for the day. This contains biblical selections to be read one each day. The almanac at the end is for 1854. References: Butler, 1 4 2 . Copies: H H S (4)*. H M C S * . L C * .

[Marshall, James Fowle Baldwin] Life in Hawaii. In: Putnam's Monthly. A Magazine of Literature, Science, and Art. Vol. 11, No. VII, July 1853, pp. 1 7 - 2 3 . [New York, 1853] 8vo. 25 x 1 6 cm (BPBM).

An interesting article on Hawaiian life (dated within the text as 1852), illustrated by charming woodcuts: The Seamen's Bethel Church, Paki's House, The Cocoa-nut grove

74

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography [Diamond Head in background], two men carrying a pig, Eating Poi, The Hula-hula, The French Hotel, and Hawaiian Amazon [which depicts a Hawaiian woman on a horse]. The Bishop Museum copy has a penciled note identifying the author as Marshall. References: None found. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-B-134)*. HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 3, pp. 49-55)*.

1951

N e w Era and Weekly Argus The New Era I and Weekly Argus. Vol. 1. Honolulu, Oahu, H.I., Saturday October 2.2-, 1 853 [—1855] Folio. 51 x 32 cm. A weekly newspaper, the issues generally 4 pages each, in 5 columns of text, consisting of: Vol. 1, No. 1 , October 2 1 , 1853-N0. 5Z, October 12, 1854; Vol. 11, No. 1, October 26, 1854-N0. 28, June 28, 1855. From January to May 1855, most issues contain a single-page supplement.

The successor to the Weekly Argus of 1851-1853 (see No. 1840). Like its predecessor, it was also under the editorship of Abraham Fornander, who states in the first issue: "Kind readers! Through your liberality and that of our friends, we have been enabled to issue the old Argus' in a new dress, with larger skirts and more ballast in its pockets." Its title, the New Era, reflected the editor's dislike of certain government officials and his hopes of a change in government (that is, the removal of Dr. Judd and others from their administrative posts). The first issue reprints articles on the subject from the Alta California of San Francisco. Agitation for the dismissal of Asher Bates (Judd's bother-in-law) was also the focus of articles and letters to the editor. An article on Judd and associates in the February 9, 1854, issue is titled "An Extract from the unpublished History of the Hawaiian Islands, not to be found in J. J. Jarves' [history]." Although close attention was paid to the government, and to the above subject, articles on local matters appeared alongside editorial ruminations titled "Topics of the Week." In the November 1 0 , 1853 issue, a letter signed "Suffolk" inquires "Do we need a bank in Honolulu?" and then answers the question. A second article from the same pen was published in the December 18 issue. Horses as a public nuisance was the concern of one "Farmer" in his letter of November 1 0 , 1853. He states that the "effect of the numbers of horses on the social condition of the natives, is demoralizing in the extreme." He then quotes from Charles Darwin's journal that the "presence of the same in parts of South America was an effective hindrance to all habits of industry." Public school education was one of Fornander's "hobby horses." Beginning in November 1853 a series of letters on education signed " Q " appears, giving a capsule history of education in the islands and taking a closer look at the common schools of the Islands. One of these is shortly thereafter answered by "Birch broom." The November 3, 1853, issue has an article on Captain Perry at Japan and summarizes negotiations regarding the opening of that country to foreign trade. The 1854 ministerial reports made to the 1854 legislature and summaries of the daily legislative sessions occupy much space in the columns. Occasional articles of a general nature appear. The September 14, 1854, issue announces the arrival of the first three (of six) "Panoramic views of Honolulu" by Paul Emmert "from the steeple of the Catholic church and one from the outskirts of the harbor." These, Fornander commented, "do ample justice to the reputation of Mr. Emmert and give a delightfully true and vivid impression of the looks of our city and vicinity." The issue of December 16, 1854, dressed in heavy black rules, announces the death of Kamehameha III and the accession of Prince Liholiho as Kamehameha IV.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

75

As was the case in 1854, the legislature of 1855 received considerable attention and reportage. The king's speech at the opening of the session is in the April 12 supplement, and the legislative reply appears also in the supplement of April 20. Legislative business preoccupies the paper during April and May. The paper ceased publication with the June 23, 1855, issue. References: Hunnewell, pp. 59 and 61. Copies: BPBM*, 1853-1855 lacking a few issues.

N e w c o m b , Wesley Descriptions I of I New Species of Achatinella I from the I Sandwich Islands. I By Dr. W. Newcomb, I Of Honolulu, Corresponding Member of the N. Y. Lyceum of Natural History. I [From the Annals of the New York Lyceum of Natural History, Vol. vi. forming Article v (pp. 1 8 - 3 0 ) . M a y 1853.] [New York]

1952

8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 3 text, [ 1 4 - 1 6 ] blank pp. The text has been repositioned and renumbered.

Newcomb describes 21 species of Achatinella, or land shells, collected on Maui, Molokai, and Oahu. Achatinella Helena, he states, is "named and dedicated to the lady [his wife] who delineated the species herein described, and prepared them for publication." Despite this reference, there are no plates in any of the copies I have examined. Dr. Wesley Newcomb arrived in Hawaii about 1850 and remained a resident until 1855. He had a prosperous medical practice, was a member of the Board of Health, and one of a committee of 13 seeking the removal of Dr. Judd from office in 1853. He formed a great interest in Hawaiian land shells and wrote important articles about them. His stepdaughter Anna became the wife of the Hawaiian botanist and physician Dr. William Hillebrand. References: Carter, p. 132. Hunnewell, p. 59 (mistakenly giving the date as 1858). Copies: BPBM (2 copies of the offprint)*, the second copy is in Vol. 15 of the Andrew Garrett collection; a copy of the serial is also in the collection. H M C S * , good copy with inscription on title: "Hugh Cumming Esq. by direction of Dr. W. Newcomb." The Union List of Serials records 80 holdings of this serial.

Parker, Benjamin W. The Kingdom of Christ. I [rule] I A Sermon, I preached in the Seamen's Chapel I Honolulu, M a y 23, 1852; I before the I Hawaiian Missionary Society. I By Rev. Benj. W. Parker. I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu: I 1853. I Published by request. n m o . 18.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-24 text pp. Issued in printed wrappers.

A sermon preached at the commencement of the Hawaiian Missionary Society. Parker says (p. 20): "It is with the design of engaging a portion of the Christian church in the work of extending the kingdom of Christ, that the 'Hawaiian Missionary Society' has been organized, the object of which the Constitution says 'Shall be the propagation of Evangelical Christianity in the Islands of the Pacific, or in other parts of the world'." References: Carter, p. 139. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-85)*. HMCS. HHS.

1953

76

1853

1954

Reminiscences Reminiscences of Honolulu. The Feast of Lanterns. In: Putnam's Magazine. Vol. 1, pp. 558-560. May 1853.

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

A story of an evening serenade on the streets of Honolulu by young bachelors, who carried Chinese lanterns for illumination. References: None found. Copies: HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 3, pp. 44-46)*.

1955

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal Hawaiian I T H E A T R E . I [double rule] I Mr. Bingham, I Director, Stage Manager and Artist. I [double rule] I This Eve. June 25, 1853. I THERESE, I or the Orphan of Geneva. I [double rule] I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I After the Drama Mr. Simpson will I Sing an Air from a favorite Opera. I [rule] I To conclude with the favorite Farce of I C R O C K E R Y ' S MISFORTUNES. I [dramatis personae] I [rule] I Prices of Admission. Boxes $ 1 . Pit 50 cts. . . . I [rule] I No smoking allowed within the Theatre; and an efficient Police will always be I in attendance. [Honolulu, 1853] Broadside. 30 lines of text. 33 x 14.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485) (2)*.

1956

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal Hawaiian I THEATRE! I [double rule] I Stage Manager and Artist, I Mr. Bingham. I [rule] I First night of the Hawaiian Society un- I der the patronage of Their Majesties I The King and Queen, I who will honor the Theatre with their I presence, accompanied by the Court, For- I eign Ministers and invited guests. I [double rule] I This evening, July 7th, will be performed I the beautiful Drama of I " T H E L A D Y OF T H E L A K E , " I with new scenery dresses, etc. I [double rule] I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I To conclude with the admired Farce of I T H E M A Y O R OF G A R R A T T . I [dramatis personae] I [rule] I In preparation the grand romantic Dra- I mas of "The Devil's Ducat," or the "Gift I of Mammon," and "The Bottle Imp." [Honolulu, 1853] Broadside. 45 lines of text. 37.5 x 16 cm.

The cast of players for this performance of The Lady of the Lake was particularly distinguished. The part of Roderick Dhue [sic] was played by Prince Alexander Liholiho, James Fitz James was played by Prince Lot, and Malcolm Greame was played by Prince William [Lunalilo]. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

1957

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal Hawaiian I THEATRE!! I [double rule] I Under the Patronage of His Majesty and I the Royal Family. I WEDNESDAY EVE., SEPT 28 I The Grand Eastern spectacle of the I Illustrious Stranger, I In which a number of CELESTIALS who I have been engaged, will have the honor of I making their first appearance in this city. I In the course of the piece a grand scene I of the Temple

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

of WISHNOU, most gorge- I ously ILLUMINATED. I [double rule] I [dramatis personae] I Song by an Amateur. I Highland Fling, I in character, by an old Friend. [double rule] I Now Look at This!! I The whole to conclude with the I New and Original Farce I in two acts, entitled the I INVISIBLE, I Written expressly for the Royal Hawaiian I Theatre by D. Frick, L.L.D., late Chan- I cellor of the French Consulate, who will I sustain the Principal Character. I [double rule] I [dramatis personae] I Doors open at 7 1-4 o'clock, performances at 7 3-4. Price, Boxes one dollar, I Pit 50 cents. [Honolulu, 1853] Broadside. 49 lines of text. 46 5 x 17.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal I HAWAIIAN THEATRE! I [double rule] I First appearance of I MRS. FIDDES, I of the Theatres Royal, Drury Lane and Covent Garden I And also, of her Daughter, Miss I Josephine Fiddes. I [double rule] I Under the patronage of their Majesties the King and Queen, the I Royal Family, W. Miller, Esq. H.B.M. Consul General, and His I Excellency, R. C. Wyllie, H.H.M. Minister of For. Relations. I [double rule] I Mrs. Fiddes I Begs to announce that I On Wednesday Eve. I November 2, 1853, I She will have the pleasure of giving a I C O N C E R T I On which occasion, she will be supported by several Gentlemen of I this city. I [double rule] I The Performance will commence with a I CONCERT. [Program follows] I [double rule] I To conclude with the most interesting Drama of I T H E W R E C K ASHORE! I (First time produced on these Islands.) I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I Doors open at 7 o'clock. Curtain rises at half past 7 precisely. I Tickets may be obtained of Mrs. Fiddes, at her residence in I Nuuanu Valley, and of Mr. McFarlane, at the Commercial Hotel. [Honolulu, 1853] Broadside. 46 lines of text all within an elaborate border. 36.5 x 1 1 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal I HAWAIIAN THEATRE! I [double rule] I J. C. Breslaw, - - - Manager. I [double rule] I Saturday Evening, I November i z , 1853. I [double rule] I Will be presented with new and appropriate scenery, the grand I Nautical Drama of I T H E W R E C K I ASHORE! I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I After the Drama, a favorite I Ballad, by Mrs. Fiddes. I [double rule] I To conclude with the laughable petite Farce of I BETSEY BAKER. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I [pointing hand:] Doors open at 7 o'clock I Curtain rises at 7 1/2 precisely. I Prices of Admission: I To the Boxes, one dollar; Pit, fifty cents. I N.B. - A large Fan has been put up, which will produce a con- I stant current of air, so as to fully ventilate all parts of the Theatre. I [rule] I New Era Press. [Honolulu, 1853] Broadside. 34 lines of text. 31 x 12. cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection M-485)*

78

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1960

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal I HAWAIIAN THEATRE!! I [double rule] I J. C. Breslaw - - - Manager. I [double rule] I Second Appearance I of I Mr. Edmond Pillet. I [double rule] I The public are respectfully informed that Mr. Pillet has re- I covered from his late severe indisposition and will have the honor of I re-appearing before them I On Saturday Evening, I December 1 0 , 1853. I When a selection of scenes will be performed from Shakespeare's I sublime Tragedy of I H A M L E T I Including the celebrated I Ghost and Closet Scenes. I Hamlet, Mr. Pillet I Ghost, Mr. St. Maur. . . I To be followed by I Songs by Mrs. Fiddes. I . . . I After which, for the first time in Honolulu, the laughable farce I entitled I KILL OR CURE. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I The whole to conclude with the amusing Farce of I The L A U G H I N G H Y E N A , I [dramatis personae] I . . . I [pointing band] Doors open at 7 o'clock, Curtain rises at 7 1/2 precisely. I . . . I [rule] I New Era Press. [Honolulu 1853] Broadside. 53 lines of text. 48 x 13 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

1961

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts I from I the Minutes I of the I General Meeting I of the I Sandwich Islands Mission, I held at Honolulu, May & June, 1853. I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu: I American Mission Press. I 1853. izmo. 19 x 1 1 . 5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-27 text, [28] assignments pp.

The proceedings of the last General Meeting of the Sandwich Islands Mission. From 1854 to 1863, reports of similar annual meetings were published by the Hawaiian Evangelical Association. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-86)*. HHS*, Dwight Baldwin's copy. HMCS (2.)*. NYP.

1962

Seeman, Berthold Narrative I of the I Voyage of H.M.S. Herald I during the years 1 8 4 5 - 5 1 , I under the command of I Captain Henry Kellett, R.N., C.B.; I Being I A Circumnavigation of the Globe, I and three cruises to the Arctic regions in search I of Sir John Franklin. I By I Berthold Seeman, F.L.S., I member of the Imperial L. C. Academy Naturae Curiosorum, I Naturalist of the Expedition, etc. I In two volumes. I Vol. 1. I London: I Reeve and Co., Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. I [rule] I 1853. 2 vols. 8vo. 22.3 x 14 cm. Issued in blue blind-stamped cloth gilt, titles on spines. Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name, [v] dedication to Sir William Jackson Hooker, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-xi Preface dated Kew Green, December 31, 1852, [xii] blank, [xiii] + xiv-xvi Contents, [1] + 2-322 text pp. With colored lithograph frontispiece "H.M.S. Herald and Plover in Behring's Strait." With folding "Map of the world illustrating B. Seeman's Narrative" at first text page. Vol. 11: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name, [v] + vi-vii contents, [viii] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 8 1 text, [282] blank, [283] + 284-295 appendix, 296 blank, [297] + 2 9 8 - 3 0 2 index, [1-2] Voyage of H.M.S. Herald, advertisement, [1] + 2 - 1 6 List of works . . . published by Reeve and Co, pp. With colored lithograph frontispiece "The Port of Petropauloski, Kamtschatka" at title.

The account of an important Arctic voyage, written by the naturalist on the expedition. The Herald made an extensive survey of the Northwest Coast and continued into the

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

79

Bering Sea, later making a stop at San Francisco in 1846. In 1848 Captain Kellett was ordered to join the search for traces of Sir John Franklin, in the course of which he made three sweeps to the northwest and into the Arctic sea. Seeman, the naturalist and author of the narrative, did not join the Herald (from Panama) until January 1847. The Herald arrived at Honolulu May 8, 1849, departed May 19, and made a return visit from October 16 to 30, 1850. Seeman comments on Honolulu, his visit to Nuuanu valley and the Pali, and writes of an official "Levee" at the court of Kamehameha III. Most of the Hawaiian portion of the text (Vol. 11, pp. 7 9 - 9 1 ) concentrates on the author's botanical interests, and describes the local flora, both indigenous and exotic. He concludes with remarks on the problem of school instruction in English versus the Hawaiian language. A letter from Seeman dated Honolulu, May 14, 1850, addressed to the Rev. S. C. Damon, on the subject of establishing an agricultural association in Hawaii was published in the Friend, June 1 , 1850, page 45. For the official scientific publications of this voyage, see Richardson, Sir John, The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Herald (London, 1854; see No. 2.049), and Seeman, Berthold, The Botany of the Voyage of H.M.S. Herald, (London, 1852-1857; see No. 1898). References: Carter, p. 1 5 8 . Hill, p. 1 7 1 . Judd and Lind, 159. Lada-Mocarski, 1 4 1 . Sabin, 788767. Strathern and Edwards, 499. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, original blue cloth. BL. B P B M (Carter 6 - B - 4 ) \ HarU. H M C S * . HSL (Tice Phillips). J C B . LC. PA-VBC. UH. WaU. The N U C lists 19 copies.

Seeman, Berthold. Hanover Edition Reise um de Welt I und I drei Fahrten I der Königlich Britischen Fregatte Herald I nach dem nördlichen Polarmeere I zur I Aufsuchung Sir John Franklin's I in den Jahren 1845-51. I Von I Berthold Seeman. I [rule] I Erster Band. I mit z Lithographien in Condruck. I [rule] I Hanover: I Carl Rümpler. I 1853.

1963

2 vols. 22 x 1 3 . 5 cm (HSL). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] dedication to Alexander von Humboldt, [vi] blank, vii-x Vorwart, xi-xiii Inhalt, [xiv] blank, [1] + 2 - 3 3 5 text, [336] colophon "Hofbuchdruckerei der Gebr. Jünecke in Hanover" pp. With tinted lithograph frontispiece of Mazatlan. Vol. ii: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-vii Inhalt, [viii] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 9 4 text pp. With lithograph frontispiece "Plover und Herald in nördlichen Eismeere," and lithograph view of Kamchatka in text.

The German edition of Seeman's account of the voyage of HMS Herald. For the first (London 1853) edition, see No. 196z. References: Strathern and Edwards, 499 (i). Copies: BL. HSL (Tice Phillips)*. L C . N Y P. PA-VBC. The N U C lists 3 copies: L C , NYP, and Provincial Archives, Victoria, British Columbia.

T o Jesu Kirito T O J E S U K I R I T O I Evanelio Hemolele I E lite me ta Mateo, I [rule] I [text begins.] I [Honolulu, 1853?] i 6 m o . 1 5 x 1 0 cm ( H M C S ) . Caption title, [1] + 2 - 5 1 text, [ 5 2 ] blank pp. Text in double columns. A row of printers' ornaments is above the title. At end of text (p. 5 1 ) a pointing hand alerts readers to three errors in the text.

Title: The Holy Gospel of Jesus Christ according to Matthew.

1964

80

1853

Hawaiian National Bibliography Probably the first of three editions, only one of which is dated. Here the heading of the first chapter reads: "Tuauhau no Jesu, tona hanau ana, noloto mai o Maria Virgine." In the larger (second?) edition the text is titled Evanelio Hemolele (see No. 1 9 1 0 ) . In that edition the first chapter heading has been abbreviated to "Tuauhau no Jesu, tona hanau ana," and in the third (?) edition, this appears as "Tuauhau no Jesu Kirito, tona hanau ana noloto mai o Maria Virgine." The errors noted on page 51 are not corrected in later editions. References: Judd and Bell, 3 1 9 . Yzendoorn, 34 (with a confusing note on the three editions). Copies: H M C S (3)*.

1965

T o Jesu Kirito To Jesu Kirito I Evanelio Hemolele I e lite me ta Mateo, I i unuhiia noloto mai o ta Vulgata. I [cut] I Honolulu I Pai palapala Katolika. 1853. 321110. 9 x 6.3 cm ( H M C S ) . [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2.-204

tex

t PP-

Title: The Holy Gospel of Jesus Christ according to Matthew, translated from the Vulgate. The third edition of this text, and the second under this title. The first edition was issued under the same title, whereas in the second edition (1853) the title is Evanelio Hemolele (see No. 1 9 1 0 ) . This is assumed to be the third edition partly because it is dated, whereas the earlier editions are not dated. The text is printed in single-column (numbered) verse form, with the same type used in the first edition, and seems to be textually unaltered. The errors in the first edition, also noted in the second edition, have not been corrected, and additionally in chapter xxv there is an error in numbering; No. i z has been printed as 13 resulting in two verses with this number. In other editions these correctly appear as 12. and 1 3 . References: Judd and Bell, 320. Yzendoorn, 34. Copies: A I - N Z , lacks title. A T L * , lacks title. H M C S * , lacks title and pp. 6 3 - 6 4 . HarU ( 2 2 3 4 . 7 1 . 1 0 . 3 5 ) * , fine copy, gift of W. T. Brigham.

1966

Ungewitter, Franz Heinrich Der Welttheil I Australien. I Neueste ausführliche Beschreibung desselben, I unter genauer Bezugnahme auf die dortigen europaischen Ansiedlungs=, I Handels=und protestantischen wie katholischen Missions = Verhältnisse. I Nach den zuverlässigsten Quellen bearbeitet. I von I Dr. F. H. Ungewitter. I [rule] I Mit einm, Vorworte I von Dr. Gotthilf Heinrich von Schubert, I Hofrath und Professor in München. I [rule] I Erlangen, 1853. I Verlag von J. J . Palm und Ernst Enke. I (Adolph Enke.) 8vo. 2 1 x 1 5 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]—iv Vorrede dated München, 1 3 Septr. 1852., [v] + vi-viii Inhalt, [ 1 ] + 2 - 5 0 4 text, [ 5 0 5 ] + 5 0 6 - 5 1 4 Register (Index), [515] errata, [516] colophon pp.

The author's remarks on Hawaii, with notes on its discovery and subsequent history to 1851, are found on pages 482-498. Following this are brief descriptions of each island in the group. Ferguson lists a Dutch 1854-1856 edition. References: Ferguson, 1 7 4 9 1 a . Copies: H M C S * . M L . N L A . Ferguson lists 8 copies. The N U C lists copies at the N L C and the University of Minnesota.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1853

Varieties Theatre THEATRE! I [double rule] I To-Night! I [double rule] I Great Success!!! I [double rule] I The performances will commence with Mr I Tobin's beautiful comedy in four acts entitled I T H E H O N E Y M O O N ! I [dramatis personae] I . . . I To conclude with the amusing Farce of the I SWISS C O T T A G E ! I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I Admittance, I Box $ 1 . Pit, 50 cts. I [double rule] I N.B. All claims against W. H. Foley will please to be presented at his residence, Canton Hotel. [Honolulu, before December 1 7 , 1853] Broadside. 29 lines. 5 1 . 5 x 2.2.5

cm

81 1967

-

This performance is undated, but must have been early in December, as the last line indicates Foley was preparing to leave town. W. H. Foley and his troupe left Honolulu for Sydney on the schooner Pau, December 17, 1853. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection 1^-485)*.

Varieties Theatre V A R I E T I E S I [triple rule] I J. C. Breslaw Manager I [double rule] I Great Attraction. I [double rule] I 2d. Appearance of Mr. & Mrs. I WALLER. I [double rule] I The Manager has the honor to announce to the inhabitants of I Honolulu that he has effected an engagement for a limited number of I nights, with the above eminent Artistes, together with the favorite I Actor I Mr. Edmond Pillet, I also Mr. Henry Tuthill, I and Mr. J. Harrison. I Supported by an Excellent Stock Company. I [double rule] I This Thursday Eve., I Dec. 29, will be presented the whole of Kutzbue's [sz'c] great play of the I S T R A N G E R . I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I To conclude with for the 2d time in this city, the Petite Comedy of I PERFECTION I or I Maid of Munster. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I Prices of Admittance. Dress Circle, $ 1 . 5 0 ; Boxes $ 1 . I Pit 50 cents. I Doors open 1-2 past 6. Curtain rises at 7 1-2 precisely. [Honolulu, 1853]

1968

Broadside. 39 lines of text. 3 1 x 1 6 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M - 4 8 5 ) * .

Whalemen's Shipping List Whalemen's Shipping List. Honolulu, 1853 Circular. Not seen.

The Polynesian of April 6, 1853, has the following notice: "Whalemen's Shipping List. A Lettersheet List, of all the arrivals of whaleships at Honolulu and Lahaina since Jan. 1, 1853, up to the date of issue, will be published at 12 M. on Wednesday, April 27. For sale at the Polynesian Office." The Polynesian of April 30, 1853, has the following: "Whalemen's Shipping List. On the 28th inst. a circular Shipping List was issued by Mr. H. M. Whitney, comprising the arrival and departures of whaleships at the ports of Honolulu and Lahaina from the 1st January to the 28th of April; together with the oil and bone shipped during the same period from the port of Honolulu, where, alone, shipments have taken place." Copies: None located.

1969

82

1854

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

1 8 5 4 1970

Alakai M u a Alakai M u a . I no I na kamalii, I [woodcut of woman instructing lulu, O a h u . I M e a Pai palapala a na Misionari, I 1 8 5 4 .

pupils]

I Hono-

i6mo. 15 x 10.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, z - i 6 text pp. With text illustrations. Title: First guide for children. This text begins with alphabets, then progresses to simple phrases illustrated with small attractive cuts. The cuts include animals and a variety of objects; among the homemade cuts are a horse (p. 1 0 ) and a boy showing a book to a dog (p. 12.). By Rev. John S. Emerson. The printed minutes of the 1851 General Meeting includes a list of assignments; No. 5 is "A first reading book to Mr. Emerson." The minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (1854) record an edition of 1 5 , 0 0 0 copies. References: Judd and Bell, 3212. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1851) p. 31. Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (Honolulu, 1854), p. 25; (Honolulu, 1855), p. 18. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. ATL*. B P B M 1 . GF (2). HHS. HMCS (16, 1 seen)4. HarU. LC (3)*. NLC. UM. 1971

A n d e r s s o n , Nils J o h a n . Christiana (Norway) Edition En Verdensomseiling, I Uddrag af I Magister philos. N . J . Anderssons I Optegnelser paa en Reise rundt Jorden I med den fvenske Fregat " E u g e n i e " i Uarene I 1 8 5 1 - 1 8 5 3 . I [rule] I Christiana 1854. I [rule] I J . Kommission hos J . W. Cappelen. i2mo. 18 x 1 1 . 5 cm (AH). [1] title, [ii] printer's name, [iii]-iv Forord (Foreword), [1] + 2-506 text pp. An abridged version of the Swedish (1853-1854) edition (see N o . 1 9 0 4 ) . References: Kroepelien, 25. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 7 7 . Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in 3/4 calf and paper-covered boards.

1972

A n d e r s s o n , Nils J o h a n . Groningen Eene Reis o m de Wereld I met N a a r het Zweedsch I van I N . Groningen, bij I J . B. Wolters.

Edition het I Zweedsch Oorlogsfregat Eugenie I (1851-1853.) I J . Andersson I door I J . J . A. Goeverneur. I [rule] I Te I 1854.

8vo. 23.5 x 14.5 cm untrimmed (HMCS). [i-ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v] + vi-viii inhoud (contents), [1] + 2-363 text, [364] advertisement pp. [+ 2 folding maps, as frontispiece and at p. 352?]. A Dutch edition. The only copy I have been able to examine ( H M C S ) lacks the two maps, but the presence of stubs shows that they were once present. There are no illustrations in this edition. Another edition was published at Groningen in 1864. A translation into English made by Father Reginald Yzendoorn is in the H M C S collection. References: Judd and Lind, 3. Kroepelien, 27 (lists an 1864 re-issue of the text). O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 7 8 . Copies: HMCS*. 1973

A n d e r s s o n , Nils J o h a n . Leipzig Edition Eine I Weltumsegelung I mit der I Schwedischen Kreigsfregatte Eugenie I (18511853). I von I N . J . Andersson. I [rule] I Deutsch von Prof. dr. K. L. Kannegiesser. [rule] I [rule] I Leipzig I Verlagsbuchhandlung von Carl B. Lorck. I 1854.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

8vo. 2 0 x 1 2 . 5 cm (HSL). [i] blank, [ii] series title, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii inhalt (contents), [1] + 2 - 3 8 4 text, [i-iv] advertisements pp.

An abridged German version of the Swedish edition of 1853-1854 (see No. 1904), translated by Karl Friedrich Ludwig Kannegiesser. This was published as part of the series, "Hausbibliothek fur Lander=und Volkerkunde." The advertisements at the end give subscription details and a list of works published (or proposed) in this series. There were further Leipzig editions of 1865, 1869, and 1874. References: Kroepelien, 26. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 7 4 . Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*, in original printed wrappers. Y U . The N U C lists 3 copies.

Andrews, Lorrin Grammar I of I The Hawaiian Language. I [rule] I By L. Andrews. I [double rule] I Honolulu: I Printed at the Mission Press. I [rule] I 1854. 8vo. 23.5 x 1 3 . j cm (BPBM [Carter]). [1] title, [2] blank, [i] + ii-iv Contents, [i] + ii-iii Introduction, [iv] blank, [9] + 1 0 - 1 5 6 text pp. With folding table " 2 0 9 . Synopsis of a Verb in its Conjugations, Moods and Tenses."

The first comprehensive grammar of the Hawaiian language. Andrews states (introduction, p. iii): The materials for the following grammar have been taken almost entirely from native manuscripts or from documents printed from native manuscripts. That is, every example cited to illustrate any principal [s/c] has been copied from a manuscript written by a native or from a printed page originally written by a native. It is possible that some of the works written by the missionaries might be of equal authority; but as so much has been written by the natives themselves, it was thought best to appeal to them for authority in every case. The editor of the Friend commented in the January 1854 issue: "We are pleased to learn that the long promised Grammar of the Hawaiian Language by Judge Andrews is at length in a fair way to be speedily published. To those among us who wish to acquire the native tongue, and are trying to pick something like rule and method out of its apparently lawless sounds, this book will furnish valuable assistance." The cost of publication of this work was partially underwritten by the Hawaiian government. The Polynesian of April 16, 1853 (in which appears the annual Report of the Minister of Public Instruction) says: "The Hawaiian grammar, for whose publication an appropriation of $ 5 0 0 . was made by the last Legislature is in press, and the amount has already been paid over to its author, L. Andrews." A bill from the Mission Press to Andrews dated July 15, 1854 (AH [Public Instruction file]) lists a printing cost of $ 7 0 0 for text, title, and folding table, plus an additional $ 3 0 expended in binding 3 0 0 copies in paper. Of this amount, $470 is shown as already paid (presumably by the government) leaving the balance for reimbursement by Andrews. All copies have the break in pagination between the introduction and main text; not all copies have the folding table, "Synopsis of a Verb in its Conjugations, Moods and Tenses." There is also a later issue of this text. About the year 1890 Honolulu bookseller Thomas G. Thrum located a number of remainder copies lacking the title leaf and folding table. He added a new title page and offered them for sale through his bookstore. They are easily identifiable because Thrum added, below the 1854 date, "Thos. G. Thrum, Bookseller and Stationer." These later issue copies do not include the folding table.

84

1854

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

The minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (1854) list printing done between December 1853 and M a y 1854, and record an edition of 1 5 0 0 copies. References: Carter, p. 1 0 . Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (Honolulu, 1854), p. 25. Judd and Bell, 324. Copies: AH (2)*, one lacks folding table. AH (Kahn)*. AI-NZ. ATL*. BPBM (Carter 2-C-5) (2)*, one has signature of D. B. Lyman "June 1855." BPBM (6)*, 2 copies with the folding table, 4 lack the table. GF (4). HHS*, lacks folding table. HMCS (5)*, 2 with folding table, one with later title leaf. HarU (2). HSL (3)*, 2 lack folding table. LC*, lacks folding table. ML. NLC. NYP. P-EMS. UC-B. UH (3)*, 1 lacks folding table. UM*, lacks the folding table. 1975

Arago, Jacques D e u x Océans I p a r I M . J a c q u e s A r a g o I Auteur des Souvenirs d'un Aveugle, etc., etc. I [rule] I Tome premier. I [rule] I Paris I A L a Librairie Théatrale I B o u l e v a r d Saint-Martin, 1 2 . I [rule] I 1 8 5 4 2 vols. 8vo. 17.5 x 10.5 cm. Vol. i: [1] half title, [2] imprint, [3] title, [4] blank, [5-6] dedication to Dom Pedro II Emperor du Brésil, [7] + 8 - 9 Preface, [10] blank, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 3 6 1 text, [362] blank, [3631-364 Table des matières pp. Vol. 11: [1] half title, [2] imprint, [3] title, [4] blank, [5] + 6-334 matières pp.

text

> [3351—336 Table des

This is a completely different narrative from the more commonly found editions of Arago's 1 8 1 7 - 1 8 1 9 voyage to the Pacific under Freycinet. On this voyage, he departed from Chile in 1 8 4 9 , and visited the Marquesas and Tahiti but did not continue to the Hawaiian Islands. There are however occasional references to his earlier voyage. The section on the history of Tahiti (Vol. 11, pp. 1 1 1 - 1 3 2 ) includes notes on the voyage of the Vénus (Du Petit-Thouars); has several 1838 letters of Pomare; and is followed by a chapter on Pomare (pp. 1 3 3 - 1 6 7 ) . References: O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 4 8 . Copies: BPBM*. 1976

B i b l e . N e w T e s t a m e n t . Gospel

of John

T h e I Gospel I according to J o h n , I in I parallel columns: I English and H a w a i i a n . I [double rule] I K a I Euanelio I i I k a k a u i a e Ioane. I [rule] I Printed f o r the A m e r i can] B[ible] Society. I [rule] I M i s s i o n Press, I H o n o l u l u : I [rule] I 1 8 5 4 . iimo. 13 x 21 cm untrimmed (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, 3 - 1 0 1 text, [102] blank pp. The first portion of the Bible to be printed in both Hawaiian and English. In the minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association for 1854, the list of assignments includes " N o . 1 The Gospel of John in parallel columns in Hawaiian and E n g l i s h — 5 0 0 0 copies, [assigned to] E . W . Clark." The Friend ( N e w series, Vol. 111, N o . 9, Oct. 1854, p. 7 1 ) has the following notice: " N e w Publication. The Gospel According to John, in Parallel Columns . . . This publication will be of valuable service to Hawaiians learning English, and also, to foreigners desirous of learning the native language. Copies of the body [sic] to be obtained at the Mission Printing Office, and also at Chaplain's Study. Price, 25 cents." References: Judd and Bell, 323. Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (Honolulu, 1854), p. 29; (Honolulu, 1855), p. 18. Copies: AAS (2)*. AH (Kahn)*. AI-NZ. ATL*. BPBM (3)*. DL (2). GF (3). HHS (3). HMCS (8)*. HarU. LC. ML. NLC. PS (3). UC-B. UH (4).

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

Bishop, Artemas English I and I Hawaiian I words and phrases, I for the use I of I learners in both languages. I By A. Bishop. I Honolulu I Published by Henry M . Whitney. I 1854. i 6 m o . 1 4 . 5 x 1 1 cm. [1] title, [2] "Polynesian Press," otherwise blank, [3-4] To the Reader, signed A. Bishop, E w a , Sept. 1854, [5] 6 - 1 0 0 [i.e., 1 0 9 ] text, [ 1 1 0 ] blank, 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 Contents— Ka Papa Kuhikuhi pp.

The Polynesian of November 25, 1854, contains the following notice: "A NEW BOOK, will be published, on Saturday, Nov. 25, entitled "Words and Phrases in English and Hawaiian. By Rev. A. Bishop . . . Price—single copy—bound in cloth—50 cts. Per dozen —Native Edition, paper covers—$3.00. H. M. Whitney." The New Era and Weekly Argus of December 7, 1854, has a similar advertisement, and says: "This book has been published to supply a demand long existing, and will be found useful to every foreigner on the Islands, not fully acquainted with the native language." The editor of the Friend comments in the January 2, 1855, issue: "Better late than never" is the old saying. The truth is, such a publication should have been put forth twenty years ago. Had it been done, it would have saved much useless scolding, and fretting, by both foreigners and natives . . . The Rev. Mr. Bishop appears to have executed the work in a most satisfactory manner. He has the thanks of all, who desire to learn either language, upon the islands. Another book is now needed more than ever . . . We refer to a Dictionary of the Hawaiian language, with English definitions. The demand is urgent, and should be supplied. We hope Judge Andrews will find time to prepare his work for the press. . . . The text of this work is identical to the Hawaiian-language issue of the same year, with the substitution of an English title leaf. For the Hawaiian issue and comments on the text, see No. 2037. References: Judd and Bell, 322. Copies: H M C S . H S L (Tice Phillips). M L . N L C . NYP. UH. The N U C lists 5 copies.

Brackenridge, William D. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. XVI. Botany: Cryptogamia and Filices—Text United States Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. x v i . I [rule] I B O T A N Y I C R Y P T O G A M I A . I F I L I C E S , I Including Lycopodiaceae and Hydropterides. I By I William D. Brackenridge. I With a Folio Atlas of Forty-Six Plates. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman, I 1854. 4to. 3 0 . 5 x 23 cm (BPBM). [1] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition. I By Authority of Congress." [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii preface, dated Washington, August 1854, [ 1 ] + 2 - 3 4 2 text, [ 3 4 3 ] - 3 4 4 corrections, [345] + 3 4 6 - 3 5 7 index, [358] blank pp.

The official issue. The text describes numerous ferns collected in Hawaii. The atlas of plates meant to accompany this text (published in 1855) illustrates 20 specimens (on 16 plates). For remarks on the production of this portion of the botanical collections of the Exploring Expedition, see Gray, Phanerogamia (1854; No. 1992). "One hundred copies printed, of which twenty four were destroyed by fire and not replaced" (Haskell).

86

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Haskell, 64. Copies: B P B M * . Haskell locates one privately held copy and 3 0 institutionally held copies, including HarU, L C , and NYP.

1979

Brackenridge, William D . United States Exploring

Vol. XVI. Botany: Cryptogamia and

Expedition.

Filices—Text

United States I Exploring Expedition, I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. x v i . I [rule] I Botany. I Cryptogamia. I Filices, I Including Lycopodiaceae and Hydropterides. I By I William D. Brackenridge. I With a Folio Atlas of Forty-Six Plates. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman, I 1854. 4to. 3 0 . 5 x Z3 cm? [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii preface dated August 1854, [1] + 2-342. text, [343] + 344 corrections, [345] + 3 4 6 - 3 5 7 index, [358] blank pp.

Not seen. The unofficial issue of this text. The exact size of the edition is unknown. Haskell estimates that 1 0 0 copies were printed, but he states: "However, a fire in the bindery destroyed all but ten copies." The atlas meant to accompany this text was printed in 1855. References: Haskell, 65. Copies: Haskell locates 6 copies, including B P L , N Y P , and Y U .

1980

Coan, Titus

On the present condition of the Crater of Kilauea, Hawaii. In: The American Journal of Science and Arts. Second series. Vol. 18, No. 52, pp. 9 6 - 9 8 . [New Haven] July 1854. 8vo. 22.5 x 1 4 . 5 cm (BPBM).

This article consists of excerpts of a letter from Coan dated Hilo, Hawaii, January 30, 1854, to James D. Dana. Coan reports that both Kilauea and Mauna Loa are "quiet" and refers to the Mauna Loa eruption of 1852. References: Carter, p. 34. Hunnewell, p. 3 1 . Copies: B P B M * , in serial. H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 566-568)*.

1981

Colton, Walter Deck and Port; or, Incidents of a Cruise in the United States Frigate Congress to California. With sketches of Rio de Janeiro, Valparaiso, Lima, Honolulu, and San Francisco. By Rev. Walter Colton, U.S.N. Author of "Ship and Shore," etc. New York: Published by A. S. Barnes & Co. N o 51 John-Street. Cincinnati: H.W. Derby & Co., 1854. i 2 m o . 408 text pp.

Not seen. Third edition. For the first (1850) edition, see No. 1769; for the second (1852) edition, see No. 1853. There are also editions of i860 and 1886. References: Kurutz, 1 5 0 c . Copies: LC. PA-VBC. UC-B. The N U C lists 4 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

Elwes, Robert A I Sketcher's Tour I Round the World. I By I Robert Elwes, Esq. I With Illustrations from Original Drawings, I by the Author. I London: I Hurst and Blackett, Publishers, I successors to Henry Colburn, I 1 3 , Great Marlborough Street. I 1854. 8vo. 24 x 15. j cm. [i] title, [ii] imprint, [iii] Dedication, [iv] blank, [v]-vi Preface, dated Congham, Norfolk, November 1853, [vii] List of Illustrations, [viii] blank, [ix] + x - x i i Contents, [1] + 2 - 4 1 1 text, [412] advertisements, [+ 24, + 8 advertisements] pp. With lithographed frontispiece " L a Cumbre" and 2 0 tinted lithograph views. Published in blue gilt cloth, with gilt pictorial vignette of a boat on the covers.

The author, an English gentleman and amateur artist, departed England for Madeira, March 20, 1848, commencing what he called a long "ramble" around the world that which would take him more than two years to complete. Rounding South America, he made stops at Rio de Janeiro, Monte Video, Buenos Aires, Santiago, Callao, and Lima. From Lima, he then proceeded to the Hawaiian Islands on HMS Amphitrite (Capt. Rodney Eden), arriving on May 22, 1849. On shore, Elwes stayed with Captain Eden in a house owned by Robert C. Wyllie, on the corner of Nuuanu Street and Chaplain Lane. The house was subsequently named "Eden Place." Elwes provides a general but interesting description of Honolulu, its public buildings and churches; he says the houses of the foreigners were very good and those of the natives "far superior to those of most savage nations." With the doctor of the Amphitrite and Dr. Rooke the author made a visit to Waikiki and Palolo Valley. Hawaiian women and their method of horse riding were the subject of comment, as were the cricket matches set up by Captain Eden and crew on the Waikiki plains. Elwes and the officers of the Amphitrite were presented to the king, and subsequently, with the king, Prince Alexander, Dr. Judd, several chiefs, and a Tahitian chaplain, Elwes sailed to Hawaii on the king's yacht, the Kamehameha III, intending to visit Mauna Loa. The author gives an interesting description of Kailua, and the reception of the king at that place. Elwes and others put up at Hulihee palace and he comments that they "lived very well at Kailua." A short excursion to Kealakekua Bay included a stop at Cook's "monument," then but a coconut-tree stump. Elwes continued on the royal yacht to Hilo, then with a guide made a trip to Kilauea. He describes the volcano and surrounding region in detail and with an artist's eye. Returning to Honolulu, Elwes made a stop at Lahaina, an overland tour to Wailuku and Makawao, and an ascent of Haleakala. After a short return to Honolulu, he departed for Australia, making stops at Hobartown, Tasmania, Melbourne, and Sydney From Australia, Elwes continued to Manila, Hong Kong, Macao and Canton, then Singapore, Sumatra, and Bombay. He continued home to England via Cairo, Egypt. Elwes says that he left Honolulu July 9, 1849, on the schooner Caroline, with several other passengers including a "Dr. Johnston," who had lived in Tahiti and who, Elwes says, was "mentioned in no very favourable terms by Herman Melville, in 'Omoo.'" The Caroline however was not the name of the ship, nor was her captain named Carter. This was a thin disguise; the ship was the British schooner Eliza, and her captain was named Chard. It appears from Elwes's narrative that off Tasmania, when the Eliza went aground in a storm, Captain Chard and family and several crew lowered a boat, and the captain took the chronometer, and about £ 3 0 0 0 worth of "gold dust" in canisters, and headed to shore. In examining the vessel after his departure, it was discovered that Chard had left a lit candle "standing on the bed clothes" of his cabin, an action, which Elwes says, "denoted either excessive carelessness on the part of the captain, or that he wanted to

88

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography burn the ship." It was this charge that led the author to change the name of both the ship and her captain in his published narrative. Elwes, an amateur artist of talent, executed all the drawings that were reproduced lithographically in this work. His view of Haleakala Crater, Maui, is the first published image of that natural wonder. The plates of Hawaii are: Honolulu (from offshore) 1 1 x 18 cm (p. 181); Lahaina (from offshore) 1 1 . 3 x 18 cm (p. 2 1 1 ) ; and Haleakala (crater) 1 1 x 18 cm (p. 214). A second edition (so indicated on the title page) appeared the same year. There are no alterations or additions to the text in the second edition. References: Carter, p. 51. Ferguson, 942.7b (recording 3 copies). Judd and Lind, 6z. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 4 2 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BL. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 1 0 - C - 1 7 ) * , second edition. BPBM (Fuller). HHS. H M C S . HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. M L . N L A . UH. YU. The N U C lists 6 copies.

1983

Fiddes, Mrs. Mrs. Fiddes' I Grand Evening I C O N C E R T I will take place I At the Court House, I on Thursday Eve., I May 4th, 1854. I [list of 18 selections in two parts] I To commence at 8 o'clock precisely. I [double rule] I Tickets $ 1 . 5 0 and $ 1 each. To be obtained of Mrs. Fiddes at her resi- I dence, corner of Punch Bowl and Beretania streets, and at the Post-Office. [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 2.5 x 13.5 cm.

Mrs. Fiddes's selections were of "sacred Music by the most celebrated Composers," and included selections by Sir Hen. Bishop (two), Haydn (two), Mendelssohn, Mozart, Novello, Rossini (five), and Weber (two). References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

1984

Fiddes, Mrs. Mrs. Fiddes' I Grand Evening I C O N C E R T I will take place at the I C O U R T H O U S E , I on Friday Evening, I June 16th, 1854. I [list of 21 selections in two parts] I To commence at eight o'clock, precisely. I [double rule] I Tickets to be obtained at the Post-Office and of Mrs. Fiddes at her Residence I on the premises formerly occupied by Wm. French, Esq., and of Mrs. Keegan, I at her New Store in Nuuanu Valley. Reserved Seats $ 1 50; Back seats $ 1 . I Mrs. Fiddes will feel obligated by tickets being purchased at the above named I places instead of at the Concert room door. [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 36 lines of text, on a sheet 30.5 x 1 6 cm.

Mrs. Fiddes's selections, both solo and duet, accompanied by piano and violin, included popular songs and Mozart's "Within these Sacred Bowers." References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

1985

Fiddes, Mrs. Under Distinguished Patronage ! ! I [triple rule] I Mrs. Fiddes' I Last I G R A N D E V E N I N G C O N C E R T , I of Sacred Music, I previous to her departure for California. I At the I Large Stone Church, I Thursday evening, Aug. 10th. I [rule] I Part 1. I . . . I Part 2. I . . . I Tickets $ 1 . Reserved Seats $ 1 , 5 0 . Children's Tickets,

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

89

5 0 cts. I Gallery Tickets, 5 0 cents. I Tickets to be obtained of Mrs. Fiddes, at her residence, and at the I Post Office. I To commence at 8 o'clock, precisely. [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 31 lines of text. Overall measure 24 x 1 5 . 5 cm.

Mrs. Fiddes presented six selections in the first part, and nine in the second. These included six by Handel: "Then shall the eyes of the blind"; "He shall feed his flock"; "Lord remember David"; "Then shall be brought to pass"; "Oh death where is thy sting"; and "Holy, Holy Lord." Selections by Mendelssohn were " O rest in the Lord"; "And he journey'ed"; and "But the Lord is mindful." From Pergolesi, she sang "O Lord have mercy upon us," and from Mozart, "Night and Morning" and "Sound the loud timbrel." The Polynesian, October 14, 1854, reporting Mrs. Fiddes's arrival in San Francisco after to her visit to Hawaii, quoted a San Francisco paper, that "as Miss. Cawes, she was long conspicuous in London as a singer and actress in the line of business played by Madam Vestris. Mrs. Fiddes possesses a fine contralto voice of high culture . . . " References: None found. Copies: N Y H (Titus Munson Coan Papers)*.

[Fourth of J u l y ] Order of the Day I for the I Celebration I of the I Fourth of July. I [rule] I The National Salute will be fired at 1 2 o'clock, M , near the Armory I of the First Hawaiian Guard. I Immediately after which the Procession will be formed, agreeable I to the following Programme; and the Public generally are respectful- I ly invited to attend, and participate in the Celebration. I The line will be formed on the makai side of Queen street, the right I of the line resting on Fort street. I The Ceremonies of the Day will take place at the large S T O N E I C H U R C H , commencing at 1 o'clock. Seats will be reserved for Ladies. I [rule] I Order of Exercises. I Prayer, I by Rev. S. C. Damon. I Declaration of Independence, I Read by S. Reynolds, Esq. I National Ode, I (written by E. Pillet, Esq.,) By the Choir. I . . . I Oration, I by Hon. David L. Gregg. I Music. By the Choir. I [rule] I Immediately after the delivery of the Oration of the Day, there will I be presented to M E C H A N I C E N G I N E C O M P A N Y , No. z, on be- I half of the Honolulu Merchants, a splendid Silver Speaking Trumpet. I . . . I Programme of Procession. I . . . I After the Ceremonies at the Church, the Procession will be dis- I missed. I Per Order, I R. A. S. Wood, Chief Marshall. I A. J. McDuffie, Aid de Camp. [Honolulu, the Polynesian, 1854]

1986

Broadside. Text of 95 lines, enclosed within an ornamental border. 45 x 12.. j cm.

The oration read by American Consul David L. Gregg on this occasion was soon after published. See No. 1994. References: None found. Copies: N Y H * .

Franchere, Gabriel Narrative I of a I Voyage I to I the Northwest Coast of America I in the years 1 8 1 1 , 1 8 1 2 , 1 8 1 3 , and 1 8 1 4 I or the I first American settlement on the Pacific I By Gabriel Franchere I translated and edited by J . V. Huntington I [ornament] I Redfield I n o and 1 1 2 Nassau street, New York I 1854.

1987

90

1854

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

izmo. 18.5 x 12.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] copyright notice and imprint, [3] + 4 - 7 Preface to the second edition and note by the editor, [8] blank, [9] + 1 0 Preface to the French edition, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 1 6 Contents, [17] + 18-22 Introduction, [23] + 24-376 text, [+ 8 advertisements] pp. With wood engraved frontispiece "Astoria, as it was in 1 8 1 3 , " and 2 wood-engraved text plates. The second (but first English-language) edition of this important voyage. The first was published in French in Montreal in 1 8 2 0 and is a very rare book. For comments on the text, see N o . 5 1 2 . The preface to this second edition acknowledges the importance of the first edition in determining the Oregon boundary dispute: In 1 8 4 6 , when the boundary question (that of the Oregon Territory in particular) was at its height, the Hon. Thomas H . Benton delivered in the United States Senate a decisive speech, of which the following is an extract: " N o w for the proof of all I have said, I happen to have in my possession the book of all others, which gives the fullest and most authentic details on the points I have mentioned . . . written when the author (a British Subject and familiar with the Columbia) had no more idea that the British would lay claim to that river, than Mr. Harmon, the American writer whom I quoted, ever thought of our claiming N e w Caledonia." There have been a number of modern editions of this work: Cleveland, 1 9 0 4 ; Chicago, 1 9 5 4 ; University of Oklahoma, 1 9 6 7 ; see Wagner-Camp. Franchere's original manuscript journal on which this account was based is in the Toronto Public Library. A modern edited version of the manuscript was published by the Champlain Society, Toronto (Publication 45) in 1 9 6 9 . References: Carter, p. 56. Judd and Lind, 69. Sabin, 25432. Strathern and Edwards, 194 (i). Streeter, 3718. Wagner-Camp, 16:2. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in original green cloth. BL. BPBM (Carter 7-A-28)*. BPBM*, original black cloth. HarU. HHS. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. NLC. NYP. PA-VBC. UC-B. WaU. YU. The NUC lists more than 40 copies. 1988

Gerstaecker, Friedrich N a r r a t i v e I of a I J o u r n e y R o u n d the World. I comprising I A winter-Passage across the Andes to Chili; with a visit to I the G o l d R e g i o n s of C a l i f o r n i a and Australia, I T h e South Sea Islands, J a v a & c . I By F. Gerstaecker. I N e w York: I H a r p e r & Brothers, Publishers, I 329 & 3 3 1 Pearl Street. I Franklin Square. I 1 8 5 4 . i2mo. 19.3 x 12 cm (BPBM). [i-iv] blank, [v] title, [vi] blank, [vii] Dedication to Sarah Mary Rickards, of Sidney [sic], [viii] blank, [ix] + x-xii Contents, [13] + 14-624 text pp. The second, American, edition. For comments on the author and his stay in Hawaii, see the London 1853 edition ( N o . 1 9 1 5 ) . References: This edition not in Ferguson. Copies: BPBM (Carter 1-B-12), fine copy in black cloth, with inscription "Mr. Fred. Gerstaecker with the respects of Harper Brothers." BPBM*, 1855 edition. HHS*, in brown cloth, title in gilt on spine.

1989

Grandpierre, J. H. Eenige M a a n d e n I in die I Vereenigde Staten v a n N o o r d - I A m e r i k a , I d o o r I J . H . Grandpierre, I hulp-prediker bij hervormde gemeente de parijs en directeur der I Evangelische zendung. I N a a r het Fransch. I met belangrijke aanteekeningen en bijvoegselen. I [rule] I Te A m s t e r d a m , I bij H . Hoveker. I 1 8 5 4 .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

91

8vo. 23.5 x 1 4 cm (HMCS). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] note, [v] + v i - x Voorberigt (Preface) signed H. W. Zwaneveld, Amsterdam, September 1854, [xi]-xii Inhoud (Index), [ 1 ] + 2 - 1 0 0 text, [ 1 0 1 ] "Aanteekeningen" half title, [102.] blank, [ 1 0 3 ] + 1 0 4 - 1 7 4 text, [ 1 7 5 ] one line of errata, [ 1 7 6 ] blank pp.

Much of the text appears to have been adapted from reports of the American Board or articles in the Missionary Herald. Pages 1 0 9 - 1 1 4 contain an article on Hawaii, including a letter from Kamehameha III dated 1850. References: Carter, p. 7 3 . Copies: H M C S * .

Gilman and Company Gilman & Co., I Ship Chandlers and General Agents, I Lahaina, Maui, S.I. I [pointing hand] I Ships supplied with Recruits, Storage and Money. [Honolulu, 1854]

1990

Circular. 4 unnumbered pages, 25.5 x 2 0 . 5 cm. Caption title on first page; tabulation of ships on pp. 2 - 4 .

A letter on p. 2, dated Lahaina, Maui Sandwich Islands, December 8th, 1854, commences: "Annexed we give a list of the whale ships that have touched here this full season." A list of 137 whale ships is then presented in tabular form, beginning with the September 20th arrival of the barque Lafayette (Allen, Master) from New Bedford, 21 months out, with 400 barrels sperm and 400 barrels whale oil, from Japan; and ending with the December 1st arrival of the ship Jefferson (Williams, Captain) from New London. The firm of Gilman and Company was one of several ship chandleries in Lahaina, active from 1845 to i860. The firm issued another such list in 1856 (located in the Peabody Essex Museum Library). Gorham Gilman's reminiscences, "Lahaina in Early Days," were published in Thrum's Annual (Honolulu, 1907), pages 1 6 8 - 1 7 9 . References: None found. Copies: P - E M S * (Phillips Collection, E-3 Gilman Papers: scrapbook in box 1 2 ) .

Graviere, Jurien de la Voyage I En Chine I et dans I les mers et archipels de cet empire I pendant les années I 1847 - 1848 - 1849 - 1 8 5 0 I par I Jurien de la Graviere I Capitaine, commandant la corvette La Bayonnaise, expédiée par le I Gouvernement français dans ces parages, I avec une belle carte gravée sur acier I [Vol.] 1 I Paris I Charpentier, Libraire - Éditeur I 19, rue de Lille I [rule] I 1854. I [rule] I L'auteur et l'éditeur de cet ouvrage se réservent le droit de le traduire ou de le faire I traduire en toutes les langues. 2 vols. i 2 m o . 1 7 . 5 x i x cm (HMCS). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] "Avis Important" and imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 3 9 4 text, [ 3 9 5 1 - 3 9 6 Table pp. With folding map at title "Carte des Côtes de Chine . . . 1 8 5 2 , " 4 0 x 48 cm. Vol. 11: [i] half title, [ii] imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 3 5 1 text, [352] blank, [ 3 5 3 1 - 3 5 4 table pp.

An important French voyage to China. The corvette Bayonne left Cherbourg on April 24, 1847, in order to transport French officials to a new diplomatic post at Canton. A considerable portion of the text is devoted to China as it was in 1848, with chapters on Nanking, Macao, and Canton, and the establishment of Hong Kong. During the voyage the

1991

92

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography Bayonne made a side trip from Macao to the Marianas, stopping at Guam, then returning to Macao and Shanghai. Further stops were made at the Philippines, Bali, and Singapore, prior to a visit to the Hawaiian Islands. The account of Hawaii in the second volume (pp. 324-336) is brief. The ship arrived at Honolulu on June 29, 1850, and remained only a few days in port before departing on July 4, 1850, for Tahiti. References: Judd and Lind, 1 0 0 . Not in O'Reilly and Reitmann. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, fine in plum calf spines and marble paper boards. H M C S * , fine copy, contemporary black morocco spines, and boards.

1992

Gray, Asa. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. XV. Botany: Pbanerogamia—Text United States Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. xv. I [rule] I B O T A N Y . I P H A N E R O G A M I A . I By I Asa Gray, M.D. I With a Folio Atlas of One Hundred Plates. I Part 1.1 [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman. I 1854. 4to. 31 x 2.3 cm (BPBM). [1] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition. I By Authority of Congress," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 7 4 5 t e x t > [746] additions and corrections, [747] + 7 4 8 - 7 7 7 index, [778] blank pp.

The official issue. "One hundred copies printed, of which twenty-one were destroyed by fire and not replaced" (Haskell). "The preparation of the reports on the botanical collections brought back by the Expedition proved to be one of the worst headaches encountered during the course of the entire publication" (Haskell). Asa Gray had originally been selected as a botanist on the expedition, but having accepted a professorship at the University of Michigan, resigned in favor of William Rich, who was on the expedition. As originally planned the botanical publications were to consist of two text and two atlas volumes. In 1845, Wilkes wrote of dividing Rich's responsibility with Pickering and Brackenridge, and that the work was now planned to comprise six parts: 1. Feejee, Samoan, Tahiti and East Indian flora. 2. Sandwich Islands. 3. Miscellaneous groups including Brazil, Peru, Chili, New Zealand, N.W. Coast and Tierra del Fuego. 4. Ferns. 5. Marine plants, Mosses and Lichens. 6. Geography of Botany. Wilkes further stated that Rich was working on the first part, that Dr. Pickering was to take the third, Mr. Brackenridge the fourth, Dr. Tuckerman the fifth, Prof. Andrews, the mosses, and "The one who finishes first will take the 2nd" (that is, the Hawaiian Islands text). Rich resigned his position in 1846, having completed his report. Wilkes was dissatisfied with it and attempted to enlist the help of others, including Dr. Torrey, already at work on the California and Oregon specimens. Dr. Gray was engaged in 1848. In 1849 Gray wrote Torrey that excepting the Oregon and Californian plants (already assigned to Torrey), and the Sandwich Islands collection (which he said was "a fine one"), "the collection is a poor one, often very meagre in specimens, too much of an alongshore and roadside collection to be of great interest." The printing of the text commenced in 1852, and the volume appeared "about the

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

middle of 1854" (Haskell). The atlas of plates to accompany this text was printed in 1857. References: Haskell, 60. Haskell (pp. 83-87) gives a long history of the troubled publication of this work, from which the above has been excerpted. Copies: BPBM*. Haskell locates one privately held and 29 institutionally held copies of this text, including LC and NYP.

Gray, Asa. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. XV. Botany: Pbanerogamia—Text United States Exploring Expedition. I During the Years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I BOTANY. I P H A N E R O G A M I A . I By I Asa Gray, M.D. I With a Folio Atlas of One Hundred Plates. I Vol. 1. I [rule] I New York: I George P. Putnam & Co. I 1854. 4to. 32 x 2.4 cm (HHS). [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [1] + 2 - 7 4 5 t e x t > [7461 additions and corrections, [747] + 7 4 8 - 7 7 7 index, [778] blank pp.

The unofficial issue of this text. Haskell says: "One hundred and fifty copies printed." The atlas accompanying the text was issued in 1857. References: Haskell, 61. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, has printed label inside front stating that this copy came from the famous de Candole Library in Geneva, Switzerland. HHS*. Haskell locates 32 institutionally held copies, including BPL, HarU, NYP, and YU.

Gregg, David Lawrence Oration, I Delivered July 4, 1854, I at I Honolulu, I by I Hon. David L. Gregg, I U.S. Commissioner. I [rule] I Honolulu. I [rule] I 1854. 8vo. 20.5 x 1 3 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] Note, [3]-4 Correspondence, [5] + 6 - 2 2 Oration, [23-24] blank pp.

An oration on the 78th anniversary of American independence, published at the request of a "Committee of Publication": Barnum W. Field, Edwin O. Hall, and Richard Coady. David Gregg noted in his diary the following: July 2., 1854. Was engaged a good part of the day in preparing my oration for the 4th which has been sadly neglected. . . July 3. Finished oration for the 4th, which reads better than I anticipated. I do not anticipate that British or French residents will be much pleased with it. I had either to take strong American grounds without regard to any body's toes, or get up a set of wishy-washy, namby-pamby phrases to suit all parties, which I did not care to do. Heretofore there has been too much subservancy here to British arrogance, and I think myself justified in trying to arouse a national feeling among American citizens. July 4. The large stone (Presbyterian) Church was crowded. My oration lasted an hour, but some of the time was taken up by the applause which was frequent and apparently hearty. July 14. Revised the proof sheets of the first form of my 4th of July Oration. The Polynesian of July 15, 1854, reported that "as stated in our last, a vote was unanimously passed by the immense assembly on the 4th of July, thanking Mr. Gregg for his Oration, and requesting a copy for publication in the English and Hawaiian languages . . . The Oration is in the hands of the Translator, and the whole will be issued in a pamphlet form . . . "

94

1854

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

For the Hawaiian-language version, see N o . 1 9 9 5 . References: Carter, p. 74. The Diaries of David Lawrence Gregg: An American Diplomat in Hawaii 1853-1858 (Honolulu, Hawaiian Historical Society, 1982), pp. 1 4 6 - 1 4 7 , 150. Copies: BL. BPBM (Hist. Pam. 163)*. BPBM (DU620.M67)*. HMCS. LC. NLC. UH. 1995

Gregg, David L. H a i m a n a o , I i I oleloia i ka la 4 o Iulai, 1 8 5 4 , I ma H o n o l u l u , I e I H o n . D a v i d L . Gregg, I Komisina o Amerika Huipuia, I Honolulu. I 1854. 8vo. 21 x 14 cm. 18 pp. Tide: Oration delivered July 4, 1854, at Honolulu by Hon. David L. Gregg, U.S. Commissioner. N o t seen. This is the Hawaiian-language edition of N o . 1 9 9 4 . References: Judd and Bell, 325. Copies: GF. PS.

1996

A H a o l e [pseud, of G e o r g e W a s h i n g t o n B a t e s ] S a n d w i c h Island I N o t e s . I By a H a o l e . I N e w Y o r k : H a r p e r & Brothers, Publishers, I 8z B e e k m a n Street. I 1 8 5 4 . 1 2 mo. 19.5 x 12.5 cm. [i] blank, [ii] frontispiece, [iii] title, [iv] copyright notice, [v]-vi preface, [vii]-xiv contents, [xv] List of illustrations, [xvi] blank, [17] + 18-459 text, [460] blank, [461] Appendix half title, [462] Appendix contents, [ 4 6 3 1 - 4 9 3 Appendixes I - V I I I , [494-496] blank pp. With frontispiece portrait of Alexander Liholiho, and 21 full-page and text vignettes included in the pagination. A lively and often quoted travel narrative on Hawaii at mid-century. Bates arrived in Honolulu from San Francisco on the clipper ship Sovereign of the Seas, January 1 5 , 1 8 5 3 , in the capacity of roving correspondent for a San Francisco newspaper. He begins with a generous description of the town, its palace, public buildings, and churches, and includes observations on sights that others ignored. Part of chapter five, for instance, describes various cemeteries about town. He made an excursion up Nuuanu, then continued his travels around the island, stopping at and describing Kaneohe, Kualoa, Waialua, Mokuleia, and Ewa. An extensive tour of Kauai occupies nine chapters. Bates arrived at Koloa, passed through "the g a p " to Lihue, Nawiliwili, and Hanalei, describing the latter spot in considerable detail. He visited the mission station at Hanalei and the caves at Haena. Returning to Koloa, the author continued to Hanapepe and Waimea. At Waimea he examined the Russian Fort and visited Debora Kapule, " a n ex-queen, and once the favorite wife of the last king of K a u a i . " The author's travels on Kauai are illustrated by woodcut views of Keapaweo mountain, the falls of Wailua, Hanalei valley, " L o k o N o m i l u , " Waimea from the fort, and the mission church at that place. This is one of only a few travel accounts of this period that includes a visit to M o l o kai. Here in three chapters the author describes the island from Kaluaaha to H a l a w a , and the pali of Kalae. Three chapters are devoted to a tour of Maui. Bates arrived at Lahaina, proceeded to Wailuku, then M a k a w a o , and made an ascent of Haleakala, describing all these places. Illustrations include one of Lahaina from offshore, and a view of Wailuku from Kahului. On Hawaii the writer made an extensive examination of Kohala, then continued to Waimea, ascended M a u n a Kea, visited Waipio Valley, then continued on to Kawaihae, where he found the village had been "devastated" by a smallpox epidemic. He includes

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

95

a sobering report on smallpox and the actions of the commissioners of public health in Honolulu. A chapter on the origin of the Hawaiians includes notes on their habits and customs, and the probable "destiny of the race." He comments (pp. 422-427) on the rejection of English-language instruction by the missionaries. Hawaiian political matters including the subject of annexation of the Islands (a topic then under serious examination) is discussed at length in the final chapter. The actual date of the author's departure from Honolulu is unknown. A copy of this work in the Bishop Museum (originally owned by Rev. John Sessions, the father of Mrs. Sereno Bishop) has contemporary remarks about this book and its author, including the following: I can say that the reliable parts are the exceptions. The descriptions of natural scenery & the plates are good; Sc so are some things in the character of the natives. But their morals are drawn in too dark colors. So also are the character & influence of the missionaries in general, &c the working of the laws. The author (Washington Bates) by his great indelicacy, shows himself an immoral man & was doubtless, guilty of immorality in his travels. His statement of his night at Ewa is false. He was never in the room of which he speaks . . . "Haole," a Hawaiian word meaning a foreigner, was a pseudonym used by George Washington Bates, the name under which this book is generally catalogued. That however was not the author's real name, as is revealed by an article in the Polynesian, August 19, 1854: A BIGAMIST SENTENCED. In the King's County Court, William Baker, alias Washington Bates, formerly a Baptist minister, and more recently a missionary in California, and a traveller and lecturer in the Sandwich Islands, was arraigned on an indictment for bigamy. He was married to a Miss Margaret M. Warner, in Rochester N.Y. on the 14th. of September, 1850, and on the 10th of December, 1853, was again married to Miss. Elmira Fowler, of Brooklyn, his first wife being still alive. He pleaded guilty, and was sentenced to confinement in the State Prison at Sing Sing for the term of three years. (From the Boston Courier, April 20) When the Polynesian reviewed this book, in its August 1 1 , 1855, issue, "Bates" was referred to as being "at present the inmate of a public building, where the Peter of the place (in whose hands are the keys,) knows him neither by the name above (haole) nor that by which his friends and acquaintances were used to recognize him. . . . he is spoken of as No. 97, or some similar combination of figures, which, to prevent mistakes, he, in common with his companions, bears upon his outer garment." A highly critical review of the book appeared in the New Englander, Volume x m , No. X L I X C , pages 1 - 1 9 (New Haven, Feb. 1855), which begins: "This book is written in unmitigated slipshod. Much of it is in the slovenly style of indifferent conversation,..." A copy of this review is in the H M C S Library. References: Carter, p. 14. Hill, p. 18. Judd and Lind, 14. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BL. BPBM (3)*. BPBM (Carter 4-B-16)*. BPL. HHS. H M C S * . HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. N Y P. PA-VBC. SMC*, fine copy in cloth. WalJ. The NUC lists 22. copies.

A Haole [pseud, of George Washington Bates] Sandwich Island I Notes. I By a Haolé. I London: I Sampson Low, Son, and Co. 47, Ludgate Hill, I English and American Booksellers and Publishers. I 1854.

1997

96

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 2 0 . 5 x 1 2 . 5 cm (HMCS). [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v]-vi Preface dated N e w York, February 4, _ 1854, [vii]-xiv Contents, [xv] List of Illustrations, [xvi] blank, [ 1 7 ] + 1 8 - 4 5 9 text, [460] blank, [461] Appendix half title, [462] contents, [463] + 4 6 4 - 4 9 3 Appendix [494] blank pp. With frontispiece woodcut of Alexander Liholiho, and 2 1 woodcuts in the text.

This London edition is very rarely found. The HMCS copy has bound in at the end a catalogue of New Publications by Samson Low, dated July 1854. Copies: BL. H M C S * .

1998

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Annual Report I of the I Minister of Finance. I [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 24.5 x 15 cm untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [ 1 ] + 2 - 3 6 text pp.

Elisha H. Allen's report (pp. 1 - 9 ) is dated Finance Department, April 8, 1854. As well as mentioning receipts and expenditures, Allen discusses the need for harbor improvements and sale of water lots, the post office, and the need for establishment of a savings bank. Tables of receipts and expenditures of various government offices are followed by lists of estimated expenditures for the coming year. References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (Carter 3-B-99) (3)*.

1999

Hawaii. Kingdom. Department of Foreign Relations Circular. I Department of Foreign Relations, I Honolulu, August 2, 1854.1 To Agriculturists, Artists, Manufacturers and Me- I chanics: I The undersigned has the honor to make known I to you that by order of His Imperial Majesty, Napoleon III of France, His Majesty's Representa - I tive, at this Court, has invited the Government of I the King to take part in the Universal Exhibition I of the Agricultural and industrial products and of the Fine Arts of all nations, which is to be opened I in Paris, on the 1st of May, 1855. I . . . I R. C. Wyllie. Circular. 54 lines of text. 1 6 . 5 x 6.5 cm on a sheet measuring 24 x 1 6 cm.

The Minister of Foreign Relations solicits exhibits from the community, to be boxed and to arrive at the Custom House in Honolulu, for shipment, on or before the 1st of November. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (2)*.

2000

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Relations Report I of the I Minister of Foreign Relations, I to the Nobles and Representatives of the I Hawaiian Kingdom, I in Legislative Council assembled, I April, 1854. [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 25.5 x 1 6 cm ( N Y H ) . Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 2 Report, 2 3 - 3 1 Supplement, [32] blank pp.

In this report, dated April 7, 1854, Robert C. Wyllie summarizes diplomatic correspondence, treaties, and conventions, and appends further comments regarding his correspondence with Charles St. Julian and his Pacific diplomatic mission. A major portion of this report is devoted to laws on alcoholic beverages. With respect to the famous "Maine laws," which prohibited their consumption, Wyllie states that "no man of practical sound sense would recommend them [Maine laws]." A note at the end of the report states: "Brought up to 31st December, 1853." The supplement (pp.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

2 3 - 3 1 ) , dated "Foreign Office, 7th April, 1854," concerns such matters as tariffs and the decrease of population in the Hawaiian Islands. References: Carter, p. 66. Tice Phillips Check List, 24. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (C. R. Bishop bound set of reports)*. HMCS*. NYH*, fine copy untrimmed. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Foreign

Relations

Palapala Makahiki I a ke I Kuhina no ko N a Aina E, I i na 'Lii a me na Lunamakaainana o ko Hawaii Pae I Aina, i akoakoa iloko o ka Ahaolelo, I Aperila, 1854. [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 2.4.5 x T5 c m - Caption title, [1] + 2-18 Report, 19-26 Olelo Hope (Supplement) text, [27-28] blank pp. The Hawaiian-language version of No. 2 0 0 0 . References: None found. Copies: AH*. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Foreign

Relations

Appendix I to the I Report of the Minister of Foreign Relations. I [Honolulu, 1854J 8vo. 26 x 15.5 cm untrimmed (BPBM). [1] + 2-95 text, [96] blank pp. This contains a resumption of the "Perrin Correspondence" begun in 1 8 5 0 and found in the "Appendix to Mr. Wyllie's Report to the Hawaiian Legislature" (Honolulu, 1 8 5 1 ; see No. 1815). The correspondence had been "suspended," as Perrin the French consul states in his first letter (dated January 26, 1853), "by the fact of my departure, on the 26th of March, 1 8 5 1 . " The letters ( 1 0 6 by count) touch on French commercial and political interests in Hawaii, and conclude as of April 1 , 1854. Special instructions to foreign representatives "include the appointment of Charles St. Julian of Sydney, New South Wales, as his Majesty's Commissioner, and Political and Commercial Agent to the king's chiefs and rulers of the islands in the Pacific ocean, not under the protection of sovereignty by any European government." Letters include communications with the U.S. Commissioner (Luther Severance) at Hawaii and the Hawaiian Commissioner (Alexander Barclay) in London. A letter from Wyllie to U.S. Commissioner Severance, dated September 1 5 , 1854, acknowledges on behalf of the king the receipt of Volumes 1 1 , 1 2 , and 1 3 of reports of the Wilkes Expedition publications. Document No. 80 (pp. 6 1 - 7 1 ) reprints Wyllie's report on land, capital, and labor, addressed to the king. References: Carter, p. 66. Tice Phillips Check List, 24 (note). Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-100)*. HMCS*, bound with other reports of this department. NYH*, fine copy untrimmed. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Foreign

Relations

Olelo Hookui I i ka Hoike Makahiki a ke Kuhina no ko Aina E. [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 24.5 x 15.5 cm untrimmed. Caption title, [1] + 2-84 text pp. The Hawaiian-language version of No. 2 0 0 2 . References: None found. Copies: AH*.

98

1854

Hawaiian National

2004

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Health

Bibliography Commission

P a l a p a l a H o i k e I a na I K o m i s i n a o ke O l a . [text begins.]

I [Honolulu, 1854]

8vo. 2.4. j x 15.5 cm (HMCS). [1] + 2 - 1 2 text pp. Title: Report of the Commissioners of Health. A little-known document regarding the smallpox epidemic of 1 8 5 3 . This opens with a short report by Health Commissioners Alexander Liholiho, T. C. B. Rooke, and W. C. Parke. It is addressed to Elisha H. Allen, the Minister of Finance, and concerns an accounting of a total of $ 1 8 , 9 1 1 . 1 9 expended by the Hawaiian government on behalf of those infected with smallpox. Appended to the report is a long and detailed list of expenses incurred between July 8, 1 8 5 3 , and M a r c h 6, 1854. Listed are medical bills of Drs. James R . Dow, Seth P. Ford, J a c o b Hardy, Gerrit P. Judd, and T. C. B. Rooke; the costs of medicines; costs of printing by Henry M . Whitney and by the Polynesian office (probably broadsides and public notices); sums laid out for temporary house rentals; horse and wagon hire; and the cost of several coffins. This is followed by a table of statistics of those who had contacted smallpox on the islands of Kauai, Oahu, Maui, and Hawaii. A total of 1 1 , 9 9 6 persons had been infected; of these 6,433 had died, while 5 , 4 1 8 had survived. The largest numbers concerned Oahu, where 1 1 , 0 8 2 persons had been infected. The discrepancy in numbers is not accounted for. The report concludes with a communication by Robert C. Wyllie, M a r c h 1854, on proposed amendments to Health Department regulations, to be submitted to the next legislature. There would originally have been an English-language edition of this report, but I have not been able to locate any copies. References: None found. Copies: HMCS (4)*, with a modern translation made by Esther K. Mookini. 2005

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of the Interior R e p o r t I of the I Minister of the Interior, I to the Legislature of 1 8 5 4 . [ H o n o l u l u , 1854] 8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [5] + 6-8 report, 9 - 2 1 appendix, [22-24] blank pp. This report by Keoni Ana (John Young II) has brief comments on the Government Press, licenses, internal improvements, the naturalization of aliens, and sales of real estate made by the land office. The appendix contains reports to the Minister of the Interior, from the Government Press (E. O. Hall); Public Improvements (T. Metcalf); Prison Inspectors for Kauai (E. P. Bond and J . W. Smith); the Post Master (Henry M . Whitney); the Land Commission ( G . M . Robertson); and the Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society (Geo. Williams). On pages 1 6 - 1 8 is the "Charter of the Hawaiian Steam Navigation C o . " This is sometimes found bound with other ministerial reports, but copies were also available separately. References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-102)*.

1854

99

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of the Interior Palapala Hoike I a ke I Kuhina Kalaiaina I i ka Ahaolelo o 1854. [Honolulu, 1854]

2006

Hawaiian National Bibliography

8vo. 24.5 x 15.5 cm untrimmed (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 8 text, [2] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2005. References: None found. Copies: AH (2)*. HMCS*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws Laws I of His Majesty I Kamehameha III., I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I passed by the I Nobles and Representatives I at their session, I 1854. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by order of the Government.

2007

8vo. 21.7 x 13.7 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-41 Session Laws and Resolutions, 42-46 Index pp. Page 40 is unnumbered and blank.

Important acts passed at this session of the legislature include the confirmation of the grant of a "Charter to the Hawaiian Steam Navigation Company"; "An Act for the encouragement and support of English schools for Hawaiian Youth"; an act "to provide for the dissolution of the Board of Commissioners to Quiet Land Titles"; and an act providing for compulsory vaccination throughout the Hawaiian Islands. In 1930, the Statute Law Book Co. of Washington, D.C., issued a facsimile reprint of this in an edition of 50 copies. A note to that effect appears on the verso of the title page. References: Carter, p. 108. Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HHS*, in cloth-backed boards. HMCS.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Kanawai I o ka moi, I Kamehameha III., I ke alii o ko Hawaii pae aina I i kauia e na I Alii Ahaolelo a me ka Poeikohoia, I iloko o ka Ahaolelo o ka I makahiki 1854. I [rule] I Honolulu. I Paiia mamuli o ke kauoha a ke aupuni. I 1854.

2008

8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 1 Session laws, [22] Kuhikuhi (Index) pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2007. References: Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, Governor Kekuanaoa's copy with his signature on front blank. HMCS*, bound with English-language edition.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature AN ACT. I to establish a Militia for the I Hawaiian Islands. I [rule] I [text begins.] [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 25.5 x 16 cm untrimmed (BPBM). [1] + 2 - 7 text, [8] blank pp.

This act, passed by the House of Nobles June 2, 1854, provides for a militia of three classes (by age: 18-22 years, 22-30 years, and 3 0 - 4 0 years) and spells out in 23 sections the duties and obligations of each class. Section 1 0 states: "The first and second classes [of] militia shall, in case of any invasion, rebellion, or any other emergency, constitute the regular military force of the kingdom." Section 22 provides for exemptions from military duty for individuals ranging from the king's cabinet ministers to only sons of widowed mothers or aged parents. In the

2009

100

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography Bishop Museum (Carter) copy, this section contains a manuscript addition with respect to "all laborers regularly employed [on] plantations." References: None found. Copies: A H * . B P B M (Carter 3 - B - 1 0 7 ) * .

2010

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature A P P R O P R I A T I O N BILL F O R 1854. I Approved August n t h , 1854. I [text begins:] Be it enacted by the King, the Nobles and Representatives of the Hawaiian Is- I lands, in Legislative Council Assembled: I [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 25.5 x 1 6 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 8 text pp.

This lists appropriations by the civil list (the king's salary, the royal family, and the privy council), then departments of government, showing the balance of the appropriations for 1853 and those for 1854. References: None found. Copies: A H * . B P B M * .

2011

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature. House of Representatives [left column:] RULES A N D O R D E R S I For Conducting Business in the I House of Representatives of the I Hawaiian Islands. I [text begins:} Duties and powers of the I Speaker. I [right column:] N A RULA I E Pono ai ka Hana ana iloko o ka I Hale Ahaolelo o ka Poeikohoia e I ko Hawaii Pae Aina. I [text begins:] Na hana a me ka mana o ka I luna. [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 24.5 x 1 5 . j cm untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 0 text, 2 1 - 2 3 List of Legislators and Committees, [24] blank pp.

The text appears to be unaltered from the 1 8 5 Z edition (see No. 1 8 7 0 ) . Following the list of legislators is a list of standing committees for 1854. References: None found. Copies: B P B M * .

2012

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature. House of Nobles Rules I for conducting business in the I House of Nobles, I of the I Hawaiian Islands, I together with I the names of those who are entitled to a seat I in the House. I [rule] I Honolulu. I Printed by order of the nobles I 1854. 8vo. 24 x 1 5 . 5 cm untrimmed ( N Y H ) . [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Names of members of the House of Nobles, [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 1 5 N a Rula text, [16] blank pp. Text in double-column form, English at left and Hawaiian at right.

There are two distinct editions of this work. One (with the collation as above) has 59 rules in the text, which ends on page 15. In the second, the text is completely reset, has 60 rules, and ends on page 16. References: Carter, pp. 9 1 and 1 3 2 . Copies of the first edition (with 1 5 text pages): A H (2)*. A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * . Copies of the second edition (with 1 6 text pages): A H * . N Y H * , fine copy, untrimmed, with signature of R . C. Wyllie.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

Hawaii. Kingdom. Military He I Kumu Pai Kau, I no na I Koa Hele Wawae I o I Ke Aupuni Hawaii. I [rule] I Honolulu: I na ka New Era poe i pai. I 1854. n m o . 18.5 x 1 2 cm. [ 1 ] title, [2.] blank, [3] + 4 - 5 7 text, [58] blank pp. At the head of the title, above a rule, appears: "Mamuli o ko Kauoha o ka Alihikaua" (By authority of the commanding officer).

Title: A manual of arms for the infantry of the Hawaiian Islands. This manual is evidence of the intent by the Hawaiian government to institute a defense against "fillibusterers" or other parties. See No. 2 0 1 6 for a discussion of this matter. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * , bound in full red morocco, and another copy lacking the title and all after p. 54.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Public Instruction Report I of the I Minister of Public Instruction to the Hawaiian I Legislature, April 8, 1854. [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 2.5 x 1 5 . 5 cm untrimmed. Caption title, [ 1 ] + 2 - 1 8 text, [ 1 9 - 2 0 ] blank pp. With 3 folding tables.

Richard Armstrong reports on schools throughout the islands, with attention to the common free schools, revenues, and expenditures. There are also reports on select schools, the Royal School, and on private schools throughout the kingdom. As in former reports, an essay is included on "The English Language." The census of 1853 is discussed on pages 1 3 - 1 4 , and a folding table of statistics is found at the end. Armstrong's remarks on "Public Morals" include general statistics on criminal convictions and also the results of his survey to determine "what proportion of the natives use intoxicating drinks and tobacco." References: Carter, p. 67. Hunnewell, p. 64. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * . H M C S (2)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Public Instruction Palapala Makahiki I a ke I Kuhina Aopalapala, I heluheluia imua o ka Moi a me ka Ahaolelo I Hawaii, i ka la 8, o Aperila 1854. [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 26 x 1 5 cm untrimmed (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 5 text, [16] blank pp. With 3 folding tables.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. ZO14. References: None found. Copies: B P B M * . B P B M (Carter 3-B-98)*. H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Secretary of War Report I of the I Secretary of War and of the Navy, I to the Legislature of 1854. I [Honolulu, 1854] n m o . 2 0 x 1 3 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 0 report dated War Office, 1 5 April, 1854, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 2 6 Appendix, [27-28] blank pp.

Political developments during 1 8 5 0 - 1 8 5 2 (particularly Samuel Brannan's aborted "Fillibustering" expedition from San Francisco in 1852) had made the Hawaiian government acutely aware of the virtually defenseless state of the kingdom against foreign intrusion.

102

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography Robert Wyllie had previously thought a volunteer company, such as the First Hawaiian Guard and the First Hawaiian Cavalry, would be sufficient to safeguard the kingdom. But after Brannan's "Fillibusterers" had fortunately been diffused, and with threatening rumors continuing, the government took action. In 1852 an office of Secretary at War was created, and Wyllie, the Minister of Foreign Relations, was appointed head. This, his first report in that capacity, details his considerable efforts to establish and provide for a militia and has tables and estimates of costs. The appendix has a report on the condition and number of guns and ammunition in the Fort of Honolulu, and in the battery on Punchbowl Hill many of which were "spiked and otherwise injured, [and] entirely ruined and unfit for further service." Further reports in this section regard expenses of maintaining troops. Schedule A (pp. 2 1 - 2 3 ) gives the names and ranks of all officers in the "First battalion." An "Act authorizing the formation of Volunteer Companies" is on pages 24-25; pages 25-26 provide a list of the cost of arms to be purchased at Birmingham and Glasgow, and "Regimental Necessaries furnished by S. W. Silber & Co., Cornhill, London." References: Hunnewell, p. 64. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HMCS*, bound with reports of the Minister of Foreign Relations.

2017

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Second Annual Report I of the I Chief Justice of the Supreme Court I to the I Hawaiian Legislature of 1854. [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 20.5 x 13 cm (AH [Kahn]). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 3 Report, 1 4 - 1 9 Appendix, 2 0 - 2 1 Statistics, [22] blank pp.

Justice William L. Lee reports on the judicial department of the Islands for 1853. Numbers and types of crimes are listed in tabular form, island by island, and include such matters as manslaughter, burglary, perjury, adultery and fornication, cruelty to animals, riotous conduct, distilling spirits, violating the Sabbath, furious riding, and "Drinking Awa" (the latter offense seemed to be confined to the islands of Hawaii and Kauai). Drunkenness accounted for more than a third of the convictions. For the entire group, there were but two cases of manslaughter (one in 1852 and one in 1853) and only two cases of burglary in 1853. Judge Lee comments on the increase of court business in probate and divorce cases: the former "fearfully swelled by the ravages of the small pox," the latter due to alterations in the divorce laws. He observed that "drunkenness, fornication and adultery, still hold the lead of all other offences under the penal code," and further that "the number of convictions for drunkenness in Lahaina, where it is contrary to law to sell Spirituous Liquors at retail, is 412, which is only 1 6 0 less than the convictions for Honolulu, where some dozen shops are licensed to sell it by the glass or bottle." He continues with a long look at the "Moe Kolohe" (adultery or "naughty sleeping") acts and contrasts Hawaiian laws with those of other countries. There is also a brief discussion of the forthcoming Civil Code of the Hawaiian Islands. The appendix has reports from the district attorneys of Maui (James W. Austin), Oahu (Asher B. Bates), and Kauai (Godfrey Rhodes). Following Rhodes's report is a "Statistical View of the Criminal business transacted at the several Courts of the Fourth Judicial Districts [Kauai] during the year ending December 31, 1853" (pp. 2 0 - 2 1 ) . References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

1854

103

H a w a i i . Kingdom. Treaty with the Republic of Bremen [Royal Arms] I R O Y A L R A T I F I C A T I O N I of the Treaty between the Hawaiian Kingdom and the Free I Hanseatic Republic of Bremen. I [English text at left begins:] I K A M E H A M E H A III, King of the Hawaiian Islands, to all whom I these Presents shall come, greeting: [text continues] I [Hawaiian text at right begins:] K A A P O N O I A A N A I e ka M o i i ke kuikahi iwaena o ke aupuni o ko Hawaii pae I aina, a me ke kulanakauhale Haneseatika Kuokoa o Bere- I men. I Kamehameha III, ka M o i o ko Hawaii pae aina, i na mea a pau i loaa I i keia palapala, aloha oukou: . . . [signed at end] Given at our Palace, at Honolulu, this twenty I seventh day of March, in the year of Our Lord one I thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, in the I twenty-ninth year of Our Reign, [signed] Kamehameha, Keoni Ana, [and] R . C. Wyllie, Minister of Foreign Relations. [Honolulu, 1854]

2018

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Broadside. Text in English and Hawaiian in double-column form, signed by the king and kuhina nui under each text, headed by an oval wood engraving of the Hawaiian Royal Arms, 46.5 x 2 1 cm; sheet size, 5 0 x Z9.5 cm.

A Treaty of Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation as ratified. The body of the text contains the treaty agreed to at Honolulu August 7, 1 8 5 1 , signed by R. C. Wyllie, Minster of Foreign Relations, and Stephen Reynolds, "Under Special Authority from the Senate of Bremen." References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.)*.

H a w a i i a n Evangelical Association Minutes I of I The Meeting I of the I Hawaiian Evangelical Association, I Held at Honolulu, I M a y and June, 1854. I [rule] I Honolulu: I [rule] I 1 8 5 4 1 - 1 9 0 0 +] i z m o . 18 x 1 1 . 5 cm (BPBM). [ 1 ] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 Z text pp.

The first annual report of the successor organization of the Sandwich Islands Mission. These annual reports follow in style and content the Extracts from the Minutes of the General Meeting of the Sandwich Islands Mission (1830-1853), their immediate predecessor. There are extracts from station reports, statistics on churches and schools, a record of printing completed, and contributions and appropriations. From 1854 to 1863 the Hawaiian Evangelical Association was in transition and partially independent of support from the American Board. After 1863, when the American Board withdrew all but minimal support for Hawaiian missionaries and a native pastorate assumed more and more control, the reports increasingly concentrate on church activities—rather than the broader view found in earlier reports. Much information on, and reports from, native Hawaiian missionaries stationed in Micronesia and in the Marquesas will be found in these reports. Obituaries of ordained ministers, teachers, and prominent church men are also included. From 1853 through 1863, the reports were printed in English only. From 1863 through 1877 they were printed in Hawaiian only, with English translations published in the Friend. From 1878 to 1 9 3 1 , they were issued in English and in Hawaiian as separate reports. In later years these were combined in the same publication. After 1931 the reports were printed only in English. References: Carter, p. 80. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, scattered issues. B P B M * , English edition: 1 8 5 3 - 1 8 6 3 , 1 8 7 8 - 1 8 9 0 , and 189Z; Hawaiian edition: 1 8 6 3 - 1 9 0 1 . B P B M (Carter 3 - B - 1 0 1 ) * . H M C S * , complete runs of Hawaiian and English editions. H H S * , 1 8 6 3 - 1 8 8 0 in Hawaiian, 1 8 8 1 - 1 8 9 9 in English.

2019

104

1854

2020

Hawaiian Evangelical Association.

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

Constitution

Ke Kumukanawai I o ka I Ahahui Euaneliko o Hawaii Nei. [Honolulu, 1854?] 8vo. 21.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [1] + 2 Constitution, 3-4 Na Rula Hooponopono pp.

Title: The constitution of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*.

2021

Hawaiian Steam Navigation Company C H A R T E R I of the I Hawaiian Steam Navigation Company. I [rule] I Whereas an ordinance was passed in the Privy Council on the 25 th of July, 1851, granting certain privileges to Wm. H. Howard and others, in relation to Inter- I Island Navigation, and whereas at a subsequent day the following resolution was passed, viz: I [text continues] I . . . I A true copy of the Ordinance of Privy Council of December 19, 1853. [signed] Lorrin Andrews, I Secretary of Privy Council. [Honolulu?, 1854] Circular. Printed on the first (unnumbered) page of a single-fold sheet, 28 x 21 cm.

This document is countersigned by Kamehameha III and Keoni Ana, and agreed to on December 27, 1853, by Garret W. Ruckman, Emery T. Pease, William A. Lighthall, Perry G. Childs, and Richard H. Bowlin. Steam service to Hawaii was inaugurated by this company in September 1853 with the arrival of a side-wheel riverboat, the S. B. Wheeler from San Francisco. It was renamed the Akamai and put into service between Honolulu and Maui. Only a year later it proved unseaworthy and was sent to "rotten row." In October 1854 the Sea Bird arrived from San Francisco, was renamed the Kamehameha, and put into service. Another boat, the West Point, which arrived shortly afterward, was renamed the Kalama and put into service between Honolulu and Kauai. Like the Akamai, these were side-wheelers. On January 5, 1856, the Kalama went ashore at Koloa, Kauai, becoming a total wreck, and shortly thereafter the Kamehameha was withdrawn and returned to San Francisco, "thus ending the career of the Hawaiian Steam Navigation Company." (Thrum). References: Thrum, Thomas G., "Honolulu Sixty Years Ago," Thrum's Annual (Honolulu, 1914), p. 95; (Honolulu, 1915), p. 56. Copies: NYP* (Broadside collection).

2022

Hayes, Catherine G R A N D I CONCERT. I [rule] I Miss Catherine Hayes I has the honor to announce that she will give I One Grand Concert, I Assisted by M. Coulon, I At the Court House in Honolulu, I Tuesday Eve, July 25th, 1854.1 [rule] I Programme. I [list of 9 selections in two parts] I Tickets $3. They may be procured on Tuesday morning, at I Dr. Hoffman's Drug Store, and at Mr. Whitney's Book Store; and at I the Court House, on the evening of the Concert. I [rule] I Doors open at 7 o'clock; —concert commences at 8, precisely. [Honolulu, the Polynesian, 1854] Broadside. 33 lines of text enclosed in an ornamental border. 12.5 x 27.5 cm.

Miss Hayes, a well-known singer, stopped in Honolulu for a few days, en route to Sydney from San Francisco. The concert was given in two parts, with four arias in the first and five in the second, Miss Hayes and Mr. Toulon alternating. In the first, Mr. Toulon sang "Vi Raviso (Somnabula)," by Bellini, and Miss Hayes, "I know that my Redeemer Liveth," by Handel.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

In part two Miss Hayes and Mr. Toulon performed a duet from Don Fasquale by Donizetti; Toulon continued with "Vieni la mia Vendetta," from Lucrezia Borgia by Donizetti, and "Largo Factotum," from Barbiere by Rossini. Miss Hayes's selections included "Home Sweet Home." The New York Historical Society copy has annotations showing that two encores were sung by Miss Hayes, and that her final selection "Celebrated variations for the Voice," by Allary, was repeated twice. References: Ferguson, 1 0 3 1 1 a (records a 16-page " M e m o i r " by Miss Hayes, published in Melbourne in 1855). Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M - 4 8 5 ) * . N Y H (Titus Munson Coan papers)*.

He Ui no ke A k u a He I Ui no ke Akua, I a me I na Kanaka; I ua kupono i na kanaka makua a me I na kamalii. I [rule] I Na Limaikaika i kakau. I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu, H.I. I Mea Pai palapala a na Misionari. I 1854. i2.mo. 18 x 1 1 cm. [ 1 ] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 4 7 text, [48] blank pp.

Title: Questions on God, and men; suitable for adults and for children. Written by [Richard] Armstrong. The third edition. The colophon below the text on page 47 says: "1st. Ed. A[merican B[ible Society]—5,000 2d. Ed. Afmerican] T[ract Society]—100,000 [sic for 1 0 , 0 0 0 ] 3 Ed. A[merican B[ible Society]—500 [sic for 5,000?]." For the first (1848) edition, see No. 1695. References: Judd and Bell, 3 3 0 . Copies: GF (2). HHS. H M C S * . HSL. L C * . PS (2). UH.

He Vahi Palapala He Vahi Palapala I o I Kaimikuokoa I i kona mau makamaka e manao nui ana i ke kuokoa ana I o ke Aupuni Hawaii. I [rule] I Honolulu I [rule] I 1854. 8vo. 2 2 x 1 4 cm. Cover title, [1] title, [2] blank + 3 - 8 text pp.

Title: A letter from The-Seeker-of-Independence to his friends who think much of the independence of the Hawaiian kingdom. An important letter signed "Kaimikuokoa" (the Seeker of Independence) issued immediately following and in answer to a letter espousing annexation of the Hawaiian Islands to the United States, published in Ka Nu Hou, March 1 0 , 1854 (see No. 2034). The author begins with a clever discussion of the meaning of Ka Nu Hou. He then concentrates on the text of the letter and the message of the newspaper itself in a highly sophisticated, ironic manner: Friends, let us join together in happiness at seeing the handsome presentation of the NU HOU. It is like a rose blooming beautifully in the morning. For the first time we have received this great blessing. We had no newspaper like this before. All those newspapers were small. Our intelligence has not increased because the "fish and poi" [i.e., the basics] of knowledge has not been much. . . . Our understanding is one-sided and we don't see things clearly. Earlier we were like owls and did not see in daylight. But today we are fortunate as we will soon be able to see just like white people and perhaps know more. J. W. Marsh is our teacher, our guide, and our star in the light of day. Our days of hunger are over as J. W. Marsh feeds us "fish and poi" of what is true which will enlighten us. If we pay attention to him then the life of the land will continue, just as it is written on the seal of our kingdom. But here is what needs to be done: the kingdom of Hawaii must join the United States of America. . . .

106

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography There is but one honest nation and that is the United States of America where there is no drunkenness, adultery or incompetence. There is only honesty in her endeavours with her red-skinned tribes. She does not abuse these people and is always unselfish toward them just as what was read about the story of the indians who have vanished and those indians who remain living in the wilderness . . . the deeds of Americans can be said to be fragrant, aromatic, very sweet smelling, very pleasant like the light of the noonday sun . . . therefore we must be quick to join this most gracious and powerful, dignified and excellent nation which has no equal. It is right for the king and the chiefs and citizens of Hawaii to do so because it will strengthen this weak nation which is going into oblivion because her people are dying out. We are blessed that the United States of America will protect us by bringing us unto her bosom. "It is the truth! the truth!! the truth!!! so says Oiaio Maoli [i.e., Mr. Truth only] of the Nu Hou." Kaimikuokoa also takes swipes at actions of the French and British consuls saying: "They and their governments must get out. Their help is not wanted. We must not let them control us . . . they are cunning they lie and they want to make the people of

H E

V A H I

P A L A P A L A

o

itaimifutofcoa 1 KOHA XJ.I MA !> A M AKA KJHASAO M l ASA I KE KV0KOA AHA

I) MB Avwm

j^ouoiulu.

1*54

HAVAJI.

He Vahi Palapala o Kaimikuokoa, Honolulu, 1854 [see No. 2,014], i s a v e i 7 rare anti-annexation pamphlet written by a Hawaiian and published at the Catholic Mission Press. Courtesy Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library, Mission Houses Museum.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

Hawaii their overburdened and oppressed slaves." Of the British consul he says: "If he is sorry for us because we are stubborn then he ought to return to his own country. There is no one among the Hawaiian people in this kingdom who would be sorry for him." Similar remarks are expressed about the French with pointed remarks about the French occupation of the Honolulu fort in 1849, and the tariffs charged on imports of French wines and liquors. Regarding the latter the author suggests that "this Frenchman could take back his strong drink to his country and drink it there. He will not have lost anything by doing that and he would not have any reason to be angry." Finally the author reminds his audience that an article in the Nonanona (October 18, 184Z, p. 46) predicted that in 25 years there would be an end to Catholic conversions; he points out that 12 years have now passed, and suggests that if annexation to the United States should occur "then the French will disappear from here and everywhere as well as the catholics and our prediction will come true." This letter was printed at the Catholic Mission Press. Though unsigned, it is possible that the author was Samuel M. Kamakau. References: J u d d and Bell, 3 3 1 . Yzendoorn, 37 (calls this " A n ironical plea for annexation to the United States"). Copies: A T L (2)*. B P B M . H H S . H M C S (2)*. HarU. L C . N L C . U H .

Hooker, Sir William Jackson A I Century of Ferns; I being I Figures with brief descriptions I of I One Hundred I new, or rare, or imperfectly known species of I Ferns, I from various parts of the world; I a selection from the author's "Icones Plantarum," I By I Sir William Jackson Hooker, K.H., I LL.D., F.R.A., and L.S. & c . & c . I [rule] I London: I William Pamplin, 45, Frith Street, Soho Square. I [rule] I M D C C C L I V . 8vo. 25 x 1 7 . 5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-vii index, [viii] blank, + [ 1 0 0 unnumbered] letterpress text leaves describing the plates. With 1 0 0 lithograph plates numbered tab. 1 - 1 0 0 , having "Fitch del et lith." at lower left and at lower right "Pamplin imp."

Two of the specimens are described as having been collected in the Hawaiian Islands: Tab XLIV. Polypodium (Ctenopteris) pellucidum, collected on Oahu by Chamisso, Douglas, Beechey, and Rev. John Diell; and Tab. LV. Cystoperis Douglasii, collected in Hawaii by David Douglas. Copies of this work were issued with the plates either colored or uncolored. References: N o n e found. Copies: BL. B P B M * , uncolored. NYP. UC-B. The N U C lists 1 6 copies including N Y P and U C .

Johnson, Benjamin F. Why the "Latter Day Saints" Marry a Plurality of Wives. I [rule] I A Glance at I S C R I P T U R E A N D R E A S O N , I in answer to I an Attack through the Polynesian, I upon I The Saints for Polygamy. I [rule] I By Benjamin F. Johnson. I [rule] I Reader, the world is full of Falsehood, and our cause has many enemies, Read, therefore, I if you would not be D E C E I V E D . - After reading please lend it to your Neighbor. I [rule] I San Francisco: I Printed at the Excelsior Printing Office, I 1 5 1 Clay Street, 3rd door below Montgomery. I 1854. 8vo. 2 3 . 5 x 1 4 . 5 cm ( H M C S ) . [ 1 ] title, [2] note, [3] + 4-23 text, [24] blank pp.

A rare Mormon pamphlet, written in reply to a letter from "one who reads Mormon books," published in the Polynesian, April 1, 1854, on the subject of polygamy as

108

1854

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

espoused by the M o r m o n C h u r c h . J o h n s o n begins this w o r k w i t h a letter addressed t o the editor of the Polynesian: Sir: as you have again o p e n e d y o u r c o l u m n s t o m i s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a n d slander u p o n t h a t C o m m u n i t y of w h i c h I a m a m e m b e r , I feel in justice t o myself a n d those w h o w o u l d appreciate a s t a t e m e n t in t r u t h , t o d e m a n d space t h r o u g h the same m e d i u m t o correct the public m i n d in relation to t h a t f e a t u r e of o u r Religious faith, w h i c h h a s called f o r t h so severe a tirade, a n d t o p r e s e n t Mr. Mormon Book Reader's t r u e claim t o a n a c q u a i n t a n c e with the doctrines a n d practices of the Latter D a y Saints, or even w i t h the principles of c o m m o n honesty a n d t r u t h . T h e editor of the Polynesian, in the July 29, 1854 issue (p. 4 6 ) c o m m e n t e d : " P O L Y G A M Y . W e once declined publishing a long c o m m u n i c a t i o n in the Polynesian, d e f e n d i n g the a d u l t e r o u s practice n a m e d above. T h e same h a s been issued in p a m p h l e t f o r m , a n d circulated at the islands, t o s o m e extent, a n d h a s justly excited the i n d i g n a t i o n of every m a n of sense w h o h a s r e a d it." In the s a m e issue, a letter t o the editor, signed "A P r o t e s t a n t " r e m a r k s : " A l l o w me . . . t o call a t t e n t i o n t o a b l a s p h e m o u s a n d i m m o r a l p a m p h l e t or publication w h i c h has been circulated a n d offered for sale in this t o w n w i t h i n the past m o n t h by the ' M o r m o n s ' . . . a n d entitled Plurality of Wives, &c. a n d w o u l d enquire if there is n o statute against the i m p o r t i n g , circulating a n d selling, of p a m p h l e t s of the a b o v e c h a r a c t e r . . . " References: Flake, Chad J. (ed.), A Mormon Bibliography 1S30-1930 (Salt Lake City, University of Utah Press, 1978), No. 4430. Listing 4 copies: in the Church History Department, Salt Lake City; Brigham Young University, Provo; the Henry E. Huntington Library, San Marino; and Yale University. Copies: HMCS* (and above). 2027

K a m e h a m e h a III. Proclamation BY A U T H O R I T Y . I [rule] I W h e r e a s , It h a s c o m e t o m y k n o w l e d g e f r o m t h e I h i g h e s t official s o u r c e s , t h a t m y G o v e r n m e n t h a s b e e n I r e c e n t l y t h r e a t e n e d w i t h o v e r t h r o w b y l a w l e s s v i o l e n c e ; I a n d w h e r e a s t h e r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s a t m y C o u r t , of t h e I U n i t e d S t a t e s , G r e a t B r i t a i n , a n d F r a n c e , b e i n g c o g n i - I z a n t of t h e s e t h r e a t s , h a v e o f f e r e d m e t h e p r o m p t assis- I t a n c e of t h e N a v a l f o r c e s of t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e c o u n t r i e s , I I h e r e b y p u b l i c l y p r o c l a i m m y a c c e p t a n c e of t h e a i d t h u s I p r o f f e r e d in s u p p o r t of m y Sovereignty. M y i n d e p e n - I d e n c e is m o r e firmly e s t a b l i s h e d t h a n ever b e f o r e . I K a m e h a m e h a . I [and below:] K e o n i A n a , I P a l a c e , 8 t h . D e c e m b e r , 1 8 5 4 . I By t h e K i n g a n d K u h i n a N u i . R . C . Wyllie. Broadside. Text of 16 lines. 5 x 6.5 cm on a slip of paper 7.5 x 1 1 cm. D u r i n g m u c h of 1854, A m e r i c a n business interests in H a w a i i c a m p a i g n e d f o r the a n n e x a t i o n of the H a w a i i a n Islands t o the United States, a n d a treaty t o this effect w a s d r a f t e d a n d considered by the king a n d cabinet. In N o v e m b e r t h a t year the g o v e r n m e n t became a l a r m e d a b o u t a r u m o r t h a t a " r e v o l u t i o n a r y u p r i s i n g " t o be aided by "fillibusterers" f r o m California m i g h t occur. To block a n y such plans, assistance w a s s o u g h t if it s h o u l d be f o u n d necessary f r o m the f o u r w a r s h i p s t h e n in H o n o l u l u , t w o of w h i c h w e r e American, o n e British, a n d o n e French. This effectively s t o p p e d a n y r e v o l u t i o n a r y plans. Foll o w i n g this action, at a meeting of the cabinet council, at w h i c h Prince A l e x a n d e r Liholiho a n d Prince L o t w e r e also present, this p r o c l a m a t i o n w a s signed by the king. T h e implication of this p r o c l a m a t i o n w a s t h a t in accepting such aid, a p e r m a n e n t p r o t e c t o r a t e of the three countries h a d been f o r m e d . U.S. C o m m i s s i o n e r D a v i d L. Gregg n o t e d in his diary for D e c e m b e r 9, 1854: " T h i s looks like a n a b a n d o n m e n t of a n n e x a tion."

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

1854

109

The original manuscript in the Hawaii State Archives (F.O. & Ex. December 8, 1854), signed by the king, has an annotation in red pencil: " 5 0 0 slips Extra," showing that this had a separate issue apart from its publication in the Polynesian of December 9, 1854. The king also signed a Hawaiian-language version of the proclamation, which seems to have had a newspaper publication, but there is no evidence that it had a separately published issue. This was Kamehameha Ill's last official act and was probably the last time he signed his name to a document. He died December 15, 1854. References: Kuykendall, pp. 425-427. Gregg Diaries, pp. 197-206. Copies: AH (F.O. & Ex.)*.

Kamehameha III. Proclamation of Neutrality

2028

P R O C L A M A T I O N ! I K a m e h a m e h a III, King of the I Hawaiian Islands. I Be it k n o w n , to all w h o m it may concern, that We, I K a m e h a m e h a III, King of the Hawaiian Islands, hereby proclaim I O u r entire Neutrality in the War n o w impending between the Great I Maritime Powers of Europe; that O u r neutrality is to be respected I by all Belligerents, to the full extent of O u r Jurisdiction, which . . . is to the distance of one marine league, sur- I rounding each of O u r Islands of Hawaii, M a u i , Kahoolawe, Lanai, I M o l o k a i , O a h u , Kauai and Niihau, commencing at low water mark I on each of the respective coasts, of said Islands, and includes all the I channels passing between said Islands, from Island to I Island; that all captures and seizures made within O u r said juris- I diction are unlawful; . . . I D o n e at O u r Palace o f Honolulu, I this sixteenth day of May, 1 8 5 4 . I Kamehameha. I [and] Keoni Ana. I By the King and Kuhina Nui. I R . C. Wyllie. Circular. Text in English on 29 lines, printed on the first page of a single-fold folio sheet, 32 x 20.5 cm. During 1853 and 1854 there was a great buildup of naval vessels (largely British and Russian) in the North Pacific, and reports received in Honolulu indicated that hostilities might well occur. This proclamation was issued under those circumstances. The U.S. Commissioner in Hawaii, David L. Gregg, commented in his journal, May 15, 1854: It is said that the Hawaiian government has issued a proclamation declaring its neutrality in the anticipated European war, and prohibiting the fitting out of privateers from the ports of the country. This has probably been done at the suggestion of the officers of the Russian Frigate [Diana], who may be apprehensive that English and French vessels would not be disposed to pay a proper respect to the neutrality of the Hawaiian ports. They fear capture, and want places of refuge. The proclamation had a poor reception in town, causing the editor of the Polynesian his May 2 0 , 1854, issue to comment:

in

We are aware that the issuing of the Proclamation referred to has been the occasion of much ludicrous remark in this community, and that it has been declared a piece of bombast that would be laughed at all over the world and this kingdom thus brought into contempt abroad for its folly. But we do not see it in precisely that point of light. . . . Situated as these islands are, upon the great highway of nations in the Pacific, it is of the highest consequence that our neutrality be understood and respected, and we regard the proclamation, giving such notice to the world, as timely and proper . . . References: Gregg Diaries, p. 127. Copies: AH (F.O. & Ex.)*. AH (Kahn)*, fine copy. HMCS (2)*. N Y H * , fine copy.

110

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography

2029

Kamehameha III. Speeches The I King's Speeches, I at the opening of the Hawaiian Legislature, I from the year 1845 t o I 854- I [Published under a resolution of the Cabinet of March 2.9, 1854] I [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 24.5 x 15. j cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 5 text, [16] blank pp.

This contains speeches delivered by Kamehameha III before the legislature on May 20, 1845; July 31, 1846; May z8, 1847; April 27, 1848; April 1 0 , 1850; May 6, 1851; April 1 3 , 1852; and April 8, 1854, "published under a joint resolution of the cabinet of March 20, 1854." References: Carter, p. 1 0 0 . Tice Phillips Check List, 25. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-106) (2). N Y H * , fine copy.

2030

Kamehameha III. Speech The King's Speech. I [rule] I Nobles and Representatives of My People: I You have assembled, this day, agreeably to the Constitution, to I assist me with your councils in the great interests of my Kingdom. I [text continues] [Honolulu, 1854] Circular. [1] + 2 - 3 , [4] text pp. 26 x 15 cm (AH).

Kamehameha Ill's last speech delivered before the legislature. The king gives thanks for the end of the smallpox epidemic, and refers to forthcoming reports of the Ministers of Foreign Relations, Interior, and Public Instruction. With respect to English-language instruction and the "growing desire among My native subjects, that their children should acquire a knowledge of that language," the king refers the legislative body to a report of the Minister of Public Instruction. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.)*.

2031

Kamehameha III. Speech Ka Olelo a ke Alii. I [rule] I [text begins:] E na 'Lii a me na Lunamakaainana o'u: I Ua akoakoa mai nei oukou, i keia la, e like me ke Kumukanawai e I kokua i'au ma ke kuka ana, i na mea e pono ai ko'u Aupuni. [Nobles and Representatives of my People; You have assembled, this day, agreeably to the Constitution, to assist me with your councils in the great interests of my Kingdom.] I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1854] 8vo. 23 x i j cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 4 text pp.

The speech delivered by Kamehameha III at the opening of the legislature, Saturday April 8, 1854. The text of this edition is somewhat abbreviated. For the English-language version, see The King's Speeches (Honolulu, 1854; No. 2029). References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.) (3)*. BPBM*.

2032

Kamehameha III. Funeral O R D E R OF PROCESSION I for the Funeral of I His Late Majesty, King Kamehameha III. I [rule] I G R A N D M A R S H A L L . I Marshal. I Hawaiian Cavalry. I Physicians. I Clergymen of All Denominations I Free Masons. I Royal School. I Faculty and Students of Oahu College. I Other schools with their masters, all six deep. I Artillery. I The King's Band. I Household Troops. I The King's Purveyor and Ser-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

vants. I The physician and assisting physician of the late King. I TWO KAHILIS. I The late King's Standard. I [cut of coffin with "soldiers, high chiefs, small kahili" on each side:] I Two Kahilis. I HER M A J E S T Y T H E QUEEN. I Her Royal Highness, the Princess Vic- I toria, His Majesty, the King, His Royal I Highness, Prince Kamehameha. I The King's Chancellor, the Chamberlain, the Ku- I hina Nui. I T H E MINISTERS I The representatives of Foreign Nations, I The Governors of Islands. I . . . I Drummers. I HAWAIIAN INFANTRY. I First Hawaiian Guard I . . . I The native Population generally, - -- eight deep. I Soldiers - four deep. I Those who attend the Funeral to assemble at the Palace I at 1 0 , A.M., on Saturday, the 30th December, and the Pro- I cession to start at 1 1 . I The line of Procession will be formed on the north side I of King Street, fronting the Palace, the right resting on Rich- I ards St. Those who proceed with the remains of his late Ma- I jesty, will take their position North of the Palace, towards I Richards Street. The public, generally, are invited to attend. I M. Kekuanaoa, Grand Marshall. I Palace, December 20, 1854. Broadside. 56 lines of text, within an ornamental border, printed area 48 x 16.5 cm.

Kamehameha III, Hawaii's longest-reigning monarch, was born at Keauhou, Kona, Hawaii, on March 17, 1813. He was the son of Kamehameha I and Keopuolani, and became king in 1824 on the death of his elder brother Liholiho (Kamehameha II), but did not assume full powers until March 1833. He died in Honolulu, December 15, 1854. Although this broadside gives a date of December 30th for the funeral, it was in fact delayed, and did not occur until the 6th of January. A copy in the Hawaii State Archives has the date in the lower part of the text altered in manuscript to "6th January." This broadside was also printed in the Polynesian, December 20, 1854. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.)*.

Kamehameha IV. Court News Court News. I [rule] I [text begins:] I His Majesty King Kamehameha IV, made his first I public appearance, as King, on Thursday, the 1 ith. inst., I in the large native church. I His Majesty, with their Royal Highnesses, General I Prince Kamehameha, and the Princess Victoria, and at- I tended by His Highness the Kuhina Nui, the Chancellor I and Chief Justice, the Chamberlain, the Ministers and I the members of the Privy Council, arrived at 1 2 noon. I The Rev. Mr. Clark opened the proceedings with prayer. I . . . I His Majesty afterwards, from the portico of the church, I addressed, in native, a crowd of several thousands, who had not been able to find room in the church, and who I had congregated in front thereof, outside the Military. I The crowd listened in breathless silence, and when the I King concluded, cheered His Majesty most rapturously. I The whole solemn proceedings were conducted with I admirable order, and His Majesty throughout appeared I calm, collected and dignified. [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 149 lines of text in double-column form. 43 x 13.5 cm.

This broadside includes a transcription of the will of Kamehameha III which was read to the assembly in Hawaiian and English, followed by a "solemn and eloquent address of Kamehameha IV to His subjects," beginning with the traditional Hawaiian salutations (translation): "Give Ear Hawaii o Keawe!, Maui o Kama!, Oahu o Kuihewa!, Kauai o Mano!" This is followed by his "impromptu" remarks in English to the crowd. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

112

1854

2034

Ka Nu Hou

Hawaiian National Bibliography K A N U H O U . I [double rule] I N o na kanaka maoli, e heluhelu ai lakou ae ike e like me ka ike ana o na haole. I [rule] I "He mana ka oiaio, a e lanakila no ia." I [rule] I Na J. W. Marsh, i hooponopono. Honolulu, Oahu, Aperila 2.6, 1854. Pepa 3. [Honolulu, 1854] 4to. 5 1 x 3 1 cm. 4 pages per issue, 4 columns to a page. Title: The news. For native Hawaiians, for them to read and for them to know the knowledge of the haole. This newspaper commenced publication on March 1 0 , 1854. The announcement (Olelo Hoolaha) on the first page (of the single issue examined) states in English: The Nu Hou—Will be published weekly during the session of the Legislature. It will be for sale in Honolulu at the Post Office, and about the streets for 12 1/2 cts. per copy, and will be sent by the earliest opportunities to the principal places on other islands. Advertisements inserted at half the Polynesian rates. If in English translated gratis. This newspaper was edited and published by James W. Marsh, a clerk in the office of the Minister of Public Instruction, but was issued without the knowledge or authorization of the minister, Richard Armstrong. The text of Pepa 3 (the only issue I have been able to locate) shows that it was primarily concerned with the business of the legislature. The majority of its articles are headed variously "Hale Alii" (House of Nobles) or "Hale o ka Poeikohoia" (House of Representatives). However, it seems also to have been an advocate of annexation of the Islands to the United States. The public and governmental response to this paper was immediate and unfavorable. Marsh, in a letter of March 1 1 , 1854, "To the Editor of the New Era and Argus" (AH [Public Instruction file]) states: Sir—To stop a present misapprehension, I wish to say through your columns, respecting the native newspaper published a few days since, under the name of "Ka Nu Hou," to all whom it may concern, that the Minister of Public Instruction had neither a right, an interest, nor a hand in the same, nor, any knowledge, previous to its publication, of the character thereof. It is an operation undertaken entirely on my own responsibility—because I have long felt that, if not a "majority," a large portion of the people do need—in the language of your last editorial—"political meat as well as religious bones, an insight into their duties and rights, a knowledge of what is going on among and around them, the place they occupy in the world": in short "a free press in the native language." I have thought, that, probably, no better time for trying the experiment would ever occur, than the present, when they are widely interested, and somewhat excited about an important political question, of the nature and bearings of which, they are yet almost entirely in the dark. That, and these political questions of the day, I propose to discuss, during the session of the Legislature, and fairly, as my ability, the means in my power, and the time at my own disposal, will allow. I have no desire or intention, needlessly to wound any vanity, or prejudice, or feeling of any kind personal or national, but, . . . as to what I shall publish or withhold, I do not propose to ask counsel of either Minister of "Makaainana," however my own interests may suffer in consequence, but only of my own sense of duty to His Majesty and this people. One thing, at least, I hope you and others will agree with me in that, whatever may be the immediate effect of such a publication, if it increases the interest of the natives in reading, helps to increase their general information, and to habituate them to

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

113

expect and require it, enough will be gained to atone for considerable temporary vexation and disturbance of feeling among individuals. Yours. J. W Marsh. Shortly thereafter, Richard Armstrong (the Minister of Public Instruction) wrote the following letter "To the members of the King's Cabinet" (AH): Office of Public Instruction, March 15, 1854: Gentlemen: Agreeably to what I intimated to you on Monday morning, I deem it due to you to state that in consequence of his having undertaken to edit an independent newspaper without my knowledge, J. W. Marsh, Esq. has resigned his appointment as clerk in my department, & J. W. Mahelona, my former clerk has been reinstated in his place. The date this newspaper ceased publication is unknown. References: Hunnewell, pp. 59 and 61. Mookini, p. 33. Copies: B P B M * , has the single issue described above, and a photocopy of the March 1 0 , 1854 issue (source of the original not given).

M a n u a l e N o T a Poe Katolika V. C. J. S. I [rule] I Manuale I No Ta Poe Katolika I M a Havaii nei, I i mea e aoia'i latou ma ta pule a me I Na mea e ae e pili ana i to latou manaoio. I [cross of printers' ornaments] I Honolulu, I Pai-palapala Katolika. I 1854. I [rule].

2035

1 6 mo. 1 5 x 1 0 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] N o ta Matahiti, [2,-3] Papa no na la hoano Iuli, [ 4 - 1 5 ] Calendario, [16] He mau Pule, 1 7 - 8 0 He vahi Katekimo, [81] + 8 2 - 9 0 He mau Pule (Morning prayers and the litany), 9 1 - 1 0 2 Pule Ahiahi (Evening prayers and the litany), 1 0 3 - 1 1 3 He mau haa mamua o ta lave ana i ta Eukarita, etc., 1 1 4 - i z i Pule Mesa, 1 2 2 - 1 5 3 He mau manao Kiritiano 1 - 3 1 (Christian thoughts), 1 5 4 - 1 6 8 O na Vepere, etc., 1 6 9 - 1 7 6 He mau mea Himeni (Some hymns), 1 7 7 - 1 8 0 La litani o ta inoa Hemolele o Jesu (8c) Maria, 1 8 1 - 1 9 5 Ta litani o ta poe Hemolele, 1 9 6 - 2 0 2 . He M a u Pule no ta poe Pilitia Loa pp.

Title: Manual for the Catholic people in Hawaii, instructing them in prayer and in the things concerning their faith. References: Judd and Bell, 326. Copies: B P B M * , lacking pp. 1 9 7 - 2 0 2 . B P B M (Carter 5 - A - 1 7 ) * , has title and pp. 1 7 - 1 9 6 . HMCS*.

Monsarrat and Company M I S C E L L A N E O U S B O O K S , I To be sold at Auction on Saturday Evening, Feb. I 11, at the Rooms of Monsarrat & Co. Sale commences I at 7 1-4 o'clock. I [list of books] I M . C. Monsarrat, Auctioneer. I Honolulu, Feb. 1 0 , 1854. [Honolulu, 1854]

2036

Broadside. 43 x 3 0 . 5 cm.

The list of books in four columns includes popular fiction, standard sets, reference works, and a wide variety of text books. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.)*.

N a Huaolelo Na Huaolelo I a me I na Olelo Kikeke I ma ka Beritania, I a me ka I Olelo Hawaii, I no na haumana I e ao ana I i kela a me keia: I na A. Bihopa. I [rule] I Honolulu. I Paiia na Henry M . Whitney. I 1854.

2037

114

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography i6mo. 14.5 x 1 0 . 5 cm. [1] title, [2] "mea pai Polynesia," else blank, [3-4] "To the Reader" signed A. Bishop, Ewa, Sept. 1854, [5] + 6 - 1 0 9 text, [ 1 1 0 ] blank, 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 . Papa Kuhikuhi (Contents) pp.

Title: Words and phrases in the English and Hawaiian languages for students who will be learning one or the other. By A. Bishop. This contains the same printing of text as found in the English-language issue (see No. 1977), with the substitution of a Hawaiian title page. The preface to this edition (which is in English) states: "The primary object of this Manual is to teach natives to converse in English. It is designed to help carry out the plan of Government, to extend English schools among the indigenous race of these Islands. At the same time, the work is designed to assist strangers, speaking the English, to acquire the correct colloquial speech of the Hawaiians." Beginning with page 32, there are simple conversations arranged by theme. These include: "A conversation with a native woman" (pp. 41-48); "In the kitchen" (pp. 48-51); "At a native meal" (pp. 51-52); "Bathing" (pp. 52-54); "Going to School [and] At School" (pp. 55-61); "Duties of a chambermaid" (pp. 6 1 - 6 3 ) ; "At a Bookstore" (pp. 68-70); "At the Grocers" (pp. 73-74); and "Moral Duties" (pp. 88-93). Pages 9 4 - 1 0 9 contain miscellaneous phrases, such as "He has a cough," "Tell me, whose it is," and "O, what a curiosity!" This was a widely used work. Five additional editions were published between 1 8 7 1 and 1893. References: Judd and Bell, 327. Copies: AAS (2)*, one is a presentation copy from W. P. Alexander to James Hunnewell, " N e w Bedford May 5th, 1 8 5 9 " ; the second is inscribed "Mr. &c Mrs. Hiram Bingham Jr. Waialua M a y 6, 1 8 5 7 . " A H (Kahn)*. ATL*. DL. GF (2). HHS. H M C S (2)*, both in cloth-backed boards. HarU (2). HSL. M L (3). P-EMS.

2038

N e w s from the Seat of War N E W S F R O M T H E SEAT OF W A R ! I Sketch by an Eye Witness - - - Account of the I Affair at Petropoloski. I [text begins:] I After our paper had been issued on the n t h . the Am. I brig Noble, Captain Robertson, arrived from Petropoloski, I where he was lying at the time of the attack by the I combined English and French Squadron in August Last. I From a letter written by a resident of that place to a I gentleman in this city, we are permitted to make the I following extracts, which will throw the light upon the I late attack from a different point. I [text continues] I Some discrepancies exist between I this, and the account we published last week, in regard I to the number of forts, guns and men engaged, which I will be readily seen by comparing the two accounts. [Honolulu 1854] Broadside. Text in double-column form, headed Polynesian Office, Nov. 1 3 , 1854. 30.5 x 17.5 cm.

An account of a naval skirmish precipitated by the Crimean War of 1854-1856, between European forces and the Turks. As Russia was then a Turkish ally, her outposts at Kamchatka were subject to attack. This occurred in 1854 when the combined forces of England and France bombarded several Russian outposts in Kamchatka over several days but were repulsed on the second attack by the Russians. This action involved English and French ships, and the Russian frigate Aurora and transport Dwina (in all 49 guns). It is reported that the English forces "captured while outside, a new ship the Sitka belonging to the Russian Fur Company, and a government schooner belonging to this port." The estimated (Russian) losses were not more than 2 0 0 killed or wounded; three

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

French and one English officer killed; three sailors taken prisoner, "two of whom have since died, leaving one English living, who reports that the English Admiral in command shot himself upon the morning of the first attack, while putting his pistols in his belt.. ." Two Russian ships—the frigate Diana, which had formerly stopped at Hawaii and the brig Palladar—were reported to be at the "river Armoor, Russian Military Colony, where is also the Governor General of Siberia, Admiral Putatio and about 5,000 troops, and two or three small vessels, including a steamer." References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.) (2)*. H M C S (2)*. NYP.

N e w c o m b , Wesley Descriptions I of Seventy-Nine New Species I of I Achatinella, I (Swains.) I A Genus of Pulmoniferous Mollusks, I in the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. I By W. Newcomb, M.D., I Corr. Memb. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, Nat. Hist. Soc. Montreal. I [rule] I [From the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, I December 13. 1853.] I [rule] I London: I Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. I 1854. 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 1 text, [32] blank pp. With 3 handcolored lithograph plates, numbered X X I I - X X I V .

An important and very rare work on Hawaiian land shells. Newcomb, a Honolulu physician and leading authority on the subject, describes these, gives locations where they were obtained, and (unusual for the time) gives a short four-line song regarding them, with the text in English and Hawaiian. This is an offprint of an article that appeared in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, Part x x i , pp. 12.8-157 (1853). The pages have been renumbered, and the text has been slightly repositioned but is otherwise textually identical. The plates by George Sowerby depict 79 numbered specimens of shells described in the text. The plates as published in the Proceedings are not always found colored. References: Hunnewell, p. 59. Copies: BPBM*, an offprint (in Vol. 15 of papers assembled by Andrew Garrett). HMCS*, has a copy of the Proceedings (Part xxi, 1853) in which this article was first published. The Union List of Serials locates more than 50 holdings of the periodical.

O ke Anahonua O ke I Anahonua, I he mea ia I e ao ai i ka ana I i na mea a pau. I [rule] I [woodcut of globe on a stand] I Oahu: Mea Pa[i] Palapala a na Misionari I [dotted rule] I 1854 i2mo. 18.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] woodcut diagram, [3] + 4-46 text, [47-48] woodcut diagrams pp.

Title: Geometry, teaching how to measure all things. This is the second edition of Holbrook's Geometry, translated by Lorrin Andrews and first printed at Honolulu in 1833 (see No. 866). There are only a few slight revisions to the text, and at the end there are five geometric diagrams, whereas in the first edition there are six. The minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (1854), which record printing done between December 1853 and May 1854, show 12 pages printed in an edition of 5 , 0 0 0 copies. The report of the printing department for 1854 (in the 1855 minutes) shows the work completed.

116

1854

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

References: Judd and Bell, 328. Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (Honolulu, 1854), p. 25; (Honolulu, 1855), p. 18. Copies: AH. AH (Kahn)*. ATL*. BPBM (2)*. DL (2). GF (2). HHS (2). HMCS (12). HarU (2). HSL. ML (2). NLA. NY P. P-EMS. PS (2). UH (2). 2041

[Oahu College] [Oahu College Circular. Honolulu 1854] 8vo? Not seen. This circular was prepared by the trustees of the school "for the information of all who may feel an interest in the institution." The text begins: "More than a year ago, a charter was secured for a College at Punahou. The Trustees have since been seeking for a President to take charge of the institution. They are happy to announce that they have now secured for this post, the services of Mr. E. G. Beckwith, for some time past, Principal of the Royal School. . . . " The responsibilities of the new president, and those of Rev. Mr. Dole, are set out, followed by a statement of intent to form a small class for the collegiate department, and more immediate preparations for a preparatory class. The curriculum of both the preparatory and the collegiate departments is specified, as are the requirements for degrees to be offered. "Terms and vacations," and "Tuition and Board" ($12 per term) are also laid out. This circular is signed by the trustees: Ephraim W. Clark, Samuel N. Castle, Samuel C. Damon, Lowell Smith, and Richard Armstrong. Oahu College commenced in 1841 as Punahou School, the name by which the institution has always been known. In 1853 the Punahou trustees were granted a Charter for Oahu College, and an attempt was made for about ten years to provide additional instruction beyond the high school curriculum level. The original name continued in common use, although the school's actual legal name remained Oahu College until 1934. The editor of the Friend (Sept. 1854) commented: "The subject of establishing a higher Institution of learning, than has hitherto existed, has often been made the topic of remark among the friends of education. . . . Several circumstances have recently conspired to press upon the minds of the Trustees of "Punahou School," that the time had come for prompt and decided action. The Circular found in another column, will show what progress has been made, and what plans have been adopted for the future." References: A full transcription of the circular is in the Friend (New series), Vol. 111, No. 8 (Sept. 1, 1854), p. 60. See also Inauguration of Edward G. Beckwith, 1854 (No. 2042). The text of this circular is also reprinted in that pamphlet. Copies: None located.

2042

[Oahu College] Inauguration I of I Edward G. Beckwith, I President of the Oahu College, I at the I Court House, I Honolulu, September 25, 1854. I [double rule] I Mission Press, I Honolulu: I 1854. nmo. 19 x 12 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Programme, [4] blank, [5] + 6-8 Explanatory Address by Revd. R. Armstrong, [9] Pledge and Response, [10] + 1 1 - 1 2 Address by Rev. S. C. Damon, [13] + 14-38 Inaugural Address, [39] + 40-47 Appendix, [48] blank pp. Rev. Armstrong's "Explanatory address" on behalf of the trustees gives a capsule history of Punahou School and its development, leading up to the granting by Kamehameha III of a charter for a college on May 23,1853. This is followed by another short address by Rev. S. C. Damon, who says "The site selected for the Oahu College is, unquestionably, the most favorable of any upon the islands."

Hawaiian

National Bibliography

1854

Beckwith's address emphasizes the benefits of a liberal education and study, and discusses the advantages of education both in Hawaii and abroad. He states that education undertaken in Hawaii rather than abroad would "develop the mental resources of the country." He urges that "Every young man, and every young woman, too, should be educated to the fullest possible extent, limited only by the parent's pecuniary ability," admonishing his audience: "Will you consign your son or daughter to the companionship of ignorance, when they might rank with the wise and the honored?" Beckwith also gives advice on the advantages of foreign travel: "Every one of your children, if possible, should see some part of the world besides Hawaii Nei. The whole civilized world is astir in this age of steam, and he who would not fall in the rear must stir with it." The appendix contains extracts from trustees minutes regarding Beckwith's appointment, and the charter and prospectus of the Oahu College. The minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association record the edition as 500 copies. References: Carter, p. 16. Hunnewell, p. 23. Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical (Honolulu, 1855), p. 18.

Association

Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-B-97)*. HarU. HHS. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. N L C . NYP. UC-B. The N U C lists 9 copies.

Oahu College Laws of Oahu College. I [rule] I [text begins.] I [Honolulu, 1854] i2mo. 16.5 x 1 1 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 9 text, [ 1 0 - 1 2 ] blank pp.

These proposed laws were applicable to the collegiate level of the school, for which three degrees were proposed. Candidates seeking admission for a Master of Arts degree: "must be able to sustain an examination in English, Latin and Greek Grammar; Arithmetic, Algebra to ratio; Physiology, Virgil, Cicero's Select Orations, Sallust or its equivalent, and Greek Reader." Those seeking a Bachelor of Arts degree were required to have only one ancient language, and those for the degree of "Bachelor of Physiology" [sic for Philosophy] were not required to have a knowledge of ancient languages. The course of instruction was to comprise: "Ancient and Modern Languages, Belles Lettres, Logic and Rhetoric, Pure and Mixed Mathematics, History, Natural Sciences, Political Economy, Natural Theology, Mental and Moral Philosophy." Tuition was set at twelve dollars per term. This was printed at the Mission Press. A note on page 9 says: "A few copies only, of the proceeding [sic] laws and regulations have been printed for private distribution. They will be presented to the Board of Trustees for approval, at their Annual Meeting, in May next. If any improvements are suggested, they will be considered. Honolulu, Dec. 1, 1854." The minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association for 1855 record 150 copies printed. References: Carter, p. 134. Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (Honolulu, 1855), p. 18. Copies: HMCS*. The NUC records a copy in NYP.

Parley, Peter (pseud, of Samuel Griswold Goodrich) The Story I of I La Peyrouse. I [wood engraving of ship and long boat] I With engravings. I Philadelphia: I Lippincott, Grambo & Co. I 1854. i6mo. 14 x 1 1 cm (AH [Kahn]). [1] Advertisement "Peter Parley's Little Library," [2] frontispiece, [3] title, [4] copyright notice, [5] + 6 - 8 contents, [9] + 1 0 - 2 8 2 text pp. With frontispiece

118

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography "La Peyrouse and De l'Angle in the house of the Portuguese Governor" and 12 woodcut text illustrations.

A late edition of this often reprinted work. The account of La Perouse's visit to Hawaii in 1786 is narrated in highly imaginary prose (pp. 68-77). The woodcut on page 72, "Canoes overset round the vessels," is a fanciful depiction of his stop off the island of Maui. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original plum cloth.

2045

Perkins, Edward T. Pudney & Russell Edition Na Motu: I or, I Reef-Rovings in the South Seas. I A Narrative of Adventures I at the I Hawaiian, Georgian and Society Islands; I With Maps, I twelve original illustrations, I and I An Appendix I relating to the resources, social and political conditions of I Polynesia, and subjects of interest in the Pacific Ocean. I By Edward T. Perkins. I New York: I Pudney & Russell, Publishers, I No. 79 John-street. I [dotted rule] I 1854. 8vo. 22 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] copyright and printer's name, [i] dedication to Jarvis M. Andrews by the author, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-vi Preface, dated New York, July, 1854, [vii] + viii-xvi Contents, [17] + 1 8 - 9 0 Part One text, [91] "Part 11. Hawaiian Islands" half title, [92] blank, [93] + 94-220 Hawaiian Islands text, [221] "Part in. Georgian and Society Islands" half title, [222] blank, [223] + 224-370 Georgian and Society Islands text, [371] "Part iv. Appendix" half title, [372] blank, [373] + 374-456 Appendixes i - i v pp. With added pictorial title "Tahitian boy and girl," and 1 1 lithograph plates. With added maps "Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands" ( 1 0 x 15.3 cm) at p. 93; "Georgian or Tahitian Islands" ( 1 0 x 17 cm) at p. 223.

An important and lively narrative of life in Hawaii between 1849 and 1851. Perkins, a sailor before the mast, arrived in Hawaii April 20, 1849, in the American whale ship Planet (Capt. Peter Smith Buck). He was discharged at Lahaina, and by this account remained in the islands for about 20 months. He describes Lahaina, his friends, his living accommodations, and the young Hawaiian girls he found attractive, in considerable detail. An awa party that he attended is described on pages 1 0 5 - 1 0 6 . Little is said in any part of this account about the missionaries, their work, or their churches. The author took a trip to Honolulu on the royal yacht Kamehameha, and he writes of interisland shipboard life. He provides a concise description of Honolulu, again describing local color, the markets and dance houses that other travelers avoided mentioning in their published accounts. He visited the Pali and describes the Hawaiian method of house building and the interior arrangements of houses. On Maui Perkins was employed at Honuaula (or what is now known as Ulupalakua) by early sugar planter L. L.Torbert, and he gives a long account of agricultural and ranching operations in that district. He worked as a surveyor in Kula, Maui, and took a trip to Molokai for the same purpose. His is one of the few books of travel to include an account of Molokai. In his chapter on Kalepolepo, Maui, the author writes of the potato industry then at its height; Kalepolepo was the major potato export point for whale ships and for the California trade. He took an excursion to see Haleakala crater and later also visited Kilauea volcano on Hawaii. Part iii contains the narrative of Perkins's visit to Raiatea, Borabora, Tubuai, and Tahiti. At Tahiti (p. 302) he saw the remains of Kamehameha Ill's yacht, the Kamehameha, which had been seized by the French at Honolulu in 1849. In the chapter "A word concerning Missions" (pp. 361-370), there are references to Protestant and Catholic missionary work in Hawaii.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

Part iv of the text consists of appendixes. Those on Hawaii include statistics and other information largely excerpted from official government reports and from issues of the Polynesian. Appendix 111, "The French in the Pacific" (pp. 419-446), includes Port Regulations of Tahiti. Appendix iv (pp. 447-456) is on "Whaling interests in the Pacific." No biographical information on the author has been found in Hawaii or elsewhere, and no presentation copies of this work have been located. Perkins was probably from New York, as he dedicates this book to Dr. Jarvis M. Andrews of that city. The two insert maps of Hawaii and the Society Islands are not found in all copies, and may have been a later edition. This book was issued in brown or red blind-stamped cloth, gilt urn or ornament on upper cover, title and gilt vignette of figures and banana plants on spine. The Hawaiian plates are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Rear view of Lahaina ( 1 0 x 1 7 cm), p. 93. Honolulu ( 1 0 x 1 7 cm), p. 1 1 3 . Nuuanu [Pali] ( 1 0 x 1 7 cm), p. 1 1 9 . Waiakea or View in Hilo ( 1 0 x 1 7 cm), p. 199. Crater of Kilauea ( 1 0 x 1 7 cm), p. 2.15.

References: Hill, p. 534. Hunnewell, p. 62. J u d d and Lind, 1 4 3 . O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 9 1 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, in red cloth, gilt urn on upper cover. B P B M (Carter 2 - C - 9 ) * , in red cloth. B P B M (2)*, one in grey cloth with gilt urn on cover, a second in brown cloth with gilt ornament; both have the two maps. H H S * , rebound, with the two maps. H M C S * . S M C * , in tan cloth, bindings vary. The N U C lists 1 7 copies but does not distinguish between the two editions.

Perkins, Edward T. Garrett & Co. Edition N a Motu; I or I Reef-Rovings in the South Seas. I A Narrative of Adventures I at the I Hawaiian, Georgian and Society Islands; I with original illustrations I by Edward T. Perkins. I New York: I Garrett & Co., Publishers, I No. 18 Ann Street. I [dotted rule] I 1854. i 2 m o . 18.5 x 1 2 . 5 cm (HHS). [ 1 ] title, [2] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [iii] + iv-vi, preface by the author dated N e w York, July 1854, [vii] + v i i i - x v contents, [xvi] blank, [ 1 7 ] + 1 8 - 3 7 0 text pp. With added pictorial title and 5 lithograph plates.

This is an abridged edition. It has the lithographed title page, but there are only two Hawaiian plates (and the pictorial title page) in this edition, instead of the five plates present in the Pudney & Russell edition. The plates are: "Honolulu" and "Waiakea, or view of Hilo." The body of the text remains unaltered, but the appendixes found in the first edition have been omitted. References: Hunnewell, p. 62. Copies: H H S * .

Pfeiffer, Ludwig Georg Carl Descriptions of Forty-two New Species of Helix, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. In: Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. Part x x n , No. CCLX III, pp. 49-57. London, 1853. 8vo. 22.5 x 1 5 . 5 cm.

The species described include shells from New Zealand, the Solomon Islands, Australia, and Hawaii. The Hawaiian specimens are: Helix Newcombi (collected at Oahu, and named for Dr. Wesley Newcomb), and Helix Kauaiensis, collected by Dr. Newcomb at Kauai.

120

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Carter, p. 1 4 1 and 1 9 1 . Copies: H M C S . * The Union List of Serials lists many holdings of this periodical.

2048

Pickering, Charles. United States Exploring

Expedition.

Vol. XIX. Distribution of Plants and Animals—Text

United States Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. xv. I [rule] I The Geographical Distribution I of I Animals and Plants. I By I Charles Pickering, M.D., I Member of the Scientific Corps Attached to the Expedition. I [rule] I Boston: I Little Brown & Co. I London: I John Murray, Albemarle Street. I 1854. 4to. 32 x 24 cm (BPBM). [i] "Part 1. Chronological Observations" etc., half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [1] + 2 - 1 6 8 text, [ 1 6 9 - 1 7 7 ] Index [of] Foreign Words, [178] blank, [179] + 1 8 0 - 1 9 1 Index [of] Names of Persons, [192] blank, [ 1 9 3 - 1 1 2 ] Index pp.

Unofficial issue. This was to have formed the first part (of two) of Dr. Pickering's work. Originally designed to be Volume x v of the United States Exploring Expedition publications, this text was subsequently renumbered Volume x i x during production. Pickering had 500 copies of this unofficial edition published, and in doing so retained the earlier volume number on the title page. No official edition of either part of the text was published. Pickering had another unofficial edition of this first part published in Boston in 1863 (Haskell, 74). The second part, also in an unofficial edition, was published by Pickering in Salem, Massachusetts in 1876 (Haskell, 75). This text presents a history of "animals and plants removed from their native localities by the hand of man." It begins with the earliest records of Egypt and accounts of Greek and Roman writers. None of the text of this part seems to touch on any area of the Pacific. References: Haskell, 73. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, fine copy in purple cloth, title on spine. BPBM*. 2049

Richardson, Sir John The Zoology I of the I Voyage of H.M.S. Herald, I under the command of I Captain Henry Kellett, R.N., C.B., I during the years 1 8 4 5 - 5 1 . I [rule] I Published under the Authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. I [rule] I Edited by I Professor Edward Forbes, ER.S. I [rule] I Vertebráis, I including I Fossil Mammals. I by I Sir John Richardson, Knt., C.B., M.D., F.R.S. I [rule] I London: I Lovell, Reeve, 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. I [rule] I [i85z-]i854. 4to. 32 x 25 cm (BPBM). [i] "Vertebráis, including Fossil Mammals" half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] vignette portrait of Linnaeus and printer's name and address, [v]-vi Contents of Parts i—iii, [vii] + viii-xi List of plates, [xii] blank; [1] + 2 - 1 7 1 text, [ 1 7 2 ] errata pp. With 33 lithograph plates numbered 1 - 3 3 including 1 7 folding, printed on India paper and mounted.

The zoological publication of the voyage of HMS Herald. Descriptions are divided into: fossil bones and osteology of mammals (pp. 1-143); reptiles (pp. 143-156); and fishes (pp. 156-171). Much of the text on mammals concerns "Observations on the Fossil bone deposit in Eschscholtz Bay." The text on reptiles includes a description (and a plate) of Gecko Reevesii, from a specimen procured at Canton, China, by Dr. Seemann. There is no Hawaii material in this work, but it is included here because it is a scientific publication resulting from an important Pacific voyage that did stop at the Islands.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

121

The work was issued in parts beginning in 1852, and Lada-Mocarski states that the first part had its own title page dated 1852. On the completion of the whole, the work was issued with the main title page as above. The British Museum of Natural History catalogues this under Forbes, as he was the editor, but the work was actually written by Richardson. References: British Museum (Natural History Catalogue, Vol. 11, p. 592, and Vol. iv, p. 1698). Lada-Mocarski, 1 3 9 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, fine copy in contemporary 3/4 tan calf and cloth. B P B M * . HarU. LC. NYP. PA-VBC. YU. The N U C records 1 2 copies.

Sandwich Islands Mission. Maternal Association

2050

Names I of I The Members and Children I belonging to the I Maternal Association I of the I Sandwich Islands Mission, I September, 1854. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Mission Press. I [rule] I 1854. i2mo. 18.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 7 names of members and children, [18] blank, [19] + 2 0 - 2 1 index, [ 2 2 - 2 4 ] blank pp. With printed wrappers.

The main text lists missionary children by family; the index contains obituary notices. The minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (1855) record an edition of 500 copies. References: Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (Honolulu, 1855), p. 18. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3 - B - 1 0 3 ) * . H M C S . HSL (Tice Phillips). N Y P * . UH.

Skogman, Carl J o h a n Alfred Fregatten Eugenies I Resa Omkring Jorden I aren 1 8 5 1 - 1 8 5 3 , I under befal I af I C. A. Virgin. I [rule] I Utgifven I af I C. Skogman. I [rule] I Forra delen. I [rule] I Med lithograpfier, trasnitt och kartor. I [rule] I Stockholm, I Adolf Bonnier. [1854-1855] 8vo. 23.5 x 1 6 cm. Part 1 (1854): [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-vi contents, [vii] list of plates, [viii] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 5 0 pp. The colophon at p. 2 5 0 reads "Stockholm, Tryckt hos Isaac Marcus, 1854." With folding map "Karta utvisande Fregatten Eugenie's hufvudsakliga . . . 1 8 5 1 - 5 3 " (46.5 x 1 7 cm) showing the route of the ship at end. Part 11 (1855): [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-v contents, [vi] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 0 6 text, [207] Bilagor (Appendix) half title, [208] blank, [209] + 2 1 0 - 2 2 4 (tables), [225] Tillagg, [226] Rattelses (Errata), [1] list of plates, [2] blank pp. The colophon (p. 226) is dated 1855. With 2 folding maps, 1 1 lithographs in color, and 7 text woodcuts.

An account of the first Swedish circumnavigation and the first Swedish man-of-war to enter Hawaiian waters, written by a lieutenant (and assistant astronomer) on the voyage. The Eugenie departed Sweden in November 1851 for the Pacific Ocean, sailing around South America and making stops at Rio de Janeiro, Montevideo, Valparaiso, Callao, Guyacquil, and Panama. In 1852 the ship proceeded to the Galapagos Islands and then to Hawaii. After departing from Hawaii the ship sailed to California, making a stop at San Francisco, then continued through the Pacific, stopping at Tahiti; the Cook and Washington Islands; Sydney, Australia; and Canton, China. From there the ship left the Pacific Ocean and returned to Sweden via South Africa. The Eugenie arrived at Honolulu Harbor June 2 1 , 1852, and departed for San Fran-

2051

122

1854

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

cisco July 2, 1852. On August 25 of the same year the ship again touched at Honolulu, leaving for Tahiti on August 27. Skogman gives an interesting account of the method of towing ships into Honolulu harbor by the use of native manpower. He provides a sound picture of the town and its marketplace, and the architecture and physical improvements to Honolulu. He took a walk up Nuuanu valley to see the Pali, and describes the farms, natives, and the "attractive villas" of the foreigners he saw en route. Much of the text consists of general remarks regarding Hawaii, including the physical appearance of the Hawaiians, their clothing, dwellings, and food. Skogman was particularly intrigued by the Hawaiian practice of Saturday afternoon horse racing on the outskirts of the town. Several days after his arrival he attended a social gathering at which he met many of the chiefs, including the heir apparent Alexander Liholiho, Dr. Judd, Mr. Wyllie, Mr. Armstrong, and Bernice Pauahi Bishop. On June 26 the officers of the ship had an official audience with the king. Skogman recorded his impressions of Kamehameha and describes the palace in some detail. On July 2, the king and suite honored the ship with a visit. During the Eugenie's stay at Honolulu, a commercial treaty was completed between the United Kingdoms of Norway and Sweden and Hawaii. The Hawaiian plates in the first part are: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Utsigt Bredvid Honolulu [color lithograph], p. 184. Kanak. Honolulu [color lithograph], p. 185. Qvinna pa Hawaiiska Oarne [color lithograph], p. 188. Kanakska till hast (Leahi i bakgrunden) [Woodcut], p. 192.

A woodcut vignette (p. 1 9 0 ) shows Hawaiian gourd and wood calabashes. The woodcut inserted at page 1 9 2 depicts a Hawaiian woman in pa'u skirt riding a horse, with Diamond Head in the distance. Rolph du Rietz, in his Kroepelien catalogue, says that this was first issued in eight parts, with yellow printed wrappers, and that there were also large paper copies. He locates such a copy in the University of Uppsala library. This text is found bound either as one, or, more commonly, as two volumes, in tan calf or in blind-stamped cloth with a gilt vignette of the Eugenie on the upper cover. The folding chart showing the route of the voyage appears either in the first or the second volume. Some of the original drawings and watercolors by Skogman, which form lithograph illustrations in this work, are illustrated in Forbes, Encounters with Paradise, pp. 148-149. A German translation was published in Berlin in 1856 and 1857. A modern English translation of the Hawaiian portion of the narrative by Meiric Dutton was issued in 1954The scientific publications of this voyage, edited by N . C. Kindberg, were published between 1 8 5 7 - 1 9 1 0 . References: Dutton, Meiric, His Swedish Majesty's Frigate Eugenie at Honolulu 22 June-July 2, 1852 (Honolulu, Loomis House Press, 1954). Kroepelien, 1196. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1179. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy, two volumes in one, contemporary tan half calf and black paper covered boards, spine gilt. BPBM*, in blind-stamped cloth. BPBM (Carter n-C-17)*, in tan calf and marble paper covered boards. HHS*. LC. PA-VBC. SMC*. UC-B. WaU. YU. The NUC lists 13 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1854

Smith, Lucius E. (Editor) Heros and Martyrs I of the I Modern Missionary enterprise I A record of their lives and labors. I including I An Historical Review of Earlier Missions. I Edited by I Lucius E. Smith. I With I An Introduction, I by Rev. William B. Sprague, D.D. I [one-line quotation] I Hartford: I R Brockett &c Co. I Cincinnati, O: I Watson & Sargent. I 1854.

123

2052

8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm. [1] title, [2.] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [3] dedication, [4] blank, [5]—6 Contents, [7] + 8 - 9 Preface dated Boston, January 1852, [ 1 0 ] blank, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 2 4 Introduction, [25] + 2 6 - 5 7 text, [58] blank, [59] + 6 0 - 5 0 8 text pp. With frontispiece "View in Constantinople" and 9 plates.

This contains (pp. 437-449) a biographical account of the life of Rev. William Richards, missionary in Hawaii and later the first minister of public instruction. Subsequent editions were published in Providence in 1855, 1856, and 1857. References: Carter, p. 1 6 1 . Copies: HarU. H M C S * . The N U C lists 2 copies.

Swan and Clifford Independent I [woodcut of a sailing ship, 16.5 x 18 cm] I Line! I For San Francisco I Direct. I The Fine Fast Sailing I SCHR. ' G A Z E L L E ' I Washington Hurd, Esq., Commander, I Will sail for the above Port, on or about I Saturday, Dec. 23d. I For freight or Passage . . . apply to I Swan & Clifford. I Honolulu Dec. 18, 1854. I [Honolulu, 1854]

205 ?

Broadside. 1 3 lines of text with large woodcut on a sheet measuring 56.5 x 33 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.)*.

Ta Pohatu Hoopa Ta Pohatu Hoopa I o I Ta Poe Hoolepope, I oia to latou Baibala e hoole ana ia latou. I [text begins] I [Colophon p. 24:] Honolulu, Pai-palapala Katolika, 1854.

2054

n m o . 15.5 x 1 0 . 5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 3 text, [24] Papa (Index) and colophon pp. Above the title is a rule of printers' ornaments.

Title: The touchstone of the Protestants, that is the Bible which denies them. Richard Challoner (1691-1781), Bishop and Vicar Apostolic of the London district, was a noted clergyman and leader of English Catholics. He was a prolific author. His Touchstone was apparently first published in London in 1725, and it went through many editions in America during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. At the bottom of page 23 there appears, following a pointing hand: "Ua unuhiia ta nui o teia palapala noloto mai o te I Touchestone o I RR. Richard Challoner D.D.V.A. [that is, translated in full for this paper from the Touchstone of Richard Challoner]." Yzendoorn says this was translated by Father Louis Maigret. References: Judd and Bell, 329. Streit and Dindinger, p. 1 5 7 . Yzendoorn, 38. Copies: A T L * . H H S . H M C S (3). L C * . N L C .

Varieties Theatre Varieties I T H E A T R E I [double rule] I J. C. Breslaw Manager. I Mr. St. Maur - - - Stage manager. I [double rule] I M R . WALLER'S BENEFIT I [double rule] I Mr. Waller as The Duc de Richelieu. I Mrs. Waller as Julie de Mortemar. I [double

2055

124

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography rule] I Wednesday Evening, I January 4th, 1853 [i.e., 1854] I Bulwer's great Historical play in 5 Acts, of I RICHELIEU, I or the Conspiracy. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I After which I MUSICAL M E L A N G E . I [list of 5 selections] I [double rule] I Prices of Admittance. - Dress Circle $ 1 , 5 0 ; Boxes I $ 1 ; Pit 50 cts. I Doors open quarter before 7, Curtain rises at 7 1-2 precisely. I . . . I [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 4 1 lines of text, within an elaborate typographic border. 31 x 1 1 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

2056

Varieties Theatre Varieties I T H E A T R E I [double rule] I J. C. Breslaw - - Manager. I Mr. St. Maur - Stage Manager. I [double rule] I Benefit I of Mrs. Waller. I [double rule] I First Night of the Great Play in five Acts of I I N G O M A R , I The Barbarian, I Or The Power of Love. I [quotation] I [double rule] I This Friday Evening, January 6, 1854. I . . . I [double rule] I To conclude with the Operatic farce of I MATRIMONY, I first time in this city. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I Prices of Admittance. - Dress Circle $ 1 , 5 0 ; Boxes I $ 1 ; Pit 50 cts. . . . I [double rule] I An efficient Police will be in attendance. I N. B. No smoking allowed on the premises. I [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 52 lines within an elaborate typographic border. 39.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

2057

Varieties Theatre varieties t T H E A T R E I [double rule] I J. C. Breslaw, Manager. I Mr. St. Maur, Stage Manager. I [double rule] I Benefit I of I Mr. St. Maur, I Stage Manager. I [double rule] I First time in this city of the great Tragedy, by Wm. Shakespeare, I with all the original music of I M A C B E T H , I King of Scotland. I On which occasion I Mr. & Mrs. Waller I Have kindly volunteered their valuable services. I Mr. Pillet has also kindly I volunteered. I [double rule] I Mr. Waller as Macbeth. I Mrs. Waller as Lady Macbeth. I Mrs. Chester as Hecate. I [double rule] I Tuesday Evening, I January 10th, 1854. I . . . I [title repeats followed by dramatis personae] I At the end of 3d Act. I The grand chorus of Witches (so celebrated for the extreme beau- I ty of the music,) by the entire company, led by Mrs. Chester. I Act iv. I Scene 1st. The awful Incantation Scene of the Witches before I Macbeth. I [double rule] I After the Tragedy, the Burlesque Farce of I BOMBASTES FURIOSO! I [dramatis personae] I . . . I [double rule] I Prices of Admittance - Dress Circle $1.50, Boxes I $ 1 ; Pit 50 cts. I . . . I An efficient Police will be in attendance. I N.B. No smoking allowed on the premises. I [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 65 lines of text within an elaborate typographic border. 43 x 1 1 . 5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

2058

Varieties Theatre Varieties I T H E A T R E . I [double rule] I J. C. Breslaw, Manager. I Mr. St. Maur, Stage Manager I [double rule] I Mr. Waller as Michael Erie. I Mrs. Waller I In several of her most beautiful songs, and by particular request I the thrilling melody of I Home, Sweet Home. I [double rule] I Saturday Evening, I

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

1854

125

January 14th, 1854.1 For the zd time, the magnificent Drama of I MICHAEL ERLE, I or I The Maniac Lover. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I After which, the domestic Drama of I THE GOLDEN FARMER, I or Jemmy Twicher in England. I [dramatis personae] I . . . I [double rule] I Prices of Admittance Dress Circle $1.50; Boxes I $1; Pit 50 cts. I . . . I An efficient Police will be in attendance. I N.B. No smoking allowed on the premises. I [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 51 lines of text. 40.5 x 14.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Varieties Theatre Varieties I THEATRE I [double rule] I J. C. Breslaw, Manager. I Mr. St. Maur, Stage Manager. I [double rule] I 4th Night of the Re-engagement I of I MR. AND MRS. WALLER, I Who will appear in the great play of I OTHELLO, I In full, from the text of Shakespeare. I [double rule] I Mr. Waller as Othello. I Mrs. Waller as Desdemona. I [double rule] I On Monday Eve., January 16th, 1854. I Will be presented, 1st time in Honolulu, Shakespeare's sublime I Tragedy of I OTHELLO, I The Moor of Venice. I [dramatis personae] I . . . I To conclude with I THE LADY OF MUNSTER. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I Nights of Performing: I Monday, Wednesday, Thursday I and Saturday. I [double rule] I . . . I [Honolulu, 1854]

2059

Broadside. 5Z lines of text. 43.5 x 15 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Varieties Theatre Varieties I THEATRE I [double rule] I . . . I Complementary I BENEFIT I to I Mr. and Mrs. Waller. I tendered by the Citizens of Honolulu. I [double rule] I First night of Shakespeare's beautiful Tragedy of I ROMEO AND JULIET. I Mr. Waller as Romeo, I Mrs. Waller as Juliet. I Lady Capulet, Mrs. Crawford, I (For this occasion only) I [double rule] I Previous to the Tragedy, I An Address, I Written by a gentleman of Honolulu I will be delivered by I Mr. Townsend. I [double rule] I Saturday Evening, I February 4, 1854, I Will be presented Shakespeare's beautiful Tragedy of I ROMEO AND JULIET. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I To conclude with the pleasing Comedy of the I CASTLE OF LIMBURG. I [dramatis personae] I . . . I [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 49 lines of text, within an elaborate typographic border. 41.5 x II.J

2060

cm.

References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Varieties Theatre Varieties I THEATRE I [double rule] I . . . I Opera and Tragedy Night. I [double rule] I By Particular Request the I DAUGHTER of the REGIMENT! I [double rule] I Maturin's Tragedy of the I SICILIAN PIRATE I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I Saturday Evening, I February n t h . 1854. I Will be presented the Operatic Drama of the DAUGHTER I of the I REGIMENT. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I To conclude with I THE SICILIAN PIRATE. I [dramatis personae] I

2061

126

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography [double rule] I Doors open at 7 o'clock; curtain rises at 7 1 - 2 precisely. I . . . I An efficient police will be in attendance. I [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 48 lines of text. 39 x 14.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

2062

Varieties Theatre T H E A T R E I [double rule] I Lessee . . . N . L. Griffin, I Stage Manager . . . D. W. Waller. I [double rule] I Benefit of Mr. Edmond Pillet. I First night of I Venice I Preserved. I [double rule] I [dramatis personae] I Mr. Edmund Pilet begs to inform the Inhabitants of Honolulu I and its vicinity, that his "Benefit" will take place on Wednes- I day Evening, March 1st, 1854, when will be performed Otway's I Tragedy of I Venice Preserved, I or a I PLOT I Discovered. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I To conclude with, 1st time here, Translated from the French, the I Comedy of the I Mistakes of a Morning, I or the I Prince and the Sweep, [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I In rehearsal, Knowles' Play of the I Hunchback. I [double rule] I Doors open at 7 o'clock; curtain rises at 7 1 - 2 precisely I . . . I An efficient Police will be in attendance. [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 47 lines of text within an ornamental border. 35 x 1 1 . 5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

2063

Varieties Theatre [Varieties] T H E A T R E I [double rule] I Lessee, . . N. L. Griffin, I Stage Manager, . . D. W. Waller. I [double rule] I Farewell I Benefit I and last dramatic performance, I of I Mr. and Mrs. Waller, I in Honolulu, I [double rule] I Last and finest bill of the I season. I [double rule] I . . . I Mrs. Waller I in I Five New I S O N G S I [double rule] I Saturday Evening, March 4, 1854. I Will be presented, second time here, having [been] received with rap- I turous applause on its first representation, Courtney's Play of I T I M E T R I E S A L L ! I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I after which the Comedietta of I M A T R I M O N Y . I [dramatis personae] I . . . I The whole to conclude with I P E R F E C T I O N , or I T H E L A D Y OF M U N S T E R . I [dramatis personae] I . . . I Doors open at 7 o'clock; curtain rises as 7 1 - 2 precisely. I . . . I [Honolulu, 1854] Broadside. 57 lines of text, within an elaborate typographic border. 43 x 1 1 . 5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

2064

Varieties Theatre Varieties I T H E A T R E I [double rule] I Lessee, N . L. Griffin. I [double rule] I 1 st time in Honolulu of Sheridan Knowles' play of I T H E H U N C H B A C K . I Mr. Waller and Master Walter. I Mrs. Waller in her great character Julia. I [double rule] I On Saturday Eve, I March 25, 1854, Will be presented Knowles' play of I The Hunchback. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I The evening will conclude with a I Musical Melange. I [list of 6 songs] I [double rule] I Doors open at 7 o'clock; curtain rises at 7 1 - 2 precisely I Prices of Admission: Dress-Circle $ 1 . 5 0 ; Boxes $ 1 ; Pit 50 cts. I [double rule] I An efficient Police will be in attendance. [Honolulu, 1854]

1854

127

Varieties Theatre Varieties I T H E A T R E I [double rule] I First Appearance I in Honolulu, of I Mrs. C. R. Thorne, Miss Emily Thorne, Mr. McClusky, Mr. Russell, Mr. Thomas Thorne, Miss Kate Denin, Mr. C. R. Thorne, Mr. Rolf, Mr. Williams, Master Edw. Thorne I [double rule] I The above Artistes will have the pleasure of appearing for TWO I NIGHTS ONLY, and the First Representation will take place on I Monday Eve, July 2.4, 1854,1 On which occasion will be presented the beautiful Comedy in I three Acts, entitled the I H O N E Y M O O N . I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I After which, the Farce of the I DEAD S H O T I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I To conclude with the New and Laughable Comedetta [sic], entitled I Nan, I the Good for Nothing. I [dramatis personae] I Doors open at 7, performance to commence at 1-4 before 8, precisely . . . Seats can be secured during the day, at the Box Office, from I 1 1 A.M., to 3 P.M. I [double rule] I [New Era and Argus Print] [Honolulu, 1854]

2065

Hawaiian National Bibliography Broadside. 34 lines. 35.5 x 1 3 . 5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Broadside. 48 lines of text. 32.5 x 1 2 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*

Varieties Theatre Varieties I T H E A T R E I [double rule] I Second, and Positively the Last I Performance in Honolulu! I [double rule] I This, Wednesday Eve., I July 26, 1854. Will be presented, I U N C L E T O M ' S CABIN; I A U S T E R L I T Z , I and I BOX A N D C O X ! I [double rule] I Great Attraction for this Evening! I [double rule] I The performance will commence with the play of I A U S T E R L I T Z . I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I After which the Drama entitled I UNCLE TOM'S CABIN; I or life among the lowly. I [dramatis personae including: Uncle Tom, Mr. C. R. Thorne, and Top-sey (with the song of'Jim crow'), Mrs. C. R. Thorne] I [double rule] I To conclude with the very laughable Farce of I BOX AND COX. I [dramatis personae] I . . . I Seats can be secured during the day, at the Box Office, from I 1 1 A.M. to 8 P.M. I [double rule] I [New Era and Argus Print] [Honolulu, 1854]

2066

Broadside. 47 lines of text. 33 x 14.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadside collection, M-485)*.

Washburn, Israel The Sandwich Islands. I [rule] I Speech I of I Mr. Washburn, of Maine, I in the House of Representatives, Jan. 4, 1854, I . . . I [Washington, D. C. 1854] 8vo. 2 1 . 5 x 15 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 7 text, [8] blank pp.

One of the earliest speeches advocating the annexation of the Hawaiian Islands, made by a member of the United States Congress. Washburn claims he is not an "espouser of the doctrine of 'manifest destiny' in the raw and rampant forms in which they have been advocated so frequently of late," but then he ingeniously suggests that annexation would help the native Hawaiians and that "for their own sake they should be protected, held

2067

128

1854

Hawaiian National Bibliography up, and sustained by one of the stronger and more advanced of the civilized Powers." He refers to the recent annexation of Texas several times in making these remarks. Israel Washburn (1813-1883) was a member of Congress from 1851 to i860, and governor of Maine from 1861 to 1862. References: Carter, p. 182.. Hunnewell, p. 72. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*. HMCS*.

2068

Webster, William OLELO I H O O L A H A ! ! I [double rule] I O na mea holoholona a pau e holo ana ma ka Aina o ka I Moi, ma Wailuku, he kauoha ia'ku nei e haawi i ka nui o I ka lakou mau holoholona ia D. Naea, mamua o ka la 1 o I Mei, 1854, a me ia e hooponopono ai no ka uku mai ka la I mua o Maraki, 1854, a hiki i ka la mua o Maraki, 1855. I [text continues] I Wm. Webster. I Lua Aina o ka Moi. I Honolulu, Maraki 18, 1854. Broadside. 17 lines of text. 27 x 37 cm.

Translation: Notice!! All owners of animals pastured on the king's land at Wailuku are hereby ordered to report the numbers of their animals to D. Naea, before May 1, 1854, in order to set the fee for the term from March 1, 1854 to March 1, 1855. . . . William Webster, a native of Balfore, Forfarshire, Scotland, arrived in Hawaii in 1850. He was a civil engineer and surveyor, and in 1853 was appointed land agent for Kamehameha III, the owner of the land of Wailuku. He later became agent of the crown lands, and secretary and business agent for Kamehameha IV. He died in Honolulu March Z3, 1864, aged 37 years. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.)*.

1 8 5 5

2069

Bingham, H i r a m A I Residence of Twenty-One Years I in the I Sandwich Islands; I or the I Civil, Religious, and Political History I of those islands: I comprising I a particular view of the missionary operations connected I with the introduction and progress of Christianity and I civilization among the Hawaiian people. I By Hiram Bingham, A.M., I member of the American Oriental Society, and I late missionary of the American Board. I Third edition revised and corrected. I to which is added a table of missionaries of the American Board to the Sandwich I Islands. I Canandaigua, N.Y. I Published by H. D. Goodwin, Auctioneer. I 1855. 8vo. 2.Z.5 x 14 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] dedication to the American Board, [iv] blank, [v]-vi Preface, dated New York, June 7th, 1847, [vii] + viii-xiii Contents, [xiv] + xv-xvi Explanations, [1] + 2 - 6 1 6 text, [1-4] Table of missionaries pp. With folding map of the Hawaiian Islands, 6 woodcut plates, and woodcut of Kawaiahao Church on p. 578.

Despite the title page, this is actually the fourth edition, being a reprint of the third (1849) edition; see No. 1724. For the first edition (1847), see No. 1630. References: Hill, II, p. 354. Copies: BPL. HHS*. HMCS*. NYP. PA-VBC. UC-B. UH. The NUC records 15 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1855

Brackenridge, William D. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xvi. Botany—Atlas United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Atlas. I Botany. I Cryptogamia. I Filices, I Including Lycopodiaceae and Hydropterides. I By I William D. Brackenridge. I By Authority of Congress. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman, Printer. I 1855.

129 2070

Folio. 55.5 x 36.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 7 explanation of plates, [8] blank pp. With 46 engraved, uncolored plates.

The official issue of this atlas, meant to accompany the text printed in 1854 (see No. 1978). In his preface to the text, dated Washington, August 1854, Brackenridge adds the following comment: The drawings for the accompanying plates, were made by a young artist, Mr. William S. Lawrence, and he also engraved the plates. As it was his first attempt at this kind of drawing, and not being constantly under my supervision, there frequently occurred omissions, or but partial representations of the minor details; such as the greater or less hirsuteness of the stipes, rhachis, and costa, or in respect to other appendages. This will account for the discrepancies in some few cases between the plates and the letter-press in these respects. The plates and specimens that were collected in Hawaii are as follows: I. 2.

3491320. 21. 22. 2

3-

24-

Polypodium Haalilioanum (fig. 4) Polypodium sarmentosum (fig. 3) Polypodium procerum Gymngramma pilosum (fig. 1); Stegnogramma Sandwicense (fig. 2) Elaphoglossum nitidum (fig. 3) Doryopteris decora (fig. 1) Asplenium pavonicum (fig. 1); Asplenium densum (fig. 3) Asplenium enatum (fig. 1 ) Asplenium insiticum (fig. 2) Asplenium strictum (fig. 1 ) Asplenium dissectum

Nephrodium Hudsonianum Lastrea truncata 28. Polystichum Haleakalense (fig. 1) 3i- Diella falcata (fig. 1) 36. Trichomanes Draytonianum (fig. 3 ) 42. Mertensia emarginata 44. Ophiglossum concinnum (fig. 1 ) 44. Botrychium subbifoliatum (fig. 2) 45- Lycopodium erubescens (fig. 1); Lycopodium Haleakalae (fig. 2); Selaginella deflexa (fig. 3) 46. Lycopodium nutans 25-

Haskell states that the edition was one hundred copies, "of which twenty-four were destroyed by fire and not replaced." He also states, "The Department of Botany of the United States National Museum (the United States National Herbarium) possesses the nearly complete collection of the original drawings and proofs made for this atlas." Reference: Haskell, 66. Copies: BPBM*. HarU. LC (4). YU, W. R. Coe copy.

Brackenridge, William D. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xvi. Botany—Atlas United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I Atlas. I Botany. I Cryptogamia. I Filices, I Including Lycopodiaceae and Hydropterides. I By I William D. Brackenridge. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman, Printer. I 1855.

2071

130

1855

Hawaiian National Bibliography Folio. 55.5 x 36.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 7 explanation of plates, [8] blank pp. With 46 engraved, uncolored plates.

The unofficial issue of this atlas, meant to accompany the text printed in 1854 (see No. 1979). The exact number printed is unknown. The text and plates are identical to the official issue. References: Haskell, 66. Copies: BL. BPL. HarU. YU. Haskell locates 5 copies.

2072

Brownell, Henry H o w a r d The I New World: I embracing I American History. I Comprising I An account of the discovery of North and South America; of the founding of I colonies by the several european nations, with separate histories I of each, including the various revolutions and the erection I of independent states, to the present time. I By I Henry Howard Brownell, A . M . I Two volumes in one. I Vol. 1. I . . . I With numerous and diversified coloured illustrations, I Entirely New, from Original Designs, I executed in the best style, by the first artists in America. I New York: I Dayton and Wentworth, I 27 Beekman St. I 1855. 2 vols. 8vo. 24 x 15.5 cm (HMCS). Vol. i: [1] title, [2] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [3]—4 Introduction, [5] + 6 - 1 4 Contents, [15] Illustrations, [16] blank, [17] + 1 8 - 4 5 0 text. With 22 illustrations (part colored) including pictorial title and frontispiece. Vol. 11: [ 1 - 2 ] blank, [3] title, [4] copyright statement and printer's name and address, [ j ] + 6 - 1 4 Contents, [IJ]-I6 Illustrations, [17] + 1 8 - 4 3 8 text, [439] + 4 4 0 - 1 0 4 0 [i.e., 446] "Seals of the Several States," etc. pp. With 52 illustrations (part colored).

General remarks on the "Sandwich Islands" (Vol. 11, pp. 433-438) includes a discussion of annexation. There is one Hawaiian illustration: "Village of Kaawaloa or Kealakekua Bay, where Captain Cook was killed." The National Union Catalogue records additional editions: Cincinnati, 1855; New York, 1855, 1856, 1857; and Hartford, i860. References: None found. Copies: HarU. H M C S * , in full crimson morocco, extra gilt. The N U C records 3 copies including the Harvard copy.

2073

Cheever, Henry T. The I Island World I of I the Pacific: I being I the personal narrative and results of travel I through the Sandwich or Hawaiian I Islands, and other parts I of Polynesia. I By Rev. Henry T. Cheever, I author of "The Whale and his Captors." I With engravings. I [ four-line quotation] I New York: I Harper & Brothers Publishers, I Franklin Square. I 1855. i2mo. 19.5 x 12.5 cm ( H M C S ) . [i-iii] blank, [iv] frontispiece, [v] added title, [vi] blank, [vii] main title, [viii] copyright notice, [ix] + x - x i i Preface, dated 1 8 5 0 , [1] + 2 - 1 0 Contents, [ 1 1 ] half title, [12] blank, [13] + 1 4 - 3 7 4 text, [375] Appendix half title, [376] blank, [377] + 3 7 8 - 4 0 6 Appendix text, [407] M a p of the Hawaiian Islands, [408] blank pp.

A late edition; for the first (1851) edition, see No. 1 8 0 1 . The National Union Catalogue also records subsequent editions of 1856 and 1 8 7 1 . References: None found. Copies: H M C S * . NYP. UC-B. The N U C records 2 copies of this edition.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1855

T h e Christian Queen The I Christian Queen, I and other I Books for Children and Youth. I [cut of figures] I Published by the I American Tract Society. I 1 3 0 Nassau-street, N e w York. I 28 Cornhill, Boston. [1855?]

131 2074

n m o . 15 x 9.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] Contents, [iv] blank, [1] title "The Christian Queen" and cut of a ship, [2] woodcut of figures, [3] + 4 - 3 2 Christian Queen text; [1] "Little Nanette" title, [2] woodcut of figures, [3] + 4-32. Little Nanette text; [1] "The Emigrant Boy" title, [2] woodcut of fireside scene, [3] + 4 - 3 2 Emigrant Boy text; [1] blank, [2] woodcut of a dog, [3] "The Faithful Dogs" title, [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 3 2 text pp.

The first text, "The Christian Queen," is a biography of Keopuolani, the sacred wife of Kamehameha I. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*. Not in BL or UH. The NUC records copies in the Library of Congress and Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island.

Cleveland, R i c h a r d J . Voyages I and I Commercial Enterprises, I of the I Sons of N e w England. I [rule] I N e w York: I Published by Leavitt & Allen, I N o . 27 Dey Street. I [rule] I 1855.

2075

i2mo. 19 x 1 2 cm. [1-2] blank, [3] half title, [4] blank, [5] title, [6] copyright notice, [7] + 8 - 1 4 preface, [15] + 1 6 - 2 3 contents, [24] blank, [25] + 2 6 - 4 0 0 text, [401] + 402-403 conclusion, [404] + 4 0 5 - 4 0 7 appendix (Shaler letter), [408] blank pp. With engraved frontispiece view.

A late edition. The frontispiece view does not seem to have any relevance to the text. At the lower (untrimmed) margin of the Bishop Museum copy is the legend "Specimen Plate-Home Book of the Picturesque. Putnam New [York]." A later reprint of this text, with the title "In the Forecastle," was published about 1875 by the Manhattan Publishing Company. References: Hill, pp. 55-56 (describes the first edition). Copies: BPBM (Carter 11-A-5)*. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. PA-VBC. UH. WaU. The NUC records 12 copies.

Colvocoresses, G e o r g e M u s a l a s Four Years I in the I Government Exploring Expedition; I commanded by I Captain Charles Wilkes, I to the I Island of Madeira - Cape Verd Island - Brazil Coast I of Patagonia - Chili - Peru - Paumato [sic] Group - Soci- I ety Islands Navigator Group - Australia - An- I tarctic Continent - N e w Zealand - Friend- I ly Islands - Feejee Group - Sandwich I Islands I Northwest Coast of Ame- I rica Oregon - California - I East Indies - St. Helena, I etc. etc. I In one volume. I By I Lieut. Geo. M . Colvocoresses, U.S. Navy, I an officer of the expedition. I Fifth edition. I N e w York: I J . M . Fairchild & Co., I 1 0 9 Nassau-Street. I 1855. i2mo. 18.5 x 1 2 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] copyright notice, [3] preface, [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 1 2 contents, [13] + 14-363 text, [364] blank, [365] appendix half title, [366] blank, 367-371 appendix, [372] blank pp. With frontispiece and 5 woodcut illustrations added to the text.

The fifth edition. For the first (1852) edition, see No. 1854. References: Carter, p. 37. Not in Ferguson. Haskell, 1 1 5 (listing the first edition only). Judd and Lind, 43. Copies: BPL. HMCS*, a very good copy in original red cloth, gilt vignettes of palm trees on upper cover and spine. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. PA-VBC. The NUC records 13 copies.

2076

132

1855

2077

Dana, James D. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xm-xiv. Crustacea—Atlas United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I ATLAS. I CRUSTACEA. I By I James D. Dana, LL.D., I Member of the Soc. Caes. Nat. Cur. of Moscow; The Soc. Philomathique of Paris; The I Geological Society of London; The American Academy of Arts and Sciences I at Boston; The Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, etc. I By Authority of Congress. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman, Printer. I 1855.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Folio. 55.5 x 36.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2,] blank, [3] + 4-2.7 explanation of the plates, [28] blank pp. With 96 engraved plates, colored in part.

The official issue of this atlas, to accompany the text printed in 1852 (see No. 1855). Haskell says: "One hundred copies printed, of which twenty-one were destroyed by fire and not replaced." In his prefatory remarks to this atlas, dated New Haven, January 1, 1855, Dana comments on the results of the fire as they affected this work: After the engraving of the Plates of this atlas was completed, a large part of the original drawings were destroyed by fire in Philadelphia. In consequence of this catastrophe, many of the following Plates, which were to have been coloured from the missing drawings, are issued uncoloured. Some of the figures here engraved represent known species, the colours of which had either not been given by other authors, or only from dead and faded specimens: as the coloured originals are gone, these figures have lost the principal part of their interest. These facts explain some discrepancies between the text of this Report and the Atlas. The drawings for this Atlas, issued at this later date, were to a large extent made during the years 1838 to 1842, in the course of the Expedition; and in the history of Science, they would properly have their place in that period. In closing my labours in connection with the Exploring Expedition, I take this opportunity to observe that, in the preparation of my several Reports, and the Atlases, with which they are illustrated, I have had, half a dozen plates excepted, neither the assistance of an amanuensis nor a draughtsman. The plates, however, owe much to the artistic skill and taste of Mr. Joseph Drayton, Artist of the Expedition, who has superintended the engraving and printing, and contributed in many ways to the beauty of the book. The engraved plates, all after drawings by Dana, comprise Decapoda (plates 1-45); Tetradecapoda (plates 46-69); and Entomostraca (plates 70-96). The individual plates have as many as 20 meticulously delineated figures, each keyed and further identified on the list of plates. References: Haskell, 57. Copies: BPBM*. Haskell lists 22 institutionally held copies of this work and one privately owned copy (then J. F. Wilkes), which is thought to be the copy now in the Mitchell Library, Sydney.

2078

Dana, James D. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xm-xiv. Crustacea—Atlas United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842, I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I ATLAS. I CRUSTACEA. I By I James D. Dana, LL.D., I Member of the Soc. Caes. Nat. Cur. of Moscow; The Soc. Philomathique of Paris; The I Geological Society of London; The American Academy of Arts and Sciences I at Boston; The Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, etc. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman, Printer. I 1855.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1855

Folio. 55 x 35.5 cm (YU). [ 1 ] title, [2.] blank, [3] + 4-2.7 Explanation of Plates, [z8] blank pp. With 96 engraved plates, colored in part.

The unofficial issue of this atlas, published to accompany the text printed in 1852 (see No. 1856). The list of plates and engraved plates are identical to those of the official edition. One hundred copies were printed. According to the Library of Congress cards, "a few copies, unbound, were on sale by the author." Haskell (59) has a long note regarding a subsequent issue (circa 1890?) of a portfolio of 49 or 50 plates from the same atlas with a printed explanatory "note by the author" that an additional 50 copies were "struck off of little more than half of them. These were preserved by the author, with the hope that another edition of the work would be ordered." References: Haskell, 58. Copies: Yale (Beinecke)*, a very fine copy in what appears to be original half green morocco and green boards, the gift of Maria T. Dana. Haskell (58) locates 18 copies of the full atlas. Haskell (59) records 3 copies of the portfolio issue of 49 or j o plates.

Dumas, Alexandre Australien. Californien. Mexico. I Reisebilder I von I Madame Giovanni. I [rule] I Geordnet und herausgegeben I von I Alexander [s/c] Dumas. I [rule] I Nach dem franzosischen Manuscripte I von I Dr. G. F. W. Rodiger. I Erster Thiel. I [rule] I Authorisirte Ausgabe. I [rule] I Pest, Wien und Leipzig, 1855 I Hartleben's VerlagsExpedition. 3 parts. 1 6 . 5 x i i cm ( M L ) . Part i: [i] title, [ii] blank, [ 1 ] + 2 . - 1 9 1 text, [ 1 9 2 ] colophon pp. Part 11: [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2 - 1 8 7 Part HI: [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2 - 1 4 4

text

> [188] colophon pp.

text

PP-

For the comments regarding this narrative, see under the first French edition (1856), No. 2145. Bagnall (1685) says that there was an additional Brussels and Leipzig 1855-1856 edition. For the 1858 Paris edition, see No. 2243. References: Bagnall, 1686. Ferguson, 9293. Copies: A T L . M L * , good copy in cloth-backed boards.

Eddy, Daniel C. Daughters I of I The Cross: I or, I Woman's Mission. I by I Daniel C. Eddy. I [two-line quotation] I New York: I Dayton and Wentworth, I 27 Beekman Street. I 1855. i 2 m o . 1 7 . 5 x 1 1 . 5 cm ( H M C S ) . [i-iv] advertisements, [v] title, [vi] copyright notice, [vii] Preface, [viii] + i x - x Contents, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 2 5 0 text pp. With engraved frontispiece "Woman's Mission."

A biography of Mrs. Harriet B. Stewart, wife of Charles S. Stewart, is on pages 9 8 - 1 1 8 . Included is a quote from a letter from Rev. Titus Coan regarding church building in Hilo. The National Union Catalogue records Boston editions of 1856 and 1857. References: None found. Copies: AAS. B P L . HarU. H M C S * . The N U C records 6 copies.

134

1855

2081

Gerstaecker, Friedrich Wilhelm Christian Narrative I of A I Journey Round the World. I comprising I A winter-passage across the Andes to Chili; with a visit to I The gold regions of California and Australia, I the South Sea Islands, Java &c. I By F. Gerstaecker. I New York: I Harper & Brothers, Publishers, I 3Z9 & 331 Pearl Street. I Franklin Square. I 1855.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

izmo. 19 x iz.5 cm (HMCS). [i-iv] blank, [v] title, [vi] blank, [vii] dedication to Sarah Mary Rickards of Sidney [sic], [viii] blank, [ix] + x-xii contents, [13] + 14-624 text pp.

A reprint of the New York 1854 edition (No. 1988). This is printed on noticeably poorer quality paper and the copies seen have text much browned. References: Carter, p. 59. This edition not in Ferguson. Judd and Lind, 73. Copies: BPBM*. HMCS*, bound in black blind-stamped cloth. This edition is not found in the NUC.

2082

Gibson, Walter M u r r a y The Prison of Weltevreden; I and a glance I at the I East Indian Archipelago. I By I Walter M. Gibson. I [rule] I Illustrated from original sketches I [rule] I New York: I J. C. Riker, 129 Fulton Street. I 1855. 8vo. 1 9 . j x 12.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] Introduction, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii "General View," [ix] + x-xiv Contents, [1] + 2-495 t e x t > [496] blank pp. With frontispiece and text illustrations.

This book does not include any Hawaiian material. It is included in this bibliography because it sheds light on the pre-Hawaii activities of Walter Murray Gibson, who was an important political presence in Hawaii during the reigns of Kings Lunalilo and Kalakaua. References: Carter, p. 59. Copies: HarU. HHS. H M C S * , in plum-colored blind-stamped cloth. L C . UC. The N U C records 18 copies.

2083

Gulick, Luther Halsey The I Climate, I Diseases, and Materia Medica I of I the Hawaiian Islands. I [rule] I By I Luther H. Gulick, M.D. I [rule] I [From the New York Journal of Medicine for March, 1855] I New York: I Holman & Gray Printers, corner Centre and White streets. I 1855. 8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] —iv introduction, [5] + 6 - 4 6 text, [47-48] blank pp.

This is a revision of the author's thesis, written in the winter of 1848-1849, and submitted for the degree of Doctor of Medicine at the University of New York. It is dedicated to Kamehameha III. Gulick states in the preface: "My labors upon it since that date have consisted in condensation, in a careful recomposition of the article on the venereal disease, and in several additions to the department of Materia Medica." After a discussion of the climate, Gulick examines communicable diseases and the related decrease of the Hawaiian population. He examines facts concerning the introduction of venereal disease at the Islands, utilizing statements made by resident physicians such as Dr. Alonzo Chapin and Dr. T. C. B. Rooke, and draws extensively on a report by missionary physicians about communicable diseases, which had been read at the 1839 General Meeting of the Sandwich Islands Mission. Gulick also examines other diseases and ailments to which Hawaiians had been vul-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1855

nerable, and he mentions the epidemic of 1803 or 1804, "which has by some been supposed to have been yellow fever, and by others Asiatic cholera." Native Hawaiian therapeutics are discussed, and in his "Materia Medica of the Hawaiian Islands," the author lists plants found in the Islands that were in use or which it was thought might be used for medical purposes. The list includes introduced plants adapted in recent years by Hawaiian practitioners for the cure of specific ailments. The preface is dated March 1 , 1854, from Ascension Island (Micronesia), where the author was then serving as a missionary. References: Carter, p. 76. Copies: BPBM. B L . H H S * , a copy in the original plain paper wrappers with inscription on front end leaf: "To His Majesty Kamehameha IV from his loyal subject O. H. Gulick. Honolulu, M a y 5th, 1 8 5 5 " ; another copy that retains its printed title wrapper has a presentation inscription from O. H. Gulick to R . C. Wyllie, M a y 5, r 8 5 5 . H M C S * . H S L (Tice Phillips). L C . NYP. UC-B. UH. The N U C records 4 copies.

Hamm, Mrs. M . A. C O N C E R T . I [rule] I Mrs. M . A. Hamm I has the honor of announcing to the I Ladies and Gentleman I of I Honolulu, I that she will give a I Concert of Vocal I Music I at the I C O U R T H O U S E I on Monday Evening, I April 23d, 1855. I When she will be assisted by I Mr. and Master Hamm. I [rule] I Mr. Zenky I will preside at the piano I and will introduce I a variety of pleasing I Polkas, Waltzes and Quadrilles. I . . . [then on right-hand sheet:] Programme. I [list of songs] I [rule] I Finale. I Last Rose of Summer. [Honolulu, New Era and Argus Press, 1855.] Broadside. Text printed on facing pages of a single-fold sheet, each within an ornamental rule. 22.3 x 27.5 cm.

Mrs. Hamm and company presented a selection of popular songs, including such titles as "The Miller's Maid" (by Rainer), "Snow Storm" (by Heath), "Star of Glengary" (by Sporle),"There's Music in a Mother's Voice" (by Woodbury), "Shepherd Boy's Lament" (by Brown), and "The Old Folks are Gone" (by Wurzell). The Friend (May 1855, p. 36) comments: "The 'Concert' given by Mrs. Hamm at the Court House, a few evenings since, was numerously attended, and passed off to the delight of the audience. Those desirous of enjoying the services of a competent teacher of music, may congratulate themselves on the arrival of this lady in Honolulu, who proposes giving private lessons, and instructing a large class of juvenile pupils. We hope that she may find abundant encouragement." References: None found. Copies: N Y H (Titus Munson Coan Papers)*.

H a m m , M r s . M . A. School Juvenile I C O N C E R T I of I Vocal and I Instrumental I Music. I By I Mrs. M . A. Hamm's I Class of I Masters and Misses. I on I Monday Evening, I November 5, 1855. I at the I C O U R T H O U S E . I [double rule] I Mrs. M . A. Hamm has the honor to announce that she will give an Exhibi- I tion of her Juvenile Class as above when many pleasing I Songs, I Duets, I Trios, I Quartettes, I and Chorusses, I will be presented. I [program of two parts follows] I [double rule] I Tickets 50 cts., can be obtained at the B O O K and D R U G S T O R E S . I - Doors open at 1 / 2 past 6; to commence at 1 ¡2. past 7 o'clock. - I [double rule] I New Era and Argus Press. [Honolulu, 1855]

136

1855

Hawaiian National Bibliography Broadside. 49 lines of text, within an elaborate typographical border. 33 x 1 1 . 5 cm.

The copy in the Hawaii State Archives has manuscript additions (possibly by Emma Rooke, later Queen Emma) identifying many of the performers. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

2086

H a w a i i . Kingdom. Minister of Finance Annual Report I of the I Minister of Finance. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855] 8vo. Z4.8 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 8 report, 9-2.8 tables, [29] + 3 0 - 3 1 supplemental report, 3 2 - 4 7 tables, [48] blank pp.

A report by Elisha H. Allen for the year 1854, dated Finance Department, April 7,1855. Allen lists receipts and expenditures, discusses the disposition of "Water Lots" makai of the Honolulu Fort, tax reform and the need for a tax increase, money, and interest rates. The supplemental report, dated April 24, 1855, reports on matters from January 1 to March 31, 1855, and among other items shows an expenditure of six thousand dollars for furniture and a new library for the palace. References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HMCS*.

2087

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Palapala Hoike Makahiki I a ke I Kuhina Waiwai. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855] 8vo. 25 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [r] + 2 - 8 Report, 9 - 2 9 Papa (Tables), [ 3 0 - 3 2 ] blank, [33] + 34-35 Appendix to the report, 36-52 Papa (Tables) pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2086. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*.

2088

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Relations Report I of the I Minister of Foreign Relations. I to I The Legislature of 1855. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855] 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 5 1 text, [52] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kamehameha IV."

The first report of the Minister of Foreign Relations (Robert C. Wyllie) made under the reign of Kamehameha IV and dated (at end) April 30, 1855. Wyllie begins with complimentary remarks about Kamehameha III and includes a summary of historical events connected with the late king's reign, including the diplomatic missions of William Richards and others to secure recognition of the Islands, and the political difficulties with the French and the English. He quotes from pertinent documents and includes comments on treaties and conventions concluded with the United States, England, and several European powers. The convention signed at Oahu, December 23, 1826, between the Kuhina Nui and chiefs (on behalf of the king (Kamehameha III, he being a minor), with Thomas Ap Catesby Jones of the USS Peacock, is discussed (pp. 3-5), as is a document (attached to the report but not printed here) regarding the recovery of a large sum of revenue owed to United States citizens and payable by the collection of sandalwood.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1855

137

Most of the more than sixty documents referred to by number in this report were published in the separately issued appendix (see No. 2089). References: Carter, p. 66. Tice Phillips, 26. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HHS. HMCS*. NYH*. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Foreign Relations A P P E N D I X . I To the R e p o r t of the Minister of Foreign Re- I lations, for 1855. I [text begins] I [ H o n o l u l u , 1855]

2089

8vo. 25.5 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (NYH). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 5 1 main text, 152-159 "Postscript," [160] blank, [i] errata, [ii] blank pp. With 2 folding tables inserted at p. 96 and folding tables at pp. 140 and 142. Page 141 is misprinted as 131. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of King Kamehameha IV." This supplement contains 1 1 6 numbered documents referred to in Mr. Wyllie's main report (see N o . 2088). The treaty with the Kingdoms of Sweden and N o r w a y signed in 1852 and ratified in 1855 is on pages 78-85; a series of 1 1 6 "Questions which each Missionary is respectfully requested to answer" are found on pages 1 2 7 - 1 3 2 . This is the second series of such questions, the first having been issued in 1846 (see N o . 1598) and their answers printed in 1848 (see N o . 1684). Following these is a series of questions (pp. 134-141) addressed to Honolulu merchants regarding harbor improvements. Their answers are included. References: Carter, p. 66. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. HMCS*. NYH*. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Foreign Relations Palapala H o i k e I a ke I K u h i n a o k o na Aina E I i ka I Ahaolelo o 1855. I [rule] I [text begins] I [ H o n o l u l u , 1855]

2090

8vo. 25 x 15 cm, untrimmed (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2-43 text, [44] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Noho Alii Ana o ka Moi Kamehameha IV." The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2088. References: None found. Copies: AH (2)*. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Foreign Relations Olelo i H o o k u i ia I m e k a I Hoike a ke K u h i n a o ko na Aina E, I n o ka M . H . 1855. I [rule] I [text begins] I [ H o n o l u l u , 1855]

2091

8vo. 25.5 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (AH). Caption title, [45] + 46-163, [164] blank, 165-172 main text, [173] + 174-178 "Olelo Hookui Hou" (Postscript or supplemental text), [179-180] blank pp. With folding tables at pp. 125, 165, and 166. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Ka Noho Alii Ana o ka Moi o Kamehameha IV." The Hawaiian-language edition of the "Appendix" (No. 2089). References: None found. Copies: AH*. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Board of Health Ke h o a k a k a nei keia p a l a p a l a , o na m a k u a a m e na I k a h u a p a u loa o na kamalii, ina I O [si'c] ia k a l a k o u m a u I . . . I Ua h o a p o n o i a e ka M o i iloko o k a A h a k u k a m a l u i k a I la 27 o Iulai, 1855. I Lorrin A n d r e w s , I K a k a u o l e l o . I L. K a m e h a m e h a , Peresidena o k a P a p a H o o l u . [ H o n o l u l u , 1855]

2092

138

1855

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

Broadside. 25 lines of text. 15 x 12..5 cm (HHS). This regulation about vaccinations announces fines for uncooperative parents and provides for the re-examination of children. A nineteenth-century manuscript translation, filed with the original in the Hawaiian Historical Society collection, states: " T h i s document hereby explains that all parents and guardians of children if their children are vaccinated hereafter by some government vaccinating officer but [who] does not bring back said child within eight days from the date of vaccination . . . will be examined again by said government vaccination officer . . . Approved by the King in Privy Council on the 27th day of July, 1 8 5 5 . " References: None found. Copies: HHS*. 2093

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Interior Department R e p o r t I of the I Minister of the Interior I to the I Legislature of 1 8 5 5 . I [rule] I

[text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855] 8vo. 24 x 14 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 4 report, [5] + 6 - 1 7 appendixes, [18] blank pp. This report by Keoni Ana dated February 26, 1855, delivered before the legislature by Lot Kamehameha, discusses the Government Press, internal improvements, the naturalization of foreigners, the Post Office, and the Land Office. The appendixes show receipts and expenses from licenses and sales of land; expenditures of the department, including public improvements; reports to the Minister of the Interior from the following subdepartments: the Government Press (E. O. Hall); the Office of Internal Improvements (R. A. S . W o o d ) ; the Post Office (Henry M . Whitney); the Land Commission (William L . Lee); and the R o y a l Hawaiian Agricultural Society (Geo. Williams). A report by William Webster on the proposed establishment of a "Water Works" for Honolulu is followed by a letter of Prince Lot Kamehameha, March 1 6 , 1855, on the subject of compulsory vaccination against smallpox. References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*. HHS*. HMCS*. 2094

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Interior Department Palapala H o i k e I a ke I K u h i n a K a l a i a i n a I imua o k a I A h a o l e l o n o k a m a k a h i k i

1855. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855] 8vo. 24 x 14.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + z - 1 6 text pp. The Hawaiian-language edition of N o . 2 0 9 3 . References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. 2095

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Laws and Statutes L a w s I of His M a j e s t y I K a m e h a m e h a IV, I K i n g of the H a w a i i a n Islands, I passed by the I N o b l e s and Representatives I at their session, I 1 8 5 5 . I [rule] I H o n o l u l u : I Printed by order of the G o v e r n m e n t . I 1 8 5 5 . 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-46 Session Laws, [47-51] Index, [32] blank, [53] + 54-60 Treaty with Great Britain, [61] + 62-63 Hanseatic Treaty, [64] + 6 5 - 7 1 Treaty with Sweden and Norway, [72] blank pp.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1855

The first legislative session under Kamehameha IV. The first act, "to remodel the Department of Public Instruction," abolished the office of Minister of Public Instruction and formed a Board of Education "consisting of a President and two Directors, to hold office during the King's pleasure." The legislature also passed laws regarding the employment of prisoners, measures to suppress prostitution, laws to regulate tax collectors, an act concerning "shipping and the Discharge of Native Seamen," public health regulations, and an act to transfer the "Bureau of Improvements" from the office of the Minister of the Interior to that of the Secretary at War. Three treaties are also included: 1. "Treaty between Kamehameha III. . . and her most gracious Majesty, Victoria, Queen of Great Britain and Ireland," signed by the king, Keoni Ana, and R. C. Wyllie, at Honolulu, July 1 0 , 1851, and ratified by Kamehameha III at Honolulu, May 6, 1852. 2. "Royal Ratification of the Treaty between the Hawaiian Kingdom and the Free Hanseatic Republic of Bremen," signed at Honolulu by R. C. Wyllie and Stephen Reynolds, Bremen Consul, and ratified by Kamehameha III, March 27, 1854. 3. "Treaty with the Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway," signed by R. C. Wyllie and C. A. Virgin, Chamberlain to the King of Sweden and Norway, at Honolulu, July 1 , 1852, and ratified by Kamehameha IV at Honolulu, April 5, 1855. References: Carter, p. 108. Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH (3)*, 2 copies with green cloth spine and tan marble paper covered boards as issued. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (4)*. BPBM (Carter)*. HMCS*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Kanawai I o ka moi I Kamehameha IV., I ke Alii o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, I i kauia e na I Alii Ahaolelo a me ka Poeikohoia, I iloko o ka Ahaolelo o ka I makahiki 1855. I [rule] I Honolulu: Paiia mamuli o ke Kauoha a ke Aupuni. I 1855. 8vo. 2.3.3 x I 4 c m (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 7 Na Kanawai (Laws), [28] + 2 9 - 4 4 Na Kuikahi (Treaties), [i] Papa Kuhikui (Index), [ii] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2095. References: Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH (3)*, including one in light green plain paper wrappers. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HHS'% in yellow paper wrappers. HMCS.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature Address of the House of Nobles in Reply to His I Majesty's Speech. I [text begins] I [second title:] Address of the House of Representatives in Re-1 ply to His Majesty's Speech, [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855] Broadside. Two unsigned texts of 25 and 24 lines. 20.5 x 13 cm.

Contains formal answers of both legislative houses to the king's speech to the legislature, July 30, 1855. This is an offprint from the Polynesian with a slight rearrangement of the text. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (3)*.

140

1855

2098

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature APPROPRIATION BILL, I FOR 1855. I [rule] I [text begins:] Be it Enacted, by the King, the Nobles and Representatives of the Ha- I waiian Islands in Legislative Council assembled: I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1855]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

8vo. 25 x 15 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2.-8 text pp.

This bill provides that "the sum of four hundred and forty-seven thousand nine hundred and thirty-three dollars and 7 3 / 1 0 0 be . . . hereby appropriated out of the revenue for the current year. . . . " It contains legislative appropriations for the civil list, then tabulates projected expenses of each governmental department. The document was signed by Kamehameha IV and V. K. Kaahumanu, August 13, 1855. References: None found. Copies: AH (2)*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (3)*. BPBM (Carter)». 2099

Hawaii. Kingdom.

Military

[Kanawai o na Puali Koa.] [text begins] I Honolulu, 1855. 8vo. 14 x 1 1 . 5 cm (HHS). [3] + 4-65 text, [66] blank pp.

Title: Laws for Soldiers. A manual containing rules and regulations to be observed by Hawaiian soldiers and the militia. The text contains six chapters and is signed at the end, "J. W. E. Maikai, Akukana Kenela [Adjutant General]," and dated "Keena o ka Akukana Kenela [Office of the Adjutant General], 1855." The Hawaiian Historical Society copy, bound in original heavy brown paper wrappers, lacks a title, but there is no evidence that one was ever present. The title (above) is as it appears in pencil on the upper cover of that copy. References: None found. Copies: HHS*.

2100

Hawaii. Kingdom. Police N O T I C E I TO SEAMEN! I [double rule] I Section 5th. of Article 3d, of the "Local Regulations" of the port of " H O N O L U L U , " reads as I follows: - - The Governor of Oahu shall cause a bell to be rung at the port of Honolulu, at nine and a I half o'clock of each evening, as a signal to all Mariners at that time on shore without his permission, I to return on board their vessels; and it shall be incumbent upon them to do so, upon pain of two dollars I fine, if apprehended at or after ten o'clock of the evening, when said Governor shall cause the bell to I be again rung, as a signal for their apprehension. I " P E N A L CODE LAWS." I Section 2d. Chapter 2.7th, reads as follows: - - Whoever furiously, or heedlessly of the safety of I others rides any horse or other animal, or drives or conducts any vehicle, though the personal safety of I any person be not endangered thereby, shall be punished by fine not less than five dollars . . . I SESSION LAWS, 1852. I An Act to Prevent the Carrying of Deadly Weapons. I Section 1st reads as follows: - - Any person not authorized by law, who shall carry or be armed I with any bowie-knife, sword-cane, pistol, air-gun, slung-shot [sic], or other deadly weapon, shall be liable I to a fine of no more than thirty and no less than ten dollars, or in default of payment of such fine, to I imprisonment at hard labor for a term not exceeding two months . . . I H E N R Y S. SWINTON, Prefect of Police. I Honolulu, September, 1855.

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

1855

141

Broadside. 34 lines of text. 56.5 x 45.5 cm.

A broadside publication of new laws and regulations directed to seamen. Under the section of "Penal Code Laws," they are notified that "All loud noise by night" is prohibited, and that those "found drunk in any street, road or other place" are to be fined up to six dollars for the first offense, and "not exceeding twelve dollars, or by imprisonment not more than three months," for additional convictions. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—Attorney General)*, with a manuscript note on the verso: "Notice to Seamen From the Foreign Office to the Peruvian Consulate."

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Public Instruction Report I of the I Minister of Public Instruction I to the I Hawaiian Legislature, April 7, 1855. [Honolulu, 1855]

2101

8vo. 2.1. j x 13.5 cm (AH). [1] + 2 - 2 1 text, [22-24] blank pp. With folding table "Government Schools, 1854" at end.

This report by Richard Armstrong lists revenues and expenditures on behalf of schools and has separate remarks on Select Schools, the Royal School, the Town School of Honolulu, English-language schools for natives, and on public morals. The latter section contains paragraphs on "intoxicating drinks," the "Domestic Conditions of the natives," and "Idleness." Brief statistics on births, marriages, and deaths are provided. Additionally, in the section on public morals Armstrong provides statistics on convictions by the justice at Kohala, Hawaii, from 1848 to 1853. The table at the end contains statistics for schools throughout the islands. References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-6-108)*. HMCS*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Public Instruction Palapala Makahiki I a ke I Kuhina Aopalapala, I heluheluia imua o ka I Moi a me ka Ahaolelo Hawaii, I Aperila 7, 1855. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855]

2102

8vo. 24 x 14 cm (HHS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 7 text, [18-20] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2101. References: None found. Copies: HHS*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Third Annual Report I of the I Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, I to the I Legislature of 1855. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855] 8vo. 20 x 13 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 0 report, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 2 2 appendix text, [23-24] blank pp.

Judge William L. Lee reminds the legislature that "laws ought not to be changed without great deliberation and the most weighty reasons. Too much legislation and a frequent change of law are serious evils, which should be studiously avoided, especially among a people in such a chrysalis state as this." He then calls the attention of the legislature to the three evils that "threaten speedy destruction of the Hawaiian race": "licentiousness" (i.e., prostitution), "drunkenness," and "the transportation of our men out of the kingdom to die on foreign shores."

2103

142

1855

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

An outspoken advocate for Hawaiian health care measures, Lee suggests "that some steps should be taken to suppress the practice of native quacks, [who] style themselves doctors, and, w h o . . . killed hundreds during the prevalence of the small p o x . " He also suggests alterations be made to laws regarding "trespass of cattle and the impounding of estrays," and he requests the legislature to address the problem of the "right of w a y , " of natives, which, he says, is "daily growing in importance and creating litigation." "In a multitude of cases, now that land claims are settled and defined by fixed boundaries, people find that they are surrounded by the lands of others, and have no w a y open to the streets or highways. A w a y they must have, and they are compelled from necessity to pass over the lands of their neighbors and this frequently breeds hard feeling and suits for trespass." Reports from all islands give tables of convictions for 1 8 5 2 - 1 8 5 4 . Of these, the greatest number of arrests were for drunkenness, for adultery and fornication, and for "furious riding." The appendix contains the reports of the district attorney for Maui, Molokai, and Lanai, James W. Austin (pp. 1 1 - 1 3 ) ; for Oahu, Asher B. Bates (pp. 1 3 - 1 6 ) ; and for Kauai and Niihau, Godfrey Rhodes (pp. 1 6 - 1 8 ) . These reports are followed by letters concerning Judge Lee's resignation and the refusal of the king to accept his letter. References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. HHS*. HMCS*. 2104

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Secretary

at

War

R e p o r t I of the I Secretary at W a r , I to the I Legislature of 1 8 5 5 . I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855] 8vo. 24 x 14.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 6 Report, [7] + 8-2.1 Appendix, [ 22-24] blank pp. Folding table of statistics at p. 16. Above the title, divided by a rule, appears: "Reign of King Kamehameha IV." Robert C. Wyllie's report, dated War Office, April 1 6 , 1855, reviews some of his former requests for a military force. He says that one of the first acts of the new king (Kamehameha I V ) was to appoint his brother Prince Lot Kamehameha as Commander in Chief. The appendix reprints pertinent letters followed by (in tabular form) an account of expenses, and requested appropriations for continuing support of " t w o companies of sixty men each." References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*. HMCS*. N Y H * . 2105

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Secretary

at

War

P a l a p a l a H o i k e I a ke I K u h i n a K a u a I i ka I A h a o l e l o o ka M a k a h i k i 1 8 5 5 . I

[rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1855] 8vo. 24 x 14.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 0 text pp. With folding table at p. 17. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Noho Alii o Kamehameha IV." The Hawaiian-language edition of N o . 2.104. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1855

H a w a i i a n Evangelical Association Minutes I of I The Meeting I of the I Hawaiian [ Evangelical Association, I held at Honolulu, I M a y and June, 1855. I [rule] I Mission Press, I Honolulu: I [rule] I 1855.

143 2106

izmo. 1 7 . j x 1 1 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-2.4 text, [zj] appropriations and grants, [z6] statistics pp. This report contains extracts from the station reports respecting schools, churches, and improvements, and an account of printing accomplished during the previous year. Statistics include contributions and appropriations. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS. HMCS*. T h e H a w a i i a n Islands The Hawaiian Islands. In: Putnam's Monthly. Vol. 5, pp. 2 4 1 - 2 4 8 . N e w York, March 1855.

2107

8vo. zz x 14.5 cm. An article that comments on "The Question of Annexation." The unidentified proponent writes from Honolulu: "It is impossible not to stigmatize [the] non-action of the late administration [i.e., Kamehameha III] as a great error in a national point of view; for taking it for granted that this group is inevitably destined to be added to the United States, what good or sufficient reason can be offered for rejecting it . . . ?" The writer continues with sentiments of a similar nature. References: None found. Copies: HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 3, pp. 57-64)*. T h e H a w a i i a n or Sandwich Islands The Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands. In: The N e w York Quarterly. Vol. iv, pp. 1 2 3 - 1 4 3 . N e w York, April 1855.

2108

8vo. zz x 14.5 cm. The author gives a general description of the Islands and people from the time of Cook's visit to the present, and a résumé of current business conditions. Frequent references are made to published works. The subject of annexation of the Islands to the United States is discussed with reference to Mr. Washburn's speech of January 4, 1854. The works referred to in this article are: James J. Jarves' History (Boston, 1843); Wilkes' Narrative of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (Philadelphia, 1845); Henry T. Cheever's The Island World of the Pacific (New York, 1851); Speech of Mr. Washburn in the House of Representatives, January 4, 1854 (Washington, D.C., 1854). References: None found. Copies: HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 1, pp. 403-423)*. H e Himeni no M a r i a [He Himeni no Maria i hoopatelia i ta Heva tumu mai ta va mua mai o tona Hapaiia ana. N o ta la i hoolaaia ta Halepule o Honouliuli. 8 Dekemaba, 1855. Honolulu Catholic Mission Press, 1855] 12 x 9 cm. [1-3] text, [4] blank? pp.

2109

144

1855

Hawaiian National Bibliography Title: A hymn in honor of Mary conceived without original sin. For the congregation of the church at Honouliuli. Not seen. This entry is derived from Yzendoorn. References: Not in Judd. Yzendoorn, 39. Copies: None located.

2110

He Olelo Hoolaha He I O L E L O H O O L A H A 11 na Hoahanau o ka Ekalesia o Iesu Kristo o ka Poe H o a n o o I na La Hope nei, ma ko Hawaii pae aina; a i na kanaka a I pai i aloha i ka oiaio I [address begins:] E na Hoahanau a me ka M a k a m a k a : - I [then text follows] I [San Francisco, 1855] 8vo. 22 x 13 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2-8 text pp.

Title: An announcement to the brethren of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints, in the Hawaiian Islands; and to all who love the truth. . . . [signed at end:] Geogi Q. Pukuniahi [George Q. Cannon] A letter from George Q. Cannon dated San Francisco, December 27, 1855. Like the Hawaiian-language edition of the Book of Mormon, this was printed on the press of the Western Standard in San Francisco. References: Flake and Morgan, 1152, record a copy at Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. Judd and Bell, 336. Copies: Brigham Young University. H M C S * , with signature of Jules Remy above title.

2111

Heinzelmann, Friedrich Reisen I in den I mittleren und nördlichen Festländern Asiens, I in I Japan und den Sandwichs-Inseln. I [rule] I Herausgegeben I von I Friedrich Heinzelmann. I [rule] I M i t einen Landschaftsbild und einer Karte. I [rule] I Leipzig, 1855. I Verlag von Friedrich Fleischer. 8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm, untrimmed ( H M C S ) . [i] blank, [ii] series title, [iii] main title, [iv] blank, [v] + v i - x Vorwort, [xi] + xii-xx Inhaltsverzeichisk, [1] + 2 - 1 4 Einleitung, [15] [Part] 1 half title, [16] blank, [17] + 18-58 Nicolaus von Murawiew's, Reise durch das Land der Truchmenen nach China . . . 1 8 1 9 - 1 8 2 0 text, [59] [Part] 11 half title, [60] blank, [61] + 6 2 - 1 0 4 Alexander Lehmann's Reise nach Buchara und Samarakand . . . 1841 und 1842 text, [105] [Part] 111 half title, [106] blank, [107] +108-350 Reise des Professors Dr. Adolph Erman durch das Ural = Gebirge und Siberien text, [351] [Part] IV half title, [352] blank, [353] + 354-398 Timkowski's Reise durch die Mongolei text [399] [Part] v half title, [400] blank, [401] + 4 0 2 - 5 0 9 Reisen in China text, [510] blank, [511] [Part] vi half title, [512] blank, [513] + 514-548 Skizzen aus Japan und Korea text, [549] [Part] v n half title, [550] blank, [551] + 552-588 Die Gruppe der Sandwichs-Inseln text pp. With frontispiece plate of Nagasaki, and map "Die Arktische Nordwest-Passage" at end of text.

This was published as Volume x v i of the series Die Weltkunde, edited by Dr. Wilhelm Harnisch, and is sometimes found catalogued under his name. The Hawaiian Mission Children's Society copy retains the original green wrappers. References: Not in Bagnall or Ferguson. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. H M C S * , in original wrappers, untrimmed. The N U C has a card but does not list any holdings.

2112

A Honolulu Newspaper A Honolulu Newspaper. In: Chambers Journal of Popular Literature. Vol. 111, Part xiii, pp. 3 4 - 3 7 . London, February 1855.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1855

8vo. 23.5 x 15.5 cm (HMCS).

An article on Hawaii using as its focus a copy of the Honolulu newspaper, the New Era and Weekly Argus, for June 8, 1854. The writer comments, "Nothing conveys a better idea of a strange place than a copy of the local newspaper." He describes the advertisements, is surprised to find not a single native business house or bookseller among them, and discusses the contents of the leading articles and the editorials. He also comments on the subject of the annexation of Hawaii to the United States. References: None found. Copies: HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 8, pp. 1 4 7 - 1 5 1 ) * .

Hunter, Alfred A I Popular Catalogue I of the I Extraordinary Curiosities I in I the National Institute, I arranged in the building belonging to the I Patent Office. I [rule] I Curiosities collected from all parts of the world, by the I officers of the army and navy of the United States. I Curious and strange articles, presented by private individuals. Revolutionary I relics of extraordinary interest. Articles of immense value, presented to I the United States Government and its officers, deposited there accord- I ing to law. Articles collected by the United States Exploring I Expedition, under Commander Wilkes, at a cost to govern- I ment of several millions of dollars, & c . I Second edition. I [rule] I Washington: I Printed by Alfred Hunter. I 1855. 8vo. 22 x 14.5 cm (AH), [i] title, [ii] copyright notice dated 1854, [iii] + iv-viii Prefaces to the first and second editions, [9] + 1 0 - 6 2 Catalogue, [63] Washington Monument text, [64] + 6 5 - 7 0 Catalogue of Plants, [ 7 1 ] Advertisement F. E. Hasslers, Land and General Agency Office, [72] blank pp.

Second edition. This contains descriptions of specimens and artifacts collected by Commander Charles Wilkes and members of the U.S. Exploring Expedition. Specimens in case six (pp. 1 4 - 1 5 ) include a feather cape presented by Kamehameha III to Captain Bolton in 1829. The "Catalogue of Plants in the National Conservatories" describes specimens collected in the Pacific, and in Australia and New Zealand. The first edition appeared the same year. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, fine copy in black blind-stamped cloth. The NUC records 7 copies of the first edition, including AAS, LC, and NYP, and 4 copies of the second edition, including HarU and LC.

Hussey, Henry The I Australian Colonies; I together with notes of I a voyage from Australia to Panama I In the "Golden Age," I descriptions of Tahiti and other islands I in the Pacific, I and a tour through some of the I States of America, I In 1854. I By H. Hussey. I London: I Blackburn & Burt, Holbern Hill; I Adelaide: E. S. Wigg, Rundle Street. [1855] i2mo. 16 x 1 0 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-vi introductory remarks, [1] + 2 - 1 7 4 text pp.

The author, long a resident of Adelaide, here records his trip in the steamship Golden Age to the United States and Europe via Panama. Pages 7 3 - 7 6 contain remarks on the

146

1855

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

Hawaiian Islands. It is unclear, however, whether or not the author actually ever stopped at the islands. References: Ferguson, 1 0 7 0 2 . Copies: BPBM*, with a presentation inscription by the author, dated January 12, 1855. BPBM (Carter 5-A-30)*. HarU. M L . N L A . NYP. YU. The NUC records 5 copies.

2115

Jaski, F. C. Aanteekeningen I op mijne I REIS O M DE WERELD, I in de Jaren 1851 en 1852., I met het Barkschip Baltimore. I door I E C. Jaski. I [rule] I Amsterdam, I Gebroeders Kraay. I 1855. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (HMCS). [1] half title, [2] blank, [3] title, [4] blank, [5] Introduction by the author dated Amsterdam, 1 Maart 1855, [6] blank, [7] + 8-44 text, [45-48] blank pp.

A very rare narrative. The author joined the American bark Baltimore, under hire to Louis Bienfait & Son of Amsterdam in March 1851, and commenced a voyage around Cape Horn to the Pacific. The ship made a stop at Valparaiso before arriving at San Francisco in July. The author's remarks on frontier life in gold rush San Francisco include a commentary on the Vigilance Committee, and the customs officials Jaski dealt with. The Baltimore departed San Francisco October 6, 1851, bound for the Hawaiian Islands. She arrived at Honolulu on the 26th of October and departed on the 31st for Macao. Jaski's remarks on Honolulu are of a general nature. References: Not in Kurutz. Not in the NUC. Copies: HMCS*, very fine copy in original wrappers.

2116

K a Ai o K a La Ka I Ai o Ka La. I Buke 22. - 1856. I Ka mooolelo a ka poe Isera- I ela, ma Aigupita, a i ka Wao- I nahele i kaukauia ma ka pu- I kaana. I [rule] I [Honolulu:] Ka na misionari mea pai. I 1855. z4mo. 13.5 x 7.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 5 3 text, [ 1 5 4 - 1 5 6 ] Papa Hoike (Index) pp.

Title: Food for the day. Book 22. The history of the people of Israel from Egypt to the Wilderness and to Canaan. References: Butler, 143. Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (Honolulu, 1856), p. 17. Copies: HHS (3)*. HMCS (3)*.

2117

K a Buke a Moramona Ka I Buke a Moramona: I he mooolelo I i Kakauia e ka Lima o Moramona, I maluna iho o na papa I I laweia mailoko mai o na Papa o Nepai. I [rule] I [two quotations of seven and eight lines respectively] I [rule] 1 1 unuhiia ma ka Olelo Beritania e Josepa Samika, Opio. I [rule] I Na Geogi Q. Pukuniahi i unuhi ma ka olelo Hawaii. I [rule] I San Francisco: I Paiia e Geogi Q. Pukuniahi. I [rule] I 1855. 8vo. 1 1 x 14 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]-iv He olelo hoakaka, signed Geogi Q. Pukuniahi, [v] "Ka Hoikeana a na Mea Ikemaka Ekolu," and "A me ka hoikeana a na Mea Ikemaka Ewalu," [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-xii Papa Kuhikuhi, [1] + 2 - 5 2 0 text pp.

Title: The Book of Mormon: a history written by the hand of Mormon, on tablets taken from the tablets of Nephi . . . Translated into English by Joseph Smith, Jr. Translated into Hawaiian by George Q. Cannon.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1855

The first edition of the Book of Mormon in Hawaiian. Prominent Mormon Church official and former missionary George Quayle Cannon, in My First Mission (Salt Lake City, 1879; see No. 3258), gives an account of how he began his translation of the Book of Mormon in January 1851, while living at J. H. Napela's house at Wailuku, Maui: My fellow-laborers, the Elders, encouraged me, and from the First Presidency at home —Presidents Young, Kimball and Richards—came words of cheer. . . . The time occupied by me in translation, were the days and hours which were not claimed by other duties. In the beginning my method was to translate a few pages, and then, when opportunity offered, explain to Brother Napela the ideas, whether historical or doctrinal, in great fullness. By this means he would get a pretty thorough comprehension of the part I was translating. I would then read the translation to him, going carefully over every word and sentence, and learning from him the impression the language used conveyed to his mind. Cannon states that the translation was completed on July 22, 1853. The revision of the text was begun at Waimea, Kauai, on December 24, 1853, with the aid of Kauwahi, "a man of acute intellect and good education," and was completed "on the last day of January, 1854."

ka BUKE

A

:

I 0 R A M 0 N A :

I KAKAÜIA E KA LIMA 0 X OR AM Off A;

I laweia maìloko mai o lia Papa o Nepai.

K-lvta. he moo-rioJ» t* I hoopokofcwa o kn moooWo o bo Xep«i poo, a o he I.MTCMH-t»e rio ha; ¡ iaíApaHü*okù i ko Lsmaíia pot-, bo kocnu 00l*kou o Ittica flaleo Uorwla: 1 1 ka (xtt Judaic É, ka pop Qcnalfe t » hai: i paiapaitia ma ke kMoltt ant, « nn» » k a Ijlaitéto o k* # « « « « ft m s k a Mkesua HO 1«».. 1 kat-.ama. B to»f«aí* akn, a kvftela mamnli « ka Hak«. iole at a i.».|NUá» it. man ta««; o poic» IESÍ sí ni» Sil Uaawlta i íbo ka tnaM o Icé ¿kUa í kfe WwwaQpopoia ai,» o i * i boopatüa 6 In Ilm» o Murw.i. » i hmisia w««m.)i o ka Huktt * potatale» t ka oaUunra pwu ma o 1 > »>oe OeccUit- lái « u k i tmmio» o kt> Aküa IU boomftopopuf« aim o la mea. A hí m'.ioWoho: i fattefctftffc 1 i kakau* « a f c k o mal o ka büke a KM»; ht wWoMio i* o ko U n i * t**r. h « i W : l koofitwftul* i k * a ka ítafca 1 hookalmB ai i k a « l d » i M kanaka, i . *Jm> [2.54] + 255-256 list of officers and enlisted men on the voyage pp. The colophon at the foot of p. 256 is dated 1856. With folding map showing the tracks of the voyage. With hand-colored frontispiece, 7 hand-colored lithograph plates, and woodcut text illustrations; original green calf, gilt spine and corners, green paper covered boards.

A Swedish edition of the Danish voyage of the Eugenie, 1851-1853. Kroepelien says that this narrative was compiled from the notes of Carle Edvard af Trolle and interspersed with numerous quotations from the published narratives of N. J. Andersson and C. Skogman, and that the illustrations were taken from Carl Skogman and Steen Anderson Bille on the circumnavigations of the Eugenie and Galathea, respectively. Chapter nine (pp. 79-109) has an account of the Eugenie's stop at Honolulu. Three of the plates contain vignettes of Hawaiian interest. One plate has two views: the lower depicts a house near Honolulu; the upper, titled "Ridande Qvinnor pa Tahiti," shows a group of natives riding horses. This in fact illustrates Hawaiians riding horses on the "plains," and in the background is a redrawn image of Punchbowl crater. It is adapted from a plate in Steen Anderson Bille's Reise der Corvette Galathea (Copenhagen, 185Z), Volume 11, at page 198. The plate depicting a Hawaiian man in a red vest with a carrying pole has been adapted from a similar plate in the Skogman account of the Eugenie's voyage. The third plate of Hawaiian interest, "Konung en och Drottningen pa Hawaiiske Oarne," is a double portrait of King Kamehameha III and Queen Kalama. This is redrawn from a drawing by Paul Plum, originally published in Steen Anderson Bille's Reise der Corvette Galathea (Copenhagen, 185Z), Volume 11, at page 214. References: Kroepelien, 395. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 8 2 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, fine copy in original dark green morocco backed boards.

2147

Gilman and Company List of I Arrivals at the Port of Lahaina, Maui, I Sandwich Islands, I For the Spring Season, 1856. I [double rule] I [tabulation begins, then at end:] Gilman & Co., I Ship Chandlers I Lahaina, Maui. I [pointing hand] I Ships furnished with recruits. [Honolulu, 1856] Circular. Text on the first of a single-fold letter sheet.

This list of statistics on 42 ships begins with the February 4th arrival of the ship Omega (Capt. Sanborn), 1 7 months out with 1 2 0 0 barrels of oil, and ends with the April 22nd arrival of the ship Hudson (Capt. Marston). For remarks on Gilman and Company, see No. 1990. References: None found. Copies: P-EMS (Phillips Collection, Gilman Papers: scrapbook in box r2).

2148

Gould, Augustus A . United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xn. Mollusca—Atlas United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I Atlas. I MOLL U S C A & SHELLS. I By I Augustus A. Gould, M.D. I Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences; and of the American Philosophical Society; I Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia; of the I Boston Society of Natural History, etc. I By Authority of Congress. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman & Son, printers. I 1856.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

163

Folio. 54.5 x 36.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 6 explanation of the plates (numbered 1-49). With 52 engraved plates, colored in part.

The official edition, of which 1 0 0 copies were printed. Haskell has a long and important note on the confusing makeup of the plate descriptions, and alterations to both descriptions and plates. First quoting an annotation by James Lennox, found in a New York Public Library copy, he states: "This government copy differs from the common [i.e., unofficial] copy in the description of the plates. There are really 52 plates in each, and the division of the contents of these plates accords with the description in this issue. The contents of each plate are incorrect in the common copy, but that is probably the first issue; and the descriptions in this were printed after it was found that the representations could not be contained in 49 engravings." Haskell then says: The textual variations in the Description of Plates start with fig. 80 on plate 6, p. 5, in which there is a variation in the line endings. Plate 9 of the trade issue is divided into plates 9 and 1 0 in the official issue and succeeding plate numbers in the latter are one higher thereafter. The contents of plates 23 and 24, listed together in the trade issue, are listed separately as plates 24 and 25 in the official issue. The contents of plate 31 of the trade issue are divided between two plates in the official issue and succeeding plate numbers of the official issue are two higher than the corresponding plates of the trade issue. Plate 48 of the trade issue is divided into two plates in the official issue with the result that plate 49 of the trade issue becomes plate 52 in the official issue. The numbers appearing on the plates themselves are the same in both issues. Figs. 129, 232, 258, 3 0 3 , 322, 335, 340, 409, 438, 479, 530, 531, 572, 574 and 579 are omitted from the Description of Plates and do not appear on the plates themselves. Fig. 360 appears on the plate [20] in both issues but is not listed in the Description of Plates in the trade issue [letterpress] although it appears in that printed in the official issue. References: Haskell, 52. Copies: LC (5). NYP (2). Haskell records 28 institutionally owned copies and one privately owned copy (then J. E. Wilkes), which is thought to be the copy now in the Mitchell Library, Sydney.

G o u l d , Augustus A . United

States Exploring

Expedition.

Vol. xn. Mollusca—Atlas

United States Exploring I Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1 8 4 2 . I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I Atlas. I M O L L U S C A and S H E L L S . I By I Augustus A. Gould, M . D . I Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences; and of the American Philosophical Society; I Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia; of the I Boston Society of Natural History, etc. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman & Son, Printers. I 1856. Folio. 52 x 35 cm (YU). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 6 Explanation of the Plates pp. With 52 engraved colored plates.

The unofficial issue of this atlas. The list of plates accounts for 51 plates, but there are in fact 52 and they are so numbered. Plates seem to have been introduced or added to the atlas after the letterpress "Explanation" used in the Official edition had been completed. In the Yale copy, for instance, following the printed listing for plate 1 0 , a plate numbered 1 1 has been added to that list in a marginal note, and following plate 32, plate 33 has been added in a sim-

2149

164

1856

Hawaiian National Bibliography ilar manner. All the plates from plate 1 1 on have been renumbered (partially by hand) to accommodate the additions. Plate 51 has figures 597-608, which are identified as being on plate 50 in the list; and plate 52 has figures 6 0 9 - 6 2 1 , which the list states are on plate 51. The Bishop Museum copy has 52 engraved plates but letterpress for plates 1-49 only, with no evidence that the additional text sheet was ever present. In this copy there are no additions or corrections made to the list of plates. For differences in the plates and their descriptions, see the note from Haskell quoted in No. 2148. Haskell does not record the number of copies of this issue printed. References: Haskell, 53 (locating 1 3 copies). Copies: BPBM*. BPL. N Y P (2). YU (Beinecke)*.

2150

Gray, Asa. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xv. Botany: Phanerogamia—Atlas United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I Atlas. I BOTANY. I P H A N E R O G A M I A . I Vol. 1. I By I Asa Gray, M.D. I By Authority of Congress. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman & Son, Printers. I 1856. Folio. 55.5 x 36.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3]—4 contents pp. With 1 0 0 engraved, uncolored plates.

The official issue of this atlas. The following plates depict plants collected in the Hawaiian Islands: 6. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 19. 24. 26. 29. 30. 31. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39.

Viola Chamissoniana. Isodendrion pyrifolium. Isodendrion longifolium. A. Silene lanceolata. A. Schiedea spergulinna. B. Schiedea diffusa. Hibiscus Brackenridgei. Pittosporum confertiflorum. Perrottetia Sandwicensis. Byronia Sandwicensis. A. Geranium multiflorum. B-D. Geranium cuneatum. Geranium ovatifolium. Geranium arboreum. Pelea clusiaefolia. Pelea auriculaefolia. A. Pelea Rotundifolia. A. Pelea Sandwicensis. Pelea volcanica. A. Melicope cinerea. B. Melicope Barbigera.

46. 48. 50. 56. 57. 69. 70. 78. 80. 81. 82. 87. 88. 90. 91. 92. 94.

Agati tomentosa. Strongylodon ruber. Vigna Sandwicensis. Rubus Hawaiiensis. Rubus Macrei. A. Metrosideros rugosa. B. Metrosideros lutea. Metrosideros Macropus. Gunnera petaloidea. Sicyos (Sicyocarya) pachycarpus. Sicyos (Sicyocarya) macrophyllus. Sicyos (Sicyocarya) cucumerinus. Broussaisia arguta. Sanicula Sandwicensis. Hedera Gaudichaudi. Hedera platyphylla. Reyoldsia Sandwicensis. Tetraplasandra Hawaiiensis.

Haskell states that the first 58 copies were sent to the Department of State for distribution August 23, 1858, and were distributed that year. He further states: "In an earlier letter to Candolle, Gray had written that the work would include 3 0 0 folio plates but, like the second volume of text, the additional atlases were never issued." References: Haskell, 62. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. N Y P (2). WaU. YU. Haskell lists 33 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

Great Western Circus Great Western I CIRCUS! I [double rule] I Lee & Marshall's Pavillion, I Nuuanu Street, opposite the Commercial Hotel. I [double rule] I Long & Raphael - Managers. I [double rule] I Senor Raphael - Director of the Ring . . . I [double rule] I SATURDAY E V E N I N G , I January 1 2 , 1856. I [double rule] I [woodcut, 16 x cm] I [double rule] I The Performances will commence with a I G R A N D C O S S A C K E N T R Y ! I [double rule] I H E R C U L E A N FEATS! I [double rule] I T U M B L I N G ! I [double rule] I La P E R C H E ! I ACTS of H O R S E M A N S H I P ! I . . . I [double rule] I The whole to conclude with I A Laughable Afterpiece! I [double rule] I Great Reduction of Prices! I Terms of Admission - - Dress Circle, $ 1 . 0 0 ; Box, 50 I cents; Pit, 25 cents. I [double rule] I [pointing hand] Doors open at 7 o'clock. Performances commence at half past 7. I [double rule] I Polynesian Press. I [1856]

165 2151

Broadside. Text within an elaborate typographical border. 58.5 x 2 2 cm. The woodcut, which depicts a ballerina on top of a galloping horse, is possibly of local manufacture, and is signed below: W. H. Tompkins. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M - 4 8 5 ) * .

Great Western Circus Great Western I CIRCUS! I [double rule] I Grand Gala Night I [double rule] I For the Benefit of the I ODD F E L L O W S ! I [double rule] I This Friday Evening, I February 8th, 1856. I [double rule] I [woodcut of an acrobat on a horse] I [double rule] I Programme of Performance. I [rule] I Grand Cavalcade Entry! I [double rule] I To be followed by Mr. N. M. Hinckley, in his celebrated Act entitled I The Revolving Globe! I . . . I After which Mons. Rochette will appear on the Turkish Column, in astonishing Feats of Strength, and as I The Vulcan Forge, I Or, The Man with Iron Nerves! I [double rule] I Senor Raphael and Mrs. Long on Two Horses, in the Grand Act entitled I The Isle of Man. I [double rule] I . . . I Young Rafael will then have the pleasure of introducing the two celebrated animals I C H A R L E Y A N D C I N D E R E L L A ! I Who will perform their most astonishing feats of Leaping Bars and Gates together, and will finish their Acts by taking I their Luau with the Clown! I . . . I [double rule] I Astonishing feats of Cannon Ball Practice by Mons. Rochette, I Any body who may see him in this, will declare he ought to have been at Sebastopol. I [double rule] I The whole to conclude with I Henry, the Brave Soldier! I or, I The New Recruit! I . . . I [pointing hand] The entire free list will be suspended for this night. I [Honolulu, 1856]

2152

Broadside. 44 lines of text. 6 0 x 24.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Education Report I of the I President of the Board of Education, I to the I Hawaiian Legislature April, 1856. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856] 8vo. 25. j x 1 5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 text pp. With folding table "Government Schools, 1 8 5 5 " and (in some copies) an errata slip.

By an act of the 1855 legislature, the old position of Minister of Public Instruction was abolished and was replaced by a Board of Education. This is the first report from the

2153

166

1856

Hawaiian National Bibliography newly formed Board by its president, Richard Armstrong. He summarizes his first five months in office and his travels to personally inspect most of the free " c o m m o n , " and "select" schools. The former he found dismal: "not one in ten of them . . . fit habitations of human beings for any purpose whatever." Under "select schools" there are more encouraging commentaries regarding the Seminary at Lahainaluna and the Royal School (now open to the public). The section on "Select schools not under care of Govt." includes summaries on Oahu College, the Hilo Boarding School, and the " R o m a n Catholic high school at Ahuimanu." Under "General Items," Armstrong reflects on public morals and statistics concerning marriages, births, and deaths during 1855. Copies of several circulars sent to school inspectors, teachers, and parents, setting forth the policies of the board, are transcribed, and a folding table at the end of the report provides statistics on government schools. Armstrong comments about the Hawaiian newspaper Ka Hae Hawaii: " T h e Elele, the only native newspaper, and a semi-monthly, has long been regarded as insufficient to meet the wants of the native population. . . . The Board of Education, therefore, has taken the subject into serious consideration, and with the entire concurrence of the King, has undertaken to supply this w a n t . . . .They have therefore established the 'Hae Hawaii' (Hawaiian banner), a weekly journal, and committed it to the editorial care of J . Fuller, Esq." On the subject of English-language instruction to Hawaiians, Armstrong remarks (pp. 1 3 - 1 5 ) that less than one-tenth of the pupils being instructed are girls, which he finds an "unpromising feature," since "the surest way to . . . give a new language to a people is to give it to the females." An added slip (at the end of some copies) states: " T h e statistical table on English schools in this copy differs in some particulars from the native, having gone to press before some of the returns were received. The native therefore is the more correct." References: None found. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM, with the Minister of the Interior report. HHS*. HMCS*. NYH*.

2154

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Board

of

Education

Palapala M a k a h i k i I a ka I Peresidena a ka Papa H o o n a a u a o , I i heluhelu ia imua o ka Ahaolelo Hawaii, I Aperila 1 8 5 6 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 5 6 ] 8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 4 text, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp. With folding table inserted at p.14. The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2153. Both the Hawaii State Archives and Bishop Museum copies are stitched together with the Minister of the Interior report (Hawaiian edition). This report however was also issued separately. References: None found. Copies: AH*. BPBM*.

2155

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of

Finance

Annual Report I of the I Minister of Finance I [rule] I [text begins] 1856]

I [Honolulu.

8vo. 24.j x 1 5 . j cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 2 text, [23-24] blank pp. With folding table "Custom House Statistics for 1855," and "Table A. Showing the Enumeration and the Collection of Taxes in 1855" at end.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

167

This report by Elisha H. Allen (dated April 1856) details the finances of the kingdom, with tables of appropriations and expenditures. The folding table of Custom House statistics gives imports and exports, and statistics on ships and shipping in Honolulu and other ports in the islands during the year 1855. References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: AH (z)*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-111)*. HHS*. HMCS*, tax table only. N Y H * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Supplemental Report I of the Minister of Finance. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856]

2156

8vo. zo.5 x 13 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2-3 Report, [4] + 5 - 1 6 tables pp.

Elisha H. Allen submitted this supplement to the legislature so that they might "clearly understand the condition of the Department at the commencement of the fiscal year." This report, dated April 14, 1856, is usually found stitched with the main report, but it was also issued separately. References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter)*. BPBM (C. R. Bishop bound set of reports)*. HHS*. HMCS*. NYH*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Palapala Hoike Makahiki I a ke I Kuhina Waiwai. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856]

2157

8vo. 25.5 x 16 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 6 report, 7-24 tables pp. With folding table "Papa A" at end.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2155. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Ka hope o ka I Palapala M . H . o ke Kuhina Waiwai. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856]

2158

8vo. 25.5 x 16 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2-3 Report, [4-16] tables pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2156. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office Report I of I the Minister of Foreign Relations I to the I Legislature of 1856. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856] 8vo. 23.5 x 13.5 cm (AH). Caption title, 1 - 1 0 text, 1 1 - 1 5 appendix, [16] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV, Second Year."

Robert C. Wyllie's report, dated December 31, 1855, opens with a tribute to the late king and praise for the new monarch, then continues with comments on the diplomatic business of the past year. He reports the successful conclusion of a treaty of reciprocity in

2159

168

i856

Hawaiian National Bibliography Washington, D.C., July 20, 1855, and states that he hopes to be able to announce its ratification in the supplement to this report. Further remarks concern the diplomatic mission of Judge Lee. Wyllie discusses several incidents involving government employees and foreigners. The first involved George Bailey, an American seaman "accused of an attempt to commit larceny," who as a result received a sentence of 20 lashes by the Police Magistrate. The second incident involved an Englishman, James MacLean of the HBMS Juno, alleged to have been reduced "to the degree of super-inducing fits and mental imbecility by a blow from one of the police, in 1846." Wyllie then comments on his continuing "correspondence" with the French Consul, Monsieur Dillon. The appendix, as promised, contains the text of the treaty signed at Washington, D.C., by William L. Lee on behalf of the Hawaiian government and by William L. Marcy, Secretary of State of the United States, July 20, 1855. References: Carter, p. 66. Tice Phillips, 27. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. HHS*. H M C S * . YU.

2160

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Relations Supplement I to the Report of the I Minister of Foreign Relations I to the Legislature of 1856. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 5 6 ] 8vo. Z5.5 x 15 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 7 report, 8-32 letters and documents pp.

Robert C. Wyllie's report on diplomatic and other matters, dated March 31st, is on the first seven pages. This supplement is important for its documentation of the sandalwood trade, which had been a significant article of commerce earlier in the century. It concerns the visit of Captain Thomas Ap Catesby Jones in i8z6, and the subsequent negotiations to settle claims of certain American merchants against the Hawaiian chiefs, who had amassed large debit accounts payable by delivery of piculs of sandalwood. (A picul, from the Malay "pikull," means "a man's load," and is equal to about 1 3 3 - 1 / 2 pounds [Oxford English Dictionary]). The documents include a letter from Jones to the Secretary of the Navy (Dec. 1 9 , 1855); additional memoranda, also from Jones; and testimony and letters of Honolulu residents John Meek, Governor Kekuanaoa, John Ii, and others. References: Carter, p. 66. HSL (Tice Phillips, 27). Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn) (2)*. BPBM (C. R. Bishop bound set of reports)*. HHS*. HMCS*. NYH*.

2161

Hawaii. Kingdom. Interior Department Report I of the I Minister of the Interior, I to the I Legislature of 1856. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 5 6 ] 8vo. 25 x 15 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 5 report, 6 - 2 0 appendixes pp.

This report of Keoni Ana (John Young), dated February 20, 1856, and read to the legislature by Prince Lot Kamehameha, contains a summary of receipts and expenditures and brief comments on the Government Press, the naturalization of foreigners, the Post Office, land sales, and patents. The appendixes list receipts from licenses and sales of land, and the expenditures include salaries. Following this are reports to the Minister of the Interior from the Post Office (Henry M. Whitney); the Land Commission (G. M .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

169

Robertson); The Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society (Geo. Williams); Prison Inspectors for Kauai (J. Hardy); and the Government Press (Charles Gordon Hopkins). A letter from Prince Lot Kamehameha dated March 8, 1856, concerns the organization of the Board of Health (p. 19). A particularly important inclusion is the "Final Report of the Board of Commissioners to Quiet Land Titles," by George M. Robertson (pp. 1 0 - 1 7 ) , which summarizes the work of that commission from 1846 to date. References: None found. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn) (2)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-115)*. HHS*. HMCS*. N Y H * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Interior Department Palapala Hoike I a ke I Kuhina Kalaiaina, I imua o ka Ahaolelo no ka M.H. 1856.1 [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856]

2162

8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 9 text, [20] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. Z I 6 I . Each of the two copies examined is stitched together with the Hawaiian-language edition of a report of the Board of Education. References: None found. Copies: AH*. BPBM*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Laws I of I His Majesty Kamehameha IV, I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I passed by the I Nobles and Representatives, I at their session, I 1856. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by Order of the Government. I 1856.

2163

8vo. 23 x 13.5 cm (AH). [1] title, [2 blank, [3] + 4 - 6 4 text, [65] + 6 6 - 7 0 index pp.

The first act printed here is that permitting the manufacture of wine. Other acts of greater importance are those facilitating the collection of debts; relating to corporations; allowing certain divorced persons to marry again; providing for the appointment of commissioners of private ways; and regulating jurors. Legislation for the improvement of the Honolulu harbor included "An Act to extinguish private titles in portions of the Harbor, and in the Reefs and Lands bounding the Harbor of Honolulu." Amendments were made to the acts regulating the shipping of foreign seamen and the slaughter and sale of beef in Honolulu and Lahaina. The importation and use of opium was also now controlled by law. Amendments were made to the "Joint resolution relating to Awa, passed August 6, 1846." Repealing much of the former law, this act made it legal for any person in the kingdom to cultivate awa, and then regulated both its sale price and its use medicinally. References: Carter, p. 108. Judd, p. 3. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. HHS*, bound with the Hawaiian-language edition. HMCS*, bound with the Hawaiian-language edition.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Kanawai I o ka Moi I Kamehameha IV, I Ke Alii o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, I i kau ia e na I Alii Ahaolelo a me ka Poeikohoia, I iloko o ka Ahaolelo o ka I Makahiki 1856. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia mamuli o ke Kauoha a ke Aupuni: I 1856. 8vo. 2 2 . j x 13.5 cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 6 text, [37] Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [38-40] blank pp.

2164

170

185 6 Hawaiian National Bibliography The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2 1 6 3 . References: Judd, p. 3, locates 4 copies. Copies: A H (2.)*. BPBM. HHS*. HMCS*, bound with the English-language edition.

2165

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature Appropriation Bill I For 1856 & 1857. I [rule] I [text begins:] Be it Enacted by the King, the Nobles and Representatives of the Hawaiian Islands, I in Legislative Council Assembled: I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1856] 8vo. 24 x 15 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 7 text, [8] blank pp.

This bill lists appropriations in the amount of $853,822.82 to be divided between the civil list, government departments, the "Bureau of Public Improvements," and "Miscellaneous." The bill is signed by Kamehameha IV and "Kaahumanu" (i.e., Victoria Kamamalu), 9 June 1856. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (3)*. BPBM (Carter)*. N Y H * . UH.

2166

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Fourth I Annual Report I of the I Chief Justice of the Supreme Court I to the I Legislature of 1856. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856] 8vo. zo x 13 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 9 report, [10] + 1 1 - 1 6 appendix pp.

William L. Lee provides a summary of judicial matters for 1855, with tables detailing types of convictions for various crimes on all islands. He congratulates the legislature on bills enacted during the previous session, mentions desired improvements to the judicial system, and again asks for measures to combat drunkenness. "During the year 1855, this great evil increased among the people of Honolulu to an alarming extent, chiefly, it is believed, from the use of drugged 'Beer' sold by keepers of victualling houses." The appendix contains letters referred to in the report, including reports of the District Attorneys of Maui, Molokai, and Lanai (James W. Austin); of Oahu (Asher B. Bates); and of Kauai and Niihau (Godfrey Rhodes). Also found here is a report of the Police Justice of Oahu (J. P. Griswold). References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (C. R. Bishop bound set of reports)*. HHS*. HMCS*.

2167

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Hoike Makahiki Eha I o ka I Lunakanawai Nui o ka Aha Kiekie I Imua o ka Ahaolelo o ka M . H . 1856. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856] 8vo. 23 x 15 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 4 text, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2166. References: None found. Copies: AH*.

2168

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court S U P R E M E C O U R T . I In the matter of Marion Landais. I Messrs. Harris and Marsh, for the Petitioner. I Mr. Bates, District Attorney, for the Government. I The following is the decision of Judge Robertson. I [Honolulu, 1856]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

171

Broadside. Caption title and text in 3 columns. 52.5 x 25 cm.

On January 2, 1856, Marion Landais, a citizen of France who had been Chancellor at the French Consulate, was arrested and detained in the Honolulu Fort, by executive order "Issued at the insistence and on the responsibility of Monsieur Louis Emil Perrin, Consul, Commissioner and Plenipotentiary of France." Perrin accused Landais of having "attacked him in the street with a Sword Cane, in danger to his life, and in outrage to his inviolability and the Laws of France." Perrin had asked for his detention prior to "sending him by a vessel soon to sail for the Port of Havre, to be dealt with in France according to the pleasure of the French Government." The questions to be considered by the Hawaiian Supreme Court were: was Perrin to be regarded as a diplomatic representative of France and therefore entitled to rights, privileges, and immunities of international law; and, as Landais was a private citizen, did Perrin have authority to direct that he be retained? The decision of the court printed here is dated January 7, 1856. It was first published in the Polynesian, January 19, 1856. The text has been partially reset for this broadside issue. References: The actual court documents regarding this case are in the Hawaii State Archives, First Circuit Court, Law 596. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O & Ex. [filed as 1853])*. N Y H * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court S U P R E M E C O U R T I J. W. Rixman & Co. vs. Warren Goodale, Collector I General of Customs. I The following is the Judgement of the Court: I [ text continues] I [signed] J. Montgomery, Esq. for the Plaintiffs. I A. B. Bates, for defendant. I [Honolulu, 1856]

2169

Broadside. Text in 2 columns. 48 x 16 cm.

"This is an action brought to recover the sum of eight hundred forty-five 1 4 - 1 0 0 dollars, with interest, which sum the plaintiffs allege was a surcharge of 1 0 percent on duties paid by the plaintiffs under protest, upon certain Chinese goods imported by them in the Danish ship 'Asa Thor' from Hong Kong in September, 1854." The goods, with a declared value of " $ 8 , 0 0 0 . 0 4 " [S*CL comprised silks and other yardage, shawls, and fans. The decision was rendered July 19, 1856. References: The original documents regarding this case are in the Hawaii State Archives, First Circuit Court, Law 877. Copies: AH (Broadsides—Judiciary)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Secretary at War Report I of the I Secretary at War, I presented to the Legislature of 1856. [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856] 8vo. 25.5 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 6 text, [27-28] blank pp. With 3 folding tables including "No. 1. Bureau of Public Works" at p. 23; and folding table, "Whole Expenditures of the Bureau of Public Works . . . (1855-1856)" at p. 26. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of King Kamehameha IV - Second Year."

In his report to the 1852 legislature, Robert C. Wyllie had proposed the formation of a force of 5,050 men (made up of pikemen and cavalry) for all islands of the group, but the legislature failed to act on this during both the 1852 and 1854 sessions. Here he again urges the legislature to consider "An act to establish a Military for the Hawaiian Islands."

2170

172

1856 Hawaiian National Bibliography This also contains a report on public improvements, as that function had been transferred from the Interior Department to the Secretary at War by the 1855 legislature. This was a transfer of short duration. This subreport contains remarks on public roads; lights and beacons; the construction of public markets, prisons, and lighthouses; as well as the restraining and impounding of estrays. A table of appropriations and expenditures on public improvements is included. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3 - B - 1 1 6 ) * . H M C S * .

2171

Hawaii. Kingdom. Secretary at War Palapala Hoike Makahiki I a ke Kuhina Kaua i heluhelu imua o ka Aha- I olelo o 1856. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1856] 8vo. 2.5.5 x T 5-5 c m > untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + z - 2 4 text pp. With two folding tables at end. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Ka N o h o Alii ana o Kamehameha IV, Makahiki elua." T h e H a w a i i a n - l a n g u a g e edition of N o . 2 1 7 0 . References: None found. Copies: BPBM*.

2172

Hawaiian Evangelical Association Minutes I of I The Meeting I of the I Hawaiian I Evangelical Association, I held at Honolulu, I May and June, 1856.1 [rule] I Mission Press, I Honolulu. I [rule] I 1856. i2mo. 16 x 11 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 4 text pp.

Extracts from station reports regarding schools, churches, and other matters; a record of printing accomplished; and statistics on churches and appropriations. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS. HMCS*.

2173

He Palapala a ta Epikopo He Palapala I a ta Epikopo I i na tahuna a me na hoahanau Katolika I o Havaii nei, no ta Hapai Paumaele Ole la Ana I o ta Virgine Hemolele. I Honolulu, I Pai-Palapala Katolika. I 1856. 8vo. 2 1 . 2 x 13 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2 - 6 text pp.

Title: A letter from the bishop to the priests and all Catholic brethren of Hawaii, concerning the immaculate conception of the Blessed Virgin. References: Judd and Bell, 338. Copies: HarU (2234.74.86)*. H M C S * , lacking title page.

2174

He Palapala Apotolo He Palapala Apotolo I a to takou Hatu Hemolele loa, a I PIO IX, I He Tumutauoha ma ta Oihana Atua, I No ta hoatata pau ana. ma te ano dogema, I i ta hapai Paumaele ole ia ana o ta I Virgine Hanau-Atua. I (Ua unuhiia noloto mai o ta olelo Roma.) I [cut of the Virgin Mary] I Honolulu, I Pai-palapala Katolika, I 1856. 8vo. 2 1 . 3 x 13 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 8 text pp.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

Title: A n apostolic letter of our most holy Lord Pius I X , Pope by the Grace of G o d , on the definition of the dogma of the Immaculate Conception of the Virgin Mother-of-God. (Translated from the Latin.) The text begins with a caption title: Pio Epikopo I Te tauva a na Tauva a Te Atua I i hoomanao mai ia ia mea. References: Judd and Bell, 339 (list 5 copies). Y z e n d o o r n , 40. Copies: HarU. H M C S * .

Hill, Samuel S. Travels I in the I S a n d w i c h and Society Islands. I By I S. S. Hill, Esq. I A u t h o r of "Travels in Siberia," etc. I [two-line quotation from Dryden] I L o n d o n : I C h a p m a n and H a l l , 193 Piccadilly. I 1856.1 (The right of Translation is reserved.) 8vo. 2.0 x 12.5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] imprint, else blank, [v] + v i - v i i Preface, [viii] blank, [ix] + x - x i i Contents, [1] + 2 - 4 0 6 text, [407] + 4 0 8 - 4 2 8 A p p e n d i x , + 1 6 pp. Advertisements: "List of b o o k s published by C h a p m a n 8c H a l l " dated M a y 1, 1856 pp. Folding map " T h e Sandwich Islands compiled to accompany M r . Hill's Travels" at title or first text page.

A n interesting travel narrative by an English gentleman-traveler, w h o devotes more than 3 0 0 pages of the text to his visit to Hawaii. Samuel Hill arrived at Honolulu on the Josephine, December 24, 1848, direct from Kamchatka, where he had made an exploratory tour. He describes Honolulu, gives a general history of the Islands since Captain Cook's time, and visits local sites of picturesque or historical interest. His travels around the island of Hawaii, however, are the most interesting portions of the text. Arriving at Kawaihae (after a brief stop at Lahaina), the author explored the area, met members of the Isaac Davis family, and then continued upland to Waimea. He describes ranching in the area of Waimea and summarizes his interviews with George Kenway and James Fay, leading British inhabitants of the district. After returning to Kawaihae, Hill sailed to Kealakekua Bay. He viewed the site of Cook's death, observed native life, visited Hoonaunau, then set off on foot for Kailua, Kona. En route he watched surfers. A t Kailua, he stayed in a government house, called on Gov. Kapeau, and paid courtesy visits to Rev. Thurston and to A b b e Marechal, the Catholic priest. Continuing on his travels, he visited a coffee estate above Kealakekua owned by a Mr. Hall. Hill then proceeded overland to Waiohinu and stayed in the mission house with Rev. and Mrs. Kinney before continuing on to Kilauea Volcano. The author describes Hilo on more than 50 pages of text. He met the Coans, the Lymans, and Mr. Pitman, and attended a church service where Rev. C o a n invited him to speak on his travels through the Holy Land. After returning to O a h u , Hill remained at Honolulu for a month before departing M a y 5th for Tahiti on the schooner Sola, bound for the Society Islands and Valparaiso. The appendix reprints the Hawaiian Declaration of Rights and treaties between Hawaii, France, and Great Britain (signed at Honolulu, M a r c h 26, 1846); it also has notes on Hawaiian taxes obtained from Dr. Judd. M o r e importantly, the appendix includes an account of a "Mutiny and Massacre at sea," in the form of a deposition from one Robert L . McNally, dated "Schooner Amelia, Thursday, Oct. 3, 1848," which tells of the murder of the first mate " K i t a n o " by three men: James Torris, Andrew Baldibego, and Jose Calvero. See also N o . 1 7 0 5 . Samuel Hill was a prolific writer of travel books; the National Union records seven titles by him published between the years 1837 and 1866.

Catalogue

References: Carter, p. 87. Hunnewell, p. 42. Judd and Lind, 80. O'Reilly and Reitman, r r 4 3 .

174

1856

Hawaiian National Bibliography Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (z)*. BPBM (Carter 6 - D - n and 1 - C - 2 3 ) * . BPBM (Fuller)*. HarU. HHS (2). HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. M L . PA-VBC. The NUC lists 5 copies.

2176

K a Ai o K a L a Ka Ai O Ka La. I Buke 23, - 1857. I Ka Mooolelo a ka poe Isereala ma I ka Waonahele, i kaukauia mai ka I hapa hope o Pukana i ka hapa I hope o Nahelu. I [rule] I [Honolulu:] ka na misionari mea pai. I 1856. i2mo. 13.5 x 8 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 5 4 text, [155-156] Papa Hoike (Index) pp.

Title: Food for the day. In addition to biblical quotations to be learned each day, a number of hymns have been added to this edition. References: This edition not in Butler. Copies: BPBM*. HHS (2)*. H M C S (2)*.

2177

K a H a e Hawaii K A H A E HAWAII. I [double rule] I "Ua mau ke ea o ka aina i ka pono." I [double rule] I Buke 1. Helu 1 . Honolulu, Malaki 5, 1856. [ 1 8 5 6 - 1 8 6 1 ] A 4-page weekly. 30.5 x 25 cm, increasing to 37.5 x 29 cm.

Title: The Hawaiian flag. "The life of the land is perpetuated in righteousness." This newspaper was established by the Board of Education. On its initial publication, Abraham Fornander, proprietor of the Sandwich Islands Monthly Magazine, commented in his March 1856 issue: Since our last number appeared another Journal has started into weekly life in Honolulu, in the Hawaiian Language, under the name of "Ka Hae Hawaii"; edited by Mr. J. Fuller, and under the auspices of the Board of Education. It takes the place of the ancient "Elele" - a missionary paper in the native tongue, and a sturdy opponent of wine, tobacco, and public amusements. The new paper proposes to'supply a want that has been deeply felt by the native population of late years, viz.: the knowledge of practical things . . . and to furnish an intellectual looking glass in which its readers may 'see themselves as others see them.' . . . We are told in the "Polynesian" that the honor of this enterprise belongs to Prince [Lot] Kamehameha, and we rejoice on many accounts to learn it. . . . The first number contains the Address of His Majesty before the Native Hawaiian Agricultural Society . . . as an address from a sovereign to his people, it is of the greatest importance. It is a living, burning protest of the present against the past: it is the stern and wholesome truth divested of the false glitter of popularity hunting. The text was varied, topics of the day were discussed, and advertisements and selected birth, marriage, and death notices appeared with regularity. Buke 1, Helu 44 (Dec. 3 1 , 1 8 5 6 ) exists in two distinct forms. One is the same size and format as all the other issues of the first volume. The larger format issue (43 x 31.5 cm), of the same date, has the title arching over a rising phoenix, which divides the motto "Ua mau ke ea o ka aina i ka pono." This version contains several additional articles of text and has box advertisements on the last two pages (numbered 1 7 5 - 1 7 6 ) . This particular format must have been an experiment as only one issue of this size was published. Beginning with Volume n (March 4, 1857), the size is increased, the masthead becomes more elaborate and the title is at the top of a woodcut showing a tropical

Hawaiian National Bibliography

185 6

island with snow-capped peaks. The scene itself is identified below left as "Ka wa Kahiko (the ancient way), and below right as "Ka wa hou" (the new way or order). This elaborate masthead continued until the publication of Buke vi, Helu 1 (April 3, 1861), when the woodcut view disappeared. The Pacific Commercial Advertiser (May 7, 1857) noted the improved appearance of Ka Hae, but commented, "We could wish that it were more free from typographical and grammatical errors. One can hardly find a paragraph in any number free from blunders. . . . still, with all its faults, it is the best paper the natives have ever had." From April 14, 1858, to March 30, 1859, the paper published a series of 50 articles titled "Mooolelo Hawaii." This was a revision by John F. Pogue of a book having the same title published at Lahainaluna in 1838 (see No. 1 1 0 7 ) . The Pogue text has been considerably revised by drawing on Sheldon Dibble's History, published at Lahainaluna in 1843, and by consulting the manuscript for Hawaiian Antiquities written by David Malo. This serialized text also appeared in book form (see No. 2285). Buke 11, Helu 7 (May 19, 1858), is particularly important in that it contains (on pp. 26-27) a complete list of Lahainaluna Seminary students from 1831 to 1851, and gives the place of origin, place of current residence, number of years attended, and occupation of each student. In his biennial report to the 1858 legislature, Richard Armstrong, the Minister of Public Instruction, states: This weekly paper is edited by Mr. Fuller, under the general direction of the Board of Education, as part of his duties as clerk in the Department, and for which he receives no additional compensation . . . During the first year [of publication] closing in March, 1857, 3 , 0 0 0 copies were issued weekly until the 19th number, and of the balance 2,500 copies. The whole expenditure for the paper during the first year was $2,059.69, and the receipts $2,105.92, leaving a balance in its favor of $46.25. . . . During the second year the paper was enlarged and improved, and 2 , 0 0 0 copies were issued. . . . The paper seems to be growing in popular favor. A newspaper has become, in fact, one of the real wants of the people . . . the cost of the paper to subscribers is $ 1 . 5 0 . . . and subscribers are required to pay in advance. Ultimately, however, the establishment of two other weekly papers in the Hawaiian language and the "accumulation of business" made continuing publication undesirable, and the newspaper ceased publication with Buke vi, Helu 39, December 25, 1 8 6 1 . The report of the Minister of Public Instruction to the 1862 legislature includes a statement from the editor of the defunct newspaper: The Hae Hawaii, native paper, has been published weekly for nearly six years, making five full volumes, the sixth embracing only the last three quarters of 1 8 6 1 . During this period, the average circulation has been over 2 , 0 0 0 copies—making more than 1 0 4 , 0 0 0 papers distributed each year, or about 6 0 0 , 0 0 0 during the whole time. In these issues a great amount of information has been given to the people on a variety of subjects. Particular attention has been given to agricultural topics, and every department of industry applicable to the native population; local and foreign news from every quarter of the globe, exhibiting to some extent, the political and social progress of the world. The history of the Islands has been published in full, also short histories of England, United States, France, Italy and Russia. Besides which, all the laws of the Kingdom, including the entire Civil Code, has been given to the people through this medium, without any considerable cost to them or to the Government.

175

176

1856 Hawaiian National Bibliography One aim in the publication of the Hae, w a s the cultivation of a taste for reading among the people, and a thirst for general information, such as can be furnished in a popular newspaper. This has been accomplished, to such an extent, that it is not probable the people will ever again be contented without a weekly newspaper in their native language. References: Hunnewell, p. 41 and 61. Mookini, p. 9. Copies: AH, 1 8 5 6 - 1 8 6 1 . AH (Kahn)*, Vol. 1 (incomplete), Vol. in and scattered issues. BPBM, 1856-1859 and the extra copy of the December 31, 1856, issue described above. HHS, Vol. 1 (1856-1857) and Vol. 111 (1858-1859). HMCS, Vol. 111 (1858-1859) and Vol. vi (1861).

2178

K a Misionari Hawaii K a M i s i o n a r i H a w a i i . I [double rule] I H e Pepa e H o o l a h a ana i na Palapala a I na M i s i o n a r i H a w a i i mai na aina e mai. I [double rule] I B u k e 1. H e l u 1 . H o n o l u l u , O a h u , Aperila 7 , 1 8 5 6 . 8vo. 24.5 x 15 cm (HMCS). Five helu (issues), variously paged, published between April 7, 1856, and September 5, 1857, as follows: Helu 1 , April 7, 1856, [1] + 2 - 1 6 text pp.; Helu 2, June 1856, [1] + 2.-8 text pp.; Helu 3, Nov. 1, 1856, [1] + 2 - 4 0 text pp.; Helu 4, April 1, 1857, [41] + 4 2 - 5 6 text pp.; Helu 5, September 5, 1857, [57] + 58-72 text pp. A periodical devoted to the interests of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association and the native Hawaiian missionaries stationed in the Marquesas and Micronesia. The first number begins with an article by Rev. Kauwealoha on Nukuhiva and includes a history of missionaries to that group. This is followed by letters from Rev. Bicknell to Samuel C. Damon, dated November 3, 1855; James Kekela to W. R Alexander, dated Oomoa, January 2 3 , 185.6, and Rev. Kauwealoha to W. R Alexander, dated Oomoa, February 2 0 , 1855. Subsequent issues contain additional letters and essays and reports from James Bicknell; Binamu (Hiram Bingham, II); J . S. Emesona (John S. Emerson); Luther H. Gulick; B. Kaaikaula; J . W. Kaiwi; S. N . Kakela; J . W. Kanoa; A. Kaukau; James Kekela; T. Koana (Titus Coan); S. C. Luhiau; Matunui; and B. W. Pareka (Benjamin W. Parker). A small woodcut of the schooner Morning Star is found on page 4 2 of Buke 1. References: Butler, 248. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, Buke I, Helu 2 and 4. HMCS*. HHS*. NLC, Buke I, Helu 2 only.

2179

K a m e h a m e h a IV. Speech N o b l e s and Representatives; I I have c o n v o k e d y o u to meet this d a y under provision of o u r I Constitution n o w in force, w h i c h provides f o r an A n n u a l Session of I the Legislative B o d y ; and with humble thankfulness to the R u l e r of I N a t i o n s , I felicitate y o u upon the prosperity w h i c h has attended us, I as a people, during the past year. I [text continues] I [ K a m e h a m e h a IV, H o n o l u l u , 1 8 5 6 ] Circular. Composed of a single-fold sheet, folding to 31.5 x 20 cm, forming 4 unnumbered leaves, with text on the first and third pages. The king's speech at the opening of the 1 8 5 6 legislature. Kamehameha I V reports on the general prosperity of the kingdom, refers the legislature to reports from his ministers, and mentions treaties and diplomatic negotiations. He "recommends" to legislative notice certain points in the Interior Department report, "especially that asking for an authorization to grant Title Deeds to persons w h o have proved their claims before the Land Commission, but received no Patents . . . ." He reports on public improvements, and the "state and progress of Education," and urges the "fostering care" of the Native Hawaiian Agricultural Society "lately instituted."

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

177

The Hawaii State Archives has what appears to be a copy of this speech in draft form. It is comprised of two single-fold sheets with printed text on the first, third, and fifth unnumbered pages. For a full transcription of the speech, see Lydecker. References: Lydecker, pp. 66-68. Copies: A H (F.O. &c Ex.)*, with an annotation by R. C. Wyllie: "The King's Speech to the Legislature of 1856."

Kubalski, Nickolaj Ambrozy Voyages I et découvertes I En Océanie I depuis 1 7 9 1 jusqu'à nos jours I recueillis I par N. A. Kubalski I [rule] I nouvelle édition I [ornament with initials A. M.] I Tours I Ad Marne et Cie, Imprimeurs-Libraires I [rule] I 1856.

2180

izmo. 17.5 x 1 0 . 5 cm. [i] half title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 1 3 8 text, [139] index, [140] blank pp. With frontispiece plate headed "Voyages en Océanie."

A text for juveniles that consists of a retelling of the following voyages to the Pacific: Vancouver, 1 7 9 1 - 9 3 (pp. 1-43); D'Entrecasteaux, 1 7 9 1 - 1 7 9 3 (pp. 44-86); and the voyages of Peter Dillon, 1813 and 1826-1827 (pp. 87-138). The account of the Vancouver voyage (pp. 25-430) includes a separate text on his visit to Hawaii. According to the National Union Catalogue this was published as part of the series, "Bibliothèque des Ecoles Chretiannes." References: Not recorded in Bagnall, Ferguson, or O'Reilly and Reitman. Copies: HMCS*, in blue pebbled cloth, gilt. The NUC lists a copy at the Boston Public Library.

Long and Rafael's Circus Great Western I CIRCUS! I [double rule] I Lee & Marshall's Pavillion, I Nuuanu Street, opposite the Commercial Hotel. I [double rule] I Long & Rafael - Managers. I [double rule] I [list of the company] I [double rule] I Saturday Evening, I January 12, 1856. I [double rule] I [Woodcut of a ballerina standing on a horse, IJ.J x 7.J cm, signed W. H. Tomkins] I The Performance will commence with a I G R A N D C O S S A C K E N T R Y ! I [double rule] I H E R C U L E A N FEATS! I [double rule] I T U M B L I N G ! I [double rule] I L A P E R C H E ! I [double rule] I A C T S OF H O R S E M A N S H I P ! I . . . I And other Pleasing Novelties! I [double rule] I . . . I Great Reduction of Prices! I Terms of Admission. - - Dress Circle, $ 1 . 0 0 ; Box, 50 I cents; Pit, 25 cents. I . . . I Polynesian Press. [Honolulu, 1856]

2181

Broadside. 3 0 lines of text within an elaborate typographical border. 59 x 22 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

Long and Rafael's Circus Great Western I CIRCUS! I [double rule] I Grand Gala Night I [double rule] I For the Benefit of the I O D D F E L L O W S ! I [double rule] I This Friday Evening, I February 8th. 1856 I [double rule] I [woodcut of man standing on a horse] I [double rule] I Programme of Performance. I [rule] I Grand Cavalcade Entry! I [double rule] I To be followed by Mr. N. M . Hinckley, in his celebrated Act entitled I "The Revolving Globe" I Young Rafael will appear as The Shipwrecked Mariner, I [double rule] I After which Mons. Rochette will appear on the Turkish Column, in astonishing Feats of Strength, and as I T H E V U L C A N F O R G E , I Or, The man with I R O N N E R V E S ! I [double rule] I . . . I Astonishing feats of cannon

2182

178

1856

Hawaiian National Bibliography ball practice by Mons. Rochette. I Any body who may see him in this, will declare he ought to have been at Sebastapol. I [double rule] I The whole to conclude with I Henry, the Brave Soldier! I or, I The New Recruit! I [double rule] I . . . I [pointing band] The entire free list will be suspended for this night. [Honolulu, 1856] Broadside. 44 lines of text. 59.5 x 25 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

2183

Masons, Free Order of By-Laws I of I Hawaiian Lodge, No. 2.1, I of I Free and Accepted Masons, I held at I Honolulu, Island of Oahu, Hawaiian Islands: I Being the uniform code I Recommended by the Grand Lodge at its Annual I Communication, May. A. L . 5856. I With an abstract of such portions of the constitution I and standing resolutions of the grand lodge I as relate particularly to subordinate I lodges, and with the regulation I relative to trials. I [rule] I Approved by the Grand Master. I [rule] I San Francisco: I F. Eastman, Printer, Franklin Office. I 1 8 6 Montgomery Street. I 1856. i 6 m o . 1 3 . 5 x 9.3 cm. [1] title, [2.] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 7 text, [ 2 8 - 3 2 ] blank pp.

The Hawaiian Historical Society has a San Francisco i860 edition and a Honolulu 1869 edition. References: None found. Copies: A H (T. C. Heuck collection, M - 6 1 ) * , with signature of T. C. Heuck. B P B M (Hist. Pam. 887)*', Gorham D. Gilman's copy.

2184

N o Ka Aoao Moremona N O K A A O A O M O R E M O N A . I [double rule] I He palapala a Mi Ioane Hide, he Luna Moremona, i I haalele i ko laila aoao, e hoike ana i na Moremona I Hawaii i ka oiaio ole o ka manao Moremona. I [rule] I [text begins] I [signed at end of p. 16:] J . W. H. Kauwahi, Honolulu, Okatoba, 1856. i 2 m o . 2 0 . 5 x i z . 5 cm, untrimmed (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 text pp.

Title: Concerning the Mormon Religion. A letter from Mr. John Hyde, the Mormon elder, who has forsaken the said religion, showing to the Hawaiian Mormons the falsity of Mormonism. An anti-Mormon tract, evidently the result of a lecture that Hyde delivered in Honolulu. Chapter iv, "Ke ano o ke Akua, i ko ka Moremona manao" (pp. 1 1 - 1 5 ) , is a communication signed "Hide" and dated at the end, Honolulu, Okatoba 1856. This is followed on pages 1 5 - 1 6 by a commentary, "He palapala haalele Moremona" (Words forsaking Mormonism), in the form of eight numbered paragraphs. The text is signed at the end, " J . W. H. Kauwahi, Honolulu Dekemaba, 1856." The Pacific Commercial Advertiser, October 23, 1856, comments on the lecture itself: L E C T U R E O N M O R M O N I S M . A lecture on the above subject was delivered at the Bethel on Monday evening last by Mr. J. Hyde, Jr. who has recently arrived from Utah Territory. We have rarely seen such a crowded audience in Honolulu. What gave additional interest to the lecture was the fact that the lecturer has, till recently, been an officer in the Mormon church, but has renounced his faith altogether. . . . A member of the Mormon community had the impudence to get up before the assembly and charge the lecturer with horse-stealing, which, whether or not true, was deemed altogether

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

out of place. The lecturer however, explained the charge to the satisfaction of his audience. The report of the Oahu Mission station, in the 1857 Minutes of the Hawaiian ical Association, states:

Evangel-

Mormonism is at a pretty low ebb among us. It was rapidly declining before the arrival of Mr. Jon [s/c] Hyde and his associates last fall, some six or seven Mormon missionaries, who were sent here from Utah by Brigham Young, to establish a newspaper in the native language, and to do their best to convert this entire nation into Mormonism. But on arriving here, Mr. Hide, their leader, fully and freely renounced Mormonism, not only in private conversation, but in two public lectures in the Seamen's Chapel, and in several native congregations, and also through the medium of the press. Before Hyde left town in December 1856, several letters by and about him were published in both the Polynesian and the Pacific Commercial Advertiser. References: Butler, z6z. Judd and Bell, 337. Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical (Honolulu, 1857), p. 15.

Association

Copies: ATL*. BPBM (Phil. Pam. 454)*. HHS*. H M C S (2)*, the wrappers of one of these copies are made from sheets of the Mormon newspaper the Deseret News (Salt Lake) for October 3 1 , 1855. L C * . N L C . PS. UH. Judd and Bell locate an additional copy at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.

N o r d h o f f , Charles Man-of-War Life: I A Boy's Experience I in the United States Navy, I during a voyage around the world, I in a ship of the line. I [rule] I By Chas. Nordhoff. I Author of "The Merchant Vessel;" "Whaling and I Fishing." I [rule] I Cincinnati: I Moore, Wilstach, Keys &c Co. I New York: Miller, Orton & Mulligan, I Boston: Whittemore, Niles & Hall. I Phila.: J. B. Lippincott & Co. I 1856. izrno. 16.5 x 1 1 cm (AH), [i] title, [ii] copyright and printer's name and address, [iii]-iv preface, [v] + vi-viii contents, [9] + 1 0 - 2 8 6 text, [287-288] advertisement, books published by Moore, Wilstack, Keys &C Co., pp. With inserted frontispiece "Group of Japanese," 5 inserted text plates, and text vignettes.

A fictionalized account of a world cruise in an American naval ship, written for young boys and told from the viewpoint of a cabin boy. The author (or subject) at age 13 left his home in the Midwest and proceeded to Philadelphia, where he found work as a "printer's devil" before going to sea. The ship he was on sailed to China via the Indian Ocean, making stops en route at Manila, Canton, Formosa, and Japan, before reaching Honolulu. The ship is unnamed, and the dates of arrival and departure from Honolulu are not given. However, the author does say that the visit to Honolulu occurred just prior to the California gold rush. The narrator describes Honolulu as "a straggling, rather poorly-constructed or laid out town, [which] contained a number of very respectable looking houses." He writes about enjoying a country ride, eating breadfruit and taro and observing the natives. He describes Hawaiians shark fishing and tells of a visit made by Kamehameha III to the ship. After leaving Hawaii, the ship sailed to South America and also made a stop at Monterey. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. The NUC records copies of various editions.

180

1856

2186

Oahu College The I Oahu College I at the I Sandwich Islands. I [rule] I Boston: Press of T. R . Marvin, 42 Congress Street. I 1856

Hawaiian National Bibliography

n m o . 19.5 x 1 2 cm (HMCS). Cover title, [1] + 2 . - 1 1 text pp.

In 1856, a group of special trustees assembled in Boston in order to raise an endowment of $ 5 0 , 0 0 0 to be invested in the United States for the benefit of the school. This was the pamphlet with which they launched that appeal. It gives a résumé of educational endeavors of the mission, the founding of Punahou, the withdrawal of the American Board, and the transfer of Lahainaluna to the Hawaiian government. The text describes the need for a school of higher learning for the increasing population "of foreign origin" and claims that the school is "essential to the development and continued existence of the Hawaiian nation." It is dated Boston, August 1856, and signed by Henry Hill (Boston), Pelatiah Perit (New York City), Gen. William Williams (Norwich, Conn.), Hon. Thomas W. Williams (New London, Conn.), Henry P. Haven (New London, Conn.), James Hunnewell (Boston), William E. Dodge (New York City), and Abner Kingman (Boston). References: Carter, p. 134. Copies: H M C S * . The N U C records copies at Boston Public Library and Harvard University.

2187

Osborn, Sherard (Editor) The I Discovery I of the I North-West Passage I by I H.M.S. "Investigator," Capt. R . M'Clure, I 1 8 5 0 , 1 8 5 1 , 1852, 1853, 1854. I Edited by I Commander Sherard Osborn, I Author of "Stray Leaves from an Arctic Journal," I From the Logs and Journals of Captain Robert Le M . M'Clure. I Illustrated by Commander S. Gurney Cresswell, R . N . I London: I Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans & Roberts. [1856] 8vo. 22 x 14 cm. [i] title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] editor's dedication to the Admiralty, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii Preface, [ix] + x - x v i Contents and list of illustrations, xvii-xix List of officers and crew, [xx] blank, [1] + 2 - 1 6 Introduction, 1 7 - 3 3 3 Narrative text, 333-340 Lady Franklin's letter to the Admiralty, July 1 1 , 1856, 3 4 1 - 3 4 6 Memorial of Sir R. I. Murchison, 347 Table of meteorological data, 348 List of game shot in the Arctic, [349] Appendix half title, [350] blank, [351] + 3 5 2 - 4 0 5 Narrative of Commander Maguire at Point Barrow, 1853, [406] printer's name and address pp. With frontispiece of H M S Investigator, folding "Chart to illustrate the Narrative of the Accomplishment of the North West Passage by H.M. Ship 'Investigator,' " at first text page, and 4 illustrations.

The ships Enterprise and Investigator made two Arctic voyages, the first of which took place during 1848 and 1849, under Sir James Ross. On their return to England, it was determined to send them out again in order to resume the search for any trace of Sir John Franklin's ships, the Erebus and Terror. Captain Richard Collinson was appointed "senior officer, and leader of the expedition," on the Enterprise, and Commander Robert Le Mesurier M'Clure was appointed to the Investigator. The two ships sailed from England on January 20, 1850, bound to the Pacific via Cape Horn. They made several stops in South American ports. In May 1850, the Investigator proceeded to Honolulu to reprovision. She stood off Honolulu on July 1st, and met H.M. Brig Swift, then in port. Captain Collinson on the Enterprise had already arrived. The account of this ship's stop at Honolulu is brief. The captain made a courtesy call on the British Consul, General William Miller, and saw to it that the sick men were provided for, and the ship fully provisioned. The Investigator departed Honolulu for the Arctic on July 4th, and from this point on the text concerns the Arctic exploration.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

This edition is scarce. The second edition (1857; see No. 2228) is more commonly found. References: Lada-Mocarski, 146. Copies: BPL. HarU. LC. PA-VBC. WaU. YU. The NUC records 20 copies.

T h e Pacific Commercial Advertiser The Pacific I Commercial [woodcut view] Advertiser. I [double rule] I Published weekly by I Henry M . Whitney. I Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. July 2, 1856. I Six dollars per annum I payable in advance I [double rule]. I [Honolulu, 1 8 5 6 ] Folio. 49 x 36 cm, increasing in size (in 1857) to 63.5 x 49 cm. Each issue 4 pp. The woodcut in the masthead is a view of Honolulu from off Diamond Head.

Honolulu's oldest newspaper, which is still publishing as the Honolulu Advertiser. Prior to the appearance of the first issue, Whitney published a prospectus in which he states his aims: "To increase Hawaii's internal and foreign commerce, to promote the interests of these islands . . . to furnish a full variety of domestic and foreign news . . . to discuss politics with a freedom pertaining only to an independent press . . . [and in the Hawaiian section of the paper] "to encourage industry and improvement in the domestic and social habits of the Hawaiian race." In his first editorial piece, Whitney writes: "Thank Heaven, the day at length has dawned when the Hawaiian Nation can boast a free press, untrammeled by government patronage or party pledges, unbiased by ministerial frowns or favors—a press whose aim shall be the advancement of the nation in its commercial, political and social condition." The paper was both named and modeled after the New York Commercial Advertiser, with which Whitney had once been associated. The tone was essentially conservative. Liquor advertisements do not appear for a number of years, and during the early years of the paper theater advertisements appear only rarely, they being left to the government paper, the Polynesian. One of editor Whitney's great dislikes was the persistence of the hula, to the point that a good deal of what we know about these performances, whether in town or in more rural locations, is provided from his reports and comments. Politics and legislative reports take up considerable space; criticism of the government and of the dullness of the rival government paper the Polynesian fills many pages. There is in this paper, however, an attempt to collect news from the neighbor islands, generally not found in the Polynesian. The proprietor made great efforts to see that his shipping and whaling news on North Pacific whaling was full and accurate; it was so reliable that New Bedford, Boston, and New York papers reprinted Advertiser articles. Whitney remained the proprietor for 14 years, ultimately becoming unpopular with Hawaiian sugar planters over his objections to the coolie labor system then in full force. The Advertiser was sold September 1 , 1870, to W. H. Black and James Auld. On the first of June 1875, Auld retired from the firm, and Black became the sole proprietor. During the Black and Auld proprietorship, one of the editors was William Lowthian Green, a local businessman. Later H. A. P. Carter became an editorial contributor, and finally Henry L. Sheldon became editor in fact. In 1876 Black sold his interest to H. L. Sheldon, and it was during this period that the Advertiser became openly critical of the Kalakaua government and of Claus Spreckels. On September 1 , 1880, the paper was sold to several brokers, ostensibly to the government but reputedly acting for Claus Spreckels, who was never publicly acknowledged as the owner. The paper became the organ of the crown, and was edited by Walter M. Gibson. The masthead at this period read: Frank Godfrey Assistant Editor, James Auld

182

1856 Hawaiian National Bibliography Superintendent of Printing, and Fred Hayselden Business Manager (the latter being Gibson's son-in-law). In 1887 Hayselden was announced as the owner. Both Gibson and Spreckels used the paper for their own advantage. Gibson retired after a brief period, after which the paper was edited by Joseph S. Webb, who had been selected by Gibson to continue his views; following Webb were a number of other editors. Eventually, when Spreckels had a falling out with the king, the paper was put up for sale. In 1888 the Hawaiian Gazette Company purchased the Advertiser, which had become a daily publication, and at the same time continued to publish the Hawaiian Gazette as a weekly, then as a semi-weekly paper. Whitney again became editor of the Advertiser. On April 18, 1892, he was elected president of the Hawaiian Gazette Company and Henry Northrup Castle became editor of the Advertiser and the Gazette. From 1894 to 1897 the editor was Wallace Rider Farrington, a future governor of the Territory of Hawaii. Then from 1897 to 1899 the editor was William Nevins Armstrong. Lorrin Thurston became president of the Hawaiian Gazette Company on January 28, 1899, and thus began that family's interest in the paper. On March 31, 1921, the name of the paper was simplified to the Honolulu Advertiser. References: Several very useful articles on the history of the paper will be found in the Advertiser centennial issue, July z, 1957. Copies: AH*, complete run. A H (Kahn)*, 1 8 5 7 - 1 8 8 1 incomplete. BPBM. HHS. HMCS*, Vols, z - i z (July z, 1857-June 27, 1868). LC. UH.

21S9

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal Hawaiian I THEATRE! I [double rule] I Stage Manager. Mr. L. F. Beatty. I [double rule] I Mrs. L. F. Beatty I respectfully informs the Citizens of Honolulu that her I BENEFIT! I will take place on I Thursday, February 2 1 , 1856, I On which occasion, Mr. L A M E R has kindly volunteered, and I will appear as "Sheepface" in the Village Lawyer. I [double rule] I This Thursday Evening, I The Performances will commence with KOTZEBUE'S I great Play of the I S T R A N G E R ! I or, Love, Misanthropy & Repentance! I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I To be followed by the Farce of the I V I L L A G E LAWYER! I . . . I After which, the I POLYNESIAN MINSTRELS! I Who were received with rapturous applause on Saturday evening, I Will Sing some of their favorite songs. [list of songs] I [pointing hand] Change of Time, - Doors open at half past 7. I Curtain rises at 8 o'clock. Front seats reserved for ladies. I [rule] I Prices of Admission - Boxes and Parquette $ 1 . 0 0 ; Pit 50 cts; Private Boxes $ 1 0 . I . . . [pointing hand] An efficient Police will be in attendance. I [rule] I [pointing hand] No Smoking allowed. I . . . I [Polynesian Press] I [Honolulu, 1856] Broadside. 58 lines of text within an ornamental border. 40 x i z cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. &C Ex.)*.

2190

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal Hawaiian I THEATRE! I [double rule] I Stage manager - Mr. F. L. Beatty. I [double rule] I BENEFIT I of I Miss Eloise! I [double rule] I Tuesday even'g Feb'y 26, 1856, I Will be presented Shakespeare's beautiful Comedy in 3 Acts, of I K A T H E R I N E & PETRUCHIO! I or, the I Taming of the Shrew! I [dramatis personae] I . . . I To be followed by I Raising the Wind! I [dramatis personae] I To conclude with I Swiss Swans! I . . . I Doors open at 7, Curtain rises half-past 7. I [double rule] I Prices of Admission - boxes and Parquette, $ 1 . 0 0 ; Pit I 50 cts; Private Boxes $ 1 0 . I [rule] I [pointing hand] Families may secure seats in the Boxes or Parquette by I applying at the Box Office from 1 0 till 2 o'clock each

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1856

183

day of Perform- I ance. I [double rule] I [pointing hand] An efficient Police will be in attendance. I [double rule] I [pointing hand] N o Smoking Allowed. I [double rule] I [Polynesian Press] I [Honolulu, 1856] Broadside. 44 lines of text within an ornamental border. 33 x 1 2 cm. References: None found. Copies: H H S * .

Sandwich Islands' Monthly Magazine The I Sandwich Islands' I Monthly I Magazine. I [rule] I January, 1856. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed and Published by A. Fornander, I at the New Era and Argus Office. I [rule] I Price Fifty Cents. 8vo. 22 X 1 4 cm ( B P B M ) .

A monthly periodical issued from January to June 1856 and containing a total of 1 6 0 pages. Each number was issued in printed wrappers, with advertising matter inside front and back, an advertisement for the periodical on the back wrapper, and unnumbered advertising leaves inserted. The proprietor and editor of this short-lived magazine was Abraham Fornander, later well known for his An Account of the Polynesian Race (London, 1878-1885), and the Fornander Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities and Folk Lore (Bernice P. Bishop Museum, 1916-192,0). The advertisement on the back wrapper of each issue states: "This Periodical is intended to be devoted to Articles of General Literature, and giving special preeminence to subjects of Hawaiian interest; it will also contain contributions on the Trade, Commerce and Agriculture of the Group, and bring up to the latest date every event of importance accruing among us . . . this Magazine is entirely free from all bias in politics, and will be a truthful record of our present state. . . . The price will be Fifty Cents per number." The January number reprints much of Dr. William Hillebrand's "Report on Labour and Population," previously published in both the Polynesian and the Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society Transactions. "The Polynesian Race, and the Lost Islands of the Pacific," by William Lothian Green, is on pages 5 - 1 2 . At page 12 there is a "Sonnet to Miss. Emma R[ooke]," signed H. The February number has an essay "Civilisation, A Fact," signed A. F., or Fornander (pp. 33-37), which is continued to the March issue (pp. 76-83); "Island Steam Navigation and Island Ports" (pp. 38-39) is signed W., that is, William Webster. "The Influences of the Cattle on the Hawaiian Climate of Waimea and Kawaihae, Hawaii," unsigned, but authored by Curtis Lyons (pp. 44-47), is an early and important reflection of the ecological consequences of the importation of cattle to Hawaii. In the March issue, Fornander's review of Volume 2, No. 2, of the Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society Transactions (pp. 65-72) includes his observations on the kuleana system of land holdings. Editorial remarks on the need for a museum and a public library (pp. 9 1 - 9 2 ) are followed by more specific comments titled "A Museum for Honolulu" (pp. 1 4 0 - 1 4 2 ) in the May number. In the April issue an article entitled "Tobacco, its social influence" is by Fornander. A three-part (unsigned) article, "Geological Notices on the Sandwich Islands," begins in this issue (pp. 1 0 5 - 1 1 1 ) and is continued for two issues. In the May issue (pp. 129-135) its subheading is "The Coral Plains and Coral Cliffs of Oahu"; in the June number (pp. 1 6 1 - 1 6 8 ) the subheading is "Extinct Coast Craters of Oahu." Fornander's comments on a "Native Hawaiian Agricultural Society," and the king's speech at the opening of the legislature, are included in the April issue's "Chit Chat" section (pp. 1 2 3 - 1 2 5 ) .

2191

184

1856

Hawaiian National Bibliography The May issue features a pioneering article on Hawaiian land shells, "Notes on Hawaiian Terrestrial Conchology" by D. Frick (pp. 1 3 7 - 1 4 0 ) . The June issue includes Englishman George Kenway's "Ode on the Marriage of Kamehameha I V " (pp. 1 7 4 - 1 7 5 ) . An address by H.R.H. Prince Lot Kamehameha to the Hawaiian Agricultural Society is reprinted on pages 176-182., and an (unsigned) account of "The Marriage of His Majesty Kamehameha IV" is on pages 183-184. This periodical was not a financial success and ceased with the June 1856 issue. Fornander's own copy of this periodical, in the Hawaiian Historical Society Library, has his penciled annotations identifying some of the authors of the above articles. References: Hunnewell, pp. 61 and 66. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 6-B-25)*. HMCS*. HHS (2)*, one is the annotated set. M L . UH.

2192

Skogman, Carl J o h a n Alfred Erdumsegelung I der I Königl. Schwedischen Fregatte Eugenie. I In den Jahren 1851 bis 1853 I ausgeführt unter dem I Befehl des Commandeur-Captains C. A. Virgin I Behufs I Anknüpfung politischer und commercieller Beziehungen und wissenschaftlicher I Beobachtungen und Entdeckungen. I [rule] I Nach I der amtlichen von C. Skogman redigirten Ausgabe I ubersetzt von I Anton von Ekel. I [rule] I Mit 8 Bildern in Farbendruck, Karten, Planen u. vielen in den Text gedruckten Holzschnitten. I [rule] I Erster Band. I [double rule] I Berlin, 1856. I Verlag von Otto Janke. 2 vols. 8vo. 22. x 14.5 cm (HMCS). Vol. 1: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv Vorrede by Anton von Ekel, dated Berlin, 1 November 1855. [v] + vi-viii Inhalt des ersten Theiles, [1] + 2 - 3 0 4 text pp. With chromolith frontispiece "Kanak Honolulu," 7 chromolithographs in the text, and woodcut text plates and vignettes. With folding chart showing the track of the Eugenie at the first text page; folding chart "Magalhaens Sund" inserted on a stub at p. 1 0 2 ; and folding chart "Galapagos Inseln" inserted on a stub at p. 218. Vol. i i : [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-v Inhalt des zewiten Theiles, vi list of plates, [1] + 2-297 text, [298] blank, [299] + 3 0 0 - 3 0 6 Beilagen pp. With chromolithograph frontispiece of 4 Tongans, and 1 1 chromolithographs in the text.

A German edition of the Skogman narrative, translated by Anton von Etzel, who wrote the preface to this edition. For the first (1854-1855) edition, see No. 2 0 5 1 . The publisher's binding (see HMCS) has a vignette of the Galathea on the front cover. According to the Kroepelien catalogue, an abridged edition for children was also published in 1856 in Berlin. (Kroepelien locates a copy in the Royal Library, Stockholm.) A second German edition, under the title Reise um die Welt, was published in 1857; see No. 2231. References: Carter, p. 181 (under Von Eitzel). Hill, 11, p. 573. Judd and Lind, 163a. Kroepelien, 1 1 9 7 . O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 8 0 . Copies: HMCS*, in the original paper covered pictorial boards. HHS*. ML. UC-B. The NUC records 3 copies.

2193

Sweden and N o r w a y , Kingdoms of. Treaty 1856. N o . 78. I Swensk I Författnings-Samling. I [double rule] I Vänskaps=, Handels= och Sjö= I farts=Tractat I emellan I Hans Maj:t Konungen af Swerige I och Norrige I ä ena sidan, samt I Hans Maj:t Konungen af Hawaii I Öarne I ä andra sidan, I afhandlad och sluten i Honolulu den 1 Juli I 1852, samt ratificerad i Stockholm den 22 Juli I 1853 och i Honolulu den 5 April 1855. [then English title at right:] Treaty of Friendship, I Commerce and Navigation I between I His Majesty the King of Sweden and I Norway I and His Majesty the King of the Hawaiian I Islands. I [text continues] I [Stockholm, 1856]

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 2.0.5

x

1856

cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 7 text, [28] colophon pp.

A Swedish publication of this treaty "done and concluded at Honolulu the 1 [st of] July 1852, ratified at Stockholm the 22 July 1853 and at Honolulu the 5[th of] April 1855." The text is in double-column form, in English at the left, and Swedish at the right. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*.

Tinker, Reuben Sermons I by I Rev. Reuben Tinker, I late Pastor of the Presbyterian Church, I in Westfield, N.Y., I with I A Biographical Sketch, I by M . L. P. Thompson, D.D. I Buffalo, N.Y. I [double rule] I New York: I Derby & Jackson, Publishers, I No. 1 1 0 Nassau-Street. I [rule] I 1856. n m o . 18.5 x iz cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] + iv-viii Contents, [1] + 2 - 9 5 Biographical Sketch, [96] blank, [97] + 9 8 - 4 2 1 Sermons, [422-424] blank pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Tinker.

Reuben Tinker, born in Chester, Hampden County, Massachusetts, August 6, 1799, sailed to Hawaii in 1830 on the ship New England as a missionary of the American Board and arrived at Honolulu, June 7, i83r. In 1832 he was one of a deputation from Honolulu sent to the Marquesas in an attempt to establish a mission station at that island group. Later he resided at Wailuku, Maui, and at Honolulu. From 1834 to 1838 he was the editor of the Hawaiian newspaper Ke Kumu Hawaii, and from 1838 to 1840 he resided at Koloa, Kauai. He returned to the United States in 1840 and was pastor of churches in Ohio and New York. He died at Westfield, New York, October 26, 1854. This book of sermons is preceded by a useful, if brief, biography. His biographer states (p. 47), "As a preacher in English, none of his brethren surpassed, and few could rival him." References: Carter, p. 1 7 3 . Copies: HHS. HMCS*, in tan blind-stamped cloth. LC. UC. YU. The NUC records 9 copies.

Wilkes, Charles Narrative I of the I United States I Exploring Expedition, I during the years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I By I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Commander of the Expedition, I member of the American Philosophical Society, etc. I In five volumes with thirteen maps. I Vol. 1. I New York: I G. P. Putnam & Co., 3 2 1 Broadway. I 1856. 5 vols. 4to. 27.5 x 18.5 cm, untrimmed.

Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] copyright and printer's notices, [v] + vi-xii Contents Vol. 1, [xiii] + xiv-xxiii Introduction, [xxiv] blank, [xxv] + xxvi-xxxi Instructions, xxxii blank, [xxxiii] + xxxiv-lvi List of officers and men, [lvii] + lviii-lx List of illustrations, [1] Chapter 1 half title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 4 5 text, 346 blank, [347] Appendix half title, [348] blank, [349] — 35° Contents, [351] + 352-434 Appendixes i - x l v , [435-436] blank pp. Appendixes x v i i and x x i i i are on unnumbered, folding leaves, each counted as four pages in the collation. With frontispiece portrait of Wilkes, and 7 engraved plates, 5 engraved vignettes, and 68 woodcuts in the text. With 2 folding maps. Vol. 11: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] copyright and printer's notices, [v] + vi-xi Contents of Vol. 11, [xii] blank, [xiii] + x i v - x v List of illustrations, xvi blank, [1] Chapter 1 contents, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 4 1 4 text, [415] Appendix half title, [416] blank, [ 4 i 7 ] - 4 i 8 Contents, [419] + 42.0-476 Appendixes i - x x x i pp. With frontispiece portrait of Commander Wm. L. Hudson, 13 engraved plates, 14 engraved vignettes, and 46 woodcuts in the text. With 3 folding maps.

186

1856

Hawaiian National Bibliography Vol. HI: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] copyright and printer's notices, [v] + v i - x i Contents of Vol. i l l , xii blank, [xiii] + x i v - x v List of illustrations, [xvi] blank, [ i ] Chapter I contents, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 9 4 text, [395] Appendix half title, [396] blank, [397] Contents, [398] blank, [399] + 4 0 0 - 4 3 8 Appendixes i - x x pp. With 1 2 engraved plates, 1 0 engraved vignettes, and 5 0 woodcuts in the text. With 1 folding map. Vol. iv: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] copyright and printer's notices, [v] + vi-xiii Contents of Vol. i v , [xiv] blank, [xv] + xvi List of illustrations, [1] Chapter I contents, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 4 9 6 text, [497] Appendix half title, [498] blank, [499] Contents, [ 5 0 0 ] blank, [ 5 0 1 ] + 5 0 2 - 5 3 9 Appendixes i - x v , [540] blank pp. With 1 5 engraved plates, 3 engraved vignettes, and 35 woodcuts in the text. With folding " M a p of the Hawaiian Group or Sandwich Islands, 1 8 4 1 " at title, and 2 maps. Vol. v: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] copyright and printer's notices, [v] + vi-xii Contents Vol. v . [xiii] + x i v - x v List of illustrations, [xvi] blank, [ 1 ] Chapter 1 contents, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 5 0 2 text, [ 5 0 3 ] Appendix half title, [ 5 0 4 ] blank, [ 5 0 5 ] contents, [ 5 0 6 ] blank, [ 5 0 7 ] + 5 0 8 - 5 3 8 + [539] Appendixes i - x v i n , [540] blank, [ 5 4 1 ] Indexes half title, [542] blank, [543] + 5 4 4 - 5 5 8 Index pp. With 1 5 engraved plates, 5 engraved vignettes, and 49 woodcuts in the text. With 4 folding maps.

A late edition of the Wilkes voyage narrative. It was issued in grey-blue blind-stamped cloth, with the American eagle and shield in gilt on the upper covers. References: Haskell, 1 3 . Copies: B P B M (Carter 4-E-6)*, lacks the map of part of Hawaii that should be in Vol. i v , p. 1 1 3 . Haskell records 2 copies.

2196

Wilkes, Charles Theory I of I the Winds. I By I Captain Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Read before the American Scientific Association at Providence, I August zoth, 1855. I Accompanied by a I M a p of the World, I Showing I the extent and direction I of the I winds. I [rule] I To which is added I Sailing Directions I for a I Voyage around the World. I By the same author. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I 1856. 8vo. 27 x 1 7 cm (AH), [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]—iv Contents, [5] Introduction dated Dec. 1855, [6] blank, 7 - 4 4 Winds text, [45] Sailing Directions half title, [46] blank, [47] + 4 8 - 1 1 6 Sailing Directions text pp. With engraved maps at pp. 84 and 1 0 2 , and folding " M a p of the World shewing the extent and direction of the Wind . . . 1 8 5 6 " (39 x 6 0 cm) at end of text.

In the preface, Wilkes states: "'The Theory of the Winds,' which is now for the first time published, has been prepared for several years, and is printed in the Hydrography, being the xviith [actually Vol. xxiii, dated 1 8 6 1 , but not distributed until 1873] of the Government Edition of the United States Exploring Expedition." He comments on the delays in publication, and on the small number ( 1 0 0 copies) of the government edition that make it a "sealed book," and that, in order to make it more readily available, "I feel at liberty to give a part of that volume a wider circulation." The sailing directions text contains remarks on navigating to and from the Hawaiian Islands. The engraved map at page 84 titled "Search for Islands" concerns islands reported "by Whalers and others" lying between north latitudes 1 6 - 1 7 . Haskell says that the "Theory of the winds forms chapter 19 (p. 366-407) and the Sailing directions, chapter 3 (p. 39-99) of the volume on Hydrography." References: Haskell, 8 1 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, in original wrappers, author's presentation copy to Commander William Shubrick. N Y R YU. Haskell records 1 1 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1857

187

1 8 5 7 American B o a r d of Commissioners for Foreign Missions [cut of ship] I The Morning Star. [Boston, 1 8 5 7 ]

2197

n m o . 19 x 1 1 . 5 cm (BPBM). [1] cover title, [z] blank, [3] + 4-12. text pp. Above the title is a woodcut vignette of the Morning Star.

This contains a brief history of the missionary packet Morning Star, used by the Hawaiian Mission in Micronesia and supported by Sunday School contributions in America. This announces a remaining debt of $ z 6 , o o o , and states that the ship was en route to the Hawaiian Islands with Rev. and Mrs. Hiram Bingham Jr. as passengers. References: Not in Carter or Hunnewell. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-B-121)*. H M C S * .

American B o a r d of Commissioners f o r Foreign Missions The Morning Star I at I Honolulu, Sandwich Islands. I [cut of ship] I He spake to his disciples that a small ship should wait on him. I M a r k iii.9 I [Boston, 1 8 5 7 ]

2198

n m o . 19 x 12. cm (BPBM). [1] cover, [z] + 3 - 1 1 text, i z poem "To the Builders of the 'Morning Star'." The title is within a rule border.

An account of the arrival at Honolulu of the Morning Star, compiled from articles published in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, in the Friend, and from letters received by the American Board. The text includes addresses given by Rev. Richard Armstrong, Samuel C. Damon, Hiram Bingham II, and John Ii. The text concludes with an appeal for continuing support from American Sunday Schools, and is signed by Swan L. Pomroy, Secretary of the A B C F M , and dated Boston, July 2.5, 1857. Copies are sometimes found with inserted certificates for shares in the Morning Star. References: Carter, p. IZ9. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-B-122). HHS*. HMCS*.

Armstrong, Alex A Personal Narrative I of the Discovery of the I North-West Passage; I with numerous I incidents of travel and adventure I during nearly five years' continuous service in the arctic regions I while in search of the I expedition under Sir John Franklin. I By Alex. Armstrong, M . D . , R . N . I Fellow of the Royal Geographical Society; I late surgeon and naturalist of H . M . S . 'Investigator.' I [rule] I Published with the sanction of I the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. I [rule] I London: I Hurst and Blackett, Publishers, I successors to Henry Colburn, I 1 3 , Great Marlborough Street. I 1 8 5 7 . I The right of Translation is reserved. 8vo. zz x 14 cm (AH), [i] title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] dedication to Prince Albert, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii Preface, dated London, March 1857, [ix] + x-xvi Contents, [xvii] + xviii-xxii Introduction, [xxiii-xxiv] List of Officers and Men of H.M.S. Investigator, [1] + 2.-595 text, [596] blank, [597] Appendix half title, [598] blank, [599-600] + 6 0 1 - 6 1 6 Appendix pp. With lithograph frontispiece "H.M.S. Investigator, Z9th August, 1851," and folding "Chart illustrating the Discovery of the North West Passage," at first text page.

The narrative of an Arctic voyage in search of Sir John Franklin's ships the Erebus and Terror. On January 2 0 , 1850, Her Majesty's ships Enterprise and Investigator "provisioned, and fully equipped for three years service," departed Plymouth Sound, bound for the Pacific via Cape Horn. In May, having experienced a major storm, which damaged

2199

188

1857

Hawaiian National Bibliography their ship, they sailed to Hawaii for repairs and reprovisioning. On June 29th they sighted Mauna Loa, passed Maui, and arrived off Honolulu. On the 2nd of July the Enterprise anchored in Honolulu harbor. The town is described in not very flattering general terms: "Honolulu has lost almost everything pertaining to its ancient character, laws and customs, and wears now an aspect truly mongrel, half native, half foreign." Armstrong was surprised at the strength of American interests, and he comments: "They certainly demand more of our fostering care and protection, otherwise the 'Meteor Flag' may in time be supplanted by the 'Stars and Stripes' of the New World." Further comments regard impressions of the natives, and of his ride up Nuuanu Valley to the Pali. The ships left Honolulu for the Arctic July 4, 1850, and from this point on the narrative concerns explorations in the Bering Strait and Arctic. The frontispiece illustration shows the Investigator caught in the ice and her crew in the process of abandoning ship. For an account of the Investigator voyage, see No. 2187. Another account of this voyage by Richard Collinson, Journal of H.M.S. Enterprise . . . in 1850-55, was published in London in 1889. References: Judd and Lind, 8. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. HMCS. LC. NLC. PA-VBC. YU. The NUC records 15 copies.

2200

Damon, Samuel Chenery A I Tribute I to the Memory of I Hon. William L. Lee, I late Chief Justice of the Hawaiian Kingdom, I by I Rev. S. C. Damon I [rule] I Published by request. I [rule] I Honolulu: I H. M . Whitney's Press. I 1857. 8vo. 20.5 x 13 cm, trimmed (BPBM). [1] title, [2] note, [3] + 4 - 1 3 Discourse, 1 4 - 1 7 Appendix, 1 8 - 2 1 Resolutions, and letter, [22] blank pp. Published in pink glazed wrappers.

William Little Lee was born at Sandy Hill, Washington County, New York, February 25, 1 8 2 1 . In 1846, he and a party of 14 others (one of whom was Charles Reed Bishop) embarked in the brig Henry for the Columbia River, via the Hawaiian Islands, but on arriving at Honolulu, October 12, 1846, both Lee and Bishop determined to stay. Lee, a lawyer, was soon offered a judgeship by the king and in return rendered important service to the kingdom, ultimately becoming chief justice of the Supreme Court. He died in 1857. This discourse, containing a review of Lee's life and services to the Hawaiian Kingdom, was delivered at the Seamen's Chapel, Honolulu, May 3 1 , 1857. The funeral services had been held the same day at 4 P.M. at the large stone church (Kawaiahao) attended by His Majesty, the principal officers of the government, members of the Bar, and a large company of natives. The appendix reprints Lee's obituary from the Pacific Commercial Advertiser of June n t h ; resolutions passed by the Privy Council June 1 , 1857; and a letter of condolence from citizens of Lahaina, Maui, dated June 1 , 1857. References: None found. Copies: A AS. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (Hist. Pam. 23)*. BPBM (DU620.M67)*. HarU. HHS. H M C S . NYP. PA-VBC. UH. Y U . The N U C records 7 copies.

2201

Field, Barnum W. B. W. Field, Commission Merchant. I [rule] I Honolulu, H.I. Feb. 1 0 , 1857. I Dear Sir: - Annexed herewith you will please find commercial statistics of these Islands for the year ending Dec. I 31st 1856, made up from the report of the Collector General and other reliable data. I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1 8 5 7 ]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1857

189

Circular. Text on the first 3 pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 2.7 x 20.5 cm. Field presents statistics on imports and exports; his "Comparative view of the Commerce of the Sandwich Islands for Ten Years from the Year 1 8 4 7 . . . " has a list of "National vessels at Honolulu during the year 1 8 5 6 , " and a long table "Shewing the amount of Oil and Bone which has cleared from the Sandwich Islands for the United States during the Fall Season, 1 8 5 6 " (the latter naming individual vessels). References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—Customs)*. F o r t Street C h u r c h A I M a n u a l I of the I Fort Street Church, I in I Honolulu. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by H . M . W h i t n e y . I 1 8 5 7 .

2202

i6mo. 13.8 x 1 0 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 5 text, [I6]-20 Pastors and list of members, 2 1 - 2 7 Charter, [28] blank pp. "This church was organised [sz'c] June 2d, 185Z. It was originally designated the Second Foreign Church in Honolulu; but January 28, 1856, by an act of the Privy Council, on petition of the Church, that name was exchanged for the one it now bears." The charter (reproduced here) was granted by Keoni Ana, March 3 0 , 1 8 5 3 . A copy of the Charter for the Second Foreign Church (Honolulu, Government Press, 1853) is in the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library. The H M C S collection also has Fort Street Church manuals for 1 8 6 2 , 1 8 7 2 , and 1882, as well as annual reports for 1 8 8 6 and 1 8 8 7 . References: None found. Copies: HMCS*.

Gray, Asa. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xv. Botany: Phanerogamia—Atlas

United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1 8 3 8 , 1 8 3 9 , 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1 8 4 2 . I Under the C o m m a n d of I Charles Wilkes, U . S . N . I [rule] I A T L A S . I B O T A N Y . I P H A N E R O G A M I A , I Vol. 1. I By I Asa Gray, M . D . I By Authority of Congress. I [rule] I N e w York: I G. P. Purnam & C o . , Publishers. I 1 8 5 7 .

2203

Folio. 54.5 x 36 cm (YU). [1] title, [2] blank, [3]-4 contents pp. With 1 0 0 engraved, uncolored plates by W. H. Dougal, Casilear and Prudhomme, after the drawings of Isaac Sprague. The unofficial issue. One hundred and fifty copies printed. Despite its being the unofficial issue, most copies have "By Authority of Congress" on the title page. For the official issue (1856) and list of Hawaiian plates, see No. 2 1 5 0 . References: Haskell, 63. Copies: BPL. HarU. N Y P (3). Y U (Beinecke Library)*, this copy lacks "By Authority of Congress" on title page. Haskell records 23 copies. Gulick, J o h n T h o m a s Descriptions I of I N e w Species of Achatinella I from the I Hawaiian Islands. I by I J . T. Gulick. I Reprinted from the Transactions of the Lyceum of Natural I History, December 1 8 5 6 . I N e w York: I Printed by R . Craighead, I C a x t o n Building, I 8 1 , 83, and 85 Centre Street. I [rule] I 1 8 5 7 . 8vo. 24.5 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (HMCS). Title leaf, verso blank, [1] + 2 - 5 8 text pp. With 3 colored lithograph plates numbered at top right v i - v i i i .

2204

190

1857

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

Rare. The first scientific paper by Gulick, who made a life study of land shells and in doing so formulated a theory of divergent evolution through cumulative regeneration, which interested Charles Darwin. The three hand-colored plates of Hawaiian land shells, illustrating 73 specimens described in the text, are signed "Edwd. W. Magens N.Y. Del. ( & ) Lith of Endicott & Co., N . Y . " This is a reprint from the Transactions, Volume vi (Dec. 1856), with the addition of a new title page. A copy at the Bishop Museum has a continuation of this article (pp. 5 9 - 8 3 ) attached, with the annotation that it had appeared in the Transactions, Volume v i , pages Z 3 1 - 2 5 8 (Feb. 1858). References: Gulick, Addison, John Thomas Gulick, Evolutionist and Missionary (Chicago, 1932,). Copies: BPBM*, lacking the plates. The museum also has a second copy (QL Moll. Pam. 754)* extracted from the Transactions that does have the 3 colored plates. H M C S * , the reprint with the 3 plates. The N U C records 3 copies. 2205

Gulick, Luther Halsey Ponape, December 8, 1 8 5 6 . I M y Dear Friends of the Haw[aiian], Miss[ion]. Children's Society: I [text begins] I [signed at end:] Your affectionate cousin, L . H . Gulick. [Honolulu, 1 8 5 7 ] Circular letter. [1] + 2 - 4 text pp. 18 x 12.5 cm. Gulick, born in Hawaii and now a missionary in Micronesia under partial support of the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society, addresses members of that organization on the subject of continuing support of missions. " T h e Hawaiian Group is one of the most important center-points in the Missionary World. The greater portion of the Missionary fields are reached from the Sandwich Islands in a few days s a i l . . . . The Sandwich Islands is [sic] one of the finest places for the study of languages and ethnology. It is the Singapore of the P a c i f i c . . . . Is it nothing that the Chinese are multipled [sic] around you? Can none of you learn that language now in your very youth, with the same ease you learn the Hawaiian, and thus be fitted to carry the Gospel afterwards to Pekin and Jeddo?" With respect to his own station, Gulick writes: "Micronesia is already calling most loudly for you." References: None found. Copies: HHS*. HMCS. YU. The NUC records the Yale copy.

2206

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Collector General of Customs Custom House Statistics for 1856. I Prepared by W. Goodale, Collector General of Customs. I [double rule] I [statistical tables] I [Honolulu. 1857] Broadside. 46.5 x 18 cm. The statistical tables show imports, exports, "Oil and whalebone transshipped at Honolulu and Lahaina," "National" vessels at Honolulu, whaling vessels at island ports, and "Spirits taken out of bond for consumption." References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—Customs)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1857

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office CIRCULAR. I [rule] I Department of Foreign Relations, I 28th May, 1857. I Sir: - I It has become my painful duty to notify you that the I Honorable Wm. L. Lee, Chief-Justice of the Supreme I Court, Chancellor of the Kingdom, under the 86th I Article of the Constitution Member of His Majesty's I Privy Council and Honorary Member of His Cabinet, I died this morning about two o'clock, in the 37th year I of his age. I . . . I Your most obedient, humble servant, I R. C. Wyllie.

191 2207

Circular. 18 lines of text, printed on the first (unnumbered) page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 20.5 x 13 cm.

For Judge Lee's funeral program, see No. 22.25; f ° r his funeral sermon and biographical remarks, see No. 2200. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (4)*. N Y H * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office CIRCULAR. I [rule] I Foreign Office, July 2 1 , 1857. I Sir: By order of His Majesty the King, I hereby notify you that Konia, I the widow of Paki, and grand-daughter of Kalaniopuu, who was King I of Hawaii at the time of Captain Cook . . . I . . . died on the 2d, instant; and fur- I ther that John Young, (Keoni Ana) so long "Kuhina Nui," after- I wards Minister of the Interior, and Latterly, Chamberlain to His I Majesty, died on the 18th of this month. I . . . I [signed] R. C. Wyllie.

2208

Circular. Text of 16 lines printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 33.5 x 21.5

Konia, a granddaughter of Kamehameha, was born about 1808. She was married to Chief Abner Paki, and was mother of Bernice Pauahi Bishop. For a biographical note on Keoni Ana see the next item. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.) (2)*. N Y H * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office CIRCULAR. I Foreign Office, 25th August 1857. I Sir: I By order of the King, I have the honor to make known to you that the Funeral I of His Excellency, John Young, who has been successively Governor of Maui, I "Kuhina Nui," President of the House of Nobles, Minister of the Interior, and I Chamberlain to His Majesty, will take place from his residence, on Sunday, the 30th I instant, at 5 P.M. I [text continues] I [signed] I have the honor to be, Sir, I Your most obedient, humble servant, I R. C. Wyllie. [Honolulu, 1857] Circular. Letter printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 31.5 x 20.5 cm.

John Young (2nd), known as Keoni Ana, was born at Kiholo, Hawaii, March 12, 1810, the son of the Englishman John Young and Kaonaeha, and died at Honolulu July 18, 1857. He was the uncle of Queen Emma. The text of this circular continues with biographical facts, and includes the genealogies of his mother and father. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (z)*. HHS (3)% one in scrapbook. N Y H * .

2209

192

1857

2210

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office

Hawaiian National Bibliography C I R C U L A R . I [rule] I Department of Foreign Relations, I City of Honolulu, Oct. 28th, 1857. I Sir: I I have the honor to enclose a printed slip, containing Statistical Tables Nos. 1 , 2, 3 I and 4, carefully prepared at my request, by the Collector General of Customs; also, I another slip prepared by him, containing Tables Nos. 5 and 6. I . . . I [Honolulu, 1857] Circular. 33 lines of text. 34 x 2 1 cm.

The Minister of Foreign Affairs, R. C. Wyllie, forwards statistical tables and notices to the foreign consular representatives in Honolulu. Tables 5 and 6 concern a Hawaiian Registry of Vessels, and Wyllie asks to be informed of any vessels sold to an alien, or broken up. He also encloses a "Printed Notice to Seamen of September 1855" issued by the Prefect of Police, giving "fines and penalties to which they may subject themselves." He suggests that the notice "be posted up in a conspicuous place in your office, for the cognizance of all Masters of vessels under the flag of your nation." I have not located a copy of this "printed notice" either as a separate notice or as published in the Polynesian. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (2.)*.

2211

Hawaii. Kingdom. Prison PRISON RULES. I August 24, 1857. I [rule] I [text begins] I [then Hawaiian title at right:] N A RULA O KA H A L E PAAHAO. I Augake 24, 1857. I [text begins] I [with below the English text:] The above Rules and Regulations for the I New Prison were approved by His Majesty I in Privy Council, August 26, 1857. I L. Andrews, Secretary. [Honolulu, 1857] Broadside. Text in English (2 columns at left) and in Hawaiian (2 columns at right), the texts separated by a vertical rule and surrounded by a Greek key border. 28 x 28.5 cm.

The new Honolulu prison, a coral stone structure erected at a cost of $27,000, was completed and ready for occupancy in August 1857. These rules and regulations were probably issued the same month. The English text consists of 13 numbered articles. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

2212

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Reports I of some of the Judgements and Decisions of the I Courts of Record I of the I Hawaiian Islands, I for the ten years ending with I 1856. I [rule] I By George M. Robertson. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed at the Government Press. I 1857. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] Dedication to the memory of William L. Lee, [iv] blank, [v] Preface dated June 1857, [vi] + vii-viii Table of cases reported, [9] + 1 0 - 3 1 1 text, [312] blank, [313] + 3 1 4 - 3 2 6 Index, [3271-328 Appendix pp.

The first volume of a series known as "Hawaiian Reports," which present in a uniform fashion Supreme Court decisions thought to be of lasting importance or significance. This volume was reprinted twice, in 1889 and 1908, and is so noted on the versos of their title pages. Both reprint editions have 582 pages. Subsequent volumes were also reprinted. Subsequent volumes in the series and their compilers are: Vol. 11: Reports, 1857-1865. Compiled by R. G. Davis. (Honolulu, 1866) Vol. in: Reports, 1866-1877. Compiled by H. A. Widemann. (Honolulu, 1877)

Hawaiian National Bibliography Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol.

1857

iv: Reports, 1 8 7 7 - 1 8 8 3 . Compiled by Albert F. Judd. (Honolulu, 1883) v: Reports, 1883-1886. Compiled by William Foster. (Honolulu, 1887) v i : Reports, 1 8 6 6 - 1 8 8 9 [s«c]. Compiled by William Foster. (Honolulu, 1889) v i i : Reports, 1 8 8 7 - 1 8 8 9 . Compiled by William Foster. (Honolulu, 1890) v i i i : Reports, 1 8 8 9 - 1 8 9 2 . Compiled by William Foster. (Honolulu, 1893) i x : Reports, 1 8 9 3 - 1 8 9 4 . Compiled by William Foster. (Honolulu, 1895) X: Reports, 1 8 9 5 - 1 8 9 7 . Compiled by William Foster. (Honolulu, 1897) x i : Reports, 1 8 9 7 - 1 8 9 9 . Compiled by William Foster. (Honolulu, 1899) x i i : Reports, 1 8 9 9 - 1 9 0 0 . Compiled by William Foster. (Honolulu, 1 9 0 0 )

There were Hawaiian-language editions of Volumes 1 and 11 (No. 2747) and Volume x . A copy of Volume 1 (first edition) in the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library has the following presentation inscription: "For the Privy Council by D. Kalakaua, Oct. 22, 1857, [and below] Presented by His Majesty to Edw. K. Lilikalani Jan. 20, 1 8 7 4 . " References: Carter, p. 82. Copies: AH. AH (Kahn)*. HHS, from Vol. z on. HMCS*, a complete run including 3 editions of the first volume. BPBM (Carter 6-C-10), in this copy Vol. 1 is an 1889 reprint. HarU. LC. YU.

Hawaiian Evangelical Association Minutes I of I The Meeting I of the Hawaiian I Evangelical Association, I held at Honolulu, I May, 1 8 5 7 . I [rule] I Honolulu: I Press of H . M . W h i t n e y I 1 8 5 7 . izmo. 17.5 x 10.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-2.5 text [z6] blank pp.

Contains abstracts of mission station statistics on churches and schools, and matters of a general nature. There is a list of appropriations for 1855. A "Report on Native Ministry" (p. 20) states that "The time has come that we should do more than we have done to raise up an efficient, pious, earnest, educated ministry among this people." The "Report on Female Education" (pp. 2 1 - 2 2 ) also concerns this continuing need. References: Hunnewell, p. 56. Copies: BPBM*. HMCS*. HHS.

He Kuhikuhi He I K U H I K U H I O K E K A N A K A H A W A I I , I oia I ka mea e ao mai ai i ke kanaka i ka ike i ke kakau ana I i na I palapala ae like, palapala hoopaa, palapala kuai a moraki I no ka waiwai lewa, palapala hoolilo a moraki no ka wai- I wai paa, palapala hoolilo waiwai loaa, palapala hoa- I ie, palapala hookaa, palapala hui waiwai, palapa- I la hoolilo hope, palapala hookuu, a haalele I kuleana, palapala haalele waiwai o ka wa- I hine iloko o ka waiwai o kana kane, pa- I lapala kauoha a ka mea make, pala- I pala hoopii, na kanawai e pili ana I i kekahi mau pono nui o ke ka- I naka Hawaii, a me ke ano o I ke kakau ana i ka buke I kakau waiwai, a pela I aku. I Ua Kakauia E I J . W. H . K A U W A H I . I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e H. M . Wini, I 1 8 5 7 . izmo. 18 x 10.5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4-Z38 text (including forms), [2391 blank, [Z40] + Z41-Z43 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [Z44] blank pp.

Title: A Guide for the Hawaiian people, that is, instructing people to learn to write various kinds of documents, insurance policies, bills of sale and personal property mortgages, real estate deeds and mortgages, inheritance deeds, promissory notes, receipts, corporation papers, quit claim deeds, certificates of release and rejecting property, a document separating a woman's property from her husband's, last wills of the deceased,

194

1857

Hawaiian National Bibliography warrants, laws relating to the benefit of Hawaiians, the way of keeping accounts, and so forth. The first book written and published by a Hawaiian. The author, J. W. H. Kauwahi, provides examples of various legal documents (as indicated on the title page). These are filled in: many are signed by one "Laakea" and others by the amusingly fictitious "Lola Haleakala." Although this was an independent production, Kauwahi requested, in a letter to the Board of Education dated June 1 1 , 1856 (Hawaii State Archives), a subsidy toward its publication. He informed the board that he had "been wholly engaged in . . . writing, with his own hand, without assistance from anyone, a Book . . . which has been entitled, 'A Dictionary for Native Hawaiians.'" He stated that the manuscript at that point totaled 320 pages: "It is principally a Form Book; and, combined with it, are directions on book keeping, with various forms of entries. . . . This book was written with the idea of distributing it around the Native Hawaiians, as a guide for them; and to increase knowledge, as well; but, the time for publishing it is not known at the present time. . . . Perhaps it would be well if the Board of Education examined the written contents, and to assist, also, in distributing revenue from it, to the person who compiled it." On its publication by Henry M. Whitney, the book was the subject of an interesting review by the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, April 9, 1857: It is only thirty-five years since the first printing was executed in Honolulu, and the books heretofore published in the native language have been confined mostly to elementary school and religious works, published by benevolent societies, and the laws of the kingdom, published by the government. By the enterprise of one of our native young men a new step has been taken, in preparing and publishing the work entitled He Kuhikubi o ke Kanaka Hawaii, The Hawaiian Counselor (or Form Book). The author is J. W. H. Kauwahi, a native lawyer, who has evinced in the preparation of this book, tact and ingenuity, as well as a knowledge of the subject he has treated upon. He has been employed some two years in the preparation of this book, and it is not giving him too much credit to say that no foreigner could have produced a book more adapted to the wants of his countryman. The book supplies a want long felt throughout the Kingdom. Hawaiians possess a natural fondness for litigation, notwithstanding their almost entire ignorance of the principles of law, and indifference to the results of their suits . . . The work of Kauwahi does not undertake to give the principles of law, but the nature of the different legal forms in use in everyday business, with full explanations in regard to them, and very much resembles in this respect a "Clerk's Assistant." There never has been heretofore any standard in drawing up native forms and documents, excepting the few prepared by the government, which are seldom used, and the variety of forms in existence is almost as numerous as are the documents themselves. To correct this and to furnish a standard, where error is so liable to be made, this work must produce a good result. Another review can be found in the Friend, March 1857, page 2 1 . J. W. H. Kauwahi (1824-1870) was an attorney and was also an early Mormon convert. At one time he was brought before the Kauai district court on charges of polygamy. Later he seems to have fallen away from the Mormon religion; see No Ka Aoao Moremona (Honolulu, 1856), No. 2184. References: Judd and Bell, 341. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*. H M C S * . YU.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1857

He M a u Hana [He mau Hana Imua iho o ta Lave ana i ta Eukaritia. Honolulu Pai-palapala Katolika, 1857?]

195 2215

14 x 9 cm. 8 pp.

Title: Some acts before Holy Communion. Not Seen. This entry has been derived from Yzendoorn, who states that there is another copy (or edition?) of 24 pages, with all text from page 9 in another typeface and the added part titled: Pule ia Iesu e noho an[a?] iloko o ta Eutaritia (Prayer to Jesus in the Blessed Sacrament). He states that a second text follows that is titled: He Mau Ninau no ta Papatema a no ke Kopirimatio (Questions on baptism and on confirmation). References: Yzendoorn, 43. Not in Judd and Bell. Copies: None located.

He Meie Katekimo [ornamental rule] I He mele Katekimo. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, Catholic Mission Press. 1857?]

2216

8vo. 14.5 x 10.3 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 7 songs and music, [8] blank pp.

Title: Catechismal songs. Yzendoorn states this is "an abridged catechism with Gregorian annotation in order that questions and answers might be chanted in common." It is quite possible that this small work was printed earlier than 1857, but without any direct evidence (apart from its appearance) I have retained the year of issue as suggested by Judd and Bell. References: Judd and Bell, 347. Yzendoorn, 46 Copies: A I - N Z . GF. H M C S * . LC*. M L .

He Vahi Mooolelo V.C.J.S. I [rule] I H E V A H I M O O O L E L O I no I ta Hoomainoino ia ana o ta poe I K I R I T I A N O I ma te aupuni Anamita, I mai ta hoolaha ana o ta evanelio malaila I a hiti i teia va. I [cross composed of printers' ornaments] I Honolulu. I Pai-palapala Katolika, I [rule] I 1857. 8vo. 22 x 14.5 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [first caption title, p. 1:] OLELO HAIMUA (Preface) [1] + 2 text, [then second caption title, p. 3:] TA MAINOINO N O TA I Hoolaha ana i ta Evanelia I ma na aina o I Kikinakina a me Touckina. I [3] + 4 - 1 6 text; [then third caption title, p. 17:] TA MOOOLELO I o I Ta hoolaha'na o ta Pule Katolika I ma I KOREE I mai tona hoomata'na a hiti i ta I Matahiti o ta Hatu I 1847. [17] + 1 8 - 2 0 text pp. All caption titles preceded by a row of printers' ornaments and ended by a cross made of similar ornaments. All texts are in double-column form.

Title: A history of the persecution of the Christians in the kingdom of Annam, from the beginning of the preaching of the gospel until the present. Following the foreword (olelo haimua), is a second title that translates: "The persecutions [endured?] during the spread of the church in Cochin China and Tonkin." After this is a third text (p. 17), the title of which translates: "The history of the spread of the Catholic Church in Korea from its commencement to the year of the Lord 1847." Yzendoorn says this was translated by Bishop Maigret, but he does not give his source. He also lists the third title as a separate item (his no. 42). References: Judd and Bell, 349. Yzendoorn, 41 and 42.

2217

196

1857

Hawaiian National Bibliography Copies: A I - N Z . A T L (3)*. B P B M * , lacking the title, with 1 6 pp. of text only. GF. H H S * , lacks the title leaf and is bound with other Catholic texts. H a r U (2234.74.95). H M C S (2)*, one lacking the title leaf. H S L (Tice Phillips)*, lacks the title leaf. L C * . N L C , lacks title leaf. U H , lacks title leaf.

2218

Holmes, Lewis The I Arctic I Whaleman; I or, I Winter in the Arctic Ocean; being I a narrative of the I wreck of the whale ship Citizen, I of New Bedford, in the Arctic Ocean, Lat. 68° 1 0 ' N., I Lon. 1 8 0 ° W., Sept. 25, 1852, commanded by Thomas Howes I Norton, of Edgartown, and the subsequent I sufferings of her officers and crew I during the nine months among I the natives. I Together with I A Brief History of Whaling. I By I Rev. Lewis Holmes. I [rule] I Boston: I Wentworth & Company, I 86 Washington Street. I 1857. 8vo. 18.3 x 12.5 cm (Kahn). [1] blank, [2] frontispiece, [3] title, [4] copyright statement and printer's name and address, [5] dedication "to Whalemen," [6] blank, [7] + 8 - 9 Preface dated Edgartown, June, 1 8 5 7 , [ 1 0 ] List of Illustrations, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 1 6 Contents, [ 1 7 ] + 1 8 - 2 3 Introduction by J . Girdwood, N e w Bedford, June, 1 8 5 7 , [24] woodcut illustration, [25] + 2 6 - 2 3 7 text, [238] blank, [239] illustration, [240] blank, [ 2 4 1 ] + 2 4 2 - 2 9 6 " A Brief History of Whaling" text pp. With frontispiece woodcut " A whale biting a boat in t w o , " and 1 4 woodcuts in the text, all counted in the pagination.

The whaleship Citizen departed New Bedford on October 1 9 , 1 8 5 1 , bound for the North Pacific, and stopped en route at Hilo, on April 20, 1852, remaining in port for 15 days. At that point she was "recruited" for the Arctic, and the adventure began. The second text, "History and Details of Whaling," provides a good résumé of many aspects of the business. The woodcuts of whaling scenes are particularly interesting and dramatic. The Friend, November 1857 (p. 83), has a highly complimentary review: "There is no book which we have ever read, containing so much information respecting the inhabitants of those cold regions." The reviewer (Samuel C. Damon) continues: "We distinctly remember listening to the narrative of those wrecked in the Citizen, on their first arrival at Honolulu, in 1853. It is exceeding pleasant to find the same now embodied in this work." Damon then writes: "While we thus commend the book . . . we cannot add the same for the engravings. They are awful!" The National Union Catalogue also records a Boston 1 8 6 1 edition. References: Judd and Lind, 82. Copies: A H (Kahn). HarU. H M C S * , in red cloth, gilt vignette of ship on upper cover and spine. WaU. The N U C records 6 copies.

2219

Jarves, James Jackson Kiana: I A Tradition of Hawaii. I By I James J. Jarves, I Author of "History of the Hawaiian Islands," "Parisian" and "Italian Sights," I "Art-Hints," & c . & c . I [rule] I Boston and Cambridge: I James Munroe and Company. I London: I S. Low, Son and Company, I Ludgate Hill. I M D C C C LVII. i 2 m o . 19 x 1 2 cm. [1] title, [2] copyright notice and imprint, [3] dedication "To His Majesty Alexander Liholiho," [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 9 preface, dated Casa Dauphine, Florence, 1 8 5 7 , [ 1 0 ] blank, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 2 7 7 t e x t > U 7 8 ] blank, [ 1 - 9 ] advertisements, [ 1 0 ] blank pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait " A Hawaiian Chief." Engraved view of Honolulu (at p. 1 2 0 ) , engraved portrait "Hawaiian Girl" (at p. 187), and text woodcuts.

The first edition of what is generally acknowledged as the first full-length piece of fiction with a Hawaiian setting. In the preface (p. 6) Jarves states:

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1857

While engaged in procuring articles for their history—first published in 1 8 4 3 , 1 w a s much struck with a tradition relating to their history . . . two and a half centuries before Cook so accidentally stumbled upon them. Briefly it was this— Eighteen generations of Kings previous to Kamehameha I, during the reign of Kahoukapa, or Kiana, there arrived at Hawaii, a white priest, bringing with him an idol, which by his persuasion, was enrolled in the calendar of the Hawaiian Gods, and a temple erected for its service. The stranger priest acquired great influence, and left a reputation for goodness that was green in the memories of the people of Hawaii three centuries later. Another statement adds that a vessel was wrecked on the island, and the captain and his sister reached the shore, where they were kindly received and adopted into the families of the chiefs. An earlier version of "Kiana" was published serially in the Polynesian during January and February 1 8 4 1 , while Jarves was editor and proprietor. The first article, in the issue of January 30, 1 8 4 1 , begins: "Kiana. A Tale of Hawaii two hundred and fifty years since." The above is the title of a manuscript which we found lately lying on our desk. The story appears to be founded on some popular traditions of the Hawaiians which the public will readily recognize.... On account of its length we have taken the liberty to divide it into chapters, intending to publish one weekly until the "Tale" is completed. The Hawaiian Historical Society has the dedication copy, bound in full contemporary brown morocco, with extra gilt paneled spine, all edges gilt, the "Palace Library" bookplate on the inside front cover, and a presentation inscription on a front blank: "Alexander Liholiho, King of the Hawaiian Islands, from his friend, the Author. Boston Sept. 30, 1857." A lengthy book review will be found in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, March 1 1 , 1858. Copies: AAS. A H (Kahn) (2.)*, one copy in brown blind-stamped cloth, the other in blue blindstamped cloth. B P B M (3)*. B P B M (Carter 1 - C - 1 4 ) * , Wm. Bacle's copy dated "April 3d, 1858 Oahu Palama." B P B M (Carter 4-B-3), in black cloth. B P L . H H S (2.)*, including the one described above. H M C S " , in red blind-stamped cloth. H S L (Tice Phillips). L C . P A - V B C . U C - B . U H . The N U C records 1 1 copies.

Jarves, James Jackson Kiana: I A Tradition of Hawaii. I By I James J . Jarves, I Author of "Parisian Sights," "Art Hints," & c . & c . I [rule] I London: I Sampson Low, Son, & Co., 47, Ludgate Hill. I [rule] I 1857. i z m o . 19.5 x 12..5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] dedication "To His Majesty Alexander Liholiho," [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 9 preface, dated Florence, 1 8 5 7 , [ 1 0 ] blank, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 2 7 7 t e x t > [2.78] blank (+ 2 advertisements) pp. With engraved frontispiece view of Honolulu, engraved plates " A Hawaiian C h i e f " (at p. 55), and "Hawaiian Girl" (at p. 78), and 1 6 text woodcuts.

The first English edition. For the first edition, see No. 2219. References: This edition is not in the N U C . Copies: B P B M (Carter 6 - D - 5 ) * , in dark blue cloth.

Jarves, James Jackson Why and what am I? I The Confessions of an Inquirer. I In three parts. I [rule] I Part 1. I Heart-Experience; I or, the I Education of the Emotions. I [rule] I By I James Jackson Jarves, I author of "Art-Hints," "Italian Sights," "Kiana," etc. I [rule] I Boston: I Phillips, Sampson and Company. I London: Sampson Low, Son & Co. I M D C C C LVII.

198

1857

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 18.5 x 1 2 cm ( H M C S ) . [i] title, [ii] copyright, printer's name and address, [iii]-iv Preface, [v] + vi-viii Contents, [ 9 ] - i o Salutatory, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 3 2 0 text pp.

A somewhat fictionalized biography, which includes an account of Jarves' life in Honolulu (here changed to Lilibolu), during which time he was the founder and editor of the Polynesian. He personifies the missionaries in the determined but fictional Rev. Abinadab Hardfaith and his wife Petronia, and takes the stand (as the Pacific Commercial Advertiser of March 18, 1858, noted) "that all the labor and teachings they [the natives] have received have resulted in very little good, if not in complete failure." Jarves includes an interesting essay (pp. 1 7 8 - 1 9 5 ) , "How Christianity agrees with the Polynesians." In the succeeding chapter (pp. 196-202), "My Business Success," Jarves writes of investing in the silk industry. His chapters on marriage and domestic bliss contain pointed references to his own marital discord in the Islands. References: Carter, p. 95. Copies: H M C S * . L C . N Y P . The N U C records 4 copies.

2222

[Kamehameha I V ] [Copy.] I Palace of Honolulu, I M a y 18th, 1857. I Sir: 1 1 am commanded by the King to inform you that M . C. Monsarrat, a naturalized Hawaiian subject, has been arrested, and is now de- I tained in custody, for the purpose of being sent out of the Kingdom I for ever, I . . . I [signed] Kaahumanu, Kuhina Nui. [and then:] I [Copy.] I We, Kamehameha IV, King of the Hawaiian Islands, to Major I J . W. E. Maikai, Adjutant General, greeting: I By virtue of the Royal Authority vested in Us, as Sovereign of I this Kingdom . . . We hereby command you, the said I J. W. E. Maikai, Major, to arrest M . C. Monsarrat, a naturalized I subject of this Kingdom, who is guilty of having committed a great I injury to Us, and to Our Family; . . . Done at our Palace of Honolulu, this 18th day of I May, 1857. [signed] Kamehameha. I . . . I [Honolulu, 1857] Circular. Text of 51 lines printed on the first, unnumbered, page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 2 0 . 5 x 32 cm.

Following the two documents there is a Foreign Office letter of May 20, 1857, conveying copies of the circular to unnamed parties (presumably to consular officials in Honolulu). For comments on the episode, see the following item. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. &c Ex.) (3)*. N Y U * .

222 3

Kamehameha I V [Copy.] I To William C. Parke, Esquire, Marshall of the Hawaiian Islands: I You are hereby commanded, in pursuance of Our Royal order, I hereto annexed, forthwith to take the body of M . C. Monsarrat, and I him safely convey on board of any vessel which may be bound from I the port of Honolulu to San Francisco, in the State of California; I and to adopt such further measures as may be necessary to insure I the due and faithful execution of Our said order for his expulsion I from this kingdom. I . . . I Given under Our hand and the Great Seal of the I Kingdom, at Our Palace of Honolulu, this twen- I tieth day of May, A.D. 1857. [signed] K A M E H A M E H A [and] Kaahumanu. [Honolulu, 1857] Broadside. 57 lines of text containing 3 documents. Printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 32 x 20.5 cm.

Hawaiian

National Bibliography

1857

The Monsarrat affair was one of the tragic events of the reign of Kamehameha IV. Marcus C. Monsarrat, a popular Honolulu businessman, having been caught in a compromising position with Princess Victoria Kamamalu, the king's sister, was seized by order of the king, held in an attic room of the palace, then deported by royal order. The king's proclamation, dated May 20th and printed here, states: Whereas, Marcus C. Monsarrat, a naturalized subject of this Kingdom, is guilty of having perpetuated a grievous injury to Ourselves and to Our Royal family, And Whereas, such injury is of such a character as in Our judgement, to authorize and require the expulsion of the said M. C. Monsarrat from Our Dominions . . . Now, therefore, know that We, in the exercise of the Power vested in Us by virtue of Our office as Sovereign of this Kingdom . . . do hereby order that the said Marcus C. Monsarrat be forthwith expelled from this Kingdom; and he is hereby strictly prohibited, forever, from returning to any part of Our Dominions, under the penalty of Death. Following this is a copy of a circular from the Minister of Foreign Relations, R. C. Wyllie, dated May 22, 1857. Two years later, by a proclamation dated May 20, 1859, the king "Being . . . moved by a feeling of deep sympathy" for Monsarrat's family, reduced the sentence to seven years, but specified that Monsarrat was "strictly enjoined and prohibited from returning to any part of Our Domains, before the expiration of the period of banishment." A broadside reprint of this latter document, first published in the Polynesian, is in the Broadsides—F.O. & Ex. files at the Hawaii State Archives. A long commentary on the affair, the king's actions, a transcription of some of the documents, and public opinions on the matter can be found in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser of May 28, 1857. See also the Gregg journals. References: The Diaries of David Lawrence Gregg: An American Diplomat in Hawaii, 1853-1858 (Honolulu: Hawaiian Historical Society, 1982). Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (3)*. HHS (3)*.

Ke Kauoha Hou Ke I Kauoha Hou I a ko kakou I Haku e Ola'i a Iesu Kristo: I ua unuhiia I mai ka olelo Helene; I a I ua hooponopono hou ia. I [rule] I Nu Yoka: I Ua paiia no ko Amerika Poe Hoolaha Baibala, I i hookumuia i ka makahiki M D C C C X V I . I [rule] I 1857. I [with second title page facing:] The I New Testament I of our I Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, I translated out of the original Greek, I and with the former I translations diligently compared and revised. I [rule] I New York: I American Bible Society, I Instituted in the year M D C C C X V I . I [rule] I 1857.

n m o . 18. j x 1Z.5 cm. [1] blank, [2] Hawaiian title, [3] English title, [4] Abbreviations [and] Na Olelo i Hoopokoleia, [5] + 6 - 7 2 7 text, [728] blank pp.

The first edition of the New Testament to have the Hawaiian and English texts presented in parallel columns. The Hawaiian title is the same as the English title. The Pacific Commercial Advertiser, October 1 5 , 1 8 5 7 , reports: "The Rev. Mr. Damon, Seaman's Chaplain, has received from the American Bible Society, per Fortuna, a large variety of Bibles, among which is a very neat edition of the New Testament in Hawaiian and English, parallel columns, with marginal references. This is a work that has been much needed here." An advertisement in the same paper lists it for sale at $ 1 per copy. A copy in the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library has annotations in pencil throughout and extensive notes at the end regarding errors in the text. These are dated July 23, 1877; June 12, 1878; June 1 0 , 1880; and May 12, 1884.

200

1857

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Judd and Bell, 340. Copies: A AS. A H (Kahn)*. AI-NZ. GF (3). HarU. HHS. H M C S (5)*. P-EMS. UH.

2225

Lee, William Little The Funeral Services of the late Honorable W. I L. Lee, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court and I Chancellor of the Kingdom, will take place on I Sunday, the 31st. inst. at 4 o'clock p.m. at the I Stone Church; at which time and place the friends I of the deceased and the public generally are in- I vited to attend. I After services the body will be conveyed I to the Royal Cemetery (where it will be deposited I previous to its removal to the United States) in the I following order of procession. I [rule] I Officiating Clergymen. I Attending Physicians. I Clergymen of All Denominations. I Judges of the several courts. I Clerks of the several courts. I Members of the Bar. I [cut of coffin, etc.] I Chief Mourners. I HIS M A J E S T Y T H E K I N G . I Privy Councillors. I . . . I All Government Officers. I The Citizens generally. I [Honolulu, 1857] Broadside. 24 lines of text, within an ornamental border. 28.5 x 12.5 cm.

The funeral program for Wm. Little Lee, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, who died in Honolulu on May 30, 1857. For a sermon preached and biographical remarks, see No. 2200. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (3). N Y H * , fine copy.

2226

Manuale N o T a Poe Katolika V.C.J.S. I M A N U A L E I N o Ta Poe Katolika I M a Havaii nei, I i mea e aoia'i latou ma ta pule a me na mea I e ae e pili ana i to latou manaoio. I [cut of cross, crozier, and chalice] I Honolulu, I Paipalapala Katolika. I 1857. 8vo. 15.5 x 1 0 cm (HMCS). [i] half title, [ii] woodcut of the Virgin Mary titled "Aloha oe e Maria," [iii] title, [iv] "Imprimeur de Mgr. L. Maigret" etc., [1] No ta Matahiti, [ i i - m ] Papa no na la Hoano Iuli, [ i v - x v ] Calendario, [xvi] He Mau Pule, [1] + 2 - 3 4 1 text, 3 4 2 - 3 7 2 Stations of the Cross, 3 7 3 - 4 5 2 text, 453-464 He Mau Himeni, with music, 465-476 Vespers, 4 7 7 - 6 0 0 Responses and Hymns with music, 6 0 1 - 6 0 4 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index) pp.

This missal was in use in the Catholic churches of the Islands for more than twenty years. The title is printed within an elaborate tabernacle-style border of printers' ornaments and surmounted by a cross. The stations of the cross, " N o te alanui o te tea," are illustrated with stock woodcuts and elaborate crosses formed of printers' ornaments. There was only one printing of the main text. However, unbound text sheets of this Manuale seem to have been assembled for binding over a number of years as demand warranted. To keep the work current, the calendar section, "Papa no na la Hoano Iuli," was printed several times as needed, with the dates on the table of years adjusted accordingly. The most commonly found issue shows dates of 1858-1880. A copy in the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library has a different printing of this section with the dates 1854-1889. Judd and Bell (346), and Yzendoorn, list a state of this (which I have not seen) with the dates beginning with 1 8 6 1 . Copies may also have any of the following additions (with no priority of issue established) following the last index page (606): (a) " N o ta la hoano." [ i x ] - x pp. (b) "He Mau Himeni." [i] + i i - x pp.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1857

201

(c) "Pule Mesa." (42 pp. irregularly paged as follows:) i-xxvi, xxviv [i.e., xxvii], xxviii-xxxvii, xxxvii-xxxviii, xxxx, xxxix, xxxx pp. (d) " N o ta Miterio o te rosario," [and] "O ta Litania." [1] + 2 - 4 pp. (e) "Leo: A la mort, a la mort" etc., 1 - 6 pp. For the first (1854) edition, see No. 2035. Later editions of this Manuale were published in 1866 and in 1874. References: Judd and Bell, 3 4 2 - 3 4 6 . Streit and Dindinger, p. 158. Yzendoorn, 44. Copies: A A S * , a very fine copy in contemporary red gilt and blind-stamped morocco, with calendar (dates not checked), text, then (c). H H S (2)*, one is the Hawaiian Board copy in full black morocco (with name P. Haina in gilt), with calendar as 1 8 5 8 - 1 8 8 9 , text, then (c) and (b); a second copy in full tan calf with calendar as 1 8 5 8 - 1 8 8 9 , with text to p. 4 5 2 only, then (d). H M C S (2)*, one has the calendar as 1 8 5 4 - 1 8 8 0 (from the 1854 edition), with text to p. 6 0 4 , then (b); the second copy has the calendar for 1 8 5 8 - 1 8 8 9 , with text, then (e) and (a).

Odd Fellows, Independent Order of Constitution I By-Laws and Rules I of 1 Excelsior Lodge, No. 1 . I I.O. of O.F. I Instituted under the charter of the R.W.G. I L. of the United States of America, I December 1 0 t h , 1846. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Henry M.Whitney's Print. I 1857. 1 3 . 8 x 1 0 cm ( H M C S ) . [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-vi Introduction, [vii] blank, [ 1 ] [i.e., viii] + 2 - 1 0 Constitution, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 3 6 By-Laws, [37] + 3 8 - 4 1 Rules of Order, [xlii] + xliii-xliv Index, [xlv] blank pp.

Manuale No Ta Poe Katolika, Honolulu, 1857 [see No. 2226], is a particularly interesting example of Catholic Mission Press typography. Courtesy Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library, Mission Houses Museum.

2227

202

1857

Hawaiian National Bibliography The introduction ends on page vi and is followed by the constitution on what normally would have been page viii, resulting in an uneven number of pages. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * , has C. R. Bishop's copy with date of Aug. 3 1 , 1858, on cover.

2228

Osborn, Sherard (Editor) The I Discovery I of the I North-West Passage I by I H.M.S. "Investigator", Capt. R . M'Clure, I 1 8 5 0 , 1 8 5 1 , 1852, 1853, 1854. I Edited by I Commander Sherard Osborn, C.B., & c . I Author of "Stray leaves from an Arctic Journal." I From the Logs and Journals of Capt. Robert Le M . M'Clure. I Illustrated by Commander S. Gurney Cresswell, R . N . I Second Edition. I London: I Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans & Roberts. I 1857. I The right of translation is reserved. 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (AH [Kahn]). [i] half title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] dedication, [vi] blank, [vii] —viii Preface to the second edition, [ix] + x-xii Preface to the first edition dated April 1856, [xiii] + x i v - x x Contents, [xxi] List of illustrations, [xxii] blank, xxiii-xxv List of officers and crew, [xxvi] blank, [xxvii] + xxviii-xxxii Sailing orders, [1] + 2 - 1 6 Introduction, 1 7 - 3 8 3 Narrative text, 3 8 4 - 3 9 0 Lady Franklin's letter to the Admiralty dated July 1 1 , 1856, 3 9 1 - 3 9 6 Memorial presented by Sir R. I. Murchison, June 5, 1856, 397 Table of meteorological data, 1 8 5 0 - 1 8 5 3 , 398 Game count killed in the Arctic regions, [399] Appendix half title, [400] blank, [ 4 0 1 ] + 4 0 2 - 4 0 8 Appendix, text by Sir Roderick Murchison, 4 0 9 - 4 6 1 Appendix, narrative of Commander Maguire wintering at Point Barrow, [462] printer's name and address pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Captain Sir Robert Le Mesurier McClure; folding "Chart to illustrate the Narrative of the Accomplishment of the North West Passage," at first text page; and 4 lithograph plates.

Second edition. The preface to this edition, dated London, January 1 , 1 8 5 7 , concerns two significant alterations to the text. Captain Osborn acknowledges the assistance of Captain M. Clintock for his "valuable observations upon the fauna of the Arctic Archipelago," which, he says, are here "embodied with my own in an entirely new chapter." The author states further that comments regarding the abandonment of "our ships in the Arctic have been mistaken for those of Captain Robert M'Clure. I have therefore erased them from this work—the more willingly as it has been shown to me that the record of the greatest achievement of our day can be rendered perfect without connecting it in any way with the saddest tale in Naval History." The National Union Catalogue (under McClure, Robert John Le Mesurier) records a fourth English edition (London, 1865), and a Copenhagen 1858 edition. References: Judd and Lind, 1 3 9 . Lada-Mocarski, 145, the first edition. Copies: A H (Kahn)"', in dark blue cloth, with presentation inscription from Osborn to James W. M . Ashley on a front blank leaf. H M C S * , in dark blue cloth, title in gilt on spine. LC. NYP. PAVBC. YU. The N U C records 1 2 copies.

2229

Osborne, Fanny

The I World of Waters, I or, I A Peaceful Progress o'er the Unpathed Sea. I By Mrs. David Osborne. I [rule] I With Illustrations. I [rule] I New York: I Robert Carter & Brothers, I No. 530 Broadway. I [rule] I 1857. i2mo. 15.3 x 9.7 cm (AH), [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-v Contents, [vi] blank, [vii] Preface from the author, [viii] blank, [9] + 1 0 - 3 6 3 text, [364] blank pp.

A text written in the hope of imbuing children "with a taste for the beautiful and ennobling science of Geography" (Preface). The text is in the form of a dialogue between the Wilton children, their parents, and a Mr. Barraud. A section on the Hawaiian Islands

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1857

(pp. 250-259) includes remarks on Captain Cook, the arrival of the missionaries, the Chiefess Kapiolani, and the well-known account of a Hawaiian couple who were shipwrecked while sailing interisland and swam to shore. On page 257 young Charles asserts "that the women of the Sandwich Islands are superior to the men in many exercises requiring skill, and also in their powers of endurance." This book was originally published in England under the title Oceans; or, a peaceful progress o'er the unpathed sea. The first American edition under the above title was published in New York in 1852. There were additional New York editions of 1855 and 1864. The 1857 edition is not in the National Union Catalogue. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. H M C S * , the 1852 edition.

Pule Mesa [ornamental rule] I P U L E - M E S A . I Elua Leo. I [rule] I [music begins] [Honolulu, Catholic Mission Press, 1857?] 8vo. 15.5 x 1 0 . 5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [i] + ii-xxvi, xxiv [i.e., xxvii], xxviii-xxxiii, xxxii [i.e., xxxiv], xxxv-xxxvii, xxxvii [i.e., xxxviii], xxxviii [i.e., xxxix], xxxx, xxxix [i.e., xxxxi], xxxx [i.e., xxxxii] pp.

Title: Prayers [for the] mass. [In] two voices. The text consists of music and texts of parts of the mass, including the Kyrie, Gloria, Credo, Sanctus, and Agnus Dei. The titles of each part are in Latin and Hawaiian; the verses are only in Latin. This item is frequently found bound in Manuale No Ta Poe Katolika (Honolulu 1857; see No. 2226), but copies were separately bound and issued. This text must have been issued twice. The Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library has a copy in original wrappers consisting of the first 14 pages only. A second copy, also in contemporary wrappers, has the full 42 pages of text described above. References: Judd and Bell, 348. Yzendoorn, 45. Copies: GF. HarU. HHS. H M C S (2)*.

Skogman, Carl John Alfred Reise um die Welt I mit I der Schwedischen Kriegsfregatte I Eugenie. I In den Jahren 1 8 5 1 - 1 8 5 3 I ausgeführt unter dem I Befehl des Admiral C. A. Virgin. I Herausgegeben I von I C. Skogman. I Mit 2 0 Bildern inn Farbendruck, Karten, Platten und vielen in den Text gebruckten I Holschnitten. I Aus dem Schwedischen. I [rule] I Erster Theil. I [rule] I Berlin, 1857. I Verlag von Otto Janke. 2. vols. 8vo. 22 x 15 cm ( H M C S ) . Vol. i: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]-iv Vorrede by Anton von Ekel, dated Berlin, 1 November 1855, [v] + vi-viii Inhalt des ersten Theiles, [1] + 2 - 3 0 4 text pp. With chromolith frontispiece "Kanak Honolulu," 7 other color plates and woodcut text illustrations. Vol. ir: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-v Inhalt des zewiten Theiles, [vi] list of plates, [1] + 2 - 2 9 7 text, [298] blank [299] + 3 0 0 - 3 0 6 "Beilagen" text pp. With frontispiece depicting 4 profiles of natives of Tonga, r 1 chromolithograph plates, and woodcut text illustrations. With folding chart showing the track of the Eugenie at end of text.

This is the second German edition, with the title altered. For the first German edition (1856), see No. 2192. For the first Swedish edition (1853-1854-1855), see No. 2 0 5 1 .

204

1857

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Kroepelien, 1 1 9 8 . O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 1 8 1 . Copies: H M C S * , in dark green blind-stamped imitation leather, title in gilt on upper cover and spine. The N U C records only the University of Chicago Library copy.

2232

T h o m a s , Richard The Late Admiral of the White, Richard I Thomas. I At noon on Saturday the 12th. inst., by order of the I King, seventeen Minute Guns were fired from the Fort, I and in succession, the same number from H.B.M.'s I S.S. Vixen, and the United States Sloop of War St. Marys, the Hawaiian, British and American Flags I being lowered at the time half-mast, and kept so during the day. . . . I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1858] Broadside. Text in 4 columns. 52.5 x 34 cm.

Admiral Thomas, venerated in Hawaii for the part he played in the restoration of Hawaiian sovereignty in 1843, died in England August 22, 1857. On being notified of this, the Foreign Office in Honolulu had this account drawn up for publication, first in the Polynesian, and then reprinted (as here) for separate distribution. The comments include remarks on the Provisional Cession of the Islands to Great Britain on 25 February 1843 and Admiral Thomas' central role in restoring sovereignty to the Hawaiian monarch on the 31st of July the same year—an action that this notice states "will be forever prominent events in the history of this Kingdom, and of deep interest to all other nations whose policy is that the Hawaiian people should exist as an independent state." The main portion of this broadside reprints a letter from the Earl of Aberdeen, dated Foreign Office, London, September 12, 1843, addressed to William Richards and Timoteo Haalilio, giving the British government's review of incidents leading up to the Provisional Cession and their decision not to confirm that action. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & E x . ) (2)*. 2233

Virgin, Christian Adolph. Eugenie Voyage Kongliga Svenska I Fregatten I Eugenies I Resa omkring Jurdenl under befal af I C. A. Virgin. I Aren I 1 8 5 1 - 1 8 5 3 . Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser I Pa H. Maj:t Konung Oscar Den Forstes I befallning utgifna I af I K . Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien. I [rule] I . . . I Uppsala & Stockholm I Almqvist & Wiksells Boktrukeri - A . B. I 1857-1910. 4to. 31 x 25 cm, untrimmed (AH [Kahn]).

The scientific publications of the Eugenie voyage were edited by J. G. H. Kindberg, under which they are sometimes catalogued. These were issued in parts over a considerable period of time, and in 1 9 1 0 the work was re-issued with textual revisions, and with text and plates that had not previously been published. As arranged by volume, the publications are as follows: Volume i: Forsta Delen. Botanik. Uppsala & Stockholm [ 1 8 5 7 - 1 9 1 0 ] . In three parts: [Part 1] Andersson, N. J . " O m Galapagos-Oarnes Vegetation" [issued in 1857]. Pp. [1] half title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 5 text, 6 - 3 4 texts on the Galapagos (and Chatham and other islands). With lithograph plates numbered 1, i i i - i v , v i i , ix. [Part 1 1 ] [Andersson, N. J . ] "Enumeratio Plantarum in Insulis Galapagensibus hucusque observatarum" [issued in 1 8 6 1 ] . Pp. [35] + 3 6 - 1 1 4 text. With lithograph plates numbered 11, v, v i i i , x-xvi.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1857

[Part i l l ] "Plantae sub itinere navis bellicae Eugenie anno 185Z, a N. J. Andersson circa Guayaquil collectae, quae descripsit F. W. C. Areschoug" [issued in 1 9 1 0 , according to British Museum (Natural History Catalogue)]. 1 1 5 - 1 4 2 text pp.

Volume II: Zoologi [published 1858-1868, 1 9 1 0 ] . In three parts, each with separate volume and part titles. The parts are: Part r. "Insecta" [published 1858-1869], with the following papers:

(a) Bohman, C. H. "Coleptera. Species novas descripsit." [1] + 2 - 1 1 2 text pp. With lithograph plate 1, 1 1 3 - 2 1 8 text pp. With lithograph plate 11. [Two parts: pp. 1 - 1 1 2 issued in 1858; pp. 1 1 3 - 2 1 8 issued in 1859.] (b) Stal, C. "Hemiptera. Species novas descriptit." 2 1 9 - 2 9 5 text, 296-298 index pp. With lithograph plate i n . [Issued as part 7, 1859.] (c) Stal, C. "Orthoptera. Species novas descripsit." 299-348 text, 349-350 index pp. With lithograph plates i v - v . [Issued in part 1 0 , i860.] (d) Wallengren, H. D. J. "Lepidoptera. Species novas descripsit." [351] + 352-388 text, 389-390 index pp. With lithograph plates v i - v n . [Issued in part 1 0 , 1 8 6 1 . ] (e) Holmgren, H . D . J . "Hymenoptera. Species novas descripsit." 3 9 1 - 4 4 1 text, [442] index pp. With lithograph plate v m . [Issued in part 12, 1868.] (f) Thomson, C. G. "Diptera. Species novas descripsit." 4 4 3 - 6 1 1 text, 6 1 2 - 6 1 4 index pp. With lithograph plate ix. [Issued in part 12, 1868.] "Index Generum." 6 1 5 - 6 1 7 text, [618] blank pp. Part 11. "Arachnider" [published 1858 and 1 9 1 0 ] , comprising: [1] title dated 1 9 1 0 , [ii] blank, [iii] half title, [iv] blank, [then the following text:] Thorell, T. "Araneae. Species novae minusve cognitae descriptae." 1 - 3 4 text pp. [Issued in 1858.] Note: as published in 1 9 1 0 , pp. 33 and 34 are reprinted, and pp. 35-36 are added. Part m . Kinberg, J. G. H. "Annulater" [published 1 8 5 7 - 1 9 1 0 ] , comprising: [r] title with " 1 8 5 7 - 1 9 1 0 " date, [ii] printer's name and date 1 9 1 0 , [iii] half title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 7 3 text, 74-78 index pp. + lithograph plates numbered i - x x i x . Pp. 1 - 8 and plates i - v i i i were issued as part 2, 1857; pp. 9 - 3 2 were issued as part 4, 1858. Text pages 33-78 + lithograph plates numbered i x - x x i x were issued in part r6, 1 9 1 0 .

Volume iii. Fysik. This volume is composed of: [i] "Hydrografi och Meteorologi" half title, [ii] blank, [then the following texts:]

(a) Skogman, C. "Hydrografiska Anteckningar." [1] + 2 - 1 6 text pp. (b) Skogman, C., and K. J. Johanson. "Meterologiska Observationer [and] Observationerna." 1 7 - 1 5 3 text and tables, [154] blank pp. [then with:] [i] "Fysik" half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title "Tredje Delen. Fysik" Stockholm, 1858-1874, "Observations Magnetiques," [iv] blank, [v] Innehâll, [vi] blank, [vii] "Magnetiska Observationer" half title, [viii] blank, [1] + 2-77 Magnetiska Observationer text and tables, [78] blank pp. With folding map showing the track of the Eugenie. The "Fysik" text was also issued in French, as follows: Voyage Autour du Monde I sur I La Frégate Suédoise I L'Eugénie, I exécuté pendant les années I 1851-1853, I sous le commandement I de C. A. Virgin. I Observations scientifiques I publiées par ordre I de sa Majesté le Roi Oscar 1er, I par l'Académie Royale des Sciences a Stockholm. I [rule] I Troisième Partie I Physique. I [rule] I Uppsala & Stockholm I Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri - A.B. I 1 8 5 8 - 1 9 1 0 . 4to. 31 x 25 cm (AH [Kahn]). Cover title, [then:]

205

206

1857

Hawaiian National Bibliography [Part 1] [1] half title "Première Partie Hydrographie," [2] blank, [1] + 2 - 1 8 Notices Hydrographiques text by C. Skogman, [19] + 2 0 - 1 5 5 Observations Météorologiques text by C. Skogman and K. J. Johansson, [156] blank. [Part i n ] [i] half title " h i [s/'c]. Physique," [ii] blank, [iii] title ". . . Troisième Partie Physique. Stockholm P. A. Norstedt 8c Fils, 1 8 5 8 - 1 8 7 4 , " [iv] blank, [v] Avant-Propos signed And. Jon. Angstrom, [vi] Table des matières. [Part 1 1 ] [vii] half title "Second partie Observations Magnetiques," [viii] blank, [1] + 2 - 7 7 Observations Magnetiques text, [78] blank pp. With folding chart at end showing the track of the Eugenie.

The scientific publications from the voyage of the Eugenie, originally issued in parts over a number of years. (For details on the parts issue, see the British Museum [Natural History Catalogue]). The text was essentially completed by 1874, at which point a general title page was issued. Pages 33-78 of the zoological text and plates I X - X X I X were published after Kinberg's death, and were edited by J. H. Theel. Several sections (as identified here) were reprinted in part in 1 9 1 0 , and at that time sets were uniformly bound in blue-grey paper wrappers and issued. The copy in the Kahn Collection (Hawaii State Archives) is in the latter form, with all printed parts, including both the Swedish edition of "Fysik" and the French edition of "Physique." The Bishop Museum set is in one volume, with the signature of C. R. Bishop and dated 1890 on the blank front leaf. This copy lacks the Arachnider section, but in recent years a separate copy of it has been added to the collection. References: British Museum (Natural History Catalogue), Vol. 5, pp. 2 0 5 7 - 2 0 5 8 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, complete series as described above. B P B M * .

2234

Wyllie, Robert Crichton A D D R E S S I To the Royal Native Agricultural Society of the Hawaiian I Kingdom, read to the Society on the 20th April, 1857. [Honolulu, 1857] Two broadside sheets, each measuring 63 x 24 cm. Caption title, text in double-column form, with above title: "[Published pursuant to a Resolution of the N . H . Agricultural Society.]" A text of 277 lines is on the first sheet, and a text of 289 lines continues on the second sheet and is signed at the end by Wyllie and dated "Rosebank March 3, 1 8 5 7 . "

The text begins: "Friends and fellow Countrymen: I call you friends, because I wish you well; I call you fellow countrymen because, although born in Scotland, I have now lived among you thirteen years, and have served the King for twelve years . . . " Wyllie remarks on the late king, and he is "much rejoiced" to learn of improved industry of Hawaiians but fears indolence. He disagrees with the sometimes expressed notion that natives cannot work as well as foreigners and gives examples. He contrasts the development of North and South America, saying the English practice of settlement in North America was "right in principle" but has left the natives to dwindle away; whereas the Spanish system was "wrong in principle," but that it "has preserved the natives of South America in existence," has made them Christians, and has taught them all to speak Spanish. He touches on the matter of slavery in the American South based on personal observations; mentions Captains Cook and Vancouver; and has lengthy remarks on the policies of the present King Kamehameha IV, particularly as they regard land and the encouragement of agriculture. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

Wyllie, Robert Crichton Complete Instruction I on the I Cultivation, Preparation, and Packing I of I T O B A C C O , I in the form of a I Dialogue between father and son. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1857]

207 2235

i2mo. 25 x 13.5 cm, untrimmed (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 2 text pp. Signed at the bottom of p. 12: " R . C. Wyllie, translated from the Spanish. Rosebank, March 20th, 1857."

A text on all aspects of tobacco cultivation, and including the preparation and packing of the cured leaves. It is in the form of a dialogue between "cultivator" and "son." Wyllie prefaces the text with the following comment: "Translated by Mr. Wyllie, from the Spanish of the Records of the Patriotic Society of Havana, by a permanent Committee thereof, No. 7 1 of Vol. 12, for September, 1841; received from Joseph Tucker Crawford, Esquire, Her Britannic Majesty's Consul General in Havana, January, 1843, with some genuine Tobacco Seed." References: Carter, p. 1 7 4 Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips). H M C S * .

1858 Beckwith, Edward G. A Funeral Discourse, I delivered before the I Honolulu Rifles, I at the Fort Street Church, July 25, 1858, I By Rev. E. G. Beckwith, I on the occasion of the death of their captain, I Richard Coady. I [rule] I Honolulu: Printed at the request of the Corps. I 1858.

2236

8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] printer's name, [3] + 4 Resolutions, [5] + 6 - 1 3 Discourse, [14] blank, [15] + 16 Appendix pp.

Beckwith preached this sermon at the invitation of the Honolulu Rifles. The editor of the Friend (July 1858) says that after an eloquent introduction, Beckwith "took occasion to improve on the sad event by enforcing the great lesson of the Reality, Nearness and Importance of Eternal Things." References: Carter, p. 16. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-B-128)*. BPBM (Hist. Pam. 227). HHS. H M C S * .

Cassin, John. United States Exploring

Mammalogy

and

Ornithology—Text

Expedition.

Vol. vm.

United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the years I 1838, 1839, 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. v m . I [rule] I M A M M A L O G Y I and I O R N I T H O L O G Y . I By I John Cassin. I Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; I of the American Philosophical Society; of the National Institute; of the Natural I History Society of Charleston; of the Lyceum of Natural History of I New York; of the Natural History Society of Montreal; I Corresponding Member of the Zoological Society I of London; Honorary Member of the United I Society of German Ornithologists, etc. I With a Folio Atlas. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman & Son. I 1858.

4to. 31 x 23 cm (BPBM). [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition. I By Authority of Congress," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v]-vi Introduction by Cassin dated Philadelphia May 1 0 , 1858, [vii] — viii Contents, [1] Mammalogy half title, [2] blank [3] + 4 - 6 6 Mammalogy

2237

208

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography text, [67] Ornithology half title, [68] blank, [69] + 7 0 - 4 1 6 Ornithology text, [417] "Catalogues of Mammals and Birds" half title, [418] blank, [419] Preliminary Note, [420] blank, [421] "1. Mammals" half title, [422] blank, [423] + 4 2 4 - 4 2 5 "Catalogue of Mammals," [426] blank, [427] "11. Birds" half title, [428] blank, [429] + 4 3 0 - 4 5 2 "Catalogue of Birds," [453] + 454-466 index pp. With 19 text woodcuts.

The official issue. This volume was published largely to replace the Peale text of 1848 (see No. 1 7 1 0 ) . According to a long note in Haskell, Wilkes became dissatisfied with Peale's work as early as 1845, feeling that the text needed revision and the supervision of others prior to publication. Wilkes also disallowed publication of Peale's title and preface in the volume that did appear in 1848. At this point Peale left the work with the atlas unfinished and with " 3 0 plates or drawings to be made." It was first thought that a supplement should be issued; then it was found that a completely rewritten text was required. After much negotiation, Cassin was engaged by the "Honorable Joint Library Committee of Congress" to superintend the preparation of plates in the mammalogy and ornithology atlas, and subsequently to produce this new volume of text. In his preface, Cassin states that his objective was "to notice, in this volume every species of interest, with careful descriptions of such as were previously unknown." Not having been on the voyage, he utilized notes and specimens obtained by members of the expedition, and acknowledges his debt to Charles Pickering and to Peale for the use of "notes and observations." With respect to the Hawaiian ornithological specimens, Cassin writes that neither of the two birds illustrated (Pandion solitarius, plate iv [described on pp. 97-98], and Corvus hawaiiensis, plate vi [described on pp. 1 1 9 - 1 2 0 ] ) were drawn from specimens obtained by scientists of the Wilkes expedition. Rather, both were from specimens loaned by John K. Townsend of Philadelphia, who had collected in the islands several years earlier. Pandion solitarius, he says, had been "obtained near Karakakoa Bay, in the Island of Hawaii and sent to Dr. Townsend by the Rev. Mr. Forbes, who was attached to the Presbyterian Mission to the Sandwich Islands." While specimens of Corvus hawaiiensis had been obtained by members of the expedition, they had perished in the wreck of the USS Peacock, and consequently an example of that species had also been borrowed from Dr. Townsend. One hundred copies of this text were printed, and an unofficial edition appeared the same year (see No. 2239). A folio atlas of plates accompanying the text was published the same year (see No. 2238). References: Haskell, 28. Copies: BPBM*. HarU. LC (2). NYP. UC-B. YU. Haskell locates 35 copies.

2238

Cassin, J o h n . United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. vm. Mammalogy and Ornithology—Atlas United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I A T L A S . M A M M A L O G Y and O R N I T H O L O G Y . I By I John Cassin, I Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; of the American Philosophical Society; I of the National Institute; of the Natural History Society of Charleston; of I the Lyceum of Natural History of New York; of the Natural History Society of Montreal; I Corresponding Member of the Zoological Society of London; Honorary I Member of the United Society of German Ornithologists, etc. I By Authority of Congress. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman & Son, Printers. I 1858.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

209

Folio. 55.5 x 37 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] list of plates, [iv] blank. With 53 engraved and colored plates.

The official issue of this atlas. This atlas was issued as a replacement for the unpublished atlas meant to accompany Titian Peale's mammalogy and ornithology text, which had been published officially in 1848. The atlas illustrating Peale's text had been in production and part of the plates had been engraved when, in 1850, it was found impossible to complete. In 1852 Cassin agreed to rewrite the text. The proposed Peak atlas had been to consist of 15 mammalia and 69 ornithology plates. Some of the Peale plates were retained for the Cassin atlas, which as published contains 1 1 mammalogy plates and 42 ornithology plates. Many of the ornithology plates include (uncolored) backgrounds showing both nesting habit and a typical landscape. Plate 16, "Todiramphus vitiensis," depicts two bluecolored birds on a branch with pandanus and palm trees, and the Fijian shoreline with a canoe under sail at right; plate 32, "Ptilonopus coralensis," includes an atoll in the background; plate 33, "Ptilonopus perousei," shows birds with a mountainous landscape in the distance; plate 40, "Procellaria parvirostris," shows a bird amidst coral, with the lagoon of an atoll behind. Haskell notes that plate 42, "Procellaria nivea," exists in two states: (1) with the bird in the foreground standing on ice, with another bird in flight and with a large iceberg and ship in the background; (2) the large bird in the foreground resting on the water, and with neither ship nor iceberg in the background. Haskell further says, " N o copies of the official issue seen have the first state; while more than half of the copies seen of the unofficial issue have it." W. H. Dougal presented a bill on June 30, 1858, for alterations to plate 42 for $70. The ornithology plates of Hawaii interest in this atlas are plate 4, "Pandion solitarius (Peale)" and plate 6, "Corvus hawaiiensis (Peale)." Plates 4 and 6 are after drawings by Titian Ramsay Peale. Plate 4 shows a bird with a fish in its claws and includes a background view of the Waialua Falls, Kauai; plate 6 has a background depiction of a thatch house and cliffs, probably at or near Kealakekua, Kona. In the text accompanying this atlas, Cassin states that the plates were "colored at the establishment of Mrs. Lavinia Bo wen [of] Philadelphia." References: Haskell, 3 0 . Copies: BPBM*. BPL. HarU (2). N Y P (2). N L C . Y U (2). Haskell locates 28 institutionally owned copies and one privately owned copy (then J . F. Wilkes), which is thought to be the copy now in the Mitchell Library, Sydney.

Cassin, John. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. via. Mammalogy and Ornithology—Text United States Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I M A M M A L O G Y and O R N I T H O L O G Y . I By I John Cassin. I Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; of the American Philosophical Society; I of the National Institute; of the Natural History Society of Charleston; of the Lyceum I of Natural History of New York; of the Natural History Society of Montreal; I Corresponding Member of the Zoological Society of London; Honorary I Member of the United Society of German Ornithologists, etc. I With a Folio Atlas. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I J . B. Lippincott & Co. I 1858 4to. 31 x 23.5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v]-vi Introduction, [vii] — viii contents, [1] Mammalogy half title, [2] blank,

2239

210

1858

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

[3] + 4 - 6 6 Mammalogy text, [67] Ornithology half title, [68] blank, [69] + 7 0 - 4 1 6 Ornithology text, [417] "Catalogues of Mammals and Birds" half title, [418] blank, [419] Preliminary Note, [420] blank, [421] "1. Mammals" half title, [422] blank, [423] + 424-425, Mammals text, [426] blank, [427] "11. Birds" half title, [428] blank, [429] + 430-452 Catalogue text, [453] + 454-466 Index, [467-468] blank pp. With 19 text woodcuts.

The unofficial issue of this text, of which 150 copies were printed. Haskell says that some copies have a canceled title immediately following the half title that is identical to the title of the official issue except for the changed imprint (as above), and on the verso of which appears: "C. Sherman & Son, Printers" etc. References: Haskell, 29. Copies: BL. BPBM* with the first, not the canceled, title page to this text. Bound in black blindstamped cloth, gilt eagle on upper cover. BPL. HarU. NLC. N Y P (4)*. UC. Y U (Beinecke)*. Haskell locates 39 copies.

2240

Cassin, John. United States Exploring Expedition, Vol. Mammalogy and Ornithology—Atlas

Vlll.

United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes U.S.N. I [rule] I ATLAS. I M A M M A L O G Y & O R N I T H O L O G Y . I By I John Cassin, I Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; of the American Philosophical Society; I of the National Institute; of the Natural History Society of Charleston; of I the Lyceum of Natural History of New York; of the Natural History Society of Montreal; I Corresponding Member of the Zoological Society of London; Honorary I Member of the United Society of German Ornithologists, etc. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I J. B. Lippincott & Co. I 1858. Folio. 54 x 36.5 cm (YU). [1] title, [ii] blank, [iii] List of Plates, [iv] blank. With 53 engraved and colored plates.

The unofficial issue of this atlas, of which 150 copies were printed. It agrees in most respects with the official issue. Plate 42 is here usually seen in its second state (see discussion in No. 2238). References: Haskell, 31. Copies: BPL. HarU. NYP. N L C . Y U (Beinecke)*. Haskell locates 35 copies.

2241

[Catholic Church] Dispositions I réglementaires I adoptees par le chapitre gene I -ral de-1858. Honolulu, Imprimerie Catholique, 1858. 16 pp.

Not seen. This entry is adapted from Yzendoorn. References: Yzendoorn, 50. Copies: None located.

2242

Champagnic and Olivier Voyage I Autour Du Monde I contenant I La description Géographique et Pittoresque des divers Pays I l'esquisse des moeurs de chaque peuple; le tableau des religions et des gouvernements; I l'histoire rapide des principaux états; I des détails ethnographiques sur les races humaines; l'indication des produits I agricoles et industriels des diverses contrées de la terre; I et la peinture des merveilles de la

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

211

nature et de l'art; I par I M M . Champagac et Olivier I [rule] I [cut of a ship] I Paris I Morizot, Libraire-Éditeur I 3, rue Pavée-Saint-André-des-Arts I [rule] I 1 8 5 8 . 8vo. 27.5 x 18.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2 - 6 4 1 text, [642] blank, [643] + 644-645 Table des matières, [646] blank pp. With frontispiece engraved view of Paris, 5 additional views of cities, and 16 hand-colored plates of costumes.

In the section on Polynesia, there is an article on Hawaii (pp. 632-635). A section on Australia is on pages 6 0 0 - 6 0 9 . References: None found. Not in Ferguson. Copies: HMCS*.

Dumas, Alexandre . . . I Journal I de I M a d a m e Giovanni I en Australia, aux Marquises, I à Taïti, a la Nouvelle-Calédonie, en Californie et au Mexique I par I Alexandre Dumas I [initials DMB within ornamental border] I Paris I Dufour, Mulat et Boulanger, Éditeurs I (se réservent le droit de reproduction et de traduction a l'étranger) I 6, rue de Beaune, près le Pont-Royal I (ancien Hotel de Nesle) I [rule] I 1858.

2243

8vo. 26.3 x 16.7 cm (ML), [i] half title, [ii] printer's name, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 1 0 "Giovanni" text, [ 2 1 1 ] + 2 1 2 - 2 2 1 "Les Drames de la mer. Le Captaine Marion" text, [222] blank, [2231-224 Table des matières pp. With frontispiece and 6 inserted text illustrations. Above the main title, separated by a rule, is "Impressions de Voyage."

For the first French edition (1856) and notes on the contents, see No. 2 1 4 5 . For a German edition (1855), see No. 2079. References: This edition not in Bagnall, Ferguson, or O'Reilly and Reitman. Copies: M L * .

Eddy, Daniel C . The I Three Mrs. Judsons, I and other I Daughters of the Cross. I By I Rev. Daniel C. Eddy, I Pastor of the Harvard Street Church, Boston. I Author of "Young Man's Friend," "Young Woman's Friend," "Angel I Whispers," & c . I [two-line quotation] I Boston: I Wentworth, Hewes & Co. I 86 Washington Street. I 1858.

2244

8vo. 17.5 x 1 1 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii-vii] preface, [viii] + ix-x contents, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 2 7 0 text pp. With engraved frontispiece, "Daughters of the Cross."

From the preface: "We have in this volume brought together the names of several of our most distinguished female heroines, who have toiled and suffered on heathen soil." Included on pages 9 8 - 1 1 8 is a biography of Mrs. Harriet B. Stewart, wife of Rev. Charles S. Stewart, who was a missionary at the Hawaiian Islands. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HMCS*.

Ellis, William Three Visits I to I Madagascar I during the years I 1853 - 1854 - 1856. I Including I A Journey to the Capital I with I Notices of the Natural History of the Country I and of the I Present Civilisation of the People. I By I The Rev. William Ellis, F.H.S. I Author of "Polynesian Researches." I Illustrated by woodcuts from photographs, etc. I London I John Murray, Albemarle Street. I 1858. I The right of translation is reserved.

2245

212

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 2 1 . 5 x 14 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + v i - i x Preface, dated Hoddesdon, October, 1858, [x] blank, [xi] + xii-xvii Contents, [xviii] blank, [xix] List of illustrations, [xx] blank, [1] + 2 - 4 5 2 text, [453] + 4 5 4 - 4 7 0 Appendix pp. With folding frontispiece "Antananarivo." Engraved map of Madagascar at the first text page and text illustrations.

This is an account of part of the missionary career of Rev. William Ellis, long after his work in Hawaii and the Society Islands. It is included in this bibliography because it records the providential sea rescue of a Hawaiian seaman, which occurred midway between Mauritius and the Cape of Good Hope. On January 2 1 , 1856, the captain and crew of the ship on which Ellis was returning to England rescued a raft with two survivors from the Henry Crappo of Dartmouth, Massachusetts, a homeward-bound whaleship that had been wrecked several days earlier in a severe storm. One of the survivors was the captain of the vessel; the other was found to be a Hawaiian man from Oahu. Ellis was informed of this, and having been a missionary in Hawaii he was able to speak to the man in his own language. He writes movingly that they conversed on the subject of God's mercies and sang a hymn, "He Akua Hemolele," which was "among the first ever composed in the language of the Sandwich Islanders." The rescued captain and the Hawaiian were taken to the Cape of Good Hope, where they left ship with the intention of proceeding to America. For the first American edition (1859), see No. 2.305. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. CU. LC. The N U C records 14 copies.

2246

[Girard, Charles] United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xx. Herpetology—Text United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. x x . I [rule] I H E R P E T O L O G Y . I Prepared under the Superintendence of I S. F. Baird. I With a Folio Atlas, I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman & Son. I 1858. 4to. 31 x 2.3 cm (BPBM). [i] half title "United States Exploring Expedition. I by Authority of Congress," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] introduction, signed S. F. Baird, Washington, May, 1858, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-xv contents, [xvi] blank, [1] + 2 - 4 7 2 text, [473] + 4 7 4 - 4 9 2 index pp.

The official issue. The edition was 1 0 0 copies (Haskell). Girard's name as author does not appear on the title page of the official edition, but "by Charles Girard" is found on the title page of the unofficial edition. The following note from Haskell (quoting G. Brown Goode, The Published Writings of Dr. Charles Girard, Washington, D.C., 1 8 9 1 , p. 50) partially clarifies the matter: "This book was not written by Professor Baird, who assures me that he did not touch pen to it. The book was entirely written by Dr. Charles Girard, but through some technicality his name was not allowed to appear on the title page by the naval authorities having the matter in charge, who insisted in publishing the book under the name of Professor Baird, to whom the original contract was given out." There is no text relating to Hawaii in this publication of the Wilkes' Expedition; it is included here as an important part of the scientific publications of that voyage. References: Haskell, 76. Copies: B P B M * . BPL. L C (2). N Y P . UC-B. Y U . Haskell locates 27 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

[Girard, Charles] United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xx. Herpetology—Text United States 1 Exploring Expedition. I During the Years 1 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I HERPETOLO G Y I By I Charles Girard, I Doctor in Medicine and Surgery; Corresponding Member of the Boston Society of Natural History; I the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; the Lyceum of Natural History of New York; I The Elliot Society of Natural History of Charleston, S.C.; the California Academy I of Natural Sciences, San Francisco; the "Societe Helevetique des Sciences Natu- I relies;" the "Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Zurich;" and the "Societe I des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel, (Switzerland)," etc. etc., I With a folio atlas. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I J. B. Lippincott & Co. I 1858.

213 2247

4to. 31 x 23 cm. [i] half title "United States I Exploring Expedition," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + v i - v i i preface, signed " C . G . , " [viii] blank, [ix] + x - x v i i contents, [xviii] blank, [ 1 ] + 2.-472 text, [473] + 4 7 4 - 4 7 6 list of plates, [ 4 7 7 ] + 4 7 8 - 4 9 6 index pp.

The unofficial issue. Haskell says that 1 5 0 copies were printed. References: Haskell, 77. Copies: BPL. N Y P (3). UC-B. Y U . Haskell locates 27 copies.

[Girard, Charles] United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xx. Herpetology—Atlas United States Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I Atlas. I Herpetology. I Prepared under the Superintendence of I S. E Baird. I By Authority of Congress. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman &c Son, Printers. I 1858.

2248

Folio. 55 x 37 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 0 Explanation of the Plates, [ 1 1 - 1 2 ] blank pp. With 23 engraved plates, colored in part.

The official atlas to accompany the herpetology text. Haskell says 1 0 0 copies were printed. The explanation of the plates lists 32, but Haskell states that "nine were suppressed, probably for reasons of economy." They were, however, published in the unofficial edition (see No. 2249). Plate x x i is listed on the "Explanation of Plates" as depicting six figures of Tapaya douglasii, but on the plate itself these appear as Phrysonoma ornutum. References: Haskell, 78. Copies: B P B M * . L C (2), N Y P . U C - B . Haskell locates 28 copies.

[Girard, Charles] United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xx. Herpetology—Atlas United States I Exploring Expedition, I during the years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I Atlas. I Herpetology. I by I Charles Girard, I Doctor in Medicine and Surgery; Corresponding Member of the Boston Society of Natural I History; the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; the Lyceum of Natural History of New York; I the Elliot Society of Natural History of Charleston, S.C.; the California Academy of Natural I Sciences, San Francisco; the "Societe Helvetique des Sciences Naturelles;" the I "Naturforschende gesellschaft in Zurich;" and the "Societe des Sciences I Naturelles de Neuchatel (Switzerland)," etc., I [rule] I Philadelphia: I J. B. Lippincott & Co. I 1858. Folio. 55 x 37 cm. [ 1 ] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 0 Explanation of the Plates pp. With 32 engraved plates, colored in part.

2249

214

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography The unofficial edition, with additional plates not in the official edition. Of the nine additional plates that appear here rather than in the official issue, Haskell says five were drawn by J . H. Richard, and four are unsigned. One hundred and fifty copies were printed. References: Haskell, 79. Copies: BL. BPL. HarU. N Y P (3). UC. UC-B. YU. Haskell locates 22 institutional copies.

2250

Gregg, David L. Lecture I B e f o r e the H o n o l u l u Lyceum, delivered at the " B e t h e l " C h u r c h , on the evening of I M a r c h 1 2 , 1 8 5 8 . I B y the H o n . D a v i d L . Gregg. I [ H o n o l u l u , 1 8 5 8 ] 8vo. 24 x 17.3 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2.-8 text pp. Text in double-column form. An address on " T h e position of aliens in foreign countries," delivered by the U.S. Commissioner to Hawaii. It was published under the following circumstances: His Majesty having heard from many quarters such reports of the lecture delivered on the evening of Friday last week, by the Hon. D. L . Gregg, as made him desire a perusal of it, applied to that gentleman . . . for a copy of the same. Finding that report was more than sustained by the character of the document itself, the King caused the lecture to be transmitted to us for publication . . . we cannot but congratulate the public upon the course the King has pursued. The lecture will serve for a text book, and in a place where society contains so large a portion of aliens as it here does, it cannot fail to be valuable as well as interesting to a very large class of readers. This explanation from the Polynesian, as an introductory statement.

March 2 0 , 1 8 5 8 , was reprinted in this pamphlet

References: None found. Copies: BPBM (Hist. Pam. 250)*. HHS (2)*. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). 2251

Gulick, Luther Halsey N o t e s I on I T h e G r a m m a r I of T h e P o n a p e District. I [rule] I By I L . H . G u l i c k , M . D . I [rule] I H o n o l u l u : I C o m m e r c i a l Advertiser Press. I 1 8 5 8 . iimo. 18 x 1 1 cm. [r] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-35 text, [36] blank, [37] + 38-39 contents, [40] blank pp. Luther Halsey Gulick was born in Hawaii in 182.8, the son of Rev. Peter and Fanny Gulick. After graduating from N e w York Medical College in 1 8 5 0 , taking a theological course, and being ordained in 1 8 5 1 , he returned to Hawaii. In July 1 8 5 2 he left Hawaii for Ponape, and remained in Micronesia until 1 8 6 1 . References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Phil. Pam. 1 0 1 0 ) (4)*. H M C S . LC. NYP. YU. The N U C records 4 copies.

2252

Haimanawa H A I M A N A W A I N o ta O i h a n a K a t o l i k a I m a I H a v a i i nei. I [rule] I Pepa 1. I M a i ta 9 o J u l a i 1 8 2 7 a ta la hope o 1 8 4 0 . [text begins] I [ H o n o l u l u , Pai-palapala Katolika, 1 8 5 8 - 1 8 5 9 ] 8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 5 1 text pp. Above the title is a line of printers' ornaments. Title: A chronology of the Catholic Church in Hawaii.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

215

A text issued in serial form. It is comprised of 19 pepa, or parts, of eight pages each, with continuous pagination and with a dated colophon at the end of each eight-page section. The caption titles repeat at the beginning of each section. The parts were issued monthly between January and December 1858, then somewhat irregularly: Pepa 1 3 - 1 4 appeared in January 1859, Pepa 15 in March, Pepa 16 in April, Pepa 1 7 in September, Pepa 18 in October, and Pepa 19 in December 1859. According to Yzendoorn, this was primarily written by Father Louis Maigret. Much of the text consists of answers to anti-Catholic statements made in the Protestant paper Ka Nonanona, edited by Richard Armstrong. Extensive quotations from the scriptures and other sources are used to support the Catholic position. The first issue has a summary of Catholic missionary work in the islands from 1827 to 1840; the second issue adds events occurring during 1841; Pepa 3-5 continue with events of 1842; Pepa 6 begins with 1842 then jumps to 1848. All further pepa continue with events of 1842. In Pepa 7 (July) on page 49 there is a letter from David Malo dated Puato [i.e., Puako, Lahaina, Maui], July 20, 1842, to the Catholic missionary "Joseve" Desvault, with Father Desvault's reply following. References: Butler, 1 7 2 . Judd and Bell, 352.. Yzendoorn, 52. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. A T L * . B P B M (2)*. B P B M (Carter 8 - C - 9 5 ) * . B P B M (DU62.0.M67)*, Pepa 1 - 1 3 only. GF, Pepa 1 - 1 5 only. H H S (3)*, two bound with other works, and one set unbound. H M C S (2)*, one copy lacks Pepa 1 4 , a third copy is also incomplete. HarU ( 2 2 3 4 . 7 4 , 7 1 ) * , Pepa 1 - 1 0 , pp. 1 - 7 2 only. H S L (Tice Phillips—Roman Catholic Miscellany)*, Pepa 1 - 1 9 . L C . N L C .

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Collector General of Customs Custom House Statistics for 1857. I Prepared by W. Goodale, Collector General of Customs. I [double rule] I [tables of statistics] I [Honolulu, 1858]

2253

Broadside. 48 x 2 0 cm.

The tables show statistics of imports, exports, "National" and "Merchant" vessels at Honolulu, and whaling vessels at Island ports. Additional tables show "spirits taken out of bond for consumption," and custom house receipts. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Customs) (2)*.

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Board of Education Report of the President of the Board of Education to the Hawaiian Legislature, 1858. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] 8vo. 25 x 1 5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 5 text, [26] blank pp. With 4 folding tables. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. I Fourth Year."

Richard Armstrong's report for the years 1856-1858 commences with a discussion of "Common Free Schools." His summation (pp. 1 6 - 1 8 ) on the "Select Schools" (male and female) includes remarks on "English schools for natives." The Hilo boarding school and Mr. Wilcox's school at Waioli are also discussed. An article (pp. 2 1 - 2 2 ) discusses Ka Hae Hawaii, the newspaper published by the Board. The four tables present statistics on government schools for 1857; English schools for natives for 1856 and 1857; and births and deaths for the several islands, for six years (1852-1857).

2254

216

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*, BPBM (Carter 13-A-9)*. HHS*. H M C S * . N Y H * .

2255

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Biennial Report I Of the Minister of Finance. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] 8vo. 20.5 x 3 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + z-zo text pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. I Fourth Year."

A report by Prince Lot Kamehameha, the "Acting Minister of Finance" for two years, ending March 31, 1858. The report lists expenditures and receipts, shows "assets and liabilities of the Treasury," and includes a general table showing exports and imports. Prince Lot mentions that dredging and improvement of the harbor was progressing, and that the "Waikahalulu Water Lots" makai of the site of the Honolulu Fort were being filled in and would eventually be readied for leasing out by the government. The prince states that the "great desideratum of the kingdom is an increase in the amount of and variety of our exports." He looks forward to an increase in the products of the soil, and comments that whaling, "which has lately sprung up amongst us . . . deserves also your attentive consideration." The prince proposes that the legislature consider enacting a bill granting benefits to Hawaiian seamen, particularly those sailing on ships under the Hawaiian flag. Appended tables show treasury receipts and expenditures; the latter, tabulated by governmental department, includes salaries in each department. The table for the Department of Improvements (pp. 1 2 - 1 3 ) show disbursements for public roads and bridges; $ 2 0 , 0 0 0 for the Oahu Prison; $ 7 , 0 0 0 for the Lahaina Court and Custom Houses; $ 3 0 0 for a court house at Kealakekua; $ 2 0 0 for a bridge at Kipahulu, Maui; and $ 2 0 , 0 0 0 for the purchase of a steamboat for Honolulu harbor. References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*. HHS*. HMCS*. N Y H * .

2256

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Palalapa Hoike I a ke Kuhina Waiwai no na Makahiki Elua I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858]. 8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 1 text, [22-24] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Ka Noho Alii Ana o Kamehameha IV."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2255. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*.

2257

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office Report I Of the Minister of Foreign Relations to the Legislature, of 1858. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] 8vo. 23.5 x 14 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 6 5 text, [66] blank pp. Copies should have an errata slip with 8 corrections inserted at p. 65. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. I Fourth Year."

A particularly important report by Robert C. Wyllie, in that it presents a capsule history of the four attempts by the Hawaiian government to negotiate an acceptable commercial treaty with the United States between 1847 and 1856. Here Wyllie announces that under

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

1858

217

the guidance of Elisha H. Allen, Hawaiian government representative in Washington, matters were progressing more favorably. To reinforce the Hawaiian government position, Wyllie includes lengthy passages on United States and international law, as well as excerpts from previous Foreign Office correspondence with representatives of the governments of France and England. References: Carter, p. 66. HSL (Tice Phillips, 2.8). Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (C. R. Bishop bound set of reports). HMCS*. NYH*. YU. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Foreign Office A P P E N D I X I To Report of the Minister of Foreign Relations, up to 31st M a r c h ,

2258

1858, I to the Legislature. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] 8vo. 2,3.5 x x 3-5 cm (AH). Caption title, [67] + 68-184 Appendix text, [185] + 186-188 Supplement text pp. This appendix publishes extracts from letters of Elisha H. Allen, in Washington, D.C., regarding the progress of the Hawaiian treaty, as well as documents and communications with representatives of other foreign powers on the same matter. Documents regarding negotiations with the French government representatives during 1 8 4 8 - 1 8 4 9 are reprinted. Minutes of a conference held on the French corvette Gassendi, August z8, 1849, are followed by "Demands made on the Hawaiian Government by M . Dillon in March, 1 8 4 8 . " These latter are printed in column form, with the replies by the Hawaiian government in a parallel column. Communications on a variety of subjects are followed by letters, and by drafts of treaties. The Hawaii State Archives copy has bound in at the end a facsimile of a broadside dated Foreign Office, March 9, 1859, forwarding to the Speaker of the House of Representatives (Hawaii) "twenty copies of the native translation of a portion of the Appendix to my Report on the King's Foreign Relations." References: HSL (Tice Phillips, 28). Copies: AH*. BPBM*. HHS*. HMCS*. NYH*. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Foreign Office Palapala H o i k e a ke Kuhina no na Aina e, i ka Ahaolelo o 1858. I [text begins] [Honolulu, 1 8 5 8 ]

2259 I

8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2-58 text pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Ka Noho Alii Ana o Kamehameha IV I Makahiki Elua." The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2.257. References: None found. Copies: AH*. BPBM*. H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Foreign Office K A H O P E I O ka palapala makahiki o ke Kuhina no ka aina e, a hiki e M a r a k i I

31, 1858, i ka Ahaolelo. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] 8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 9 1 text, [92] blank, [93] + 9 4 - 9 5 "Palapala Hookui" (Supplement) text, [96] blank pp. The Hawaiian-language edition of the Appendix, References: None found. Copies: AH*. BPBM*. HHS*, John M. Kapena's copy.

No. 2 2 5 8 .

2260

218

1858

2261

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office [Pointing band] The following Circular and Questions are in- I tended to be addressed to all Christian Missionaries, I Planters and Graziers upon the Islands, from whom, as I well as from all others, information will be gratefully received. I Circular. I Honolulu, 16th April, 1858. I [letter from R. C. Wyllie and questions begin] [Honolulu, 1858]

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

8vo. 17.5 x 9.8 cm ( N Y H ) . Caption title, [1] + 2 - 8 text pp.

Mr. Wyllie solicited these questions as an update to those issued in 1846, and he requested replies in English or in Hawaiian. The text includes his letter of May 14, 1857, addressed to Rev. Lorenzo Lyons, Moderator of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association annual meeting. The first list of 1 1 2 questions is identical to that solicited in 1846. Wyllie then adds additional inquiries numbered 1 1 3 - 1 2 2 . These include the following: 1 1 3 . What moral or improving effect upon native females,. . . and their children, has their marriage to whitemen? 1 1 4 . What difference is observable in the character, for better or for worse, of the half breeds as compared to pure natives? 1 1 5 . Does the ratio of annual improvement of the natives increase as they advance in civilization . . . ? 1 1 6 . Have the natives generally, who are church members, become in reality, such Christians, as to understand and regard the obligations of an oath . . . ? 120. Suppose a Bank of Deposit and discount established in Honolulu with branches in all the islands, could pecuniary advances to the natives, on the security of their lands, crops and cattle be safely made, and would those advances stimulate their industry, and promote the national wealth? In his letter to Lyons, Wyllie states that his reason for this second questionnaire is to obtain "if possible, answers in English and Hawaiian . . . shewing what changes have taken place during the ten years that will have elapsed when the Legislature next assembles." The 18 61 minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association contain the following comment: "Mr. Coan brought up the request of his Excellency R. C. Wyllie, for an answer to his circular of inquiry, therefore, 'Voted, That each member of this Association be requested to answer the questions of that circular, so far as he can, at his leisure, and that Mr. Coan be appointed to communicate the action of this body to Mr. Wyllie, and obtain copies of the circular for the brethren.'" It is not known whether or not the Hawaiian Evangelical Association, individually or collectively, was able to answer Mr. Wyllie's request. References: Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (Honolulu, 1861), pp. 27-28. Copies: N Y H * .

2262

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office C I R C U L A R . I [rule] I Department of Foreign Relations, I City of Honolulu, 31st May, 1858. I Sir, I With all the satisfaction of the most exalted loyalty, I enclose I printed slips from The Polynesian, Nos. 3 and 4, of the 22nd and I 29th instant, containing the addresses to the King, and of His Majesty's I replies, on the occasion of the happy birth, on the 20th, of a Prince, I heir to the Hawaiian Throne, and as such, created by his Majesty I P R I N C E OF HAWAII. I . . . I [signed] R. C. Wyllie.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

219

Circular. 2 0 lines of text, printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 2.8 x 2 1 . 5 cm.

The printed "slips" or offprints from the Polynesian are filed with this broadside in the Hawaii State Archives, Foreign Office File. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & E x . ) (2)*. N Y H * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office C I R C U L A R . I [rule] I Department of Foreign Relations, I 4th July, 1858. I Sir:- I I have the honor to make known to you that it pleased I the King, on the 2d instant, . . . I . . . to appoint the Honorable David L. Gregg, late Com- I missioner of the United States, to the office of His Minister of I Finance. I [text continues] I [signed] R. C. Wyllie.

2263

Circular. Text on the first page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 3 0 . 5 x 19 cm.

David L. Gregg, the former U.S. Commissioner, resident in Hawaii since 1853, was appointed Minister of Finance by Kamehameha IV on July 3, 1858, and remained in office until August 1862. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & E x . ) (2)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office C I R C U L A R . I [rule] I Department of Foreign Relations, I City of Honolulu, 27th July, 1858. I Sir: - I I have the honor to make known to you that at a special I meeting of the King and His Privy Council, held this day, the I following Resolution was passed, viz.: I "Resolved That Cornwallis Island, in Latitude 16 deg. 43 min. I North, and Longitude 169 deg. 33 min. West from Greenwich, and I Kalama Island, in Latitude 16 deg. 44 min. North, and Longitude I 169 deg. 21 min. West, having been taken possession of, with the I usual formalities, on the 14th and 19th of June, 1858, by Samuel C. I Allen, Esquire, in the name of King Kamehameha IVth, the said I Islands are to be considered as part of His Majesty's domain." I [text continues] I [signed] R. C. Wyllie. [Honolulu, 1858]

2264

Circular. 2 0 lines of text on the first page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 3 0 . 5 x 19 cm.

The official document announcing the annexation of Cornwallis Island by the Hawaiian government. Cornwallis Island (discovered December 14, 1807, by Captain Charles Johnston on board HMS Cornwallis) is now known as Johnston Island. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.) (3)*. N Y H * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Interior Department Report I Of the Minister of the Interior to the Legislature of 1858. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] 8vo. 25 x 1 5 . 5 cm, untrimmed ( B P B M ) . Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 3 report, 1 4 - 2 4 appendixes pp. Issued without printed wrappers. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. I Fourth Year."

Prince Lot Kamehameha's report, dated March 20, 1858 (for the years 1856 and 1857), summarizes receipts and expenditures, and the work of the Government Press, the Post Office, the Land Office, and the Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society. Efforts to purchase

2265

220

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography an interisland steamer are described, and the business of improving roads includes a long list of appointed supervisors. Educational matters addressed include problems of truant children, public morals, and the particular need of English instruction in schools "to enable our people to stand on equal terms with others." The appendix, which includes tables A-I, includes letters and reports from government officials. References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn) (2)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-129)*. HHS*. H M C S * .

2266

Hawaii. Kingdom. Interior Department Palapala Hoike I A ke Kuhina Kalaiaina i ka Ahaolelo o ka makahiki 1858. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] 8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). [1] + 2-12. report, [13] + 14-23 "Palapala Hookui" (Appendix), [24] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2265. At the head of the title is: "Ka noho alii ana o Kamehameha IV. Ka makahiki eha." References: None found. Copies: AH*. BPBM*.

2267

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature APPROPRIATION BILL FOR 1858 and 1859. I [text begins:] Be it Enacted by the King, the Nobles and Representatives of the Hawaiian Islands, in Legislative Council assembled: I [list of appropriations follow] I [Honolulu, 1859] Broadside. Text in 3 columns divided by vertical rules and signed at end, "Approved this 4th day of May A.D. 1859. KAMEHAMEHA [V] [and] Kaahumanu. 49.5 x 30 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—EO. & Ex., filed under 1859)*. N Y H * , attached to another broadside: "Receipts and Expenditures of the Hawaiian Treasury from April 1st 1858 to February 16th, 1859."

2268

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature Joint Resolution to Provide for the Necessary Expenses of the Government till the 31st December, 1858. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] Broadside. Text printed in double columns on one side of a sheet. 26.5 x 16.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

2269

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature [at left:] RULES A N D ORDERS I For conducting Business in the I House of Representatives of the I Hawaiian Islands. I [text continues] I [at right:] N A R U L A I E Pono ai ka Haa ana iloko o ka I Hale Ahaolelo o ka Poeikohoia e I ko Hawaii Pae Aina. I [Honolulu, 1858] 8vo. 24.5 x 16 cm, untrimmed (AH). Caption titles, [1-2] + 3 - 1 5 rules, [16] + 1 7 - 1 8 Joint Rules of the two houses, 1 9 - 2 0 List of Legislative members and Committees pp.

The rules of the 1858 legislative session. The main text contains 81 rules, followed by 17 joint rules of the two houses. All text is in double-column form, with English on the right and Hawaiian on the left.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

221

References: None found. Copies: AH (series 222—Legislature 1858)*. AH (2)*. Hawaii. Kingdom. Royal Family

2270

Her Majesty's Accouchment. I B I R T H O F A P R I N C E . I [rule] I "We have the greatest pleasure in annouc- I ing that an event has just taken place to I which every loyal well wisher of their M a - I jesties the King and Queen of these Islands, I and every one w h o desires the perpetuity of I the Hawaiian Kingdom under its hereditary I sovereigns, has looked forward to with un- I feigned interest. I This evening, at 1 0 minutes past 6 o'clock, I her Majesty was safely delivered of a M A L E I I N F A N T . The Mother and Child both ap- I pear likely to do well. I [text continues, and ends:] A salute of 2 1 guns fired immediately after I her Majesty's delivery gave the public the I first announcement of the happy event. I M a y G o d preserve their Majesties and I their first-born child! [Honolulu, 1858] Broadside. 39 lines of text. 25 x 1 0 cm. Above the title appears: "SUPPLEMENT! I to I The Polynesian. I [rule] I Honolulu, May 20, 1858." The official announcement of the long-awaited heir to the kingdom, a son born on May 2 0 , 1858, to Kamehameha IV and Queen Emma. The text of this sheet was reprinted by the Polynesian on Saturday, May 22nd. From that printing, it was also issued as a reprint broadside, in double-column form (40 x 1 3 . 5 cm), with the text reset from the newspaper columns. In both the newspaper appearance and its reprint issue, there are added accounts of public congratulations to the king, from an assembly of the diplomatic corps, his brother Prince Kamehameha, the U.S. Consul Abner Pratt, and Rev. S. C. Damon, who wasted no time in presenting a Bible to the king for the infant prince. The king's gracious replies are included. References: None found. Copies: HHS (in scrapbook)*. Copies of the May 22 reprint issue: AH (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.) (3)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Royal Family The Infant Prince. I We are happy to be able to state that Her Majesty is I rapidly gaining strength and continues every day to I make the most satisfactory progress towards her customary state of good health. I . . . I [Honolulu, 1858] Broadside. 3 columns of text. 44 x 25 cm. This sheet records an account of a visit to the palace by the Free Masons, their address to the king, and his reply. It includes addresses to the king from the Cabinet Council and from the Privy Council. These are followed by a column headed "Court News," which prints a congratulatory address from the Hon. David L. Gregg, "the late Commissioner of the United States," introducing his replacement, James W. Borden. Borden's address to the king, and the king's reply follows. This is an offprint from the Polynesian, May 29, 1858, with the text repositioned on the sheet. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (2)*.

2271

222

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography

2272

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Fifth Annual Report I of the I Chief Justice of the Supreme Court I to the I Legislature of 1858. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] Caption title, [1] + z - i z text pp.

Elisha H. Allen starts this report with a tribute to the late Judge William L. Lee, and he gives credit to Associate Justice George Robertson for his work on the civil code. Allen says that the "Committee appointed to prepare a complete Civil Code will report to the Legislative Council." Judge Allen states that one provision not entered into the civil code that requires their consideration is "the duty of every department of Government to reduce expenses as much as possible." The reports of the District Attorneys of Hawaii (R. K. Chamberlayne), of Maui, Molokai, and Lanai (E. P. Bond), of Kauai and Niihau (W. H. Rice), and of Oahu include tables showing types of convictions. These are followed by tables showing "Fines and Penalties received at the Treasury in the two years ending March 31st, 1858." References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. HHS*. H M C S * . N Y H * . 2273

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court S U P R E M E C O U R T . I In the matter of Francis de Flanchet or Franchet, a Prisoner I in the Fort. I Opinion of Chief Justice Allen. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] Broadside, with text on 2 sheets. The first has 2 columns of text (43.5 x 13.5 cm) on a sheet 60.5 x 24.5 cm; the text is continued in a single column (42 x 6.2 cm) on a sheet 49 x 14.3 cm. Dated Oct. 12, 1858 at end of text.

Francis de Flanchet (incorrectly called le Flanchet or Franchet in several documents) was a French subject and sailor "lately serving on board the French whale ship Napoleon III, which was wrecked in the Arctic Ocean on the zoth day of May last [1857]." He was arrested on October 30, 1858, and committed to prison, where he remained, for allegedly deserting from an American whaleship, the Nassau (H. C. Murcoch, Master), lying in the harbor of Honolulu. The French Consul and de Flanchet claimed the allegation was unfounded as he had never signed any legal contract to serve on board that vessel. Documents were produced, however, showing that he had signed articles to ship on the Nassau. The case has interesting remarks on shipping articles, and on the proportion of share in the proceeds of a whaling voyage awarded to each of the crew at the conclusion of a voyage. The decision was rendered by Chief Justice Allen October i z , 1858, and this text was first published in the Polynesian, November zo, 1858. The text has been partially reset for this broadside issue. References: The documents of the case are in the Hawaii State Archives, First Circuit Court, Law 273. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Judiciary) (2)*. 2274

H a w a i i . Kingdom. Treaty with France The I French Treaty I with the I Report I of the I Committee of the Privy Council I and the I Protocols. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed at the Government Press. I 1858. 8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 8 0 pp.

This treaty with France, signed in Paris and returned to Hawaii for ratification, was signed by Kamehameha IV, September 8, 1858. The Hawaii State Archives (Broadsides

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1858

223

—F.O. & Ex.) has two broadside issues of the treaty. The first, with an English text only, is an "extra" issue of the Polynesian of September 9, 1858. The second, from the Polynesian of September 18, 1858, reprints the treaty in Hawaiian, French, and English. For comments on the treaty, see the Friend, September 1858, page 68. References: Carter, p. 1 7 6 . H S L (Tice Phillips, 2.9). Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (Hist. Pam. 1 0 7 ) * . N Y H * . UH.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Treaty with France Ke I Kuikahi me Farani, I me ka I Olelo Hoike I a ke I Komite o ka Ahakukakukamalu, I a me ka I Mooolelo o ka hana ana. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia ma ka mea Paipalapala Aupuni. I 1858.

ill's

8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 5 8 text pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2274. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Hist. Pam. 1 0 7 ) * . UH.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Secretary at War REPORT, I To the Legislature of 1858, by the Secretary of [sic] War. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858]

2276

8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 9 report, [30] + 3 1 - 3 4 appendix pp. With folding table of expenditure ( 1 8 5 6 - 1 8 5 8 ) at p. 34. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. I Fourth Year."

Wyllie's report to the legislature is dated March 31, 1858. As always, he emphasizes the need for a protective force in Honolulu. "We are in danger of invasion," he comments, and then reminds the legislators of the difficulties that occurred in Honolulu during 1850 and in 1852. On page 15 he further clarifies his notion of threatening groups from abroad: "as Great Britain has her chartists, and France her communists and socialists, so the United States have their manifest destiny men." References: None found. Copies: AH. A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (2)*, B P B M (Carter 3 - B - 1 3 0 ) * . H M C S * . N Y H * , fine, untrimmed copy.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Secretary at War PALAPALA HOIKE MAKAHIKI. I A ke Kakauolelo o na Oihana Kaua, i ka Ahaolelo kau Kanawai o ka I M.H. 1858. I [text begins] [Honolulu, 1858]

1111

8vo. 24.5 x 1 6 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 3 2 text pp. With table at p. z8. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: " K a Noho Alii Ana o Kamehameha IV. I Makahiki Elua."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2276. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Secretary at War REPORT I Of the Secretary at War, in charge of the Bureau of Public Improve- I ments. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858.]

2278

224

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 25 x 1 6 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 3 9 text, [40] blank pp. At the head of the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. I Fourth Year."

From the preface, signed by R. C. Wyllie, Office of the Department of War, March 3 1 , 1858: "By the Act of 14th. June, 1855, the Bureau of Public Improvements was transferred from the office of the Minister of the Interior, and placed under the Department of War, without any previous consultation with me, whatever." As with his previous reports, Wyllie again advances the need for strengthening the defenses of Honolulu. Included is a report by Captain T. B. Collinson titled "Memorandum concerning the Military Defence of Honolulu," which is dated San Francisco, September 28, 1850. It discusses the need for a "sea battery" and on the uselessness of depending on the battery atop Punchbowl. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. BPBM (C. R. Bishop bound set of reports)*. N Y H * .

2279

Hawaii. Kingdom. Secretary at War H O I K E . I O ke Kuhina Kaua, e malama ana i ka Oihana Hana Hou. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1858] 8vo. 24.5 x 16 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 3 1 text, [32] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Ke Au la Kamehameha IV. I Makahiki Eha."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2278. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*.

2280

[Hawaiian Atlas] [Atlas of 1 2 colored maps, issued without a title. Boston? 1858?] 4to. 29.5 x 24 cm (HHS).

The maps are as follows: 1. Poepoe Komohana [Western Hemisphere] [and] Poepoe Hikina [Eastern Hemisphere], folding. 2. Aina Moana [Pacific Ocean]. 3. Amerika. Akau [North America]. 4. Amerika Huipui[a] [the United States], double page. 5. Mesiko, Guatimala a me Inia Komohana [Mexico, Guatemala, and West Indies]. 6. Amerika Hema [South America]. 7. Na Mokupuni o Hawaii [the Hawaiian Islands], double page. 8. Europa [Europe]. 9. Na Moku o Beritania [the British Isles]. 1 0 . Palapala Aina o Farani, Sepania, Potugala, Italia [map of France, Spain, Portugal, and Italy]. 1 1 . Palapala Aina o Asia [map of Asia]. 12. Aferika [Africa]. Soon after copies of this atlas were received in Honolulu, the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, May 9, 1858, commented: "Hawaiian Atlas. Our attention has been called to a geographical atlas in the Hawaiian language, which was printed in the United States for the use of the Hawaiian schools. We have heard that one thousand dollars of the school

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

fund was appropriated for this object, and we must say that if such was the case, the money could scarcely have been worse applied." The editor of the Advertiser may have mistaken the object of the $ 1 0 0 0 legislative appropriation. In the 1858 report of the Board of Education, Richard Armstrong states, "The last legislature appropriated $ 2 , 0 0 0 for printing . . . books, but on account of the low state of the treasury none of it has been drawn." He states further (p. 6) that while in Boston he had "an edition of 1 , 0 0 0 globe maps, on a large scale, lithographed: 350 of them colored and mounted; 2 0 0 merely printed and colored; and 450 merely printed on loose sheets—the whole at a cost of $ 5 2 1 . 5 0 . " These were large-size wall maps, not an atlas. In subsequent reports there is no mention of the production of an atlas, but the Advertiser was correct in judging it a poorly done job. Two copies of the atlas, which I have examined (Hawaiian Historical Society), have bound in at the end a text of 1 2 pages titled: "He Ninau No ka Palapala Honua" (questions on maps). This section of text looks as if it had been printed on the Mission Press in the 1840s, and it may be that surplus copies of this text obtained by the Board of Education from the mission were added to some copies of their atlas. More commonly, the atlas has neither a title nor the text of questions and is bound in plain grey wrappers. This atlas is seldom found in good condition due to the poor quality of paper used. References: Judd and Bell, 602., lists what is apparently this edition of the atlas. Copies: HHS (7)*, 2 copies with the printed text and the maps on better quality paper than usual, and 5 copies without the questions. H M C S (2)*, both without the printed questions.

Hawaiian Evangelical Association Minutes I of I The Meeting I of the Hawaiian I Evangelical Association, I held at Honolulu, I May, 1858. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Commercial Advertiser Print. I 1858. i2.mo. 17.5 x 1 1 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 0 text pp.

This report contains abstracts of station reports, including several from Hawaiian pastors of churches such as Hauula, Oahu, and Honuaula, Maui. There are also brief reports from the Hilo Boarding School, the Seamen's Chaplain at Lahaina, and Punahou School. Church statistics and a list of appropriations are given. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS. H M C S * .

Honolulu Rifles Charter, I Constitution, I and I By-Laws I of the I Honolulu Rifles, I Instituted, February 28, 1857. I Honolulu: I Commercial Advertiser Press. I 1858. 13.3 x 8.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 6 Charter, [7] blank, [8] Preamble, 9 + 1 2 Constitution, 1 3 - 2 3 By-Laws, [24] blank pp.

The Honolulu Rifles was formed as a military company on February 28, 1857, "for the purpose of defending the property of the town, both public and private, together with the lives of its citizens, against lawless mobs and disturbers of the peace, composed of seamen or others resorting to this p o r t . . . " Its charter, printed here with its constitution, was granted by Lot Kamehameha, Minister of the Interior, February 24, 1858. References: Carter, p. 89. Copies: HHS. HMCS*.

226

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography

2283

Hooiliili Havaii H O O I L I I L I HAVAII. I He mau hana, olelo, manao, I e pili ana I i to Havaii Nei, I [rule] I Pepa 1. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 5 8 - 1 8 6 0 ] 8vo. 22 x 14.5 cm, untrimmed (HHS). Caption title, [1] + 2.-30 text, [31-32.] He Vahi Papa (Index) and colophon pp. Above each title is a rule of printers' ornaments.

Title: The Hawaiian collection. Events, words, [and] thoughts, concerning Hawaii. An important serial publication composed of four eight-page sections issued variously, with colophon and date at end of each signature as follows: (p. 8) Augate 1858; (p. 16) Feberuari 1859; (p. 24) Marati 1859; (p. 32) Ianuari i860. The text, which appears to be largely by the catechist Kepelino, is a curious mixture of Christian ideas and Hawaiian legends and traditional beliefs, and includes a long treatise on Hawaiian ornithology. The first paper has 15 numbered paragraphs on Hawaiian kapu, the devil, praying to death, and as Yzendoorn comments, "further proceedings of the black art." The most important part of this publication contains Kepelino's little-known treatise on Hawaiian birds. This begins in Pepa 11 (Feb. 1859) and runs through Pepa iv (Jan. i860), on pages 9 - 3 0 , with a two-page index. Kepelino describes birds individually in 38 numbered articles beginning with the hawk: "Ta Io, te 'Lii o na manu" (The hawk is the chief of the birds). He describes the birds, their habits and habitat, the sound of their call, the method by which Hawaiians caught each kind, and their taste when cooked and eaten. There is a full translation of this text by Mary Kawena Pukui in the Bishop Museum Archives ( H E N Vol. 1, pp. 1 1 2 7 - 1 1 5 5 ) . The author, known as "Kepelino," signs his ornithological notes as " Z . Teauotalani" or "Zepherin Keauokalani," the latter being his family name. "Kepelino" is simply a Hawaiian adaptation of "Zepherin." A Hawaiian of very high rank (his mother was a daughter of Kamehameha I), he was born at Kailua, Kona, about 1830. His parents were early Catholic converts, and Kepelino received a thorough education in Honolulu Catholic schools. As an adult he was a prolific correspondent and author of articles in periodicals, publishing mainly in those from the Catholic Mission Press. His letters in Ka Hae Hawaii ( 1 8 6 0 - 1 8 6 1 ) , are signed " Z . Kahoalii." Kepelino's account of precontact Hawaiian life, Traditions of Hawaii, edited by Martha Warren Beckwith, was published by the Bishop Museum (Bulletin 95, Honolulu, 1932). References: Judd and Bell, 353. Yzendoorn, 53 (listing this under Kepelino's Catholic name, "Tepelino Teauotalani"). Copies: ATL*. BPBM (DU 620.H15)*. HarU, has pp. 1 - 8 only. HHS (2)*. H M C S . HSL (Tice Phillips—Roman Catholic Miscellany)*. L C \ N L C .

2284

K a Ekalesia K A E K A L E S I A I o I Ta Hatu. I [rule] I [text begins:] Aloha outou, e na tanata havaii, ne manao toitoi to'u. I [Colophon at end of p. 16:] Honolulu, I PaiPalapala Katolika, 1858. 8vo. 22 x 13 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 pp. A line of printers' ornaments is above the title.

Title: The Church of the Lord. A tract on the Catholic Church. Page 8 has a list of 67 Popes from "Petero" to "Bonifake," that is, from St. Peter to Boniface. References: Judd and Bell, 351. Not in Yzendoorn. Copies: BPBM (DU620.M67)*. HarU (2234.74.50). HHS. H M C S * . UH.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

K a Mooolelo Hawaii Ka I Mooolelo Hawaii, I i kakauia e I Rev. J . F. Pokuea, I mamuli o ka mooolelo Hawaii i paiia ma Lahainaluna i ka M . H . 1838, I oia ke kumu o keia, I a na hoohuiia no nae. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Hale Paipalapala Aupuni, I 1858I-1859?]. i2.mo. 22 x 14 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Olelo Mua (Foreword) [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 8 6 text pp.

Title: The history of Hawaii, written by Rev. J. F. Pogue, enlarged from the history of Hawaii printed at Lahainaluna in the year 1838. An important work. This is Rev. John F. Pogue's History of Hawaii, prepared primarily for classroom use at Lahainaluna. It is largely based on the 1838 Ka Mooolelo Hawaii (see No. 1 1 0 7 ) , but revised in light of Sheldon Dibble's 1843 History (see No. 1383), and on a manuscript (then unpublished) written by the late David Malo. The text begins with a traditional account of the creation of the Hawaiian Islands, and proceeds to more modern history, beginning with Kamehameha and Captain Cook, and the arrival of the missionaries and their work. The history does not advance beyond 1840 and concludes with a traditional (pre-Western contact) account of the Hawaiian chief, Umi. Articles on traditional Hawaiian cultural practices are included, as is (on pp. 34-36) a genealogy of the chiefs "From ancient times to Kamehameha I." The latter texts seem to be mostly derived from the Malo manuscript. A number of documents regarding the publication of this text have survived. In a letter to Richard Armstrong, the Minister of Public Instruction, from Lahainaluna, April 3, 1858 (Hawaii State Archives, Public Instruction file), Pogue writes: You ask "what other book ought to go to the press first?" I can hardly choose we need all of those which I sent you a list. . . Our "Moolelo Kahiko" are almost all gone— I have thought of rearranging that, & having it printed. It would make good matter for the Hae [i.e., Ka Hae Hawaii] Not however as it is now printed in book form. It would require some work to get it in proper shape for the "Hae." Where can documents be found in regard to the reign of K. III? Are they in English or Hawaiian? Wouldn't it be best to write a new history of that reign or translate from Jarves? . . . This will be the most difficult part of the Hawaiian History, & will take time to do it well. Perhaps it would be best to print the History down to the close of the reign of K. II & then for variety put the ancient history of all other nations & make the reign of K. Ill a separate work . Pogue's use of the late David Malo's "Mooolelo" manuscript (then in possession of, but not owned by, the Board of Education) was objected to by Edward P. Bond, the lawyer for the Malo estate. Rev. Pogue wrote to Honolulu on April 1 3 , 1858: "Mr. Bond protests against my publishing anything from Maro's [sic] book. As I supposed you had already made some arrangements with him in regard to the book, I have used it as if it belonged to you, & have extracted largely from it—what is to be done in the case? I suppose he will write to you . . . in regard to it." The objections must have been straightened out, for an announcement of publication appeared in the April 7, 1858, issue of Ka Hae Hawaii, and the entire text was then published in 50 installments in that newspaper between April 14,1858, and March 30, 1859. The Bishop Museum Library has Mary Kawena Pukui's translation of the first half of the text. There is also a modern English-language edition: Moolelo of Ancient Hawaii, translated from the Hawaiian by Charles W. Kenn (Honolulu, Topgallant Press, 1978), which includes a photographic facsimile of the 1858 edition.

228

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: See letters (quoted above) in the Public Instruction file, Hawaii State Archives. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, with manuscript notation dated 1858 on title. BPBM*, Pogue's annotated copy with his signature and date " L . Luna Deer. 1st. 1859" on front end leaf. GF. HarU (2234.79.5)*. HHS (2), one is in original boards. HMCS (3)*, one has signature of Mataio Kekuanaoa on a front blank leaf. UH. YU.

2286

Kamehameha IV. Speech Nobles and Representatives: I Since the Legislature was last in session, it has pleased almighty God I to bless me with a son. The birth of an Heir to the Throne is an event I which you, now congregated to pass measures, not for the temporary I only, but for the permanent prosperity of the Hawaiian Islands, under I a Constitutional Monarchy, cannot but regard with solemn interest, I . . . I [Honolulu, 1858] Circular. Text unsigned and without a caption title, printed on the first and third (unnumbered) pages of a single-fold sheet. 30.5 x 19 cm.

A speech delivered by the king at the opening of the legislature, June 1 1 , 1858. He urges the legislature to provide, by joint resolution, for the financial necessities of the government, and discusses a new treaty with France, which has been returned to the Islands for ratification. For a full transcription of the speech, see Lydecker. References: Lydecker, pp. 7 0 - 7 2 . Copies: A H (series 222—Legislature 1858)*. A H (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.) (2)*. N Y P * , fine copy.

2287

Kamehameha IV. Speech E na 'Lii a me ka Poeikohoia: - I Uoko o na makahiki elua i hala ae nei mai o ko koukou halawai hope I ana, ua olioli mai ke Akua Mana Loa e hoopomaikai mai ia'u, ma ka I haawi ana mai i keiki kane. I . . . I [Honolulu, 1858] Circular. Text unsigned and without a caption title, printed on the first and third (unnumbered) pages of a single-fold sheet. 30.5 x 19 cm.

The Hawaiian-language version of No. 2286. References: None found. Copies: A H (series 222—Legislature 1858)*. A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

2288

Mecham, G. F. Programme I Of The Funeral I of the late I Captain G. F. Mecham, I Of Her Britannick [szc] Majesty's Ship "Vixen," I whose funeral obsequies will be celebrat- I ed on Friday, the 19th instant. I [rule] I Honolulu Rifles. I Philanthropic Societies. I Household Troops. I Marines from H.B.M's Sloop Vixen I [cut of coffin with "pall bearers" on either side] I Seamen of the Vixen. I Officers of the Vixen I . . . I H.B.M's Commissioner and Consul General I . . . I Crew of H.I.M's Brig L'Alcibiade. I Officers of H.I.M's Brig L'Alcibiade. I . . . I The procession will start from the Charlton I Wharf at 3 P.M. and proceed to the Cemetery I of Nuuanu valley, where the remains of the I deceased will be interred. I Broadside. Text within an elaborate typographic border. 28.5 x 12.5 cm.

Captain Mecham, born in the city of Cork in 1827, first joined the Ardent (Capt. Russell) in 1841 and remained attached to that ship until 1845. He then served as a midshipman

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

1858

229

on the William and Mary, and later he was on the St. Vincent and the Constance from 1846 to 1847. On the latter ship he made a stop in the Hawaiian Islands, "having been on board when the late King, Queen and suite proceeded in the Constance to Kauai." During 1850-1854 Captain Mecham was on the arctic expeditions of Captains Austin and Belcher. He died on board the Vixen on Wednesday, February 17, at half past nine o'clock. The obituary commented that "during his stay in our waters of some five months, Capt. Mecham had gained the esteem of a large circle of acquaintances." References: The Pacific Commercial Advertiser of February 18, 1858, has an announcement of the captain's death; a full account of the funeral and a longer obituary is in the February 25th Copies: H H S (in scrapbook)*.

N a Haawina Mua N a I Haawina M u a I o ka I Hoailona Helu. I I unuhiia I e A. Bihopa, I mai ka hoailona helu. I a I Ebenezer Bailey. I [rule] I Pai muaia ma Lahainaluna, I 1843; I a pai houia ma Bosetona, I 1858.

2289

8vo. 2.0 x 12.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 6 0 text pp.

Title: First lessons in algebra. Translated by A. Bishop, from the algebra of Ebenezer Bailey. First printed at Lahainaluna, 1843; reprinted at Boston, 1858. This edition is an unaltered reprint of the 1846 edition (see No. 1608) and was published for use in the Hawaiian government schools. In his 1858 report to the legislature Richard Armstrong, the Minister of Public Instruction, remarks: "During my short residence in the United States I had an edition of 500 of the Hawaiian Algebra stereotyped in Boston, on very reasonable terms. The whole edition cost $350, and the plates valued at $150, belong to the Department to be used when another edition may be needed." This text was issued in blue blind-stamped cloth, with a black calf spine. There is also a Honolulu 1865 edition (see No. 2651). References: Judd and Bell, 355. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. A A S * , fine copy. BPBM. BPL. GF (3). HarU. HHS*. H M C S (5)*. PS. UH.

N o ta H a e H a v a i i N o ta Hae Havaii. I [text begins] I [Colophon:] Julai 1858]

2290 Honolulu, Pai-palapala Katolika I

8vo. 20 x 13 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 8 text pp.

Title: Concerning Ka Hae Hawaii. This Catholic publication contains responses to comments found in Ka Hae Hawaii, the newspaper published by the Office of Public Instruction. References: Judd and Bell, 356. Copies: HarU (2234.74.92)*.

O N a Olelo O N a Olelo Hoopomaikai I o ka I Palapala Hemolele, I i hoouluuluia e kekahi kahunapule o Beritania, I o Samuel Clarke, D . D . I He hoolina maikai ko'u. Hal. 16:6 I Paiia [sic] e ko Amerika Poe Tract Soc. I 1 5 0 Nassau-Street, N e w York, I 1858.

2291

230

1858

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

i6mo. 15 x 9.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-6 Ka Olelo Hoakaka (Introduction), signed D. Baluina (Dr. Dwight Baldwin), New York, August 2.6, 1857, [7] + 8 - 1 2 Na Poo manao 8cc., [13] + 14-309 text, [310] blank pp. Title: Blessed words of the Holy Scripture, compiled by an English minister, Samuel Clarke, D.D. This is a translation of Samuel Clarke's Scripture Promises, published by the American Tract Society. The 33rd annual report of that society (1858, p. 12) states that Mr. Baldwin undertook the publication of this work from a previously existing Hawaiian edition. Baldwin's journal ( H M C S ) shows that he read and corrected the proofs while on a visit to New York. References: Judd and Bell, 357. Copies: ATL*. BPBM (2)*. GF. HarU. HHS (3)*, one has signature of Rev. Lorenzo Lyons of Waimea on front blank. HMCS*. YU. 2292

O u r Neighbours Our Neighbours of the Sandwich Islands. In: Hutchings' California Magazine. Vol. h i , N o . 5, pp. 1 9 3 - 2 0 8 . San Francisco, November 1858. 8vo. 23 x 13 cm (HMCS). An article of a general nature. The text begins with a rehash of Captain Cook's Third Voyage and progresses to note more recent historical events. Scenic spots in the vicinity of Honolulu, Lahaina, Hilo, and Kilauea volcano are also described. It is illustrated with interesting woodcuts, a number of which are after sketches and lithographs by English artist George W. Burgess. The woodcut "The Royal family of Hawaii" (p. 295) is after a painting by Nahl, the original of which no longer exists. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 9, pp. 719-734)*.

2293

R o o k e , T h o m a s Charles B y d e Order of Procession I for the I Funeral I of the Honorable Thos. Chas. Byde Rooke, F.R.C.S., I member of His Majesty's Privy Council of State, and Physician to the I King and Royal Family. I [double rule] I Clergymen. I Hawaiian Flag (draped), I with color guard. I Detachment of Troops of the Line. I The Masonic Bodies. I . . . I The Honolulu Mechanics' Benevolent Union. I The Medical Faculty I Privy Counselors and their Ladies I The tenants, Retainers, and Servants of the Deceased. I The Queen's Household Servants. I [cut of casket with "Detachment of Rifles," "Kahilis," and "Pall bearers" on each side] I Chief Mourners. I T H E I R M A J E S T I E S T H E K I N G A N D Q U E E N I Her Royal Highness the Kuhina Nui, His Royal I Highness the Alihikaua, and the I Queen Dowager. I . . . I [rule] I [ pointing hand ] The Procession will leave the late residence of the deceased I at four o'clock, P.M., on [Tuesday] the [28th.] instant. I M . Kekuanaoa, Chamberlain. I Chamberlain's Office, I December 15th, 1858. [Honolulu, 1858] Broadside. Text of 40 lines within a single rule border. 38.5 x 13.5 cm. Dr. Rooke, Queen Emma's adopted father, died at Kailua, Kona, on November 28,1858. A report on the funeral in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, December 30, 1858, noted that, after the procession and burial service at the royal cemetery in Nuuanu, "the coffin was then deposited in the vault where rest the remains of those with whom in life the deceased was the daily associate and intimate friend—the troops fired three vollies—the

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

crowd dispersed—and the last tribute of respect had been paid to one of our best known, oldest and most esteemed townsmen." References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. &C E x . ) * .

R o y a l Hawaiian Theater Royal Hawaiian I Theater. I [double rule] I Proprietor and Stage Manager - - Lew Rattler. I Musical Director, - - Antonio Malbiaty, Treasurer - - Ned Ellis. I [woodcut 1 3 x 19. j cm with above:] California Minstrels [and below:] and I Burlesque Troupe. I [double rule] I This evening, Thursday, November 25, 1858. I [double rule] I Complimentary Benefit I to I L E W R A T T L E R ! I [double rule] I Card. I [five lines of text] I [pointing hand] Best Bill of the Season! [pointing hand] I [text begins] [Honolulu, 1858] Broadside. 75.5 x 24.5 cm.

The text is in two columns and consists of a program on the left, and on the right a lengthy poem entitled "Lew Rattler to his friends, Greeting." The text of this poem is an "invitation" to many kinds of artisans and merchants to attend the author's performance. Two of the more prominent persons, Tom Spencer and John T. Waterhouse, are identified by name. The program is comprised of several set pieces, including: "New original Act, by Joe Murphy, entitled Life in Hong Kong, or, Celestial Felicity," and in Part n , "Grand Melange! by the Southern Darkies," and another piece called "Life in Hong Kong." The bill concludes: "Notice. Ladies who visit this Entertainment may rest assured that the most perfect order and decorum will be thoroughly maintained, an efficient police force being present." The woodcut depicts a stage on which a minstrel show is in progress, with the curtain at the left front being held by the "Master" and at the right by a ballerina "Pupil." This is not an illustration of local manufacture. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M - 4 8 5 ) * .

[Shipping List] . . . I The North Pacific Whaleman's Shipping List. I [pointing hand] Whaleships cruising in the North or South Pacific, not in this list, by sending in their reports will be added to it. Reports from vessels in any part of the Pacific, addressed to the Publisher, will always be I acceptable. Merchant or whaleships arriving off Sandwich Islands Ports are requested to display the Ship's signal. I [double rule] I [text begins] I Honolulu 1858. Broadside. Above the title appears: "Supplement to the I Pac. Comm. Advertiser" and the date.

During 1856 and 1857 Henry M.Whitney had a "North Pacific Whaleman's Shipping List" published at regular intervals in his newspaper, the Pacific Commercial Advertiser. In the February 25, 1858, issue (p. 4) he published a similar list showing 1857-1858 arrivals. Most or all of these were probably also issued in broadside form, though none are known to have survived. In 1858, Whitney published more of the series, copies of which do survive in broadside form. These list spring 1858 arrivals and departures. Arrivals are arranged alphabetically by name of ship, then give the name of the captain, date of sailing from home, and statistics on barrels of oil or bone collected.

232

1858

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

A bound volume of the Advertiser for 1858-1859 (in the Bishop Museum collection) has laid- or bound-in copies of three issues of this broadside. These are: 1 . Dated March n t h with two columns of arrivals at all island ports during February and March; the last arrival is dated March 9th. 42 x 34.5 cm. 2. Dated March 25th; the last arrival is dated March 24th. 40 x 35 cm. 3. Dated April 1 , 1858, with a ship woodcut added above the title; the last departure is shown as April 1st. 43.5 x 36.5 cm. This list would appear to have been published one more time: a notice in the April 29, 1858, issue of the Advertiser says: "North Pacific Whaleman's Shipping List—corrected to date . . . will be issued on Saturday morning [May 1] . . . price 1 2 1 / 2 cents ready for mailing." References: None found. Copies: BPBM*.

2296

Ta Moo-Atua T A M O O - A T U A I a me na taao o ta honua nei. I [rule] I Ta Vanaao. I [eight lines of verse] I [rule] I [text begins:] Auhea outou, e o'u poe malamalama, mai Havaii a Niihau, aia no i tuu lima e paa nei, he lama maitai maoli . . . I [Colophon:] Honolulu, I Pai-palapala Katolika, I [rule] I 1858. 8vo. 21.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 0 text pp. Above the title is a row of typographic ornaments. Title: The story of God and of his creation of the world. A treatise on the "True" God and on false gods, with frequent reference to Hawaii. Part three (beginning on p. 1 1 ) has texts on Asia (pp. 1 2 - 1 3 ) , Africa (p. 13), Europe (pp. 1 3 - 1 4 ) , and America (pp. 1 4 - 1 5 ) . Matters directly relating to Hawaii begin with chapter iv (p. 15), which is titled "Ta mau ana o ta la pouli. Na taao o Havaii nei" [The persistence of darkness. Legends of Hawaii]. This text is thought to be authored by the catechist Kepelino, who discusses the following: 1 . Papa hanau motu [The creation of the Islands beginning with Vata (Wakea) and Papa], p. 15. 2. Na'tua uhini [sic] pili [The sorcery gods], p. 16. 3. Na tahuna anana a me ta hoopiopio [The sorcerer-kahuna and the practice of sorcery], pp. 1 6 - 1 7 . 4. Na tahuna lapaau [The medical kahuna], pp. 1 7 - 1 8 . 5. N o Tuahailo a me Teaniniulaotalani [Concerning Kuahailo and Keaniniulaokalani], p. 18. 6. O Pele ma [Regarding Pele and associates], pp. 1 8 - 1 9 . 7. Matalii ma [The stars], pp. 1 9 - 2 0 . References: Butler, 282. Judd and Bell, 354. Yzendoorn, 47. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. ATL (2)*. BPBM (DU620.H15)*. BPBM (DU620.M67)*. HarU (2234.74.89)*. HHS (2)*, both bound with other works. HMCS (3)*. HSL (Tice PhillipsRoman Catholic Miscellany)*. NLC. UH.

2297

Te Aniani T E A N I A N I . I [rule] I Halavai 1. I I pau ta hoopalaimata a me te I tuhiheva, i tuu mea iini, I [rule] I Aloha oe. I [rule] I 1 . N o ta hooaloha a tamaaina. I [text begins] I [Colophon at end of p. 19:] Honolulu, I Pai-palapala Katolika. I Julai 1858.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1858

8vo. 2 2 x 1 4 . 5 cm ( B P B M ) . Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 0 Halavai 1, 1 0 - 1 9 Halavai 11 text, [20] blank pp. Above the title is a line of typographic ornaments.

Title: The mirror. Meeting one. Stop your lies and deception, you who are high up in a religious way. A tract pointing out errors of Protestant Church doctrine and the correctness of the Catholic Church. Halawai (chapter) 1 has seven numbered sections, and Halawai 11 has six numbered sections. References: Butler, 283. Judd and Bell, 350. Yzendoorn, 49. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. A T L * . B P B M ( D U 6 2 0 . H 1 5 ) * . B P B M (DU62.0.M67)*. HarU (2234.74.68). H H S . H M C S (3)*. H S L (Tice Phillips—Roman Catholic Miscellany)*. N L C . UH.

Theatre Royal T H E A T R E R O Y A L ! t [double rule] I H.M.S. "Vixen!" I [double rule] I Amateur Performance! I [double rule] I January 7th, 1858. I This evening's entertainments will commence with the popular I Comedy of I CHARLES II, I in Two Acts. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I C O M I C SONG, I "Jack Rags" - "Grecian Statues," E. Davis. I [double rule] I . . . I [double rule] I NEGRO SERENADERS! I Messrs. Davis, Edwards, Holt, Yarrol and Hamilton. I [double rule] I To conclude with the laughable Farce, in two acts, entitled a I BUDGET OF BLUNDERS! I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I Manager - - Mr. F. W. Sutton. I Secretary - Mr. A. H. Piddell. I Treasurer, - - Mr. S. J. Moore. I Acting Stage Manager - Chas. Edwards. [Honolulu, 1858] Broadside. 39 lines of text within a Greek key border. 28 x 1 1 . 5 cm.

The paddle steamer HMS Vixen (Capt. Mecham) arrived at Honolulu October 21, 1857, 19 days from the Marquesas, and remained in Hawaiian waters until departing for Valparaiso, via Tahiti, on April 28, 1858. See also No. 2288. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M - 4 8 5 ) (2)*, one on wove paper, and a second on white satin.

Theatre Royal Theatre Royal I [double rule] I Treasurer - - Capt. Lewis J. Moore. I Manager - Mr. Frederick W. Sutton. I Secretary - - Mr. Alfred H. Piddell. I Acting Stage Manager - - Charles Edwards. I [double rule] I H.M.S. " V I X E N ! " I [double rule] I Amateur Performance! ! I [double rule] I April 15th, 1858. I [double rule] I The evening's entertainments will commence with the interesting Comedy of I NAVAL I Engagements! I In 2 acts. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I Comic Song. I "Seven ages of man!" - Edward Davis. I [double rule] I Sentimental Song, I "The Blind Boy," Chas. Edwards. I [double rule] I To conclude with the laughable Farce entitled I LITTLE I TODDLEKINS! I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I [Polynesian Press, Honolulu, Sandwich Islands.] I [Honolulu, 1858] Broadside. 32 lines of text within an ornamental border. 29 x 1 2 . 5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M - 4 8 5 ) * .

234

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography

2300

Volcanoes of Hawaii The Volcanoes of Hawaii. In: The National Magazine. Vol. x n , pp. 1 2 0 - 1 2 7 . New York, February 1858. An anonymous account. The author first examined the results of the 1855 flow, which approached Hilo, then with a party of "five ladies and four gentlemen" (one of whom was Rev. Titus Coan), he set off to see Kilauea. He describes their horseback expedition en route to the crater and the sights to be seen on their arrival. Fragments of native lore about the area and about the fire goddess Pele include a statement from a returned (Hawaiian?) missionary to the Marquesas, that Pele had left the islands and gone to the Marquesas because "she could not live in peace among the American Missionaries at the Sandwich Islands, and had come down there to preside over their interests." References: None found. Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 9, pp. 1 0 - 1 8 ) .

2301

Wilkes, Charles. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xxm. Hydrography—Atlas, Vol. 11 United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the years I 1838, 1839, 1 8 4 0 , 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I [rule] I Atlas I of Charts. Vol. 11. I From the I Surveys of the Expedition. I By Authority of Congress. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I C. Sherman & Son, Printers. I 1858. Folio. 67 x 54 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] List of Charts, Vols. 1 and 11, [iv] blank pp. With 51 numbered plates (of which 13 are double page).

The official issue of the second volume of the Wilkes Expedition hydrography atlas, which contains the following sheets of charts and maps. The map titles are listed as they appear on the plates. The spelling on the list of plates varies. 5 6. Chart of the Phoenix Group. 57. Swain's Island, [and] Jarvis's Island, [and] Birnie's Island, [and] Enderbury's Island, [and] Hull's Island, [and] New York or Washington Island. 58. Fakaafo or Bowdich Island, [and] Nukuono or Duke of Clarence Island, [and] Oatafu or Duke of York Island. 59. Funafuti or Ellice's Island, [and] Nukufetau or Depeyster's Island, [and] Ellice's Group. 60. Bigini or Pescadores Island, [and] Radogala and Korsakoff Islands. 61. Map of [the] Hawaiian Group, or Sandwich Islands. 62. Map of Part of the Island of Hawaii, Sandwich Islands. 63. Chart of the Harbour of Waiakea, Island of Hawaii. 64. Gardner's or Kemin's Island, [and] Flint's Island, [and] McKean's Island, [and] Maro Reef, [and] Lahaina Roads, Island of Maui. 65. Wahiawa Harbour, south side of Kauai, [and] Waimea Bay, southwest side of Kauai, [and] Hulaia [s/c] Harbour, east end of Kauai, [and] Kaneohe Harbour, north side of Oahu. 66. Harbour of Ewa, or Pearl River, Island of Oahu. [and] Harbour of Honolulu, Island of Oahu. [and] South Side of the Island of Oahu, Hawaiian Islands, shewing the Harbours of Honolulu and Ewa or Pearl River. 67. Map of the Oregon Territory, [and at left] Columbia River reduced from a Survey. [folding] 68. Mouth of Columbia River, Oregon Territory. Sheet 1. [folding] 69. Columbia River from Astoria to Katalamet Head. Sheet 2. [folding]

Hawaiian National Bibliography 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.

81. 82. 83. 84. 85.

86. 87. 88. 89.

90. 91. 92.

93. 94. 95. 96. 97.

1858

Columbia River. Sheet 3. [folding] Columbia River. Sheet 4. [folding] Columbia River. Sheet 5. [folding] Columbia River. Sheet 6. [folding] Columbia River. Sheet 7. [and] Willamette River and Wapauto Branch, or, Lower Willamette, [folding] Gray's Harbour, [with above] Chickeeles River. Straits of Juan de Fuca, Oregon Territory, [folding] Archipelago of Arro, Gulf of Georgia, Ringgold's Channel, and Straits of Fuca, Oregon Territory, [with above] Fraser's River, [folding] Chart of Admiralty Inlet, Puget Sound, and Hood's Canal, Oregon Territory, [folding] Chart of Puget Sound its Inlets and Anchorages, [folding] St. Juan Harbour, Straits of Fuca, Vancouver Island, [and] Scarborough Harbour, Straits of Fuca, Oregon Territory, [and] Port Discovery, Straits of Fuca, Oregon Territory. New Dunginess [sic\ Roads and Budd's Harbour, Straits of Fuca, Oregon Territory. Harbours in Admiralty Inlet, Oregon Territory. Port Ludlow, Hood's Canal, Oregon Territory, [and] Port Gamble, Hood's Canal, Oregon Territory. Colsee-ed Harbour, Hood's Canal, Oregon Territory, [and] Suqamish Harbour, Hoods Canal, Oregon Territory. Hooetzen Harbour, Hood's Canal, Oregon Territory, [and] Tzu-Sa-Fed Cove, Hood's Canal, Oregon Territory, [and] Scabock Harbour, Hoods Canal, Oregon Territory. Case's Inlet, Puget Sound, Oregon Territory, [and] Carr's Inlet, Puget Sound, Oregon Territory. The Narrows at the Entrance of Puget Sound with Commencement Bay, Colvo's Passage, and part of Admiralty Inlet, Oregon Territory. Ports Orchard and Madison including the inlets and passages between them and Admiralty Inlet, Oregon Territory. Apple Cove, west side Admiralty Inlet, Oregon Territory, [and] Port Gardner, Admiralty Inlet, Oregon Territory, [and] Port Susan, Admiralty Inlet, Oregon Territory, [and] Pilot Cove, west side Admiralty Inlet, Oregon Territory. Deception Passage, Oregon Territory, [and] Penn's Cove, Whidby's Island, Oregon Territory, [and] and Holmes's Harbour, Whidby's Island, Oregon Territory. Anchorage at Point Roberts, Oregon Territory, [and] Birch Bay, Oregon Territory. [and] Draytons Bay, Oregon Territory. Elliott Bay, Admiralty Inlet, Oregon Territory, [and] Strawberry Bay, Archipelago of Arro, Oregon Territory, [and] Argus Bay, Perry's Island, Oregon Territory. [and] Hornet's Harbour, Archipelago of Arro, Oregon Territory. M a p of Sacramento River, and Bay of San Pablo with Harbour of San Francisco. [with above] Entrance to the Harbour of San Francisco. Wake's Island, [and] Turtle Island, [and] Taloo Harbour, Island of Eimeo. [and] Uea or Wallis Island. Chart of the Sooloo Sea. [folding] Chart of Sooloo Island, and Adjacent Islands. Straits of Mindoro, Soloo Sea [with inset o f ] Apo Shoal, [and] Tongataboo Harbour, Island of Tongataboo.

235

236

1858

Hawaiian National Bibliography 98. Antique Roads, west side of the Island of Panay, Sooloo Sea. [and] Mangsee Islands, Straits of Balabac. [and] Caldera Bay, west end of the Island of Mindanao, Sooloo Sea. [and] Soung Roads, Island of Sooloo, Sooloo Sea. 99. Chart of the Straits of Balabac or Western Entrance to the Sooloo Sea. 1 0 0 . Chart of the Straits of Basillan and Islands. 1 0 1 . Chart of the Straits of Rhio. i o z . South and East Side of Vanua Levu from Savu Savu Bay to Natava Bay, Feejee Islands. 1 0 3 . Island of Vatulele, Feegee Group, [and] Island of Vanua Vatu, Feegee Group, [and] Tova Reef, Feejee Islands. 104. Nemena or Direction Island, Feegee Group, [and] Horseshoe Reef, Feegee Group, [and] Ambatiki Island, Feejee Group. 1 0 5 . Sunday Harbour, south side of Viti Levu, Feejee Group, [and] Anchorage under Cocoanut Point, south side of Vanua Levu, Feegee Group, [and] Malatta Bay, north side of Kantavu, Feegee group, [and] Tabuka Bay, north side of Kantavu, Feejee Group. 106. Port Ridgely, Vanua Island, Feejee Islands, [and] Tubou Harbour, Tamans Straits, Feegee Islands, [and] Wailevu or Peale's River, Viti Levu. Haskell says that 1 0 0 copies were printed and that no unofficial edition was published. According to Haskell, 27 of the original plates for charts in this volume are owned by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. For the first volume of this atlas (published in 1850), see No. 1798. References: Haskell, 85. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * . B P L . HarU. L C (3). M L . N Y P (z). Haskell locates 24 institutionally owned copies and one privately owned copy (then J . F. Wilkes), which is thought to be that now in the Mitchell Library, Sydney.

1859 2302

Coan, Titus Great Eruption of the Volcano of Kilauea. In: The Household Monthly. Vol. 11, pp. 32.-35. Boston, April 1859. 8vo. 23 x 1 5 . 5 cm.

A dramatic account of an 1 8 4 0 - 1 8 4 1 eruption in Puna, Hawaii, taken from an undated letter by Coan. References: None found. Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 3, pp. 82-85).

2303

Dana, James D. Eruption of Mauna Loa, Hawaii. In: The American Journal of Science and Arts, znd Series. Vol. x x v n , No. 81, pp. 4 1 0 - 4 1 5 . New Haven, May 1859. 8vo.

An account of an eruption of Mauna Loa (which commenced January 23, 1859), based on letters from Titus Coan of Hilo, dated February 3, 1859, and from Rev. Lorenzo Lyons of Waimea, dated February 4, 1859. The article includes a woodcut (p. 412) of the island of Hawaii showing the path of the flow.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1859

References: Hunnewell, p. 34. Copies: BPBM. The Union List of Serials shows more than 1 0 0 holdings of this serial. Egerstrom, Charles A x e l Borta ar bra, men h e m m a ar bast. I [rule] 1 Berattelse I o m en f a r d till 1 Ostindien, N o r d - A m e r i k a , Kalifornien, I S a n d w i c h s - O a r n a och Australien I aren 1 8 5 2 - 1 8 5 7 . I Af I C . A x . Egerstrom. 1 1 s a m m a n d r a g efter under resan f o r d a I anteckningar; I jemte F o r f . autobiographi. I [rule] I Stockholm. I Albert Bonniers Forlag. [ 1 8 5 9 ] i2.mo. 19.5 x 12.5 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] printer's name and date, [iii] + iv-vi Innehall, [1] + 2.-325 text, [326] errata pp. A narrative of the author's travels in South America, California, the Hawaiian Islands, and Australia. Egerstrom arrived at the Islands from San Francisco on the Fanny Major, March 29, 1855, and departed for San Francisco on the Yankee, M a y 5, 1855. Egerstrom's text is more interesting than the usual tourist impressions of the islands. On arrival in Honolulu, he visited the Swedish consul, Mr. Hackfeld, w h o provided him with introductions to other persons in Hawaii, particularly fellow Swede Abraham Fornander, then editor of the newspaper, the Argus. Egerstrom visited Nuuanu Valley and M a n o a ; met the Minister of Foreign Affairs, M r . Wyllie; examined both the Catholic and Protestant churches; and recorded his impressions on Hawaiians and education. He witnessed a Chinese funeral and was also present at the opening of the 1855 legislature. The author made a trip to M a u i on the Haalilio, stopping at Lahaina. There he visited Chief Kapaakea, father of future monarchs Kalakaua and Liliuokalani. He also made a trip up Haleakala. Continuing on to the island of Hawaii, Egerstrom disembarked at Kawaihae, visited Waimea, then went on to Hilo. He explored the Puna district and the volcano of Kilauea. At Hilo he made a visit to the local missionary, Rev. Coan, with whom he discussed matters volcanic. After his return to California, Egerstrom remained there until 1 8 5 6 , then moved to Australia, where he worked as a miner, cattle driver, and storekeeper. He returned to Sweden in 1 8 5 8 . An English translation of the Hawaiian portion of the text is in the Hawaiian Journal of History, Volume 9, pages 3 7 - 5 9 (Honolulu, Hawaiian Historical Society, 1 9 7 5 ) . Egerstrom's narrative was issued in green pictorial wrappers, the upper cover with a vignette depicting a ship in front of an island, a lighthouse at the left, and an angel at the right. The back cover vignette shows a ship in a storm, with below: "Pri 1 Rals. 5 0 ore." References: Hunnewell, 37. Judd and Lind, 58a. Not in Ferguson or Kroepelien. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in original green wrappers. BPBM*, in original green wrappers. HHS. H M C S . LC. M L , in original wrappers. UC-B. YU. The NUC records 6 copies. Ellis, William Three Visits I to I M a d a g a s c a r , I during the years I 1 8 5 3 - 1 8 5 4 - 1 8 5 6 . I Including I A J o u r n e y to the Capital; I with I Notices of the natural History of the country and I of the present civilization of the people. I By the I Rev. William Ellis, F.H.S. I A u t h o r of "Polynesian R e s e a r c h e s . " I Illustrated by Woodcuts f r o m Photographs, & c . I Philadelphia: I J . W. Bradley, 48 N o r t h Fourth Street. I 1 8 5 9 . 8vo. 19 x 1 2 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] List of Illustrations, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii Preface, [ix] + x-xiv, Contents, [17] + 1 8 - 4 0 7 text, [408] blank, [409] Appendix half title, [ 4 1 0 ] blank, [ 4 1 1 ] + 4 1 2 - 4 x 6 Appendix pp. With folding frontispiece plate "Antannarivo," folding engraved map at list of illustrations, and 27 text illustrations.

238

1859 Hawaiian National Bibliography The first American edition. The reason for including this work in this bibliography is explained under the first London edition (1858), No. 2245. The Hawaiian Historical Society has a New York 1859 edition. The National Union Catalogue records additional Philadelphia editions of 1867 and 1868. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * . The N U C records 7 copies.

2306

Forster, William A Salutation I of I Gospel Love, I to those I in the islands of the Pacific Ocean, I who make profession of faith in I our Lord Jesus Christ. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by Joseph Rakestraw. I 1859. i 2 m o . 18 x 1 1 . 5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 2 text pp.

Despite the promising title, this tract contains no specific references to the Hawaiian Islands. However, it was translated into Hawaiian in i860 under the title He Aloha Kristiano (see No. 2386). References: None found. Copies: H H S * .

2307

Haskell, Robert C. On a visit to the Recent Eruption of Mauna Loa, Hawaii, by Prof. Robert C. Haskell, of Oahu College, Honolulu (from a letter to one of the Editors.) In: The American Journal of Science and Arts (2nd Series). Vol. x x v m , No. 82, pp. 6 2 - 7 1 . New Haven, July 1859. 8vo.

An account of an 1859 expedition made by 20 Oahu College students, President Edward G. Beckwith, Professor W. D. Alexander, and the author, to view the eruption. The party reached Kealakekua Bay from Honolulu on February 3rd, and started up the mountain on the 5th, accompanied by native guides, pack oxen, and mules. The company divided in two, and, the author writes, "twelve of us went to the source of the flow. Only two persons besides [us] have thus far reached it, though many have visited the stream on the plain between Hualalai, Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa." Haskell, a graduate of Yale, had joined the Punahou School faculty in September 1858. References: Hunnewell, p. 42. Copies: BPBM (in serial)*. The Union List of Serials records many copies of this periodical. 2308

Hawaii. Kingdom. Collector General of Customs Custom House Statistics for 1858. I Prepared by W. Goodale, Collector General of Customs. I [double rule] I [tables of statistics] I [Honolulu 1859] Broadside. 59.5 x 18.5 cm.

The tables include statistics on imports, exports, national vessels at Honolulu, merchant vessels, spirits taken out of bond for consumption, value of cargoes invoiced at over $3,000, whaling vessels at the ports of the Hawaiian Islands, and oil and bone transshipped at Honolulu and Lahaina. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Customs)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1859

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Finance Receipts and Expenditures of the Hawaiian Treas- I ury from April 1st, 1 8 5 8 to February 1 6 t h , 1 8 5 9 . I [Honolulu, 1 8 5 9 ]

239 2309

Broadside. Text in double-column form. 48 x 19 cm.

This consists of two tables: 'A' Receipts, and 'B' Expenditures of the Hawaiian Treasury. The latter includes the civil list, sums expended on improvements, and the salaries of all government employees. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Finance) (2)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws. Civil Code The I Civil Code I of the I Hawaiian Islands, I Passed in the Year of Our Lord I 1859: I to which is added I An Appendix, I containing I laws not expressly repealed by the Civil I Code; the Session Laws of 1 8 5 8 - 9 ; and I Treaties with foreign nations. I [rule] I Published by authority. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed for the Government. I 1 8 5 9 . 8vo. 2.2.8 x 1 4 cm ( B P B M ) . [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]-iv Preface, signed R. Armstrong & G. M . Robertson, Committee of Publication, [5] + 6 - 3 6 7 Civil Code, [368] blank, [369] + 3 7 0 - 4 2 2 Appendix to the Civil Code, [ 4 2 3 ] + 4 2 4 - 4 4 2 Session Laws of 1 8 5 8 - 5 9 , [443] + 4 4 4 - 5 ^ Treaties with Foreign Countries, [ 5 1 5 ] + 5 1 6 - 5 5 5 Index, [556] blank pp.

The first edition of the uniform civil code. This had its inception in the Legislature of 1856, where, by a joint resolution, that body declared: "That whereas it is desirable to codify our existing laws, His Royal Highness, Prince Kamehameha, the Honorable W. L. Lee, Chief Justice, and the Honorable George M. Robertson, Associate Justice of the Supreme Court, are appointed a committee to prepare a complete Civil Code, adding notes with reference to important decisions of court under laws, wherever they may think necessary, and to report the same for the sanction of the Legislature of r858, with an appropriate index for facility of reference." Work began but was "much retarded" by the illness and death of Chief Justice Lee. Elisha H. Allen was then appointed to the vacancy, and a draft was nearly completed by the June 1858 session of the legislature. The work was then reviewed by a "Joint Special Committee" composed of five members of each House, alterations were made, and the Hawaiian and English versions were carefully compared, "assimilating the same as far as practicable." The preface states: "The Code, as now published was finally passed by both Houses on the 2d, and received the Royal Assent on the 1 7 t h day of May, 1 8 5 9 . " The civil code proper concludes on page 367. Following this is an appendix titled "Comprising laws not expressly repealed, or expressly re-enacted, by the provisions of the Civil Code" (pp. 369-422). This is followed by: "The Session Laws passed by the Legislature in 1 8 5 8 - 5 9 " (pp. 4 2 3 - 4 4 2 ) ; and "Treaties with Foreign Countries" (pp. 443-5I4)Among the "laws not expressly repealed" in the appendix is the "Act relating to the Lands of His Majesty the King and of the Government," which had been passed by the Legislature of 1848. This document (on pp. 3 7 4 - 4 0 2 ) provides a list of all the lands reserved by the King, "to himself, his heirs and successors," and similar lists of lands "made over to the Chiefs and People." The acts passed at this session of the legislature include: "An Act to Promote Fencing"; "An Act to Prevent the Larceny of Animals"; "An Act to provide Hospitals for the relief of Hawaiians in the City of Honolulu"; and another "For the benefit of sick and disabled Hawaiian Seamen."

2310

240

1859

Hawaiian National Bibliography An "Act for the Protection of Kolea, or Plover, and other useful birds" offered protection to three kinds of plover, including the "akekeke or lesser pied plover, and the kukuluaeo or long-legged plover," and specifically forbade their being shot or snared between August 1st and the following April 30th. The section "Treaties with Foreign Countries" contains the treaties with France and Great Britain (1846); Denmark (1846); Hamburg (1848); The United States (1850); Great Britain (1852); Bremen (1854); and Sweden and Norway (1855). The Treaty with France ratified on the September 8, 1858, first appears here with the text in French and English. Printing of the civil code began prior to its being signed by the King. The Pacific Commercial Advertiser of May 9, 1859, comments: "This work of the last Legislature, on which has already been spent money enough to build a good steam boat, is at last in the hands of the printers, and in the course of some weeks will be published in book form. It will probably make 400 pages. We understand it has not been signed by the King yet, and that he does not intend doing so till he sees in print what it is. This is no doubt the wiser course in regard to a document which comprises some fifteen hundred pages of manuscript, of which hardly one of the legislators know the exact contents." Not all copies of the civil code that I examined include the appendix. The session laws were printed with only a caption title and did not have a separate issue. References: Carter, p. 1 0 5 . Judd, p. 4 (lists 4 copies). Copies: AH. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (5)*. BPBM (Carter 2-F-1)*. H M C S (2)*, one has the civil code only, one has the civil code and appendixes with text p. 367. M L . UH. Y U .

2311

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws. Civil Code The Civil Code I of the I Hawaiian Islands: I passed in the year of Our Lord 1859.1 [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1859] 4to. 2.8.5

x 2

3

cm

(HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 4 0 text and index pp.

An unofficial edition of the civil code. The text is in three columns, divided by vertical rules. References: Judd, p. 4. Copies: BPBM (Carter 7-E-20)*. HHS. HMCS*. YU.

2312

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws. Civil Code O na I Kanawai Kivila I o ko I Hawaii Pae Aina, I hooholoia i ka makahiki I 1859. I a ua huiia me ka hope, kahi i paiia'i na kanawai i hoopau I ole ia ma ke Kanawai Kivila, me na Kuikahi me na Aupuni e, a me na Kanawai I i hooholoia iloko o I 1 8 5 8 - 9 . I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia no ke Aupuni. I 1859. 8vo. 22.5 x 13.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] —4 He Olelo Mua Hoakaka (Preface), [5] + 6 - 3 0 8 civil code text, [309] + 3 1 0 - 3 2 3 Na Kanawai o 1858-9, [324] blank, [325] + 326-362, 362 [i.e., 363] Na Kuikahi (Treaties), [364] blank, [i] + ii-xvii Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [xviii] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2310. The preface is signed by R. Limaikaika (Richard Armstrong) and G. M. Robikana (George M. Robertson). References: Judd, p. 4 (recording 4 copies). Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (3)*. BPBM (Carter 2-F-2)*. H H S * , S. M. Kamakau's copy. UH.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1859

[Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society] Helu 1. I NO KE AHA LA OUKOU E M A K E AI? Eze. 18:31. I [text begins] I [Colophon within rules at bottom of p. 4:] Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha Baibala me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii] [Honolulu, 1859]

241

2313

nmo. 17 x 1 1 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2-4 text pp.

Title: Number 1. Why will ye die? Eze[kiel] 18:31. A tract by Reverend Titus Coan. References: Judd and Bell, 358. Records of the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society, p. 12 (HMCS). Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (4). GF. HHS (2)*. HMCS (3).

[Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society] Helu 2. I UA PONO ANEI KA PULE IA MARI? I [text begins] I [Colophon between rules at end of p. 4:] Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha Baibala me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii. [Honolulu, 1859]

2314

i2.mo. 17 x 1 1 . 5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2-4 text pp.

Title: Number 2. Is it right to pray to Mary? The authorship of this tract is unknown. References: Judd and Bell, 359. Records of the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society, p. 8 (HMCS). Copies: BPBM. GF. HHS (2)*. HMCS (4).

[Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society] Helu 3. I NO KA M A R E ANA O NA KAHUNA PULE. I [text begins] I [Colophon within rules at end of p. 4:] Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha Baibala me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii. [Honolulu, 1859]

2315

8vo. 17 x 1 1 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2-4 text pp.

Title: Number 3. Concerning the marriage of priests. An anti-Catholic tract by Rev. Lowell Smith. References: Judd and Bell, 360. Records of the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society, p. 12 (HMCS). Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (3). GF. HHS (2)*. HMCS (4).

[Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society] Helu 4. I [rule] I Makemake anei oe i ke ola? I [text begins] I [Colophon within rule lines at bottom of p. 4:] Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha Baibala me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii. [Honolulu, 1859] 8vo. 18.7 x 12 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2-4 text pp.

Title: Do you wish life (or, to be saved)? A tract translated by Rev. Lowell Smith. Five thousand copies were printed. A second edition, which was printed in 1866, has a dated colophon and has the title in upper-case letters rather than in italics as above. References: Judd and Bell, 361. Records of the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society, pp. 1 1 - 1 2 (HMCS). Copies: BPBM (3). GF. HHS (2)*, both editions. HMCS*.

2316

242

1859

Hawaiian National Bibliography

2317

[Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society] Helu 5. I [rule] I Makemake anei oe i haumana Pope, a i Kiristiano pah a? I [text begins] I [Colophon within rule lines at bottom of p. 8:] Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha Baibala me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii. [Honolulu, 1859] 8vo. 19.3 x 12 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 8 text pp.

Title: Number 5. Do you wish to be a disciple of the Pope or perhaps Christians? A tract by Rev. Eli Corwin, pastor of the Fort Street Church. The edition was 5,000 copies. References: Judd and Bell, 362. Records of the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society, p. 12 (HMCS). Copies: BPBM (2). GF. HHS (2). HMCS (3).

2318

[Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society] Helu 6. I E HELE 1 0 KRISTO L A . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Colophon within rule lines at bottom of p. 4:] Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha baibala me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii. [Honolulu, 1859] 8vo. 18.5 x 1 2 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 4 text pp.

Title: Number 6. Go to Jesus. The author or translator is unknown. The edition was 5,000 copies. References: Judd and Bell, 363. Records of the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society, p. 1 2 (HMCS). Copies: BPBM (2). GF. HHS (2)*. H M C S (3).

2319

[Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society] Helu 7. I KA HOI A N A M A I O KE K E I K I UHAUHA. I [text begins] I [Colophon within rule lines at bottom of p. 4:] Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha Baibala me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii. [Honolulu, 1859] 8vo. 18.5 x 1 0 . 5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 4 text pp.

Title: Number 7. The return of the wastrel (or prodigal) son. The edition was 5,000 copies. A second edition of 5,000 copies printed in 1866 has a dated colophon at the end of the text on the last page. References: Judd and Bell, 364. Records of the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society, p. 1 2 (HMCS). Copies: First edition: H H S * . Second edition: BPBM. GF. HHS*'. H M C S (2)*. UH.

2320

[Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society] Helu 8. I N O K A M A N A W A L E A . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Colophon within rule lines at bottom of p. 4:] Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii. [Honolulu, 1859] 8vo. 19 x 12 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [ 1 ] + 2 - 4 text pp.

Title: Number 8. Concerning the richest gift. A tract by Rev. Elias Bond. The edition was 5,000 copies. References: Judd and Bell, 365. Records of the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society, p. 12 (HMCS). Copies: BPBM. H H S (2)*. H M C S .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1859

Hawaiian Evangelical Association Minutes I of I The Meeting I of the Hawaiian I Evangelical Association, I Held at Honolulu, I May, 1859. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Press of H. M. Whitney. I 1859.

243 2321

iimo. 17.5 x 1 1 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2.] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 4 text pp.

This contains abstracts of station reports, as well as brief reports concerning the Hilo Boarding School, the Lahainaluna Seminary, and the Waioli Select School. The printing committee report summarizes the sale of the mission printing office and equipment to Henry M. Whitney "for the sum of $1,300—to be paid in printing for the Board." Appropriations and church statistics follow. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS. H M C S * .

He Helu Kamalii He Helu Kamalii, I oia ka mea I e ao aku ae i na keiki, I ma na ui I ao mua o ke aritemetika. I I unuhiia mailoko ae o ke aritemetika a I Wiliama Fowle. I [rule] I Ka walu o ke pai ana. I [rule] I Honolulu, I 1859.

2322

i4mo. 13 x 8 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2.] He olelo hoakaka, [3] + 4-48 text pp.

Title: A child's arithmetic, this teaches the children the first problems of the arithmetic. Translated from the arithmetic of William Fowle. 8 th edition. Translated by Rev. Artemas Bishop. For the first (1832) edition, see No. 8iz. References: Judd and Bell, 366. Copies: HHS*. H M C S * . LC*.

He Mau Hana H E M A U H A N A I i hana mau ia iloto o ka ekalesia I o I Ta Hatu. I [Colophon:] Honolulu, Pai-palapala Katolika, 1859.

2323

8vo. 2.3 x 15 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2.-40 text pp. Above the title is a row of printers' ornaments.

Title: Works always done in the Church of the Lord. A Catholic publication, issued in five numbered parts of eight pages each, with continuous pagination, and with a colophon at the end of each section. The caption title is repeated at the head of each section below a line of printers' ornaments. Yzendoorn says that the five parts are: 1. On the worship of the Crucifix and on making the sign of the Cross. 2. On the Altar and the Sacrifice. 3. On Celibacy. 4 and 5. On the Perpetuity of the Papal Office in the Church of the Lord. References: Judd and Bell, 368. Yzendoorn, 48. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. ATL*, lacking the first part (of 8 pp.). BPBM (3)*, one at DU620.H15 lacks the first part; the copy at DU620.M67 has the first 8 pp. HHS (1)*. HMCS (4)*. HSL (Tice Phillips—Roman Catholic Miscellany)*. N L C . UH.

He Mau Manao HE M A U M A N A O , I - no ta - I Hotu loa kalavina, a ia mea atu ia mea atu. I [rule] I Halavai 1. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Colophon:] Honolulu, Pai-Palapala Katolika, Sepetemaba i859[-Dekemaba, 1859]

2324

244

1859

Hawaiian National Bibliography 4to. 27 x 2 1 cm (BPBM). A series in newspaper-like form, comprised of four "Halavai" or issues of 4 pp. each, with continuous pagination, and with a colophon at the end of each number.

Title: Thoughts on the Calvinist Ka Hoku Loa, and other things. A Catholic publication consisting principally of answers to a variety of comments found in the Protestant newspaper, Ka Hoku Loa (The morning star), issued by the Hawaiian Evangelical Association. The text is in double-column form, and the title is below an ornamental typographic border. References: Judd and Bell, 369. Yzendoorn, 56. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. A T L * . B P B M * . H H S (2)*. H M C S * .

2325

Hooker, Sir William Jackson Filices Exoticae; I or, Coloured figures and descriptions I of I Exotic Ferns, I Chiefly of such as are cultivated in the Royal Gardens of Kew; I by I Sir William Jackson Hooker, K.H., I D . C . L . Oxon., F.R.A. & L.S., etc. etc., I Corresponding Member of the Academy of Sciences of the Imperial Institute of France, I and Director of the Royal Gardens of Kew. I The drawings executed by Mr. Fitch. I [printer's initials] I London; I Lovell Reeve, 5. Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. I 1859. 4to. 30.5 x 24.5 cm ( B P B M ) . [1] title, [2] printer's name and address, [3] dedication to Lord John Manners by the author, January 1 , 1859, [4] blank, with 1 0 0 unnumbered letterpress leaves of text for plates numbered i - C at top [+ leaf titled "Latin Index" verso blank] pp. With 1 0 0 hand-colored lithographs signed at lower left "W. Fitch del et lith." and at lower right "Vincent Brooks Imp."

This work contains two plates of Hawaiian ferns: Plate L X X I I . Asplenium Erectum [noted as having been collected in Hawaii by Brackenridge of the Wilkes Expedition]. Plate L X X X I I . Deparia Prolifea [recorded as having been collected by several botanists at the Hawaiian Islands, and under cultivation at Kew Gardens]. References: British Museum (Natural History Catalogue, Vol. n , p. 872). Copies: B P B M * . HarU. L C . N Y P . Y U . The N U C records 1 2 copies.

2326

Hopkins, Manley The Recent Volcanic Eruptions in Hawaii. In: [Title of publication unknown.] Vol. 1, pp. 4 7 9 - 4 8 1 . London, December 3, 1859. 8vo. 23.5 x 15.5 cm ( H M C S ) .

An interesting article on the 1859 eruption of Mauna Loa, utilizing the accounts of two "expeditions" of tourists from Honolulu, which proceeded to Kealakekua and then upland to view that eruption. One account, by W. D. Alexander, which is quoted at length here, narrates a trek up the mountain by a group of Punahou School boys and includes a description of the path of the eruption and of the fountains of lava. The second account is of an expedition of HMS Calypso (Capt. Montressor) to Kealakekua Bay for the same purpose. Among the guests on this ship was Kamehameha IV. During the stop of the Calypso at Kealakekua, her officers visited the "decaying stump of a cocoa-nut tree" that marked the scene of Captain Cook's death. On their return to Honolulu, one of the party, a Mr. Nicolas, began a subscription to provide for a more suitable monument.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1859

245

There are two woodcut illustrations, the largest of which is an interesting view of "The crater in Kilauea." This is an extract from an unidentified (London?) periodical. It has been adapted from several articles published in Honolulu newspapers. References: None found. Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 8, pp. 1 4 3 - 1 4 5 ) * .

Jacobs, Alfred Les Européens dans l'Océanie, Essays d'éducation morale et religieuse dans les colonies Françaises de l'Océanie et les Sandwich. In: Revue des Deux Mondes. Vol. Z3, pp. 1 3 5 - 1 6 6 . Paris, 1859.

2327

8vo. 2.5 x 15 cm.

The author bases this essay on a review of the following works: Edward T. Perkins, Na Motu: or, Reef Rovings in the South Seas (New York, 1854); Alexander Simpson, The Sandwich Islands (London, 1843); "Journal inédit de M. Tardy de Montravel, capitaine de vaisseau," in Revue Coloniale of 1855-1858; Journal des Missions Evangeliques [and] Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, from 1850-1859. The text concentrates on Tahiti and the Marquesas, but there are references to Hawaii throughout. References: O'Reilly and Reitman, 8195. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-C-69)*.

Kamehameha IV. Proclamation P R O C L A M A T I O N ! I [rule] I [text begins:] Kamehameha IV, of the Hawaiian Islands, King, I to all Our living subjects, and others to whom I these Presents shall come, Greeting: -1 Be it known that We . . . hereby appoint and proclaim Our I Son, His Royal Highness the Prince of Hawaii, I to be Our Successor and Heir to the Hawaiian I Throne. I Done at Our Palace at Honolulu, this third day of October. . . 1859, and the fifth year of Our Reign. I [signed] K A M E H A M E H A [and signed as Kuhina Nui] L. Kamehameha. [Honolulu, 1859]

2328

Circular. 16 lines of text, printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 15 x 9.2. cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—RO. & Ex.) (2)*. P-EMS (Phillips Collection, Papers: box 15, folder 7).*

Kamehameha IV. Speech E na 'Lii a me ka Poeikohoia: I Ua olioli au i ka hiki ana mai o ka mana- I wa e pau ai ka oukou hana; no ka mea, ua I oi aku ka loihi o keia Ahaolelo ana mamua I o ka mea i manao ia e a'u, a me ka lahui ka- I naka mai o a o. [text begins in English at right:] Nobles and Representatives: I I congratulate you upon having concluded I the labors of a Session protracted beyond I my expectation, and, I imagine, that of the country at large. I [Honolulu, 1859] Broadside. Text in 2 columns, Hawaiian at left and English at right. 35 x 20 cm.

The king's speech on the conclusion of the 1858-1859 legislature. He comments on the passage of the new civil code, saying that he trusts "the result will prove a compilation sound in its principles and convenient in its arrangement." He approves of amendments to the constitution, and with respect to legislative support of public hospitals remarks:

2329

246

1859

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

"The act of your Two Houses, which I regard with most complacency, is that in which you commit the public Treasury to the aid of Hospitals. You Representatives, amongst whose constituents are those very persons for whom these places of refuge are principally designed, have expressed a kind and grateful feeling for the personal share which I and the Queen have taken in securing the necessary means for the establishment of a Hospital in Honolulu." The full speech is found in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, p. 75. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & E X . ) (3)*. N Y H * , fine copy. UH. 2330

Ke Kauoha

Hou

Ke Kauoha Hou I a ko kakou I Haku e ola'i a Iesu Kristo; ua unuhiia I mai ka olelo Helene; I a ua hooponopono ia. I [rule] I Nu Yoka: I Ua paiia no ko Amerika Poe Hoolaha Baibala, I i hoohumuia i ka makahiki mdcccxvi. I [rule] I 1859. [with English title on facing page:] The I New Testament I of our I Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, I translated out of I The original Greek, I and with the former I translations diligently compared and revised. I [rule] I New York: I American Bible Society, I instituted in the year M D C C C X V I . I [rule] I 1859. izmo. 18.5 x 1 3 cm ( H M C S ) . [1] blank, [2.] Hawaiian title, [3] English title, [4] Abbreviations [or] Na Olelo i Hoopokoleia (and books of the Bible), [5] + 6 - 7 2 7 text, [728] blank pp. Below the English title appear the words "Hawaiian 8c Eng."; and below a list of the books of the Bible (p. 4) appears: " z d Edition."

The second edition of the Hawaiian and English New Testament. The text is in parallel columns and is unaltered from the first (1857) edition (see No. 2224). The report of the book department in the minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association of May i860 states: "A new shipment of 1 5 0 0 Hawaiian and English Testaments has been received from New York, and they are ready for distribution." References: Judd and Bell, 367. Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association i860), p. 24.

(Honolulu,

Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * . H H S . H M C S * . M L (2). N L A . UH.

2331

Merchant's Manual The I Merchant's Manual: I containing the I Tariff of 1859, I and the Treaties with France, England, the United I States, Denmark and Bremen. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Published by H. M.Whitney. I 1859. i2mo. 18 x 1 1 . 5 cm ( B P B M ) . [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 6 0 text pp.

This contains the Tariff of 1859 "enacted by the Hawaiian Legislature at its session in Honolulu, May, 1859" (pp. 3 - 1 0 ) ; the 1858 Treaty with France (pp. 1 1 - 2 6 ) ; the 1852 Treaty with England (pp. 27-36); the 1849 Treaty with the United States (pp. 37-47); the 1846 Treaty with Denmark (pp. 47-49); the 1851 Treaty with Bremen (pp. 50-53); "Abstract of laws and regulations for Honolulu and other ports of the Hawaiian Kingdom" (pp. 54-60). References: None found. Copies: BPBM (Hist. Pam. 224)*. HHS*. 2332

Mullett, J. C. A I Five Years' I Whaling Voyage, I experienced and written I By J. C. Mullett. I [rule] I Cleveland: I Fairbanks, Benedict & Co., Printers. I 1859. n m o . 1 7 x 1 0 . 5 cm (AH [Kahn]). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Preface, [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 6 8 Narrative text pp.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1859

247

The author, born in 1830 in Weymouth, Dorsetshire, England, came at age 18 to New York, where he was "gulled" by a "soft tongued black-hearted schemer" (or agent) and sent off to New Bedford, where he signed on the whaling vessel the George and Susan (Capt. Wright, called "White" by Mullett). The George and Susan made a stop at Honolulu in 1849. The author and friends hired horses, rode into the country and joined a group of Hawaiians for a meal. In Honolulu the author decided to desert ship, bribed an Englishman to hide him, then, dulling his shipboard companions with brandy mixed with laudanum, made his escape and was secreted in "a dark room in one of the hotels in Honolulu." Several days later he was apprehended and placed in the Honolulu Fort until he signed on the barque Rhone (Capt. Dennis) of Australia, bound for China. At Hong Kong the author signed on the ship Champion, commanded by Captain Waterman, for an Arctic cruise. Mullett continued to sign on other whaleships for voyages, during the course of which he made two additional brief stops at the Islands. The text on these visits is minimal, and the dates of his arrivals are not given. Ultimately he returned to New York in the clipper Flying Cloud. A blacksmith by trade, Mullett became blind as the result of an accident at the forge, and later, when a resident of Cleveland, wrote this narrative. There is an 1858 edition of this work with the title Five Years on the Pacific Ocean (E. Cowles & Co., Cleveland, 1858), which is known by but a single copy in the New Bedford Whaling Museum. An English edition (following the 1859 text) was published in 1863 (see No. 2.542). A reprint was issued by Ye Galleon Press, Fairfield, Washington, in 1977. References: Forster, 69. Judd, 1 3 2 (citing only the Weymouth 1863 edition). Not in Hunnewell, Ferguson, or O'Reilly and Reitman. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, original cloth spine and boards. HSL (Tice Phillips). The NUC records 2 copies of this edition (Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island; and the Newberry Library, Chicago).

N a Helu Kalavina Na I Helu Kalavina. I [Colophon Augate, 1859 [ - M e i , i 8 6 0 ]

2333 at end of p. 8;] Honolulu, Pai-palapala Katolika,

8vo. 22 x 14 cm (HMCS). 4 issues, [1] + 2-32 text pp. With caption title, continuous pagination, and a dated colophon at the end of each 8-page part. Above each caption title is a row of printers' ornaments.

Title: The Protestant numbers. The Catholic mission responds to anti-Catholic statements published in the various helu, or numbered tracts, issued by the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society in 1859. These texts are found in four parts as follows: [1] [2] [3] [4]

No No No No

ta ta ta ta

Helu Helu Helu Helu

i - i n (Concerning Nos. i - m ) , pp. 1 - 8 [Aug. 1859] iv and v (Concerning Nos. iv-v), pp. 9 - 1 6 [Nov. 1859] v, alua (Concerning No. v , part two), pp. 1 7 - 2 4 [Jan. i860] v , atolu (Concerning No. v , part three), pp. 25-32 [May i860]

References: Butler, 259. Judd and Bell, 370. Yzendoorn, 58. Copies: A H (Kahn) (2)*. ATL*, incomplete. BPBM (DU620.H15)*, incomplete. HHS (3)*, 2 are bound with other works. HMCS (3)*, 1 has contemporary annotations in ink made by Father Walsh, one of the Catholic missionaries. HSL (Tice Phillips-Roman Catholic Miscellany)*. NLC. UH.

248

1859

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

2334

N a Himeni Hoolea Na Himeni Hoolea. I He mau I Mele ma ka Uhane, I e hoolea ai I na kanaka, na keiki, na ohana, na I ekalesia, I la Iehova, I ke Akua e ola'i. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e H. M.Whitney. I 1859. 2.41110. 13 x 7.5 cm. [i-ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank [v] + vi-vii He Olelo Hoakaka, [viii] blank, 1 - 2 9 6 text, [297] + 2 9 8 - 3 0 7 Papa lalani mua (Index of first lines), [308] He Papa ano Himeni (Subject index) pp.

Title: Hymns of praise. Spiritual songs, for men, children, families, schools, churches, to praise Jehovah, the eternal God. A late edition. The i860 report of the book department in the minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association states: "A new edition of the Hymn Book has been printed by Mr. Whitney at his own expense." For the first edition (1837), see No. 1066. References: Dibble, p. 4 1 7 . Judd and Bell, 3 7 1 . Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical (Honolulu, i860), p. 24.

Association

Copies: HHS*. H M C S (z).

2335

Newhall, Charles Lyman The I Adventures I of I Jack; I or, a I Life on the Wave. I [rule] I By Chas. L. Newhall. I [rule] I [four-line quotation from Byron's Don Juan] I [rule] I Southbridge [Massachusetts]: Printed by the Author. I 1859. i2mo. 16.5 x 1 0 . 5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] copyright notice, [3] dedication "To my mother Mrs. Sarah D. Newhall," [4] introduction, [5] + 6 - 1 3 4 text, [i-iii] advertisements, [iv] blank pp.

A narrative of the author's life at sea. Newhall, born in Spencer, Massachusetts, in 1834, first signed on the ship Leonidas of Fairhaven, October 1 3 , 1849, and he went on an Atlantic voyage. In 1852 he signed on the Copia of New Bedford, which took him to the Pacific. (The captain of the Copia was Charles M. Newell, who later became a writer of fiction set in the Pacific.) Newhall gives a good account of whaling life. In 1853, the Copia made the first of several stops at Hilo, where the author had shore leave. One weekend he went with a native about ten miles from town (location not specified but probably in Puna) and attended a church meeting in an "old bamboo hut." He describes the congregation and the service, which lasted about "two hours and a half, and was listened to with close attention by the whole audience." The Copia departed Hilo for the Arctic Ocean about the middle of March 1853, and at the conclusion of this voyage it returned to Hilo. During this second stop, the author traveled through the country, staying with Hawaiians whose living accommodations he describes. The ship sailed from Hilo in November 1853, for Honolulu, then continued south and to Hong Kong at which port Newhall left the Copia. In March 1854, he signed on the whale ship Bowdich (Capt. Waldron) of Warren, Rhode Island, and headed for the Bonin Islands, the Japan Sea, and again the Arctic. Newell finally returned home in 1855 and made several additional voyages to Europe and to the Mediterranean. Retiring from the sea, he became a printer and set and printed this narrative himself. The first of the advertisements at the end is for "C. L. Newhall, Book, Job. Card, and Ornamental Printer, Dresser's Block, Southbridge, Mass." References: Forster, 74. Not in Hill, Hunnewell, Judd, or Sabin. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, fine copy in original black blind-stamped cloth, gilt lyre on upper cover, title in gilt on spine. BPBM*, fine copy in original blue blind-stamped cloth, gilt vignette of a lyre on upper cover, title in gilt on spine.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1859

N o ta H o t u L o a K a l a v i n a N o Ta I H O T U L O A K A L A V I N A !!! I [rule] I (O ta mea lanatila, o to tatou manaoio ia.) I [rule] I Pepa 1 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Colophon:] Honolulu, Pai-Palapala Katolika, 1859.

249 2336

4to. 27 x 2 1 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 2 text pp. Text in double-column form divided by a rule. The title repeats at beginning of each issue, below a rule of printers' ornaments.

Title: Concerning the Protestant [newspaper] Ka Hoku Loa (victorious is our faith). A Catholic text answering statements found in the newspaper Ka Hoku Loa. This text was issued in three pepa, or issues. Pepa 1 does not have a month of publication; Pepa 2. is dated "Augate, 1 8 5 9 " ; Pepa 3 is dated "Okatoba, 1859." The colophon appears at the end of each four-page part. For another series that also answers anti-Catholic statements in Ka Hoku Loa, see He Mau Manao (1859), No. 232.4. References: Judd and Bell, 198. Yzendoorn, 55. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M . H H S * . H M C S (2)*. U H .

Piikoi, J o n a Programme I of I F U N E R A L P R O C E S S I O N I of the I Honorable J o n a Piikoi, I Monday, M a y 1 6 , at 4 o'clock P.M. I [rule] I Clergymen. I Physicians. I The Hawaiian Flag Draped In Mourning. I A Company of Household Guards. I Household servants of the deceased. I [cut of a coffin with pall bearers on either side] I Chief Mourners. I . . . I Members of the Privy Council. I The King's Yeomanry. I Friends of the Deceased. [Honolulu, 1859]

2337

Broadside. 2 0 lines of text within a black rule border. 26.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm.

Piikoi, of a chiefly family, was born in January 1804 at Waimea, Kauai. He first came to Oahu in 1822 with Liholiho, and after Liholiho left for England, Piikoi returned to Kauai with the governor (Kahalaia) and was there at the time of the 1824 rebellion. He then returned to Oahu in service to the king and later became a member of the House of Nobles and a member of the Privy Council. Piikoi was in charge of the king's lands. At the time of the Mahele he was in charge of separating the king's lands from those of the chiefs. A "Sketch of J. Piikoi's Life, written by himself," composed shortly before his death, was published in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, May 1 2 , 1859. References: None found. Copies: HHS (in scrapbook)*.

T h e Queen's Hospital Charter I and I By - Laws I of the I Queen's Hospital, I Honolulu, H.I. I Honolulu: I Commercial Advertiser Print. I 1859. 24mo. 1 2 . 5 x 8 cm. [ 1 ] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 3 Charter, [14] + 1 5 - 1 8 By-Laws, [ 1 9 - 2 4 ] blank pp.

The charter for the hospital established in Honolulu under the patronage of Kamehameha I V and Queen Emma. For the cornerstone laying ceremony of this institution, see Nos. 2 4 0 6 - 2 4 0 8 . References: Carter, p. 1 5 0 Copies: B P B M (Hist. Pam. 1 0 2 5 ) * . H M C S * .

2338

Hawaiian National Bibliography

250

i859

2339

Remy, Jules Récits I D'un Vieux Sauvage I pour servir I a l'Histoire Ancienne de Havaii. I [rule] I Notes d'un voyageur I Lues à la Société d'agriculture, commerce, sciences et arts du département I de la Marne, dans la séance du 1 5 décembre 1 8 5 7 , I Par M . Jules Remy, I Membre correspondant. I [ornament] I Chalons-Sur-Marne, I E. Laurent, Imprimeur-Libraire. I Rue d'Orfeuil, 1 4 - 1 6 . I 1859. 8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 4 6 text, 4 7 - 6 7 "Histoire et Chant de Kavelo [sic]," [68] blank pp. Colophon at end of last text page.

The first edition of an important contribution to the literature of precontact Hawaiian history, recorded by Jules Remy from a native informant of great age and knowledge. In the introduction, Remy writes: One evening in the month of March, 1 8 5 3 , 1 landed at Hoopuloa, on the west coast of Hawaii. Among the many natives who ran to the shore, to bid me welcome, and to draw my canoe upon the beach, I noticed an old man. . . . A kind of veneration with which his countrymen seemed to regard him, only increased the desire which I immediately felt to get acquainted with this old islander. I was soon informed that his name was Kanuha, that he was already a stout lad when Alapai died, towards 1 7 5 2 , that he had known Kalaniopuu, Cook and Kamehameha the Great. As soon as I learned his name and his extraordinary age, I approached Kanuha, extending to him my hand. This attention flattered him and favorably disposed him towards me. I immediately resolved to take advantage of this fortunate meeting to obtain from an eye witness positive information in regard to Hawaiian customs before the arrival of Europeans. . . . Here, in an arrangement made by myself, is what he told me during a night of conversation interrupted only by the Hawaiian dance, and pipes of tobacco smoked around. The text begins with a description of the Hawaiian priesthood and its three orders: "kahunas proper, kaula or prophets, and kilo or magicians." Then follow traditional stories: the history of Umi, and the history of Keawe. These are followed by notes of traditional tales from the district of Kau, Hawaii, regarding two oppressive chiefs, Kohaokalani and Kiohala, and the methods by which the people succeeded in ridding themselves of these oppressors. Additional folklore from the district of Puna, Hawaii, is recorded in the legends of the chiefs Keliikuku and Hua. The history (or mele) of Kawelo begins on page 47 and continues to the end of the text. Remy gives the mele in the Hawaiian language only, interspersed with commentary in French. A translation by William D. Alexander of the first 46 pages of this text (as far as the Chant of Kawelo) was published in the Friend between January and May 1865. A translation of the whole, with additional notes by William T. Brigham, was published in Bost o n in 1 8 6 8 (see N o . Z8II).

References: Carter, p. 153. Hunnewell, p. 63. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, very fine copy with original printed wrappers. BL. BPBM*, in old cloth preserving the original wrappers. B P B M (Carter 3 - C - 7 1 ) * , in original wrappers. HHS*, the Hawaiian government copy. H M C S * , in original wrappers. HSL (Tice Phillips), W. T. Brigham's copy, bound with his copy of the 1868 Boston edition and with a manuscript letter from Remy to Brigham dated October 9, 1869. UH.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1859

251

Royal Hawaiian Theater Royal Hawaiian Theater! I Grand Complimentary I BENEFIT! I tendered to I Miss Carrie Hiffert I of the I Alleghanians & Swiss Bell Ringers! I By the citizens of Honolulu, S.I. I On Tuesday Evening, Oct. 25. I [rule] I Correspondence I . . . I [rule] I Programme. I [rule] I Part 1. [list of pieces] I Medley-Favorite American Airs! I played upon I T H E SWISS BELLS! I By the Alleghanians. I [rule] I Part 11. I [list of pieces] I Allegro - (From the Overture to "William Tell,") executed upon the I Wood and Straw Instrument! I By Mr. Stoepel. I . . . I Aurora Waltzes, by Libitzky! I played upon the I Swiss Bells! I By the Alleghanians. I [rule] I Admission: I . . . I [pointing hand] Doors open at 7 o'clock - Concert commences at 7 1 - 2 o'clock. I [pointing hand] I Seats can be secured at the Box Office from 2 o'clock each day. I [rule] I D. G. Waldron, Agent. [Honolulu, 1859]

2340

Broadside. Text within an ornamental border. 55.5 x 1 3 . 5 cm.

The "Correspondence" so prominently featured in this piece is a letter to Miss Hiffert dated October zz: "The undersigned, lovers of the Divine Art in which you are engaged; also, fully appreciating your excellent abilities as a vocalist. . . respectfully tender you a Complimentary Benefit, to take place on some evening suited to your convenience." The 38 signers include David L. Gregg, Thomas Spencer, Abraham Fornander, Henry M. Whitney. A.J. Cartwright, J. S.Walker, Henry MacFarlane, P. C.Jones, Seth P. Ford, "and many others." Miss Hiffert's reply to the "lovers of the Divine Art" follows. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

Royal Hawaiian Theater Royal I HAWAIIAN THEATER ! I Honolulu. S.I. I [rule] I D. G. Waldrom - - Business Manager I [rule] I Last Appearance ! I And Farewell I BENEFIT ! I Tendered to the I A L L E G H A N I A N S I [woodcut of the Alleghanians] I And I SWISS BELL R I N G E R S ! I By the Citizens of Honolulu. I [rule] I [correspondence dated November 9, 1859] I [rule] I Programme. I Part 1. I . . . I played upon I T H E SWISS BELLS ! I by the Alleghanians. I . . . I Aurora Waltzes by Libitzky, I . . . I Part 11. I Quartett - The Ship is on Fire ! I . . . I Stick and Straw Waltz, executed upon the I WOOD A N D STRAW INSTRUMENT, I by Mr. Stoepel. I . . . I This will be the Last opportunity of hearing this Troup, as I they sail for Australia on Saturday, in the Ship E. F. Mason. [Honolulu, 1859]

2341

Broadside. 94 lines of text. 58 x 15.3 cm.

The correspondence consists of a letter from prominent residents "for a benefit, to be given on some evening that you may see fit to designate." The response by D. G. Waldron, manager of the group, addressed to D. L. Gregg, H. W. Severance, Thomas Spencer, "and others," sets the date for the performance on "Thursday evening, Nov. 10th . . . as they sail on Saturday next." (See illustration, p. 252.) References: None found. Copies: BPBM*.

[Shipping List] . . . I The North Pacific Whalemen's Shipping List. I [pointing hand] Right Whaleships cruising in the North or South Pacific, not on this list, by sending in their reports will be added to it. Reports from vessels in any part of the Pacific I addressed to the Publisher, will always be acceptable. Merchant or whaleships

2342

252

1859

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

arriving off Sandwich Islands Ports are requested to display the Ship's signal. I [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1859] Broadside. 44.5 x 32.5 cm. Above the title, separated by a double rule, appears: "Supplement to the I Pacific Commercial Advertiser. [cut of a ship] Honolulu H.I. March 1 0 , 1859."

This list has ship arrivals in two columns. The ships are listed alphabetically, and after the name of each ship appears the name of the captain, date of sailing from home, where owned, where "late from," and other statistics. This also appeared in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, March 1 7 , 1859. References: None found. Copies: B P B M * , laid in their bound copy of the Pacific Commercial

Advertiser.

R O Y A L

HAWAIIAN THEATER ! R«.\eLi;u * &>t«n%a. i And be it f-irttvrf kfi»wH. that We be rem strictly prohibit Ow subject«, and «H reside w mayfeawit bin Ow jurisdiction, (r-tn\ engaging either directly or imtirecliy in prtvaJaeriufi *gtTHi«i (he Shipping wr Cmmnerce of either of ttK V'tntendiag parti»», or u*' trtitk-rtng. any aid to anch enterprises whatever; and all I«-(•*>ut* »a '»fltmdiug will he baldf 1» the penakws inipoaed by the of nations. a* well as by the law* of a*id riUtr*^ and they will in no trine obtain any pMtwtv»ofrom0a m aga'iwrt Hoy pntal 00 atfjoeneea which they may incur. 8« it further known, tUat Hu *djudic»tioB of prize* will be eniei tamed witbin Our juriMlictitM), n«H- will the -Mil* ut. good« r other property belonging to prixe-» be «Mowed. . . Bu it further Known, that the rigbta of asylum arc »»"» citecded to the Privateer» or their prize* of either uf tW. contending parties, cacnping only in cone? *4 disirew w of «atnptohpigr dvbty by «roae of weather or dangers of the «««, or to eitch cases as may be NftiivlW bt Treaty stipulation. Given at Our Marine Residence nf Kailu». thts Jfkh day of Aug.»a«, A D. I«81, and the Seventh of Ow Reign.

JJy the Km«. KliWMSV.

JUMRHAMRHA.

By the Kmg ud Kuhiua Nut

R. C VFnui

Proclamation by Kamehameha IV, Honolulu, 1861 [see No. 2.441]. This proclamation of neutrality was issued at the beginning of the American Civil War. Courtesy Hawaii State Archives

300

i86i

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

sioner, D. L. Gregg, acknowledging a similar letter of condolence from the President of the United States. Included as well are an address made at the formation of the Hawaiian Agricultural Society, January 5 , 1 8 5 5 ; and an address delivered at their meeting of December 1 3 , 1856; several replies by the king to "Congratulatory Addresses on the Birth of a Son and Heir," May 1858; and a reply of February 9, 1 8 6 1 , to the diplomatic corps "Congratulating Him on the Anniversary of His 27th Birth-day." The folding table at the end is titled: " E X H I B I T of the rapid progress of the Hawaiian Revenue (which in 1843, the year of the British occupation, did not amount to $ 5 0 , 0 0 0 ) , from 1844 to 31st March, 1 8 6 1 , under the late and present King, while ruling their own people, independent of all Foreign Influence and Control." It is dated at the end 4th April, 1 8 6 1 , and is signed by R . C. Wyllie. References: Carter, p. 1 0 0 . Hunnewell, p. 46. Tice Phillips, 3 1 . Copies: H H S * . H M C S . N Y H * . UH.

2443

Kerhallet, Charles M a r i e Philippe de General Examination I of I The Pacific Ocean, I by I Capt. Charles Philippe de Kerhallet, I of the Imperial Navy, Officer of the Legion of Honor, I followed by I Nautical Directions for avoiding Hurricanes. I Translated from the Second French Edition, I under the direction of I Commander Charles Henry Davis, U.S.N., I by authority of the author. I [rule] I N e w York: I E. & G . W. Blunt. I 1 8 6 1 . 8vo. 24.5 x 1 5 . 5 cm ( H M C S ) . [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [iii]-iv Editor's Preface, [v] + vi-viii Contents, [ix] + x - x i i Preface to the first edition, dated 1 8 5 1 , [xiii]-xiv Preface to the second edition, [xv] note, [xvi] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 0 0 text, [ 2 0 1 ] + 2 0 2 - 2 1 2 index pp. With 3 folding maps at end.

The first English-language edition. References to the Hawaiian Islands are found throughout. This work was first published under the title Considérations générales sur l'océan Pacifique (Paris, 1851). The National Union Catalogue lists subsequent English-language editions of 1867, 1869, 1 8 7 0 . References: O'Reilly and Reitman, 3855-3857 (listing the Paris editions of 1 8 5 1 and 1855). Copies: H M C S * . The N U C records 2 copies, one at the Library of Congress.

2444

M a k i k i Family School Makiki Family School I Honolulu 1 1 February, 1 8 6 1 . I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1861] Circular. Text on the first 3 unnumbered pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 3 1 . 5 x 2 0 cm.

A circular signed by George M . Robertson and Samuel N. Castle regarding the school for Hawaiian girls maintained by Miss Maria Ogden. The Makiki Female Seminary, Honolulu, Oahu, was commenced by Miss Ogden in 1859. It has been largely assisted by the Honolulu community through the Ladies' Benevolent Society, and also by the Government through the Board of Education, while tuition fees are also a part of its income. The studies are mainly in English. Miss Ogden has been of late years efficiently assisted by the Misses Holden. The present number of pupils is about 25. References: None found. Copies: N Y P (Broadside collection)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1861

O Ka Hae Kiritiano O K A H A E [ornament] K I R I T I A N O I E paio atu oe i ta paio maitai o ta manaoio (I Tim. VI-iz.) I [rule] I (Januari.) Halavai 1. (1861.) I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 6 1 - 1 8 6 2 ] 4to. 28 x 2 1 . 5 cm ( H M C S ) . 2 vols, comprising Halavai 1 - 1 2 , January-December 1 8 6 1 ; and Halavai 1 - 1 2 , January-December 1862; or 24 numbers, each issue 4 pp., printed 3 columns to a page, with continuous pagination, totaling 96 pp. With the January i 8 6 z issue, the masthead becomes more elaborate.

Title: The Christian standard. A periodical, issued monthly, from the Catholic Mission Press. An imaginative use of printers' ornaments occurs on the masthead in some issues. Halavai z, for instance, has a cut of a schooner titled "Ka Vaa o Petero" (literally, the canoe of [St.] Peter) surrounded by a large cross, in the arms of which are biblical quotations. As with its predecessor of the same name (see No. Z40Z), this periodical's focus was religious, and great attention was paid to the doings of the Protestants. However, articles of a more general nature include mention of the building of several Catholic churches, and communications from priests stationed in outlying areas. Many of the articles are signed J. P. K. Zepherino (or as Z. Kahoalii), or by J. B. Kawelo. Occasionally there are communications from S. M. K. (Samuel M. Kamakau). A letter in Volume z, Halavai 5 (May i86z), from P. F. Koakanu, dated Pooahonu, Kauai, March i86z, tells of Catholic mission work at Fatuhiva. References: Mookini, p. 1 0 . Yzendoorn, 6 0 - 6 1 . See Yzendoorn, History, p. 193. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, 1 8 6 1 - 1 8 6 Z complete. B P B M (2)*, 1 8 6 1 - 1 8 6 2 complete. H M C S (2)*.

O N a Laau Lapaau a Dr. D. Jayne O Na I Laau Lapaau I a I Dr. D. J A Y N E , I me na olelo hoakaka i ke ano o ka ai ana, a me I ka inu ana paha i ua mau laau lapaau nei. I [woodcut of the factory (10.j x 7 . j cm), with identification below:] I (Hale hana Laau lapaau o Dr. Jayne ma Piladelepia.) I A Catalogue I of I Dr. D. Jayne's Family Medicines I With I Directions for Their Use. [Honolulu, 1 8 6 1 ? ] 8vo. 25 x 15.5 cm. [1] cover title, [2] Olelo Hoolaha, 3 - 7 text, [8] advertisement pp.

Title: The medicines of Dr. D. Jayne, and explanations on how to eat or drink the aforementioned medicines. A patent medicine catalogue, issued by Castle and Cooke, with their advertisement on the last page. This work describes the benefits of buying and consuming the following: 1. z. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Laau Kunu a Dr. Jayne (Dr. Jayne's expectorant) Laau Hoopau Naio me na Koe, a Dr. Jayne (Dr. Jayne's tonic vermifuge) Laau Hoopaa Hi a Dr. Jayne. (Dr. Jayne's carminative balsam) Laau Hoomaemae Koko a Dr. Jayne (Dr. Jayne's alternative) Laau Hamo Hui, Peni Kila a Dr. Jayne (Dr. Jayne's liniment, or counterirritant) Hua'ole Ola a Dr. Jayne (Dr. Jayne's sanative pills)

The Polynesian of January 5, 1 8 6 1 , has an informative article on this publication: "A business house of this town has published A Catalogue of Dr. D. Jayne's Family Medicines, with directions for their use,' done into Hawaiian and intended for general circulation. On the first page is the picture of a splendid six or seven story building in Philadelphia, U.S.A. surmounted by a tower with a flag staff and flag, and flanked with buttresses representative of pestles and mortars. This is to convey an idea of the vast demand there must be for medicines the preparation of which occupies so much space."

302

1861

Hawaiian National Bibliography The Ayer company also issued almanacs containing enthusiastic descriptions of patent medicines. Editions of these with part or full Hawaiian text were issued in the 1880s and 1890s. See Judd and Bell, 52.3, 564, and 5 7 1 . The Hawaii State Archives' Kahn collection has an undated publication from this company with some Hawaiian captions that appears to be of an earlier vintage. References: Judd and Bell, 643. Copies: HMCS*.

2447

Remy, Jules, and Julius Brenchley A Journey I to I Great-Salt-Lake City, I by I Jules Remy, and Julius Brenchley, M . A . ; I with a sketch of the I history, religion, and customs of the Mormons, I and an introduction on I the religious movement in the United States. I By Jules Remy. I In two volumes. I vol. 1. I With Ten Steel Engravings and a Map. I London; I W. Jeffs, 15, Burlington Arcade, I Foreign Bookseller to the Royal Family. I M D C C C L X I . I Translations Reserved. 2. vols. 8vo. Vol. 1: [i] title, [ii] printer's name, else blank, [iii] —iv preface dated Paris, Aug. i860, [v] + vi-viii contents, [ix] + x - c x x x i introduction by the author, dated Rome, May 1859, [cxxxii] blank, [1] "Book the first" half title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 5 0 1 text, [502] blank, 5 0 3 - 5 0 8 "Chronological Summary of the History of the Mormons." Frontispiece engraved portrait of Brigham Young, and 4 engraved text plates. Folding map placed before p. 503. Vol. 11: [i] title, [ii] printer's name, else blank, [iii] + iv-vii contents, [viii] blank, [1] half title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-495 text, [496] blank, [497] "Notes" half title, [498] blank, 4 9 9 - 5 6 0 "Notes" text, 5 6 1 - 5 6 9 Mormon Bibliography, [570] blank, 5 7 1 - 6 0 5 index, [606] printer's name and address pp. Engraved portrait of Joseph and Hyrum Smith, and 4 engraved plates. Bound in purple cloth with a gilt vignette of the Mormon Temple on the upper cover.

An account of the exploratory journey made by Brenchley and Remy from San Francisco to Utah and return, from July to December 1855. The text in the main was authored by Remy, who had access to and made use of Julius Brenchley's journal and other papers. Both authors had previously lived in the Hawaiian Islands, and the text contains interesting Hawaiian material. In Volume 1 (pp. xvii-xxi) there are references to Remy's visit to Kilauea, the fire-goddess Pele, and native Hawaiian religious practices. On page 432 there is mention of Sam Brannon's party of Mormon immigrants in Honolulu in 1846. While at Payson, Utah, Remy and Brenchley met a former Mormon missionary to Hawaii named Johnson, and discussed with him Hawaiian matters, particularly the dismissal from public office of Dr. G. P. Judd, and the part that the Hawaiian chief Levi Haalelea played in the matter (Vol. 11, pp. 331-334). On their return to California, at San Bernardino they met a Hawaiian woman named Hakuole, with whom they conversed at length. This work was first published in French under the title Voyage au Pays des Mormons (Paris, E. Dentu, i860); see No. 2 4 1 0 . References: Flake and Morgan, 6867. Sabin, 64594. Copies: AAS. BL. BPL. HarU. LC. N L C . NYP. PA-VBC. UC-B. Y U . The N U C lists 34 copies.

2448

A Roving Printer (pseud.). New York Edition Life and Adventure I in I The South Pacific. I By I A Roving Printer. I New York: I Harper & Brothers, Publishers, I Franklin Square I 1 8 6 1 .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1861

8vo. 19 x 12.5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] Preface, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-x Contents, [xi] List of Illustrations, [xii] blank, [13] + 1 4 - 3 6 1 text, [362] blank, [363-372.] Advertisement pp. With map of the Hawaiian Islands at p. 316, 24 full-page illustrations (including frontispiece), and 14 text vignettes. Pages 1 5 - 1 6 , 1 9 - 2 2 , 2 7 - 3 0 , 45-46, 53-54, 5 7 - 5 8 , 7 9 - 8 0 , 83-84, 1 2 1 - 1 2 2 , 1 5 8 - 1 5 9 , 1 6 8 - 1 6 9 , I 7 i _ I 7 3 ) 2 0 7 - 2 0 8 , 2 1 1 - 2 1 2 , 2 1 7 - 2 1 8 , 244-245, 3 0 8 - 3 0 9 , 3 1 7 - 3 1 8 , 345-346, 355-356, 359-360 are unnumbered.

An interesting whaling narrative. The preface states: "Two young men, led to engage in the whale-fisheries, and spending five years in the employment, have compiled from their log-books and their recollection a plain, unvarnished narrative of this period." The identity of the two men has not been precisely determined, though one of them is supposed to have had the surname of Jones, and (according to the text) they came from Palmyra, New York. They sighted the islands of Maui and Molokai on October 1 0 (1853), shortly thereafter anchoring at Lahaina. The result of their shore liberty at that port is a lively account of the town, its fort, the churches, and the new "Seamen's Reading Room" in the Bethel Church. They visited Dr. Sereno Bishop, the Seamen's Chaplain; met Dr. Dow; and also visited a townsman (Silas Stoddard of Palmyra, New York) at the Seamen's Hospital. An interesting view of Lahaina from offshore is on (unnumbered) page 320. The narrative also includes two accounts of attacks on whaleships made by natives of Sydenham's Island (Kings Mill Islands). The first account (pp. 1 0 0 - 1 0 4 ) , made on the ship Triton of New Bedford (Capt. Spencer), which the authors say had occurred "several years earlier," has been adapted from Thomas Spencer's "Narrative of the Events attending the Massacre of part of the crew belonging to the Whaleship Triton, of New Bedford, by the Natives of Sydenham's Island." This account was printed in the September and October 1848 issues of the Friend, and also issued separately (see No. 1 7 1 7 ) . Another attack by natives of the Kings Mill Islands (pp. 327-328), this time on the Sharon of New Bedford, was narrated by Captain M'Culloch of the clipper whaler Niagra of Fairhaven, whom the authors met at Lahaina; it does not seem to have been published locally. The Hawaiian "Legend of Kinau and Tuanoa," on pages 332-343, is highly imaginary. This whaling voyage classic has often been catalogued as an account of the 1849 voyage of the Emily Morgan, but it is in fact an account of a later voyage of that ship. Using the date of their arrival at Lahaina, "Monday October 10th," the perpetual calendar gives possible arrival dates of 1853 or 1859. Shipping lists in the Friend, November 1853 (p. 80), record the arrival of the Emily Morgan (Ewer, Master) at Lahaina on October n t h , 1853, and there are a number of details in the text that confirm this date. The authors specifically mention meeting Dr. Sereno Bishop, the Seamen's Chaplain of Lahaina. Bishop assumed that post in 1853, and remained at Lahaina until 1862. On page 330 they mention the loss overboard of an officer of the South Boston, whom the Friend of November 1853 identifies as George Frazier from Natick, third mate on that ship. Further, on page 331, they specifically mention that while they were at Lahaina "the small pox raged with great violence" there and at Honolulu. This outbreak of smallpox occurred in 1853. The Emily Morgan made a later stop at Lahaina, arriving October 9, 1857. References: Forster, 61. Hill, p. 157. Judd and Lind, 155. Sabin, 36440. Copies: BPBM (Carter 7-A-22)'', in tan pebbled cloth, gilt title vignette of ships on spine. BPL. H M C S * , in grey-green pebbled cloth. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. UC-B. UH. The N U C records 1 2 copies.

303

304

1861

Hawaiian National Bibliography

2449

A Roving Printer (pseud.). London and New York Edition Life and Adventure I in I The South Pacific. I By I A Roving Printer. I London: I Sampson, Low, Son, & Co., 47, Ludgate Hill. I New York: Harper & Brothers. I [rule] I 1861. n m o . 19.5 x 1 3 cm ( B P B M ) . [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] Preface, [iv] blank, [v] + v i - x Contents, [xi] List of Illustrations, [xii] blank, [ 1 3 ] + 1 4 - 3 6 1 text, [362.] blank, [+ 1 0 advertisement] pp. With frontispiece view of a whaling scene titled " N e w Bedford," map of the Hawaiian Islands at p. 3 1 6 , and 38 full-page plates and text vignettes.

This English edition contains the sheets of the New York edition, with a new title page added. In the Bishop Museum (Carter) copy there is at the end a Sampson, Low & Co. "List of Books" 16 pp., dated November 1861. The spine title here reads "Life in the South Pacific." References: None found for this edition. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * , in red, blind-stamped pebbled cloth. B P B M (Carter 2.-D-28)*, in red, blind-stamped pebbled cloth. This edition is not recorded in the N U C .

2450

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Operatic I ENTERTAINMENT! I [crest ofKamehameha IV] I BY AMATEURS ! I On Friday Night, March 8th, I at the I Royal Hawaiian Theatre! I [double rule] I The pieces selected for the Performance being only parts of I Operas, and arranged for this occasion, the following explanation I is deemed necessary to the understanding of the several Parts: I [rule] I Part of IIL TROVATORE! I [three lines of explanation] I [rule] I M A R T H A . I [twenty lines of explanation, then 'First Act' with nine explanatory lines, and 'Second Act' with eight lines] I [double rule] I [Polynesian Job Print.] I [Honolulu, 1861] Broadside. Printed on white satin, all text within an ornamental border. 34 x 12..5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485) (2.)*, both copies printed on satin.

2451

Royal Hawaiian Theater Royal Hawaiian I THEATER ! I [rule] I One Night Only! I [double rule] I Prof. BUSHELL ! I Has the honor to announce to the inhabitants of Honolulu, I that he will make his first appearance on I This Evening, Saturday, May 18 ! I For the purpose of giving his Mysteriously Grand Scientific I Entertainments, which have attracted large and densely I crowded audiences at the Royal Victoria and Lyceum Thea- I ters, Sydney, under the Patronage of His Excellency Sir I William Denison, K.C.B., &c., &c. I [double rule] I The Entertainment will commence with a variety of amusing and highly instructive I Electrical Experiments. I Embracing New and Astounding Phenomena in Magnetic Science, including a Prac- I tical Demonstration of the Working of the I Double Needle I ELECTRIC TELEGRAPH I Showing the manner which Messages are sent thousands of miles in a second of time ! I [rule] I The I ELECTRIC LIGHT ! I Will also be exhibited. Its dazzling brilliancy is unsurpassed, and is the nearest approach I to the Rays of the Sun. I . . . I The entertainment will Conclude with a variety of I Laughable and Positively Marvelous Experiments I In the Modern and Extraordinary Science of I ELECTRO-BIOLOGY! I . . . I [double rule] I Doors Open at 7 1/2 O'clock, and Performance to Commence at 8 O'clock. [Honolulu 1861] Broadside. 37 lines of text within an ornamental border. 54 x 19 cm.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1861

305

References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

Royal Hawaiian Theater T H E A T E R I [double rule] I Under the Immediate Patronage of I His Majesty I K A M E H A M E H A IV! I [double rule] I In consequence of the intense excitement created last evening by the I performance of I Professor I B U S H E L L ! I And by special request of HIS M A J E S T Y (the Iconium having been I detained at a great expense for the occasion), the Professor will give an- I other of his I Wonderful Entertainments I In I E L E C T R O - B I O L O G Y I [double rule] I The Entertainment will consist entirely of I Biological Experiments I on I Gentlemen resident in Honolulu! I [double rule] I . . . I [double rule] I Admission: I Dress Circle, $ 1 . 5 0 ; Parquette, $ 1 ; Pit, 50 cents. I [double rule] I Doors open at 7 1-2 O'clock, Performance to commence at 8. [Honolulu, 1 8 6 1 ]

2452

Broadside. 25 lines of text. 58 x Z5.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

Royal Hawaiian Theatre T H E A T R E . I [double rule] I Charles Derby, - - Manager. I [double rule] I Grand Gala Night ! I [double rule] I B E N E F I T I of I W. M. B A R K E R ! I Vocalist and Actor I of the I M I N S T R E L S I Who will appear in an I Entire Change of Bill!! I [double rule] I First Night of the Popular Song and Dance of I Lucy Long! I [double rule] I . . . I The laughable and characteristic I Tyrollean Warblers! I will also appear this evening ! I [double rule] I Mr. Barker will (for this night only) appear in character, and sing I Black Eyed Susan! I . . . I Friday Evening, Nov. 22, 1 8 6 1 . I The Performance will commence with the following varied I and attractive I Programme. I [rule] I Part 1 . I [list of eleven pieces] I After which, the old favorite Song of I BOB R I D L E Y I Introducing "Mose!" - - Company. I Part 2. I [rule] I Cavatina. Mme. Elisa Biscaccianti. I . . . I The inimitable Ethiopian Scene of I L U C Y L O N G ! I [double rule] I . . . I The whole to conclude with the laughable Sketch of the Manager's I COUP D'ETAT! I or, the I Sublime and Ridiculous! I . . . I [Honolulu, 1 8 6 1 ]

2453

Broadside. 74 lines of text. 61 x 1 7 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

Tilley, Henry Arthur Japan, The Amoor, I and I the Pacific; I with notices of other places I comprised in I a Voyage of Circumnavigation I in the Imperial Russian Corvette "Rynda," I in 1 8 5 8 - 1 8 6 0 . I With eight illustrations. I London: I Smith, Elder and Co., 65, Cornhill. I [rule] I M . D C C C . L X I . I [The right of Translation is reserved.] 8vo. 21 x 13.5 cm (BPBM). [i-ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v]-vi preface dated Alexandria, Syria, January, 1 8 6 1 , [vii] + viii-xii contents, [1] + 2 - 4 0 5 text, 406 colophon pp. With lithograph frontispiece "House at Yedo" and 7 lithograph views in the text.

In September 1858, the author was invited to join the Russian squadron (preparing for a voyage around the world), composed of two "black-looking corvettes," the Rynda and

2454

306

1861

Hawaiian National Bibliography Gudin, and a "clipper gunboat," the Opritchnik, under the command of Commodore Popoff. Tilley was on the Rynda. The squadron proceeded to the Pacific via Cape Town, made stops at Manila and Shanghai, then sailed to Japan, stopping at Hakodati and Yedo. The account of their visit to Japan occupies much of the text. From Japan the ships visited the Russian colony at the Amur River, on the eastern coast of Russia, where Tilley says they were "the first Englishman who ever landed there" (preface). The ships then crossed the Pacific for San Francisco, from where the author visited Sacramento. The Russian steam corvette Rynda (Capt. Andreef), the flagship of Admiral Popoff, arrived at Honolulu, January 16, i860, "fifteen days from San Francisco," and remained in port until January 22, when she departed for Tahiti (the Friend, Feb. i860, p. 16). The narrative of Tilley's stay in Honolulu is interesting. He includes general remarks on the town and the government. Interested in local matters, he discusses the outcome of several trials involving murder and reports the dismay of Hawaiians over the outcome. He reprints a mele revealing Hawaiian feelings about the trials that he says was "Posted up all over the town." He accompanied the commodore on a visit to the king; an occasion he describes as being "simple and in good taste." Following the formal "presentation," they were shown the "celebrated feather cloaks and tippets, the insignia of Hawaiian royalty." Tilley made a tour of Oahu, which he describes in a lively manner. He was particularly amused to note how Hawaiians relaxed when they found he was a "Manuwa" (that is, a person from a man of war) rather than a missionary. From Honolulu the ships sailed for Tahiti and South America. For another account of the voyage of the Rynda, see Vysheslavitsev (1862), No. 2514. References: Hunnewell, p. 69. O'Reilly and Reitman, 1 2 4 1 . Not in Judd and Lind. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B L . B P B M (Carter 2 - B - 2 0 ) * . HHS. H M C S . H S L (Tice Phillips). L C . PA-VBC. UC-B. The N U C records 1 0 copies.

2455

Union Line U N I O N LINE! I N o Secession! I [double rule] I For HILO! I And Intermediate Ports! I [double rule] I [woodcut of the sloop, 8.5 x 11 cm] I [double rule] I The A 1 Clipper Sloop I LIVE Y A N K E E I C. Nichols Spencer, Captain, I . . . I will sail for the above ports on or about I Thursday Next, May 16! I At or near the hour of 1 0 A.M. . . . I P. S. The " L I V E Y A N K E E " has superior accom- I modations for a few Cabin Passengers . . . I [pointing hand] P. S. 2. N o Secessionist Need Apply. I Honolulu, May 1 4 , 18 6 1 . Broadside. 19 lines of text. 51 x 30.5 cm.

Honolulu was decidedly a "Yankee" town and residents strongly supported the cause of the Union Army during the American Civil War, as the reference to "secessionists" in this broadside suggests. The letters of the first line feature the "stars and stripes" and are meant to appear as if they had been cut from an American flag. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.)*. 2456

United States. 37th Congress. 2nd Session. Senate. Executive Document No. 1 Message I of the I President of the United States I to the I Two Houses of Congress I at the I Commencement of the Second Session I of I The Thirty-Seventh Congress. I [rule] I . . . I [rule] I Volume 1. I [rule] I Washington: I Government Printing Office. I 1861.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1861

307

8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (AH), [i] title, [ii] blank, [3] + 4 - 8 3 9 text, [840] blank pp.

A section on the Hawaiian Islands (pp. 4 3 3 - 4 3 6 ) contains documents from the American Consul in Honolulu to the Hawaiian government and the several replies dated July 1 8 6 1 , regarding the neutrality of the Hawaiian Islands in the American Civil War. The Hawaiian proclamation of neutrality is printed on page 436. For the Honolulu printing of the same proclamation, see No. 2 4 4 1 . References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. U H (Government Documents).

Vassar, J o h n Guy Twenty Years I Around the World. I By I John Guy Vassar. I [ornament] i New York: I Rudd & Carleton, 1 3 0 Grand Street. I 1 8 6 1 .

2457

8vo. 22.3 x 14.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v] + vi preface, [vii] + v i i i - x contents, [1] + 2 - 5 9 8 text, [ 5 9 9 - 6 0 0 ] blank pp. Engraved frontispiece portrait of the author.

The author, a native of New York who suffered from ill health, traveled in search of "more genial climes," ultimately visiting much of the world. After a visit to California in 1850, and Oregon in 1851, he set sail for Lahaina, Maui, and dates his first Hawaiian letter (June 23, 1851) from that town. He found the "amphibious" nature of the Hawaiians attractive, made general notes about the island, dined with Rev. Mr. Baldwin (spelled Balding), then continued to Honolulu. His Honolulu letter is dated June 27. Typically, he visited the Pali; he comments on the Hawaiians fondness for riding, and describes their costume on such occasions. He notes the funeral of "Kepanonohe" [Kekauonohi?], meeting Chief Abner Paki and visiting his house, and accompanying the chief to the palace. He records a visit from Prince Alexander Liholiho. In his last Hawaiian letter (dated June 26), he writes of missionaries and churches, and of the suppression of games and amusements. From Honolulu, Vassar continued to the Ladrone Islands, then to Canton and Hong Kong. For the second edition (1862), see No. 2 5 1 3 . References: Judd and Lind, 1 8 1 (listing a New York 1 8 7 5 edition). Copies: A H (Kahn)*. H H S . H M C S , the 1876 edition. LC. WaU. The N U C records 4 copies.

Whipple, Charles King Relation I of the I American Board of Commissioners I for I Foreign Missions I to I Slavery. I [rule] I By Charles K. Whipple. I [rule] I Boston: I Published by R. F. Wallcut, I No. 2 3 1 Washington Street. I 1 8 6 1 . 8vo. 19 x 1 2 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 4 1 text, [242] blank, [243] + 2 4 4 - 2 4 7 appendix, [248] blank pp.

A serious investigation of "slavery," extant in mission stations of the American Board, specifically among the Cherokee and Choctaw Nations, whose members it is here stated were slave holders. The text has little to say about black slave holders of the American South. There are comments on the Hawaiian Mission on pages 6 - 1 1 and occasionally elsewhere. With respect to the Hawaiian Mission, Whipple (pp. 6-8) comments: "In the year 1837, several of the missionaries of the Board in the Sandwich Islands became deeply impressed with a sense of the guilt of slavery, the danger incurred by their native country in supporting such a wicked system, and the responsibility of the church for its

2458

308

1861

Hawaiian National Bibliography removal. I have now before me copies of letters from three of those persons, one from Rev. Jonathan S. Green, dated at Honolulu, Oahu, in May, one from Rev. Peter Gulick from the same station, in June, and the third from Rev. H. R. Hitchcock, dated at Kaluaaha in November." Extracts from Gulick's and Hitchcock's letters follow. The latter is addressed "To the Editor of the Emancipator." This is the second, greatly enlarged, edition. The first edition (1859) is a pamphlet of but 31 pages. References: Not in Hunnewell. Copies: A AS. B P B M (Missions Pam. 7 7 ) * . L C . N Y P . Y U . The N U C records 2 1 copies.

2459

Wilder, Robert Gould Mission Schools I in I India I of the I American Board of Commissioners I for I Foreign Missions, I with sketches of the missions among the North American I Indians, the Sandwich Islands, the Armenians of I Turkey, and the Nestorians of Persia. I By Rev. R. G. Wilder, I fifteen years missionary of the Board. I [quotation from Joel 2 : 1 6 ] I Published by subscription. I New York: I A. D. E Randolph, 683 Broadway. I Boston: Crocker & Brewster. I 1 8 6 1 . 8vo. 19.3 x 1 2 . 3 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and imprint, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v]-vi Preface dated N e w York, March 4th, 1 8 5 1 , [vii] + v i i i - x Contents, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 1 8 Introduction, [19] + 2 0 - 4 3 2 text pp.

A section on Hawaii (chap. 1 1 , pp. 394-401) contains a brief account of the American Board and its missionary work in the Islands. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Carter 7-A-3)*. H M C S . The N U C records 1 2 copies.

2460

Wilkes, Charles. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xxill. Hydrography—Text United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the Years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. x x m . I [rule] I H Y D R O G R A P H Y . I by I Capt. Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Member of the American Philosophical Society, etc. I With illustrations. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by C. Sherman. I 1 8 6 1 . 4to. 31 x 23 cm ( B P B M ) . [i] "United States Exploring Expedition. I By Authority of Congress" half title, [ii] blank, [iii] "Hydrography" etc. half title, [iv] blank, [v] title, [vi] blank, [1] + 2 - 5 0 4 text, [505] + 5 0 6 - 5 1 4 index, [ 5 1 5 - 5 1 6 ] blank pp. With 5 maps and diagrams (3 folding).

The official issue of the hydrography text. Chapter xv (pp. 288-302) is on the Hawaiian Islands. Commander Wilkes states: "These islands have long been considered as holding an important position among the groups of the Pacific, and situated as they are midway to the North Pacific, will continue to be one of the principal resorts of our whaling-fleet. . . . I therefore deem it necessary to give a full description of the facilities these islands offer to our shipping interest, their anchorages, and sailing directions to their different ports. For an account of their moral, social, and political condition, I must refer [the reader] to the fourth and fifth volumes of my Narrative of the Exploring Expedition." This text was apparently printed in sections at intervals during the 1850s and the completed sheets were at the binders when a fire on April 1 1 , 1856, destroyed them. The work commenced a second time in 1859. Although the title of this second, revised work is dated 1 8 6 1 , copies were not actually received at the State Department and distributed until 1873. Haskell (No. 80, p. 105) prints letters detailing the entire matter.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1862

309

No unofficial edition was published. However, two advance monographs (or as Haskell calls them, Pre-Prints) were issued. These are The Theory of the Winds (Philadelphia 1856) and (London i860). The Hydrography atlas was issued in 1850 (Vol. 1) and 1858 (Vol. 11); see Nos. 1798 and 2 3 0 1 . References: Haskell, 80. Copies: B P B M * . HarU. L C (2). Haskell records 33 copies.

1862 Alemanaka Keristiano Alemanaka Keristiano: I N o ka Makahiki o ko Haku o I Iesu Kristo I 1862. I [rule] I Ua haaia no ka Meridiana o Honolulu: I Lonitu, 1 5 7 0 48' 45" Komohana. I Latitu, 2 1 ° 1 8 ' 2 3 " Akau. I [rule] I [six-line quotation from Kekauna Xi/:i] I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha Baibala me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii Nei. I 1862.

2461

n m o . 18 x 1 1 . 3 cm ( H M C S ) . [1] title, [z] + 3 - 3 5 text and almanac, [36] calendar for 1 8 6 2 pp. There are 4 woodcuts of American farm scenes in the text.

The third, and last, of this series of almanacs. Articles warning about the use of "rama" (rum, or alcohol) are on pages 3 1 - 3 2 and 34, and similar strictures against the use of tobacco are on page 35. References: Butler, 6. Copies: A T L . B P B M * . GF. H H S (2)*, one is in pink printed wrappers, with pencil annotation on upper cover in hand of A. O. Forbes: "Prepared by Rev. A. O. Forbes." HarU. H M C S * . L C (2)*. N L C . UH.

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions The American Board and its Reviewers. I [From the Boston Review for May 1 8 6 2 ] I [text begins] I [Boston, 1862]

2462

8vo. 2 0 . 5 x 1 4 cm. Caption title, [ 1 ] + 2 - 2 6 text, [ 2 7 - 2 8 ] blank pp.

This article reviews the book Memorial Volume of the First Fifty Years of the American Board (Boston, 1862; see No. 2463), and three long articles that had appeared in the Christian Examiner (March 1862), the North American Review (April 1862), and the American Quarterly Church Review (Jan. 1862). References: None found. Copies: H M C S * .

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions Memorial Volume I of the I First Fifty Years I of the I American Board of Commissioners I for Foreign Missions. I [three-line quotation] I Fifth Edition. I Boston: I Published by the Board. I Missionary House, 33 Pemberton Square. I 1862. 8vo. 22.5 x 1 4 cm ( B P B M ) . [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and imprint, [iii] + iv-xiv contents, [1] + 2 - 4 0 1 text, [402] blank, [ 4 0 3 ] appendix half title, [404] blank, [405] + 4 0 6 - 4 4 6 appendix text, [447] + 4 4 8 - 4 6 4 index pp. With engraved frontispiece, "Deceased Secretaries of the American Board."

2463

310

186z

Hawaiian National Bibliography The text appears unaltered from the first (1861) edition. The Bishop Museum Library has a copy of this edition in full contemporary dark green morocco, extra gilt, and gilt edges, which appears to have been a presentation copy to some member of the Hawaiian royal family, probably Kamehameha IV. The presentation inscription is unfortunately now removed so the actual recipient cannot be determined. For the first edition, see No. 2419. References: Carter, p. 8 (the 1 8 6 1 edition). Hunnewell, p. 20. Copies: BPBM*.

2464

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions . . . I The Native Pastorate I an essential means of procuring I A Native Ministry. I [rule] I A Special Report, I read at the Annual Meeting of the Board held at Springfield, I Massachusetts, in October, 1862. I [rule] I [Boston, 1862?] 8vo. 23 x 14.3 cm (BPBM). Cover title, [1] + 2 - 7 text, [8] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, is: "American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions."

A primary concern of the American Board was to encourage self-supporting native pastorates in mission stations under its sponsorship. Rufus Anderson, one of the secretaries of the Board, addressed this unfulfilled objective at the annual meeting of the Board in October 1862: "Only thirty of the one hundred and seventy churches connected with the missions of this Board have native pastors. There are, as yet, none in our African, Syria and China missions. The Ceylon, Mahratta and Sandwich Islands missions have each four. The Madura mission has six; and there are eleven in the three missions to the Armenians of Turkey." A committee report of the Board on the same subject follows Anderson's remarks. References: Carter, p. 8. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-6-146)*. H M C S .

2465

Anonymous A Doomed People. In: Chamber's Journal. Edinburgh, pp. 3 7 2 - 3 7 5 . December 1 3 , 1862. 8vo.

An essay on the rapidly decreasing population of the Islands, apparently precipitated by a reading of Manley Hopkins' work on the Hawaiian Islands (see No. 2500). The author concludes: "It is sad to think that a few generations hence, such a people as Mr. Hopkins has described shall have 'faded away like a beautiful dream' from their island homes. But even now as we read Hawaii, it seems more like a fairy tale than the biography of a nation." This article was reprinted in the Eclectic Magazine (Boston), February 1864, pages 2 5 0 - 2 5 6 . A copy is in the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library. References: None found. Copies: BPBM (Carter 1 2 - C - 1 8 ) * . The N U C records over 1 0 0 holdings of this periodical.

2466

Butler, James V.C.J.S. I The I Most Rev'd Doctor James Butler's I Catechism, I revised, enlarged, improved, and recom- I mended by the four I R. C. Archbishop [s/c] of Ireland, I as a I general catechism. I [device of a chalice, cross, and crosier] I Honolulu, I Catholic Mission Press. I [rule] I 1862.

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

1862

311

u m o . 13.5 x 9 cm. [ 1 - 2 ] + 3 - 8 0 pp. A reprint of a well-known catechism written by the Archbishop of Cashel (fl. 1 7 7 4 1 7 9 1 ) . The National Union Catalogue lists a number of European and American editions, but not the Honolulu edition. The Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library also has a Honolulu 1 8 8 2 edition of 99 pages. References: Not in Streit and Dindinger. Not in Yzendoorn. Copies: HHS. HMCS*. LC*. Coan, Titus T h e Appropriate Duties of Christian Females, I In Public and Social Worship. I [rule] I An Essay, I read before the I Hawaiian Evangelical Association. I [rule] I By Rev. T. C o a n . I [rule] I Honolulu: I Published by request. I 1 8 6 2 .

2467

iimo. 19 x 1 2 cm. [1] title, [2] + 3 - 1 2 text pp. Rev. Coan proposes and answers the following inquiries: 1. May females take upon them the office of ordained ministers and pastors in the church? 2. In what ways may they exercise spiritual gifts in the interests of the Church? 3. How are we to understand the language of Paul in 1. Cor. 1 4 : 3 4 , and in 1. Tim. 2 : 1 1 , 1 2 "Let your women keep silence," etc. and "Let the women learn in silence," etc.? References: None found. Copies: BPBM (Missions Pam. 127)*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-144) (2)*, both in light blue printed wrappers. HHS. HMCS. Not found in the NUC. C o r w i n , Eli Loyalty, I T h e Duty of Every Subject. I [rule] I A Sermon preached by Rev. E. Corwin, I at the Fort Street Church, on I Sunday, M a y 4 , 1 8 6 2 . [Honolulu, 1 8 6 2 ]

2468

Broadside. Text in 3 columns. 48 x 25 cm. Rev. Corwin's remarks touch on the opening of the legislature during the week just passed, and he announces as his subject "the Christian Duty of Loyalty to the government under which we live." The text is preceded by a letter to Corwin from R . C. Wyllie, Charles R . Bishop, E. O. Hall, and six others, dated May 7th, requesting a copy of the Corwin's remarks for publication. References: Carter, p. 4 1 . Copies: HHS*. Not in the NUC. C o r w i n , Eli A Sermon on the Duties of Rulers. I Preached by Rev. E . Corwin, in Fort Street Church, Honolulu, Sunday, M a y n t h , 1 8 6 2 - Published by Request. I [Honolulu, 1862] Broadside. Text in double-column form. 56 x 17.5 cm. Reverend Corwin concludes this sermon: "With gratitude for the past and hope for the future, be this our utterance of piety and patriotism to-day: From every evil, physical

2469

312

i86z

Hawaiian National Bibliography and moral; from every calamity to person or to property; from every error in doctrine or practice, God save the people, and God save the King!" This was published as a supplement to the Polynesian of May 24, 1862. References: None found. Copies: H H S * . H M C S . Not in the N U C .

2470

Derby, Charles Greatest Attraction I Of the Season I [double rule] I Charles Derby . . . Proprietor I [double rule] I K A N A K A ! I D A N C I N G G I R L S I [double rule] I The Celebrated Sandwich Island I H U L A ! H U L A ! I [double rule] I Ladies Prohibited I [double rule] I First Time in California I [double rule] I The Wonderful Performers will make their First Appearance on I [two blank lines to be filled in] I [triple rule] I This Troupe of Hawaiians consists of the following: I Wahines or Dancing Girls: I Hoo-kie-kie and Keo-ho-hi-na. I [rule] I Kanaka drummers and chanters. I Ka-naau, I Kaa-mo-ku, Na-o-ni-hi-ni-hi, Ne-wa, Ka-i-li. I [double rule] Part 1. I Pule ia Laka ke Akua ! I Prayer to the Hawaiian Deity who presides over Dancing I Hula Paipu ! I Ke hokikii mai nei ke opua Lani I Chant and Drummin [sic] I Chant ! I Look on us Oh ! Cloud from Heaven! I [rule] I Hula ! Olapa ! I Dancing Girls enter and go through the I K U A L O L O A ! I [rule] I Part 11. I Puili or the Bamboo Dance I [rule] I Hula Kii I or the I Dance of the Puppits [sic] I [double rule] I Hele mai hookahi ! hele mai a pau, I a nana i ka poe Hawaii, [rule] I Admission - Fifty Cents. I [Honolulu? 1862] Broadside. 4 0 lines of text. 46 x 1 5 . 5 cm.

In 1862 Charles Derby, the proprietor of the Hawaiian (or Royal Hawaiian) Theater in Honolulu, took a troupe of hula performers to California. This is the theater bill printed for the occasion, with several blank lines in the center to be filled in announcing the times and places of the next performance. It is highly doubtful that such a public performance would have been allowed in Honolulu at this date. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M - 4 8 5 ) * .

2471

Hawaii. Kingdom. Constitution [Communicated] I P R O J E T [sic] Of [the] Constitution Prepared by Mr. Wyllie, and Translated by His Royal Highness Prince Liholiho, which the I late King was willing to Grant to His People, in lieu of I the Constitution Reported by the three Commissioners. I [text begins] I [Honolulu July 5, 1862.] Broadside. Text in English, printed in 4 columns on one side of a sheet. 55.5 x 32.5 cm.

A proposed constitution written during the reign of Kamehameha III, but not acted on at that time. This document is an offprint from the Polynesian of Saturday, July 5, 1862. It contains 129 numbered paragraphs, followed by a short paragraph, "Explanation of the Marginal Notes," signed by Robert C. Wyllie and dated Foreign Office, July 1862. Immediately following the proposed constitution is an explanatory article entitled "Editorial Remarks," dated June 30, 1862, which states: At the time of the adoption of the present Constitution of the Hawaiian Kingdom [1852] it was well known that another projet of a constitution had been drawn up by Mr. Wyllie. As it differed in many points essentially from that proposed by the Commissioners and finally agreed to by the Legislature, and as the public never had an

GREATEST ATTRACTION CHABXPS P C R B Y • •

• • •• • F r o p r t o t o r

ICHB BIRL

Ytir iHKt-Witl^A S k « 4 k V A 1 « 1 m A H

I

L

F I R S T

A

!

TIMI:

Star ì t a M V

I I I

IX

tj^tn/Üh

WR

I

,

A

!

< A L I F « B B I ifri--

a*

:

TW» Twif» M W i l l i » I . « i a t i • < is« M M « B f

wÀHis'Kn W Msi iso ùWi f:; lloo-kie-ki«* ami Keo-ho-hl-na. kanaka {»SI W>!8R& * MI iHiiSrnHUf;» ka-na-au, Kaa-mo'ku, | >a-o-ni-hi-ui-lii, ISe-wu, Ka-i-ii.

PARTI.

Pule ia Laka ke Akua ! w ifii ìH*w*a»« ÌW^

H k c

U

L

faookikii

A

furwÜM »*rf fteiNéttg

* * / % I Ì F » l J

inai nei k e o p i a

! Laiii

"Greatest Attraction . . . Kanaka Dancing Girls," San Francisco, 1862 [see No. 2470], is an advertisement announcing a traveling show. Courtesy H a w a i i State Archives

314

i86z

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

opportunity of seeing wherein it differed, and whether for better or worse, it has been communicated to us for publication. On one of the retained Foreign Office copies, Wyllie has annotated on the verso: "Mr. Wyllie's 'Project' of a new Constitution, prepared at the request of King Kamehameha III and of Judge Lee in 1852." References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (3)*. AH (Kahn)*. H H S ( 4 ) * . PC.

2472

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of

Education

Bienniel [sic] Report I of the President of the I Board of Education, I to the I Legislature of 1862. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862] 8vo. 2.3.5 x 14-3 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2-2,7 text, [28] blank pp. With 4 folding statistical tables at end. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. Eighth year."

Mataio Kekuanaoa discusses common schools and teachers, school houses, and school books. Regarding the latter, he reports that there had been "considerable complaint from teachers that many of their scholars are without books." Part of this he attributes to indifference and to the poverty of their parents, but says that there has been some improvement in the matter. Further paragraphs provide résumés of the Lahainaluna Seminary, the Royal School, and the Honolulu Free School. Comments on "English Schools for Native Children" (pp. 12-17) a r e followed by those on "Family Schools for Native Girls" (pp. 17-18) and "Schools and Colleges not under Government Care." The latter includes the Ahuimanu College. A report on Ka Hae Hawaii (a newspaper published by the Board of Education) is followed by tables of statistics derived from several censuses of the Islands. The tables give statistics of government schools for i 8 6 0 and 1861 and a census table of the Hawaiian Islands for i 8 6 0 . A Hawaiian-language edition of this report was also printed and issued. Unfortunately the only copy known (Hawaii State Archives) was not located at the time of this compilation. References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: A H * . AH (Kahn)*. B P B M (Carter 3-B-141)*. B P B M * . B P B M (Carter 3 - D - 1 0 4 ) * . HHS*. HMCS*.

2473

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of

Finance

Report I of the I Minister of Finance, I to the I Legislature of 1862. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862] 8vo. 2.4 x 14 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 3 report, [14] blank, 1 5 - 2 3 tables, [24] blank pp. With 3 folding tables, 1 at p. 15, and 2 at end of text. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. - Eighth Year."

This report of the Minister of Finance, David L. Gregg, dated May 1, 1862, lists receipts and expenditures of all government departments for i 8 6 0 , 1861, and part of 1862. Gregg's remarks concerning exports include mention of markets in British Columbia, and products such as "Pulu," rice, and sugar. The folding tables are tables A and B: "Estimated expenditures for the fiscal years 1862 and 1863" (at p. 15); table C: "Comparative Statement of Commercial and Marine Trans-

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1862

315

actions"; and combined tables D and E: "Comprehensive Summary of the Jobbing Prices &c." (at end). References: Carter, p. 62. Tice Phillips, 32. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*, one is in C. R. Bishop bound set of reports. BPBM (Carter 3-B-145)*. HHS*. H M C S * , with folding table D in Hawaiian.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Affairs Biennial Report I of the I Minister of Foreign Affairs I to the I Legislature of 1862. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862]

2474

8vo. 23.5 x 14 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2-23 report, [24] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. - Eighth Year."

The Minister of Foreign Affairs, Robert C. Wyllie, discusses the accreditation of Sir John Bowring for a diplomatic mission on behalf of the Hawaiian government, as well as diplomatic matters with various nations. The report is dated Foreign Office, May 10, 1862.. References: Carter, p. 66. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-143) (2)*. HHS*. HMCS*. YU.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office C I R C U L A R . I [rule] I Honolulu, 23d August, 1862. I Sir:- I In the discharge of my duty to the King, and for the information I of your government, I have the honor to make known to you that I early this morning the Physicians having reported the Prince of I Hawaii to be in imminent danger, His Royal Highness was baptized, I under the names of Albert Edward Kauikeaouli Leiopapa o [sic] Kame- I hameha; that his Godmother was Her Most Excellent Majesty, the I Queen of Great Britain, represented by Mrs. Synge, as Her Majesty's I Proxy; and that the Godfathers were His Royal Highness the Prince I of Wales - represented as Proxy by Her Britannic Majesty's repre- I sentative Mr. Synge - and His Royal Highness Prince Kamehameha. I Although the sudden emergency precluded all preparations of I State, the Sacrament was administered as prescribed in the Episcopal I Liturgy, with great solemnity and deep emotion, in presence of their I Majesties the King and Queen . . . [signed] Your most obedient humble servant, I R. C. Wyllie.

2475

Circular. 29 lines of text, printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 31 x 19.5 cm.

This sobering announcement was also published under "By Authority" in the Polynesian of August 30, 1863. As it appeared in the newspaper after the prince's death, there are printed with it letters of condolence. It was also reprinted from the Polynesian in broadside form (38.5 x 14 cm), with the whole text surrounded by a black mourning rule. A copy of this issue is in the Hawaii State Archives, F.O. & Ex. broadsides collection. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (2)*. AH (Broadsides—misc.)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Affairs Supplement I To the Biennial Report of the Minister of Foreign Affairs to the Legis- I lature of 1862. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862] 8vo. 23 x 13.8 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2-8 text pp.

2476

316

18 62

Hawaiian National Bibliography This supplement includes tables of exports and imports, and lists of diplomatic officials and agents abroad, and those residing in Hawaii. References: Carter, p. 66. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 3 - B - i 4 3 a ) (4)*. HHS*.

2477

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office Table I of I Consular Grievances, I 1 8 4 3 - 1 8 4 6 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862] 8vo. 2,3.5

x I4 c m

(BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - r z o text pp.

In February 1846, by request of Kamehameha III, the legislature addressed a letter to Robert C. Wyllie, requesting him to provide "a statement of all cases of foreigners taken up as grievances on grounds whereon to claim pecuniary damages, from the date of the appointment of Mr. Judd as Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, distinguishing the cases of different nations, stating the amount claimed, arranging the cases tabularly, according to their dates, and succinctly the present state of each case." This contains Wyllie's report on the subject, dated March 19, 1846, and gives summaries of 50 American, 42 British, 25 French, and 3 Peruvian cases. Some of the American and British cases had resulted in printed reports of the proceedings being issued by the Hawaiian government during 1844-1846. The French cases include a letter from the French Protectorate of Tahiti regarding Queen Pomare's Letter to the King of the French that had been published in the Polynesian (see No. 1508); a complaint from Father Maigret regarding a schoolmaster in Waimanalo; and an application to the Hawaiian government dated February 28, 1845, regarding French whaleships at Lahaina. Although the report was completed in 1847, it was not published until 1862. An explanatory note by Wyllie on the last page, dated Foreign Office, August 1862, states: What the Legislature of 1846 desired to know was, why it was that nearly the whole time of the Minister of Foreign Relations and of the King and His Cabinet during the years 1844 and 1845, had been occupied with the complaints of Foreign Consuls, to the great prejudice of the efficiency of the Government and the national welfare. The Legislature of 1846 ordered the table to be printed, as a national record, but [its publication] was postponed out of respect for private feelings. References: Carter, p. 39. Copies: AH. BPBM (2)*. HHS*. H M C S * . UH.

2478

Hawaii. Kingdom. Interior Department Biennial Report I of the I Minister of the Interior I to the I Legislature of 1862. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862] 8vo. 23 x 14.3 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 8 report, [9] + 1 0 - 1 8 appendix text, [19-22] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV- Eighth Year."

A report by Prince Lot Kamehameha, dated April 20, 1862. This has a summary account of receipts and expenditures, and comments on the Government Press, the naturalization of foreigners, the Post Office, and the Land Office. There are longer reports on "Public Improvements" (including the new water works), road improvements, the Board of Health, and the Queen's Hospital. The appendix has reports to the minister from the Post Office (A. K. Clark), March 3 1 , 1 8 6 2 ; the Road Supervisor (George H. Luce); the Sheriff of Oahu (Jno. H. Brown); the Board of Health (Dr. Robert McKibbin); and the Queen's

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1862

317

Hospital (J. W. Austin). Tables showing receipts and expenses of each department are included. This was the last report of the Minister of the Interior to be separately published and issued until 1880. In the interim, abbreviated reports of this department were published with those of the Minister of Finance, and in the newspapers of the day. References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: AH*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-149) (2)*, one copy has an annotation: "Reed . . . 30th May, 1862, from Prince Kamehameha." HHS*. H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of the Interior Palapala Hoike I a ke I Kuhina Kalaiaina I i ka Ahaolelo no ka Makahiki 1862. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862]

2479

8vo. 24 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 6 report, [7] + 8 - 1 4 appendix, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Ka Noho Alii Ana o Kamehameha IV! I Ka Makahiki Awalu."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2478. References: None found. Copies: AH*. BPBM*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Interior Department [double rule] I By Authority. I [double rule] I P R O C L A M A T I O N ! I Whereas, On the 15th day of April, 1862, Pal- I myra Island, in latitude 5 0 5 0 ' North, and I longitude 1 6 1 0 53' West, was taken possession of, with the usual I formalities, by Captain Zenas Bent, he being duly au- I thorized to do so, in the name of Kamehameha IV, I King of the Hawaiian Islands. Therefore, this is to I give notice, that the said island, so taken possession of, I is henceforth to be considered and respected as part of I the Domain of the King of the Hawaiian Islands. I L. Kamehameha, I Minister of Interior. I Department of the Interior, June 18, 1862.

2480

Broadside. 14 lines of text. 13.5 x 8.8 cm.

The Hawaiian annexation of Palmyra Island, now officially a part of the City and County of Honolulu. Captain Zenas Bent's report to Prince Lot Kamehameha, Minister of the Interior, published in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser of June 2 1 , 1862, states: Sir: In pursuance of the authority granted to me by His Majesty Kamehameha IV, on the first day of March a . d . 1 8 6 2 , 1 took possession of Palmyra Island, in the name of His Majesty; and according to my instructions, I erected on the island a pole, with the Hawaiian Flag wrapped round it; and I interred at the foot of it a bottle, well corked, containing a paper signed by me, in the following form: This island is taken possession of by order of His Majesty King Kamehameha IV, for him and his successors on the Hawaiian throne, by the undersigned, in the schooner Louise, this 15th day of April, a . d . 1862. Zenas Bent. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Interior) (3)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Laws I of His Majesty I Kamehameha IV, I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I passed by the Nobles and Representatives I at their session, I 1862. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by order of the Government. I 1862.

2481

318

186z Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 22.5 x 13.5 cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 4 5 . Session Laws and Appropriation Bill, [46] blank, [47] Index, [48] blank pp.

Many of the laws consist of amendments made to the civil code. Others regard the promotion of interisland communication, the "vending of Wines, Ales and other Spirituous Liquors," provision for the appointment of boundary commissioners, establishment of an insane asylum, and the endowment of three scholarships for Oahu College at Punahou. An important result of this session was the act "for the Appointment of an Attorney General," dated June 30, 1862 (pp. 14-16). The appropriation bill for 1862-1863 is found on pages 36-45. References: Carter, p. 108. Hunnewell, p. 47. Judd, p. 4 (lists 4 copies). Copies: AH (2)*, both with cloth spines and plain paper covered boards with "Session Laws 1 8 6 2 " on upper covers. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*, one is the Kaiulani/Cleghorn copy; the second copy has the Kalakaua-Hale Naua bookplate. BPBM (Carter). HHS* HMCS*, with a Kalakaua-Hale Naua bookplate.

2482

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes 0 na Kanawai I o ka Moi I Kamehameha IV., I ke Alii o ko Hawaii Pae Aina. I 1 kauia e na I Alii Ahaolelo a me ka Poeikohoia, I iloko o ka Ahaolelo I o ka I makahiki 1862. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia mamuli o ke Kauoha a ke Aupuni. I 1862. 8vo. 25.5 x 16 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). [1] title, [2] + 3-44 Na Kanawai (Laws) [and] Bila Haawina (Appropriation bill), [45] Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [46] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2481. References: Hunnewell, p. 47. Judd, p. 4 (lists 4 copies). Copies: AH (bound laws, 1860-1882)*. BPBM*. HHS*. 2483

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature Appropriation Bill for 1862 and 1863. I [double rule] I Be it Enacted, By the King, the Nobles and Representa- I tives of the Hawaiian Islands, in Legislative Council as- I sembled: I [text continues] I [signed at end:] Approved this 23rd day of August, A.D. 1862. I Kamehameha [and] Kaahumanu. [Honolulu. 1862] Broadside. Text in double-column form, with caption title running across top. 45 x 15 cm.

This document lists appropriations for the civil list, and for all governmental departments, amounting in total to $496,286.62. In the second column, under the heading "Miscellaneous Expenditures," is found: "For temporary provision for L. Andrews, to be paid monthly . . . $2,000." Separated by other appropriations, there is also found the following: "[For] the purpose of securing the speedy publication of the Dictionary prepared by the Hon. and Rev. Lorrin Andrews; provided that the expenditure of the aforesaid sum shall be within the discretion of the Board of Education . .. $1,500.00." These two appropriations allowed Andrews to complete work on his dictionary of the Hawaiian language and provided money for publishing it. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (2)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1862

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Legislature Estimated Expenditures for the Fiscal Years 1 8 6 2 and 1 8 6 3 . I [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 6 2 ]

319

2484

Broadside. Text in double-column form, with a caption title running across both columns. 55 x 25.5 cm.

A draft text printed for consideration by the legislature. It contains the estimated appropriations for the years 1 8 6 2 - 1 8 6 4 a n d is not therefore signed as "Approved" by the King and Kuhina Nui. The text begins: "Section 1. That the following sums, amounting to $488,727.95 be and are hereby appropriated out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated . . . commencing with April 1st, 1862 and ending with March 3 1 , 1864." With respect to Lorrin Andrews, a pension of $ 2 , 0 0 0 , to be paid monthly" shows up, but there is no mention of an appropriation to publish the dictionary. One of the copies in the Hawaii State Archives lacks the caption title as above. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (3)*.

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Legislature. Committee on Appropriations R E P O R T S I Of the Special Committee appointed by the House of N o - I bles to consider and examine the Appropriation Bill I received from the Honorable House of Representatives: I [text begins] I [signed at end:] R . C . Wyllie, House of Nobles, 7th July, 1 8 6 2 . [Honolulu, 1 8 6 2 ]

2485

Broadside. Text in 4 columns, each divided by a rule. 54 x 27 cm.

Wyllie's report, which includes a list of appropriations and amounts, is followed by an "exhibit" or box of statistics compiled by Wyllie, and a letter from the "Committee to whom, on the 3rd instant, was referred the Biennial Bill of Appropriations for 1 8 6 2 - 3 . " This is signed by Prince Lot Kamehameha and the Honorable Paul Nahaolelua. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. &C Ex.) (3)*.

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Legislature. Finance Committee F I N A N C I A L S T A T I S T I C S , C O R R E S P O N D E N C E A N D R E P O R T S . I (Printed by Order of the House of Representatives.) I [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 6 2 ] Broadside. Caption title and text in 7 columns. 61 x 51.5 cm.

The tables of statistics include separate tables of "Corrected Statistics" and are followed by "Correspondence," including two letters from David L. Gregg, the Minister of Finance, dated August 1 , 1862. An answer of the same date from the Finance Committee (John O. Dominis and Stephen Spencer) follows. Two reports of the Finance Committee seriously question the propriety of public money being appropriated by the Privy Council and contain a detailed inquiry as to the many other discrepancies in the accounting between the two reports. In their summation the committee members clearly express their displeasure. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—Finance)*.

2486

Hawaiian National Bibliography

320

i86z

2487

Hawaii. Kingdom. Royal Family The 20th of M a y - Birthday of His I R. H. the Prince of Hawaii. - On Tues- I day last, the young Prince, the Hope of Hawaii Nei, at- I tained his fourth year; and in honor of the day, Hono- I lulu presented the holiday and festival appearance I which gives it such a charm to the beholder, [text continues] [Honolulu, 1862] Broadside. Text in double columns. 19 x 13 cm.

This sheet describes a procession to the Palace by the newly organized Hawaiian Cavalry, the Honolulu Rifles, and the "Engine Company No. 4, of which the young Prince is a member." It includes an address by the Queen to the "Gentlemen Volunteers," and a reply by Lieut. C. H. Judd on behalf of the corps. There are also addresses from the House of Nobles and the House of Representatives on the occasion. This is an offprint from a newspaper (probably the Polynesian), but with the text partially reset in the present form. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (3)*.

2488

Hawaii. Kingdom. Royal Family D E A T H OF H . R . H . I P R I N C E A L B E R T OF HAWAII! I [rule] I It is with feelings of unutterable sorrow that we I record the sad event, that has spread grief in every I heart and gloom over the land - the demise of his I Royal Highness, Albert Edward Kauikeaouli Leiopapa a Kamehameha, Prince of Hawaii, the I only child of their Majesties Kamehameha IV and I Queen Emma, on the 27th inst., at 8 o'clock in the I morning, from inflammation of the brain, after a sickness of nine days. I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1862] Broadside. Text in double-column form surrounded by a heavy black rule. 39 x 13.5 cm.

The Prince of Hawaii, as he was generally known, was born in Honolulu on May 20, 1858, and had "attained 4 years, 3 months and 7 days at his death," which occurred August 27, 1862. This obituary describes him as "Lovely in his appearance, with delicately formed features and bright, intelligent, meditative eyes." The child's terminating illness is described, as is his baptism "on Saturday last: according to the English Episcopal liturgy, . . . his sponsors being Her Majesty Queen Victoria of England, the Prince of Wales, and Prince L. Kamehameha, the first represented by Mrs. Synge, the lady of the British Commissioner and Consul General, and the second by Mr. Synge." Details of the lying in state in the reception room of the palace are included. This is an offprint from the Polynesian of Saturday, August 30, 1862, with the text repositioned and the whole surrounded by a heavy black rule. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

2489

Hawaii. Kingdom. Royal Family C O U R T C I R C U L A R . I [rule] I The Chamberlain has received His Majesty's com- I mand to direct that the Court go into Mourning for I His late Royal Highness, Albert Edward Kauikeao- I uli Leiopapa a Kamehameha, Prince of Hawaii, for I three months from the 7th inst. I . . . I [text in Hawaiian begins:] Ua kauohaia ka Puuku o ka Moi, e hai aku i na 'Lii I a me na mea a pau i pili Alii, i ke kanikau i kauoha ia I no ka Mea Kiekie, Albert Edward Kauikeaouli Lei- I opapa a Kamehameha, Haku o Hawaii, no na mahina I ekolu mai ka la 7 aku o keia malama. I [text continues in English] I [Honolulu, 1862]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1862.

321

Broadside. Text in double-column form, divided by a vertical rule, all text surrounded by a heavy black rule. 54.5 x 1 4 cm.

This circular contains specifications for mourning. "The Mourning for Ladies will be black, with white weepers; that is, a band of fine white linen, three inches broad, on the cuffs of the sleeves and on the collar covered with crape. The Mourning for Gentlemen in full dress, will be crape on the hat, with weepers on the sleeves of the coat as above." Following this are official letters from the resident consular representatives of Russia (J. C. Pfluger); Sweden and Norway (also J. C. Pfluger; Hanover (Herman von Holt); Peru (J. C. Spalding); and Chile (D. C. Waterman). There are similar letters of condolence from "The Prince of Hawaii's Own," the Fire Department, the Honolulu Rifles, and from foreign residents. This circular is an offprint from the Polynesian of Saturday, September 6, 1862, with the text repositioned and within heavy mourning rules. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Biennial Report I of the I Chief Justice of the Supreme Court I to the I Legislature of 1862. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862]

2490

8vo. z o x 1 3 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2 . - 1 1 text, [ 1 2 ] blank pp. Above the title appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. - Eighth Year."

Judge Allen's report for the years i860 and 1861 announces that "the vices of drunkenness and unchastity, which have done such fearful mischief to this people, have materially diminished." He reminds the legislators of the need for governmental retrenchment, and he discusses desired improvements for legislative action. Matters found in reports of the various attorneys general are also mentioned. Tables of "crimes and offenses" follow. Many of these are predictable, but among the tables there are recorded five convictions in i860 for "practicing Hula" on Kauai and Niihau (none so convicted on the other islands), and 13 convictions for "libidinous solicitations" on Hawaii during 1859. Maui convictions include nine for "cattle stealing," and one for "dastardly conduct" during the 1859-1860 period. References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: A H * . H H S * . H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Palapala Hoike I a ke I Lunakanawai Kiekie I no na Makahiki Elua I i ka Ahaolelo no 1862. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862]

2491

8vo. 23 x 1 4 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2 . - 1 0 text pp. Above the title appears: " K a Noho Alii Ana o Kamehameha IV. I Ka Makahiki Awalu."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2490. References: None found. Copies: A H * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Treaty with the Netherlands Zitting 1 8 6 2 - 1 8 6 3 . • (LXXVIII.) I [double rule] I Goedkeuring van eenige bepalingen van het ver- I drag van vriendschap, handel en scheepvaart I tusschen Nederland en de Hawaii-eilanden. I [rule] I O V E R E E N K O M S T . I [rule] I No. 4. I [double rule] I [text in Dutch begins:] Zijne Majesteit de Koning der Nederlanden,

2492

322

i862

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

ter, eener, I en Zijne Majesteit de Koning der Hawaii-eilanden, ter I anderer zijde, wenschende door een tractaat van vriend- I schap, handel en scheepvaart de groede verstandhouding I tusschen de beide koningrijken, en de handelsbetrekkin- I gen tusschen hunne wederzijdsche onderdanen te ver- I zekeren, hebben tot dat einde tot hunne gevolmagtigden I benoemd: I . . . I [text in English begins:] His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, on the one I part, and His Majesty the King of the Hawaiian Is -1 lands, on the other part, desiring bij [sic; by] a treaty of I friendship, commerce and navigation to secure amicable I relations between the two kingdoms, and commercial intercourse between their respective subjects, have to I this end named for their plenipotentiaries . . . I Done at the Hague, this sixteenth day of October in I the year one thousand eight hundred and sixty two. I [signed] P. Van der Maesen de Sombreff, G. H. Betz, John Bowring. 4to. 34.5 x 12.5 cm. [1] + 2 - 3 text, [4] blank pp. Text in double-column form with Dutch on the left and English on the right.

The plenipotentiaries named here are (for the King of the Netherlands) Paul van der Maesen de Sombreff, Minister of Foreign Affairs, and Gerardus Henri Betz, Minister of Finance; and (for the King of Hawaii) Sir John Bowring. The copy in the Hawaii State Archives (Foreign Office file) is a draft with numerous additions in red ink, typographical errors corrected in manuscript, and occasional words or lines of text crossed off. On the verso is Wyllie's annotation: " 1 8 6 2 . Printed Copy of Dutch Treaty, 1 6 October." References: The full text is printed in Treaties and Conventions Concluded between the Hawaiian Kingdom and other powers since 1825 (Honolulu, 1887, pp. 7 9 - 8 1 ) . Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

2493

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Secretary at War Biennial Report I of the Secretary at War I to the I Legislature of 1 8 6 2 . I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 6 2 ] 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [i] + 2-8 text pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of Kamehameha IV. - Eighth Year."

This report by R. C. Wyllie, dated "Office of the Department of War, 26th April, 1 8 6 2 , " shows total expenditures by this department at $ 4 0 , 1 6 5 . 9 3 . Wyllie requests an appropriation of $47,057.95. Some copies examined have a half-page insert supplement by Wyllie, dated "Office of the Department of War, roth August, 1 8 6 2 , " stating that "his Royal Highness has prepared an important Act, placing the Department of War under a better organization and regulating the whole military forces of the Kingdom." References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-142)*.

2494

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Secretary at War Palapala Hoike I a ke I Kuhina Kaua I no na Makahiki Elua I i ka Ahaolelo no 1 8 6 2 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 6 2 ] 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 7 text, [8] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2493. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1862

H a w a i i a n Evangelical Association Minutes I of I The Meeting I of the I Hawaiian Evangelical Association, I held at Honolulu, I May, 1 8 6 2 . I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by Henry M.Whitney. I 1 8 6 2 .

323 2495

i2,mo. 18.5 x 11.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2.] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 0 text, [31-32] blank pp. This report contains abstracts of reports from stations and church districts. School reports include those on Lahainaluna, the Hilo Boarding School, and the Waioli Select School. Station reports from native Hawaiian pastors include those from Honuaula (S. W. Nueku) and Kaanapali (J. H. Moku). A report of the book department is followed by a table of church statistics. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS. HMCS*. The Hawaiian Hymnal The I Hawaiian Hymnal, I being I Hymns I for the Diocese of I Honolulu. I [rule] I "Let every thing that hath breath Praise the L o r d . " I [rule] I Honolulu: I 1 8 6 2 .

2496

i6mo. 14.8 x 9 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Note, [4] Imprimateur, signed T. N. Honolulu, [5] + 6-63 Hymns Part 1, [64] blank, [65] + 66-109 Hymns Part 11, [110] blank, i n + 1 1 2 - 2 3 1 Hymns Part in, [232] blank, [233] + 234-243 Hymns for Children, [244] blank, 245-253 Index pp. The first hymnal printed for use in the Anglican Churches of Hawaii. The text contains 2 1 1 numbered hymns, all in English. The note on page 3 says: "The Hawaiian Hymnal will be published in three parts: Part 1 contains Hymns for use from Advent to Lent; Part 11, from Lent to Trinity; Part 111, from Trinity to Advent." The Polynesian of November 29, 1862, carried a notice: " N o w ready Published this day, the first part of the HAWAIIAN H Y M N A L . May be had at the Polynesian Office. Price 25 cents. This part contains the hymns in use in the Diocese of Honolulu for the services from Advent to Lent." I have not found notices regarding the publication of subsequent parts. References: Damon, Ethel M., Na Himeni Hawaii. A record of hymns in the Hawaiian Language (Honolulu, Star Bulletin Press, 1935). Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*, one is in contemporary full red straight-grain morocco; the second is in contemporary brown cloth spine and light green paper covered boards, no title on spine. HHS*, Queen Emma's copy in full red straight-grain morocco. T h e H a w a i i a n Islands The Hawaiian Islands. In: The Eclectic Magazine. Vol. 57, pp. 3 1 7 - 3 2 6 . Boston, November 1 8 6 2 . 8vo. 24 x 16.5 cm (HMCS). An article of a general nature. Particular attention has been paid to Manley Hopkins' Hawaii (1862; see No. 2 5 0 0 ) , the writer calling it "a creditable compendium of all that has been written of late years upon the subject." There are additional (credited) excerpts from the published accounts of James J. Jarves and Rev. Henry T. Cheever. This article is a reprint from the London Quarterly (exact date unknown to me). References: None found. Copies: HMCS (Hawaiiana, Vol. 4, pp. 617-626)*.

2497

Hawaiian National Bibliography

324

i862

2498

He Ui n o ke Akua He I Ui no ke Akua, I a me I na Kanaka: I ua kupono i na kanaka makua a me na kamalii. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e ka Poe Hoolaha Baibala me na Palapala e ae o Hawaii. I 1862. izmo. 18.5 x 10.5 cm. [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 5 2 text pp.

Title: An inquiry on God and man; suitable for adults and children. A catechism published by the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society. The colophon reads: "1st. Ed. A[merican] B[ible Society] - 5,000. 2d. Ed. A[merican] T[ract Society] 1 0 , 0 0 0 . 3d. Ed. A[merican] B[ible Society] - 5,000. 4th Ed. A[merican] Bfible Society] - 5,000. 5th. Ed. A[merican] B[ible Society] - 5,000." This is the fifth edition. The 1863 Hawaiian Evangelical Association report states: "The only Hawaiian work printed by the Mission the past year is the Ui, or Catechism, with proof texts added by Mr. Parker." A table of printing in the 1864 report of that organization lists the edition as 3 0 , 0 0 0 copies. This is a total of all the several editions combined. For the first (1848) edition, see No. 1695. References: Butler, 32. Judd and Bell, 392. Minutes of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (Honolulu, 1863), p. 27; (Honolulu, 1864), p. 17; see typescript translation by Henry P. Judd in HMCS collection. Copies: HarU. HHS (2)*, in plain buff colored wrappers. H M C S * .

2499

The Honolulu Merchants' Looking Glass The I Honolulu Merchants' I Looking Glass. I [rule] I To see themselves as others see I them. [San Francisco, 1862] i6mo. 14.5 x 9.5 cm. [1] title, [2] preface, [3] + 4 - 1 8 text pp. Title and all text within rule lines; wrapper title repeats main title.

A celebrated pamphlet that lampooned various Honolulu merchants and prominent citizens of the day, and gave readers a fascinating estimate of the fortune of each. It was printed in San Francisco, shipped to Honolulu on the Comet (which arrived Jan. 1,1863), and surreptitiously distributed house to house that evening. Due to the nature of the work, it was received with either amusement or consternation. Most copies were soon discarded, with the result that copies are of the greatest rarity. An example of one of the entries gives a good idea as to the nature of its contents: Wm. Stott—$30,000. An American by birth and a retired ship-master. Has resided in these islands for the past ten years. Is well off, and it is said would not scruple to make money in most any way that would offer. Is notorious for his great size, weighing somewhere about 300 pounds, and for making disagreeable remarks about his neighbors . . . . Has a weakness for attending native feasts, and admiring native dancing girls. Other subjects include Charles R. Bishop, Charles Brewer & Co., Castle & Cooke, Samuel Dowsett, William L. Green, Henry and John Hackfeld, E. O. Hall, G. P. Judd, Charles Pflueger, James Robinson, Thomas Spencer, John T. Waterhouse, Dr. Robert W. Wood, and Robert C. Wyllie. The editor of the Pacific Commercial Advertiser of January 8, 1863, commented: MOST CONTEMPTIBLE. Honolulu is periodically disturbed with some new scandal, that serves as gossip for our community . . . . The last apple of discord comes in the form of a pamphlet of some twenty pages, entitled The Honolulu Merchants' Looking-Glass . . . . It made its appearance the day after the arrival of the Comet, and

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1862

325

during the night following, a number of copies were distributed among town, some thrown into the premises of foreign residents, or left at the doors of stores. . . . it was evidently . . . printed . . . at some newspaper office at the coast. The author, in his preface, admits that his object is to injure others, but hopes that the wounds inflicted may heal soon, and that the parties will learn to mind their own business, and not meddle with that of others. Short biographical sketches are given of some thirty-five of our prominent foreign residents . . . . These sketches are written for the most part rather good-naturedly, with the prominent traits of each one, and his supposed money value, being stated, with disparaging or eulogistic comments, as the authors fancy dictated. . . . Those who have been specially singled out as the objects of attack will probably take some steps to ferret out the author, and we trust they may be successful. The editor of the Polynesian (Jan. 1 0 , 1863) called the pamphlet "grossly malicious, incorrect and insulting." The author was not publicly identified until early in the twentieth century. An annotation made by George R. Carter and attached to his copy (HMCS) states the following: Nov. 29, 1 9 1 3 . At a luncheon given by H. F. Hackfeld for Conrad Glade at the Pacific Club, P. C. Jones said this booklet was published by P. S. Wilcox of Wilcox & Richards when he (P. C.J.) was their bookkeeper. At [the] suggestion of Wilcox it was written by Widderfield, printed for Wilcox in S. F., sent down on the "Comet" and Wilcox delivered it in person at night by placing a copy at each doorway in town. G.R.C. Copies have been recorded in which the offending passage was removed by its recipient or owner. There were later editions. I once examined a reprint that had apparently been published about 1897 by the Hobron Drug Store of Honolulu, no copies of which can now be traced. Sometime early in the twentieth century a facsimile was also produced by an unknown person and without authorization, on the Bishop Museum Press. Sir Peter Buck informed the late Aubrey P. Janion, who owned one of these, that the edition was fifty copies and that it had been suppressed. As of this writing, only three copies of this later reprint are known. References: Carter, pp. 118 and 125. See also Thrum's Hawaiian Annual for 1932, p. 48. Copies of the original edition: HMCS*, Governor Carter's copy. Copies of the Bishop Museum edition: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. P C 1 , Aubrey Janion's copy.

Hopkins, Manley Hawaii: I the Past, Present, and Future of I its Island Kingdom. I An Historical account of the Sandwich Islands (Polynesia). I By Manley Hopkins, I Hawaiian Consul-General, etc. I With a preface by the Bishop of Oxford. I [pictorial vignette, titled below: "Cascade in the Waialua Valley"] I London: I Longman, Green, and Roberts. I 1862. 8vo. 19.5 x 12 cm. [i-ii] blank, [iii] half title, [iv] blank, [v] title, [vi] Imprint, [vii] Dedication, [viii] blank, [ix] + x-xiii Preface by the Bishop of Oxford, Cuddesdon Palace, May 24, 1862, [xiv] blank, [xv] + xvi-xix Author's Preface, [xx] blank, [xxi] + xxii-xxiii Contents, [xxiv] List of Illustrations, [1] + 2 - 4 1 1 text, [412] blank, 4 1 3 - 4 2 3 Appendix "The Coral Islands," [424] blank pp. With folding map "The Hawaiian Archipelago 1 8 6 2 " at first text page. Frontispiece lithograph portrait of Kamehameha IV, lithograph portrait of Queen Emma at p. 322, 5 inserted wood-engraved plates, and 2 text vignettes. Bound in green glazed cloth, gilt, with vignette of palm tree, Hawaiian crown, and motto "Depessa Resurgo" on upper cover.

A history of Hawaii from an English perspective, written by the Hawaiian Consul in London. Hopkins commences with a chapter on the traditional history of the Islands,

2500

326

1862.

Hawaiian National Bibliography then writes about Captain Cook's visit, and the "tragedy at Kealakekua." He gives a summary of subsequent visits by other British explorers. There is a lengthy account of Captain George Vancouver's visits during 1 7 9 2 - 1 7 9 4 . Further chapters concern the rise to power of Kamehameha, the abolition of the kapu system, and the arrival of the American missionaries and their works. Much of the text is on more recent political events in the Islands. The author gives a good account of the Provisional Cession of the Islands and the actions of Lord George Paulet in 1843. While writing from a British perspective, Hopkins is sympathetic to the Hawaiians, commenting that "they have had to bear from us at times some wrongs, and some of the arrogance of a superior people." One chapter concerns the famous "Belgian Contract." In this section he writes of the 1843-1844 visit of William Richards and Haalilio to England seeking formal recognition of Hawaiian sovereignty, and reprints the official document of November 28, 1843, from Her Majesty's government granting that recognition. Chapter 22 is on the reign of Kamehameha IV and his good works. A subsequent chapter, "Impending Fate of the Nation," is followed by another chapter entitled "Means for Arresting the Evil." Hopkins, who never visited the Islands, says in the preface that the book was intended as a "popular but connected account of an interesting and imperfectly known group of islands, which have had, during eight decades, an association with our own country." However, the preface by the Bishop of Oxford leaves no doubt as to the book's actual intent: "The Royal Family of these islands have long sought to cultivate an English alliance; but it has been reserved for the present enlightened king to seek it in the way in which it can be most certainly secured—by planting among his people, with all the advantages which can be derived from his own adhesion to it, a branch of our Reformed Church. At his desire, and with the concurrence of our Queen, a Bishop of our Nation has been consecrated at Lambeth, to bear the precious seed to the distant island of his adoption." Hopkins acknowledges his use of the "industrious and well-arranged history of Mr. James Jackson Jarves," and Alexander Simpson's pamphlet of 1843 ( s e e No. 1445). Regarding the latter author, Hopkins says he was "very much opposed to the Americans, the missionaries, and, as far as I can judge, to everybody." Additional acknowledged sources are Sheldon Dibble's History (Lahainaluna, 1843), and works by S. S. Hill, Henry Cheever, Sir George Simpson, Rev. William Ellis, the annual reports of the A B C F M , and the narrative of the Wilkes Expedition. Hopkins was probably also well supplied with documents from the Hawaiian government, and from his brother Charles Gordon Hopkins, a Honolulu resident. The five inserted wood engravings are The Crater of Kilauea, p. 12. The Harbour, Honolulu [after Burgess], p. 43. Entrance to the Nuuanu Valley, Honolulu [after Burgess], p. 56. Ewa from Honolulu [after Burgess], p. 164. Diamond Head, Honolulu [after Burgess], p. 375. As expected, the book received highly critical reviews in the Honolulu press. There is a review in the Quarterly Review (London) x v n , pp. 2 1 9 - 1 3 6 , and in the Eclectic Magazine (see No. 2497). A second, revised edition was issued in 1866 (see No. 2708). References: Carter, p. 90. Hunnewell, p. 44. Copies: A H (Kahn) (2)*. BL. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 1-C-16 and 4-A-22)*. HHS. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. M L . PA-VBC. UH (2). YU. The NUC records n copies.

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

1862

K a B u k e o k a Pule A n a K a Buke I o ka I Pule Ana a me ka H o o k o Ana I i na I Kauoha Hemolele, I e like me ka mea i kauohaia no ka haipule ana ma ka I Pae Aina Hawaii. I Ua huiia hoi me na I Halelu a Davida, I i hookaawaleia i mea e himeni ai a heluhelu ai I paha iloko o na I Halepule. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Polynesian B o o k and J o b Print. I 1862.. izmo. 18 x 1 1 . 5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] Na mea oloko o keia buke (Contents), [iv] blank, [5] + 6-380 text, [381] blank, 382-388 Kalenekario (Calendar), 389-390 He Papainoa (List of names), 3 9 1 - 3 9 7 He Olelo Hoakaka (Preface), [398] blank pp. Title and all text within rule borders; pp. 68, 86, 316, 344, 356 372, 378, 381 have rule borders but are otherwise blank. Title: The Book of Common Prayer and administration of the sacraments, according to the rites prescribed for the churches in the Hawaiian Islands. Together with the Psalms of David, divided for the purpose of being sung or read in the churches. The first edition of the Book of Common Prayer, translated into Hawaiian by Kamehameha IV. Much of the translation had been completed prior to the arrival of Bishop Staley and other members of the Anglican mission to Hawaii. " T h e Arrival of English Missionaries," an article in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser of October 1 6 , 1 8 6 2 , states: "It may not be amiss to state here, that His Majesty the King is engaged in translating the Episcopal Prayer Book into the native tongue, and that the work will be printed as soon as it is completed. No one is better qualified for this task than His Majesty, whose knowledge of both languages is not surpassed by any foreigner. Its publication will be an acquisition to Hawaiian literature, and we trust that no unnecessary delay may attend it." Meiric Dutton, in his monograph on the preface written by Kamehameha IV, comments on the parts issue of a portion of the text: "In his first audience with the King, the bishop [Staley] learned that the morning and Evening Prayer 'would be complete and ready for use in a few days.' This material appears to have been distributed on November 9 , 1 8 6 2 , when the Kings Morning prayer was used for the first time at a purely native service . . . this first completed portion of the Prayer Book . . . is a side sewn pamphlet of 36 pages, the first page being the title of the complete Prayer B o o k . " There was a second "parts issue," for the Bishop Museum collection has a copy containing the first 48 pages, which has in addition a single-fold leaf containing two hymns that is not found in the completed work. In a letter to Rev. Ernest Hawkins dated April 1 5 , 1 8 6 3 , Bishop Staley remarked: "His majesty . . . has finished the Prayer Book, translating it word for word & I trust soon to send you the whole volume." This of course did not include the king's preface, which is dated June 1863 and which appears at the end of the work on pages 3 9 1 - 3 9 7 . The full text of the prayer book was not completed or issued until well into 1863. Bishop Staley comments to Ernest Hawkins on July 24, 1863: "I send you a parcel of prayer books (the translation of our own King) with a preface appended at the end. I have written the names of those for whom they are designated at the beginning of each book and I shall be obliged by your kindly forwarding them to the several addresses." Even as published however, this edition of the prayer book omitted some sections of text found in the Anglican original. For a discussion of the matter, see under the first complete edition of the Prayer Book (1867), No. 2 7 5 4 . The preface by Kamehameha I V was eloquent and greatly admired. In a letter dated September 9, 1863, to the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel, the bishop forwarded an English translation of the preface with the remark: "His Majesty thought some explanation was required by his people. Accordingly he composed this entirely himself. He didn't shew [s/c] it [to] me until it was finished and then I made no alterations. You will see from it how intelligent and well informed he is on church matters."

327 2501

328

z86z

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

K A

B U K E 0 KA

PULE ANA A ME K A R00K0 1 NA KAUOHA

ANA| Vi\

IIEMOLELE,

E UK« »8 KA MBA I KAUOHA1A NO KA 8AIF0I.E ANA MA RA P A E Ka Buke o ka Pule Ana a me ka Hooko Ana i na Kauoha Hemolele, Honolulu, 1 8 6 2 [see N o . 2 5 0 1 ] , is the first edition of the Book of Common Prayer in Hawaiian.

A I N A

H A W A I I .

CA HUIIA HOI MB KA HALELU A DAVIDA, I HOOK A A W Ai. hi A I MEA E DIURNI A! A HKM/HKM' AI f.(HA ILOKO O KA II A L E P U L K .

Courtesy Kahn Collection, Hawaii State Archives.

HOSOMILU : POI-VNESIAiT BOOK AND JOB PRINT ISfi'i.

This preface was reprinted in London as a tract, and a translation was made into Italian for the same purpose. See Nos. 2589 and 2 7 1 6 . Copies of the prayer book in red or black morocco with a raised gilt cross in a sunken panel on the upper cover were evidently specially bound to the king's order and meant primarily for personal and presentation purposes. All known presentation copies from the king (or queen) are in this binding. The earliest presentation inscriptions are dated August 1 8 6 3 . The size of the edition is unknown and curiously there is no mention of the publication of this work in any of the Honolulu newspapers, not even the Polynesian, in whose offices the book was printed. References: Dutton, Meiric, Preface to the Book of Common Prayer Composed by Kamehameha IV (Honolulu, 1949). Hunnewell, p. 46. Judd and Bell, 388-389. The letters of Bishop Staley to Rev. Ernest Hawkins of the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel were read by me at that society's headquarters in London in 1973. Copies with 36 pp.: HHS*. HMCS. Copies with 48 pp.: BPBM*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1862

329

Copies with 397 pp.: A H * , in red morocco, with presentation inscription from Kamehameha IV to "R[obert] C. Janion Esq. H.H.M's Consul, Liverpool. With the complements of the translator. Kamehameha, Honolulu, August 1 8 6 3 . " A H (Kahn)* in black morocco, presentation inscription from Kamehameha IV to the Earl of Radnor, dated Honolulu, August 1863. A T L * , in black morocco. BPBM (2)*, one in red morocco, with inscription: "To my Sister [Victoria Kamamalu] a birthday present from her affectionate brother the Translator 1 November 1863 Honolulu," and with [later] signature "Pauahi" [Bishop] on front pastedown; a second copy is in contemporary tan calf with a red morocco title label. D L . H H S (3)*, one in contemporary tan calf with presentation inscription from Kamehameha IV to R. A. Mould, Esquire, [of] Liverpool, dated Honolulu, August 1863. H M C S (2)*, one is in black morocco with a gilt cross on the upper cover; a second copy is in plain tan calf, with an overlay of yellow leather forming a large cross on the upper cover. M L . N L A . P C * , in red morocco, with an 1865 presentation inscription from Queen Emma to Alfred Tennyson. P-EMS. UH.

Kamehameha IV. Speech His Majesty's Speech at the Opening of the Legislature of 1862. I [double rule] I [text begins in Hawaiian at left:] H A I O L E L O A K A M O I I Imua o ka Ahaolelo no 1862. I E na 'Lii a me ka Poeikohoia. I Un kahea ia'ku nei oukou e au e akoakoa I i keia la, e like me ke Kumukanawai, no ka I halawai ana o na Hele Ahaolelo; . . . [text begins in English at right:] His Majesty's Speech at the Opening of the I Hawaiian Legislature, May 1st, 1862. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1862]

2502

Broadside. Caption title followed by texts in Hawaiian and English in 4 columns. 38 x 27 cm, on a sheet 46.5 x 32.5 cm.

The king's lengthy address contains general remarks on reports from government offices, and on health and educational concerns of the kingdom. He also states that he trusts "that a more mature reflection will decide you to an adoption or revision of the proposed Amendments to the Constitution, which were transmitted for your consideration at the last session of your body." The Polynesian of May 3, 1862, has a long article on the opening of this legislature and the king's speech, followed by highly complimentary editorial remarks. The speech and the editorial were also reprinted from the Polynesian in broadside form, of which the Hawaii State Archives has copies. A full transcription of the text is in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, pp. 82-85. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. 8c E x . ) * .

Kamehameha IV. Speech HIS M A J E S T Y ' S S P E E C H I Proroguing the Legislature of 1862. I (Delivered by Royal Commission - H[is] Ex. M . Ke- I kuanaoa, Governor of Oahu, and Chief Justice I Allen, Chancellor of the Kingdom.) I [text begins:] Nobles and Representatives: I Your Joint Committee have announced to me I that your House have discharged all the duties I which you regard as essential to the administration I of my government. . . [text continues], [Honolulu, 1862] Broadside. Text in 4 columns. 54 x 26.5 cm.

The king's speech includes the following comments: The duty of retrenchment of expenditures has been especially imposed upon you at this session; and after a careful interchange of opinions, and in the exercise of a liberal judgement, you have passed a bill of appropriations, which, I trust, will enable the Executive to sustain the honor and efficiency of my Government. . . .

2503

330

18fo

Hawaiian National Bibliography The amendments to the Constitution which you have adopted, may prevent anarchy and confusion in the Government, by establishing a more fixed rule on inheritance of the Crown . . . . The Constitution was adopted under somewhat peculiar circumstances, and will undoubtedly need amendments from the influence of time and events upon the affairs of my Kingdom; but I trust, that every modification will be made with a careful judgement. The speech is followed by articles on the closing of the legislature, a bill "to legalize the distillation of spirits," and revisions to the constitution. This is an offprint from the Polynesian of August 23, 1862. A complete transcription of the text is found in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, p. 87. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.) (2)*.

2504

Ke Kumu Mua

Ke I Kumu Mua Ano Hou, I i hoonaniia i na kii maikai. I [cut of three children and a lamb] I Na J . Pula i kakau. I [rule] I Bosetona. I M a ka Hale Paipalapala o I Bazin & Ellsworth. I 1862..

i 2 m o . 1 7 . 3 x 1 1 cm. [1] title, [2] Olelo hoakaka (Preface) by J . Fuller, dated Honolulu, i 8 6 z , and copyright notice ( 1 8 6 1 ) by the publishers, 3 alphabets, 4 - 4 8 text pp. With numerous text woodcuts. The front pictorial cover has the imprint "Honolulu, ma ka Papa Hoonaauao [the Board of Education]. 1 8 6 2 . " The back cover has the title and " N a ka Papa Hoonaauao" in a circle, in the center of which is a crown and the date 1 8 6 2 .

Title: The new first teacher [of reading] illustrated with fine pictures. A primer and spelling book compiled by Josiah Fuller, Chief Clerk in the Board of Education. The foreword, dated May 1862, is by Mataio Kekuanaoa, President of the Board, who in his 1862 report to the legislature states: "Since his return [from the U.S.] Mr. Fuller has prepared a Pictorial Primer of forty eight pages, in the style of the Progressive Primer used in our English Schools, and illustrated by the same cuts. An edition of 5 , 0 0 0 copies has been published in Boston, and they are on the way out. The Board will be able to supply these primers to the native schools at 12 1/2 cents each." Notices in the Friend of August 1862 and the Polynesian of August 9th announced the arrival of this text. On examination at the Board of Education, however, the work was found less than satisfactory. Fuller had made many errors in the text and had not observed the limitations of the Hawaiian alphabet, altering a number of words, as for example bell which he has as "bele" instead of the more correct Hawaiian "pele." On page 45 Fuller gives the caption title as "Ka Home Oluolu" [the agreeable home] instead of the correct "Ka Noho Oluolu." These and other errors, which were corrected in later editions, are the subject of several letters to the printer (see Board of Education letterbooks in the Hawaii State Archives). On November 12, 1863, a revised copy of the Kumu Mua was forwarded, with the comment: "On a close examination of the book many more errors were found than I at first expected. To be sure that I was right, in my corrections I employed intelligent native teachers to go through the book with me, and then to be doubly sure Prince Kamehameha (the King's brother) went through it and pronounced every correction that I had made to be necessary for a correct reading of the language." The same writer on November 26th forwards money "together with a revised copy of the 'Kumumua' for a new edition of 2,000 or 2,500 copies. . . . I hope you will not have much difficulty in making the required alterations in the stereo type plates. . . . There can be no excuse for Mr. Fuller in sending you an incorrect copy to be stereotyped for

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1862

i t . . . was very easy for him to have had his manuscript corrected by a competent person here. In fact I am told that the Board of Education of whom Prince Kamehameha is a member, never saw the book till it was printed . . . . However we will have it right now if possible." The correspondence continues on December 8th: "One page I somehow overlooked —I herewith enclose it. 'Home' it seems Mr. Fuller wished to introduce into the Hawaiian language—Although the letters are Hawaiian the word is not, and no unanglicised native could or would ever pronounce it as we do—Hawaiian children in learning to read their own language should not—I think—have any stumbling blocks in the shape of an English word, which neither they nor their teachers can pronounce." This primer is generally found bound in pictorial paper covered boards and a cloth spine. The upper cover shows a woman holding a primer before five children with the date 1862 below. The date is omitted from all later editions. The back cover has (in a circle) the title of the book with "Ka Papa Hoonaauao" [the Board of Education] below, and a crown in the center. In some later issues, the crown has been replaced by a square ornament.

KS

KUMU MUA ANO HOÜJ I HOONANIIA 1 NA K I I M AI K A I . il

NA

J,

PULA

l'A a O O M L O U I l l

I K

KAKAlf. KA

H f à

§

WXlSAXl \t
17^ ] blank, [+ 4 Advertisement] pp. Title, frontispiece portrait, and all text within ornamental borders. The frontispiece portrait is of Queen Emma.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1867

441

After an introductory essay on Hawaii, the work contains poems about Captain Cook and the natives, the missionary ship (i.e., the Thaddeus), the Goddess Pele, Chiefess Kapiolani (and her defiance of Pele), and Queen Emma. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*, the Rodiek Collection copy, with the original yellow title wrapper bound in at end. HHS (2)*, one is Queen Emma's copy. Not in the NUC.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Collector General of Customs CUSTOM HOUSE STATISTICS FOR 1866. I [double rule] I [tables] I [Honolulu, 1867]

2746

Broadside. 47 x 28 cm.

This sheet has 13 boxes of statistics, showing imports, exports, cargoes invoiced over $ 1 0 , 0 0 0 , Customs House receipts, a list of national vessels at Honolulu in 1866, and passenger statistics. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Customs)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Na I Olelo Hooholo I Ka Aha Kiekie, I o ko I Hawaii Pae Aina, I ma ke I Kanawai, Kaulike, Hooko Kauoha, a me ka Aha Moana, I i unuhiia mailoko mai o ka buke 1 a me 11 o na olelo hooholo o ka I aha kiekie, a hoomakaukauia no ke pai ana e I William P. Ragsdale, I Maheleolelo a unuhiolelo o ke Aupuni. I [rule] I Olelo hooholo o ka Aha Kiekie, Buke 1. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Keena Paipalapala Aupuni. I 1867.

2747

8vo. zz x 14 cm (HHS). [1] title, [z] blank, [3] Na Lunakanawai (Justices of the Supreme Court), [4] Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [5] + 6 - 2 3 1 text, [232] + 233-236 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [2371-238 Olelo Wehewehe (Glossary) pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of the first two volumes of Supreme Court Reports (see No. zziz). This volume contains cases and decisions by the court from 1847 to April 1865. The "Olelo Wehewehe" at the end is signed by the well-known part-Hawaiian lawyer, William P. Ragsdale. References: None found. Copies: AH*. HHS*, S. M. Kamakau's copy in original law sheep.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Treaty of Reciprocity C O N V E N T I O N FOR C O M M E R C I A L RECIPROCITY. I [rule] I [text begins:] The United States of America and His Majesty the King of I the Hawaiian Islands, equally animated by the desire to I strengthen and perpetuate the friendly relations, which have I heretofore uniformly existed between them; and to consolidate I their commercial intercourse, have resolved to enter into a I Convention for commercial reciprocity. I [text continues] I Done in triplicate, in the English language, in the City of I San Francisco, this twenty-first day of May, Anno Domini I one thousand eight hundred and sixty-seven, [signed] Edward M. McCook. [and] Charles C. Harris. [Honolulu? 1867] Circular. Text in English and Hawaiian in double-column form on the first and third (unnumbered) pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 39 x 25.5 cm.

2748

442

1867

Hawaiian National Bibliography This circular contains five articles: the first two give "schedules" of goods to be imported and exported free of duty, and the third article concerns certification that goods to be "admitted, into the ports of the United States of America, or the ports of the Hawaiian Islands, free of d u t y . . . are the growth and produce of the United States." The fourth and fifth articles contain specifics of when and how the convention was to take effect. Reciprocity was perceived as an advantage to both the United States and Hawaii. Kuykendall has a long discussion of the treaty and its provisions and includes the following comment: "Writing from San Francisco to Secretary of State Seward, McCook said: 'I think the consummation of this treaty, will largely benefit the commercial and manufacturing interests of this Coast, and of the Country; and prove the initial step towards the acquisition of the islands should this country ever want them.'" References: Kuykendall, Vol. 11, p. 2 1 2 . Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

2749

Hawaiian Evangelical Association Ka Hoike I o ka I Halawai Makahiki I o ka I Ahahui Kula Sabati, I ma Honolulu, Iune, 1867. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e Henry M.Whitney. I 1867. 8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] lists of committees, [3] + 4 - 1 5 text, [16] blank pp.

Title: Report of the annual meeting of the Sunday School Association. The first of a series of annual reports of this group, which operated under the Hawaiian Evangelical Association. These reports were published throughout the century. A copy in the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society collection has an inserted table, "Papa Hoike Helu na na Kula Sabati," which provides statistics of Sunday schools on all islands. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*, bound set of H E A Reports. BPBM (Phil. Pam. 4 1 3 ) * , has 1867, 1879-1883, 1885-1886, 1 8 9 1 - 1 8 9 2 . HHS*, has 1 8 6 7 - 1 8 7 1 bound with HEA Annual Reports, and unbound for 1867, 1879, 1882, 1885, 1891 (2), 1892. H M C S * , has 1 8 6 8 - 1 9 0 0 + and unbound for 1867, 1868, 1 8 7 9 - 1 8 8 0 , 1882-1886, 1 8 9 1 - 1 8 9 2 .

2750

T h e Hawaiian Spectator In August 1867, Henry M. Whitney, publisher of the Pacific Commercial inserted the following notice in issues of that paper:

Advertiser,

PROSPECTUS OF T H E HAWAIIAN SPECTATOR. It is proposed to publish a Quarterly under the above title, to be devoted to the History, Statistics, Commerce, Literature and the development of the Resources of the Hawaiian Islands; as also the Islands of the Pacific Ocean, known under their general name of Polynesia. It will be published in the same form as the original "Spectator," which was commenced in these Islands in the year 1838 and was unfortunately suspended at the end of the second volume. The proposed Quarterly will be somewhat enlarged, printed on fine paper, with clear type, neatly folded and stitched and furnished to subscribers only at $5. per annum. The first number will be issued on the first day of January next. No issues of this periodical were published. For the earlier Spectator, see No. 1099. 2751

He Hoike Pope He I Hoike-Pope. I [rule] I Na Limaikaika i kakau. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1867] n m o . 2 1 x 1 2 cm, untrimmed (HHS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 3 text, [24] blank pp.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1867

Title: An exhibition of popery. Written by Armstrong. This anti-Catholic tract by Richard Armstrong was first published as He Wahi Hoikepope in 1841 (see No. 1280). Some copies are bound with other tracts and include a cover title listing the following tracts: " 1 . He Hoike Pope. 2. He Mau Manao no ka aoao Pope. 3. Ka Ekalesia Oiaio." The report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association for 1867 states: "An Exhibition of Popery (Hoike Pope), of 23 pages, by Rev. R. Armstrong, D.D., has been republished." The 1868 report includes a table of publications showing that the edition was 3,000 copies. References: Judd and Bell, 437. "The Fourth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (Supplement, Aug. 1867, p. 75). "The Fifth Annual Report . . . ," in the Friend (Supplement, July 1868, p. 6z). Copies: A H (Kahn)* AI-NZ. A T L . BPBM (5). GF. HHS (9)*. H M C S (7)*. HSL. L C . M L . U M . N L C . UH.

He M a u Wahi M a n a o He I Mau Wahi Manao I no I ka aoao pope. I [rule] I Na Rev. J. F. Pokue I i kakau. I [rule] I Hoopukaia e ka Papa Hawaii. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e Henele M. Wini. I 1867. n m o . 18 x 1 1 . 5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 5 6 text pp.

Title: Thoughts on the papist party. By Rev. J. E Pogue. The annual report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association for 1867 states: "We have . . . published 'Thoughts on Popery', 36 pages [s/c] . . . written by Rev. J. E Pogue." The report for 1868 includes a table of publications showing that the edition was 3,000 copies. Copies are found bound with other tracts, having a cover title: " 1 . He Hoike Pope. 2. He Mau Manao no ka aoao Pope. 3. Ka Ekalesia Oiaio." References: Butler, 269. Judd and Bell, 438. "The Fourth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (Supplement, Aug. 1867, p. 75). "The Fifth Annual Report . . . ," in the Friend (Supplement, July 1868, p. 62). Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (2). GF. HHS (2)*. H M C S (5)*. HSL. LC. M L . N L A . NLC. UH.

Hillebrand, William Report I on I Supply of Labor, etc. I by the I Hon. Wm. Hillebrand, M.D., I Royal Commissioner to China and India, I to the I Honorable Board of Immigration I of the Hawaiian Islands. I [rule] I printed by order of the Board. I [rule] I Honolulu: Government Press. I 1867. i2mo. 18.3 x 1 1 . 5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-45 Report dated September 20, 1866, [46] List of Enclosures, [47-48] blank pp.

The Hawaiian government, aware of the need to import immigrants for labor on developing sugar plantations, and at the same time seeking a means to increase the dwindling population, commissioned Dr. William Hillebrand to investigate the possibility of importing people from China and or India. Commissioner Hillebrand begins this report with an examination of immigration from China. He enumerates laws, provides statistics on the large trade in coolie labor, and discusses the problems of transport as the laws of the United States and England forbid their ships from carrying coolies from Macao. He writes that German vessels "can hardly ever be induced to accept such charters," and says that charges are high. He includes details of contracts for coolies "disposed o f " at Callao and

444

1867

Hawaiian National Bibliography Cuba and includes facts about Chinese laborers in India, the Straits Settlements, and Java. He points out the differences between northern and southern Chinese, and notes the "clan wars" in China between the Punti and Hakka groups. A consequence of the latter, he says, is that "hundreds of poor people, will during such war time, appear in Hongkong, or other seaports in so destitute a condition that they will consider it a mercy to be picked up by anyone, to be sent anywhere, for the miserable pittance of food and clothing." The section on immigration from India begins on page 29. Hillebrand states that laborers are recruited principally from Bengal; Nepalese, he says, are not liked as they are "too independent proud and fiery." He includes a discussion of Indian laborers in other countries, and their manner of recruitment. As a medical doctor, Hillebrand stresses the need for healthy laborers, selected by an established agency, to supply "the wants of our plantations, and to remedy by accessions from abroad, the deplorable decrease in our population" (p. 27). He comes to no definite conclusions as to the most suitable group of people to engage, and he suggests further investigation is necessary. The "Hawaiian Gazette Job Book" (Feb. 23, 1867) records the printing of 2 0 0 copies of this work for $ 1 0 0 , charged to the Board of Education. References: A H (Hawaiian Gazette Job Book, M-2.56). Carter, p. 87. Copies: BPBM (Carter 8-B-106)*. HHS. H M C S * . HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. UC-B. UH.

2754

K a Buke o ka Pule A n a Ka Buke I o ka I Pule Ana a me ka Hooko Ana I i na Kauoha Hemolele, I e like me ka mea i kauohaia no ka haipule I ana ma ka I Pae Aina Hawaii. I Ua huiia hoi me na I Halelu a Davida, I i kikoia i mea e himeni ai a heluhelu ai paha I iloko o na I Halepule. I London: I [rule] I 1867. 241110. 14 x 8.3 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] Na mea oloko o keia buke, iii-xii He olelo hoakaka dated Honolulu, Iune 1863, xiii-xx Ka mau olelo no na Dominica [and] He Kalenekario, xxi Papa no ka lahoano, etc., xxii-xxiii He Papainoa, etc., xxiv He Mau Rula Kuhikuhi, 1 - 4 7 7 text, [478] [Colophon:] W. M . Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar pp.

Title: The Book of Common Prayer and administration of the sacraments, according to the rites prescribed for the churches in the Hawaiian archipelago. Together with the Psalms of David, paraphrased into hymns for singing or reading in the churches. The first complete edition of the Book of Common Prayer in Hawaiian. The reports of the Foreign Translation Committee, found in the Annual Reports of the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge (London, 1862-1867), provide an interesting history of the lengthy production of this work. According to the report presented July 5, 1864 (p. 96): The Bishop of Honolulu forwarded to the Society a copy of the Prayer Book compiled, in the Hawaiian language, by the late King of Hawaii [see No. 2501]. It was said to be an elegant translation, but hurried through the press for immediate use, and containing many errors and omissions. As printing was very expensive in Honolulu, this Society was requested to print a complete edition of the work, for which the Bishop supplied the necessary corrections, together with considerable additions towards its completion. In a more recent letter the Bishop . . . added that one of the highest chiefs, quite competent to the task, was at that moment going on with the revision and completion of the Liturgy, which he hoped this Society would consent to publish for them. This version is accordingly now preparing for publication, under the direction of the Foreign Translation Committee.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1867

In the 1865 report, it was noted that Bishop of Honolulu (Staley) had forwarded (with a letter dated Oct. 1 2 , 1864) portions of the communion service, to complete the H a w a i ian version of the Common Prayer Book. Then, from the report presented July 4, 1865 (P- 9 1 ) : The Hawaiian Prayer Book is still incomplete, unavoidable delay having occurred in the progress of this work. The Committee have felt the necessity of obtaining assurance of the accuracy of some portions of the version transmitted to them; and postal communications with the Sandwich Islands are neither so regular nor so expeditious as with our own colonies and dependencies. The Book is in type to the end of the Collects, Epistles and Gospels; but the setting up of the Communion Service and succeeding Offices for the present [is] suspended. In the meantime, however, the Psalter is proceeded with, being printed from the Hawaiian version of the Bible, prepared some years ago by the American missionaries, whose translation of the Psalms the Bishop of Honolulu has pointed for chanting. The report presented July 3, 1 8 6 6 (pp. 9 6 - 9 7 ) : The committee have to report that comparatively little progress has been made during the past year, towards the completion of the new edition of the Hawaiian version of the Prayer Book. They had made with the Rev. W[illiam] Hoapili, the chaplain of Queen Emma, shortly after his arrival with the Queen in London, such arrangements for carrying on the work through the press, as they had hoped would secure its completion in a satisfactory manner. But the necessary removal of the Queen and her attendants to a warmer climate during the winter, interrupted the progress of the work. In the meantime, sufficient copy in manuscript has been received from the Bishop of Honolulu, to supply what w a s wanting in the original book as translated by the late King, but the Committee felt that they could not, without M r . Hoapili's assistance, proceed with any confidence in the work of putting it into type. N o w , however that the Queen has returned to England, they hope to be able satisfactorily to accomplish the work. The report presented July 2 0 , 1 8 6 7 (pp. 88-89): In their last report the Foreign Translation Committee stated, that the preparation of the new edition of the Hawaiian translation of the Prayer Book had been interrupted by the removal from London of the Rev. W. Hoapili the editor employed upon i t . . . . But towards the end of last autumn the Rev. Edmund Ibbotson, the Bishop of Honolulu's Chaplain, arrived in England, bringing with him all necessary materials for completing this Prayer Book, and commissioned by the Bishop to carry it through the p r e s s . . . . At length, therefore, the work has been, it is hoped satisfactorily, completed. An edition of a thousand copies has been printed; and . . . a grant of 975 copies [has been made] to the Bishop of Honolulu, for use in his diocese, twenty-five copies only being reserved as specimens, and for the use of missionaries who might be proceeding from England to the Sandwich Islands. The work being stereotyped, a new impression can be thrown off with little delay, and at comparatively small cost, whenever it may be required. In this and in all subsequent editions, " H e olelo hoakaka," the preface written by Kamehameha IV, precedes the main text. References: Annual Reports of the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, London, 1862-1867 (read in the British Library, London). Judd and Bell, 434 (list 9 copies). Copies: H M C S (2)*, one in plain black morocco is Queen Emma's copy, with "Hanaiakamalama Library No. 5" in her hand on the inside front cover. M L (2).

445

446

1867

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

2755

K a Ekalesia O i a i o Ka Ekalesia Oiaio. I [rule] I N a Rev. J . F. Pogue I i kakau. I [rule] I Hoopukaia e ka Papa Hawaii. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e Henele M . Wini, I 1 8 6 7 . izmo. 18 x 1 1 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2.] blank, [3] + 4-Z6 text pp.

Title: The true church. By Rev. J. F. Pogue. Published by the Hawaiian Board. Copies of this text are often found bound with two other tracts, with a cover title: " 1 . He Hoike Pope. 2. He Mau Manao o ka Aoao Pope. 3. Ka Ekalesia Oiaio." The annual report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association for 1867 states: "We have . . . published . . . the 'True church' 14 pages [s«c] written by Rev. J. F. Pogue." A table of publications in the 1868 report shows that the edition was 3 , 0 0 0 copies. References: Butler, 2.70. Judd and Bell, 435. "The Fourth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (Supplement, Aug. 1867, p. 75). "The Fifth Annual Report . . . ," in the Friend (Supplement, July 1868, p. 62). Copies: ATL*. BPBM (3). GF. HHS (4)*. HMCS (5)*. LC*. M L . NLC. UC-B*. UH. 2756

Ka Hoike Ana

K a I Hoike ana o ka Manaoio I a ka Ahahui Euanelio o ko Hawaii Pae Aina. I Iune, 1 8 6 7 . I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e Henry M.Whitney. I 1 8 6 7 . i6mo. 13.5 x 9.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [z] Ka hoike a ke komite . . . Iune, 1867, [3] + 4 - 4 1 text, [42-44] blank pp.

Title: Explanation of the beliefs of the Evangelical Association of the Hawaiian Islands. References: Judd and Bell, 436. Copies: AI-NZ. GF. HHS*. H M C S (3)*, z are bound with copies of He Buke Lawe Lima (Honolulu, 1866). NLC. 2757

Ka Moolelo

K a Moolelo I o I Heneri Opukahaia, I ua hanauia ma Hawaii, M . H . 1 7 8 7 , I a ua make ma Amerika, I Feberuari 1 7 , 1 8 1 8 . I Oia ka hua mua o Hawaii Nei. I [ornamental rule] I Paiia e I ko Amerika Ahahui Teraka. I N u Ioka, I 1 8 6 7 . i6mo. 15 X 1 0 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [z] blank, [3] Olelo Hoakaka (Preface), [4] blank, [5]—6 Papa kuhikuhi (Index), [7] + 8 - 1 0 3 text, [104] Advertisements "Beautiful Books for children and youth," etc., pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait titled "Henry Obookiah."

Title: The history of Henry Opukahaia, born in Hawaii, [in the] year 1 7 8 7 , and died in America, February 1 7 , 1 8 1 8 . The first fruit of Hawaii. Printed by the American Tract Society. The first Hawaiian-language edition of E. W. Dwight's memoir, first published in English in 1818. The introduction to this edition has corrections and some additional notes on Obookiah made by the Rev. S. W. Papaula, of Kealakekua, Hawaii. This text was first published in the Kuokoa in serial form prior to its appearance in book form. The report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association for 1867 states: "The Rev. E. W. Clark reports that a 'Memoir of Obukaia' [Obookiah] was struck off in March, the plates having been kindly prepared gratuitously by the American Tract Society." The 1868 report of the same body comments: "In the Hawaiian language, we have published in book f o r m . . . the beautiful and valuable Memoir of Opukahaia [Obookiah] announced last year, reprinted from the Kuokoa through the kindness of the American Tract Society. By a letter from Rev. Dr. Hallock, we learn that the stereotyping of this work cost $ 1 1 7 . 7 5 ; • • • Nearly 5 0 0 copies have been already disposed of this Memoir,

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1867

447

though we are sorry to say that 32 churches have not ordered a single copy of the work." The table in the same report shows that the edition was 2,000 copies. The book was bound in cloth in a variety of colors, with "Heneri Opukahaia" in gilt on the spine. References: Butler, 2.55. "The Fourth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (Supplement, Aug. 1867, p. 76). "The Fifth Annual Report . . . , " in the Friend (Supplement, July 1868, pp. 6 1 - 6 2 ) . Judd and Bell, 439. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. A I - N Z . A T L * . B P B M (6)*. D L . GF (2). HarU. HHS (4)*. H M C S (7)*. L C (2)*. M L . N L A . N L C . UC-B. UH (5). Y U .

Kamehameha V. Speech [His Majesty's Speech at the opening of the Legislature of 1867. Honolulu, 1867]

2758

Original not seen. The king's remarks commence: "Nobles and Representatives. Under the provision of the 29th and 46th Articles of the Constitution I have convoked this Extraordinary Session to inform you the result of the negotiations for a Treaty of Reciprocity, carried on between my Government and the Government of the United States of America, to secure your approval and to consult with you upon the modifications, which your approval will render necessary, in Our Tariff." The king subsequently informs the legislative body that "the treaty which will be submitted to you is designed to strengthen the friendly relations now existing with the Government of the United States of America, and to promote the prosperity of the Kingdom." This session began September 2, and concluded September 16, 1867. Presumably this speech was printed in broadside or circular form and distributed, but no copies have been located. The full text can be found in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, p. 1 0 8 . Copies: None located.

Kamehameha V. Speech [His Majesty's Speech at the Prorogation of the Legislature of 1867. Honolulu, 1867]

2759

Original not seen. "During this short but important Session you have approved, by a nearly unanimous vote, the Treaty of Reciprocity with the United States submitted to your consideration. . . . I thank you for your patriotism and for these numerous proofs of your confidence." This speech was presumably printed in broadside or circular form and distributed, but no copies have been located. The full text can be found in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, p. n o . Copies: None located.

Mann, Horace Enumeration I of I Hawaiian Plants. I By I Horace Mann. I [rule] I [From the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, I Vol. VII, September 1 1 , 1866] I [rule] I Issued July, 1867. I Cambridge: I Welch, Bigelow, and Company, I Printers to the University. I 1867. 8vo. 1 3 x 14.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [ 1 4 3 ] + 1 4 4 - 2 2 2 Mann text, 2 2 3 - 2 3 5 Lichens (by Edward Tuckerman) text, [236] blank pp.

In his prefatory remarks, Mann states:

2760

448

1867

Hawaiian National Bibliography During a visit to the Hawaiian Islands, made for the purpose of studying especially the Botany of the Group, and which extended from the 4th of May, 1864, to the 18th of May, 1865, I botanized over five of the largest of these islands, and brought together a collection which forms the basis of the following Enumeration. In its preparation I have been permitted to examine other collections of Hawaiian plants in the Gray Herbarium; namely, that by the United States South Pacific Exploring Expedition under Commodore Wilkes,—the fullest hitherto made in these islands; a set of the specimens gathered by Jules Remy under the auspices of the Paris museum, given by that institution; some of Macrae's plants, given by the London Horticultural (now Royal Horticultural) Society; and a few of Gaudichaud's, Chamisso's, Douglas's, and Nuttall's. Mann includes a list of botanists who had collected in the Islands beginning with David Nelson (with Capt. Cook), with brief comments on their collections. Mann's text is followed by Edward Tuckerman's work on Lichenes. This also appeared separately as an offprint; see No. 2 7 7 1 . The Bishop Museum Library has a copy to which there has been added a four-page typescript of additional notes transcribed from a copy formerly owned by William Hillebrand, now at the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. This addition gives Hawaiian names of many of the specimens, and includes occasional corrections and other notes by Mary Kawena Pukui. A copy of these same notes can also be found in their copy of the Proceedings, Vol. v u . This offprint is rare; the number of copies prepared for separate distribution by the author must have been very small. The Friend (Nov. 1867, p. 98) has a review of this text and reprints the section on botanists who had visited and collected in the Islands. References: Carter, p. 12.0. Hunnewell, p. 52. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, original dark green cloth, with title in gilt on upper cover. BPBM (2.)*, and the text copies as printed in the Journal. HarU. HSL (Tice Phillips)*, W. T. Brigham's copy bound with other pamphlets. H M C S * , in dark green cloth with title in gilt on upper cover. LC. UC. UH. The NUC records 9 copies.

2761

Martin, William Catalogue d'Ouvrages I relatifs aux I Iles Hawaii I Essai de bibliographie Hawaiienne I par I William Martin I Charge d'Affaires de Hawaii en France I [cut of royal arms] I Paris I Challamel Aine, Libraire-Éditeur I des Annales des Voyages, I Commissionnaire pour La Marine, Les Colonies de l'Orient I Rue des Boulangers, 3 0 , et rue de Bellechasse, 27. I [rule] I 1867. izmo. 20 x 13.5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [i] + ii-vi Avertissement dated Paris, 15 Janvier 1867, [vii] half title, [viii] blank, [1] + 2-80 bibliography, [81] + 82-84 "Note sur l'époque de la découverte de îles Hawaii," [85] + 86-87 Table Chronologique, 88 errata, [89] + 90-92 Table Alphabétique text pp.

An important Hawaiian bibliography compiled by the Hawaiian Consul at Paris. In 1865, Martin addressed the following inquiry to the Minister of Foreign Affairs in Honolulu: Legation du Royaume Hawaien Paris 23 Novembre 1865 Sir. The Paris Geographical Society has asked me to undertake a complete bibliography of the Sandwich Islands, that is a catalogue of all the books maps and articles

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1867

published on the Geography, Natural History, Manners, Language, History, and Commerce of the Hawaiian Kingdom from the Discovery. This is a rather difficult task, but I think that it might prove useful to the Hawaiian interests in calling the public attention to the Kingdom. I can find some documents in the public libraries in Paris and from some English bibliographies, but some books, maps or articles may not have reached Europe. I suppose that some booksellers or some learned men might be found at the Sandwich Islands who would kindly supply me with Complete Documents, and I would feel very thankful if your Excellency would have the kindness to bring me in epistolary contact with such persons. If that catalogue could be published for the Exhibition of 1867, it would be so much the better. William Martin. I have not found an answer to this letter but suspect that the main item forwarded to Martin was the 1862 bibliography by William H. Pease (see No. 2507). There are, however, a good many works listed in Martin's work that do not appear in Pease's bibliography. The "Note sur l'époque de la découverte de îles Hawaii" is adapted from an article published in the Hawaiian Gazette, November 1 7 , 1866, in which a letter addressed to the Minister of Foreign Affairs by the Governor of the Philippines gives an account of the supposed discovery of Hawaii by the Spanish in the sixteenth century. The Bishop Museum has a large paper copy on fine laid paper with a presentation inscription from the author to Charles de Varigny. A note in the book says it is one of five issued in this form. References: Butler, 242.. Carter, p. 1 2 2 . Hunnewell, p. 53. Martin's letter quoted above is in the Hawaii State Archives. Copies: AAS. A H (Kahn)*, untrimmed, in original wrappers, now in modern boards. BPBM (Carter 3-C-73)*, in original blue paper wrappers. BPBM (3)*, including the large paper copy mentioned above. BPL. HHS. H M C S (2)*. LC. N Y P. UH. The NUC records 13 copies.

Martin, William Notice sur les Iles Hawaii. Paris, P. Dupont 1867. 8vo. 21 pp.

Not seen. Contains general information on the Hawaiian Islands, intended for distribution at the Paris Exposition of 1867. References: Hunnewell, p. 53. Copies: BL. HarU. M L . The N U C lists the Harvard copy.

N a Himeni Hoolea Na I Himeni Hoolea, I he mau I mele ma ka uhane, I e hoolea ai I na kanaka, na keiki, na ohana, I na ekalesia, ia Iehova, I ke Akua e ola'i I Ka lua o ka pai ana. I Honolulu: I Pai ia e Henry M . Whitney. I 1867. 24mo. 13.5 x 7.5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] 6-line quotation from Ephesians 5 : 1 9 - 2 0 , [iii] + iv-v Ke Olelo Hoakaka (Preface), [vi] Notice, [7] + 8-386 text composed of hymns numbered 1 - 4 0 , [387] + 388-399 Papa Lalani Mua (Index of first lines), 4 0 0 + [401] + 402-408 He Papa Ano Himeni (List of hymns) pp.

Title: Hymns of praise, spiritual songs for men, children, families, churches, to praise Jehovah, the eternal God. This is the second printing. An enlargement of the 1864 edition (see No. 2605), with 18 additional hymns. The 1868 report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association states: "We have [printed] a new

450

1867

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

edition of 3 , 0 0 0 of the Hymn Book, carried through the press by Mr. H. M . Whitney, and which we purchased from him." The Bishop Museum has Bernice Pauahi Bishop's copy in a plain brown cloth binding, with "B. P. Bishop, Kawaiahao Church" in her hand on the introductory leaf, and "Bishop April 1 8 6 8 " on the front paste down. References: Judd and Bell, 440. "The Fifth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (Supplement, July 1868, p. 61). Copies: BPBM (2)*. GF. HarU. HHS (2)* HMCS*. 2764

O d d Fellows. Independent Order of Constitution, I By-Laws and Rules of Order, I of I Excelsior Lodge N o . 1 , I I.O.O.F. I Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. I [rule] I Instituted December 1 0 , 1848. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed at the Government Office. I 1 8 6 7 . i6mo. 14.7 x 1 0 cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-50 Constitution and By-Laws, [51] + 52-56 Rules of Order, [57] + 58-59 Index, [60] blank pp. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in tan printed wrappers. HSL (Tice Phillips).

2765

Olelo H o a k a k a O L E L O H O A K A K A . I [rule] I [text begins:] E na kumu ao kula Hawaii mai o a o, eia ae kekahi I mau ninau hou no ka Palapala Aina Poepoe. I . . . I [Honolulu, 1867?] i2mo. r7-5 x 12 cm. Caption title, [r] + 2-3 Olelo Hoakaka text, [4] + 5-27 He Ninau text, [28] + 29-32 He Mau Ui text pp. Title: Word of explanation. A series of geographical questions for the student. The second caption title on page 4 reads: "He Ninau I no ka I Palapala Honua Poepoe" (Questions concerning the global map). On page 28, a third caption title reads: "He Mau Ui no ka I Pae Aina o Hawaii, I i hooponopono ia e Hon. A. Fornander, M.H. 1 8 6 7 " (Some questions on the Hawaiian Islands, corrected by Hon. A[braham] Fornander, 1867). There are two identifiable editions of this text (with no priority of issue known) as follows: Edition page Edition page

A is made up of three numbered signatures, the second of which begins with 1 2 . The fourth line of text on page 1 2 ends "mau kula." B is made up of two numbered signatures, the second of which begins with 1 7 . The fourth line of text on page 1 7 ends "oukou mau."

The i 8 6 0 version has the title as Olelo Hooakaka

(see No. 2403).

References: Judd and Bell, 441. Copies: A AS*. ATL. BPBM (3). FLP. HHS (3)*, copies of editions A and B. HMCS*, edition B. ML. 2766

[Reciprocity] Convention for Commercial Reciprocity. I [rule] I [text begins:] The United States of America and His Majesty the King of I the Hawaiian Islands, equally animated by the desire to I strengthen and perpetuate the friendly relations, which have I heretofore uniformly existed between them; and to consolidate I their commercial intercourse, have resolved to enter into a I Convention for commercial reciprocity. I

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1867 . . . I [text then begins in Hawaiian at right:] Ke Aupuni o Amerika Huipuia, a me ke Alii ka Moi o ko I Hawaii Pae Aina, me ka manao like e hoopaa a e hoomau ka I noho makamaka ana iwaena o na aoao a elua, e like me ka noho I ana mai mua mai, a i mea hoi e hoohui ai ka launa kalepa ana, I nolaila ua hooholoia e kuka pu no ke kuikahi kalepa kaulike. [text continues] I [below English text:} Done in triplicate, in the English language, in the City of San Francisco, this twenty-first day of May, Anno Domini one thousand eight hundred and sixtyseven. [Honolulu? 1867] Circular. Text in English and Hawaiian in double-column form on the first and third leaves of a single-fold sheet, folding to 39 x 25.5 cm.

The second serious attempt at a reciprocity treaty. The proposed articles of the convention include schedules showing the goods to be imported free of duty into the two countries. The document is signed at the end by both Edward E. McCook, United States Minister Resident at Honolulu, and Charles Coffin Harris, Hawaiian Minister of Finance. References: Kuykendall, Vol. 11, pp. 2 0 9 - 2 1 4 . Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. &C Ex.)*.

Robertson, George Morison. Funeral Order of Procession I for the I FUNERAL I of the late Honorable I GEORGE MORISON ROBERTSON, I Knight Commander of the Order of Kamehameha I, I Member of His Majesty's Privy Council of State, and I First Associate Justice of the Supreme Court, &c., &c. I [double rule] I Undertaker. I An Escort of Infantry. I Servants of Deceased. I Medical Attendants. I Protestant Clergy. I The Clergy of the Roman Cath- I olic Church. I Choir of Reformed Catholic I Church. I Officiating Clergy I [cut of the coffin with, on either side:] Pall Bearers [and] Escort of Cavalry. I Chief Mourners. I His Majesty's Carriage. I His Majesty's Staff. I His Highness M. Kekuanaoa. I Commander in Chief's Staff. I . . . I Cabinet Ministers. I Diplomatic Corps. I . . . I The Marshall and Sheriffs of the I different Islands. I Fire Department. I The Public on Foot. I Carriages. I Police Force. I [double rule] I The Funeral Service will take place at 4 p.m. on Sat- I urday, March 16th, at St. Andrew's Cathedral. I . . . I Adjutant General's Office, Honolulu, March 14, 1867. [Honolulu, 1867] Broadside. 5 0 lines of text within a mourning rule. 40.5 x 1 1 cm.

George M. Robertson, born in Aberdeen, Scotland, in 1821, arrived in Honolulu in 1844 on the British whaleship Peruvian. He first worked for the Treasury (under G. P. Judd) and for the Department of the Interior. Then, after a hiatus in the California gold fields, he became a member of the Land Commission and a Circuit Court Judge. In 1855 he was appointed associate Justice of the Supreme Court, and in this capacity was one of the framers of the Civil Code of r859. He also served in the legislature. He died at Waianae, Oahu, March 12, r867. References: None found. Copies: H H S (in scrapbook)*.

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal Hawaiian I THEATRE I [rule] I Mad. Josephine I D'ORMY I The Celebrated Operatic Artiste, I Begs to inform the Citizens of Honolulu that she will have the I pleasure of giving a I G R A N D CONCERT I of I Vocal and Instrumental Music, I at the theatre, I On Monday Evening ! I June 1 0 , 1867. I On which occasion she

452

1867

Hawaiian National Bibliography will be kindly assisted I By Several Amateurs of this City! I [program] I [double rule] I Doors to open at 7; Concert to Commence at half-past 7 I [double rule] I Admittance: I Dress Circle, - - $ 1 . 5 0 ; Parquette, - - $ 1 ; Pit - - 50 Cents. I Tickets to be had at the Bookstores, Eureka Hotel, and at the Door. I C. W. Parker, Agent. [Honolulu, 1867] Broadside. 39 lines of text. 50.5 x 22.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M - 4 8 5 ) * .

2769

Sampson, Alonzo D. Three l imes Around the World, I or I Life and [cut of ship] Adventures I of I Alonzo D. Sampson. I [rule] I Buffalo: I Express Printing Company, No. 4 East Swan Street. I 1867. 8vo. 2 1 . 3 x 1 3 . 5 cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 7 0 text pp.

The author, a native of Ashford, New York, served in the Mexican War (1846) and subsequently went on four whaling voyages out of Mattapoisett and New Bedford. On his first Pacific voyage, Sampson shipped on the Junior of New Bedford, departing on January 2 1 , 1850, to Cape Town (where part of the crew participated in a riot). The Junior sailed past Tasmania and made landfalls at New Zealand and Tonga before proceeding to the Bering Strait, whaling and collecting walrus tusks "worth fifty cents a pound at Oahu." The Junior then proceeded to Honolulu (exact date not determined by me). Sampson viewed the port with the eyes of a sailor. He describes the method of repairing ships, notes the large number of vessels in port, and comments that among the five hundred or so sailors "constantly in shore" was "an auxiliary force of English from Australia, known as the 'Sidney Rangers', whom we hated cordially." Sampson's account of this voyage must be viewed with caution. Some of the facts are in error, and the dates he gives of the arrivals and departures of his ship at Honolulu do not agree with the Harbor Master's Records in the Hawaii State Archives. For instance, he states that, while in Honolulu, he was a witness to and a participant in the famous "Sailors' Riot." According to the text the Junior then departed Honolulu for the Arctic, January 1, 1852. However the riot occurred in Honolulu in November 1852. The Harbor Master's records show that the Junior was in port in 1852, having arrived on October 19, but that she departed on November 26, 1852, not the earlier date given in the text. Furthermore, Sampson identifies the sailor killed (on Nov. 8, 1852) as being from the whaleship Eagle of Sag Harbor, when actually he was off the ship Emerald from the same port. According to Sampson, the Junior left Honolulu for the South Pacific and then continued to the Okhotsk Sea. Late in the year she anchored at Honolulu for repairs, then departed for home on Christmas day with a full "catch" of over 2,500 barrels of oil. Again an investigation of the Harbor Master's records shows that this information is inaccurate. In 1853 the author again went to sea, on the Rebecca Sims of New Bedford, setting sail on November 20th for the Northwest Coast via Cape Horn. Sampson says he thought the captain "the best man I ever sailed with," but he did not care for the captain's wife, who was onboard. At the end of February 1854, they sighted the Hawaiian Islands, and went aground on a sand bar, having mistaken the "Bay of Hamakua" for the straits between Maui and Molokai; providentially they were able to free the ship. They anchored at Lahaina, then (about April 1 0 , 1854) departed for the North Pacific.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1867

453

The ship made two return visits to Hilo, Hawaii. In November 1854 she remained two months, "each man being on shore one half the time." Although Sampson did not make a visit to the volcano, his narrative includes a long account of Kilauea supplied from another source. At a later date, the author enjoyed additional shore leave at Hilo. He attended Rev. Coan's church but could not understand the Hawaiian sermons, and he comments on Rev. Lyman's school, dwelling house, and grounds. A final anchorage was made at Honolulu late in the year, and on Christmas Day 1856 the Rebecca Sims sailed for home, reaching New Bedford on May 23, 1857. Sampson's fourth voyage, aboard the Junior of New Bedford (July-Dec. 1857), "was no less eventful, for it was on this voyage that Cyrus W. Plummer and part of the crew slaughtered Captain Archibald Mellen, in one of the most famous mutinies in Pacific history. Sampson and several others were forced by the mutineers to accompany them in the ship's boats in an escape to Australia. They landed on the desolate coast between Sydney and Melbourne, and made their way with great difficulty to civilization. Sampson and several others were taken prisoner, and returned to the U.S. to stand trial, where Sampson was freed" (Lefcowicz). References: Not in Bagwell. Forster, 85. Ferguson, 15429a. See Bulletin 69 ( 1 9 9 1 ) of rare book dealer Edward Lefcowicz offering a copy of this book for sale. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, good copy in original black cloth. Not in HHS or H M C S . HSL (Tice Phillips)*. N L A (Nan Kivell collection). YU. The N U C records 3 copies.

San Francisco Chamber of Commerce Report I adopted by the I San Francisco Chamber of Commerce, I in relation to the I Proposed Treaty I of I Commercial Reciprocity I between the I United States I and the I Hawaiian Islands. I [rule] I December 1 4 , 1867. I [rule] I New York: I Metropolitan J o b Print, 97 Nassau Street. I [rule] I 1867.

2770

8vo. 24 x 15.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 4 text, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp.

In 1867 the San Francisco Chamber of Commerce asked a committee composed of George Gordon, Ira P. Rankin, James Otis, and Charles Walcott Brooks to investigate the proposed Hawaiian treaty of reciprocity and "the effect it will have upon the commerce of the Pacific and of this State and coast." This document, dated December 2, 1867, is their reply. The report concludes: 1 st. That the location of the Sandwich Islands is such, that any strong naval power, fortified thereon, would hold the key to the commerce of the Pacific. . . . 2nd. That France, England and the United States are striving for that position. 3rd. That this reciprocity treaty appears to be at present the best if not the only way of preventing an unfriendly hostile power from obtaining them . . . and of ultimately securing their possession for the United States. . . . 4th. That the commerce of the Pacific Coast of the United States will be immediately and largely benefitted by the reciprocity treaty. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Hist. Pam. 1 3 9 ) * .

Tuckerman, Edward Lichenes I of I The Hawaiian Islands. I By I Edward Tuckerman. I [rule] I [From the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences I Vol. VII, September 1 1 , 1866.] I [rule] I Issued, July, 1867. I Cambridge: I Welch Bigelow, and Company, I Printers to the University. I 1867.

2771

454

1867

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 24 x 14.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [223] + 224-234 text, [235-236] blank pp.

This article was first published in the Proceedings in 1866. It was also issued with Horace Mann's Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants (Boston, 1867; see No. 2760), which it immediately follows in the Proceedings. Tuckerman evidently had a small number of these offprints made up for his private distribution. References: Hunnewell, p. 52 (listing the Mann publication). Copies: H M C S * , the offprint but lacking pp. 35-36. BPBM (2)*, one copy in the Proceedings and another in the Mann offprint. The NUC records copies of the offprint in the Massachusetts Horticultural Society and the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

2772

Twain, M a r k (pseud, of Samuel Langhorne Clemens) Cooper Institute I [double rule] I By Invitation of a large number of prominent Californians and I Citizens of New York, I M A R K T W A I N I will deliver a I SerioHumorous Lecture I concerning I K A N A K A D O M I or, I The Sandwich Islands, I at I Cooper Institute, I On Monday Evening, M a y 6, 1867.1 [double rule] I Tickets Fifty Cents. I For Sale at Chickering & Sons, 652 Broadway, and at the Principal I Hotels. I Doors open at 7 o'clock. The Wisdom will begin to flow at 8. [New York, 1867] Folder. With title and text on 6 (of 8) leaves, folding to 13.5 x 8.5 cm.

Following his 1866 visit to the Hawaiian Islands as a newspaper reporter, Twain went on a lecture tour, expounding on his Hawaiian experiences and observations. This is a rare survivor of an advertisement for one of these lectures, given in New York City. On the second page Twain announces that "the following topics will receive marked attention." He then lists them: "2. Where Kanakadom is situated. 3. What it was situated there for, . . . 6. Its population, and who killed it. 7. How the natives dress, and, more particularly, how they don't dress. . . . 1 2 . Native Hospitality. 1 3 . Native rascality. . . . 15. Their talent for dying when they have got ready to die. . . . 26. A word about the religious aspect of Kanakadom. 27. The white people, and their peculiarities. . . ." On the page 5, Twain explains, "Carefully Elaborated Jokes will be attached to each of these thirty-eight subjects—some of them being fearfully and wonderfully made, but everything in the discourse except those jokes, can be relied upon as useful and accurate information." Pages 6 and 7 reprint a commendatory letter to Twain from United States Senator James W. Nye. References: For an account of this lecture, see Walter F. Frear, Mark Twain and Hawaii (Chicago, Lakeside Press, 1947), pp. 2 1 2 - 2 1 3 . Copies: A H (Invitations, M-485)*.

2773

Vysheslavitsev, Aleksei Vladimirovitch Ocherki I Perom i Karandashem I iz I Krugosvietnago Plavaniia I v 1857, 1858, 1859 i i 8 6 0 godakh I A . Vysheslavtsova. I [rule] I Izdanie vtoroe, ispravlennoe. I S 27 -'iu litografirovannymi risunkami. I [publisher's initials] I Idzanie Mavrikiia Osipovich Vol'fa. I Sanktpeterburg, I Gostinyi Dvor No. No. 18, 19 i 2 0 . I Moskva, I Kuznetskii most, dom Rudakova. I 1867. 8vo. 26.5 x 18 cm (AH), [i] title, [ii] printer's name and address, [I] + II—III index, [IV] blank, [1] + 2 - 5 9 2 text pp. With added pictorial lithograph title, and 23 lithograph views. Published in black or olive decorated cloth, title in gilt within oval on upper cover, spine extra gilt.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

455

Title: Essays in pen and pencil from a voyage around the world in 1857-1860. The second edition. For comments on the voyage, see the first (1862) edition, No. 2514. The two copies of this edition which I have examined have only 23 lithograph plates (as opposed to 27 in the first edition), with no evidence that four additional plates were ever present. As in the first edition, the lithograph plates are printed on light grey sheets with a tone plate added. The Hawaiian plates, which are identical to those in the first edition, show some wear to the plates. References: O'Reilly and Reitmann, 1 2 3 8 (the 1862 edition only). Copies: A H (Kahn)*, with the added lithographic title, and 23 lithograph plates, in original black pictorial cloth, gilt. B P B M * , with the added lithographic title, and 23 lithograph plates, original green cloth, gilt. This edition is not recorded in the N U C .

1868 [Anglican Church Mission] [Map] I T H E C H U R C H I N T H E K I N G D O M OF HAWAII, I Sandwich Islands. I [rule] I [text begins:] It is well known that the enterprise of planting a branch of our Church in Hawaii (the I Owhyhee of Captain Cook) was undertaken in compliance with the earnest wishes of the I late King, Kamehameha IV. I [text continues] [Colophon on p. 4:] London: - Printed by Strangeways & Walden, Castle Street, Leicester Square. [1868?]

2774

4to. 26 x 2 1 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 4 text pp.

An appeal for funds to continue the mission. The text gives a summary of important events and of work accomplished through 1867, and a summary of the financial condition of the Hawaiian Church. Recipients are then solicited for contributions, for unless contributions are obtained the "Church in Hawaii. . . must die away." The map (10.3 x 16.5 cm) above the title shows the size and position of the Sandwich Islands relative to other parts of the Pacific. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Mission Pam. 3 0 ) * .

Brigham, William Tufts Horace Mann, I Curator of Botany in the Boston Society of Natural I History. I [rule] I [from the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. x n , Boston, November 18, 1868]. 8vo. 23.5 x 14.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 6 text, 7 - 8 list of plants pp.

An offprint of a long obituary notice delivered before the society. It contains an account of Mann's botanizing in the Islands with his friend Brigham. "As a result of our Hawaiian explorations, five new genera were added to the flora, one of which was dedicated to him under the name of Hesperomannia, and has been engraved for the next part of our Memoirs, while of new species of flowering plants, no less than seventy-one, or more than eleven percent of the entire phaenogamous Hawaiian flora were discovered." Brigham's remarks include brief notes on collections made by others, from Cook's botanists to the recent explorations by Jules Remy. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (2). HSL (Tice Philips)*, Brigham's copy of this offprint, bound with other pamphlets.

2775

456

1868

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

2776

Brigham, William Tufts N o t e s I on the I Volcanoes of the H a w a i i a n Islands. I With a History of their Various Eruptions. By I William T. B r i g h a m , A . M . I [ F r o m the M e m o i r s of the Boston Society of N a t u r a l History, Vol. i , Part h i ] I Boston: I Printed at the Riverside Press, C a m b r i d g e . I 1 8 6 8 . 4to. 29 x 22 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [341] + 342-468 text, 469-472 index pp. With 5 engraved maps (including 1 folding) and woodcut text illustrations. An important work on volcanology. Brigham gives a geographical summary of volcanoes and volcanic action on the major islands of the Hawaiian group and illustrates important features of each with woodcut views, diagrams, and maps. Much of the article concentrates on the volcanic activity of M a u n a Loa and Kilauea, and includes eyewitness accounts and observations by others, including Titus C o a n , excerpted from identified sources. The account is carried up to 1865. The woodcut illustrations include a fine view of Haleakala crater (p. 365) after a photograph by Charles L . Weed, and a view of Kilauea after a painting by E. W. Perry. The five engraved maps which accompany this text are: Plate 1 1 . M a p of Niihau and Kauai (15.8 x 2 1 . 5 cm) Plate 1 2 . M a p s of Oahu and The Hawaiian Group ( 2 1 . 7 x 15.8 cm) Plate 1 3 . M a p of M o l o k a i , Lanai, Kahoolawe and M a u i ( 1 6 x 2 1 . 5 c m ) Plate 1 4 . M a p of the Island of Hawaii ( 2 1 . 5 x 1 6 cm) Plate 1 5 . The Crater of Kilauea in 1865. Surveyed and drawn by William T. Brigham (folding, with insets at top left and right showing the same crater in 1 8 4 1 and 1 8 2 5 ; 2 1 . 5 x 33 cm) The separate title leaf of this monograph (as transcribed above) is present only in a small number of copies, evidently those made up for presentation purposes by the author, or by James Hunnewell. These special copies are usually found bound in brown or green cloth and with the title " H a w a i i a n Volcanoes I William T. Brigham" on the upper cover. The actual paper, which was published in the Memoirs (Vol. 1, Part i n , beginning on p. 3 4 1 ) , has the caption title "Notes on the Volcanic Phenomena of the Hawaiian Islands, with a description of the Modern Eruptions. . . . Read June 20th, 1 8 6 6 . " This text is often catalogued under that title and date. The Bishop Museum Library has a particularly attractive copy of this title, bound with Brigham's Notes on the Eruption of the Hawaiian Volcanoes, 1868, in full red morocco gilt, with title on the upper cover followed by "Presented to his Majesty David Kalakaua." References: Carter, p. 24. Hunnewell, p. 28. Copies: AH (Kahn), a copy of the memoirs. BPBM (3)*, 1 copy is extracted from the memoirs, 2 are the offprint issue including the special copy noted above. BPBM (Carter 7-E-32)*. HarU. HHS. H M C S * , the offprint issue. HSL (Tice Phillips). M L . NYP. UH. The NUC lists 7 copies. The Union List of Serials records many copies of the memoirs.

2777

D a m o n , Samuel C. Puritan Missions in the Pacific: I A Discourse, I delivered at H o n o l u l u (S.I.) I on the anniversary I of the I H a w a i i a n Evangelical A s s o c i a t i o n , I sabbath evening, J u n e 1 7 , 1 8 6 6 . I By Rev. Samuel C . D a m o n . I [rule] I A m e r i c a n Edition. I [rule] I N e w H a v e n : I Printed f o r J . H u n n e w e l l , I by Tuttle, M o r e h o u s e & Taylor. I 1 8 6 8 . i2mo. 18 x 1 1 . 2 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] letter to Damon from a committee June 18, 1866, [3]—4 Preface, [5] + 6-38 text, [39] + 40-45 Appendixes A - C , [46] + 47-48 Supplement,

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

457

[i] The Song of Valiant Faith by Bingham, [ii] blank pp. With woodcut frontispiece of Kawaiahao Church with paragraph of text below.

This is the second (but first American) edition. For the first edition (Honolulu, 1866), see No. 2680. Appendix A reprints a letter from Hawaiian missionary James Kekela to President Abraham Lincoln. According to the Hunnewell bibliography the edition was 2 , 5 0 0 copies. This pamphlet was probably issued near the end of the year, and for that reason a good portion of the edition appears to have had the cover date advanced to 1869. There is no alteration to the main title or any of the text. References: Carter, p. 44. Hill, p. 73. Hunnewell, p. 34. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, 1869 issue. BPL. HarU. H M C S * , 1869 issue. HSL (Tice Phillips)*, 1869 issue. LC. PA-VBC. NYP. UH, 1869 issue. YU. The NUC records 1 1 copies of the 1868 issue and 3 copies with the 1869 date on the cover.

Fourth of J u l y Fourth of July ! I 1 7 7 6 . [cut of an eagle] 1868 I [double rule] I Long Live the Republic! I [double rule] I Celebration Exercises at Kawaiahao I Church, to commence at 1 0 A.M. I [rule] I Programme, I . . . I Benediction, - - By Rev. H. H. Parker. I [double rule] I Music, - - By the Band. I [double rule] I N . B . The R E G A T T A in the harbor will take place at 3 o'clock P.M. The Band will I be in attendance on the Esplanade. [Honolulu, 1 8 6 8 ]

2778

Handbill. Text within an ornamental border. 26 x 14.5 cm.

The exercises included introductory remarks by Col. Zephaniah S. Spaulding, Acting Charge d'Affaires, U.S.A.; a reading of the Declaration of Independence by James W. Austin; and an oration by Rev. Luther H. Gulick. The congregation sang "Columbia the Gem of the Ocean" and "The Star-Spangled Banner." References: None found. Copies: AH (broadside in M-485)*.

Fürer, C a r l E d u a r d Hawaii-Nei. I [rule] I Een Tafereel I uit de I Eilanden-Wereld in Den Stille Oceaan, I in zes zangen I van I Carl Eduard Fürer; I Bewerkt naar het hoogduitsch en ten voordeele van I de uitbreiding van het Christendom I op Celebes, I door I C. P. L . Rutgers, I Predikant te Groningen. I [rule] I Groningen, I H. W. van der Kamp. I 1868.

2779

8vo. 21.3 x 13 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Voorberigt, [4] blank, [5] "Hawaii-Nei" half title, [6] blank, [7] + 8-53 poems and "Aanteekeningen" text, [54] blank pp.

The second (but first Dutch) edition. Each of the six poems is preceded by a half title, which though unpaged is included in the page count. For notes on the text, see the first (1867) edition, No. 2745. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*. This edition is not in the NUC.

Hartwig, Georg Ludwig Naturen og Folkelivet I paa Sydhavs-oerne. I Skildringer for Dannede af alle Staender, I af I Dr. G . Hartwig. I Forf. af "Underverdenen med dens Statte og Bidundere," "Havet med I dets Plante= og Dureverden" m.v. I [rule] I M e d Billeder og Kort i farvetryk. I [rule] I Kjobenhavn. I P. G. Philipsen Forlag. I 1868.

2780

458

i868

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 19.5 x 1 3 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] notice, [v] + v i - x v index and list of illustrations, [xvi] blank, [ 1 ] + 1 - 6 4 0 text pp. With tinted lithograph, 2 maps, and 6 color lithograph views.

This is a Danish translation of Hartwig's Die Inseln des Grossen Oceans irn Nature (Wiesbaden, 1861; see No. 2.423). An English translation (in typescript) of the Hawaiian text is in the Bishop Museum (Carter 11-F-2). References: Kroepelien, 52.5. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (Carter 1 2 - B - 2 1 ) * , with signature of " C . Hedemann" on the half title.

2781

H a w a i i , Kingdom. Collector General of Customs C U S T O M H O U S E S T A T I S T I C S . I Hawaiian Islands, 1867. I [rule] I Prepared by W. F. Allen, Collector General [of] Customs. I [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1868] Broadside. 48.5 x 28 cm.

This broadside contains 1 2 boxes of statistics, which show imports, exports, cargoes invoiced above $ 1 0 , 0 0 0 , Customs House receipts, national vessels at Honolulu in 1867, and passenger statistics for the year. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Customs)*.

2782

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Education Biennial Report I of the I President of the Board of Education I to the I Legislature of 1868. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1868] 8vo. 23 x 1 4 . 5 cm. Caption title, [ 1 ] + 2 - 2 1 text, [ 2 2 - 2 4 ] blank pp. + 1 folding table. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kamehameha V. - Fifth Year."

A report by Mataio Kekuanaoa. Subjects discussed are entered under the following caption titles: Common Schools; High Schools conducted in the Hawaiian language, supported or assisted by the government; High Schools conducted in the English language; Boarding Schools for Boys conducted in the English language; Boarding Schools for Girls conducted in the English language; Day Schools in which the English language is taught, assisted by the Board; Day Schools in which the English language is taught, not assisted by government; The Industrial and Reformatory School at Kapalama, Oahu. A short note on the 1866 census is also included. Tables of statistics follow. The folding table is titled "Census of the Hawaiian Islands, taken December 7th, 1866." References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: A H * , lacking the folding census table. A H * , a copy with the folding table is in the 1868 Legislative Records. A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (Carter 8-A-rz). H H S * . H M C S * . 2783

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Education Palapala Hoike I no na Makahiki Elua, I a ka I Peresidena o ka Papa Hoonaauao, I i ka I Ahaolelo o ka Makahiki 1868. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1868] 8vo. 2 1 . 5 x 1 3 . 5 cm (AH). Caption title, [ i r ] + IZ-ZI text, [ 2 2 - 2 4 ] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: " K a N o h o Alii Ana o ka Moi Kamehameha V. - Ka Makahiki Elima."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2782. A note in brackets at the top of the title, "Unuhiia e J. M. Kapena," means "Translated by J. M. Kapena." Copies are generally

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

459

found bound with the English-language text, but the Hawaiian edition was also issued separately. References: None found. Copies: A H * . H H S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Report I of the I Minister of Finance I to the I Legislature of 1868. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1868]

2784

8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 4 report, 1 5 - 2 4 , 2 6 - 3 0 [i.e., 1 5 - 2 9 ] text, [ 3 0 - 3 2 ] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kamehameha V. - Fifth Year."

A report by Stephen H. Phillips, Minister of Finance, dated April 18, 1868. He lists receipts and expenditures and discusses a number of topics, including the need for reliable interisland steam navigation, a financial settlement of the claims of the Queen Dowager Kalama, subsidies to proprietors of ocean steamers, and sources of revenue. On pages 7 - 8 Phillips reviews the currency of the kingdom, and gives a summary in paragraph form of public improvements and the financial condition of the kingdom. References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: A H * . A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * . H H S * . H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Palapala Hoike I a I Ke Kuhina Waiwai I i ka I Ahaolelo o ka makahiki 1868. I [Honolulu, 1868]

2785

8vo. 22.5 x 1 4 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 3 0 text, [ 3 1 - 3 2 ] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: " K a Noho Alii Ana o ka Moi Kamehameha V. - Ka Makahiki elua."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2.784. References: None found. Copies: A H * . A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Health Report I of I the Board of Health I to the I Legislature of 1868. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1868] 8vo. 22 x 1 3 . 5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 1 report, 1 2 - 1 4 appendix, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kamehameha V. - Fifth Year."

Following the Honolulu press disclosure, in January 1867, of inadequate living conditions at the new leper colony at Kalawao, Molokai, Dr. F. W. Hutchinson, head of the Board of Health, made a personal inspection of the settlement. In this long and sobering report, Hutchinson discusses the difficulty of maintaining order, the general state of indifference among the patients, and the refusal of even the strongest of them to cultivate the land. He further tells of the great difficulties of transporting everything needed by the new community. There are also reports on the Kalihi Hospital, the insane asylum, and a table of general statistics. References: Carter, p. 6 1 . Copies: A H (2)*. B P B M * . H H S * . H M C S * .

2786

Hawaiian National Bibliography

460

1868

2787

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Health Palapala Hoike I o na I Papa Ola, I i ka Ahaolelo o ka Makahiki 1868. [Honolulu, 1868] 8vo. 22. x 13.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 1 report, 1 2 - 1 4 appendix, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Ka Noho Alii Ana o ka Moi Kamehameha V. - Ka Makahiki Elima."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2786. The Hawaiian and English texts are frequently found stitched together, but they were printed on separate signatures and were intended to be available for separate issue. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*. H M C S * .

2788

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Laws I of His Majesty I Kamehameha V, I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I passed by the I Legislative Assembly, I at its session, I 1868. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by order of the Government. I 1868. 8vo. 2z x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 6 1 Session Laws, [62] + 63-64 Index pp.

An important (and controversial) bill passed in this session was the act establishing a (native) Hawaiian Board of Health. Approved by the king, June 23, 1868, this was specifically intended to license "native Hawaiians who wish to practice medicine in this Kingdom," on presentation of qualifications to a board of three persons "who shall serve during the King's pleasure." Penalties were provided for "any practitioner who shall be convicted of the practice of Anaana, Hoopiopio, Hoounauna or Hoomanamana." Other acts passed during this legislative session amended the civil code; authorized the judiciary to compile a penal code; provided specific punishment for "Barbarity," that is, piracy at sea; provided for the protection of imported game birds; secured the benefits of life insurance to married women; and prevented "the driving of cattle through the city of Honolulu within certain hours." The appropriation bill is on pages 54-61. References: Carter, p. 108. Judd, p. 4 (lists 5 copies). Copies: A H (3)*. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*, Kaiulani-Cleghorn copy. BPBM (Carter)*. HHS*. HMCS*.

2789

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes N a Kanawai I o ka Moi I Kamehameha V., I Ke Alii o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, I i kauia e ka I Hale Ahaolelo, I iloko o ka Ahaolelo o ka makahiki I 1868. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia mamuli o ke kauoha a ke Aupuni. I 1868. 8vo. 24 x 1 6 cm, untrimmed (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-64 Na Kanawai, [65] + 66-68 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index) pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2788. The appropriation bill is on pages 56-63. References: Judd, p. 4 (lists 4 copies). Copies: A H (3)*. BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter)*. HHS*.

2790

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature Appropriation Bill for 1 8 6 8 - 6 9 . ' [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1868] Broadside. Text in 2 columns. 53.5 x 40.5 cm.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

461

This contains the projected appropriations for the civil list and for the government departments. The total for the two years amounted to $1,009,650.45. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature. Commerce Committee H O I K E O K E K O M I T E N O K E K A L E P A . I [double rule] I I ka Mea Kiekie M . Kekuanaoa, Peresidena o ka Ahaolelo: I Ua kauoha keia Komite e ka Hale, ma ka la 4 o Mei, e hoolohe ina olelo a ka poe i kuleana iloko o ia I mau mea, no ka pono a me ka pono ole o ka haawi ana i mau dala uku manawalea i kekahi Hui i kukuluia no I ka hooholo moku mahu pili aina, a me ka pono a me ka pono ole paha o ke kokua ana ma ia ano no i kekahi I laina mokuahi mawaena on Honolulu a me Kapalakiko. [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1868]

2791

Broadside. Caption title and text of 92 lines in Hawaiian, 34.5 x 16 cm text area on a sheet 42.5 x 20 cm.

Title: Report of the Committee on Commerce. On May 4, Honorable Stephen H. Phillips introduced in the legislature a resolution: "That the Committee on Commerce, Agriculture, and Manufacturers be instructed to consider the expediency of granting subsidies to any company now or hereafter to be incorporated, for the purpose of interisland navigation, and also to the line of ocean steamers plying between Honolulu and San Francisco." The resolution was referred to the Committee on Commerce. This is their report, signed by Valdemar Knudsen, Curtis J. Lyons, E. H. Boyd, J. W. Makalena, and Asa Hopu. On May 19, 1868, the report was read to the legislature, which voted to publish it in English and Hawaiian. The English-language version appears to have been published only in the Hawaiian Gazette, May 27, 1868. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Legislature)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature. Education Committee Report of the Committee on Education. I [rule] I His Highness M . Kekuanaoa, President of the Assembly: I [text begins] I [then Hawaiian text at right:] Hoike o Ke Komite on ka Hoonaauao. I [rule] I I ka Mea Kiekie M. Kekuanaoa, Peresidena o ka Hala Ahaolelo. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1868] Broadside. Text in double-column form in English and in Hawaiian. 53.5 x 38.5 cm (BPBM).

This report of the Committee on Education first deals with various legislative petitions received from parents concerning the common schools and the course of action taken in each case. This is followed by an account of a personal inspection of the reformatory school, which was less than satisfactory. The committee noted that the "grounds'immediately around the institution do not bear the marks of careful cultivation" and that they saw "no reason why they should not be made more productive." The institution appeared to have a competent native instructor, but the classroom was "miserably ventilated, and, on a hot day resembles an oven." Overall the committee did not feel that the institution had been run on a "right basis." A weeding out of those students guilty of lessor offenses and more discipline for those guilty of crimes against the penal laws of the kingdom were urged. Remarks on boarding schools- for girls and for boys, Hawaiian-language day schools,

2792

462

1868

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

and foreign (English-language) select schools are included. The report concludes with a list of public positions and the recommended salaries for each. The report is signed by H. R. Hitchcock, P. F. Koakanu, J. W. Kumahoa, Wm, Pinhasa Wood, and J. Nakila. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*.

2793

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature. Committee to Investigate the Printing Office Twenty-sixth Day, May 15th. I The Assembly met at the usual hour, President Kekuanaoa in the Chair. I Hon. C. J. Lyons, from the Committee to whom was I referred the affairs of the Government Printing I Office, presented the following report: . . . [Honolulu, 1878] Broadside. 136 lines of text, on a sheet 41 x 16.5 cm.

The committee states that it has examined the accounts expenditures of the printing office for the two years ending March 31, 1868, then recommend "that the Government should continue their proprietorship of a newspaper in the English language, and another in the Hawaiian, but recommend that the printing office and presses be sold or leased to private parties, provided such parties are ready to offer satisfactory terms of purchase or lease." This report is signed by C. J. Lyons, E. H. Boyd, and D. Kaukaha. The text then continues with an unrelated discussion of government salaries. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.)*.

2794

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature. Sanitary Committee Report of the Sanitary Committee. I [rule] I [text begins:} To His. Ex. P. Nahaolelua, President of the Legis- I lative Assembly: I Your Committee have taken into consideration the various subjects presented to them, and do now offer I the following report: [text continues] I Respectfully submitted, C. J. Lyons, D. Kahaulelio, Simon K. Kaai, W. P. Kamakau, J. Komoikehuehu. Broadside. Caption title and text in double-column form divided by a vertical double rule. Sheet size 36 x 21.7 cm.

A report on public health matters concerning the leper settlement at Molokai, the Kalihi hospital, the insane asylum, and the appointment and maintenance of "travelling Government Physicians." It also includes a proposal to "give to a number of Hawaiians who may be willing to serve in the Queen's Hospital, instruction in matters pertaining to nursing, care of the sick, etc." With respect to licensing of native Hawaiian physicians (as per the law enacted by the 1866 legislature), the committee reports: "It is not the unmixed evil that some have predicted. Out of a thousand or so of applicants, about eighteen or twenty licenses have been granted, and the matter of Hawaiian practice is thus kept under supervision." References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—Legislature)*.

2795

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Biennial Report I of the I Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, I to the I Legislature of 1868. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1868]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

463

8vo. 20 x 13 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 4 text, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kamehameha V. - Fifth Year." Judge Elisha H. Allen lists criminal cases tried in the Supreme Court during 1 8 6 6 and 1 8 6 7 , and provides tables of a variety of crimes and misdemeanors under the jurisdiction of district and police courts on all islands. This is followed by a comparative table of all offenses throughout the kingdom for 1 8 6 6 and 1 8 6 7 . Allen also discusses courts at Hilo and Waimea, Hawaii, and various amendments made to the civil and penal codes. References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: AH (2)*, one copy with 1868 Legislative records. H M C S * . H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Supreme

Court

2796

Palapala H o i k e I a k a I L u n a k a n a w a i N u i o ka A h a Kiekie, I no ka m a k a h i k i 1 8 6 6

me 1867, i ka I Ahaolelo o ka Makahiki 1868. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1868] 8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (AH). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 4 text, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp. Above the title appears: "Ka Noho Ana o ka Moi Kamehameha V. — Ka Makahiki Elima." The Hawaiian-language edition of N o . 2 7 9 5 . References: None found. Copies: AH*. H a w a i i a n C l u b of B o s t o n H a w a i i a n C l u b Papers. I Edited by a Committee of the Club. I [Hawaiian coat of arms] I [rule] I October, 1 8 6 8 . I [rule] I Boston: I Press of A b n e r A . K i n g m a n , I 1868. 8vo. 23.5 x 15 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] copyright and edition statements, [iii-iv] contents, [1] + 2 - 1 1 9 text, [ 1 2 0 ] blank pp. Issued in grey printed wrappers, and in black cloth with title in gilt on upper cover. The Hawaiian Club was formed in Boston in January 1 8 6 6 " b y a few gentleman" w h o had, at different periods during the previous forty years, resided in the Hawaiian Islands. There were 1 5 original members, and by 1868 the total had increased to 45. Although the club was in existence for many years, this volume of papers was their first (and only) publication. A note on the verso of the title page says, " F o u r hundred fifty copies plain, fifty club copies [on] tinted [paper]." The most important part of this collection of papers is the Hawaiian bibliography, "A Catalogue of works published at, or relating to, the Hawaiian Islands" (pp. 6 3 - 1 1 5 ) . In his introduction to the revised edition of the catalogue, which was published in 1869 (see N o . 2839), James F. Hunnewell states that it was the joint effort of a committee composed of William T. Brigham, Sanford B. Dole, and himself. Each one of the Committee contributed, in some way, to it. The proposer [Hunnewell] furnished the portion referring to the "Missionary Herald," together with several minor paragraphs and general assistance. M r . Dole made a list of the large number of books relating to the Islands, then in the Library of Harvard College . . . . The chief labor was, however, done by M r . Brigham, whose industry and knowledge of the subject gave this " C a t a l o g u e " much of its completeness and value. It contains material collected by the four chief previous writers on the same subject,—Messrs. Dibble,

2797

464

i868

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

Jarves, Pease and Martin, and also many additions, references and explanations. . . . Books at the Harvard Library are marked H.C., and some marked A., are in the Boston Athenaeum. Those collected by Mr. Brigham are marked B. Publications of the American Mission, embracing two hundred and thirty-two titles, are, except those printed at Lahainaluna, marked M ; and those of the Catholic Mission, C. M . A few are marked H. M . W. (referring to H. M . Whitney), and some found only in the writer's collection are marked H. The song "He Mele Lahui Hawaii," composed by "Mrs. Lilia K. Dominis" (that is, Liliuokalani), is found, with music, after the Hawaiian bibliography on pages 1 1 6 - 1 1 7 . The following papers were also published in this volume: The Hawaiian Club, by E. P. Bond (pp. 1-2.). Early Wells of Honolulu, by James Hunnewell (pp. 2 - 3 ) . Voyages of the Ancient Hawaiians (from Kamakau), by S. B. Dole (pp. 4 - 7 ) . The Hawaiian Translations of the Scriptures, by E. W. Clark (pp. 7 - 1 0 ) . Kaumualii's Diamond (author unknown; pp. 1 0 - 1 1 ) . Anecdote of Kamehameha (no author given; pp. 1 1 - 1 2 . ) . Story of Paao (from Kamakau), by S. B. Dole (pp. 1 3 - 1 7 ) . Production and consumption of Sugar (no author given; pp. 1 7 - 1 8 ) . Hawaii at the "Exposition Universelle," Paris 1867, by James E Hunnewell (pp. 18-28). Islands of the North Pacific (from the report of Honolulu Harbor master Capt. Daniel Smith; pp. 29-37). First Printing at the Hawaiian Islands, by J. E Hunnewell (p. 18). A Missionary Episode, by S. B. Dole (pp. 38-40). The Hawaiian Volcanoes. An eruption of Mauna Loa. [and] Eruption of Kilauea, by W. T. Brigham (pp. 40-45). The Hawaiian Flora, by W. T. Brigham (pp. 45-48). John P. Parker (obituary; pp. 5 0 - 5 1 ) . Current Events (pp. 52-57). Custom House Statistics. Hawaiian Islands, 1867, prepared by W. F. Allen (pp. 58-62). References: Carter, p. 79. Hunnewell, p. 42. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in black cloth. BPBM (5)*, z in grey paper wrappers, 3 in black cloth. BPBM (Carter 4-C-5)*. HHS*. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. PA-VBC. UH. The NUC records 4 copies. 2798

H a w a i i a n Concert Hawaiian Concert I at I K A W A I A H A O C H U R C H , I given for the benefit I of the I Sufferers at Kau I Saturday Evening, M a y 9. I [rule] Programme: I . . . I Tickets — $ 1 . Below; 5 0 cents Gallery. I [double rule] I To be had at Dr. Hoffman's Drug Store, C. S. Bartow's and the Book Store. I [double rule] I Doors open at 7 o'clock; Entertainment to Commence at 8. I double rule] I The Piano is loaned for the occasion by Mr. Tremper, Fischer's Store I Rooms, Hotel Street. [1868] Handbill. 30 lines of text, within an ornamental border. 16.5 x 10.3 cm. The program included choruses, duets, quartets, and a violin solo, ending with "God save the King." Copies: BPBM*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

H a w a i i a n Concert Hawaiian Concert I of I Vocal Music! I At Kaumakapili Church, I on Thursday Evening, May 2 1 , I In Aid of the I Kau Relief Fund. I [double rule] I Programme. I [double rule] I Tickets $1. Side Seats, 50 Cts. I For Sale at Drs. Hoffman's and Smith's Drug Stores, Whitney's I Bookstore, Kuokoa Office, Castle & Cooke's, and at the Door. I [double rule] I Doors Open at 7 o'clock - Entertainment to Commence at I a Quarter to 8. I [double rule] I The Piano is loaned for the occasion by Mr. Tremper, Fischer's I Store Room, Hotel Street. [Honolulu, 1868]

465

2799

Broadside. 33 lines of text within an ornamental border. 24.5 x 1 2 cm.

This concert was given in aid of Hawaiians made destitute after the earthquake and tidal wave at Kau, Hawaii, in April, 1868. References: None found. Copies: AH (T. C. Heuck Collection, in scrapbook, M-61)*.

H e Buke L a w e Lima He I Buke Lawe Lima I no na I Kahu-Ekalesia. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e Henere M . Wini. 1868.

2800

i6mo. 13.5 x 1 0 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] "He Buke Hooponopono i na Ekalesia" title, [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 5 2 text, [53] "O ka Hoike ana o ka Manaoio" title, [54] blank, [55] + 56-95 text, [96] blank, [97] "Na Rula Hooponopono Hana" title, [98] blank, [99] + 1 0 0 - 1 0 4 text pp.

Title: A handbook for pastors. A frequently printed text, with title variations. For the first edition (1841), see No. 1277. The 1869 annual report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association includes a table of publications showing that the edition was 500 copies. References: Judd and Bell, 443. "The Sixth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (Supplement, July 1869, p. 58). Copies: AI-NZ. BPBM. HHS (2)*. H M C S (3)*. UH. YU.

He Helunaau He I H E L U N A A U , I ke mea I E M a a ' i ke Kanaka, I i ka I Helu i na mea a pau I ma ka I noonoo wale no. I N a olelo ao mua keia a Warren Colburn, i I unuhiia e Rev. A. Bishop pai hou ia e I ka papa hoonaauao. I [rule] I Boston: I N a O. Ellsworth i Pai. I 1868.

2801

i6mo. 13.7 x 8.5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 9 4 text pp.

Title: An intellectual arithmetic, teaching man to calculate everything by thinking only. The Board of Education letterbooks in the Hawaii State Archives, under the date November 22, 1867, have an order for an edition of 2,500 copies. For further notes on this text, see the 1864 edition, No. 2584. References: This edition not in Judd and Bell. Copies: AP-NZ. HHS*, rebound.

H e Ui Kamalii He I Ui Kamalii I no na I Kula Sabati. I [mie] I Helu 111. I [rule] I Hoopukaia e ka Papa Hawaii. I [rule] I Honolulu. I Paiia e H. M . Wini, I 1868. l i m o . 18 x 10.5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 3 2 text pp.

2802

466

i868

Hawaiian National Bibliography Title: A child's catechism for Sunday schools. Number i n . Published by the Hawaiian Board. The 1869 annual report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association comments: "We have added [to our publications] two new question books for the use of Sabbath Schools; No. 3 having been translated by Rev. E. Bond." A table of publications in the same report shows that the edition was 3,000 copies. References: Butler, 289. Judd and Bell, 445. "The Sixth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (July 1869, p. 58). Copies: ATL*. B P B M * . GF. HHS (3)*. H M C S (5)*. N L C . YU.

2803

K a Baibala Hemolele Ka I Baibala Hemolele I o ke I Kauoha Kahiko a me ke Kauoha Hou; I I unuhiia mailoko mai I o na olelo kahiko, I a I ua hooponopono hou ia. I [rule] I Nu Yoka: I Ua Paiia no ko Amerika Poe Hoolaha Baibala, I i hookumuia i ka makahiki M D C C C X V I . I [rule] I 1868. Large 8vo. 26.3 x 20.5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Na Inoa (Names [of the Books of the Old and New Testaments]), [4] blank, 5 - 1 1 3 2 Old Testament text, [ 1 1 3 3 ] " K e Kauoha Hou . . ." (New Testament) title, [ 1 1 3 4 ] blank, 1 1 3 5 - 1 4 5 6 New Testament text pp. At the lower left of the title appears: "[Hawaiian Ref. 8vo.]"

Title: The Holy Bible, of the Old Testament and the New Testament, translated from ancient tongues and revised. [Second title:] The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, translated from the Greek. The first edition of the Bible to incorporate the final revisions made by Ephraim W. Clark. Copies in this large format were intended for pulpit and for family use and are often found with two inserted leaves between the Old and New Testaments, with heading "Moo-Ohana," on which to record births, marriages, and deaths. The report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association for 1868 states: "The new edition of the Bible, we are sorry to say, has not yet arrived, but we may expect a number of copies in a few days." The report of the same organization for 1869 says: "We have during the year received from the American Bible Society, a part of the new and beautiful edition of the Hawaiian Bible and Testament. The cost of the new Bibles and Testaments received was $2,400.50 in American currency. The American Bible Society very kindly allow our accounts to stand open, we paying them the avails of the Bibles when sold. We regret that so large a portion of the first invoice were bound expensively. Had the cheapest binding been used, the whole invoice would probably, before this, have been disposed of. The remainder of the edition is probably on its way from N.Y., in the cheaper binding." The table of publications in the same report shows that the first shipment of Bibles received was 440 copies. The Hawaiian Historical Society has a copy in the original deluxe binding of black morocco, with gilt covers and spine, all edges gilt, and with an inscription in gilt on the upper cover: "Makana na ka A.H.O.P.L.C. ia Eme [sic] Kaleleonalani" (that is, to Queen Emma). It measures 26.3 x 20.5 cm. Another copy of the same edition, in plain blindstamped roan, measures 23.7 x 16.5 cm. References: Judd and Bell, 442. "The Fifth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (Supplement, July 1868, p. 62). "The Sixth Annual Report. . . , " in the Friend (July 1869, p. 58). Copies: A A S * . ATL*. B P B M (3). HHS (2)*. H M C S (7), 4 copies are on "large paper." M L (2).

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

K a Makamae Hawaii K A M A K A M A E HAWAII. I [double rule] I Honolulu, Feberuari 1 , 1868. I [double rule] I E Hawaii e Hoomanao. I [rule] I Ke Olelo Ino ia nei ko Kakou mau Alii. I [rule] I E Laweia ana ka ko Kakou nei I Aupuni e na Haole manao ino. I [rule] I [text begins] I [signed at lower right "Heleouwalo"] Honolulu, 1868. Broadside. Newspaper form with caption title across top, continuing at head of first column. 80 lines of text in 4 columns. 43 x 30.5 cm.

Title: The Hawaiian Treasure. Honolulu, February 1 , 1868. Hawaiians, keep in mind. Our chiefs are being wickedly spoken of. Our kingdom will be taken by the evil-minded haoles. An election campaign document, written by "Heleouwalo" (A voice calling forth), expressing anti-haole sentiments in a most determined and poetic Hawaiian style. The very long text begins as follows: I am calling out to all of you, my friends. To all true native Hawaiians. The Monday is approaching when all of you will be called under the Constitution and laws of our Kingdom, to elect your Representatives to serve in the 1868 and 1869 Legislative Session. This is a supreme duty, do not think of it as something minor. Our independence will be secured upon our casting the right ballot. But if you vote for those who wish to seize this Kingdom, then the results will be on our heads. Do we wish to have this Kingdom seized by heaven's will, according to the plot of certain haoles who are secretly conspiring and establishing an American warship presence in order to cheat us of our rights from our parents and grandparents? Do we wish to see our King being profaned with what they had sensationalized in ancient times, misleadingly claiming that we have a cannibal King and besmirch us with this same evil practice? They are the ones with people well known for instances of cannibalism due to starvation. This does not happen in Hawaii. Therefore do not vote for the haoles who desire to take this kingdom. This is the group affiliated with H. M. Whitney and associates. These are people who consider only their own welfare, not of the right of independence of this Kingdom and this native people. They conspire to take the flag of this Kingdom and the independence of our existence as a native people. And if their plot is realized, then the homeland of our ancestors shall turn to cinders and the earth to stone. References: None found. The above translation has been provided by Jason Achiu of the Hawaii State Archives. Copies: AH (series 222—Legislature 1868, Petitions, Box 33)*.

Kamehameha V. Speech HIS M A J E S T Y ' S A D D R E S S I Delivered by Royal Commission at the Opening of the I Legislature of 1868. I [rule] I [text begins:] Nobles and Representatives - I A great calamity has befallen the island of Hawaii. My duty to my subjects has called me away from I my Capital, and I have delegated a Royal Commission, presided over by my well-beloved father, to open the I regular session of the Legislature. I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1868] Broadside. 54 lines of text. 35.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm.

The king's address at the opening of the legislature, April 18, 1868. The "calamity" referred to in his opening remarks was the earthquake, tidal wave, and volcanic action that devastated the district of Kau, Hawaii, in April 1868. Due to his absence from

468

1868

Hawaiian National Bibliography Honolulu, this speech was, as announced, delivered by his father Mataio Kekuanaoa. A complete transcription of the text is in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, pp. 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 . . Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (2)*. AH (Broadsides—Legislature)"'.

2806

K a m e h a m e h a V.

Speech

K A H A I A O L E L O A K A M O I I i ka A h a o l e l o k a u k a n a w a i o ka M . H . 1 8 6 8 . I E na komisina alii i k a u o h a i a e ka moi. I [rule] I [text begins] Broadside. 35.5 x 2.1.5

cm

I [Honolulu, 1868]

-

The Hawaiian-language edition of N o . 2 8 0 5 . This was originally printed on the same sheet as the English-language version, then generally separated for distribution. A copy in the Hawaii State Archives has the two versions of text attached. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—Legislature)*. 2807

K a m e h e m e h a V.

Speech

H I S M A J E S T Y ' S S P E E C H I A t the Prorogation of the Legislative Assembly, I J u n e 24th, 1 8 6 8 . I [double rule] I [text begins:] N o b l e s and Representatives: I T h e labors of y o u r Session are at an end, and it is with sincere satisfaction that I I congratulate y o u on the result of y o u r deliberations. I . . . I [text in Hawaiian begins on p. 3 : ] H A I O L E L O A K A M O I I i k a H o o p a n e e ana i ka H a l e A h a o l e l o , I Iune 2 4 , 1 8 6 8 . I [rule] I [text continues] I [ H o n o l u l u , 1 8 6 8 ] Circular. Text in English on the first, and in Hawaiian on the third (unnumbered) pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 24.5 x 16.5 cm. The king's remarks on legislative actions include the following: Your solicitude for the moral and physical welfare of my people has been evidenced by the generous appropriations you have voted for the expenses of the Board of Education and Board of Health. You have given satisfaction to a want long felt in this country in providing for the training of Hawaiian children in medical practice, and in regulating the exercise of that profession among competent Hawaiians. I am happy to see that the policy of introducing immigrants of a kindred race has received your hearty co-operation, and that you have passed a law and provided the means to enable my Government to carry out this most important measure. A transcription of this text is in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, p. 1 1 4 . Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (3)*. 2808

Ke Kauoha Hou K e I K a u o h a H o u I a k o k a k o u I H a k u E O l a ' i A Iesu Kristo, I i unuhiia I M a i K a Olelo Helene; I a ua h o o p o n o p o n o hou ia. I [rule] I N u Y o k a : I U a paiia no ka A m e r i k a Poe H o o l a h a B a i b a l a , I i h o o k u m u i a i ka m a k a h i k i M D C C C X V I . I

[rule] I 1868. 8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] index, 1 1 3 5 - 1 4 5 6 text pp. Text in double columns, within ruled borders. At the lower left of title page appears "[Hawaiian Ref. 8vo.]"; on the verso of the title appears "1st edition."

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

469

Title: The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, translated from the Greek, and revised. The first edition of the revised New Testament, printed simultaneously with the Bible; for notes on the production of this work, see under Ka Baibala Hemolele (No. 2803). The table of publications in the annual report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association for 1869 shows that the first invoice was for 425 New Testaments. The Carter collection (Bishop Museum) has a fine copy of the publisher's deluxe binding of full morocco, gilt paneled covers and compartmented spine, all edges gilt (23 x 15 cm). References: Judd and Bell, 444. " T h e Sixth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (July 1869, p. 58). Copies: B P B M (Carter 2-E-25)*. H H S * . H M C S (4)*. M L .

Kekuanaoa, Mataio. Funeral Order of Procession I for the I Funeral I of His Late Highness I M . Kekuanaoa, I Grand Cross of the Order of Kamehameha I, Alihikaua I Nui, Member of His Majesty's Privy Council of State, I Etc. Etc. Etc. I [rule] I Undertaker. I Prince of Hawaii's Own. I Hulumanus. I The Public Schools. I Honolulu Fire Department. I Mechanicis' [sic] Benefit Union. I Independ't Order of Odd Fellows. I Free Masons. I Attending Physicians. I Hulumanus. I Konohiki, Tenants, and Retainers I of His Late Highness' Estate. I Governor of Oahu and Staff. I Honolulu Rifles. I Marines of U.S.S. Ossipee. I Household Troops. I Household Servants of His Late I Highness. I The Roman Catholic Clergy. I . . . I The Clergy of the Hawaiian I Reformed Catholic Church. I The Protestant Clergy. I The Pastor of the Kawaiahao I Church. I Kahili Bearers. I [cut of coffin and on either side:] "Escort Hawaiian Cavalry; Large Kahilis; Small Kahilis; [and] Pall Bearers." I His Majesty the King I Mourning Carriages I The King's Chancellor. I . . . I Hawaiian Cavalry. I [rule] I The funeral will take place on Tuesday, the 22.d I inst. The procession will be formed on King Street, in front of the Palace, at 10 o'clock a.m. . . . I Office of the Governor of Oahu, I Honolulu, Dec. n t h , 1868.

2809

Broadside. 61 lines of text within a double-rule black border. 48.5 x iz.8 cm.

Mataio Kekuanaoa, born about 1 7 9 1 , was married to the chiefess Kinau, daughter of Kamehameha, and was the father of Kamehameha IV, Kamehameha V, and Princess Victoria Kamamalu. An able jurist, he was Governor of Oahu for many years and was perhaps more generally known among all classes of foreign residents and visitors than any other Hawaiian. The Friend (Dec. 1 , 1868) commented, "We cannot recall any Hawaiian chief, king or noble, who has been called to act a more distinguished part." References: None found. Copies: HHS (3)*. O K a Hae Katolika O ka Hae I K A T O L I K A . I [double rule] I (Honolulu, Pai-palapala Katolika) E paio aku oe i ka paio maikai o ka manaoio. (1 Tim. v i - 1 2 . ) I [rule] I [Mei. Helu 1. 1868 - February, 1 8 7 1 ? ] 4to. 28.5 x 2 1 . 5 cm ( H M C S ) . Each issue consists of 4 pages continuously paged. Text in triplecolumn form. " K a t o l i k a " on the masthead is surrounded by printers' ornaments.

Title: The Catholic Standard. A monthly religious periodical that, Yzendoorn says, commenced in May 1868. He says further that during 1869, an extended "Mooolelo Ekalesia," or church history, writ-

2810

470

1868

Hawaiian National Bibliography ten by Father Charles Pouzot, was published, and that it later appeared as a separate publication (see No. 2849). Yzendoorn says the last issue he was able to locate was for February 1 8 7 1 . References: Yzendoorn, 7 1 . Copies: H M C S * , has Helu

2811

13

(May

1869)

to Helu

24

(April

1870).

UH.

Remy, Jules Contributions I of I A Venerable Savage I to the I Ancient History of the Hawaiian Islands. I Translated from the French of M . Jules Remy, I by William T. Brigham. I [woodcut of a Hawaiian image] I [privately printed] I Press of A. A. Kingman, I Museum of the Boston Society of Natural History, I Berkeley Street. I 1868. 8vo. 2 3 x notes pp.

14.5

cm (BPBM). [1] title,

[2]

note,

[3] + 4 - 5 1

text,

[52]

blank,

[53] + 5 4 - 6 0

text

The first English-language edition of this important text. A note on the verso of the title states: "The original Recits d'un Vieux Sauvage pour servir a l'histoire ancienne de Hawaii, was read on the 15th of December, 1857, to the Society of Agriculture, Commerce, Science and Arts of the Department of the Marine, of which M. Remy was a corresponding member, and published at Chalons-sur-Marne in 1859. The translation is perfectly literal, and the Mele of Kawelo [in this edition] has been translated directly from the Hawaiian, M. Remy's translation being often too free. A portion of this work was translated several years since by President W. D. Alexander, of Oahu College, and published in The Friend, at Honolulu." According to another note also on the verso of the title, 2 0 0 copies were printed. This text was issued in printed wrappers, on which the title is repeated and the back wrapper of which is plain but for the addition of a cut depicting a kalo-like plant. It also appeared contemporaneously in plain brown cloth with "Venerable Savage" in gilt on the upper cover. Copies in this binding usually also retain the original printed wrappers. The Hawaii State Library (Tice Phillips collection) has two copies. The first is bound with the 1859 French edition, and includes a one-page letter from Jules Remy, dated Louvery pres Chalons-sur-Marne, 9 Octobre 1869, to Wm. T. Brigham, sending him a copy of his Recits d'un Vieux Sauvage. The second is also a W. T. Brigham copy, bound with other pamphlets. For the first French edition, and notes on the text, see No. 2339. References: Carter, pp. 24 and 153. Hill, n , p. 55Z. Hunnewell, p. 63. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, in original wrappers. BL. B P B M * , in original brown cloth. H H S * , fine copy in original brown cloth. H M C S * , Queen Emma's copy with her signature, "Kaleleonalani," and dated March 4, r 8 7 2 , on upper cover and first text page. H S L (Tice Phillips)*, the two copies described above. L C . UH. Y U . The N U C records copies at the Library of Congress and Yale University.

2812

Rosser, William Henry Short Notes I on the I Winds, Weather, & Currents, I together with general I Sailing Directions I and I Remarks on making passages; I To accompany charts of the I North and South I Pacific. I With illustrations. I By I W. H. Rosser, I Author of "The Self-Instructor in Navigation and Nautical Astronomy"; I "The Stars, H o w to Know Them and H o w to Use Them"; 8cc. & c . & c . I [publishers' device] I London: I James Imray and Son, I Chart publishers and Nautical Booksellers, I Minories and Tower Hill. I 1868.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

471

8vo. 21 x 13 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] note, [iii] preface, dated London, 1868, [iv] index, [1] + 2 - 1 2 0 text pp. With 4 folding charts.

There is a short text on the Hawaiian Islands on page 64, and occasional references to the Islands throughout. The National Union Catalogue shows editions of 1866, 1868, 1 8 7 1 , 1874, and 1880. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*. LC. UC. The NUC records 2 copies.

R o u h a u d , Hippolyte Les I Régions Nouvelles. I Histoire du Commerce et de la Civilisation I au N o r d de l'Océan Pacifique. I Par I Hippolyte Rouhaud I Chancelier de Consulat I [fourline quotation from Louis Napoleon] I [rule] I Paris I E. Dentu, Libraire-Éditeur I Palais-Royal, 1 7 et 1 9 , Galerie d'Orléans. I [rule] I 1868 I Tous droits réservés.

2813

8vo. 21.5 x 13 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [i] + ii-vi Preface, [1] + 2 - 2 2 Introduction—Précis Historique, [23] + 2 4 - 2 0 1 main text, [202] blank, [203] Pièces Justicatives half title, [204] blank, [205] + 2 0 6 - 2 0 9 Singapore text, [210] blank, [ 2 1 1 ] + 2 1 2 - 2 2 2 Cochinchine text by De la Grandiere, [222] blank, [223] + 224-271 Chine text, [272] blank, [273] + 274-309 Japon text, [ 3 1 0 ] blank, [ 3 1 1 ] + 3 1 2 - 3 1 4 Les Iles Bonin text, [315] + 3 1 6 - 3 3 1 lies Sandwich text, [332] blank, [333] + 334-337 L. Angleterre et ses Colonies text, [338] blank, [339] + 340-342 La Politique Américaine text by William H. Seward, [343] + 344-364 États-Unis de la Colombie text, [365] + 366-386 Amérique Centrale text, [387] + 388-390 La France dans l'Extrême-Orient text, [391] + 392-395 La Californie et l'Australie, [396] blank, [397] + 398-404 Table des matières pp.

The chapter on Hawaii in the main text (pp. 6 1 - 8 4 ) has a résumé of political and economic conditions in the Islands. The Treaty of Friendship and Commerce between Hawaii and France, ratified in 1858, is in the appendix (pp. 3 1 5 - 3 3 1 ) . References: Not in Ferguson. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, red morocco spine and marble boards. BPBM*. HMCS*. LC. PA-VBC. UC-B. WaU. YU. The NUC records 1 0 copies.

S a x o n , Isabelle (pseud, of M r s . [Reddingl Sutherland) Five Years Within I The Golden Gate. I By I Isabelle Saxon. I [two-line quotation from Shakespeare's Richard II] I London: I Chapman and Hall, 1 9 3 , Piccadilly. I 1868. 8vo. 20 x 12.5 cm (HMCS). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v] To the Reader, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-x Contents, [1] + 2 - 3 0 8 text, 3 0 9 - 3 1 5 Notes, [316] blank pp.

The author, an English lady, arrived in San Francisco in 1859P], and most of the text is devoted to her interesting observations while living in that city. Chapter fifteen (pp. 298-308) contains miscellaneous notes on the Hawaiian Islands. The author has general remarks on the flora, particularly pulu, a cotton-like substance collected from Hawaiian tree ferns and used to stuff mattresses. Her comments on Hawaiian birds mention the method by which native Hawaiians captured them for their valuable feathers. Many of the observations regarding geographical descriptions and names of places are odd, but not surprising as the author admits that she had not actually visited the Islands. Hunnewell, in a rare annotation, says the Hawaiian text is "surprisingly incorrect,

2814

472

1868

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

even the chief town Honolulu is called Hanaruna, and where the statements can be understood at all, they are generally erroneous. It shows how worthless an article can be." References: Carter, p. 1 6 6 . Hunnewell, p. 66. Copies: BL. H M C S * . L C . The N U C lists 8 copies.

2815

Social L i f e in the Tropics

Social Life in the Tropics. In: The Overland Monthly. Vol. i, pp. 561-569. San Francisco, December 1868. 8vo.

An informal account of the social life in Honolulu. The author begins: "Every place of note is famous for some one thing, and Honolulu is notorious for its gossip, scandal, and the unvarying suspicion with which all strangers are regarded by Government." In the course of the article, the characteristics of a number of island residents are described. These are anonymous in the text; however, a copy in the Tice Phillips collection has contemporary marginal notes identifying the persons described as Charles de Varigny, Samuel N. Castle, British Consul James H. Wodehouse, U.S. Consul McCook, Captain James Makee, Rev. Lowell Smith, Henry M.Whitney, Ned Richardson, Willie (?) Makee, Nellie Judd, Mary Cooke, Ben Holliday, and Col. Z. S. Spaulding. As this copy was first owned by William T. Brigham, it is probable that the annotations are his. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Pac. Pam. 4 0 7 ) * . H S L (Tice Phillips)*.

2816

Staley, T h o m a s Nettleship Five Years' Church Work in I the Kingdom of Hawaii I By the Bishop of Honolulu I

[church flag with crown, cross, and "He Lanakila ma ke Kea"] I Rivingtons I London, O x f o r d , and Cambridge I 1868. i2.mo. 18.5 x 1 2 . 5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] addresses of Rivingtons, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v]-vi preface signed T. N . H. [for Thomas Nettleship, Honolulu], [vii] contents, [viii] list of illustrations, [1] + 2 - 1 0 9 t e x t > 1 1 0 - 1 2 4 appendix, [ i 2 5 ] - i 2 6 addenda, [ 1 2 7 ] errata, [ 1 2 8 ] colophon pp. With folding map of the Hawaiian Islands at first text page. With 2 albumen photographs: frontispiece "The Kamehamehas," and portrait " T h e Prince of H a w a i i " at p. 20; and 8 woodcut text plates. Published in plum, glazed cloth, with the Hawaiian church flag in gilt on upper cover, and gilt cross and Bishop's miter on spine.

An important account of the Anglican Church mission in Hawaii, by its first Bishop. It begins with remarks on the Vancouver voyage, and subsequent visits by others including Tyerman and Bennet, and Rev. William Ellis in 1822. Staley then discusses the introduction of the Anglican Church to Hawaii in 1862 under the sponsorship of Kamehameha IV and Queen Emma. Much of the text describes Anglican mission work in Honolulu, at Lahaina and Wailuku on Maui, and at Kealakekua, Kona, on Hawaii. This work is notable for its use of two original albumen photographs as illustrations. The frontispiece, titled "The Kamehamehas," is a composite image that shows all the monarchs of the dynasty from Kamehameha I to date. The plate titled the "Prince of Hawaii" is a portrait of the infant son of Kamehameha IV and Queen Emma. The woodcut plates are: Memorial Church and Cathedral of S. Andrew Honolulu (p. 1 3 ) Lahaina (Maui) (p. 29) Royal Mausoleum, Honolulu (p. 37)

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1868

St. Alban's College for Boys, Nuuanu Valley, Honolulu (p. 54) St. Andrew's Priory, Honolulu, for the sisterhood and Girls' Boarding-School. Honolulu (p. 58) Hospital of St. Cross, for the sisterhood and Industrial Girls' School, Lahaina (p. 60) Kealakekua Bay, Kona (p. 66) Clergy-House and School-Church, Wailuku, Maui (p. 76) References: Carter, pp. 18 and 1 6 3 . Hunnewell, p. 68. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, George H. Dole's copy. B L . B P B M (2)*, one is a presentation copy dated M a y 27, 1 8 7 0 , from the author to Governor Cleghorn. B P B M (Carter 4-A-25)*. BPL. H H S . H M C S . HSL (Tice Phillips). L C . M L . NYP. UC-B. UH. YU. The N U C records 8 copies.

Staley, T h o m a s Nettleship On the Geography and Recent Volcanic Eruption of the Sandwich Islands. By the Right Rev. Thomas Staley, D. D. Bishop of Honolulu. Read June zz, 1868. In: Journal of the Royal Geographical Society. Vol. 28, pp. 3 6 1 - 3 6 9 . London, John Murray, 1868. 8vo. 2 1 x 1 3 cm. With a folding "Chart of the Sandwich Islands," 19.5 x 27.5 cm.

Staley remarks briefly on the Islands, social conditions, climate, sugar, and the decrease in population. He describes Mauna Loa, Kilauea, the earthquake of April 1 2 , 1868, and the subsequent tidal wave and eruption. References: Carter, p. 1 6 3 . Copies: B P B M (in serial)*. H M C S * . HSL (Tice Phillips). UH.

Wood, J o h n George The I Natural I History of Man; I Being I An Account of the manners and customs of the I uncivilized races of men. I by the Rev. I J. G. Wood, M . A . R L . S . I etc. etc. I With new designs I by Angas, Danby, Wolf, Zewcker, etc. etc. I Engraved by the brothers Dalziel. I Africa. I London: I George Routledge and Sons, The Broadway, Ludgate. I New York; 4 1 6 Broome Street. I 1868. 2 vols. 8vo. 24.5 x 1 6 . 5 cm. Vol. 1 (has " A f r i c a " on the title): [i] blank, [ii] frontispiece plate, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v]-vi preface, [vii] —viii contents, [r] + 2 - 7 7 4 t e x t PP- With numerous woodcut text illustrations. Vol. 11 (has "Australia, N e w Zealand, Polynesia, America, Asia, and Ancient Europe" on the title): [i] blank, [ii] frontispiece plate, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v] preface, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii contents, [ 1 ] + 2 - 8 6 2 text, [863] + 864 index. With numerous woodcut text illustrations.

A massive compilation. The second volume contains chapters on Australia and New Zealand as well as various other Pacific island peoples. A chapter on the Sandwich (or Hawaiian) Islands is in Volume 11 (pp. 427-443). There were several subsequent London editions, and London and New York editions of 1874 and 1875. Later American editions appeared under the title, The Uncivilized Races of the World. References: Bagnall, 6 1 6 6 . Ferguson, 18758 (listing the London, 1 8 8 0 edition). O'Reilly and Reitman, 4 4 1 8 . Copies: A T L . B P B M * . B P L . L C . UC-B. The N U C records more than 2 0 copies.

474

1869 l 8

2819

Hawaiian National Bibliography 69

Bartlett, Samuel Colcord Historical Sketch I of the I H a w a i i a n M i s s i o n , I and the missions to I Micronesia and the M a r q u e s a s I Islands. I By I Prof. S. C . Bartlett, D . D . I [rule] I Boston: I A m e r i c a n B o a r d of Commissioners f o r Foreign M i s s i o n s . I 1 8 6 9 . 8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-32 text pp. The inside front wrapper has a map of the Hawaiian Islands, and the inside back wrapper has a map of Micronesia. Bartlett's text on the Hawaiian mission (pp. 3 - 2 . 2 . ) provides a résumé of the work of the American Board in the Islands. He lists all the Hawaiian missionaries on pages 1 7 - 2 0 . Catholic missionary work is discussed on pages 2 0 - 2 1 and is followed by shorter texts on the Mormons and the " R e f o r m e d Catholics" (i.e., the Anglican mission). From page 23 to the end is a "Sketch of the Micronesia Mission." This historical sketch was first published in 1 8 6 7 in a series titled "Missionary Papers" (a copy of which is in the H M C S collection). The enlarged text of this edition was frequently reprinted. The Hawaiian Mission Children's Society collection has editions dated i 8 7 r , r876, T 8 9 3 , and T 9 0 0 . The 1 8 9 3 edition was revised and has additional text by Rev. C. M . Hyde. References: Carter, p. 16 (listing the 1867 and 1872 editions). Copies: BPL. HarU. HHS. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. N Y P. The NUC records 8 copies.

2820

Bechtinger, J o s . Ein J a h r I auf den I Sandwich-Inseln. I ( H a w a i i s c h e Inseln) I [rule] I L a n d , Leute, Sitten und gebrauche, Import, E x p o r t , mit Berücksichtigung I der klimatischen Verhältnisse, v o r k o m m e n d e n Krankheiten etc. I [rule] I v o n I D r J . Bechtinger, I praktischem Arzte, D o c t o r der gesammten Heilkunde, Mitgliede der medizinschen I Facultät zu W i e n , zu M e x i c o , des D o c t o r e n - C o l l e g i u m s zu Triest, so w i e der k. k. I geographischen Gesellschaft etc. I [rule] I M e m o r i r e n , - B a n d 1 . I [rule] I Wien. I Im Selbstverlage des Vefassers. I 1 8 6 9 . 8vo. 25.5 x 17 cm, untrimmed (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v-vii] Vorwort dated Wien 1869, [viii] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 0 2 text, [203] Inhalt, [204] circular pictorial vignette and colophon pp. With folding, part-colored "Karte der Hawaiischen-Inseln" at end, a woodcut frontispiece, and 7 leaves of woodcuts with 2 images each. Dr. Bechtinger arrived at Hawaii from San Francisco in the fall of 1868 (exact date not determined by me). In October 1868 he was on the island of Hawaii, where he visited the volcano. At a later date he made an excursion to Haleakala on Maui. M u c h of the text concerns medical matters, particularly the doctor's interest in lepers on Molokai. A woodcut vignette on page 45 is a fine view of Kaneohe from the Nuuanu Pali. The frontispiece (which may also include the author himself) and three of the images on the plates depict Hawaiians afflicted with leprosy. A portrait of Kamehameha V is on the plate inserted at page 1 4 4 . Laid in the Kahn copy is a printed (undated) menu of a Hawaiian lunch at Dr. J . Bechtinger's residence. References: Carter, p. 16. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original wrappers. BL. BPBM*, contemporary 3/4 maroon calf. H M C S * . HSL (Tice Phillips). UC-B. UH. The NUC records 1 0 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1869

Bennett, Chauncy C , Honolulu Directory, I and I Historical Sketch I of the I Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands. I by C. C. Bennett. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by C. C. Bennett, Publisher, Stationer, and News Agent. I No. 44 Fort Street. I 1869. 8vo. 20.8 x 1 4 cm (HHS). i - x i i advertisements, [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 6 6 "Historical Sketch of the Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands," 6 7 - 7 6 Chronological Table and List of Notable Events, and Churches and Educational Institutions, [77] + 7 8 - 8 6 Directory, [87]—88 Index, + xiii-xxviii advertisements pp.

The first Honolulu city directory. The historical sketch preceding the actual directory commences: "The history of these Islands by a properly qualified and impartial observer, remains to be written. The volumes of Jarvis [s«c] and Dibble were each valuable at the time when they appeared, but, while the first was written from a political stand-point which has since been forgotten . . . the latter was partly a translation of native traditions, and partly a history of the earlier operations of the American Mission." The sketch begins with general information, and is followed by the "Discovery by Cook," paragraphs on Kamehameha I and Liholiho, the arrival of the first missionaries, and subsequent events up to the year of writing. A long article on manners and customs of the Hawaiians is on pages 51-59, and an article on the decrease in population is on pages 59-62. The historical text concludes with an article on the visit of the Duke of Edinburgh in July 1869. The author of this sketch is not identified here. However, the Saturday Press of November 24, 1883, states that the author was a well-known newspaperman, Henry L. Sheldon, and "besides Mr. Sheldon's connection with the various journals of this city, he was the author of 'Sketches of Hawaiian History' published by C. C. Bennett in 1869." The chronological table, which immediately follows the "Historical Sketch," is based on similar lists published in the newspaper Ke Au Okoa in 1865, and, with corrections and additions, in Andrews' Dictionary (1865; see No. 2615). It ends with the July 2 1 , 1869, arrival of the Duke of Edinburgh, and the August 2nd lighting of the "Lighthouse at the entrance of Honolulu harbor." This table is followed by a list (pp. 7 1 - 7 6 ) of churches and educational institutions, and a court calendar. The actual directory on pages 77-86 is based on street numbers assigned to buildings and residences by the compiler. Under " V , " Bennett has included a large number of "Vacant Lots" on Nuuanu and Fort streets. The last advertisement page (xxviii) includes an appendix with seven additional entries to the directory. The Kahn copy has a half slip inserted after page 88, with 22 lines of alterations titled "Names omitted, and shifts that have been made since compiling." Bennett's directory was issued in September 1869. The Pacific Commercial Advertiser in its September 18th issue noted the receipt of a copy, described it briefly, then stated: "The price of the book (three and a half dollars) may prevent its general circulation, though it is just such a work as is needed. . . . All who can afford it. . . should assist in its circulation, as it will be found a valuable aid to business men." There are two editions of this directory. In the first (described above) the historical sketch concludes with mention of the Kaona rebellion of 1868 and the visit of the duke of Edinburgh in July 1869. In the chronology, the last entry is that for August 2nd: "lighthouse at the entrance of Honolulu Harbor permanently lighted." The second edition of the directory was published in 1 8 7 1 . Although it retains the 1869 date on the title, it can be easily identified by an added text "Historical Events 1 8 6 9 - 1 8 7 1 " (pp. 77-80). In the 1 8 7 1 directory proper, the entries are in single-column form, whereas in the 1869 edition they are usually in double-column form.

476

1869

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

References: Carter, p. 1 6 (listing this under "Sketches"). Copies: A H (Kahn)*, with addenda sheet inserted after p. 88. B P B M (z), one is a specially bound copy for presentation to Kamehameha V; curiously this copy lacks pp. 9 - 1 6 of the "Historical Sketch." H H S * . L C . M L , edition not checked. UH. The N U C records 4 copies of this edition.

2822

Bowles, Samuel The I Pacific Railroad - Open. I How to go: What to see. I Guide for Travel to and Through I Western America. I By I Samuel Bowles, I Author of "Across the Continent," and "Colorado, I its Parks and Mountains." I Boston: I Fields, Osgood, & Co., I successors to Ticknor and Fields. I 1869. i z m o . 1 6 . 5 x 1 0 cm ( H M C S ) . [ 1 ] title, [z] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [3] contents, [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 1 1 7 text, [ 1 1 8 ] blank, [ 1 1 9 ] + 1 1 0 - 1 2 1 appendix, [ 1 Z 3 - I Z 6 ] advertisement pp.

This account includes a hypothetical trip to Hawaii (pp. 9 1 - 9 9 ) , which opens in a nationalistic manner: "To us of the East the Sandwich Islands are a remote foreign kingdom, where our whalers refit, and to the conversion of whose heathen we dedicated all the sanctified pennies of our childhood. But here in California they are counted as neighbors, dependencies, ay, surely and soon possessions of the American Republic." Bowles also wrote Our New West: Records of Travel between the Mississippi River and the Pacific Ocean (Hartford, 1 8 6 9 ) , in which he briefly mentions the Hawaiian Islands. (A copy of Our New West is in the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library.) References: Carter, p. Z3. Copies: A A S . BPL. H M C S " , in brown cloth, title in gilt on upper cover. L C . NYP. WaU. The N U C records 19 copies.

2823

Brigham, William Tufts Notes I on the I Eruption of the Hawaiian Volcanoes, 1868. I by I William T. Brigham, A.M. I [From the Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. 1, Part iv. Being a supplement to Article x , Part 111.] Boston: I Printed at the Riverside Press, Cambridge. I 1869. 4to. Z9.5 x Z2.5 cm (BPBM). [ 1 ] title, [z] blank, [563] blank, 5 6 4 - 5 8 7 text, [588] blank pp.

This is Brigham's monograph on the earthquake and subsequent volcanic eruption of April 1868, at Kau, Hawaii. The text contains numerous quotations from eyewitness accounts written by Mr. and Mrs. Frederick S. Lyman, Titus Coan, Sereno E. Bishop, Henry M. Whitney, Dr. William Hillebrand, and others. On pages 5 6 9 - 5 7 0 is a "List of earthquakes felt at South Kona during the early part of April, 1 8 6 8 , " kept by Rev. C. G. Williamson. A woodcut on page 57Z shows the crater of Kilauea after the eruption. A woodcut map, "Southern Hawaii and the Eruption of 1868" (at p. 583), shows the paths of lava flows from eruptions on Mauna Loa from 1843 to 1868. This is an offprint, with a separate title leaf added prepared for distribution by the author. The caption title on page 564 reads: "The Eruption of the Hawaiian Volcanoes, 1 8 6 8 . . . . Read December 1 6 , 1 8 6 8 . " The Bishop Museum Library has a particularly interesting copy of this title, bound (with other works by Brigham) in contemporary full red morocco titled on the upper cover, "Notes on the Geology and Botany of the Hawaiian Islands," and below, "Presented to his Majesty David Kalakaua." References: Carter, p. 24. Hunnewell, p. z8.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1869

477

Copies: B P B M * . B P B M (Carter 7-E-28)*, an offprint in wrappers; (Carter 7 - E - 2 9 ) * , a copy of the whole volume. H H S . H M C S . NYP. UH. The N U C records 5 copies of the offprint.

Brigham, William Tufts, and Horace M a n n Four New Genera of Hawaiian Plants. I [rule] I Notes on Hesperomannia. I By William T. Brigham, I and on I Alsinidendron, Platydesma, and Brighamia, I with an analysis of the Hawaiian Flora. I By Horace Mann. I [From the Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. 1, Part iv.] I Boston: I Printed at the Riverside Press, Cambridge. I 1869.

2824

4to. 29.5 x 22.5 cm ( H M C S ) . [i] title, [ii] blank, 5 2 7 - 5 2 8 Brigham text, 5 2 9 - 5 4 1 Mann text, [542] blank pp. With 4 engraved plates, numbered 2 0 - 2 3 .

Brigham's text describes Hesperomannia arborescens; "the only known species of this genus was found by Mr. Horace Mann on the summit of Lanai, almost in the centre of the Hawaiian group." Brigham says that it was named by Dr. Gray in honor of its discoverer. Horace Mann's article describes Alsinidendron trinerve "growing on the Kaala Mountains, Oahu at an elevation of about two thousand feet." Mann also describes Platydesma campanulata, found in the mountains behind Honolulu, and Brighamia, "described by Dr. Gray from a specimen collected by Jules Remy, communicated by the Paris Museum, and from specimens collected by William T. Brigham." The second part of Horace Mann's text includes an extensive list of "species peculiar to the Hawaiian Islands." The engraved plates are as follows: 20. 21. 22. 23.

Hesperomannia arborescens. Gray. Alsinidendron trinerve. H. Mann. Platydesma campanulata. H. Mann. Brighamia insignis. Gray.

The Bishop Museum Library has a particularly interesting copy of this monograph, bound with other works by Brigham in contemporary full red morocco, with title on the upper cover: "Notes on the Geology and Botany of the Hawaiian Islands," and below, "Presented to his Majesty David Kalakaua." References: Hunnewell, p. 28 (gives an 1868 date of publication). Copies: B P B M (4)*. B P B M (Carter 7-E-29)*. HarU. H H S . H M C S * . L C . M H . UH. The N U C lists copies of the offprint at the Library of Congress and Harvard. The Union List of Serials records numerous holdings of the serial.

Davis, R a y m o n d Cazallis Reminiscences I of a I Voyage I Around the World. I [rule] I By R. C. Davis, I Assistant Librarian in the University of Michigan. I [rule] I Ann Arbor, Michigan: I Dr. Chase's Steam Printing House, 4 1 & 43 North Main Street. I 1869. n m o . 1 7 x 1 1 cm ( H M C S ) . [1] title, [2] copyright notice, [3] —4. preface, [5] + 6 - 8 publisher's notice, dated Ann Arbor, August 1869, [9] + 1 0 - 1 4 contents, [ 1 7 ] + 1 8 - 3 3 1 text, [332] blank, + 4 unnumbered advertising pp.

The narrative of a voyage made by the author in a merchant ship, the Hampton, from Bath, Maine, via Cape Horn to San Francisco, and ultimately to Calcutta, between September 1849 and August 1851. The ship anchored at San Francisco in April (?) 1850, at the height of the gold rush. Most of the crew immediately departed for the gold fields,

2825

478

1869

Hawaiian National Bibliography and it was only with great difficulty that the captain was able to procure replacements to continue their voyage, and then only as far as Honolulu. The Hampton arrived at Honolulu on May 20, 1850. Davis describes the method of hauling ships in to the harbor, and includes general remarks about the town. He made an excursion to the top of Punchbowl hill, immediately behind the town, and examined the small fort on its crest. Much of the Hawaii text is concerned with day-to-day activities of common seamen. The author describes interactions between seamen, waterfront officials, and common Hawaiians, noting that "nothing occurred to bring us into contact with any of the higher class of natives, excepting that two young men, connected with the Royal family, and students of the Royal School, came on board one afternoon." General comments, gleaned from secondary sources, concern the Islands, Captain Cook, and the missionaries. After having obtained ten Hawaiians as crew, the ship departed Honolulu on June 12th and proceeded through the Pacific to Calcutta, the Cape of Good Hope, and ultimately to England. This narrative was first published in a weekly newspaper, the Peninsular Courier and Family Visitant, and revised for this book edition. The publisher claims that the work blends "interest with historical instruction to such an extent that every reader will be profited by its perusal." The verso of the title page has a notice that the first edition consisted of 6,000 copies, and an advertisement at the end stresses the virtues of this and other works for the benefit of door-to-door book agents. References: Carter, p. 45. Judd and Lind, 49. Not in Kurutz. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, original blue blind-stamped cloth. HHS. H M C S . HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. PA-VBC. YU. The NUC records 4 copies.

2826

Dole, Sanford Ballard A Synopsis I of the I Birds of the Hawaiian Islands. I By Sanford B. Dole, I Honolulu, H.I. I Corresp. Member of the Boston Society of Natural History. I [rule] I From the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. x n . , I February 1 7 , 1869. I [rule] I Boston: I Press of A. A. Kingman. I Museum of the Boston Society of Natural History. I 1869. 8vo. 23 x 15 cm (HMCS). Cover title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 text pp.

An early monograph on Hawaiian ornithology. In his introductory notes, Dole acknowledges the assistance of William T. Brigham and Horace Mann, who had recently made an exploratory tour of the Islands and whose small collection of bird specimens was then housed in the Boston Society of Natural History. Dole may have begun his text in Boston, but he completed it shortly after he returned to the Islands. Hunnewell indicates that the offprint issue was limited to 1 0 0 copies. A second, revised edition was published in Honolulu by Thomas G. Thrum in 1879 (see No. 3260). The Sanford Dole papers (HMCS) include a small notebook of 32 pages, which contains the author's notes on Hawaiian birds. Much of the material is extracted from the British Museum catalogue, the transactions of the Zoological Society of London, and the Ibis, but some original observations are included. The last date of entry seems to be 1885. References: Hunnewell, p. 36. Copies: BPBM (Carter 8-C-135)*. BPBM (DU620.M67)*. HarU. HHS. H M C S (2)*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*, W. T. Brigham's copy. NYP. The NUC records 3 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1869

Dubarry, Armand Ernest Le Roman I d'un I Baleinier I par I Armand Dubarry I [publisher's initials] I Paris I E. Dentu, Libraire-Éditeur I Palais-Royal, 1 7 et 19, Galerie d'Orléans. I [rule] I 1869.

479 2827

n m o . 17.5 x i i cm (HMCS). [i] half title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 9 6 text, [297] "Notes" half title, [298] blank, [299] + 3 0 0 - 3 1 5 "Notes," [ 3 1 6 ] blank, [3x7]—318 Table des matières pp.

A fictional narrative of a whaling voyage to the Pacific made by two young men, "Fican" and "Lussan," on the ship Barteville. In the course of their voyage, three stops were made in the Hawaiian Islands. The first of these concern a visit made in " 1 8 2 2 " to Lahaina and Oahu (pp. 1 2 4 - 1 3 1 ) . Another stop at Honolulu is found on pages 1 8 7 - 2 0 2 . The information on the Hawaiian Islands is clearly taken from the published accounts of others. On pages 1 9 4 - 2 0 1 , for example, is an account of a meal with "Liholiho," probably the same account as that by Arago published in 1842 (see No. 1324). Additional text (pp. 240-242) concerns Honolulu. The author subsequently wrote L'Alsace-Lorraine en Australie, Histoire d'un Famille d Emigrants (Paris, 1887; see Ferguson, 9249). References: Carter, p. 49. Copies: H M C S * . The NUC records a copy at Harvard, but gives the date as " 1 8 1 6 . "

Green, Jonathan S. Letter from the Hawaiian Islands. In: The Home Guardian. Vol. 3 1 , pp. 2 9 8 - 3 0 2 . Boston, October 1869.

2828

8vo. 22 x 14.5 cm.

An interesting letter concerning female education on Maui. Rev. Green writes of the destruction by fire of the Maunaolu Female Seminary at Makawao, Maui, on June 5, 1869. He gives a history of the building and the institution, and mentions plans for rebuilding. Green also recounts his former superintendence of the Wailuku Female Seminary from 1836 to 1843; comments on the work carried on by his successor, Edward Bailey; and stresses the need for such schools for Hawaiian girls. He discusses the rise of a native Hawaiian pastorate throughout the Islands, stating, "That the cry of success will be raised loudly, I have no doubt." References: Carter, p. 74. Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 3 0 - 3 4 ) * . The Union List of Serials records 8 holdings of this serial, including AAS, BPL, HarU, and N Y R

Green, Jonathan S. Missionary Correspondence. March 1869.

2829

In: The Home Guardian. Vol. 3 1 , pp. 7 0 - 7 4 . Boston,

A continuation of a letter published in a former issue (not seen) regarding "the fearful phenomena of earthquake, lava flow, and the tidal wave" that had occurred on the island of Hawaii in April 1868. Green's remarks are restricted to comments on published reports of others. More importantly, he writes of the Kaona rebellion in Kona, led by Joseph Kaona, a Lahainaluna graduate and "for a time a judge of one of the courts at the metropolis." He concludes with an obituary notice of the Rev. Lorrin Andrews, whom he much admired.

480

1869

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

References: Carter, p. 74. Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 2, pp. 24-28). 2830

Hawaii. Kingdom. Collector General of Customs CUSTOM HOUSE STATISTICS. I Hawaiian Islands, 1868. I [rule] I Prepared by W. F. Allen, Collector General [of] Customs. I [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1869] Broadside. 55 x 30.5 cm.

William F. Allen's covering letter to the Minister of Finance, dated February 25,1869, is followed by 13 numbered statistical tables showing imports, exports, cargoes invoiced over $ 1 0 , 0 0 0 , Customs House receipts, and a list of national vessels at Honolulu in 1868. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—Customs)*.

2831

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Affairs Circular. I [rule] I All Consuls and Commercial Agents of His Hawaiian I Majesty are required to give strict attention to the following instructions: I [text continues] I [signed at end:] Stephen H. Phillips, Minister of Foreign Affairs, ad interim. Department of Foreign Affairs. I Honolulu Oct. 16, 1869. Circular. Text printed on the first unnumbered page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 25 x 19.7 cm.

A notice regarding the registry of vessels. The text commences: "As repeated attempts have been made to place under the Hawaiian Flag vessels not owned by Hawaiian citizens or subjects, no provisional registers will be issued to any vessel whatever, except upon the application of subjects of His Majesty, and in no case will such provisional registers be issued until it shall be satisfactorily shown that such vessels are, in fact, wholly owned by a subject or subjects of this Kingdom, and are about to proceed by a direct route to some port in this Kingdom." Further articles detail time constraints on such registers and the regulations to be observed by various foreign consuls. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. &C Ex.)*.

2832

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws. Penal Code The I Penal Code I of I the Hawaiian Kingdom, I compiled I from the Penal Code of 1850, I and the various penal enactment's since made, I pursuant to the act of the Legislative I Assembly, June 2id, 1868. I [rule] I Published by authority. I [rule] I Printed at the Government Press: I Honolulu, Oahu. I 1869. 8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]-iv Preface, dated April 3, 1869, [v] + vi-xlii Contents, [xliii-xliv] blank, [1] + 2-268 text, [269] + 2 7 0 - 3 6 7 Index, [368] Errata, [1] + 2 - 1 3 Constitution Granted by His Majesty Kamehameha V, [14] Amendment to the Constitution dated May 1 3 , 1868, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp.

The preface, dated April 3, 1869, signed by Judges Elisha H. Allen, Alfred S. Hartwell, and James W. Austin, states:

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1869

By an Act of the Legislative Assembly, approved June zznd, 1868, the Judges of the Supreme Court were "directed to cause to be compiled, ready for publication, both in the Hawaiian and English languages, the Penal Laws of the Kingdom, which may be in force at the termination of the present (1868) Legislative Assembly"; and provision was made for the publication of the work when so prepared. It seemed proper to place the work in the hands of Commissioners, and Robert G. Davis. Esq., and Richard H. Stanley, Esq., legal gentlemen of high qualifications for this work were appointed to prepare the compilation and submit it to the Judges for review. The matter required much care in collating the amendments and additions made to the Penal Code during the eighteen years, so as to ascertain what were the Penal Laws in force. The ordinary difficulties of preparing a compilation . . . were enhanced by the necessity of preparing it in two languages. As a rule, the original Hawaiian version has not been varied except where a radical and irreconcilable difference existed between it and the English version, as is provided by Act of 10th January 1855, that in such cases the English version shall be binding. It will be seen that thirty-six new chapters have been added to the original Penal Code, each containing all the laws and parts of laws embraced under their several titles . . . Indices have been prepared in both languages, which it is hoped will be found both copious and clear. Especial effort was made that the Hawaiian version should in all respects be as complete as the English. The constitution found at the end has separate pagination, but the signature number at the foot of the first page shows that it is an integral part of the whole. References: Judd, p. 5 (lists 5 copies). Copies: AH (Kahn) (2.)*. BPBM (3)*, including A. F. Judd's interleaved copy. HHS. H M C S * . M L . UH. YU.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws. Penal Code Kanawai I Hoopai Karaima I o ko I Hawaii Pae Aina, I i hoohuiia mailoko ae o ke I Kanawai Hoopai Karaima, M.H. 1850, I a me na I kanawai karaima i hooholoia ma ia manawa mai; I e like me ke kanawai i hooholoia e ka ahaolelo, I ma ka la 22 o Iune, 1868. I [rule] I Hoolahaia ma ke kauoha. I [rule]. I Pai ia ma ka Hale Paipalapala o ke Aupuni: I Honolulu, Oahu. I 1869. 8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]-iv He Olelo Hoakaka Mua (Preface), [v] + vi-viii Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [1] + 2-281 text, [282] blank, [283] + 284-314 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [1] + 2 - 1 3 Kumukanawai (Constitution), [14] Hoololi i ke kumukanawai (Amendment) pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2832. It includes the Constitution of 1864 and the Amendment of May 1 3 , 1868. References: Butler, 190. Judd, p. 5 (lists 5 copies) Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*. HHS*, S. M. Kamakau's copy. NLC.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court In the Matter I of the I Legitimacy I of I Henry E. Pierce, I a native of the Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands, [rule] I [text begins] I Honolulu 1869. 8vo. 26 x 20 cm (HHS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 3 0 text pp.

A case involving legitimacy. Henry E. Pierce, born in Honolulu, February 28, 1833, was the son of Henry A. Pierce and Virginia Rives, commonly known as Kahoa. The ques-

482

1869

Hawaiian National Bibliography tion to be determined was "a party born at these Islands, on the 28th February, 1833, his parents having cohabitated from the year 1828 onward, and, at the time of the cohabitation, no marriage law [was] enacted, and the parents not having been united according to the ceremonies of Christian marriage: Is he a legitimate issue of such parents?" Pierce, always acknowledged by his father, had been educated in Boston, and, at the period when the case was being heard by the Supreme Court, was working as a merchant at St. Peter and Paul's in Kamchatka. The attorneys, Robert G. Davis and Richard H. Stanley, argued that young Pierce was, according to the customs of the land then in effect, legitimate. The text is an interesting account of the development of marriage laws in Hawaii. Reproduced here are depositions of principals and witnesses including the boy's mother Virginia Rives (Kahoa); Holau (w), the widow of John Rives, and thus the boy's grandmother; and John L. Rives, brother of Virginia. Other affidavits are from Charles Kanaina and the following longtime residents: Thomas Cummins, Robert G. Davis, John Ii, Dr. Gerrit P. Judd, John Meek, Sherman Peck, and William Sumner. The decision is dated Honolulu, November 24, 1869. References: None found. Copies: HHS*.

2835

A Hawaiian Feast A Hawaiian Feast. In: The Overland Monthly. Vol. 2, pp. 434-437. San Francisco, May, 1869. 8vo. 22 x 14.5 cm.

The unidentified author writes: "During a stay at Honolulu last summer, it was my fortune to be a guest at a native entertainment tendered to the officers of an American and an English man-of-war, then lying in the harbor, and to his friends in general, by David Kalakaua, a member of the Hawaiian royal family, who completed extensive preparations for the carrying out of the project." The author describes the celebration, held "at a grass hut a few miles from town"; the experience of being presented with "sweetsmelling jasmine by a rather pretty maid in waiting"; and the hula performances and the feast that ensued. References: None found. Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 1 , pp. 476-479)*'.

2836

Hawaiian Trades Association [double rule] I Preamble and Resolutions I of the I Hawaiian Trades Association, I with I An Essay, I Read by the President at the Meeting of I November 22, 1869. I [double rule] I [Honolulu, 1869] i2mo. 18.5 x iz cm. Cover title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 text pp.

"A meeting of the leading mechanics and manufacturers of Honolulu, was held on the evening of November 9, 1869, . . . [and was] ultimately organized into a Society under the name of the 'Hawaiian Trades Association,' of which L. L. Torbert, Esq. was elected president." The text contains an essay by Torbert on the subjects of labor, free trade with the United States, and reciprocity. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1869

He M a u Mele He Mau I Mele Kula Sabati. I i hakuia e I Rev. L. Laiana. I Me Kekahi Mau Haawina, I I [s/c] paiia no na Kula Sabati o Kawaiahao a I me Kaumakapili I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu. I [dotted rule] I 1869.

483 2837

i6mo. 14.5 x 9.5 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] notice, [1] + 2 - 3 0 pp. A colophon on the verso of the title says "Hale pai o H. M. Wini" (press of H. M. Whitney).

Title: Sunday school songs, composed by Rev. L. Lyons. With some lessons, printed for the Sunday schools of Kawaiahao and Kaumakapili. This was apparently distributed by Rev. Lyons' son Curtis, who in a note on the verso of the title announces that copies were available singly for 1 0 cents, or 25 cents per dozen. An annotation by Mrs. Lorenzo Lyons in her copy (now in the Hawaiian Historical Society collection) says "used in the Sab. School, Waimea." References: Judd and Bell, 450. Copies: GF. HHS*, bound in plain brown pebbled cloth. H M C S (3). LC*.

Hopkins, Manley Hawaii: I the Past, Present, and Future of I its Island-Kingdom. I An historical account of the Sandwich Islands (Polynesia). I By I Manley Hopkins I Hawaiian Consul-General I etc. I With a preface by the Bishop of Oxford. I [circular vignette titled "Cascade in the Waialua Valley"] I Second edition, revised and continued. I New York: I D. Appleton and Co., Grand Street. I 1869.

2838

n m o . 19.5 x iz.3 cm. [i] half title, [ii] Greek quotation, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] dedication, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-x author's preface to the second edition, [xi] + xii-xv preface, [xvi] blank, [xvii] + xviii-xxi author's preface to the first edition, [xxii] blank, [xxiii] + xxiv-xxvi contents, [xxvii] list of illustrations, [xxviii] blank, [1] + 2 - 5 1 2 text, 5 1 3 - 5 2 3 appendix, [524] blank, + 32 pp. "General list of Books published by Longman's Green." With engraved frontispiece portrait of Queen Emma, lithograph portrait of Kamehameha IV at p. 328, folding map at first text page, 5 inserted plates, and a text vignette.

The first American edition. For comments on the text, see under the first (1862) edition, No. Z500. References: None found. Copies: A AS. BPL. HarU. LC. NYP. UH*. The NUC records 1 1 copies.

Hunnewell, James Frothingham Bibliography I of the I Hawaiian Islands. I Printed for James Hunnewell. I [rule] I Boston, 1869. 4to. 30 x 24 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] edition limitation and printer's name and address, [1] dedication, [2] blank, [3] preface signed "J. R H." [4] + 5 - 1 7 "Civilization at the Hawaiian Islands" text, [18] blank, [19] + 2 0 - 7 5 leaves of text, versos blank pp. Leaf 75 has a woodcut of Kawaiahao Church at end of text.

This is a revised text from the "Catalogue," or preliminary bibliography, published the previous year in "Hawaiian Club Papers" (see No. 2797). That bibliography had been the result of a joint effort by William T. Brigham, Sanford B. Dole, and James F. Hunnewell. Hunnewell comments in the preface to this work: "This bibliography of the Hawaiian Islands contains additions to the "Catalogue," that appeared among the Club Papers, and, with a supplement also added, may not improperly be considered the most complete work of its kind. This edition has been arranged in such a manner as to present, in each opened volume, printed text at the right and a blank page for notes at the left. A brief

2839

484

1869

Hawaiian National Bibliography introductory sketch of the Discovery and Civilization of the Hawaiian Islands is also given." This bibliography remained the authority on the subject for many years, and still is not entirely obsolete. The limitation notice on the verso of the title states: "Edition of one hundred copies quarto." Copies do not seem to have been put on general sale. At the time of distribution, a number of the copies were issued in dark green morocco spine, and red paper covered boards. Copies were also issued in printed wrappers. A brief review of the bibliography is in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, October 2, 1869. References: None found. Copies: AAS. A H (Kahn)*, original wrappers, untrimmed. BPL. HarU. HHS. H M C S * , in morocco and red paper covered boards, with presentation inscription from Hunnewell to James F. B. Marshall. L C . UH. The N U C records 7 copies.

2840

K a Buke o ka Pule Ana Ka Buke I o ka I Pule Ana a me ka Hooko Ana I i na I Kauoha Hemolele, I e like me ka mea i kauohaia no ka haipule I ana ma ka I Pae Aina Hawaii. I Ua huiia hoi me na I Halelu a Davida, I i kikoia i mea e himeni ai a heluhelu ai paha I iloko o na I Halepule. I Oxford: I [rule] I 1869. i z m o . 1 3 . 5 x 8 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] Na mea oloko o keia buke, iii-xii He Olelo Hoakaka, dated Honolulu Iune 1863, xiii-xx Ka mau olelo no na Dimonica [and] Kalenekario, xxi Papa no na Lahoano, etc., xxii-xxiii He Papainoa, xxiv He Mau Rula Kuhikuhi, 1 - 4 7 7 text, [478] Colophon: "Printed I For the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge I at the Clarendon Press, I Oxford" pp.

Title: The Book of Common Prayer and administration of the sacraments, according to the rites prescribed for the churches in the Hawaiian Islands. Together with the Psalms of David, arranged for the purpose of being sung or read in the churches. This is a reprint edition from stereotype plates of the 1867 London edition. See No. 2-754References: Judd and Bell, 446. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, in original black cloth. H H S * . H M C S * . UH (2).

2841

K a B u k e o N a Halelu Ka Buke I o I Na Halelu, I i unuhiia I mai ka olelo Hebera; I a I ua hooponopono hou ia. I [rule] I Nu Yoka: I Ua Paiia e ko Amerika Poe Hoolaha Baibala, I i hookumuia i ka makahiki M D C C C X V I . I [rule] I 1869. i6mo. 1 5 . j x 1 0 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 1 5 text, [ 1 1 6 ] blank pp. At the lower right of the title page is "[Hawaiian i8mo]."

Title: The Book of Psalms, translated from the Hebrew, and revised. Copies are most frequently found bound in black morocco, with the title in gilt on upper cover. The Book of Psalms was issued both individually and bound with the New Testament; see No. 2842. The 1870 report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association records receipt of 260 copies of the "New Pocket Test. & Psalms" and 2 1 0 copies of the "Pocket Psalms." References: Judd and Bell, 447. "The Seventh Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (July 1 8 7 0 , p. 66). Copies: B P B M * . H H S * , in black morocco. H M C S (8)*. LC. N L A . UH.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1869

Ke Kauoha H o u Ke I Kauoha Hou I a ko kakou I Haku e Ola'i a Iesu Kristo, I i unuhiia I mai ka olelo Helene; I a I ua hooponopono hou ia. I [rule] I Nu Yoka: I Ua Paiia e ko Amerika Poe Hoolaha Baibala, I i hookumuia i ka makahiki M D C C C X V I . I [rule] I 1869. i6mo. 15.5 x 1 0 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [z] Na Inoa (Names [of the books of the Bible]), 3-339 text, [340] blank, [then second title:] [1] Ka Buke o I Na Halelu . . . Nu Yoka . . . 1869, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 1 5 Na Halelu text, [ 1 1 6 ] blank pp. At the lower left of the title appears "[Hawaiian i8mo.]," and on the verso of the title page appears " 1 s t Edition."

Title: The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, translated from the Greek, and newly revised [and] The Book of Psalms. A pocket edition of the New Testament. The first issue is found with "Ka Buke o Na Halelu" (the Book of Psalms) bound in following the main text. Later issues printed from the same plates apparently contained only the New Testament. The Book of Psalms was also issued separately (see No. 2.841). The annual report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association (1869) comments on expecting "a small cheap new edition of the [New] Testament and Psalms, most kindly prepared by the American Bible Society, under Rev. E. W. Clark's supervision. On the arrival of these new books, we shall endeavor to give them a prompt and wide circulation." On arrival in Honolulu this publication was advertised in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, December 1 1 , 1869, as follows: "NEW HAWAIIAN TESTAMENT. The American Bible Society of New York has recently printed a new edition of the Hawaiian Testament and Psalms in agate type. It makes a handy pocket volume, such as has been needed here, and is bound in various styles, from plain roan at 50 cents a copy, to extra morocco gilt at $ 1 . 7 5 . It can be had at the Book depository of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association, under the Sailor's Home." The 1870 report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association notes: "These Testaments and Psalms have been much called for, and those in the cheapest bindings have all been disposed of, and many more might have been sold if we had had them in the Depository." A table in the same report shows the receipt of 260 copies of the New Testament and Psalms and 2 1 0 copies of the Psalms only. The 1 8 7 1 report shows the receipt of 2 1 2 additional copies of the combined books and 797 copies of the New Testament only. The 1872 report shows the receipt of an additional 454 copies of the two books. References: Judd and Bell, 448. "The Sixth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (July 1869, p. 58). "The Eighth Annual Report. . . ," in the Friend (Supplement, July 1 8 7 1 , p. 59). "The Ninth Annual Report. . . ," in the Friend (July 1872, p. J I ) . Copies: AAS*. BPBM (2.)*, one in black blind-stamped morocco, the second in "extra morocco gilt." HHS (2)*, one in black blind-stamped morocco, the second in brown "extra morocco gilt." H M C S (4)*, 1 copy in plain black blind-stamped roan (without the Psalms); 2 copies in brown morocco, one of which has an inscription: "Miss. Likelike Kapaakea [later Cleghorn] Christmas, 1869. Me ke aloha W. R. C. [William Richards Castle]" and "Likelike Kapaakea" in gilt on upper cover. Another copy in black morocco gilt is J. P. Green's copy. P-EMS*.

Ke Keiki Paionia Ke Keiki Paionia: I or I Pioneer Boy I i lilo i I Peresidena no Amerika Huipuia; I i unuhiia a i kakauia e I Samuel C. Andrews, I Lahainaluna. I Nu Yoka: I Paiia e William B. Bodge. I 1869. i2mo. 18.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] copyright notice dated Honolulu, 1868, [3] + 4 - 1 0 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [ 1 1 ] + i z - 3 0 6 text pp. With frontispiece portrait of "Aberahama Linekona," and 5 woodcut text plates.

486

1869

Hawaiian National Bibliography Title: The pioneer boy, who became president of the United States of America; translated and written by Samuel C. Andrews, [of] Lahainaluna. A biography of Abraham Lincoln translated from The Pioneer Boy by William B. Thayer. The translator, Samuel C. Andrews, was a son of the missionary Claudius Buchanan Andrews; the work appears to have been undertaken while young Andrews, then 1 7 years old, was at Lahainaluna, where his father taught school. The copyright, dated Honolulu, April 7, 1868, was taken out by Dr. Gerrit P. Judd, who as "owner and proprietor" was instrumental in its publication. On receipt of copies in Honolulu, the Pacific Commercial Advertiser commented in its March 19, 1870, issue: K E KEIKI PAIONIA . . . . The above is the title of the latest addition to Hawaiian literature, which has been published by Dr. G. P. Judd. . . . It is a free translation of the very popular little volume known as The Pioneer Boy, being a biographical sketch of the late President Lincoln. . . . The volume before us is a very neatly printed duodecimo book of 306 pages, with several illustrations, handsomely bound with gilt back—all furnished for one dollar. As books are now sold in the United States, the cost of such a volume of this size would be at least $1.75 or $2.00. We trust every Hawaiian youth will own a copy of the Pioneer Boy, and that foreigners who can read the vernacular will also aid the enterprise by buying the book, which can be obtained at the book store. Copies are found bound in green, brown, or plum cloth, with title and gilt vignette of a boy wielding an axe on the spine. References: Hunnewell, p. 2 2 (mistakenly giving the place of publication as Lahainaluna, and the date published as 1868). Judd and Bell, 449. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. AP. A T L * . B P B M (3)*, bound in plum, brown, or green cloth. B P B M (Carter 4 - B - 1 3 ) (3)*. D L . G F (2). H H S (2)*, in brown cloth. H M C S (3)*, in plum and brown cloth. HSL (2). L C * . N L A . U H (3).

2844

Lee and Ryland Circus Grand Performance! I for the I Benefit I of the I Honolulu Fire Department. I [rule] I This Monday Evening, Dec. 1 3 , I Messrs. Lee & Ryland I will give I " A Grand Exhibition" I for the I Benefit of the Relief Fund of the Honolulu Fire Department, I On which occasion will be Exhibited: I The Niagara Leap Act, by - Mr. Spurgeon and Master Lee I The Trick Act, by - - Master James. I [and six additional acts] I Tumbling Act, I Comic Equestrian Feats, Rope Dancing, I Bar Act. I . . . I To conclude with a I Comic Afterpiece! I . . . I [Honolulu 1869] Handbill. Text of 28 lines, within an ornamental border. 2 1 x 1 2 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

2845

Miles, James B. A I Discourse I Commemorative I of I James Hunnewell, I delivered by Rev. James Miles, I in the I First Parish Church. Charlestown, I M a y 9, 1869 I [rule] I Privately Printed I for I James Hunnewell. I 1869. 8vo. 25 x 1 5 cm ( H M C S ) . [1] title, [2] edition limitation and printer's name, [3] obituary notice, [4] quotation from Acts 1 3 : 3 6 , [5] + 6 - 3 2 memorial discourse pp.

James Hunnewell died at Charlestown, Massachusetts, May z, 1869, at age 75. This memorial discourse includes remarks on his voyages to the Pacific, his mercantile inter-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1869

487

ests in China and Hawaii, and his long association with the Hawaiian Mission. There are also references to Oahu College (Punahou), of which Hunnewell was a benefactor. On pages 1 1 - 1 z there is an interesting note regarding remarks made by Hewahewa, "the last High Priest of the old idolatrous system," in which he contrasted the old religion with the new Christian religion in Hawaii. The edition was 250 copies. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * .

Milner, John, and Oswald W. Brierly The I Cruise of H.M.S. Galatea, I Captain I H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh, K.G. I in 1867-1868. I By I The Rev. John Milner, B.A., I chaplain; and I Oswald Brierly. I Illustrated by a photograph of H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh; and by I Chromo-lithographs and graphotypes from sketches taken I on the spot by O. W. Brierly. I London: I Wm. H. Allen and Co., 1 3 , Waterloo Place S.W. I [rule] I 1869. I [All rights reserved.]

2846

8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-vii preface, [viii] blank, [ix] + x-xii contents, [1] + 2 - 4 8 7 text, [488] list of officers. With mounted albumen photograph portrait frontispiece, 1 2 color plates, and text woodcuts. With folding "Track chart of H.M.S. Galatea 1 8 6 7 - 1 8 6 8 " at end.

This book is frequently found in Hawaiian collections, although it contains no text on Hawaii. The Duke of Edinburgh had been scheduled to make a stop at Honolulu on this voyage following a visit to Tahiti, but after an attempt on his life occurred in Australia, all plans were altered, and the ship returned directly to England, arriving off Spithead, June 26,1868. The duke stopped briefly in Honolulu on another cruise in 1869, but there is no published account of this second voyage. References: Ferguson, 1 2 6 2 7 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM. B P B M (Fuller)*. D L . M L . N L A .

N a Kanawai Na Kanawai I o ka I Puali Kaua Lio Hawaii, I Helu Akahi. I Maialo o ka Palapala Hoohui haawiia ma I ka la 1 0 o Okatoba, 1866. I [ornament of a man on horseback] I Honolulu: I Printed by Henry M.Whitney. I 1869.

2847

i 2 m o . 1 3 . 3 x 9.3 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 0 text, [ 1 1 - 1 2 ] blank pp.

Title: The regulations of the Hawaiian cavalry. Part one. Under the charter of October 1 0 , 1866. References: None found. Copies: B P B M * . H M C S * .

N a Olelo Hoakaka Na Olelo Hoakaka a me na Hooholo I o ka I Ahahui Hana-Lima-Ike Hawaii, I me I Ke Kumumanao I i heluheluia e ka Peresidena ma ka Halawai o ka la I 22 o Novemaba, 1869. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1869] 8vo. 19.5 x 1 3 cm (HHS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 text pp.

Title: The announcements and proceedings of the Hawaiian Society of Manual Labor and the organizational rules read by the president at the meeting on November 22, 1869.

2848

488

1869

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Judd and Bell, 451. Copies: H H S * . H M C S .

2849

N o ka Moolelo Ekalesia [No ka Moolelo Ekalesia Katolika. Honolulu, Catholic Mission Press, 1869] 8vo? 1 4 4 text pp.

Title: History of the Catholic Church. Not seen. A text written by Father Charles Pouzot of Hilo. It first appeared serially in O Ka Hae Katolika during 1869 (see No. 2.810) and was presumably issued in this offprint form soon after. Yzendoorn was able to find only a 144-page fragment, "which conduct[s] the history till A.D. 855." He says that this history was later incorporated by Father Clement in his Hoolaba Manaoio (1895) and that "the History as written by Father Pouzot finished with No. 1 3 1 of the Hoolaha Manaoio. From this it follows that it was conducted up till the year 1547." References: Not in Judd and Bell. Yzendoorn, 72. Copies: None located.

2850

Punch B o w l Punch Bowl. I [double rule] I A Monthly Journal, I Devoted to Home and Foreign Affairs, Society, Literature, and General Criticism. I [double rule] I Vol. 1 , No. 1 , Honolulu, July 1869. 4to. 29.5 x 2 1 cm (HHS). A monthly periodical issued from July 1869 to October 1 8 7 0 (Vol. 2, No. 4). Printed 2 columns to a page.

A journal of general interest. Articles discuss such topics as "Our Forests," "The Manly Sports in the Tropics," "Inter-Island Steam Navigation," and "The Woman Question" (Nov. 1869). Another article with remarks on the latter topic can be found in a review (by W. D. Alexander) of "Bushnell vs. Mill on Woman's Suffrage" (Jan. 1870, pp. 45-47)Articles of local interest include "Our Architecture" (Feb. 1870), "City Drainage," and "The Balance of Trade." There are several articles concerning the repeal of the Masters and Servants Act, and comments on the proceedings of the 1870 legislative session. A two-part article, "The Legend of Kapepeekauila," translated by A. O. Forbes, appears in the April issue (pp. 74-75) and the May issue (pp. 82-83) °f 1870. An article on Haleakala Crater by W. D. Alexander (reprinted from the American Journal of Science), the result of his survey of that crater, is in the May 1870 issue (pp. 78-79). In the September 1869 issue the editor commented on the "disgraceful state of Nuuanu street at night. . . . we allude to the horribly dirty moral condition . . . no man can traverse it at night without disgust . . . and it is utterly out of the question for a lady making use of the route after sunset, even if well attended." References: None found. Copies: H H S * . H M C S . H S L (Tice Phillips).

2851

Thompson, Augustus Charles Commemorative Address: I delivered Sept. 28, 1869, in Goshen, Ct., I At the semi-centenary of the ordination I of the first missionaries to the I Sandwich Islands. I by I Rev. A . C. Thompson, D.D., I Pastor of the Eliot Church, Boston. I Boston: I Gould and Lincoln, I 59 Washington Street. I 1869.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1870

489

8vo. 23 x 15 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Introductory Note by W. T. Doubleday, [4] Correspondence, [5] + 6 - 4 2 Address, [ 4 3 - 4 4 ] blank pp.

This contains a summary of American Protestant missionary work in Hawaii and its results. Much of the text is devoted to the activities of Henry Obookiah and other Hawaiians in and about Litchfield County, and also to the beginning of the Foreign Mission School at Cornwall. References: Carter, p. 1 7 2 . Copies: B P B M (Carter 8 - A - 1 0 2 ) * , Rev. E. Bond's copy. BPL. HarU. HHS. H M C S . HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. N L C . NYP. PA-VBC. YU. The N U C records 6 copies.

Ui Kula Sabati Ui Kula Sabati. I Helu iv. I [rule] I Hoopukaia e ka Papa Hawaii. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia e Henry M.Whitney. I 1869.

2852

i 2 m o . 18.5 x 1 1 . 3 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 2 text pp.

Title: Sunday school catechism. Number iv. Published by the Hawaiian Board. The 1869 report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association states: "We have [printed] two new question books for the use of Sabbath Schools; No. 3 having been translated by Rev. E. Bond, and No. 4 by Rev. W. P. Alexander." A table of publications with the same report shows an edition of 3 , 0 0 0 copies. References: Judd and Bell, 452. "The Sixth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (July 1869, p. 58). Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * . GF. H H S * . H M C S (6)*. L C *

1 8 7 O

Anderson, R u f u s . . . I History I of the I Sandwich Islands Mission. I By I Rufus Anderson, D.D., LL.D. I Late foreign secretary of the board. I Boston: I Congregational Publishing Society. I 1 8 7 0 . 8vo. 22.5 x 15 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] copyright and printer's name and address, [v] dedication, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-xiv Preface, [xv] + xvi-xxiv Contents, [1] + 2 - 3 5 5 t e x t > [356] blank, [357] "The Missionaries" half title, [358] blank, [359] + 3 6 0 - 3 8 9 "The Missionaries" text, [390] + 3 9 1 - 4 0 0 Catalogue, [ 4 0 1 ] + 4 0 2 - 4 0 8 Index pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Kamehameha III. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "A Heathen Nation Evangelized."

A history of the American Board mission to Hawaii, by the longtime Corresponding Secretary of the American Board. This is distinct from his earlier work: The Hawaiian Islands: Their Progress and Condition under Missionary Labors (Boston, 1864). The earlier book was to a large extent a personal narrative of Anderson's official visit to the Hawaiian Islands in 1863. In the preface to this later work Anderson acknowledges his use of previously published histories, and having had free access to original documents in the archives of the American Board. He provides information on actions of the Prudential Committee in Boston, which is not found in other published sources. The text begins with the discovery of the Pacific and a summary of Hawaiian culture at point of encounter by Europeans; discusses the beginnings of the American Board and its missions; and then gives a concise history of the American Protestant missionaries in the Islands beginning in 1820. Anderson includes chapters on evangelistic efforts after

2853

490

1870

Hawaiian National Bibliography the American Board had terminated its work in the Islands, bringing the narrative up to the year of Jubilee, 1870. There are two useful appendixes to this work. After the main text are biographies of American Board missionaries to Hawaii (pp. 359-386), followed by biographies of those working in Micronesia (pp. 387-389) compiled by Rev. John Vinton, of Boston. On pages 390-400 is a "Catalogue of publications in the Hawaiian, Marquesan, Gilbert Islands, Marshall Islands, Kusaie, and Ponape languages," compiled by Luther H. Gulick "and brought down to June, 1870." A second edition was published in 1872. References: Carter, p. 9. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 1-C-1)*. BPL. HHS. HMCS. NYP. UH. YU. The NUC lists 5 copies (under the title, A Heathen Nation Evangelized).

2854

Findlay, Alexander G. A I Directory I for the navigation of the I North Pacific Ocean I with descriptions of its I Coasts, Islands, Etc., I from I Panama to Behring Strait I and Japan, I its winds, currents, and passages. I [oval publishers' device] I Second edition. I [double rule] I By Alexander Geo. Findlay, F.R.G.S. I Honorary Member of the Societa Geografica Italiana. I [double rule] I London: I Published for Richard Holmes Laurie, I 53, Fleet Street, E.C. [1870] 8vo. 14 x 14.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] + iv-vii preface dated London, September 1, 1870, [viii] + ix-x contents, [xi] + xii-xxxii table of geographical positions, [1] + 2-976 text, [977] + 9 7 8 - 1 0 0 7 index, [1008] blank pp. With folding frontispiece map of the Pacific (showing currents), and 8 folding maps in the text. With z added engraved plates.

A lengthy chapter on the Hawaiian Islands is found on pages 818-857. The general remarks are followed by detailed descriptions of ports on the major islands of Hawaii, Maui, Lanai, Molokai, Oahu, Kauai, and Niihau. The text is accompanied by a folding map of the Islands. Following the main text is a section on the "Detached Islands and Shoals to the north of Latitude 20 0 " The engraved plates, which depict the Gulf of Fonseca (at p. 57) and Honolulu from the Harbor (at p. 848), were originally used in the narrative of Captain Belcher's voyage in the Sulphur (London, 1843; see No. 1377). References: Carter, p. 53. Copies: H M C S * . LC. PA-VBC. The NUC records 4 copies.

2855

Hawaii. Kingdom. Consulate at San Francisco Instructions. By Order of I His Excellency the Governor of Oahu, I Hawaiian Islands. I [rule] I [text begins:] To Masters of Vessels having Hawaiian seamen forming part or whole of I the crew when obliged to enter the port of San Francisco. I [text continues] I [signed] H. W. Severance, Hawaiian Consulate, 405 Front Street. I San Francisco, November 21st, 1 8 7 0 . Broadside. 1 8 x 2 1 cm.

This document addresses the problem of the desertion and/or the discharge of Hawaiian seamen at San Francisco. Masters of vessels were required to report deserters immediately on arrival, and to fill out a certificate of desertion. They were to then obtain a "Requisition to Arrest" to be filled in by the police justice. The circumstances under which a Hawaiian subject might be discharged are specified and the procedure of making payments of due wages follow.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1870

491

References: None found. Copies: AH. YU.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Collector General of Customs Custom House Statistics. I Hawaiian Islands. 1869. I [rule] I Prepared by W. F. Allen, Collector General of Customs. I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] Broadside. 61 x 2.6.5

cm

2856

-

William F. Allen's abbreviated report in three columns at top is followed by 13 numbered, boxed statistical tables showing imports, exports, cargoes invoiced above $ 1 0 , 0 0 0 , Customs House receipts, and a list of Hawaiian registered vessels. The Hawaii State Archives (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) has a printed covering letter from C. C. Harris, Minister of Foreign Affairs, dated February 1 1 , 1870, forwarding a copy of these statistics. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Customs)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Education Biennial Report I of the I President of the Board of Education I to the I Legislature of 1 8 7 0 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ]

2857

8vo. z i . 5 x 14 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 4 report, 1 5 - 1 9 statistics, [20] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kamehameha V. - Seventh Year."

A report by president W. P. Kamakau that gives summary reports on schools throughout Hawaii under the headings: boarding schools for boys, conducted in the English language; boarding schools for girls, conducted in the English Language; and day schools in the English language, supported or assisted by the Board of Education. There are also separate reports on Oahu College and on the Industrial and Reformatory School at Kapalama. Tables of expenditures and receipts arranged by school follow. References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HHS*. H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Education Palapala Hoike I no na Makahiki Elua, I a ka I Peresidena o ka Papa Hoonaauao, I i ka I Ahaolelo o ka Makahiki 1 8 7 0 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ]

2858

8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 4 report, 1 5 - 2 0 statistics pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2857. A note in brackets at the top of the title reads in translation: "Translated by John M. Kapena." Copies of this report are generally found bound following the English-language version, but they were distributed separately. References: None found. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn). BPBM (Carter 3-D-105)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Education Statute Laws I relating to the I Bureau of Public Instruction, I H.I. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] 8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2-23 text, [24] blank pp.

2859

492

1870

Hawaiian National Bibliography The first act printed here is that which establishes and regulates a "Bureau of Public Instruction . . . which shall be superintended and directed by a Committee of the Privy Council, to consist of five members, and to be called the Board of Education." The text is undated, but it includes at the end an act signed by the king, July z i , 1870. Another edition was issued in 1880. References: None found. Copies: BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter 3-A-132 and 8-B-10)*. H M C S * .

2860

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Biennial Report I of the I Minister of Finance, I to the I Legislature of 1 8 7 0 . [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] 8vo. 2 1 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 2 report, [ 2 3 - 4 7 ] tables, [48] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kamehameha V. - Seventh Year."

A report by John Mott Smith dated April 3 0 , 1 8 7 0 , for the biennial period ending March 31, 1870. After summarizing receipts and expenditures, Mott Smith includes (pp. 3-4) comments on Joseph Kaona, his 1868 rebellion at Kona, Hawaii, and the government efforts to put it down. Other matters discussed concern interisland steam navigation and the steam ship Kilauea. Tables A - O follow. This report incorporates a report of the Interior Department, which was not otherwise published. References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn). BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-D-87)*. HHS*. H M C S * .

2861

H a w a i i . Kingdom. Minister of Finance Palapala Hoike I a ke I Kuhina Waiwai, I i ka I Ahaolelo o ka makahiki 1 8 7 0 . I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] 8vo. 2 1 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 2 report, [ 2 3 - 4 7 ] tables, [48] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Ka Noho Alii Ana o ka Moi Kamehameha V. Ka Ehiku o na Makahiki."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2860. References: None found. Copies: AH*. BPBM (2)*.

2862

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Health Report I of the I Board of Health I to the I Legislature of 1 8 7 0 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] 8vo. 21.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 9 Report, 2 0 - 2 2 Appendix, [ 2 3 - 2 4 ] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kamehameha V. Seventh Year."

Ferdinand W. Hutchinson's report for two years ending March 31, 1870. As with reports of earlier years, a considerable portion of the text is devoted to conditions at the leper settlement at Molokai; the continuing social difficulties and the uncertainty of a steady supply of poi to the residents were major concerns. There are also reports on the insane asylum and on the general health of Hawaii residents. References: Carter, p. 62. Copies: AH*. A H (T. C. Heuck collection, in scrapbook, M-61)*. BPBM*. HHS*. H M C S * .

Hawaiian National Bibliography Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and

1870

Statutes

493 2863

Laws I of His Majesty I Kamehameha V, I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I passed by the I Legislative Assembly, I at its session, I 1 8 7 0 . I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by order of the Government. I 1 8 7 0 . 8vo. 20.5 x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 6 3 Session Laws, 6 4 - 7 2 The Appropriation Bill, [73] + 7 4 - 8 2 Treaty with Italy, [831-84 Treaty with Russia, [85] + 86-94 Treaty with Spain, [95] + 9 6 - 1 0 0 Index pp.

The 1 8 7 0 legislature passed laws relating to divorce and the drawing of juries, as well as acts regulating the sale of awa, licensing "the Carrying of Fowling Pieces and other Firearms," and limiting the time within which actions may be brought to recover possession of land. There was also an act "To Prohibit Keepers of Coffee, Victualing, Liquor and Billiard Saloons, and Bowling Alleys, from Allowing School Children to Frequent their Premises, Between the Hours of Sunset and Sunrise." The treaties printed with these session laws are: 1. Treaty with Italy, done at Paris, July 22, 1863, with an additional article dated Paris, February 27, 1869. 2. Treaty with Russia, signed at Paris, June 19, and ratified December 1 , 1869. 3. Treaty with Spain, done at London, October 29, 1863, and ratified at Honolulu September 2, 1870. For some reason, the title page to this work is often missing, with the first text page (p. 3) beginning with a caption title: "Session L a w s - 1 8 7 0 . " References: Carter, p. 1 0 8 . Judd, p. 5 (lists 4 copies). Copies: A H (3)*, 2 copies lack the title page. A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (5)*, 4 of which are distinctive: (a) David Kalakaua's copy (English and Hawaiian texts) with his signature on the upper cover; (b) Supreme Court Justice Lawrence McCully's copy with extensive annotations throughout; (c) with inscription: "Liliuokalani, Hinano Bower Feb. 1st. 1 8 8 1 " ; (d) A. S. Cleghorn's copy with date 1874. H H S (2)*. H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes

2864

Na Kanawai I o ka Moi I Kamehameha V, I Ke Alii o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, I i kaukauia e ka I Hale Ahaolelo, I iloko o ka Ahaolelo o ka Makahiki I 1 8 7 0 . I [rule] I Honolulu: I Paiia mamuli o ke kauoha a ke Aupuni. I 1 8 7 0 . 8vo. 24 x 1.5 cm, untrimmed (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 7 2 Na Kanawai, [73] + 74-79 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [80] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 2863. The treaties that appear in the English-language version are not included in this edition. References: Judd, p. 5 (lists 5 copies). Copies: A H * . A H (bound laws 1 8 6 0 - 1 8 8 2 ) * . B P B M * , David Kalakaua's copy, with the English edition, in old "law sheep," with his signature on the upper cover. H H S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature Appropriations for 1 8 7 0 - 7 1 . I [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] Broadside. Caption title, with text in triple columns below. 44.5 x 34.5 cm.

This contains appropriations for the civil list and for the various departments of government. The Interior Department expenses include items such as "New Sarcophagus for the body of His Late Majesty Kamehameha I I I — $ 1 , 0 0 0 " ; "Royal Palace, Provided the

2865

494

1870

Hawaiian National Bibliography same is not expended for any other object—$60,000"; and "For Desk, tables and Chairs, Court House, Molokai—$100." The appropriations for the Bureau of Public Instruction include: "For the Printing [of a] Hawaiian History to be used in the discretion of the Board of Education, and provided the same be not transferable to any other item—$2,500"; "For Medical Education of Hawaiians, provided the same be not transferable to any other item—$4,000"; and "Printing of the 'Flora of the Hawaiian Islands' in the Hawaiian and English languages— $ 2 , 0 0 0 . " Neither the Hawaiian History nor the Flora (probably that by Dr. Hillebrand) were published at that time. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (3)*.

2866

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature A N A C T I Making Specific Appropriations for the use of the Government during the Two Years which will I end with the 31st day of March, in the Year 1872. [double rule] I [text begins] I [signed at the lower right:] Approved this 22nd day of July, A.D. 1 8 7 0 . I K A M E H A M E H A R. [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] Broadside. Caption title across top, with text in three columns. 57.5 x 39 cm.

The appropriations of the 1870 Legislature as passed by that body and approved by the king, amounting to $1,166,396.25. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.) (3)*.

2867

Hawaii. Kingdom. Postal Convention POSTAL C O N V E N T I O N , I between I The United States of America and the Hawaiian Kingdom. I [double rule] I [text begins:] The undersigned, being thereunto duly authorized by their I respective governments, have agreed upon the following arti- I cles, establishing and regulating the exchange of correspondence I between the United States of America and the Hawaiian King- I dom: I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] Broadside. Text in double-column form on a sheet 4 0 x 24.5 cm.

The text contains nine numbered articles agreed to and signed in Washington, D.C., May 4 , 1 8 7 0 , by U.S. Postmaster Jno. A. J. Creswell and Elisha H.Allen, "His Hawaiian Majesty's Envoy Extraordinary, approved by President Grant May 5 th, and approved in Hawaii by Kamehameha V, June 20, 1870. At the end a note by C. C. Harris, Minister for Foreign Affairs, and dated Foreign Office, June 20, 1870, states "All persons are hereby notified that the above Convention is to be regarded, in all its provisions, as part of the public laws of this Kingdom, and respected accordingly." References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.) (3)*.

2868

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Biennial Report I of the I Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, I to the I Legislature of 1 8 7 0 . I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu; I Printed at the Government Printing Office, I 1870. 8vo. 2 0 x 1 3 cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 0 text, [ 2 1 ] errata, [ 2 2 - 2 4 ] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Hawaiian Islands - Anno Domini 1 8 7 0 -The seventh year of the reign I of His Majesty I Kamehameha V."

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1870

495

A report by Alfred S. Hartwell, First Associate Justice, in the absence of Judge Allen. Supreme Court cases are tabulated here by criminal and civil cases, then by cases under the jurisdiction of the district courts on all islands. References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. HHS*. H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Supreme Court Palapala Hoike I o ka I Lunakanawai Nui o ka Aha Kiekie, I i ka I Ahaolelo o 1870. I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu: I Paiia ma ka Hale Pai Aupuni, I 1870.

2869

8vo. 22 x 14 cm (AH [Kahn])*. [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 0 text pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Ko Hawaii Pae Aina - Makahiki o ka Haku 1 8 7 0 - Ka Makahiki Ehiku o ka I Noho Alii ana o ke 'Lii ka Moi I Kamehameha V."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. z868. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, bound with the English-language edition.

He Mele Ewanelio V.C.J.S. I [rule] I He Mele Ewanelio. [s/c] I No na I Katolika. I Ma Hawaii Nei. I [woodcut of heart and cross] I Honolulu. I Pai-Palapala Katolika. I [rule] I 1870.

2870

iémo. 13.5 x 8 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2-44 text, 45 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [46] errata pp.

Title: Gospel songs for Catholics. References: Judd and Bell, 454. Streit and Dindinger, p. 158. Yzendoorn, 73. Copies: GF. HHS*.

He Ui Kula Sabati He I Ui Kula Sabati. I Helu v. I No na I kula pokii o na keiki liilii. I Hoomakaukau e O. H. Kulika. I [rule] I Hoopukaia e ka Papa Hawaii. I Honolulu: I Paiia e Henry M.Whitney. I 1870.

2871

i2mo. 17.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] [woodcut of the Good Shepherd and three-line quotation], [3] + 4 - 1 0 3 text, [ 1 0 4 ] blank pp. With woodcuts in the text.

Title: A Sunday school catechism. Number v. For the elementary schools of little children. Prepared by O. H. Gulick. The 1870 annual report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association states: "We have added one new question book for the use of Sabbath-schools—No. 5, prepared by Rev. O. H. Gulick." A table with the same report shows an edition of 3,000 copies. For Helu iv, see No. Z85Z. References: Judd and Bell, 455. "The Seventh Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (July 1870, p. 66). Copies: BPBM*. GF. HHS (2)*. H M C S (6)*.

Jubilee Celebration JUBILEE C E L E B R A T I O N I La Kulaia Iubile, I Kawaiahao, June 15, 1870! I 1 1 o'clock A.M. I [double rule] I Order of Exercises, [rule] I [text begins in English at right:] Order of Exercises. I [rule] I Singing, 'Blow ye the trumpet, Blow.' I By the Kaumakapili and Kawaiahao Choirs. I [text begins in Hawaiian at left:] Na Hana. I Himeni - - "Puhi ka pu Oukou." I Na na Papa Himeni o Kawaiahao me Kumakapili. I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1870]

2872

496

1870

Hawaiian National Bibliography Broadside. 75 x 19 cm.

A service commemorating 50 years of American missionary work in Hawaii, including addresses by a representative of the American Board in Boston, and by representatives of the Hawaiian and United States governments, the Hawaiian Mission, the Hawaiian Legislature, and the Hawaiian Evangelical Association. The order of exercises is in English on the right, and in Hawaiian on the left of the sheet. Songs sung were "The Land Beyond the River," "Marching On," "Our Victory," and a jubilee hymn composed for the occasion. The jubilee was also marked by observance at the Fort Street Church in Honolulu. The Bishop Museum collection has a broadside program for the meeting of Sabbath Evening, June 1 2 , 1870, and another broadside program for the Jubilee Procession of June 15, 1870. This procession commenced with the cavalry, and included groups from the Kawaiahao and Kaumakapili Sunday Schools, the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society, legislators, and Lahainaluna alumni. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.)*. BPBM*. HHS (in scrapbook)*. M L .

2873

Ka Hae Hoonani

K A H A E H O O N A N I . I Oia na I Mele a pau i Pai pu ia me na Leo I maloko o "Ke Alaula," I mai ka hoomaka ana a hiki i keia wa. I [rule] I Hoopukaia e ka Papa Euanelio Hawaii. I [rule] I Paiia ma ka Hale Pai " K u o k o a , " I Honolulu, 1870. izmo. 16.5 x 18 cm (HHS). Cover title, [1] blank, z - 3 6 text, [i] Papa Kuhikuhi, [ii] blank pp.

Title: The banner of praise. All the songs with music found in "The Alaula," from the beginning to the present time. Published by the Hawaiian Evangelical Board. Printed at the Kuokoa printing house. Hymns with music, reprinted from the newspaper Ke Alaula. These are credited to "Waikoloa" (Lorenzo Lyons), "H. M. W." (Henry M.Whitney), and "Hawaii" (possibly also a pseudonym of Lyons). The 1 8 7 1 report of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association states: "The hymns and tunes, published in the newspaper Alaula, have been bound up in book form under the title 'Ka Hae Hoonani.' It is in demand, and will pay for itself." A table with the same report shows an edition of 1 , 0 0 0 copies. The Hawaiian Historical Society has Lorenzo Lyons' working copy, annotated in preparation for a later edition or text. Following the index he had added a series of proof sheets (numbered 5-27) of hymns, which were published in the Alaula subsequent to the printing of this work. The hymns on these added sheets do not appear in either the 1872 or the 1874 editions of Ke Hae Hoonani, but rather form the text of another hymnal, Ka Leo Hoomana, published about 1874 (see No. 3048). References: Judd and Bell, 453. "The Eighth Annual Report of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association," in the Friend (Supplement, July 1 , 1 8 7 1 , pp. 58-59). Copies: BPBM. HHS (2)*.

2874

Ka Huinahelu Hou

Ka I Huinahelu Hou: I Oia hoi ka I Arimatika Kulanui; I malaila i aoia ai I ke ano a me ka hoopiliia ana o na helu; I Na James B. Thompson LL.D., I nana hoi i kakau i ka 'Mental Aritmetic [sic],' 'Practical I Arithmetic,' etc. I i unuhiia mailoko ae o ka 'Higher Arithmetic,' I e. C. J. Laiana. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Papa Hoonaauao. I 1 8 7 0 .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1870

497

8vo. 2 0 x 1 4 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] Pai ia ma ka Hale Pai Aupuni (Published by the government press). J. E. Bush, printer. [iii]-iv Olelo Mua (Introduction) signed J . B. Thompson, N e w York, 1 8 4 7 , [v] N a ka mea unuhi (Note from the translator) signed C. J. Laiana, Honolulu, Aperila 1 , 1 8 7 0 , [vi] + vii He mau M a n a o (Some thoughts), [viii] + i x - x i Papa o na kumumanao (Table of contents), [xii] xiii-xvi Papa Kuhikuhi a me Ka Papa Wehewehe (Index and Glossary), [ 1 7 ] + 1 8 - 4 1 4 text, [1] + z - 1 4 N a mea hookui hou ia mai (Appendix), [i] Na Hewa (Errata), [ii] blank pp.

Title: The new combined arithmetic, or an arithmetic for the high school, in which are taught the kind and properties of numbers. By James B. Thompson, author of Mental Arithmetic, Practical Arithmetic, etc. Translated from the Higher Arithmetic, by C. J. Lyons. A high school level arithmetic text. The Biennial Report of the President of the Board of Education to the Legislature of 18jo (see No. 2857) has the following comments: As authorized by the last Legislature, the Board has published a new and complete edition of Huinahelu. The old work of that name, published in 1852 [see He Huinahelu, No. 1884], which it was first intended to reprint, was found to be too incomplete in many respects to warrant the board in issuing a new edition of the same, and it was accordingly decided to adopt for publication, Thompson's Higher Arithmetic, as a work in every respect better adapted to the wants of the schools of the Country. This work, as brought down to the present time, embodies all that may be considered necessary on the subject of Arithmetic, to be taught in the Common School, and contains much instruction on the subject, not before published in the language. The work of translating and proof-reading was intrusted by the Board to Mr. C. J. Lyons, and in view of the work to be done . . . much credit is due to Mr. Lyons for his industry and perseverance . . . . An edition of 7 0 0 0 copies has been published and will shortly be ready for distribution. Copies were issued in three-quarter black morocco and pebbled cloth, with title and date 1 8 7 0 in gilt on the spine, and also with tan calf spines and yellow printed boards. References: Not in Judd. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. A T L * . B P B M (2)*. BPL. HarU (2234.75.29)*. H H S (4)*. H M C S * . UH. YU.

Kamehameha V. Speech His Majesty's Speech, I at the I Opening of the Legislature, April 3 0 , 1 8 7 0 . 1 [rule] I Nobles and Representatives: I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] Circular. Printed on the first of 4 (unnumbered) pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 36 x 1 2 . 5 cm.

The king commences with remarks on the death of his father Mataio Kekuanaoa: "Since the prorogation of the last Legislature, it has pleased Almighty God to take from Me the best of fathers, who was, during his lifetime, the wisest and most discreet of Councilors, and who, as your President, was always revered by you." He mentions increased prosperity of the kingdom, the question of "aid to Oceanic and Inter-Island Steamers," and the continuing satisfactory relations with foreign powers. He informs the legislature that the report of the Minister of the Interior will show "that an extraordinary expenditure has been deemed necessary by the Board of Health," and that "The health of the people is an object of the greatest solicitude." He ends his remarks by praying that "He, in whose hand are all the nations of the earth, may guide your councils, and preserve Our Kingdom for a bright futurity."

2875

498

1870

Hawaiian National Bibliography The English-language text is undated. The Hawaiian-language version (no copies located) was originally printed on the same sheet. The full text is reprinted in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, pp. 1 1 5 - 1 1 6 . Copies: HHS (2)*, one copy contains the Hawaiian- and English-language texts, unseparated as printed.

2876

Kamehameha V. Speech [His Majesty's Speech at the Prorogation of the Legislative Assembly of 1 8 7 0 . Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] Not seen. The king's remarks at the conclusion of the legislature, July 22, 1870: "Nobles and Representatives: Your devotion to business during a protracted Session, and the consideration accorded to My suggestions at the opening of the Legislative Assembly, have been noticed by me, with feelings of great satisfaction . . . " The full text of the king's remarks can be found in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, p. 1 1 8 . Copies: None located.

2877

Kamehameha V. Speech Ka Haiolelo a Ka Moi, I i ka I Hoopanee Ana i ka Ahaolelo, Iulai 22d, 1 8 7 0 . I [rule] I [text begins] [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] Broadside. 26 lines of text. 35.5 x 21.5 cm. It is dated at the end, Iolani Hale Alii, July 22d, 1870.

The Hawaiian-language version of No. 2876. This was originally printed on the same sheet with the English-language version and folded. Copies were also separated for individual distribution. References: None found. Copies: HHS*, attached to the English-language version of the text. 2878

Landsdale, Edward V. Six Hours in a Volcano. In: Hours at Home. Vol. x i , pp. 377-383. Boston, August 1 8 7 0 . 8vo. 22 x r4>5 cm.

The author tells of his voyage from Honolulu to the island of Hawaii on the schooner Kate Lee. He disembarked at Kealakekua, rented a horse, and made a quick examination of the countryside. On rejoining the ship he continued on to Hilo, where he again disembarked, hired a native guide, and made preparations for a trip to the volcano. He writes interestingly of his ride to Kilauea, where he put up in "a neat and commodious cane cottage 'The Volcano House.'" He describes the hotel and comments on entries in the hotel's visitor book. The next day he made a thorough investigation of the volcanic crater. En route back to Honolulu the schooner stopped at Makena, Maui, enabling the author to land and make a quick inspection of Captain Makee's sugar plantation at Ulupalakua. References: Carter, p. 1 0 5 . Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 1, pp. 6 1 3 - 6 1 9 ) * . The Union List of Serials records numerous holdings of this periodical.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1870

Manning, Agnes M. Among the Islands. In: The Overland Monthly. Vol. 4, pp. 2 1 4 - 2 1 9 . San Francisco, March 1870.

499 2879

8vo. 22 x 1 4 . 5 cm.

The author describes a ride through the woods, apparently in the vicinity of Kealakekua Bay. She also writes about shipboard conditions on the Kilauea, the Hawaiian passengers, and Lahaina, Maui, where the ship made a short stop. At one point on the voyage, the author has a conversation with an unnamed passenger about Mark Twain and his famous Dream, which had been written in the Volcano House visitor's book. References: Carter, p. i z o . Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 1 , pp. 4 8 2 - 4 8 7 ) * .

Perrey, M . Alexis Sur les I Tremblements de Terre I et les Éruptions Volcaniques I dans l'Archipel Hawaien, en 1868 I par I M. Alexis Perrey I Professeur Honoraire de la faculté des Sciences de Dijon I [rule] I Présenté à la Société impériale d'Agriculture, Sciences naturelles et Arts utiles I de Lyon, dans la Séance du 1 2 Févier i860. I [rule] I Paris I F. Savy, Éditeur I Libraire de la Société Géologique de France I rue Hautefeuille, 24 I [rule] I 1870.

2880

8vo. 24 x 15 cm (HSL). [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2 - 6 0 text, [61] + 6 2 - 6 3 appendix, [64] blank pp.

A compilation and discussion of various accounts of the 1868 earthquake, tidal wave, and eruption. Many of the articles and letters were first published in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, the Hawaiian Gazette, and in New York newspapers. The accounts include a communication from W. Martin; letters from Frederick S. Lyman, March 31 and April 10; Titus Coan to James D. Dana, April 7; a report by H. M. Whitney, dated Kealakekua, April 13, 1868; and another long report by Dr. William Hillebrand. There is also an extensive log of earthquakes and their supposed strength, kept by Rev. C. G. Williamson of Kealakekua, Kona, during March and April 1868, which appeared in the New York Herald of May 25. Perrey's text is dated at the end, Lorient, December 19, 1868. The appendix is dated April 19, 1869. References: None found. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*, W. T. Brigham's copy. The N U C records a copy in the U.S. Geological Survey library and the Library of Congress.

Pumpelly, Raphael. London Edition Across I America and Asia I Notes of a five years' journey I Around the World I and a residence in I Arizona, Japan I and I China I by I Raphael Pumpelly I Professor in Harvard University, and sometime Mining Engineer in the service I of the Chinese and Japanese Governments I London: I Sampson, Low, Son, and Marston. I Crown Buildings, 188, Fleet Street. I [rule] I 1870. 8vo. 22.5 x 15 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] dedication to Anson Burlingame, [iv] blank, [v]-vi preface, [vii] list of illustrations, [viii] blank, [ix] + x - x v i contents, [1] + 2 - 4 4 5 t e x t ; [446] blank, [447] + 448-454 index pp. Folding table inserted before index. With a photolithographic frontispiece of the Buddha at Kamakura, 24 text illustrations, a map showing the author's route at the preface, and 3 additional folding maps: a map of Arizona at first text page; a map of southern Yesso, Japan; and a colored map of the Yangho district of China.

2881

500

1870

Hawaiian National Bibliography On November 2.3, 1861, the author embarked on the clipper ship Carrington bound from San Francisco to Yokohama via Honolulu. Also on board were Lady Franklin and her niece Miss Cracroft. They anchored in Honolulu on December 17th. The author stayed only a few days in Hawaii before departing for Japan. He visited the Pali and has comments on Hawaiian birth stones found there, not noted by other travelers. General remarks on the Islands are largely from other printed sources. The Hawaiian text is on pages 68-74. The illustrations include a woodcut "Crater Near Honolulu." This was a popular travel book both in England and in America. References: Carter, p. i j o Copies: B P B M (Carter 2-E-40)*, in red cloth, with the globe in gilt on upper cover. H M C S * .

2882

Pumpelly, Raphael. New York Edition Across I America and Asia. I Notes of a five years' journey I Around the World I and of residence in I Arizona, Japan I and I China. I By I Raphael Pumpelly I Professor in Harvard University, and sometime Mining Engineer in the service of the I Chinese and Japanese Governments. I [ornament of an owl and the initials LH] I New York I Leypoldt & Holt I 1870. 8vo. zz x 15 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [3] dedication to Anson Burlingame, [iv] blank, [v]-vi Preface, [vii] list of illustrations, [viii] blank, [ix] + x - x v i Contents, [1] + 2 - 4 2 7 text, [428] + 4 2 9 - 4 4 5 Appendixes I-IV, [446] blank, + folding table "Appendix v , " [447] + 448-454 Index pp. M a p of the author's route facing the preface, folding map of Arizona, Sonora, and California at first text page, and 2 additional maps at pages 1 4 3 and 306. With photographic frontispiece of the Daibutsu at Kamakura, and inserted woodcut text illustrations.

The first American edition. For comments on the text, see No. 2881. The Hawaiian Historical Society has a "second edition, revised," and the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society Library has a "third edition, revised"; both of these are dated 1870. The National Union Catalogue records a fourth edition, also dated 1870. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Carter 1 2 - C - 9 ) * . HarU. H H S * , the second, revised edition. H M C S * , the third edition, revised. L C . NYP. The N U C records more than z o copies of the first edition.

2883

Rosser, William Henry North Pacific Pilot: Part 11. I [rule] I The Seaman's Guide I to the I Islands I of the I North Pacific, I with an I Appendix on the winds, weather, currents, &c. I of the North and South Pacific. I By W. H. Rosser, I Author of the "Self Instructor in Navigation"; "The Stars, how to known them" etc. etc. etc. I [ornament] I London: I James Imray and Son, I Minories and Tower Hill. I 1870. I [rule] I N.B.North Pacific Pilot, Part 1., includes "Sailing Directions for the West Coast of North America between Panama and Queen Charlotte Islands," I by J. F. Imray, F.R.G.S. 8vo. 2 1 x t4 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] imprint, [iii]-iv preface, dated London, February 1 8 7 0 , [v]-vi contents, [1] + 2 - 3 0 2 text, [ 3 0 3 ] + 3 0 4 - 3 1 3 index, [314] blank pp. With 4 folding maps.

The text on the Hawaiian Islands is on pages 1 - 4 1 . The descriptions include landings on all islands and Honolulu port regulations and requirements for receiving passengers and freight. Rosser discusses the pre-Cook "discovery" of the Hawaiian Islands by Spanish explorers, using as his authority the Spanish maps obtained by Captain Anson. He also refers to a note found in a published account of the La Perouse voyage that refers to a possi-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1870

501

ble visit by Gaetano in 1542. Rosser's text regarding Spanish contact with Hawaii is discussed by Abraham Fornander in Volume 11 of his Account of the Polynesian Race (London, 1880, p. 158) and fully quoted in Appendix 111, pages 359-364. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Carter 2.-C-18)*. The N U C records 3 copies.

R o y a l Hawaiian Theatre Royal Hawaiian I Theatre ! I [rule] I At the Special Request I Of many of the Inhabitants, both foreign and na- I tive, of Honolulu, the I G R A N D O S A K A T R O U P E ! I of I J A P A N E S E ! I Gymnasts, Jugglers, I Equilibrists, Slack Rope Walkers, I Foot Performers, Contortionists, I Prestidigitateurs [s/c], Acrobats, Slack Wire Walkers, Top Spinners, I & c . , & c . , & c . , & c . I Will give another I Farewell Performance ! I Which will positively be the last in this City, I On Wednesday, Nov. 23 ! I when a I Monster Programme I Will be Presented, embracing I Many New Feats ! I [rule] I Reduced Prices of Admission ! ! I . . . I [double rule] I Hale Keaka! I [double rule] I M a o ka noi ia ana mai e ka poe o ke kulanakauhale o I Honolulu e hana hou ana ka I P O E I A P A N A ! I o I O S A K A !. [text continues in Hawaiian] I Ua Emi Ka Uku !! I . . . . I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 0 ] Broadside. 4 1 lines of text in English and Hawaiian. 58 x 2 1 . 5 cm.

ROYAL

HAWAIIAN

Theatre! u TIE S?Iülil JEUUm

Oi'many of athe Inhabitants, both ior-eign and na~ hWr . . tjv^ot'Houolula, the-

SIMl B U I TMPC!

JAPANESE!

a m M A S T ^ , JCOOuan». Equilibrists, UUÄ Bope Walker«. I W Perform«* Contortionists, PrewtidiKitMeur*. Acrobats, Slack Wir« Walkers, Top Spinners, «•SO-. [ 334] blank, [i] + ii-xx Appendix, + 4 unnumbered plates of profile land views and colophon on the verso of the last plate pp. With frontispiece plate "H.M.S. Zealous under sail," and 14 added text plates; folding "Track Chart of the Cruises of H.M.S. Zealous" at end of text.

The author left England December 4, 1869, in HMS Revenge to Madeira and Panama, crossed the Isthmus of Panama, then joined HMS Zealous. That ship departed Panama on January 2 5 , 1 8 7 0 , for the Galapagos Islands, San Francisco, Victoria B. C., Esquimalt Harbor, the San Juan Islands, Vancouver, and return to San Francisco. The ship continued down the coasts of California and South America, making stops en route. HMS Zealous anchored off Honolulu on April 2,6, 1 8 7 1 . The text has general remarks about the town, its suburbs, and the Hawaiians. Much of the Honolulu narrative is devoted to the description of a performance put on at Buffum's Hall, by "Our officers' Amateur Dramatic Company . . . in aid of those unfortunately left widows or orphans by the late war between France and Germany." Queen Emma and her entourage visited the ship the following day to lunch with the admiral. The illustrations include an interesting view of Honolulu from the harbor (p. 152). On May 6th the ship departed Honolulu for Maui, where she made a short stop at the port of Makena. There the author and friends proceeded up the mountain to Rose Ranch, Ulupalakua, where they were hosted by Captain Makee and provided with horses to make an excursion to Haleakala crater. From the Hawaiian Islands the ship returned to San Francisco, enabling the author to visit Yosemite, then proceeded again along the coast, stopping at South American ports before continuing around Cape Horn. References: Carter, p. 49. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 6-F-7)*, "a new edition," in dark blue cloth with gilt vignette of the ship on the upper cover. BPBM (Fuller)*. HHS. H M C S * , in blue cloth with gilt vignette of the ship on upper cover. HSL (Tice Phillips). M L .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1873

Ellis, J o h n Eimeo Life I of I William Ellis I Missionary to the South Seas I and to Madagascar I By his son, John Eimeo Ellis I With a supplementary chapter I containing an estimate of his character and work. By Henry Allon, D.D. I With a Portrait. I London I John Murray, Albemarle Street I 1873 I All rights reserved.

545 2987

8vo. zz x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii preface by Ellis dated Toronto, Canada, September 18, 1873, [viii] blank, [ix] + x-xiv contents, [xv] + xvi-xxiv introduction, [1] half title, [2,] blank, [3] + 4-3OZ main text, 303-310 character and work pp. + 16 advertisement pp. Mr. Murray's list of New Books, dated December 1873. Frontispiece portrait of William Ellis.

A biography of the famous missionary and his work in Tahiti, Hawaii, and Madagascar. Remarks on the Ellis residence in the Hawaiian Islands are in chapter five (pp. 8 8 - 1 1 4 ) . Other references to Hawaii include mention of the part Ellis played in the introduction of the Anglican Church to the Islands (pp. 287-288). References: Carter, p. 50. O'Reilly and Reitman, 7744. Not in Ferguson. Copies: A H (Kahn). B P B M * . B P B M (Carter z-C-33)*, fine copy in plum cloth. B P B M (Fuller). HMCS.

Figuier, Louis The I Human Race. I By I Louis Figuier. I Illustrated by I Two hundred and forty-three engravings on wood I and eight chromolithographs. I New York: I D. Appleton and Co., Broadway. I 1 8 7 3 .

2988

8vo. 2.1.5 x 1 3 • 5 cm (HMCS). [i—ii?], [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii contents, [ix] + x - x v i list of illustrations, [1] + z - 5 3 7 text, [538] blank, [539] + 5 4 0 - 5 4 8 index pp. With frontispiece "Red Race," and other illustrations.

An article on "Sandwichians" (pp. 396-400) includes a woodcut "Native of the Sandwich Islands" after an original by Louis Choris. The Hawaiian Historical Society has a French edition, Les Races Humaines (Paris, r873), and a London and New York (1872) edition. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * .

Gulick, J o h n T h o m a s , and Edgar A . Smith Descriptions of new Species of Achatinellinae. I By the Rev. John T. Gulick and Edgar A. Smith F.Z.S. [London, 1 8 7 3 ] 8vo. zz.5 x 15.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [73] + 7 4 - 8 9 text pp. With z hand-colored lithograph plates numbered i x - x .

The specimens described were from the British Museum and from Gulick's own collection. The two hand-colored lithograph plates illustrate 27 shells. This work is a reprint from the Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society of London for the year 1873 (PP- 73 - 89)- Here the caption title has been reset, the words "Received November r9, 1 8 7 2 " in the periodical issue are eliminated, and the pagination is altered to that as given above. A second article in the same Proceedings (pp. 8 9 - 9 1 ) , "On the classification of the Achatinellinae," was also reprinted. References: None found. Copies: B P B M * , a second copy can be found in the Proceedings. HHS. The N U C records a copy of the reprint issue at Oberlin College Library. The Union List of Serials records numerous holdings of the serial.

2989

546

1873

2990

Hawaii. Kingdom. Cabinet Mr. President, Nobles and Representatives: I Documents delivered to your President, contain official evidence of the decease of His Late Majesty I Kamehameha V. His earthly existence terminated at Iolani Palace, in Honolulu, in the Island of I Oahu, upon the forty-second anniversary of his birth, being the eleventh day of December, in the year of Our Lord One Thousand Eight Hundred and Seventytwo." [text continues, then repeats in Hawaiian on p. 3:] E ka Peresidena, na 'Lii a me na Poeikohola. I [signed at end:] Ferd W. Hutchinson, Minister of the Interior, Stephen H. Phillips, Attorney General, [and] Robert Stirling, Minister of Finance. [Honolulu, 1 8 7 3 ]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Circular. Text in English on the first, and in Hawaiian on the third (unnumbered) pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 35.5 x 2 1 . j cm.

An address by the cabinet, to the legislative assembly on the occasion of the extra session of 1873. Kamehameha V died leaving no heirs and not having designated any successor to the office of monarch. According to the constitution he would have been succeeded by his sister Victoria Kamamalu, but she had died May 29, 1866. Acting under a provision in the constitution, the cabinet ordered that an extra session of the legislature convene on January 8, 1873, "to elect by ballot, some native Alii of this Kingdom as Successor to the Throne." This document was read before the legislature on that day, with the following remarks: "By virtue of this order you have been assembled, to elect, by ballot, some native Alii of this Kingdom as successor to the throne. Your present authority is limited to this duty. The members of the Cabinet devoutly ask the blessings of Heaven upon your deliberation and public acts." A complete transcription of this document can be found in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser (Jan. 1 1 , 1873) and in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, p. 12.3. Copies: A H (F.O. & Ex.) (2)».

2991

Hawaii. Kingdom. Cabinet E ka Peresidena, na 'Lii a me, ka Poeikohoia: I M a kekahi mau palapala i waiho ia 'ku me ko oukou Peresidena, ua hoomaopopo lei ia ka make I ana o ka Moi i hala, K A M E H A M E H A V. Ua lawe ia 'ku kona ola ana ma keia ao ma ka Halealii Iolani, I ma Honolulu, Mokupuni o Oahu, iloko o ke kanaha-kumamalua o kona hanau, oia ka la 1 1 o Deke- I maba o ka M . H . Hookahi Tausani Ewalu Haneri Kanahiku-kumamalua I [text continues and is signed at end:] Ferd W. Hutchinson, Kuhina Kalaiaina, Stephen H. Phillips, Loio Kuhina, Robert Stirling, Kuhina Waiwai. [Honolulu, 1873] Circular. 32 lines of text, printed on the second leaf of a single-fold sheet, folding to 35.5 x 21.5 cm.

The Hawaiian-language version of No. 2900. Both were originally printed together and sometimes separated at issue. References: None found. Copies: A H (F.O. &C Ex.) (2)*.

2992

Hawaii. Kingdom. Collector General of Customs Custom House Statistics, Hawaiian Islands, 1 8 7 2 . I [rule] I Prepared by W. F.Allen, Collector General. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 3 ]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1873

547

8vo. 2 1 . 5 x 1 3 . 5 cm (HHS). Caption title, [i]-ii, letter of Allen to the Minister of Finance, dated January 3 0 , 1 8 7 3 , I 1 ] + 2 - I 5 t e x t > I 1 ^ ] blank pp. With folding table " C u s t o m House Statistics. Hawaiian Islands, 1 8 7 2 . " References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: BPBM*. H H S * . H M C S * .

Hawaiian Church Monthly Messenger Hawaiian Church I Monthly Messenger. I [rule] I Honolulu, January 1 , 1873. I [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 3 - 1 8 7 6 ]

2993

8vo. 2 1 x 1 3 . 5 cm (HHS). Each issue through January 1874 is 8 pages, subsequently expanding in length with the addition of preprinted inserts f r o m England.

This Anglican Church periodical was begun as a substitute for, then became a successor to, the Honolulu Magazine (see No. 2955). Like its predecessor, the body of the text consists of sheets printed in England, to which some additional matter was printed and inserted at Iolani College. Subscriptions were "two dollars per annum." During the first part of 1873, when the English text had not been received, the full issues were printed locally. Issues appeared in green printed wrappers, with advertisements on the back, and with calendars and occasional notes regarding baptisms on the inside front and back covers. Most of the text is devoted to non-Hawaiian matters. The locally printed portions of the text include remarks on a tour to the island of Hawaii by Bishop Willis in the January 1874 issue. A more detailed account of another tour by the bishop appears in the issues of July-September 1874. The June 1874 issue has an article on the consecration of the church and burial ground at South Kona (Christ Church at Kealakekua). An article on the consecration of the church at Lahaina, Maui, is in the February 1875 issue. A four-part series of articles on "The Education of Hawaiians" begins in the November 1873 issue. Under the caption title "Captain Cook and his Detractors" (Nov. 1873), the editor (probably Bishop Willis) gives his thoughts on the question "which has lately been agitated between the Nuhou and the Friend respecting Captain Cook's part in the ceremonial of which he was the object at Kealakekua Bay." The March 1 , 1874, issue commences with congratulations to Kalakaua on his election and consolatory remarks to Queen Emma, who was defeated. In the October 1875 issue, the lead article titled "Miss Bird on the 'Anglican Church in Hawaii'" responds to statements in her book (particularly that on p. 28) regarding the "High Church" ritual which, she said, was "above the desires and comprehension of most of the island episcopalians." Most of the issues for 1 8 7 3 - 1 8 7 5 are found in green printed wrappers printed at Iolani; the issues of 1876 (at the Hawaiian Historical Society) are bound in wrappers of the St. Andrew's Magazine. References: N o n e found. Copies: H H S 1 , January 1, 1 8 7 3 - J u n e 1876.

He Alakai no ke Kumukula He Alakai I no I K E K U M U K U L A I he buke I i hoomakaukau e ke kahukula nui i mea e I kokua ai i na kumukula o na kula apana I o keia aupuni ma ka lawelawe ana I ma ka oihana hoonaauao. I [rule] I Ka lua o ke pai ana. I [rule] I Paiia ma ke kauoha o ka papa Hoonaauao I ma ka I Hale pai o H. M . Whitney, Honolulu, I 1873.

2994

548

1873

Hawaiian National Bibliography i z m o . 18 x 1 1 . 5 cm (LC). [1] title, [2] blank, [ i ] ~ 4 Olelo Mua (Foreword) [5] + 6 - 5 9 text, [60] Papa Kuhikuhi (Index) pp.

Title: A school teachers' manual. This is the second edition; for the first edition (1872), see No. 2953. References: Not in Judd and Bell. Copies: H H S (2)*. H M C S (3)*. L C * .

2995

He Helunaau He I Helunaau, I ke mea I E Maa'i ke Kanaka, I i ka I Helu i na mea a pau I ma ka I Noonoo wale no. I Na olelo ao mua keia a Warren Colburn i I unuhiia e Rev. A Bishop pai hou ia e I ka Papa Hoonaauao. [rule] I Boston: I Na O. Ellsworth i Pai. [1873] i 6 m o . 1 4 x 8.5 cm ( H M C S ) . [ 1 ] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 9 4 text pp.

A standard text in the Hawaiian government schools that went through many editions. As with other editions the date of publication appears only on the upper covers, so that lacking these the text is impossible to date. For notes on the editions and their varying imprints, see under the 1864 edition, No. 2584. References: Not in Judd and Bell. Copies: H M C S (2)*.

2996

Jones, Charles E. Across the Pacific. In: The Lakeside Monthly. Vol. 1 0 , pp. 2 1 0 - 2 1 7 . [Chicago] September 1873. 8vo. 2 2 x 1 4 . 5 cm.

A general article on Pacific travel utilizing "Webb's line of steamers." The Hawaiian Islands are described as a stopover for the passenger en route to Auckland, New Zealand, or Port Jackson, Sydney, Australia. References: Carter, p. 95. Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 1 , p. 6 0 - 6 7 ) * .

2997

K a Honua Nei Ka Honua Nei; I oia I Ka Buke Mua o ka Hoike Honua, I no na I Kamalii o na kula maoli o ke Aupuni. I Hooponoponoia e ke Kahukula Nui, I mamuli o ke kauoha a ka I Papa Hoonaauao. I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu, H.I. I 1873. 2 1 . 5 x 1 7 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] royal arms and imprint of H. M . Whitney, [3] N a Olelo M u a (First words) signed H. R . Hitchcock, Kahukula Nui (Inspector General of Schools), [4] + 5 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [6] " I na Kumukula" (From the school overseer) signed H. R. Hitchcock, Sepatema 1 3 , 1 8 7 3 , [7] + 8 - 1 2 3 text, 1 2 4 - 1 2 7 " N a Ninau hooiliili no na Palapala Aina" (Questions on the maps), 1 2 8 - 1 3 3 "Papa kuhikuhi inoa no na inoa haole" (List of English names used in the text), [134] blank pp. With 9 part-colored inserted maps including 3 double page, a woodcut map of the Hawaiian Islands on p. 1 1 1 , and woodcut text illustrations throughout.

A Hawaiian geography text for the high schools of Hawaii. It is a translation by H. R. Hitchcock (Superintendent of Schools) of Our World by Mary L. Hall. The text, in double-column form, is illustrated with stock woodcuts. It begins with general geographical information, which includes matters of interest to Hawaiians. An atoll (here "Mokupuni Ako'ako'a") is described and illustrated on page 1 1 . On page 13 an illustration of an Italian volcano in full eruption is titled "Na Ahipele." Chapters 34-37 (pp. 1 0 8 - 1 2 3 ) are on the Hawaiian Islands; a map is on page 1 1 1 .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1873

The inserted printed color maps (which were imported and which have explanatory text in English only) appear as follows: The hemispheres (double page), p. 35; Map of zones, p. 55; Europe, p. 57; Asia, p. 69; Africa, p. 85; South America, p. 91; North America, p. 93; The United States (double page), p. 96. The "Papa Kuhikuhi inoa no na inoa Haole. . ." (pp. 1 2 8 - 1 3 3 ) gives the English names of geographical locations, followed by their Hawaiian-language equivalents. This was published by the Board of Education with an appropriation from the 1872 legislature. In his 1874 report Charles R. Bishop, the President of the Board of Education, commented: "An edition of 7,000 copies has been printed, at a total cost of $3,968.56. The book has been extensively introduced into the common schools, and will be the means of extending the knowledge of geography amongst both teachers and pupils." The Nuhou (Sept. 23, 1873) notes the receipt of a copy and says, "This beautiful school book is an honor to all concerned in its publication." The Friend (Oct. 1 , 1873) also acknowledges receipt of a copy, saying "It is beautifully illustrated and neatly printed . . . . Hereafter Hawaiian boys and girls will be inexcusible [s/c] if they grow up in ignorance of Europe, Asia, Africa and America, and the islands of Polynesia." The book was issued with a black morocco spine and pictorial boards. The front cover shows Earth in the center; at lower left is a vignette of a teacher and three young pupils, and at the lower right is a vignette of a ship. The back cover presents statistics on the population of various parts of the world, the number of students in the Hawaiian Islands, a list of mountain heights, and a list of various rivers. References: Not in Judd and Bell. Copies: BPBM (2). HHS (2)*. H M C S (3)*. UH.

Kamakamailio K A M A K A M A I L I O I ma ka olelo I Beritania, Hawaii a me Farani. I 1 1 hooponopono no na haumana o ke kula I o I Ahuimanu, I [cross of typographic elements] I Honolulu, I Pai-Palapala Katolika. I [rule] I 1873. 8vo. 22 x 1 7 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] [pointing hand and one-line note], [1] + z - 3 8 text pp.

Title: Conversations in English, Hawaiian, and French languages. Prepared for the pupils of the school at Ahuimanu. A conversational manual in English, Hawaiian, and French. The 26 chapters (numbered 1 - 2 5 and 36 [s/c]) are arranged under broad subject categories (the weather, on coming and going, etc.), and the text, in triple-column form, presents questions and answers for the student. Yzendoorn says this was compiled by Father Lievin Van Heteren. Judd and Bell (479) list a copy with an 1875 date on the title. This is probably a misreading of the date, as in the type used by the Catholic press, the " 5 " very closely resembles the "3." Yzendoorn lists only the 1873 edition. References: Judd and Bell, 470 (locate 1 2 copies). Yzendoorn, 79. Copies: ATL (2)*. GF. HarU. HHS (2)*. H M C S (4)*.

Lunalilo L U N A L I L O . I [double rule] I Honolulu, January 15, 1873. ' [double rule] I [oval albumen photographic portrait of Lunalilo within an elaborate printed border] I King of the Hawaiian Islands, Elected January 8th, 1873. [Honolulu, 1873] 8vo. 30.5 x 23.5 cm. [1] cover title, [2] + 3 - 8 text pp. Text in double-column form divided by a rule. The cover photograph and last line of text are within ornamental borders.

550

1873

Hawaiian National Bibliography An important and little-known pamphlet. This gives a biography of the newly elected monarch and includes an "Ode to Lunalilo" (with no authorship given). The "History of the events leading to the Election of King Lunalilo," is followed by an article on "The Dynasty," and by English-language transcriptions of the campaign broadsides issued by both David Kalakaua and Lunalilo in December 1872 (see No. 2941). This pamphlet was probably printed in the offices of Walter M. Gibson's newspaper, the Nuhou. Copies: A H (T. C. Heuck Collection, in scrapbook, M - 6 1 ) * , a very fine copy. B P B M (Hist. Pam. 8)*, Gorham D. Gilman's copy. H H S * , the first leaf only (with the Lunalilo photograph) bound with a copy of The Second Interregnum (1874; see No. 3066). HSL (Tice Phillips). L C (Hawaiian-language imprint collection)*.

3000

Lunalilo.

Speech [His Majesty's Speech at the Prorogation of the Legislative Assembly of 1 8 7 3 . Honolulu, 1 8 7 3 ] Original not seen.

The king acknowledges the "promptness and decision in accomplishing the business to which your attention has been directed" (that is, the selection and election of himself as the new monarch). Lunalilo refers to proposed amendments to the constitution about which the "public mind has been for some time agitated," and states that he desires a constitution which "shall secure to my subjects, all the rights which shall best promote their improvement and happiness." This speech was presumably first issued in English and Hawaiian in broadside or circular form, no copies of which have been found. A transcription can be found in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, p. 1 2 5 . Copies: None found.

3001

Lydgate, J o h n Mortimer A I Short Synopsis I of I Hawaiian Ferns. I By I John M . Lidgate [s/c] I [rule] I 1873. 8vo. 19.3 x 1 3 cm. [1] title, [2] two-line note, [3] + 4 - 1 4 text, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp.

In a prefatory note Lydgate states: "The arrangement and nomenclature of Hooker, in his 'Synopsis Fillicum', has been followed almost entirely in this paper." The place of publication is unknown, and the author's name has been misspelled on the title. A three-part article by the author, "Reminiscences of an Amateur Collector" appeared in Thrum's Hawaiian Annual 1 9 2 0 (pp. 1 2 0 - 1 2 6 ) , 1 9 2 1 (pp. 68-76), and 1922 (pp. 61-67). References: Carter, p. 1 1 6 . Copies: H H S * . H M C S * . HSL (Tice Philips).

3002

Nichols, Charles Fessenden The Hawaiian Islands [a three-part article]. In: The New England Medical Gazette. February (pp. 56-63); March (pp. i o i - i i i ) ; April (pp. 1 4 9 - 1 5 6 ) ; Boston, 1 8 7 3 . 8vo.

The author, a Boston physician, "having spent eighteen months of professional life at the Hawaiian (or Sandwich) Islands, while also in pursuit of health . . . offers a few observations upon a climate, concerning which there has lately been some inquiry . . . " The doc-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1873

tor discusses native health practices and the natives' susceptibility to certain ailments, and includes a long digression on the subject of Hawaiians' "praying an adversary to death." The second article investigates native Hawaiian remedies, and both the second and third parts report specific cases treated by the doctor. References: None found. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*, W. T. Brigham's copy.

N o r d h o f f , Charles [Hawaii Nei. In: Harper's New Monthly Magazine. Vol.

XLVIII.

New York, 1873.]

8vo. 23.5 x 15.5 cm (HMCS). Under this title, three articles were published in this periodical during 1873: No. 2.79 (N.S. 25), August, pp. 382-402; No. 280 (N.S. 35), September, pp. 544-559; No. 282 (N.S. 37), November, pp. 9 0 8 - 9 1 4 .

This three-part text is illustrated by a good number of attractive woodcut illustrations of Honolulu, Maui, Kauai, and Hawaii, and by a map of the Islands. This account was subsequently published in the author's Northern California, Oregon, and the Sandwich Islands (New York, 1874; see No. 3060). References: Carter, p. 132. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 3, pp. 1 5 4 - 1 9 1 ) * , the first two parts only. The Union List of Serials records many copies of the periodical.

Nuhou Nuhou. I The Hawaiian News. I [double rule] I A semi-weekly journal, I Devoted to the Material Interests of the Hawaiian Archipelago. I [double rule] Vol. 1 , No. 1 , Honolulu, Tuesday, February 25, 1 8 7 3 . I [double rule] I Honolulu, 1 8 7 2 - 1 8 7 4 . 4to. 30.5 x 23.5 cm (HHS).

In his "prospectus" (printed in the first issue), the editor and proprietor, Walter M. Gibson, states that the Nuhou "shall especially advocate the material interests of this archipelago," and that "I shall write without fear or favor, and I will say that my chief objective in establishing the Nuhou is to find free expression for myself and others in respect to important public questions." Gibson then listed five areas of particular interest: immigration; the labor question; agriculture and the planting, grazing, and other interests of the soil; commerce; literature, art, and science. Gibson was a strong advocate of reciprocity, stating: "The most essential prerequisite to our prosperity is a free market for our produce in the United States; and this paper will endeavour to promote this most vital acquisition, by any and every measure, which can lawfully be carried into effect." The newspaper flattered the ailing King Lunalilo, and paid great attention to David Kalakaua, who would become the next king. In the January 20, 1874, issue Gibson mentions what was on everyone's mind: the failing state of the king's health. "We hope that King Lunalilo may live; if not—in the name of Kalakaua alone there is Peace." From this point on the paper was firmly pro-Kalakaua. The February 1 0 , 1874, issue has Lunalilo's obituary, and articles on the succession include the statement, "If hope has been dying with Lunalilo it has sprung up anew with Kalakaua." Subsequent articles give extensive coverage to the statements issued by both Kalakaua and Queen Emma as each sought the throne. By his outspoken support of Kalakaua, Gibson gained much favor with the king and began his rise to power in the Hawaiian government. On March 1 0 , 1874, Gibson refers to having issued an illustrated "Lunalilo bro-

552

1873

Hawaiian National Bibliography chure" (see No. 2.999). He also mentions an "illustrated sketch of Prince Kalakaua," and an "illustrated Kalakaua edition." I have not located any copies of the latter. Political events are carefully chronicled. Gibson was an outspoken advocate of independence and took great exception to a speech delivered by Stephen H. Phillips at the Hawaiian Hotel (see No. 3005), answering it in a lengthy editorial (March 14) titled: "Mr. Phillips Proposes a Protectorate." Articles on Hawaiian independence become more frequent later in 1873. The subject of the proposed cession of Pearl Harbor receives considerable attention in the paper. Gibson opposed it and suggests that the king's ministers who supported the measure were "traitors." The barracks mutiny of September 1873 also receives extensive coverage. An article on a visit by Gibson to the island of Lanai is in the Volume 1 (April 8) issue, and another interesting article (of two parts) regarding the same island appears in Volume 11 (Sept. 9 - 1 6 , 1873). The publication of a legend, "The Spouting Cave of Kaala," begins publication in serial form in the March 21st issue. This legend, the editor informs us, "was partly written in 1868, during a visit of His Majesty Kamehameha V on Lanai, and . . . since we commenced our labors, the story has been completed, and we will publish it in full in the Nuhou." The question of whether or not Spanish explorers had "discovered" Hawaii prior to Captain Cook is the subject of comment in the September 23, 1873, issue. Gibson uses as evidence a map showing Gaetano's route that he had examined in 1869 in Washington, D.C. The newspaper was first published in English only. The first Hawaiian article appears in Volume 11, No. 1, and from this point on there are an increasing number of Hawaiian-language articles of a political nature found on the last page. The Nuhou suspended publication from May 23 to July 15, 1873. When publication resumed, articles were increasingly in Hawaiian. The October 14, 1873, issue is expanded to eight pages and the editor states that it is "a sample of the enlarged paper we propose to continue after the close of this quarter. We devote in this issue as we will hereafter the larger portion of our space to our native readers. We shall publish the paper chiefly for their instruction and benefit." With the November 4, 1873, issue, the title of the paper is changed to Ka Nuhou Hawaii on the masthead, and the front page and most of the text is in Hawaiian, with English text generally limited to the last two pages. This format continued through the life of the newspaper. The issue of April 28, 1874, was the last published. References: Mookini, p. 34. Copies: AH. BPBM. HHS*. H M C S * . UH.

3005

Phillips, Stephen H. Address I Delivered by Hon. Stephen H. Phillips, I At the Hawaiian Hotel. March n t h , 1873, I Honolulu, Sandwich Islands, [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1873] 21.5 x 15.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2.-8 text pp.

An important and very early speech advocating the annexation of Hawaii to the United States. Phillips, who had been Attorney General under Kamehameha V, argues that Hawaiian prosperity can only be secured by establishing closer commercial relations with the United States. He discusses the sugar industry, brings up the question "Is Hawaiian Independence worth preserving?" and says that a "partial surrender may be made in a

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1873

5.53

treaty of commercial reciprocity, or by cession of a portion of the territory with the sovereignty of the remainder unimpaired, or by parting with the general sovereignty, and reserving, subordinately, a portion of the territory and a qualified or dependent sovereignty." After the heading "Absolute independence no longer practicable," Phillips discusses the matter and then brings up the "feasibility of [the] Pearl River Scheme," which he doubts would appeal to Americans. Further, Phillips claims that annexation is inevitable, for he sees no other remedy to correct business and market conditions. Following these statements, he discusses the advantages of annexation to Hawaiians, and he concludes with how annexation could be accomplished. The Hawaiian government viewed this pamphlet with some alarm, and, while they made no official response, Walter M. Gibson, the editor of the Nuhou, did (see No. 3004). The editor of the Pacific Commercial Advertiser (March 15, 1873) commented: "There was a number of natives who listened to the address . . . they were out spoken in . . . their indignation at the public advocacy by a former Minister of their dead king . . . of the alienation of the sovereignty of the country. And in this respect, the address will have a damaging effect for the friends of annexation. . . . The fifty thousand Hawaiians . . . are not to be cajoled out of their nationality humble as it is, by eloquent language and well rounded periods." References: Carter, p. 1 4 1 . Copies: B P B M (Hist. Pam. 95)*. H H S * . H M C S . H S L (Tice Phillips). UH.

Stoddard, Charles Warren Kahele. In: The Overland Monthly. Vol. x, pp. 2 3 8 - 2 4 6 . San Francisco, July 1873.

3006

8vo. 22 x 1 4 . 5 cm.

A romantic article about a young Hawaiian boy named Kahele. Stoddard was enchanted by his agility in the surf, and further described him as "the chameleon . . . who was pious to the tune of the church-bell, yet agile as any dancer of the lascivious hula at the thump of the tom-tom." The location of the action, the valley of "Meha," is fictitious. This article reappeared in the author's South Sea Idylls (Boston, 1873; see No. 3009). References: Carter, p. 1 6 4 . Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 1 , pp. 528-536)*'. The Union List of Serials lists many holdings of this periodical.

Stoddard, Charles Warren The Lepers of Molokai. In: The Overland Monthly. Vol. x i , pp. 8 9 - 9 7 . San Francisco, July 1 8 7 3 . 8vo. 22 x 1 4 . 5 cm.

An important description of the leper settlement at Molokai, which the author, in the company of a doctor, had visited in the late i86os(?). At the settlement he was entertained by Mr. and Mrs. Walsh, the "keepers of the settlement." He describes the life of the patients, government efforts to help the unfortunate inhabitants, and quotes from a variety of sources on the disease as it affected Hawaiians. References: Carter, p. 1 6 4 . Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 1 , pp. 5 3 9 - 5 4 7 ) * . The Union List of Serials records many holdings of this periodical.

3007

554

1873

Hawaiian

National

Bibliography

3008

Stoddard, Charles Warren Love-Life in a Lanai. In: The Overland Monthly. Vol. x i , pp. 1 7 4 - 1 8 0 . San Francisco, July 1873. 8vo. zz x 14.5 cm.

A romantic article about leisurely hours at Waikiki and attendance at a luau, followed by moonlight "dances, songs, sea-baths, and flirtations." This article was republished in the author's South Sea Idylls (Boston, 1873; see No. 3009). References: Carter, p. 164. Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 1 , pp. 550-556). The Union List of Serials records many holdings of this periodical.

3009

Stoddard, Charles Warren South Sea Idylls. I by I Charles Warren Stoddard. I [publisher's initials] I Boston: James R . Osgood and Company, I Late Ticknor & Fields, and Fields, Osgood & Co. I 1 8 7 3 . n m o . 15 x 1 0 . 5 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [iii]-iv contents, [v] dedication, [vi] blank, [vii] poem "The cocoa tree," [viii] blank, [7] + 8-354 text pp.

A collection of romantic stories of Hawaii and the South Pacific by a young California writer and essayist, based on his travel experiences. Stoddard made an extended stay in the Islands during 1864-1865. For much of that period he was on the island of Maui, where his sister Sarah had married Parker Makee, son of the proprietor of Ulupalakua Plantation, then better known as Rose Ranch. This collection contains the following sketches on Hawaii, many of which had been previously published in periodicals: Chumming with a savage (pp. 25-79) Joe of Lahaina (pp. 1 1 2 - 1 2 7 ) The Night-Dancers of Waipio (pp. 1 2 8 - 1 4 5 ) The Last of the Great Navigator (pp. 1 6 9 - 1 8 3 ) Under a Grass Roof (pp. 1 9 7 - 2 0 1 ) The House of the Sun (pp. 2 2 1 - 2 3 9 ) The Chapel of the Palms (pp. 240-258) Kahele (pp. 259-282) Love-Life in a Lanai (pp. 283-299) Jacob Blanck, referring to the publisher's records, states that 2 , 0 3 0 copies were printed October 2, 1873, a n d that 1,696 copies were bound between October 7, 1873, and December 1 0 , 1877. The first English edition appeared in 1874 under the title Summer Cruising in the South Seas (see No. 3067). References: Blanck, 18979. Carter, p. 164. Copies: BPBM*, in blue publishers' cloth, with presentation inscription from Gorham D. Gilman to Mrs. B. P. Bishop of Honolulu, with her penciled annotations throughout. BPL. HHS*. H M C S * , in blue publishers' cloth. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. NYP. UC-B. UH. The N U C records 1 2 copies.

3010

Varigny, Charles Victor Crosnier de Voyage aux ties Sandwich. In: Le Tour du Monde. Vol. x x v i , livres 665-668, October 4 - 2 5 . Paris, 1873.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

555

4to. 31 x 22.5 cm. The articles are in the following weekly parts: livre 665, pp. 2 0 9 - 2 2 4 , with 1 0 woodcuts and a map; livre 666, pp. 225-240, with 9 woodcuts and a map; livre 667, pp. 2 4 1 - 2 5 6 , with 9 woodcuts; livre 668, pp. 2 5 7 - 2 7 2 , with 1 1 woodcuts. The text is signed by the author at the end of page 272.

This four-part article on Hawaii was subsequently edited and appeared in book form under the title Quatorze Ans aux les îles Sandwich (Paris, 1874; see No. 3069). The version in Le Tour du Monde is noted for its inclusion of interesting woodcuts made from early photographs and drawings of Hawaii collected by Varigny. These illustrations do not appear in the first book edition. The Mitchell Library has a Spanish translation, "Viaje a les islas Sandwich Islas, Havai," in El Mundo en la mano (Madrid, 1878), Volume 2, pages 743-794. References: None found. Copies: BPBM (Carter 4-E-25)*, the 4 articles extracted from the periodical. The Union List of Serials shows many copies of the periodical.

1874 Avonmore, Marie Thérese (Longworth) Yelverton Teresina Peregrina; I or, I Fifty Thousand Miles I of I Travel Round the World. I By I Thérese Yelverton I (Viscountess Avonmore), I In two volumes. I Vol. 1. [circular publisher's device] I London: I Richard Bentley and Son. I 1874. I [All Rights Reserved.] 2 vols. 8vo. 19.5 x 13 cm (ML). Vol. I: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]-iv contents, [1] + 2 - 3 5 2 text pp. With mounted albumen photograph frontispiece "The Battle of the Monkeys." Vol. II: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]-iv contents, [1] + 2-355 "Battak warriors at war with the Dutch."

text

> 1356 | blank pp. With frontispiece

The author's travels to the United States included a visit to Salt Lake City, Utah, and to the Yosemite valley in California. From San Francisco, she visited Hawaii. The date of her visit has not been determined, but it was sometime after 1868, for she gives a secondhand account of the tidal wave of that year. Her descriptions of the Islands and their wonders are rather full-blown and include comments such as: "Ginger, cinnamon and camphor blossoms vie with each other to perfume the fitful breeze." From Hawaii, Viscountess Avonmore continued to Hong Kong, subsequently visiting Saigon and other parts of Southeast Asia. She was an early Western visitor to the temple complex of Ankor Wat in Cambodia. The author, born Marie Thérese Longworth (1831-1881), met William Charles Yelverton, Fourth Viscount Avonmore, in the summer of 1853, and in 1855 accepted his proposal of marriage. They were married April 1 1 , 1857, in Scotland, and later in Ireland in private ceremonies that were not recorded. In 1858 when Yelverton formally married the widow of Professor Edward Forbes, Miss Longworth, claiming to be Viscountess Yelverton, sued in the London courts seeking validity for her marriage. The "Yelverton case," as it was commonly known, was a long-standing sensation and elicited great sympathy for the plaintiff. This and subsequent court actions continued until 1868, when the case was ultimately decided against her by the House of Lords. Her fortune expended, she then supported herself by writing this and a number of other books. Several books and at least one play have been written about the case. There is great

3011

556

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography disagreement among cataloguers as to the proper name of the woman. No one seems to have the book catalogued under Yelverton, the name on the title. The Dictionary of National Biography has a biographical account under Longworth and also discusses her under Avonmore. The Library of Congress gives the name as Longworth, and the Mitchell Library, Sydney, catalogues the book under Avonmore. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. M L * .

3012

Bodecker, Louis Kalakaua I March. I [left:] Composed by I Louis Bodecker. I [center, mounted albumen photograph of Kalakaua] I [right:] Dedicated to I King Kalakaua. I San Francisco, Published by I M . Gray. I 623 & 625 Clay St. I Portland Ogn. I 1 0 1 First Street. [1874] Sheet music. 33.5 x 26 cm. Title printed in red and gold, with an original albumen photograph of King Kalakaua in the center. Below the photograph appears: "The Photograph is respectfully dedicated I to His Majesty by Bradley 8c Rulofsen." The actual music is on an inserted singlefold sheet numbered [3] + 4 - 6 pp. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. PC.

3013

Bookwalter, J o h n Wesley Canyon and Crater I or I Scenes in California I and the I Sandwich Islands. I By John W. Bookwalter. I [rule] I Springfield, Ohio: I Republic Printing Company, Publishers. I 1874. 8vo. 22 x 1 4 . j cm (AH [Kahn]). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v]-vi preface, dated Springfield, Ohio, 1 8 7 4 , [vii]—viii contents, [9] + 1 0 - 3 6 9 text, [370] blank, [371]—37Z appendix "Pronunciation of Hawaiian Terms" pp. With 52 woodcut text illustrations on unpaged leaves (versos blank but all pages counted in the collation).

John Bookwalter and his wife arrived in Honolulu from San Francisco on the Tartar, May 6, 1874, and departed on the same ship for San Francisco, June 29, 1874. The author thought Honolulu "the most attractive city I ever saw. It is, in fact, an immense conservatory." For the most part, however, his are the usual remarks of the tourist. He discusses ferns, the cultivation of taro and other vegetables, and the manufacture of poi. The Bookwalters visited Waikiki, witnessed "surf bathing" (which he illustrates on p. 185), and "dropped in" to take a look at the legislature. They made a trip to Maui, landing at Lahaina, explored Lahainaluna and the Olowalu valley, then continued on to Wailuku. From this point they made their way up to the summit of Haleakala (which is the subject for an illustration and a map). They continued to Hilo and made an excursion to the Kilauea volcano. Unusually, the author also made a trip to Mokuaweoweo, on top of Mauna Loa, and the text includes a chapter on "the eruptions of Mauna Loa" with a map. The woodcut illustrations can only be described as "odd." References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, in dark green cloth, with presentation inscription from the author to Henry Croft, dated Springfield, March 1 8 7 5 . H S L (Tice Phillips).

3014

[Catholic Church] Actes du Chapitre general de 1874. Honolulu, Catholic Mission Press, 1874.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

557

15 x 1 1 cm. 16 text pp.

Not seen. Entry derived from Yzendoorn. References: Yzendoorn, 81. Copies: None located.

Cummings, Henry (Compiler) A Synopsis I of the I Cruise of the U.S.S. "Tuscarora" I from the I date of her commission I to her I arrival in San Francisco, Cai., Sept. 2d, 1874. I Compiled by Henry Cummings. I [rule] I [Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1 7 8 4 , in the office of the Librarian of I Congress at Washington, D.C.] I [rule] I San Francisco: I Printed by the Cosmopolitan Steam Printing Company, 505 Clay Street. I 1874.

3015

8vo. 22 x 14 cm. [1] title, [2.] apology, [3] + 4 - 6 1 text, [62] eagle woodcut, else blank pp.

An important and little-known voyage to Hawaii. The U.S. screw-steamer Tuscarora was commissioned May 16, 187Z, at Kittery, Maine, and made preparations for a cruise to the Pacific via Cape Horn. In June 1872 she made a stop at San Francisco and put in for repairs at Mare Island Navy Yard (Vallejo). She was again in San Francisco in September 1872, preparing "for the important work to which we had been assigned, viz.: the sounding of a route between the United States and Japan for the laying of a sub-marine cable. This route, called the 'Great Circle Route,' as proposed, commenced at Cape Flattery and making northward and westward touched at Atchka, one of the Aleutian Islands, and thence southward and westward to Yeddo Bay." In February 1874 the Tuscarora and the USS Portsmouth arrived at Honolulu, just prior to the death of King Lunalilo. The author of this account gives a résumé of events surrounding the king's death and the highly volatile campaign for the election of the monarch that followed. After the election a riot occurred at the courthouse, and by request of the newly elected King Kalakaua and Charles R. Bishop (Minister of Foreign Affairs), 1 5 0 "officers, blue jackets and mariners and a Gatling gun were landed [from the Tuscarora] and marched to the scene of action." They were followed by an armed force from the British ship Tenedos also in the harbor. On a lighter vein, residents were treated to a performance by the "Tuscarora Minstrel Troupe" at the Royal Hawaiian Theatre. The Tuscarora left Honolulu on March 17, 1874. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, with a presentation inscription on front blank from Theodore Hoff (a marine on board ship) to his family. BPBM*, the Cleghorn-Kaiulani copy. HHS*. H M C S * .

Davis, William M . Nimrod of the Sea; I or, I the American Whaleman. I [pictorial vignette, sailor on deck with oars and implements] I By William M . Davis. I New York: I Harper & Brothers, Publishers, I Franklin Square. I 1874. n m o . 18.5 x 12.5 cm. [1] title, [2] copyright notice, [3] + 4 - 1 0 contents, [ 1 1 ] illustrations, [12] blank, [13] + 1 4 - 3 9 5 t e x t > [39^1 blank, [397] + 398-403 appendixes A - D , [404] blank pp. With frontispiece "In the Whale's J a w " and 3 0 text illustrations.

A whaling voyage narrative meant for young boys, based on the voyage of the Chelsea of New London and written by a young Quaker seaman from Philadelphia.

3016

558

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography The author writes that in 1872 "my good-angel wrote me saying: 'Overhaul your journal of a whaling voyage to the Pacific, and give us a history of American Whaling by pen and pencil. Fling yourself into the work; write of that strange life as you saw it from the forecastle and the mast-head, from the boats and the quarter-deck.'" Davis then comments (pp. 14-15): "My journal is used as a cord on which are strung the experiences and adventures of others, such as I have been enabled to pick up in the form of yarns on board the Chelsea. Omitting a date to my voyage, I am thus enabled to give the experiences of a quarter of a century." The Chelsea made two stops in Hawaii in 1836. On the first they sighted Maui on January 6th, and the next day anchored at Honolulu harbor. Davis says that another ship, the Washonk of Falmouth (a pseudonym?), arrived at the same time, and from a crew member he claims to have heard of a gory shipboard massacre that had occurred during their stop at the Mulgrave Islands. The story he relates involved the murder by natives of the captain, the first and second mates, and some of the crew of the ship, and the method by which the surviving crew regained possession of the ship (pp. 244-247). This appears to be a retelling of the voyage of the whaleship Triton (see No. 1 7 1 7 ) . On March 22nd the Chelsea returned to Hawaiian waters, coasted along Hawaii, and traded while off Kailua, Kona. There the author may have had shore leave, for he says that in the evening he listened to a native "Bard" reciting the "glories of Kamehameha, the great warrior chief of Hawaii," of which he gives excerpts. The ship anchored at Kealakekua on the 23rd, where they again traded, and Davis notes: "These people are sharp enough at a bargain, and the equals of our sailors in taking care of their end of a trade." He includes several pages telling of his on-shore explorations at Kealakekua Bay. He also describes a fishing expedition made in a double canoe with a group of Hawaiians during which they caught about 800 pounds of bonito. There is an interesting account of a formal visit made to the ship by Chief John Adams Kuakini, who, Davis says, "spoke English easily and well." The accompanying chiefs he says were "large and remarkably fine looking men. I was much impressed with the marked superiority of the chiefs over the common people." In April the ship continued to Honolulu to be refitted for a Japan voyage. Davis does not describe the town, rather referring the reader to "almost any modern book of travel on the Pacific." During his stop in Honolulu, however, he did meet the Quaker missionary Daniel Wheeler and has interesting comments about him. The Chelsea left the Islands April 26th. Because the author states that he has included the remarks of others (and on other voyages) this narrative should be used with caution. References: Carter p. 45. Judd and Lind, 50. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, maroon cloth with gilt vignette on upper cover. H M C S * . HSL (Tice Phillips).

3017

Fort Street Church T H E L A D I E S I FAIR I at the I Parlors of Fort Street Church, I on I Thursday Afternoon and Evening I December 1 0 t h , 1 8 7 4 . 1 [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874] Handbill. Caption title and 44 lines of text within an ornamental rule, 26 x 9.5 cm.

The text that announces this Ladies' Fair is in verse form, beginning: Good people all of every nation, Color, dialect and occupation, Come to Fort Street Church bazaar and buy Things useful and things ornamental.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

559

The merchandise offered for sale included a large variety of dolls, some with "bright wardrobes of late Paris fashions," fancy goods, watch cases, shawls, work baskets, baby garments, smoking caps, and pictures. A "supper of cold meats, hot oysters, tea and coffee" was to be provided. Tickets were "half a dollar for ladies and gents: Children under twelve only twenty-five cents." References: None found. Copies: HHS*.

Goodrich, Frank B., and Edward Howland Ocean's Story; I or, I Triumphs of Thirty Centuries; I a graphic description of I Maritime Adventures, I Achievements, Explorations, Discoveries and Inventions: I and of the I rise and progress of ship-building and ocean navigation I from I The Ark to the Iron Steamships, I by I Frank B. Goodrich, Esq. I Author of "Letters of Dick Tinto," "The Court of Napoleon," &c. I With an account of adventures beneath the sea; diving, I dredging, deep sea sounding, latest submarine ex- I plorations, &c. &c., prepared with great care I by I Edward Howland, Esq. I author of many popular works. I [rule] I Over z o o spirited illustrations. I [rule] I Sold by subscription. I [rule] I Hubbard Bros., Philadelphia, Boston, and Cincinnati; I Valley Publishing Co., St. Louis and Chicago; A. L. Bancroft & Co., I San Francisco; John Fleeharty, Davenport, Iowa; H. A. W. I Blackburn, Detroit, Mich.; G. L. Benjamin, Fond Du Lac, I Wis.; Schuyler Smith & Co., London, Ontario; I W. E. Erkine & Co., St. John's, N. B.; Jno. I Killam, Sr., Yarmouth, Nova Scotia; I M. M. Burnham, Syracuse, N. Y. I 1874.

3018

8vo. 2.1.5 x ' 4 c m (HMCS). [1] blank, [2] frontispiece illustration "Gigantic cuttle fish," [3] title, [4] copyright notice, [5] + 6 - 1 4 contents, [ i j ] + 1 6 - 1 7 list of illustrations, [18] text illustration "Asiatic deluge," [19] + 2 0 - 7 1 2 text pp. With 225 numbered illustrations in the text.

A compendium of adventure stories intended for young readers. Remarks on the Hawaiian Islands (pp. 464-468) are adapted from an account of Captain Cook's Third Voyage; the text on pages 482-483 is from the La Pérouse voyage. The relevant text illustrations are adapted from plates found in accounts of those two voyages. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * , in blue cloth with gilt title and vignette on upper cover and spine.

Gray, Asa. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xvu. Botany: Cryptogamia and Pbanerogamia—Text United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the Command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. I Vol. x v u . I [rule] I BOTANY. I C R Y P T O G A M I A . I [at left:] Musci - By William S. Sullivant. I Licbenes - By Edward Tuckerman. I [at right:] Algae - by J. W. Bailey and W. H. Harvey. I Fungi - By M. A. Curtis and M. J. Berkeley. I P H A N E R O G A M I A I of Pacific North America, I By John Torrey. I [rule] I Edited by Asa Gray. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by Sherman & Co. I 1874. 4to. 31 x Z3 cm (BPBM). [i] "United States I Exploring Expedition I By Authority of Congress" half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] Cryptogamia half title, [2] blank, [3] Musci half title, [4] blank, [5] + 6 - 1 0 5 Musci text, [ 1 0 6 ] blank, [107] + 1 0 8 - 1 1 2 Index, [ 1 1 3 ] Lichenes half title, [ 1 1 4 ] blank, [ 1 1 5 ] + 1 1 6 - 1 4 8 Lichenes text, [149] + 1 5 0 - 1 5 2 Index, [153] Algae half title, [154] blank, [155] + 1 5 6 - 1 8 2 Algae text, [183] Explanation of the Plates half title, [184] blank, [185] + 1 8 6 - 1 8 8 List of Plates, [189] + 1 9 0 - 1 9 2 Index, [193] Fungi half title, [194] blank, [195] + 1 9 6 - 2 0 2 Fungi text, [203] Index, [204] blank, [205] Phanerogamia half title, [206]

3019

560

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography blank, [ 1 0 7 ] Phanerogamia second half title, [208] blank, [ i 0 9 ] - 2 i 0 Preface by Asa Gray dated Washington, April 15, 1873, I 2 1 1 ] + 2.12.-495 Phanerogamia text, [496] blank, [497] + 4 9 8 - 5 1 4 Index pp.

The official atlas to this text was never published. Haskell says: "The fifty-five plates made for this volume, were issued in various forms but never published in a single volume. The twenty-six plates for Sullivant's Musci are usually found only with the accompanying text issued by the author in 1859." Haskell (69 [p. 95]) lists 19 copies of the unofficial atlas, including the New York Public Library, Harvard, and Yale. References: Haskell, 68. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*, gift of Library of Congress, 1963.

3020

Hawaii. Kingdom. Attorney

General

[Report of the Attorney General, Richard H. Stanley, to the Legislature, regarding Hawaiian Fishing Rights. Honolulu, 1874.] 8vo. 2.3 x 14 cm (HMCS). [1] + 2.-5 text, 6 blank pp. Without a caption title, signed at end but undated.

The text begins: "Mr. President: I am asked to give my opinion in regard to Section 1477 of the Civil Code beginning with the words: 'but they shall not have a right to take such article to sell for profit'; and also the construction of Section 388 of the Civil Code in reference to the word 'restriction' when compared with Section 1 4 7 7 . " Stanley starts by pointing out that Section 1 4 1 1 applies "only . . . to the products of the land and has nothing whatever to do with Section 388, which relates solely to the private fisheries of the Konohikis." He then has a long commentary on konohiki rights and restrictions. References: Carter, p. 163 Copies: A H (2.)*. H M C S * .

3021

Hawaii. Kingdom. Cabinet [royal arms] I By Authority. I [rule] I His Majesty L U N A LI L O having deceased at I His private residence in Honolulu on Tuesday I February 3d, 1874, at 8:50 o'clock, P.M., a I Cabinet Council, at which all the members were present, I and after considering the provisions of the Constitution I of the Kingdom . . . I Ordered, That a meeting of the Legislative Assembly be holden at the Court House, in Hono- I lulu, on Thursday, which will be the twelfth day of I February, A.D. 1 8 7 4 , at 1 2 o'clock, noon; and of I this order all members of the Legislative Assembly I will take notice, and govern themselves accordingly. I [Hawaiian text begins on the right half] I [signed] I Chas. R. Bishop, Minister of Foreign Affairs; Edwin O. Hall, Minister of the Interior. I Robert Stirling, Minister of Finance; A. Francis Judd, Attorney General. I Iolani Palace, February 3d, 1874. Circular. Text on the first page of a single-fold sheet, within a heavy mourning rule, folding to 32 x 19.5 cm.

The official announcement of the king's death. This document was forwarded to each member of the legislative assembly requesting them to assemble for the purpose of electing a new monarch. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—F.O. &c Ex.) (2)*, one copy has a handwritten addition: "Be good enough to acknowledge receipt of the above."

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

Hawaii. Kingdom. Cabinet

561 3022

[Address of the Cabinet to the Legislature, in Extra Session Assembled, February 12., 1 8 7 4 . Honolulu, 1 8 7 4 ] Original not seen.

An address from the cabinet, to the extra session of the legislature, which had been convened solely to elect the new monarch. The text begins: Mr. President, Nobles and Representatives: His late Majesty Lunalilo was Elected as the Successor to His late Majesty Kamehameha V by the Legislative Assembly on the 8th day of January, a.d. 1873. After a short reign of One year and twenty-five days, His earthly existence terminated at Hamoepio, his Private Residence in Honolulu . . . on the Third day of February, a.d. 1874. His late Majesty Lunalilo left no heirs. . . . [signed] Charles R. Bishop, Minister of Foreign Affairs; Edwin O. Hall, Minister of the Interior; Robert Stirling, Minister of Finance; and A. Francis Judd, Attorney General. [Honolulu, 1874] Because Lunalilo had no heirs and had not appointed or proclaimed a successor to the office, the throne became vacant for a second time. Acting under a provision of the constitution, the cabinet ordered an extra session of the legislature to "Elect by Ballot some native Alii of this Kingdom, as Successor to the Throne." Thus commenced the election campaign between Dowager Queen Emma and David Kalakaua (see No. 3036). The session, which lasted from February 1 2 - 1 4 , elected Kalakaua as the new monarch. This document was presumably issued in English and Hawaiian, but no copies have been found. The text is found in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, p. 126. Copies: None located.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Customs

3023

[rule] I Custom House Statistics, I Hawaiian Islands, I For the Year 1 8 7 3 . ' [rule] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 4 . ] 8vo. 22.5 x 13.5 cm. Cover title, [1] + 2.-3 covering letter from W. F. Allen dated January 27, 1874, 4-24 tables and statistics pp. References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HHS*. HMCS*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Education Biennial Report I of the I President of the Board of Education I to the I Legislature of 1 8 7 4 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 4 . ] 8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 8 report, 1 9 - 2 1 receipts and disbursements, [22] blank, 22 [i.e., 23] cash receipts, etc., [24] blank pp. With 2 folding tables. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kalakaua. - First year."

A biennial report by Charles R. Bishop, President of the Board, for the two years ending March 3 1 , 1874. Statistics regarding common and select schools, and short résumés of most schools of higher learning, public or private, are included. Commenting on the Lahaina Union Free School, established in 1873, which "comprises the pupils of the five common schools existing at that time in the town of Lahaina," the report states that their meeting place was "the commodious and central premises known as 'Halealoha.'" The folding table titled "Census of the Hawaiian Islands, taken December 27, 1 8 7 2 " contains an island-by-island tabulation.

3024

562

1874

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

Much of the report appears to have been compiled by W. Jas. Smith, Secretary of the Board. The Hawaiian-language edition of the report was commonly issued stitched with this edition, and the back cover has a title for the Hawaiian text. The Hawaiian-language edition was also distributed separately. References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: A H * . A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * . B P B M (Carter 3 - D - 1 0 8 ) . H H S * . H M C S * .

302s

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Board of Education Palapala Hoike I a ka I Peresidena o ka Papa Hoonaauao, I i ka I Ahaolelo o ka

Makahiki 1874. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874.]

8vo. 22 x 1 4 . 5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 0 report, 2 1 - 2 3 statistics text, [24] blank, 24 [i.e., 25] statistics text, [26] blank pp. With folding table of school statistics. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: " K a noho alii ana o ka moi Kalakaua - Ka makahiki mua."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 3024. At the head of the title page, within brackets, is "Unuhiia e J. E. Bush," that is, "translated by J. E. Bush." This was generally issued with the English-language text but it was also available separately. References: None found. Copies: A H * . A H (Kahn)*, in original wrappers. B P B M * . B P B M (Carter 3 - D - 1 0 8 ) * . H H S * .

3026

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Finance Biennial Report I of the I Minister of Finance I to the I Legislature of 1 8 7 4 . I

[rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874]

8vo. 22.5 x r4 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 9 report, 1 0 - 1 1 + [ 1 2 - 2 4 ] + 2 5 - 3 4 tables pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kalakaua - First Year."

A report by Paul Nahaolelua, who had been appointed to the position of Minister of Finance by King Kalakaua on his accession to the throne in 1874. The minister discusses the public debt and revenues, and refers to the "serious disturbances" that had occurred during the last election. Further matters on which he comments include the immigration of agricultural workers and the availability of land "which could be offered for sale at reasonable prices" for these workers. The annexed tables A to P detail receipts, expenditures, salaries, and expenses of various government departments. This report incorporates a report from the Interior Department that was not otherwise published. References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: A H * . A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (2)*, one is C. R . Bishop's copy with his annotations throughout; a second copy is in the C. R. Bishop bound set. H H S * . H M C S * .

3027

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Finance Palapala Hoike I o na Makahiki Elua I a ke I K U H I N A W A I W A I I i ka I Ahaolelo o ka Makahiki 1 8 7 4 . 1 [rule] I [text begins] [Honolulu, 1 8 7 4 ] . 8vo. 22.5 x 1 4 cm (AH [Kahn]). Caption title, [ 1 ] + 2 - 8 report, [9] + 1 0 - 3 3 tables of statistics identified as "Papa A - F . " [34] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: " K a N o h o Alii ana o ka M o i Kalakaua - Ka Makahiki Elua." And above this appears "[unuhiia e J . E. Bush]," that is, "translated by J . E. Bush."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 3026. The Kahn copy has an errata slip, or "Hooponopono Hewa," containing two errata on three lines inserted at the first page.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1874

563

References: None found. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*, fine copy in the original green printed wrappers.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Finance Statement I of the I Revenues and Expenditures I of the I Hawaiian Kingdom for 18 years, I For Each Biennial Period, from 1856-7 to 1 8 7 2 - 3 , with the I Amounts under the Different Heads, [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874]

3028

8vo. Caption title, [1] + 2.-11 text, [12] blank pp.

A statistical report by the Minister of Finance (John S. Walker), dated December 18, 1874. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*. BPBM*, in vol. "Reports of Minister of Finance." UH.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Minister of Foreign Affairs Circular I [rule] I Department of Foreign Affairs. I Honolulu, February 4th, 1874. I Sir I It is with great sorrow that I have to announce to you the demise of His Majesty LUNALILO, my much lamented Sovereign, at 1 0 minutes before 9 P.M. on Tuesday the 3rd instant, at his private residence in I this City, after a long illness. I . . . I [signed] Charles R. Bishop. [Honolulu, 1874]

3029

Circular. Text in script letters on the first page of mourning stationery. 31.5 x 20 cm.

An official government announcement of the king's death, issued by the Minister of Foreign Affairs and intended for distribution to consuls and representatives of foreign governments in Hawaii. The circular states that as the king had died without heirs, the Cabinet Council had issued a "proclamation for the meeting of the Legislative Assembly on the 12th day of the present month of February . . . for the purpose of electing a sovereign, as provided by the Constitution in such an emergency." A "slip" or off-print of the proclamation, as published in the Honolulu newspapers, was enclosed with copies of this letter. References: None found. Copies: AH (F.O. 8t Ex.) (3)*, one is signed by Charles R. Bishop and addressed to Edward M. Brewer, Hawaiian Consul, Boston.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Foreign Office Circular. I Department of Foreign Affairs. I Honolulu, November 14th, 1874. I Sir I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874] Circular. 32 x 18. j cm.

The announcement of King Kalakaua's pending departure for the United States and the appointment of his brother as regent during his absence. The text states: "Referring to His Majesty's Proclamation issued this day, I have the honor to inform you that during his Majesty's absence in the United States, He has appointed His Brother, His Royal Highness Prince William Pitt Leleiohoku, as Regent of the Kingdom. His Majesty leaves for Washington, via San Francisco, on Tuesday next, the 17th instant, in the United States Steamer Benicia, Captain W. S. Hopkins." No separately issued copies of the proclamation referred to in this circular are known. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.) (2)*.

3030

564

1874

3031

H a w a i i . Kingdom. Board of Health Report I of the I Board of Health I to the I Legislative Assembly of 1874. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874]

Hawaiian National Bibliography

8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 2 text pp. Above the title appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kalakaua - First Year."

A report by Hermann A. Widemann for the two years ending March 31, 1874. He discusses the occurrence of smallpox in May-September 1872, and the vigorous means undertaken by the board to control it. As with earlier reports, this also has lengthy remarks on leprosy. Discussion of other public health matters and a report on the insane asylum are included. References: Carter, p. 62. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*, fine copy in wrappers. HHS*. H M C S * .

3032

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Health Palapala Hoike I a I Ka Papa Ola I i ka I Ahaolelo o ka Makahiki 1 8 7 4 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874] 8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 3 - 1 3 text, [14] blank pp. Above the title appears: "unuhiia e J. E. Bush" (translated by J. E. Bush) and "Ka Noho Alii ana o ka Moi Kalakaua, - Ka Makahiki Mua."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 3 0 3 1 . References: None found. Copies: AH*. A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*.

3033

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Statutes Laws I of I His Majesty Kalakaua, I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I passed by the I Legislative Assembly, I at its Session, 1 8 7 4 . [rule] I Published by authority. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Black & Auld, printers. I 1874. 8vo. 20.5 x 13.5 cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 7 2 text, [73] + 74-79 index, [80] blank pp.

An important act passed at this session was that "To Facilitate the Negotiation of a Treaty or Treaties of Reciprocity." Also among the laws is "An Act Concerning Marriages of Hawaiian Women with Chinamen." This provided that "no marriage of a Hawaiian woman with a Chinaman shall be invalid by reason of a previous marriage of such Chinaman in China; provided such previous marriage shall have been unknown to such Hawaiian woman at the time of such marriage." Other legislation included an act to further extend the "Term of the Commission of Boundaries," "An Act to Promote Agriculture and Industrial Pursuits in the Public Schools of this Kingdom," and an act "For the Encouragement and Aid of any Company now Incorporated, or that may be Hereafter Incorporated, for the Transmission of Intelligence by Electricity." Also in this legislative session the office of Circuit Judge of the island of Oahu and the office of Secretary at War and of the Navy were abolished. An act "To Quiet Titles in Lands Claimed by Right of Inheritance" (p. 51-54) specified the procedure to be followed to secure these claims. The act "To restrict the Importation and Sale of Opium," limited the Board of Health to importing only "such quantities as the said Board shall deem necessary for Medical purposes in this Kingdom." Physicians or surgeons were prohibited from prescribing opium to "any person in the habit of smoking or otherwise using the same" but were allowed to prescribe it "as a remedy in case of sickness."

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

565

References: Carter, p. 1 0 8 . Judd, p. 5 (lists j copies). Copies: A H (3)*. A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (6)*. H H S * . H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and

Statutes

3034

N a Kanawai I o I Ka Moi Kalakaua, I Ke Alii o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, I i kauia e ka Hale Ahaolelo, I iloko o ka Ahaolelo o ka makahiki I 1874. I [rule] I M a ke Kauoha. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Black & Auld, mea pai. I 1874. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 7 3 text, [74] blank, [75] + 7 6 - 8 0 Kuhikuhi (Index), [ 8 1 - 8 2 ] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 3033. References: Judd, p. 5 (lists 4 copies). Copies: A H (2)*. A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (3)*. H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom.

Legislature

3035

P A C I F I C C O M [ M E R C I A ] L A D V E R T I S E R - - E X T R A . I [double rule] I Honolulu, February 16th, 1874. I [double rule] I Legislative Assembly. I [rule] I Special Session. I [text begins] I Honolulu, 1874. Handbill. Text in triple-column form. 32.5 x 25.5 cm (BPBM).

An account of the special session of the legislature, which had been convened solely to elect a new monarch. This contains a transcript of remarks made in the legislature, and a letter from Honolulu businessmen dated February 1 3 , 1874, offering their condolences to those who had "suffered from the attack of a lawless mob on the day of the election of the Sovereign." The letter also expresses regret "at the occurrence of so serious an outrage committed on you while discharging the duties of the highest trust." Kalakaua's speech proroguing the legislature is included. References: None found. Transcriptions of these documents can be found in The Second regnum (see No. 3066).

Inter-

Copies: B P B M * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Election

of the

Monarch

William Charles Lunalilo, King of Hawaii, died in Honolulu on the evening of February 3, 1874. Because he had no direct heirs and had refused all entreaties to nominate his successor, the Kingdom of Hawaii was once again in an interregnum, or period when the throne was officially vacant. By a provision in the constitution, the cabinet ordered that a new monarch be selected by ballot, by the two houses of the legislature. The candidates were limited to recognized chiefs, and the two contenders who immediately announced their candidacy were David Kalakaua and Queen Emma, widow of Kamehameha IV. Handbills and posters were issued in profusion by the two candidates and their supporters. Kalakaua was noticeably assisted by Walter M. Gibson, editor of Ka Nubou Hawaii. These broadsides, in order of their date of issue, include the following: [a] February 4, 1874 [rule] I P. C. Advertiser I EXTRA! I [rule] I Death of His Majesty the King I [rule] I [English text begins:] Honolulu, Feb. 4, 1 8 7 4 . ' h becomes our sorrowful duty to an-1 nounce the death of His Majesty Lunalilo, I the King of these Hawaiian Islands. I His Majesty expired at his town residence I of Hamoepio, adjoining Iolani Palace, at I precisely ten minutes

3036

566

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography before nine o'clock I last evening. I . . . I There is no question, and there can be I none, as to the high chief who will be called to the throne . . . Peaceably, Constitutionally, I and by almost unanimous consent, I KALAKAUA I Will be the next King of the Hawaiian I Islands. I . . . I [then Hawaiian text begins at right below a rule:] Hawaii Ponoi. I KU I KA WA! I [rule] I Ka Make ana o ka Moi! I [rule] I [text continues in Hawaiian] [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. 59 lines of (English) text. 30.5 x 18.5 cm.

An "extra" from the Pacific Commercial Advertiser announcing the death of Lunalilo, and stating "Thus for the second time, within a period of fourteen months, is the Throne left without an occupant." The text then announces the Advertiser's support of Kalakaua for monarch. References: For a contemporary transcription of the text, see The Second Interregnum, p. 3 (No. 3036.) Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.) (2)''. HHS*.

[b] February 4, 1874 Manuahi. I KA NUHOU HAWAII I Ke kokua ikaika no ka Lahui Hawaii, [double rule] I Hoopukaia no ka pono o ka Pae Aina Hawaii. I [double rule] I [text follows in Hawaiian and English, in three columns; the article at left is dated Poakolu, Feb. 4, 1874, and begins:] Ua Make ke Alii E ola ke Alii. I O keia ae la ka olelo a na Elele o Europa no ka make ana o kekahi Moi, a ua paa ia olelo ma ke aupuni a pau. [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. 31.5 x 22 cm.

A free "extra" issued by Ka Nuhou Hawaii. The second and third columns of text are in English and commence with a brief account of Lunalilo's death, "Yesterday at 8:50 P.M. . . . in presence of the High Chiefess Pauahi Bishop, Her. Exc. R. Keelikolani, the Chiefess F. Naea, mother of Her Majesty Queen Emma, Minister Stirling, and the two attending physicians, Drs. Trousseau and Oliver." Then, in another article headed "Le Roi est Mort, vive le Roi," notes about the succession include the pointed comment that "If hope has been dying with Lunalilo it has sprung up anew with Kalakaua." The editorial remarks conclude with the sentiment "Long live King Kalakaua." The document of February 3, 1874, from the cabinet ordering the legislature to convene February 1 2 , 1874 (see No. 3 0 2 1 ) , is at the end. References: None found. Copies: HHS*'.

[c] February 4, 1874 I KA LAHUI HAWAII! I [rule] I Aloha Oukou: -1 No ka mea ma ka hora eiwa o ka po, ua haalele mai i keia I oia ana ka Moi LUNALILO; a ma kona make ana, ua waiho hakahaka I ka Noho Alii o Hawaii, a ke noho nei ka Lahui me ka poo a me ke I alakai ole. [text continues and is signed at end:] D. K A L A K A U A . I Halealii Iolani, Feb. 4, 1874. Broadside. 27 lines of text. 18.5 x 14.5 cm (AH).

David Kalakaua announces his candidacy for monarch: "In this juncture it is proper that we should seek for a Sovereign and Leader, and in doing so, follow the course prescribed by Article zzd of the Constitution. . . . It will be remembered that at the time of the election of the late lamented Sovereign, I put forward my own claims to the Throne . . . on Constitutional grounds; and it is upon those grounds only that I now proffer my claims, and call upon you to listen to my call."

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

References: A contemporary English-language printing of this document is found in The Second Interregnum,

p. 6 (see N o . 3 0 6 6 ) .

Copies: A H (Kahn)*.

[d] February 5, 1874 Hawaii Ponoi : : Ku i ka Wa I [double rule] I Honolulu, Feberuari 5, 1874. I [double rule] I Ka Halawai Nui I a na I Makaainana ma Kawaiahao! I [rule] I K A L A K A U A I Ka Moi I I hooholoia e ka lehulehu! I [rule] I Ua Lokahi ka lahui! I [rule] I Pehea oukou e na Pokii ! I [text dated Feb. 4th continues and is signed at the end:] W. Jas. Kamika, Kakauolelo. I [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. Two columns of text. 32.. j X16.5 cm (BPBM).

Title: The great meeting of the people at Kawaiahao. An account of a mass meeting held at Kawaiahao Church. The Pacific Commercial Advertiser of February 7th reports: In response to a published call, some thousands of the residents of Honolulu, both natives and foreigners, assembled at Kawaiahao Church at 3 P.M. on Wednesday last, the 4th inst. The body of the church and the galleries as well, were crowded . . . . The Hon. J. M. Kapena was called to the Chair, and Mr. P. Naone chosen Vice-President, and Mr. J. Smith, Secretary. On taking the chair, Judge Kapena briefly stated the main object of the meeting to be to obtain an expression of the sympathy and condolence of the people with His Highness Chas. Kanaina, the father of His late Majesty. Mr. A. Kalauli offered two resolutions, nominating the high Chief David Kalakaua for successor to the Throne, and instructing the Representatives of this district in the Legislature to vote for him. While these resolutions were under consideration, Major W. L. Moehonua spoke as follows: "I am authorized to say on behalf of the Chief (Kalakaua) that he desires whatever is done shall be strictly in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution and the laws." The resolution of condolences to Charles Kanaina is signed by R. H. Stanley, W. L. Moehonua, G. W. Pilipo, Chas. C. Harris, and J. U. Kawainui. This is followed by a second resolution that "we, the people of Honolulu . . . in mass meeting assembled at Kawaiahao, February 4 , 1 8 7 4 , do hereby declare Prince David Kalakaua our choice for the succession to the Throne of these Hawaiian Islands." References: None found. A transcription of the Advertiser article can be found in The Second Interregnum

(see N o . 3 0 6 6 ) .

Copies: BPBM*.

[e] February 5, 1874 I KA LAHUI HAWAII. I [rule] I [text begins:] No ka mea, ua make ka Moi L U N A L I L O i I minamina nuiia, ma ka la 3 o Feberuari, 1874; I me ke kukala akea ole i Hoolina no ka Nohoalii; I no ka mea, [text continues, then begins with English title at right:] To the I HAWAIIAN PEOPLE I [rule] I Whereas, His late lamented Majesty LUNA-1 LILO died on the 3rd of February, 1874, with-1 out having publicly proclaimed a Successor to I the Throne; and whereas; [text continues and is signed below each text, that at the right as:] God protect Hawaii I E M M A K A L E L E O N A L A N I . I Honolulu, February 5th, 1874. Broadside. 2.5.5

x z z cm

-

567

568

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography The dowager queen here states: "His late Majesty did before his final sickness, declare his wish and intention that the undersigned should be His Successor on the Throne of the Hawaiian Islands," and that therefore, "I do hereby announce and declare that I am a Candidate for the Throne of these Hawaiian Islands . . . and I request my beloved people . . . to give formal expression to their views on this subject, and to instruct their Representatives in the coming session of Legislature." References: Forbes, Treasures, p. 93. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.) (3)*. HHS (4)*. HHS (in scrapbook, p. 27)*.

[f] February 5, 1874 I KA I LAHUI HAWAII. I [rule] I OWAU, O E M A [sic] K A L E L E O N A L A N I , kai- I kamahine a Kekelaokalani, kaikamahine a Kao- I anaeha, kaikamahine a Keliimaikai, ke kaikaina I ponoi o Kamehameha I: I [Hawaiian text continues, then English text begins at right:] TO THE I HAWAIIAN NATION! I [rule] 11, EMMA KALELEONALANI, the daughter I of Kekelaokalani, the daughter of Kaoanaeha, I the daughter of Keliimaikai, the own brother of I Kamehameha I. I [text continues and is signed at end:] The prayer of my heart is I GOD SAVE HAWAII NEI ! [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. Text in Hawaiian at left and English at right. 33 x 22 cm (HMCS).

Queen Emma, as a candidate for the throne, here states: "Whereas, it has pleased Almighty God to remove from this life His lamented Majesty Lunalilo, whereby the line of the Kamehamehas has become extinct, leaving myself the proper heir to the Government, and whereas I am the true heir to the Throne, by appointment of His late Majesty Lunalilo, as is personally known to the Chief C. Kanaina, the late King's father . . . and to the Hon. S. K. Kaai, the representative for North Kona . . . " The queen promises to carry on the policies of the late king, says she will reduce her annual government allowance, intends to "appoint principally native Hawaiians to many of the Government positions," and declares that "I have no desire to allow my religious opinions to influence my government." References: For a contemporary reprinting of the English-language text, see The Second Interregnum, pp. 7 - 8 (No. 3066). Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.) (2)*. HHS*. HHS (in scrapbook, p. 30)*.

[g] February 5-6?, 1874 HE ALII PIHA ALII I o I E M A [sic] K A L E L E O N A L A N I . I [rule] I [text begins:] O Keliimaikai ke kaikaina ponoi o Kameha-1 meha I, ka makuakane o Kaoanaeha, ka makua-1 hine o Kekelaokalani, makuahine o E M M A KA- I L E L E O N A L A N I . [Hawaiian text continues and is signed at the end:] E OLA KA MOIWAHINE I KE AKUA! I [English text at right begins:] TO THE PUBLIC I [rule] I The lineage of Her Majesty EMMA KALE- I L E O N A L A N I , a chiefess of the highest blood, I is as follows: [text continues and is signed at the end:] GOD SAVE T H E QUEEN. [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. 31 lines of Hawaiian and 35 lines of English text. 20.5 x 17.5 cm.

An anonymously issued broadside with a genealogy of the queen, showing her descent from Keliimaikai, the brother of Kamehameha I, and stating: "The Queen is therefore the nearest living connection of Kamehameha I, the conqueror of these Islands, and thus Her rights to the Throne are superior to those of any other person, both legally and by descent." Other attributes of the queen and her wealth are also discussed, and the document

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

ends, "The signs of the heavens (na lani) are propitious, and foretell Her becoming the Sovereign and Mother of the nation . . . " References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.)*, the English-language text only. HHS (in scrapbook, p. 12)*, the Hawaiian and English texts unseparated. [h] February 6, 1874 T O T H E P E O P L E ! I [rule] I The President of the public meeting held at I Kawaiahao on Wednesday, the 4th of February, I 1874, has communicated to me the unanimous I sentiment of that meeting as expressed in the I Resolutions adopted, in which you have declared I your wish that I should be chosen as King of I our beloved country . . . I [signed] God Preserve Hawaii. I K A L A K A U A . I Honolulu, February 6, 1874. [Hawaiian title and text at right:] E Na I Makaainana Aloha ! ! I [rule] I No ka mea, ua hiki mai i o'u ma ko oukou Pe-1 residena la o ka Halawai Makaainana a oukou i I akoakoa ai ma Kawaiahao ma ka Poakolu, Feb. I 2, 1874, . . . I [Hawaiian text continues and is signed at end:] E Ola E Hawaii ! I K A L A K A U A . I Honolulu, Feb. 6, 1874. Broadside. Text in English and Hawaiian in parallel columns. 2.5.5 x

2I

-5

cm

*

The king's statement includes: " I accept your nomination of myself to this high and responsible position of Guardian of the Government, with the earnest hope that that Government may be conducted wisely, and so as to secure and perpetuate our national independence and the preservation and prosperity of our race." References: Forbes, Treasures, p. 93. Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.)*. BPBM*. HHS (2)*. HHS (in scrapbook, p. 28)*. [i] February 6, 1874 Nuhou Hawaii I K U I K A WA! I [double rule] I [Hawaiian text begins:] Ua kokua aku kekahi poe makamaka noo-1 noo pono ole i ka Moi Wahine Ema [sic], ma ka I onou ana Iaia e hoopuka i na Hoolaha no I ke koho ana Iaia i Poo no ka Lahui; a ua I hoaiaiia ae ia mau manao Hoolaha imua o I na makaainana, me na ouli moakaka ole o I ka hoopomaikaiia. I [Hawaiian text continues, then at right begins:] Nuhou Hawaii I E X T R A ! I [double rule] I Some unwise friends have prompted Her Majesty to issue a slovenly literary produc- I tion, an address to the Hawaiian people I which reflects little credit upon Her Majesty's I Secretary, and indicates rather imperfect I qualifications for the inditing [szc] of a state paper. I [English text continues] [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. Text in Hawaiian and English in two columns. 31.5 x 16 cm. Gibson, the editor of Ka Nuhou Hawaii, again brings up the subject of Lunalilo having appointed Emma as his successor: "This illustrious Lady is hereby placed before the Hawaiian people as a 'Candidate for the vacant Throne'—presenting as one of the bases of her pretensions the wish of a feeble and invalid King—of a King who himself came to the Throne in despite [sic] of the nomination of a failing King in behalf of a Chiefess." Then the editor states that the "High Chief Kalakaua . . . is recognized as the eldest male representative of the ruling high chiefs of these islands . . . " He concludes with the remark: "Let Her Majesty be content to be hailed as a Queen of Benevolence and Mercy, among her people and not as Queen of a small political party. The Hawaiian people will love her as a Benefactress and hate her as a politician." This broadside is undated on the piece, but is given the above date in The Second Interregnum.

569

570

1874

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

References: For a contemporary English-language reprint of the text, see The Second Interregnum, p. 6 (No. 3066). Copies: BPBM*, the Hawaiian-language text only. HHS (in scrapbook)*. [j] February 6 - 7 ? , 1874 I N A H O A MAKAAINANA. I [rule] I Aloha e ko Hawaii Nui o Keawe, M a u i I o Kama, O a h u o Kakuihewa, a me Kauai I o M a n o . Ano. I [text continues and is signed at the end of the second column:] Ka H a k u , e aloha mai ia I Hawa-1 ii nei, me ka Moiwahine, I Emma Kaleleonalani. I Kealakaipololei I [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. Text in double-column form. 26.5 x 16.5 cm. The text translates: "To the People. Salutations to thee, Great Hawaii of Keawe, Maui of Kama, Oahu of Kakuihewa, and Kauai of M a n o . N o w we are entered into deep grief by the death of King Lunalilo on the 3rd day of February, 1874 . . . The King previous to his last sickness, did express his desire that the successor to the Throne should be Queen Emma Kaleleonalani, although he was then sick. . . . Therefore O Hawaiian people, if we loved our King Lunalilo that is dead, let us love also his heir, and place her on the Throne of these islands . . . " Four of the Queen's good works are then listed, including: "She has erected the Queen's Hospital, a place where the indigent sick are doctored without pay." Then follow three "falsehoods" uttered by those in opposition, which are to be ignored. This text is signed "Kealakaipololei" (the correct guide). An article in Ka Nuhou Hawaii (Feb. 1 0 , 1874) states: We notice a great many anonymous printed documents circulated about town, which purport to be in the interest of Her Majesty, but it is evident that Her Majesty is badly advised in permitting such papers to be issued in Her behalf. One of these in the native language, addressed "I na hoa m a k a a i n a n a " [to our fellow citizens], . . . which was issued from the press of Iolani College, under the control of Bishop Willis, is a sad tissue of rigmarole and misstatement. It is said that this foolish native effusion was printed at the church press as an act of "fair play," because the regular job offices in town refused to print it for Her Majesty. H o w could such a statement have been believed, when it must have been k n o w n to every person in this town, that the address signed by Her Majesty was issued f r o m the Advertiser office several days previous; and this office has been doing all the work that was offered, whether by friends of Her Majesty or of Prince Kalakaua. We noticed also a paper entitled " H e alii piha alii," "a royal lineage," which is an instance of suppression of the truth in not saying a word about the English sailor John Young. There are other papers merely silly native compositions unworthy of notice. References: A contemporary translation of "I na Hoa Makaainana" is in The Second Interregnum, p. 1 4 - 1 5 (see No. 3066). Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.)"-. BPBM*'. HHS (in scrapbook)*. [k] February 7, 1874 HAWAII P O N O I - - - K U I KA WA. I [double rule] I Honolulu, February 7, 1874. [double rule] I [English text begins:] AT A M E E T I N G of the Privy Council called I yesterday to pass appropriate resolutions on the I death of His Majesty King Lunalilo, - the MinisI try by the Honorable C. R. Bishop, made the I following announcement, which we think in ad- I visable to give to the People immediately. I . . . I [the Hawaiian text begins at right:] M A KA H A L AWAI ana o ka Aha Kukamalu I i ka la inehinei, i kaheaia no ka kuka ana i keka- I hi mau olelo hooholo hooalohaloha k u p o n o no ka I make ana o ke

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

Alii ka Moi Lunalilo. [Hawaiian text continues] I [the English text concludes:] God protect Hawaii! I Long Live the High Chief Kalakaua! [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. Text in English and Hawaiian. 32.5 x 25.3 cm.

A pro-Kalakaua broadside, issued by the newspaper Hawaii Ponoi. The text gives a summary of the Privy Council statement, refers to a "Manifesto" issued by Queen Emma, and then says: "There can be no doubt by the expression of the immense assembly at Kawaiahao Church on the 4th inst., that the feelings of the People are for the H I G H CHIEF K A L A K A U A . . . [and] Kalakaua has the strongest claims to the votes and confidence of the people." References: For a transcription of the English-language text, see The Second Interregnum, p. 6 (No. 3066). Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.) (2)*. HHS (in scrapbook)*.

[1] February 9, 1874 E Ola Ka I Moi Emma Kaleleonalani I I ke Akua Mana Loa ! ! I [double rule] I [text begins:] E Hawaii Ponoi; mai ka puka ana a ka I La i Kumukahi a hiki i ka napoo ana a ka I La i Lehua: I [text continues and is signed at the end:] Na Na Keiki Hawaii Malalo 0 I Ka Hae Hawaii. I Honolulu, Feb. 9th, 1874. Broadside. Text in double-column form. 25 x 16.5 cm (BPBM).

Title: May the Almighty preserve Emma Kaleleonalani. The text begins: "To all true Hawaiians, from the rising of the sun at Kumukahi to the going down of the same at Lehua. Salutations to you: It is not at all likely that we people have been forgotten or treated without consideration [in] the circulars which our beloved Queen has published during the past few days, in which she confidently lays before the nation her sentiments and the desires of our King who is now gone." The king's wishes are again discussed and the author asks the people to "Consider the Queen of England, in her administration of the government. She is a woman that trusts in God and hence the security of her country . . . " A response is then requested in the traditional Hawaiian manner: "Then Hawaii of Keawe, arise,. . . Maui of Kama, here is your Queen . . . Oahu of Kakuihewa, let the loud call be heard . . . Kauai of Manokalanipo, on bended knees offer thy devotions to thy Redeemer. . . and here is thy Refuge, Emma Kaleleonalani . . . [Signed] the Children of Hawaii beneath the flag of Hawaii." References: A full contemporary translation is in The Second Interregnum, p. 14 (see No. 3066). Copies: BPBM*.

[m] February 9, 1874 Imua O Ka I LEHULEHU! I [rule] I [Hawaiian text begins:] Ma ke kakahiaka o ka Poalima iho nei, ua hoo-1 pukaia kekahi palapala i paiia, e hoakaka ana i I kekahi mau mea 1 oleloia maloko o ka Ahakuka- I malu i ka la Poaha, malaila ua olelo ae kekahi o I na Kuhina, ua koi pinepine lakou i ka Moi e hoike I mai i kona makemake no ke koho ana i Hooilina I no ka Noho Moi, aole nae i ekemu iki ae ka Moi I no ia manao, a nolaila wahi a ua palapala nei, o I ka pane paa no ia i ka MOI W A H I N E palapala o ka I la Poaha iho nei. [Hawaiian text continues, then English caption title at right:] TO T H E PUBLIC. I [rule] I A printed circular was issued on Friday morn-1 ing last, purporting to give an account of certain I proceedings in the Privy Council on the previous I day,. . . [English text continues] I [dated at end of each text:] Honolulu, February 9, 1874.

571

572

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography Broadside. Text in Hawaiian and English in parallel columns, the Hawaiian text having 43 lines. 33 x 25.5 cm.

Queen Emma responds to a printed circular "issued on Friday morning last, purporting to give an account of certain proceedings of the Privy Council on the previous day, in the course of which a member of His late Majesty's Cabinet had made the announcement that notwithstanding repeated efforts to induce him, the King made no nomination of a Successor, to his ministers either collectively or individually; whereupon the author of the circular assumes this to be a complete answer to the manifesto issued by Her Majesty Queen Emma." The queen here repeats the statement that on more than one occasion the late king declared his earnest wish and desire that she should succeed him. She then suggests additional reasons why the king did not make this nomination official. References: For a contemporary reprinting of the English-language text, see The Second Inter-

regnum, pp. 6-7 (No. 3066).

Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.)*. HHS (2)*, one in scrapbook*. [n] February 9, 1874 O L E L O H O O L A H A I AKIEA ! I [double rule] I E NA M A K A A I N A N A I A L O H A ALII ! I [double rule] I Ke Kukala ia aku nei ka Lohe, a Popo, I POALUA, LA 1 0 O FEBERUARI, I Hora 8 kakahiaka ponoi, e wehe ana ka Pahu Balota, ho ka hookomo ana I ina Balota a na Makaainana e koho ai i ka lakou Moi e makemake ai e koho i I Poo Aupuni. Nolaila, e hamama ana ka Puka ma ka I Pa Hale o Emma Kaleleonalani I . . . I Na na Komite Pahu Balota, I Rev. G. W. Pilipo, L. Keliipio, I W. S. Pahukula, S. M. Kamakau. I Honolulu, Feberuari 9, 1874. Broadside. 64.5 x 50.5 cm.

Title: Public notice ! O commoners who love the alii ! The text states: "The hearing (?) is announced, tomorrow, Tuesday the 10th day of February, at 8 o'clock in the morning, the ballot box will be opened for entering the ballots . . . to chose their Mo'i [monarch] whom they wish as head of the Kingdom. Therefore, the Gate will be opened at the Premises of Emma Kaleleonalani, there to vote with a printed or handwritten ballot. . . . By the balloting Committee." This "balloting" was unofficial; the official action by representatives of the people was held at the Court House, February 1 2 , 1874. References: None found.

Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.)*. [o] February 1 0 , 1874 Nuhou Hawaii - - Ku i ka Wa. I [double rule] I Honolulu, Feberuari 1 0 , 1874. I [double rule] I [text begins:] He wa nui keia o ka nune olelo, a he mea I pono e loaa maoli ka hoike pololei mai na I aoao elua mai. I [Hawaiian text continues, then English text begins at right:] The unwise friends of Queen Emma have I again published a very foolish paper. [English text continues] [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. Text in Hawaiian and English in double-column form. 32.5 x 15.5 cm.

Ka Nuhou Hawaii firmly denies the claim that Queen Emma was the "heiress" of the late king. "But there is no proof of this; and it will never be accepted as a fact in the history of these islands." With respect to her having built the Queen's Hospital the writer answers that "it was built on the money of the people—native and foreign. Her Majesty's name

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

is given to it, because it was built during the reign of her husband." It was true, he says, that she had educated many children, but readers were reminded that she had an annual allowance of $ 6 , 0 0 0 "from the representatives of the people" that had enabled her to do so. Answering a suggestion that the king's ministers had interfered in the choice of sovereigns, Ka Nubou Hawaii states that they are "truthful men, who knew the late King's mind, [and] there is no proof whatever within their knowledge, that Lunalilo chose Queen Emma to be his successor." Town gossip respecting the candidates is also discussed. References: None found. Copies: HHS (in scrapbook)*. [p] February 1 1 , 1 8 7 4

E Eleu mai Oukou e na Kupa Hawaii. I [rule] I E OLA O E M M A K A L E L E O N A L A N I I I Ke Akua. I [double rule] I [text begins:] E ka Moi Wahine I Emma Kaleleonalani, I Aloha oe: Ma ka Poakahi iho nei, I hora 1 0 0 kakahiaka, ua akoakoa aku I makou ma kou hale noho, no ka hui I ana e noonoo, e kuka, e lokahi ka I manao i ka makou Moi i makemake I ai, a ma kou ku ana mai imua o ma-1 kou mahope iho o ko W. S. Pahukula I haiolelo ana mai i kau olelo kauoha I iaia, a me kona hai oiaio ana mai i ko I ka Moi Lunalilo olelo kauoha ia oe, I ma o kona Puuku H. G. Papai, i kona I lohe oiaio, mai ka waha mai o ka I Moi. I [text continues] I [signed at lower right] Na na Makaainana oia La. Honolulu, I [and dated at lower left] Feberuari 1 1 , 1874. Broadside. Text in Hawaiian in double-column form. 2.6.5

x I

*>-5

cm

-

Title: Be active. Ye native Hawaiians—God save Emma Kaleleonalani. The text translates: "On Monday last, at the hour of 1 0 in the morning, we assembled at your house for the purpose of considering and consulting together and forming a unanimous conclusion on the choice of a Sovereign. Mr. W. S. Pahukula made an address (after which you appeared before us), in which he repeated your commands to him, and stated the fact that His late Majesty Lunalilo had given directions to you . . . We, your people and our wives, were filled with joy, and gave repeated cheers." This is signed " N a na Makaainana oia la" (by the people of that day). References: A full translation of this is in The Second Interregnum, p. 14 (see No. 3066). Copies: BPBM (z)*. HHS*. HHS (in scrapbook)*.

[q] February 1 1 , 1874 Hawaii Ponoi:: Ku i kaWa. [double rule] I Honolulu Feberuari 1 1 , 1 8 7 4 . ' [double rule] I [text begins with caption title:] Ka Papa Alii Hawaii. I [rule] I Ma ka la 5 o Okatoba, 1867, i hoolaha ai I o Mr. S. M. K A M A K A U , ka haku moolelo kaulana, maloko o ka nupepa Kuokoa, oia I hoi keia papa Alii o ka Aina, me ko lakou I mau kupuna malalo nei. I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. Caption title, and 46 lines of text in double columns. 27.5 x 16.5 cm.

An "extra" issued by Ko Hawaii Ponoi. This is an article by Samuel M. Kamakau on genealogies of the Hawaiian chiefs, which had originally appeared in the Kuokoa, October 5, 1867. References: A full translation is in The Second Interregnum, p. 15 (see No. 3066). Copies: HHS*. HHS (in scrapbook)*.

573

574

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography [r] February 1 1 , 1874 Nupepa Kuokoa ku i ka Wa. I [double rule] I Honolulu, Poakolu, Feberuari 1 1 , 1874. I [double rule] I Moi Kane a Moiwahine paha? I [Hawaiian text begins:] I ka Poaha o kela hebedoma aku nei, I ua hoopukaia ae kekahi palapala liilii me I ka hooikeike ma kona kino ponoi e holo I balota Moi ana ka Moiwahine kanemake I Emma Kaleleonalani, Moiwahine a Ka- I mehameha IV, . . . I [English text begins at right:] King or Queen? I Since our last issue, a second candidate for the I throne has been announced in the person of Her I Majesty Queen Dowager Emma, widow of Kamehameha I V , . . . I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. Text in double-column form. 42 x 15 cm.

Regarding the queen's candidacy, the article says that her manifesto, "published in another column of today's paper, has had the effect which might naturally be expected, of creating a zealous party, inspired with loyal sympathy for her, and of adding additional excitement to the coming election." The queen's charm and worthy deeds are duly noted: "Hawaiians mention her name only with affectionate reverence at home; while abroad the fame of her tour through America and Europe is still fresh. . . . We cannot consent to be a party to bring her into a political strife, or endorse her nomination as a candidate to the throne, so long as there remains a Prince of at least equal rank qualified for the position." The qualifications of David Kalakaua are then presented. This is a translation of an article of the same date published in the Hawaiian Gazette (and so credited at the end of the text). References: For a contemporary reprinting of the English-language text, see The Second Interregnum, p. 7 (No. 3066). Copies: HHS (in scrapbook)*.

[s] February 1 2 , 1874 E na Hoa Makaainana! I [rule] I [Hawaiian text begins:] E hoomanao kakou aia ke kau mai nei na maka I o na lahui e maluna o kakou, a nolaila, e malama ka-1 kou i ka kakou mea e hana ai. [then English text begins at right:] Fellow Countrymen! I [rule] I Let us remember that the eyes of other nations I are upon us, and be careful what we do, I . . . [signed below Hawaiian text] K A N A K A H A W A I I . . . [and below English text] HAWAIIAN. I Honolulu, February 1 2 , 1874. Broadside. Double-column form in Hawaiian and English. 18.5 x 17.5 cm.

An election day message. The author urges calm deportment during the election, reminding voters: "Only a little over a year ago, when for the first time, our Legislature was called to elect a King, we showed by our self-control that we were worthy of the respect and confidence of the great nations of the earth. Today we will confirm that good opinion." References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.)*, the English text only. HHS*. [t] February 1 2 , 1 8 7 4

E na 'Lii a me ka Poeikohoia: I [Hawaiian text begins:] Ma ko oukou mau ano he poe hoa o ka Aha -1 olelo, he mau waha olelo no ka lehulehu, ua ili I ae maluna o oukou ka hana nui a manaonao no I hoi, oia ke koho ana i Moi no ko Hawaii Pae I Aina. [Hawaiian text continues] I [English text begins at right:] Nobles and Representatives: I As Legislators, speaking for the nation, a I grave and important duty devolves upon you to-1 day,

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

575

to choose a Sovereign for these Hawaiian I Islands. [English text continues] [signed at end of each text:] Na Makaainana [or] The People. [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. 22 lines in Hawaiian and 2 1 lines in English on a single sheet. 1 7 x 25 cm.

An election day message to the electors, which states: "Remembering the express desire of Lunalilo, our late lamented King, that the Queen should succeed him on the Throne, therefore, with one accord, deposit your votes for E M M A K A L E L E O N A L A N I . " References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.) (2)*.

[u] February 1 2 , 1874 OLELO K A H E A ! I [double rule] I W ka [sic], i ka Ahu, ka Mahi, ka Paia Palena a me I ka Luahine, E ala! I Ke hoonaueueia nei ka maluhia o ko kakou I aupuni. E ala oukou e hoomalu e kaawale mai I ai a Alii a me na Lunamakaainana mai ka Hale I Hookolokolo me maluhia. I . . . I [signed] K A L A K A U A . [English text begins at right:] To the I LOYAL HAWAIIANS! I [rule] I Rally for the preservation of peace, and for I the rescue of the Nobles and Representatives I from the Court House, now surrounded by a mob of violent men. I . . . I [signed] K A L A K A U A . [Honolulu, 1874] Handbill. 1 1 lines of text in Hawaiian at left, and 1 1 lines of text in English at right. 16.5 x 25.5 cm.

Immediately following his election as monarch on February 1 2 , 1874, King Kalakaua's first act was this proclamation, an attempt to diffuse the riot that broke out at the Court House on Queen Street between the unsuccessful supporters of Queen Emma and those in favor of Kalakaua. References: None found. Copies: A H (T. C. Heuck collection, in folder "Printed matter," M-61)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Legislature Rules and Orders I for I conducting Business in the House I of the I Legislative Assembly I of the I Hawaiian Islands. I 1874. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874]

3037

8vo. 22.5 x 13.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 text pp. Text in double-column form, English at the left and Hawaiian at the right. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Privy Council Rules I of I His Majesty's Privy Council, I with a I List of Members. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Hawaiian Gazette Print. I 1874. n m o . 14 x 9.3 cm (HMCS). [ 1 - 2 ] blank, [3] title, [4] list of members, [ 5 - 6 ] blank, [ 7 - 8 ] rules in English, [ 9 - 1 0 ] blank, [ 1 1 ] [title:] Na Rula I o I ko Ke 'Lii Aha Kukamalu I me ka I Papa inoa o na hoa, [ 1 2 ] Na Hoa (List of members), [ 1 3 - 1 4 ] blank, [ i j - 1 6 ] Na Rula text, [ 1 7 - 1 8 ] blank pp. References: Carter, p. 148. Copies: H M C S * , fine copy bound in red marble paper, with a pencil note by George Carter: "Copy of H. A. P. C[arter]."

3038

576

1874

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

3039

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Royal Family The Royal Family of Hawaii. I [double rule] I Published by H . M . Whitney. Honolulu, H . I., March 4 , 1 8 7 4 . Price 50 cents. I [double rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874] Circular in newspaper form. Text on 4 pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 2,7.5

x 2

3

cm

-

A very rare pamphlet. This gives a biographical sketch of King Kalakaua and a short paragraph on Queen Kapiolani. An article on the inauguration (p. 2) gives details of the king's taking the oath of office at Kinau Hale and is followed by a report of his appointment of Prince William Pitt Leleiohoku as the heir apparent. A short article on the Royal Mausoleum in Nuuanu Valley includes a list of the 26 kings and chiefs interred there. A long account of King Lunalilo's funeral occupies the last two pages of text. A notable feature of this ephemeral publication is the addition of an original albumen photograph of "His Majesty Kalakaua" in an ornamented box on the first page. References: None found. Copies: AH (T. C. Heuck collection, in scrapbook, M-61)*, a very fine copy.

3040

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Royal Orders Statutes I of the I Royal Order I of I Kamehameha I. I Instituted by I Kamehameha V , 1865. I [royal arms] I Honolulu: I Black & Auld, Printers. I 1 8 7 4 . 8vo. 17.7 x 1 2 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] woodcut of the royal arms, [3] + 4-9 statutes, 1 0 - 1 5 list of members, [16] [ruled box, else blank] pp. The text is interleaved with blank sheets.

The statutes are dated at the end November 2 , 1 8 7 4 . The list of members shows 53 recipients of the two degrees of the order. The Bishop Museum copy contains manuscript additions of subsequent recipients. A Hawaiian-language edition was published in 1875 (see No. 3096). References: Carter, p. 136. Copies: BPBM (Carter 8-A-39). HHS*.

3041

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Supreme Court Biennial Report I of the I Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, I to the I Legislature of 1 8 7 4 . I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu. I Printed by Black & Auld, I 1 8 7 4 . 8vo. 20 x 13 cm (AH). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-25 text, [26] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Hawaiian Islands - Anno Domini - 1874 - The First year of the reign of His Majesty Kalakaua."

A report by Elisha H. Allen, Chief Justice for the biennial period ending December 1873. Allen tabulates and briefly gives a résumé of criminal cases and probate matters, noting a diminution in the number of divorce cases, "attributable, in a considerable degree, undoubtedly, to the delay and expense of trying a case." On page 24 Allen mentions the importance of modifying laws in relation to the rights of property of married women. The report is followed by tables showing types of cases tried in the circuit and police courts of the kingdom References: None found. Copies: AH*. HHS*. HMCS*.

3042

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Supreme

Court

Palapala Hoike I a ka I Lunakanawai Nui o ka Aha Kiekie, I i ka I Ahaolelo o 1 8 7 4 . I [rule] I Pai ia e Black & Auld. I Honolulu, Oahu. I 1 8 7 4 .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

577

8vo. 2.2..3 x 14 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [z] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 5 text, [26] blank pp.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 3 0 4 1 . References: None found. Copies: AH (2)*. AH (Kahn)*. H M C S * .

H a w a i i a n Immigration Society The I Hawaiian I Immigration Society. I [rule] I Organized November 6, 1 8 7 2 . I [rule] I Report of the Secretary, I with a I M a p of the Hawaiian Islands. I [rule] I Printed by order of the Executive Committee of the Society, I Black & Auld, Printers. I [rule] I Honolulu, July, 1 8 7 4 .

3043

8vo. 23 x i j cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Map of the Hawaiian Islands, [4] blank, [5] Organization of the Society, [6] List of Members, [7] + 8-18 Report, [19] Table of Statistics, [20] + 2 1 - 2 2 Appendix, [23-24] blank pp.

On its organization, November 6, 1 8 7 2 , the society canvassed the Islands with circulars seeking views on the subject of importing laborers. This report is by their secretary, Walter Murray Gibson. The members of the society are listed on page 6. The table on page 19 gives statistics of sugar plantations on the four main islands, including number of employees hired, acreage, and "race preferred." References: Carter, p. 92. Copies: BPBM (Carter 8-C-134)*, in yellow printed wrappers. BPBM (DU620.M67)*. H M C S * , the A. S. Cleghorn-Princess Kaiulani copy, in yellow printed wrappers. HSL (Tice Phillips). UH.

Hoppin, James Mason Life of I Andrew Hull Foote, I Rear-Admiral United States Navy. I By I James Mason Hoppin, I professor in Yale college. I With a portrait and illustrations. I [publisher's device] I N e w York: I Harper & Brothers, Publishers, I Franklin Square. I 1 8 7 4 . 8vo. 21 x 14 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] copyright statement, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v]-vi preface dated New Haven, July 1874, [vii] + viii-x contents, [xi] illustrations, [xii] blank, [13] + 1 4 - 4 0 6 text, [407] + 4 0 8 - 4 1 1 index, [412] blank pp. With frontispiece portrait of Foote, and 15 text illustrations.

Andrew Foote, as a young lieutenant, was assigned in 1837 to the East India Squadron under the command of Commodore Read. He was stationed on the sloop-of-war John Adams (Capt. Wyman) on a circumnavigation of the globe. The John Adams was at Hawaii during October and November 1839, along with the USS Columbia. The Hawaiian portion of the text discusses the political tensions in Honolulu caused by the recent visit of Captain Laplace on the Artemise, during which he had demanded redress for ill-treatment of French residents, particularly Catholic priests, by the Hawaiian government and implicated members of the American Protestant Mission. A memorandum written by Foote forms the basis of this text. A letter in defense of the American Mission signed by the officers of the John Adams is transcribed here. For accounts of the visit of the French ship Artemise to Hawaii, see Nos. 1 1 3 9 - 1 1 4 0 , 1 2 2 2 , 1 2 4 3 , and r298. References: Carter, p. 90. Copies: AAS. H M C S * . LC. NYP. The NUC records 27 copies.

3044

578

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography

3045

Hutton, James Missionary Life in the I Southern Seas. I By I James Hutton. I Henry S. King & Co. I 65 Cornhill and 1 2 Paternoster Row, London I 1874. i z m o . 19 x 1 2 . 5 cm. [i] half title, [ii] advertisement, [iii] title, [iv] copyright notice, [v] + v i - x i contents, [xii] Corrigenda, [xiii] list of principal works consulted, [xiv] blank, [1] + 2 - 3 3 4 text, [ 3 3 5 1 - 3 4 6 index pp. With frontispiece plate "The Missionaries' Dwelling."

General remarks on the Islands, beginning with Captain Cook's "discovery" and the arrival of the American missionaries and their work, are found in Chapter XII (pp. 166-182). References: Carter, p. 92. Copies: B P B M (z)*, one is the Edge-Partington copy. B P B M (Carter 4 - B - 1 4 ) * . H M C S .

3046

K a Buke Himeni Ka I Buke Himeni I o ka I Ekalesia Katolika Anglicana I i kukuluia I ma ko Hawaii Nei Pae Aina. I [rule] I Honolulu, H.I. I Printed at the Gazette Office. I 1874. i 2 m o . 1 5 x 1 0 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] Olelo Hoakaka (Preface), [3] + 4 - 8 4 text pp.

Title: The hymn book of the Anglican Catholic Church, established in the Hawaiian Islands. The first edition. The preface acknowledges that many of the hymns had been adapted from books previously published by the Hawaiian Evangelical Association. Many of these are credited below the verses as translated by "Laiana" (Lorenzo Lyons), "A. Bihopa" (Artemas Bishop), and "Binamu" (Hiram Bingham). Judd and Bell state that there are later editions (1880 and 1898), with title variations; however, the titles they list are distinct works, not later editions of this hymnal. References: Judd and Bell, 4 7 1 . Copies: A A S * , fine copy in pebbled cloth, inscribed "Harriet Spalding, St. Andrews Day, 1 8 7 7 . " H H S . H M C S * , in original black pebbled cloth as issued.

3047

K a Hae Hoonani Ka Hae Hoonani I oia na I mele a pau i pai pu ia me na leo I maloko o "Ke Alaula," I mai ka hoomaka ana a hiki i ka makahiki 1 8 7 1 . I [rule] I Hoopukaia e ka Papa Euanelio Hawaii. I [rule] I Paiia ma Nu Yoka: I 1874. I A. S. Barnes and Company, Publishers. 8vo. 1 6 x 1 7 . 5 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] blank, 1 - 3 6 text, [37] Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [38] blank pp.

Title: The banner of praise; all the songs printed with music found in "The Alaula," from the beginning until the year 1 8 7 1 . Published by the Hawaiian Evangelical Board. Printed in New York, 1874. A. S. Barnes and Company, Publishers. Judd and Bell (citing the Hawaiian Evangelical Association report for 1875) give an edition of 1 , 0 0 0 copies. However, the English-language translation of this report published in the Friend (Supplement, July 1875, p. 69) states " 1 , 0 0 0 Hae Hoonani have been purchased from H. M. Whitney." This seems to be the record of a Honolulu edition (possibly No. 3048), rather than the New York imprint of the above item. For the New York (1872) edition, see No. 2960. References: Judd and Bell, 472. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, fine copy with contemporary signature of D. W. K a a w a on title. B P B M . HarU. H H S * . M L . N L C .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

K a Leo Hoomana K A L E O H O O M A N A . I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 4 ? ] 8vo. 15.5 x 1 7 cm. Cover title, 1-2.7

text

579 3048

> I 2 ^] blank pp.

Title: The voice of worship. This collection of hymns, issued without a title page, contains 27 numbered hymns and music. It is a supplement to Ka Hae Hoonani, published in 1 8 7 0 , 1 8 7 2 , and 1874 (see Nos. 2873, 2 9 6 o , and 3047). Many of the verses, which had previously been published in the Alaula, are signed at the end "Waikoloa," the Hawaiian pseudonym of Rev. Lorenzo Lyons. References: Judd and Bell, 473. Copies: BPBM (3)*, one copy is bound with Lorenzo Lyons' working copy of Ka Hae Hoonani (Honolulu, 1874; see note under No. 3047). GF. HarU. HHS*. H M C S (5)*. YU.

Ka Robina Gula Ka I Robina Gula, I oia I He M a u Mele a he M a u Himeni I laulaha i houluuluia. I [rule] I Paiia a hoopukaia e H . M . Whitney. I [rule] I Honolulu, Oahu; I 1 8 7 4 .

3049

8vo. 21 x 14.5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] + 3-54 text, [551-56 Papa Kuhikuhi (Index) pp.

Title: The golden robin: songs and hymns well-known and collected. Printed and published by H. M . Whitney, Honolulu. This book was compiled by Lorenzo Lyons, who comments in a letter to the American Board (Jan. 30, 1 8 7 7 , A B C F M Papers, Harvard): " M y labors are not confined to Waimea, tho' my body is shut up here. I write more or less for the two native papers. . . [and a] Song book called "Robina Gula" Golden Robin, consisting of songs for Sabbath schools & for day schools See. has been prepared by me & is used more or less all over the islands. This book is without the music, 1 0 0 hymns or more." References: Judd and Bell, 476. Judd and Bell, 483 (list an 1875 edition but do not locate any copies). Copies: ATL*, with signature "Miss Annie Keaomakani," and with inscription in hand of Lucia Lyons: "Used by Annie while here. Translated and composed by Rev. L. Lyons of Waimea Hawaii." BPL. HHS (3)*. H M C S (2)*.

K a l a k a u a . Speech [His Majesty's Speech at the Prorogation of the Extra Session of the Legislative Assembly of 1 8 7 4 . Honolulu, 1 8 7 4 ] Not seen.

Kalakaua's first speech as monarch. He commences: Nobles and Representatives: The vacancy of the Throne of Our Kingdom by the demise on the 3rd instant of our much lamented Predecessor, made it necessary for you to meet in extraordinary Session. There has been no unnecessary delay either on your coming together or in the discharge of the important duty imposed upon you by the Constitution. By your free choice I am now King, and I hope with your aid and that of all my faithful subjects to make M y Reign a blessing to my people. This speech was presumably issued in English and Hawaiian in broadside or in circular form, no copies of which have been found. The complete text is in Lydecker.

3050

580

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Lydecker, p. 1 2 8 . Copies: None located.

3051

K a l a k a u a . Speech [Hawaiian coat of arms] I Nobles and Representatives: I During the last biennial period the nation has passed through important vicissitudes in consequence I of which two extraordinary Sessions of the Legislative Assembly were convened. [text continues] [Honolulu, 1874] Circular. Text in English on the first (unnumbered) page of a single-fold sheet, with Hawaiian text on the third unnumbered page, folding to 4 0 x 2.5.5 cm.

The king's speech at the opening of the regular legislative assembly, April 30, 1874. It is unusually long and provides an important policy statement from the newly elected monarch. Kalakaua begins with remarks on the reign of his predecessor King Lunalilo and mentions the election and the "disturbance" resulting from the same. He then informs the body that they "will be called upon, in cooperation with my Ministers, to initiate measures to advance the real interests of my Kingdom." He specifies that these include amendments to the constitution, an alteration to the tenure of judges of the Supreme Court, the king's right of veto on legislation, and the "property qualification of voters." He discusses the need for improvements at the leper settlement at Molokai, the "immigration of free labor," improvements to the water supply of Honolulu, and the "proposition to cede Pearl Harbor to the United States, in conjunction with a treaty of commercial reciprocity" commenced by the late king. He also mentions the need to provide better facilities for steam communication with San Francisco and Australia. This speech was first issued in circular form, with the Hawaiian-language text forming the last two leaves, but the two texts were commonly separated. The full text can be found in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, pp. 1 2 9 - 1 3 1 . Copies: B P B M (Monarchy collection, Kalakaua, Box 7.6)*

3052

Kalakaua. Speech

[Hawaiian coat of arms] I E na 'Lii a me ka Poeikohoia: I [text begins:] Iloko o na makahiki elua o ke kau i hala, ua maalo ae iwaena o ka lahui na loli ano nui, a mamuli o ka I mea, he elua kau kuikawa a ka Ahaolelo i hoakoakoa ia. I [text continues] I [Honolulu, 1874]

Circular. Text in Hawaiian on the third (unnumbered) page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 4 0 x 25.5 cm.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 3 0 5 1 . The English-language version was originally printed on the first page of this circular but then commonly separated. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Monarchy collection, Kalakaua, Box 7.6)*.

3053

Kalakaua. Speech

[His Majesty's Speech at the Prorogation of the Legislative Assembly of 1874. Honolulu, 1874] Original not seen.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

The king's speech delivered at the conclusion of the legislative session, August 8, 1874. He congratulates the legislators on their labors, saying he trusts that "the constitutional amendments which you have passed will result in good, and that the extension of the suffrage will be duly appreciated by the country." He informs the audience of gratifying "relations with the great Nations of the world." He approves of acts to "aid in the introduction of electric telegraphs and for the encouragement of steam navigation," and congratulates the legislators on the "Act to facilitate the negotiation of Treaties of Reciprocity." He also mentions the authorization of a national loan. This speech was presumably first issued in broadside or circular form. The full text can be found in Lydecker. References: Lydecker, pp. 1 3 3 - 1 3 4 . Copies: None located.

Kalakaua, and Henry Berger Hymn I of I Kamehameha 1.1 [left:] Words I composed I by his Majesty I King Kalakaua. I [center: mounted albumen photograph of Kalakaua] I [right:] Music composed I by I Henry Berger. I [below photograph:] I Published by I M. Gray. I [lower left:] San Francisco I 623 & 625 Clay St. [lower right:] Portland, 0[re]g[o]n I 1 0 1 First Street. I [lower center:] Entered according to Act of Congress . . . 1874 by M. Gray . . . . [1874] Sheet music. 35.5 x 27.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). Lithograph title in blue and silver with original albumen photograph of Kalakaua in center of upper cover. The music is on the recto and verso of a single (unnumbered) inserted leaf. Immediately below the photograph appears: " T h e Photograph is respectfully dedicated to His Majesty by Bradley 8c Rulofsen."

This is the first edition of what became the Hawaiian national anthem, "Hawaii Ponoi." It was published in San Francisco during or shortly after the king's visit to that city in October 1874. (See illustration on p. 582.) References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. PC (California).

Lunalilo.

Funeral Order of Procession I for the I FUNERAL I of I HIS LATE MAJESTY I Lunalilo. I [double rule] I Undertaker. I Ahahui Opiopio. I Honolulu Fire Department. I Mechanics' Benefit Union. I Good Templars. I Knights of Pythias. I Odd Fellows. I Free Masons. I Members of the Medical Faculty. I The Konohikis of the Crown Lands. I The Konohikis of the late King's Private Lands. I Governor of Oahu and Staff. I Band. I Detachments of Marines and Sailors from I U.S.S. Portsmouth, I U.S.S. Tuscarora, I H.B.M. Corvette Tenedos. I The Late King's Servants. I The late King's Purveyor. I His Late Majesty's Chamberlain. I Clergy of the Roman Catholic Church. I . . . I Clergy of the Anglican Church. I . . . I Protestant Clergy. I The Rev. Henry H. Parker. I The late King's Aids. I Colonel Allen, bearing the Sword and Hat of the I late King. I His Excellency J. M. Kapena, bearing the Crown of I the late King. I Large Kahilis. I [cut of coffin with, on either side, "Pall Bearers, Small Kahilis, Large Kahilis."] I Large Kahilis. I The late King's Charger. I Carriage bearing Their Majesties the King and Queen, H. R. I H. Prince Leleiohoku, and H.R.H. Chas. Kanaina. I Carriage bearing Her Excellency the Governess of Hawaii, I the Honorable Mrs. Dominis, the Honorable Mrs. I Cleghorn,

KAMEHAMEHÄ I

6 2 3 &• 02H f3nyjS>f.

i

—

lOl First

Stead.

Hymn of Kamehameha I, San Francisco, 1874 [see No. 3054], is the first edition of what became the Hawaiian national anthem, "Hawaii Ponoi." Courtesy Kahn Collection, Hawaii State Archives.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

and the Honor- I able Mrs. Bishop. I Carriage bearing the Queen Dowager Emma, and the Hon- I orable Mrs. Naea. I Foreign Representatives, Captains and Officers of Foreign I Vessels of War in Port. I . . . I The Hulumanus. I Foreign Residents. I Hawaiian Population. I Police Force. I Detachment of Cavalry. I [double rule] I Those who attend the funeral are to assemble in I front of the palace at 1 0 o'clock A.M. on Saturday I the 28th day of February, and the procession to start at I 11 o'clock. I . . . I [dated] Iolani Palace, February 23, 1874. Broadside. 77 lines of text within a black mourning rule. 51 x 1 2 cm.

There is another (smaller sized) edition of this broadside, with 82 lines of text. The line endings differ, but text appears to be identical; it measures 28.5 x 7 cm. References: None found. Copies of the large-size issue: A H (Broadsides—F.O. 8c Ex.)*. H H S (in scrapbook)*. Copies of the small-size issue: B P B M (Monarchy collection, Lunalilo, Box 1) (2)*. H H S (3)*, including one in scrapbook.

Lunalilo.

Funeral H O O N O H O N O H O A N A I o ka I Huakai Hoolewa I o ka I MOI LUNALILO. I [double rule] I Mea Hana Pahu I Ahahui Opiopio I Oihana Kinaiahi o Honolulu I Hui Mechanics Benefit Union I Na Hui Hoole Waiona I Hui Knights of Pythias I Hui Odd Fellows I Hui Free Masons I Na Hoa o ka Oihana Lapaau I Na Konohiki o na Aina Leialii I Na Konohiki o na Aina Ponoi o ka Moi i make I Kiaaina o Oahu me kona mau Ukali I Na Poe Puhiohe I Na Puali Koa o na Manuwa Portsmouth, Tuscarora, Tenedos I Na Ohua Ponoi o ka Moi i make I Ke Kuene Nui a ka Moi i make I Ka Puuku a ka Moi i make I Na Kahunapule Katolika Roma I . . . I Na Kahunapule o ka Ekalesia Enelani I . . . I Na Kahunapule Hoolepope I Ka Rev. Henry H. Parker I Na Ukali o ka Moi i make I Ke Col. Allen, e paa ana i ka Pahi a me ka Papale o ka Moi I i make I Ka mea Hanohano John M. Kapena, e hii ana i ke Kalaunu I o ka Moi i make I Na Kahili Nui I [cut of the coffin, with on either side: "Poe Hapai Pahu, Na Kahili Liilii, Na Kahili Nui"] I Ka Lio o ka Moi i make I Ke Kaa e lawe ana i ka Moi a me ka Moiwahine. K.M.K. I ke Keikialii Leleiohoku, K.M.K. Chas. Kanaina. I Ke Kaa e lawe ana i ke Kiaaina-wahine o Hawaii, Ka Mea I Hanohano Mrs. Dominis, Ka Mea Hanohano Mrs. I Cleghorn, Ka Mea Hanohano Mrs. Bishop. I Ke Kaa e lawe ana i ka Moiwahine Kanemake Emma, a me I Ka Mea Hanohano Mrs. Naea. I . . . I Halealii Iolani, Feb. 28, 1874. [Honolulu, 1874] Broadside. 76 lines of text. 5 1 x 1 2 cm.

The Hawaiian-language version of No. 3055. There is also another, smaller-sized edition of this broadside of 83 lines of text within a black rule; it measures 28.3 x 7 cm. References: None found. Copies of large-sized edition: H H S (in scrapbook) 1 1 . Copies of small-sized edition: B P B M (Monarchy collection, Lunalilo, Box 1 ) * .

Lunalilo. Will KUOKOA KU I KA WA. I [double rule] I Honolulu, Feberuari, 1 1 , 1874. I [double rule] I Eia mai o ka Oiaio o ka hooi- I lina o Lunalilo. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874]

584

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography Handbill. Caption title and 33 lines of text. Printed area 16.5 x 6.5 cm, on a sheet 22.5 x 14 cm.

An announcement regarding the late king's will, specifically his bequest of $ 2 5 , 0 0 0 to build a home for poor and aged Hawaiians. This, as the caption title shows, was printed as an "extra" from the newspaper Kuokoa and was issued during the election campaign for the throne of Hawaii between Queen Emma and David Kalakaua. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.)*. B P B M * . HHS (4)*. HHS (in scrapbook)*.

3058

Manuale no ka poe Katolika V.C.J.S. I [rule] I Manuale I no ka poe Katolika I i mea e aoia'i lakou ma ka pule a I me na mea e ae pili ana i ko I lakou manaoio. I [cross of typographic ornaments] I Honolulu, I Pai-palapala Katolika. I [rule] I 1 8 7 4 . i6mo. 14 x 9 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] woodcut of the Virgin Mary and below, "Aloha oe e Maria," [iii] title, [iv] blank, [ 1 - 1 5 ] N o ka makahiki (Calendar), [ 1 6 ] Veni Creator, [1] + 2.-344 Katekimo (Catechism), 345 Papa Kuhikuhi (Contents), [346] blank, 2 3 - 1 0 4 Pule kakahiaka (Morning prayers), 1 0 5 - 1 1 9 O ka la hanau o Jesu Kirito (The birthday of Jesus Christ), 1 2 0 - 1 3 4 Ka eha ana o ka Haku o Jesu Kirito (The suffering of the Lord Jesus Christ), 1 3 5 - 1 5 3 Ka la Hoano o ke Kino o Jesu Kirito (The holy day of the body of Jesus Christ) etc., 1 5 4 - 1 8 8 Hebedoma Penitenia (Weekly confession) [and] He mau pule (Some prayers), 1 8 9 - 1 9 4 Na miterio o ka Rosario (The mysteries of the rosary), 1 9 5 - 2 2 4 Litania (Litany) etc., 2 2 5 - 2 4 0 Ke alanui o ke Kea (The stations of the cross [illustrated]), 2 4 3 - 3 0 0 N a halavai ana me Jesu, 3 0 1 - 3 0 9 Litania (Litany), 3 1 0 Papa kuhikuhi (Index) pp.

This Catholic Church manual, the first edition of which appeared in 1854 (see No. 2.035), was also issued in 1857 and 1866. One of the Bishop Museum copies has an added engraved prayer card that includes a picture of the Virgin Mary and infant Jesus at the "no ka Makahiki" text. The Hawaiian Mission Children's Society copy has an engraving of Pope Pius IX added at the same location along with a number of other engraved prayer cards. These are not properly a part of the text as issued. The table of years in the calendar is for 1873-1894. One of the copies in the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society collection has an exceptionally interesting pencil inscription on a front blank: "He hoomanao a Rev. J. Damiano i ka Moiwahine Kapiolani, Aug. 27th, 1884" (a souvenir of Rev. J. Damien to the Queen Kapiolani, Aug. 27th, 1884). References: Judd and Bell, 474. Streit and Dindinger, p. 158. Yzendoorn, 80. Copies: ATL*. B P B M (2)*, one in contemporary red morocco, gilt. H M C S (2)*, one copy bound in black calf with a blind-stamped cross on both covers and the penciled inscription noted above.

3059

N a Liu o ka Waiwai " N A L I U O K A W A I W A I . " I [rule] I He Haiolelo I A ka Rev. W. Frear, ma ka Haipule o Kau- I keano, Honolulu, Mei 1 7 , 1874. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1874] 8vo. 22.5 x 1 3 . 3 cm (HHS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 8 text pp.

Title: "The peculiar property of wealth." A sermon preached by Rev. W. Frear of Kaukeano [that is, the Fort Street] Church, Honolulu, May 17, 1874. References: Judd and Bell, 475. Copies: A A S * . H H S * . H M C S (3)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

N o r d h o f f , Charles. New York Edition Northern California, I Oregon, I and the I Sandwich Islands. I By I Charles Nordhoff, I Author of I "California: for Health, Pleasure, and Residence," & c . & c . I [publisher's device] I New York: I Harper & Brothers, Publishers, I 1874.

585 3060

8vo. 2 1 . 5 x 6.5 cm (BPBM). [1] blank, [2] frontispiece map of the Hawaiian archipelago, [3] title, [4] printer's name and address, [5] dedication, [6] blank, [7] Preface, [8] blank, [9] portrait of King Kalakaua, [ 1 0 ] blank, [ n ] - i 2 Contents, [ 1 3 ] + 1 4 - 1 5 Illustrations, [ 1 6 ] blank, [ 1 7 ] + 1 8 - 1 0 6 Hawaii text, [ 1 0 7 ] "Northern California" half title, [ 1 0 8 ] blank, 1 0 9 - 2 2 6 text, [227] + 2 2 8 - 2 5 2 Appendix "Remy's contributions of a venerable savage," [253] + 2 5 4 - 2 5 6 Notes to the Appendix pp. With map of California inserted at p. 1 0 9 . Illustrations throughout.

A popular travel account. Nordhoff arrived at Honolulu in February 1873 a n d put up at the Hawaiian Hotel (which he illustrates on p. 20). He describes the climate, the town, and its environs. His illustrations include a fanciful depiction of the government buildings, and more accurate views of the Royal School, the Court House, Kawaiahao Church, the Bethel Church, Queen's Hospital, the Fort Street School, and the Palace. He includes portraits of Mrs. Lucy Thurston, Dr. Gerrit P. Judd, Rev. Dr. Coan of Hilo, Rev. S. C. Damon, and Queen Emma. Continuing to the island of Hawaii, Nordhoff visited Hilo and the volcano of Kilauea, and he includes a dramatic view of the Kilauea crater and the Volcano House. He then proceeded to Kealakekua Bay (which he illustrates). A depiction of "surf bathing" is found on page 51. A later chapter, "Maui and the Sugar Culture," has general notes on that island and on the cultivation of sugar cane throughout the Islands. It is illustrated with a view of Lahaina, a map of Haleakala crater, and a view of Wailuku looking to Iao Valley. The chapter "Kauai, with a glance at cattle and sheep" gives a general account of that island, as well as notes on ranching. This chapter is illustrated with views of Koloa, the Waialua falls, and a plate of Hawaiian artifacts. Chapter five, "The Hawaiians at Home: manners and customs," is illustrated with a view of a grass house at Waikiki, a group of "Hawaiian Warriors," and a fine portrait of King Lunalilo. The chapter "Commercial and Political" gives a variety of statistics, discusses the national debt and imports and exports, and is illustrated by a view of Hawaiians eating poi, a cut showing a "Native Hay peddler," and (on p. 97) a group of "Hula hula, or dancing-girls." The text was first published as a series in Harper's New Monthly Magazine (see No. 3003). The appendix is a reprint of the W. T. Brigham translation of Jules Remy's Contributions of a Venerable Savage to the Ancient History of the Hawaiian Islands (Boston, 1868; see No. 2811). References: Carter, p. 1 3 3 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * , in brown cloth with inscription from the author to C. R . Bishop, N e w York, M a y 1874. B P B M (Carter 2-C-2), N e w York 1875 edition, in green cloth. BPL. H H S . H M C S * , in blue cloth, title in gilt on upper cover. L C . PA-VBC. WaU. The N U C records 29 copies.

N o r d h o f f , Charles. London Edition Northern California, I Oregon, I and the I Sandwich Islands. I By Charles Nordhoff, I author of I "California: for Health, Pleasure, and Residence," & c . & c . I [rule] I London: I Sampson Low, Marston, Low & Searle, I Crown buildings, 188 Fleet street. I 1 8 7 4 .

3061

586

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 23 x 16.5 cm (BPBM). [1] blank, [z] frontispiece map of the Hawaiian archipelago, [3] title, [4] blank, [5] dedication, [6] blank, [7] Preface, [8] blank, [9] portrait of King Kalakaua, [10] blank, [ n ] - i 2 Contents, [13] + 1 4 - 1 5 Illustrations, [16] blank, [17] + 1 8 - 1 0 6 Hawaii text, [107] "Northern California" half title, [108] blank, [109] + 1 1 0 - 2 2 6 California text, 2 2 7 - 2 5 2 Appendix containing Remy's Contributions of a Venerable Savage, [253] + 254-256 Notes to Appendix pp. Map of California inserted at p. n o . Text illustrations throughout. The first London edition. The National edition.

Union Catalogue

also records a London 1 8 7 6

References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. The NUC records 3 copies of this edition: Harvard, University of California-Berkeley, University of Texas. 3062

Papa Kuhikuhi P a p a K u h i k u h i o na H a n a I o ka I L A H A N A U O K A M O I ! I N o v e m a b a 1 6 , 1 8 7 4 ' [double rule] I E m a l a m a aia ana he I A n a i n a N u i M a l o k o o k a L u a k i n i o K a w a i a h a o I I ka hora 1 2 a w a k e a . I [rule] I [text continues] I [ H o n o l u l u , 1 8 7 4 ] Handbill. Text printed within an ornamental border. 37 x 1 7 cm. The program of a service held at K a w a i a h a o Church on the occasion of King Kalakaua's first birthday as monarch. The service consisted of 1 2 parts beginning with an anthem " E ola ka M o i i ke A k u a . " Remarks and addresses were made by Rev. Henry H. Parker and M . Kuaea. The hymn " M e i e Kamehameha," better known as " H a w a i i Ponoi" (see N o . 3054), was followed with an address by the king. The final hymn was the song " M e i e Lahui H a w a i i , " composed by Liliuokalani. The program ended with a prayer by Rev. Henry H. Parker. References: None found. Copies: AH (broadside in M-485) (2)*, both are on beige colored silk.

3063

Petermann, August Heinrich Mittheilungen I aus I Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt I Uber I Wichtige N e u e Erforschungen I A u f I D e m Gesammtgebiete D e r G e o g r a p h i e I von I Dr. A . Peterm a n n . I 2 0 B a n d , 1 8 7 4 . I [ o r n a m e n t ] I G o t h a : Justus Perthes. [ 1 8 7 4 ] 4to. 27.5 x 22.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv-vi Inhalts, [1] + 2-474 18 folding and 6 single-sheet maps, all or part colored.

text

PP- With

An article on Hawaii, " D e r Gebirgsbau der Gruppe Hawaii, von Direcktor Prof. Dr. C. E. Meinecke," is on pages 2 0 8 - 2 1 9 . An article on N e w Guinea, "Forschritte in der Erforschung von Neu-Guinea" (pp. 1 0 7 - 1 1 6 ) , is accompanied by a map. T w o additional articles are of considerable Australian interest: "Gosse's und Warburton's Reisen durch West-Australien, 1 8 7 3 - 1 8 7 4 " (pp. 1 4 5 - 1 4 6 ) is accompanied by an inserted map showing the route of their trek from M t . Woodcock to Perth; a second article, "W. C. Gosse's Australische Reise, 1 8 7 3 " (PP- 3 6 1 - 3 7 0 ) , is accompanied by an inserted map showing Gosses' route in and about "Alexandre L a n d " in central Australia. This was published as part of a series commonly known as Petermann's Geographische Mitteilungen. References: Carter, p. 1 4 1 . Ferguson, 14080a. Copies: H M C S * .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

Putnam, J . Bishop King-Making in the Sandwich Islands. In: Old and New. Vol. 1 0 , pp. 4 7 0 - 4 7 5 . [Boston] October 1874.

587 3064

8vo. 22 x 14.5 cm.

An article on the 1874 election campaign for the throne between David Kalakaua and Dowager Queen Emma, following the death of King Lunalilo. With respect to the electioneering, the author states, "The leaders of the two parties find vent for their enthusiasm in proclamations and handbills innumerable, setting forth the claims of their respective candidates." The author was an eyewitness of the election itself, commenting, "Through the courtesy of the attorney-general, the writer was permitted to occupy a seat in the legislative hall on the day of election." He describes the proceedings, the ensuing courthouse riot, the administering of the oath to Kalakaua, and he also transcribes Kalakaua's first remarks as king. References: None found. Copies: H M C S (Hawaiiana, Vol. 1, pp. 1 6 9 - 1 7 4 ) * . The Union List of Serials records many copies of this serial.

Royal Hawaiian Theatre Royal I Hawaiian Theatre I [double rule] I By special request of the Citizens of Honolulu! I The U.S.S. "Tuscarora" I M I N S T R E L T R O U P E I will give I An Entertainment I on I Friday Evening, Febr'y 20th, 1874! I [rule] I Manager . . . J . Robinson I . . . I [rule] I Part First. I [list of selections] I To conclude with - I The Haunted House. I [double rule] I Overture. - Part Second. I [double rule] I German Duet Bady & Ludlow I bagpipe Imitation W. Coyne I . . . I Overture - Part Third. I [double rule] I The Arkansas Traveler! I [dramatis personae] I [rule] I . . . I To conclude with the Laughable and Side-Splitting Farce I The Masquerade Ball. I [dramatis personae] I [double rule] I Admission - Dress Circle, $ 1 . 0 0 ; Parquette, 75 cts.; Pit, 50 cts. I Private boxes $ 8 . 0 0 I . . . I [Honolulu, 1874]

3065

Broadside. 35.5 x 14.5 cm. References: None found. Copies: AH (T. C. Heuck collection, folder "Printed matter," M-61)*.

The Second Interregnum T H E S E C O N D I N T E R R E G N U M . I A complete Resume of Events from the Death to the Burial I of his Late Majesty Lunalilo. I [double rule] I Thos. G. Thrum, Publisher, Honolulu H.I., March 3d, 1874. Black & Auld, Printers. I [double rule] I [text begins] [Honolulu, 1874] 4to. 31 x 23 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 9 text, [20] blank pp. Printed in triple columns divided by rules. With an albumen photograph of King Kalakaua on the first page.

A very rare and indispensable work for understanding the intense political activity and electioneering that occurred following the death of King Lunalilo. A note preceding the first article describes the contents: "The object of this paper is to give a consecutive account (derived from the publications of the day) of the events that occurred during the interregnum of nine days that followed the death of the King [Lunalilo] and up to his

3066

588

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography burial, including an account of the riot and all the 'campaign documents' issued from the press—many of the later which appeared in the native language only, having been translated expressly for this issue—the whole being issued in a compact form for preservation as a matter of history and of convenience in mailing." The articles reprinted in this now very rare publication are from the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, the Hawaiian Gazette, Ka Nuhou Hawaii, and the Hawaii Ponoi. These include the texts of broadsides and handbills originally published only in the Hawaiian language, many of which are listed in this bibliography under No. 3036. This pamphlet in newspaper form is distinguished by the inclusion of an original albumen photograph of King Kalakaua attached to a blank space provided for it in the center of the first page. There are copies lacking the photograph. Copies: A H (Kahn) (2)*, one copy lacks the photograph. A H (T. C. Heuck collection, scrapbook, M - 6 1 ) * , a very fine copy with a photograph of Kalakaua. B P B M (Hist. Pam.) (3)*, two with the Kalakaua photograph, one copy lacking it. B P B M (Carter 7 - E - 4 1 ) (2)'% one copy lacks the photograph. H H S * , with the photograph. H M C S * , with the photograph. UH. The N U C records a copy at the University of Oregon.

3067

Stoddard, Charles Warren Summer Cruising in the I South Seas I by I Charles Warren Stoddard. I [vignette of a canoe titled "It may be we shall touch the happy isles." ] I Illustrated by Wallis Mackay. I London: I Chatto and Windus, Publishers. I (Successors to John Camden Hotten.) [1874] i 2 m o . 18.5 x 1 2 . 5 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-viii Preface dated London, December 1 8 7 3 , [ i x l _ x Contents, [xi] Poem "The Cocoa Tree," [xii] vignette of five crouching children, [ 1 3 ] + 1 4 - 3 1 9 text, [320] blank pp. With frontispiece and 2 0 added woodcut illustrations.

The first English edition of South Sea Idylls (Boston, 1873; see No. 3009), with the addition of a preface dated London, December 1873. The essays, which form the main text, are identical to those in the Boston 1873 edition. According to Jacob Blanck, London advertisements show that this work was issued early in January 1874. It was published in dark green pictorial and gilt cloth, with cover vignette of three women surfing, and gilt spine vignette of two girls. References: Blanck, 18980. Carter, p. 164 (gives an 1873 date). Copies: B P B M 1 , in blue cloth (a later binding?). B P B M (Carter 2-A-23). H M C S * , in green cloth, advertisements at end are dated July 1874. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. UC-B. YU. The N U C records 8 copies. 3068

Tuckerman, Edward, et al. United States Exploring Expedition. Vol. xvn. Botany: Cryptogamia and Phanerogamia United States I Exploring Expedition. I During the years I 1838, 1839, 1840, 1 8 4 1 , 1842. I Under the command of I Charles Wilkes, U.S.N.I Vol. x v n . I [rule] I BOTANY. I C R Y P T O G A M I A . I Musci - By William S. Sullivant. Lichenes - By Edward Tuckerman. Algae - by J. W. Bailey and W. H. Harvey. Fungi - by M. A. Curtis and M. J. Berkeley I Phanerogamia I of Pacific North America, I by John Torrey. I [rule] I Edited by Asa Gray. I [rule] I Philadelphia: I Printed by Sherman & Co. I 1874. 4to. 3 1 . 5 x 23 cm. [i] [half title, with:] "By Authority of Congress," [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] "Cryptogamia" half title, [vi] blank, [vii] [half title:] Musci I by I William S. Sulli-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1874

589

vant, [viii] blank, [5] + 6 - 1 0 5 Musci text, [ 1 0 6 ] blank, [107] + 1 0 8 - 1 1 2 Index, [ 1 1 3 ] [half title:] Lichenes, by Edward Tuckerman, A.M., [ 1 1 4 ] blank, [ 1 1 5 ] + 1 1 6 - 1 4 8 Lichenes text, [149] + 1 5 0 - 1 5 2 Index, [153] [half title:] Algae, by Jacob Whitman Bailey and William Henry Harvey, [154] blank, [155] + 1 5 6 - 1 8 2 Algae text, [183] + 184-188 Explanation of the Plates, [189] + 1 9 0 - 1 9 2 Index, [193] [half title:] Fungi, by Rev. M. A. Curtis, F.A.A.S., and Rev. M. J. Berkeley, F.L.S, [194] blank, [195] + 1 9 6 - 2 0 2 Fungi text, [203] Index, [204] blank, [205] [half title:] Phanerogamia of Pacific North America, by John Torrey, [206] blank, [207] second Phanerogamia half title, [208] blank, [ 2 0 9 ] - 2 i 0 Preface by Asa Gray dated Washington, April 15, 1873, [ 2 1 1 ] + 2 1 2 - 4 9 5 Torrey's report, [496] blank, [497] + 4 9 8 - 5 1 4 Index pp.

The official edition. Preparations for publishing this part of the Exploring Expedition scientific texts began in 1845, but due to a lack of funds the volume was delayed. A part of the text (Musci by William S. Sullivant) appeared in an unofficial edition in 1859 (Haskell, 60; see No. 2343). Haskell says that 1 0 0 copies of this official edition were printed and bound, but "only a very few distributed." An unofficial atlas was published in 1862-1874 (see No. 2512). Haskell has a long note documenting the various stages of production and the reasons for the long delay in completing the work. References: Haskell, 6 8 - 7 0 . Copies: BL. HarU (2). NYP (2). UC. YU.

Varigny, Charles Victor Crosnier de Quatorze Ans I aux I îles Sandwich I Par I C. de Varigny I [rule] I Paris I Librairie Hachette et Cie I Boulevard Saint-Germain, 79 I [rule] I 1874 I Droits de propriété et de traduction réservés. n m o . 17.5 x i i cm (AH [Kahn]). [I] title, [II] blank, [i] + ii-iii Preface dated Paris, January 20, 1874, [iv] blank, [1] + 2-345 text, [346] blank, [347] + 348-350 Table des matières pp. With folding frontispiece map "îles Sandwich ou Archipel Hawaien" ( 1 2 x 16 cm), and folding "Carte d'Havai et des diverses eruptions volcaniques" (13.5 x 1 2 cm) at end of index.

An important memoir by a French national who served the Hawaiian government in the capacity of Minister of Finance and Minister of Foreign Affairs. Charles de Varigny and family arrived at Honolulu on the Restless from San Francisco, February 18, 1855. He describes their arrival, then provides his French readers with a brief account of the preCook history of the Islands, followed by chapters titled "Kamehameha the Founder," "Missionaries and Other Agents of Change," and "The Birth of a Constitutional Government. " Although not intending to stay, the author accepted a position in the French consulate as an assistant to the French Commissioner Emil Perrin, and he and his family ultimately remained in the Islands for 14 years. "From this point," he wrote, "I draw upon my own notes and memories." Varigny describes the state of government during the reigns of Kings Kamehameha IV and V; the leading political factions and players; the political status of Hawaii in the eyes of the world; and foreign affairs, particularly as they affected France and French treaties. In 1862, following the death of Commissioner Perrin, Varigny was appointed acting commissioner. In 1863 he was offered the position of Minister of Finance by Kamehameha V and took office in February 1864. His memoirs therefore become a prime source for an understanding of the Hawaiian government during the years 1863-1868. In 1865, following the death of the Minister of Foreign Affairs Robert C. Wyllie, Varigny was appointed his successor, and thus head of the cabinet. He discusses actions

3069

590

1874

Hawaiian National Bibliography of the Legislatures of 1866 and 1868, the growing American influence in the Islands, and a treaty of reciprocity proposed at the time. There are several interesting accounts of visits made to the neighbor islands. In 1857, Varigny and Honolulu merchant Hermann von Holt made an excursion to Hawaii. They hired pack-mules and guides at Hilo and proceeded to Kilauea volcano. Returning to Hilo, they sailed to Kawaihae, continued inland to Waimea, visited Waipio Valley, then stopped at Mana in Hamakua, where they were entertained by John P. Parker, the founder of the ranch. From this point they climbed Mauna Kea. It was during the course of this trip that the author hired the famous mountaineer, Jack Purdy, "the most daring hunter of wild bullocks, the man who knows best the forest trails and the mountain passes." From Purdy's own campfire narrative, Varigny recorded a famous tale of a long trek made by the English gentleman-explorer Julius Brenchley with Purdy, which Varigny termed "a contest in courage and daring." In July 1863 the Varignys went to Koloa, Kauai, then made their way to Wailua and Hanalei. At the latter place he examined Mr. Wyllie's sugar plantation at Princeville. Nearby excursions included a visit to the famous caves at Haena. The text also has notes on the history of Princeville, after Mr. Wyllie's death in 1865. Following the 1868 earthquake and tidal wave that devastated the Kona and Kau coasts of the island of Hawaii, Varigny was among the party who sailed with Kamehameha V to provide supplies, food, and aid to the victims. They made stops at Keauhou and Punaluu, and Varigny continued inland to Waiohinu. In 1868 Varigny was granted a leave of absence to visit France. When he found it was not possible to return to the Islands, he tendered his resignation to the king in November 1869. Parts of the text were first published serially under the title "Voyage aux lies Sandwich" in Le Tour du Monde (Paris, 1873; see No. 3010). The book text is greatly expanded and bears a completion date of January 20, 1874. It was issued both in yellow paper wrappers and in contemporary three-quarter brown or red morocco. For a finely edited and annotated translation of this work, see Fourteen Years in the Sandwich Islands, 1855-1868, translated and with an introduction by Alfons L. Korn (Honolulu: University Press of Hawai'i and the Hawaiian Historical Society, 1981). I have made extensive use of this text in writing the above description. References: Judd and Lind, 180a. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, original red morocco spine and marble boards. BPBM (z)*, one in yellow wrappers, with presentation inscription from the author to his cousin Victor Gay; a second copy is in contemporary tan spine and marble paper boards, with presentation inscription from the author to "Monsieur Adair." B P B M (Carter 2.-D-2)*, in original yellow printed paper wrappers. BPL. H M C S * , fine copy in 3/4 brown morocco. HSL (Tice Phillips). L C . PA-VBC. UH. YU. The N U C records 5 copies.

1875 3070

Bird, Isabella Lucy The Hawaiian Archipelago. I [rule] I Six Months I among the I Palm Groves, Coral Reefs & Volcanoes I of the I Sandwich Islands. I By Isabella L. Bird, I Author of the "Englishwoman in America," I [two-line quotation] I With Illustrations. I London: I John Murray, Albemarle Street. I 1875. 8vo. z o x 1 3 . 5 cm (HMCS). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v-vi] added dedication leaf, verso blank, [vii]—viii preface dated January 1875, [ix] list of illus-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1875

text

trations, [x] blank, [xi] errata, [xii] blank, [1] + 2 - 4 7 3 > [474] blank + 22 advertising pp. With added frontispiece plate of Kilauea, and 9 woodcut plates inserted in the text. Folding map "The Hawaiian Archipelago" at first text page, and folding " M a p of the Crater of Haleakala, 1 8 6 9 " inserted at p. 333.

One of the classic (and most often quoted) books on the Hawaiian Islands, written by a Victorian lady traveler in the form of 31 letters to her sister at home. Isabella Bird arrived at Honolulu on the Pacific mail steamer Nevada (from Auckland, New Zealand) January 25, 1873, and proceeded to travel widely and vigorously throughout the Islands. She embarked on the interisland steamer Kilauea for the island of Hawaii. She was enchanted with Hilo: "This is the paradise of Hawaii. What Honolulu attempts to be, Hilo is without effort." She stayed with the Severance family and made a thorough investigation of the town and its inhabitants, the vegetation, and the nearby natural wonders. She viewed Hawaiians surfing and consulted with Rev. Titus Coan on matters volcanic. Proceeding to the volcano, Miss Bird describes the method of travel, the lush vegetation en route, and the volcanic wonders of Kilauea. She put up at the Volcano House, "a unique and interesting place." In the course of her travels Isabella Bird made several returns to Kilauea, and she made ascents of both Mauna Loa and Mauna Kea. Traveling along the Hamakua coast she stopped at Onomea, viewed sugar plantations, and collected fern specimens. She visited Waipio, then continued on to Waimanu Valley (where few Westerners ever ventured because of its difficulty of access), and her letter-narrative is a classic account. Miss Bird was in Hilo in February when King Lunalilo came for a visit. She describes his reception by the Hawaiians, the hookupu, or tribute, that followed, and the king's speech on the occasion. Later during a party at the Severance residence, she conversed with him at length, and found him to be "a very gentlemanly, courteous, unassuming man." At Waimea, Hawaii, Isabella Bird stayed with the Spencers, and at Kawaihae she viewed the enormous heiau. In both locations she was fascinated by the rugged lives of the residents, and in both places she made notes on Hawaiian ranching. In Kona she visited Kealakekua, put up at the Ridge House Hotel, and made another mountain exploration, this time of Hualalai. On the mountain she stayed at a sheep ranch, and on leaving wrote, "It was my last taste of the wild Hawaiian life I have learned to love so well." During her short visit to Lahaina, she made a cursory examination of the town and was particularly interested in the English Sisters' School (St. Cross). Hers is the best description of this school that we have. At a later date she made a return visit to Maui. A fellow passenger on this trip was Princess Ruth. Arriving at Maalaea, Miss Bird rode to Wailuku, then to Haiku over what she described as "a Sahara in miniature." From Haiku she hired a guide and made a trek to Haleakala. The text at this point contains a fine folding map of Haleakala made in 1869 by W. D. Alexander. Miss Bird made a thorough tour of Kauai, "only twelve hours by steam from the capital," stopping at Koloa (with the Smiths), at Makaweli (with the Robinsons), and in Lihue (with the Rice family). An excursion to Hanalei, which she described as "only a three days' frolic," followed. During a stop in Honolulu she attended a garden party at Queen Emma's. She noted the political and social questions of the day, including the "ferment mainly got up by the sugar planters" for annexation. She makes particular mention of Stephen Phillips' speech and its results (see No. 3005). Isabella Bird departed Honolulu for San Francisco on the SS Costa Rica, August 7, 1873. A review of the book in the Friend (June 1875, p. 44-45) includes the following remarks:

591

592

1875

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

Miss Bird does not write from hearsay, but from an actual observation of all the islands and all parts of the islands. Although coming hither, somewhat of an invalid, yet she mounted a horse, travelled as no lady ever before travelled, over mountains, up ravines, through valleys and into craters. Her description of the great active crater of Kilauea is the most vivid and truthful we have ever read. Possessing a knowledge of botany, she enlivens her pages with notices of ferns and other botanical specimens which will delight the naturalist. Although some have pronounced the book rather "florid" and overdrawn, yet it must be remembered that the author is writing to a sister . . . of events as they occurred from day to day, and describing scenes as they were passing with kaleidoscopic rapidity before her eyes.

THE

HAWAIIAN

SIX

ARCHIPELAGO.

MONTHS

PALM GROVES, CORAL REEFS, A VOLCANOES UK T t f £

SANDWICH ISLANDS. By ISABELLA L. BIRD, • ra' î. (if [Fr. -TuunH«'üu.i- 11 *

Htun Mf ini« ut ì'.di-n ifia^ III :Ìl-* purple njihof r of *«a

WITH

ILLUSTRATIONS.

LONDON : JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET. 1876.

Isabella L. Bird's The Hawaiian Archipelago. Six Months among the . . . Sandwich Islands, London, 1 8 7 5 [see N o . 3 0 7 0 ] , is the first edition of a Hawaii travel literature classic. Courtesy Kahn Collection, Hawaii State Archives.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1875

593

A second lengthy review was published in the Friend (Oct. 1875, PP- 81-82). Six Months was published in green cloth with a vignette of a Hawaiian woman on horseback in gilt on the upper cover and a thatch house and palm tree in gilt on the spine. The folding map of Haleakala adapted from the survey of W. D. Alexander inserted at page 333 appears in no other edition. It was immensely popular and went through many editions. The National Union Catalogue records London editions of 1875, 1876, 1880, 1881, 1886, 1890, and 1905; and New York editions of 1881, 1882, 1893 and 1894 (2). A number of years after this book was first published, the author married John S. Bishop, and consequently the book is sometimes found catalogued under that surname. References: Carter, p. 18 (lists another edition). Copies: AAS. A H (Kahn)*. BPL. BPBM (Carter 6-D-10). HHS*. H M C S . HSL (Tice Phillips). L C . PA-VBC. UH. The N U C records 9 copies.

[Catholic Church] [Mission Catholique des lies Sandwich. Honolulu, Catholic Mission Press, 1875]

3071

21.5 x 14 cm. 8 text pp.

A report on the state of the mission. Not seen. This entry is derived from Yzendoorn. References: Yzendoorn, 84. Copies: None located.

D a m o n , Samuel Chenery Centennial I Thanksgiving Discourse I 1 7 7 5 - 1 8 7 5 . I [rule] I Preached in Fort St. Church, Nov. 25, 1875, ' ®y S. C. Damon, [text begins] [Honolulu, 1875]

3072

Broadside. Text in 3 columns, with "P.C. Advertiser Supplement" above. 66 x 2.6 cm.

A sermon on American independence that begins with remarks on the success of the United States-Hawaiian treaty of reciprocity: "Among the blessings which we are called upon to recognize are the happy return of the King and the almost certain assurance that hereafter our Island Kingdom will be brought into more intimate and closer commercial alliance with the Great North American Republic. Out of this closer alliance in commerce it is fondly hoped and expected great and incalculable blessings will ultimately flow. No longer are our islands to remain isolated, but must necessarily be drawn into intimate union with not only America, but the world." This appeared as a single-sheet supplement of the Pacific Commercial Advertiser, Saturday, December 11, 1875. The sermon is headed by a commendatory letter from nine parishioners to Rev. Damon, requesting a copy for publication. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.)*. HHS*.

Dana, James D. Corals I and I Coral Islands. I By I James D. Dana, LL.D., I Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in Yale College; Author of Reports, in connection I with the Wilkes U.S. Exploring Expedition, on Geology, Zoophytes, and Crustacea; I of a system of Mineralogy; Manual of Geology, etc. I [four-line quotation] I London: I Sampson Low, Marston, Low and Searle I Crown Buildings, 188, Fleet Street. I 1875. I [AH Rights Reserved.]

3073

594

1875

Hawaiian National Bibliography i2.mo. 1 8 . 7 x 1 2 . 3 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii-iv] preface to the English edition, dated N e w Haven, March 1 , 1 8 7 2 , [v] preface to the second edition, dated March 1 8 7 5 , N l blank, [vii] + viii-xii preface, dated N e w Haven, Feb. 1 2 , 1872., [xiii] + xiv-xvi contents, [xvii] + x v i i i - x x list of illustrations, [1] + 2 - 3 1 9 text, [ 3 2 0 ] blank, [ 3 2 1 ] + 3 2 2 - 3 3 6 appendixes, [337] + 3 3 8 - 3 3 9 list of works and memoirs referred to, [ 3 4 0 ] blank, [ 3 4 1 ] + 3 4 2 - 3 4 8 index pp. With color printed frontispiece of sea anemones, and numerous text illustrations. With 2 folding charts following the index.

For the first (1872) edition, see No. 2934. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Carter 4-B-22)*.

3074

Gibson, Randall L. Speech I of I Hon. Randall L. Gibson, [rule] I [text begins] I [Washington, D.C., 1875] 2 1 x 1 4 . 5 cm. Caption title. [ 1 - 2 ] blank [3] + 4 - 1 2 text pp.

The author was a congressional representative from Louisiana. His remarks are on the reciprocity treaty "between the United States and His Majesty the King of the Hawaiian Islands, signed on the 30th day of January, 1875." References: None found. Copies: H H S * .

3075

Gibson, Walter Murray Henry the Illustrious I of I Portugal. I Forerunner of Columbus I in the Discovery of America. I [rule] I Camoens I and the I Heroic Age of the Portuguese. I [rule] I By the author of the "Prison of Weltevreden." I [rule] I Honolulu, H.I. I Printed by J. H. Black, P. C. Advertiser Office. I 1 8 7 5 . 8vo. 23.5 x 1 5 cm (HHS). Cover title, [1] + 2 - 1 7 "Henry the Illustrious" text, [18] blank, [1] + 2 - 2 0 "Camoens" text, [ 2 1 - 2 2 ] blank pp. All text is in double-column form, issued in printed wrappers.

A prefatory note by Gibson on the inside title wrapper, dated July 1875, states: "This pamphlet, a portion of which was first published in Rev. Dr. Damon's 'Friend' is but a fragment of a work which I have in hand. I have published this preliminary portion at the request of a few literary friends in the islands, and also in order to get my literary hand well in, before I ventured upon the more serious work of a large book publication." No further portion of this text was published. References: Carter, p. 59. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, with presentation inscription from the author to Lt. Mason U.S.N., Honolulu, Aug. 23, 1 8 7 5 . H H S (2)*. H M C S * . The N U C records copies at the N e w York Public Library and the University of California, Berkeley.

3076

Green, William Lowthian Vestiges I of I the Molten Globe, I as exhibited in I the figure of the earth, volcanic action I and physiography. I By I William Lowthian Green, I Minister of Foreign Affairs to the King of the Sandwich Islands, [rule] I In three parts. I [rule] I London: I Edward Stanford, 55, Charing Cross. I [rule] I 1875. 8vo. 2 1 x 1 4 cm (AH [Kahn]). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + v [i.e., i v ] - v preface, [vi] blank, [vii]—viii contents, [ 1 ] + 2 - 5 9 text, [ 6 0 ] blank pp. With 4 part-colored plates of figures (num-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1875

595

bered 1 , 2, 4 - 5 , 6) and a double plate of globes (numbered 7 - 1 0 ) ; 3 text tables (pp. 19, 20, and 45); and 3 folding, part-colored plates of maps at end.

An enlargement of an article published in the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal in 1857. Although the title says "in three parts," only the first part was published, in 1875. Part two was published in 1887, and part three was probably combined with the second part, for no third part was ever published. All copies examined lack a "figure 3" plate. The Hawaiian Historical Society copy has a half slip of 14 errata inserted at the first text page. The book was published in blue cloth, with title in gilt on the upper cover. References: British Museum (Natural History Catalogue, Vol. 11, p. 730). Copies: A H (Kahn)*, presentation from the publisher. BPBM (Carter 1-C-24)*, presentation from the author to Rev. C. M. Hyde. BPBM (Carter 5-B-13). HHS*, fine copy. H M C S * . HSL (Tice Phillips). YU. The NUC records 9 copies.

Guillemard, Arthur G . Over land and Sea. I A Log of Travel I Round the world I in I 1 8 7 3 - 7 4 . I [woodcut vignette titled "Fijian chiefs and dwarf"] I London: Tinsley Brothers, 8, Catherine Street, Strand. I 1875. I (All rights of Translation and Reproduction are reserved.)

3077

8vo. 22 x 14 cm (HMCS). [i] pictorial title, [ii] blank, [iii] main title, [iv] blank, [v] dedication, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-xv contents, [xvi] blank, [1] + 2-355 text, [356] publisher's name and address pp. With woodcut frontispiece "Sentinel Rock, Yosemite Valley."

The author commenced his world tour from London, sailing for Melbourne, Australia. While in the southern hemisphere he also visited Tasmania, Sydney, and the Fiji Islands. Then, en route to California, he stopped at Honolulu. Guillemard arrived June 2, 1874, for a short layover at the Grand Hawaiian Hotel. He describes the town and its surroundings, the hotel, and the nearby theater. He hired a "four-in-hand" and drove up Nuuanu Valley to the Pali. He visited and described the Hawaiian parliament and Kawaiahao Church. He attempted to visit the palace but was turned away by a guard. Guillemard had arrived several months after the election in which Kalakaua was chosen king, and he comments on the riot that ensued following that event. While the author was at the hotel, King Kalakaua arrived in "a smart well-horsed stanhope." The author attended a "native dancing performance" in the evening. As is frequently the case with such books, this one includes a miscellany of economic and geographic facts and statistics about the Islands assembled from printed sources. References: Carter, p. 76. Not in Ferguson. Copies: BPBM*, in blue pebbled cloth with vignette of a ship in gilt on upper cover. HHS. H M C S * , in green decorated cloth, 16 pp. of advertisements at end dated February 1875. L C . M L . The N U C records 6 copies.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Collector General of Customs [rule] I Custom House Statistics I Hawaiian Islands. I For the Year 1874. I [rule] I [Honolulu, 1875] 8vo. 23.5 x 14 cm. Cover title, [1] + 2 - 3 letter from W. F. Allen dated February 8, 1875, 4 - 2 4 tables and statistics pp. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HHS*. H M C S

3078

596

1875

3079

Hawaii. Kingdom. Collector General of Customs

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

H o i k e o na W a i w a i 1 1 h o o k o m o i a mai I m a H o n o l u l u N o k a M a k a h i k i 1 8 7 4 . [Honolulu, 1 8 7 5 ] 8vo. 2.3 x 14 cm. [1] + z-2.4 text, [then second text:] Na Waiwai i Waihola ma ka Hale Dute, [25] + 2.6-62 text, [63-64] blank pp. The Hawaiian-language edition of N o . 3 0 7 8 . References: None found. Copies: BPBM*, Kaiulani's copy.

3080

Hawaii. Kingdom. Treaty of Reciprocity with the United States [Copy.] I T R E A T Y O F R E C I P R O C I T Y I Between the United States of A m e r i c a I

and the Hawaiian Kingdom. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Washington, D.C., 1875] 4to. Text on 4 unnumbered pages of a single-fold sheet, with printed docket at end of the last page, folding to 26.5 x 21 cm. The Treaty of Reciprocity is one of the crucial documents of Hawaiian history, and this is its official issue. The passage of this commercial treaty w a s considered the first great political success of King Kalakaua's reign. It resulted in the great expansion of the sugar industry, and brought with it increasing prosperity to the Hawaiian Islands. At the same time it clearly established the United States as the dominant foreign power in Hawaii. Article I concerns "the growth and manufacture or produce of the Hawaiian Islands . . . [to be entered] into all the ports of the United States free of duty." A schedule lists these products. The second article regards the "growth, manufacture, or produce of the United States," which were to be entered into Hawaiian ports free of duty. Also appended is a schedule listing these products. The fifth article states that the present convention was to take effect on its being signed by the king and w a s to remain in force for seven years. This treaty was signed in Washington, D . C . , January 3 0 , 1 8 7 5 , by Secretary of State Hamilton Fish for the United States, and by Elisha H. Allen and Henry A . P. Carter for the Hawaiian Islands. References: Carter, p. 176. Copies: BPBM (Carter 7-E-43)*. HHS*. H M C S * . 3081

Hawaii. Kingdom. Treaties [double rule] I Treaties and Conventions I concluded I Between the H a w a i i a n K i n g d o m I and other p o w e r s , I since 182,5. [double rule] I (Pacific C o m m e r c i a l Advertiser Print, H o n o l u l u , H . I. 1 8 7 5 . ) 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (BPBM). Cover title, 1 - 1 1 5 text, [ 1 1 6 ] blank, [ 1 1 7 ] index, [ 1 1 8 - 1 2 0 ] blank pp. This contains 23 treaties and conventions signed between the Hawaiian government and foreign powers, beginning with the United States Convention signed by Thomas A p Catesby Jones, December 2 3 , 1 8 2 6 , and concluding with the Postal Convention with the government of N e w South Wales signed at Honolulu, March 1 0 , 1 8 7 4 . This was issued in green printed wrappers. Both the Bishop Museum copies examined have blank leaves inserted between each of the printed documents. Another edition was published in 1 8 8 7 . References: Carter, p. 175.

[COPT.]

TREATY OF RECIPROCITY BETWEEN

THE

AND

UNITED

THE

STATES

HAWAIIAN

OF

AMERICA

KINGDOM.

The United State* of America and His Mqjesty the K i n g of the Hawaiian Island*, (finally animated by the desire to >irenfthea u d perpetrate the friendly relations which have heretofore uniformly existed between them, and to consolidate their commercial intercourse, have resolved to enter into a Convention for Commercial Reciprocity.

For this purpose, the President

of the United States has conferred full powers on Hamilton Fish, Secretary of State, nnd His Majesty the King of the Hawaiian Islands bat» conferred like powers on Honorable Elisha 11. Allen, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, Chancellor of the Kingdom, Member of the Privy Council of State, His Mjgesty's Envoy Extraordinary and

Minister Plenipotentiary to the

United S t a t « of America, and Honorable Henry A. P. Carter, Member of the

Privy Council of State,

His Majesty's Special Commissioner to the

United States of America. And tile said Plenipotentiaries, after having exchanged their full powers, whieh were found to be in due font), have agreed to the following articles: A n n (!LE 1. For and in consideration of the rights and privilege« granted

by His

Majesty the K i n g of the Hawaiian Islands in the next succeeding article of this Convention, and as an equivalent therefor, the United States of America hereby agree to admit all the articles named in the following schedule, the same b o n g the growth and manufacture or produce of the Hawaiian Islands, into all the ports of the United States free of duty. SCHEDULE.

Arrow-root, castor oil, bananas, nuts, vegetables, dried and

nndried,

preserved and unpreserved: hides and skins, undressed; rice: p u l u ; seeds,

T r e a t y o f R e c i p r o c i t y b e t w e e n t h e U n i t e d States of A m e r i c a a n d the H a w a i i a n K i n g d o m , W a s h i n g t o n D . C . , 1 8 7 5 [see N o . 3 0 8 0 ] , is the t r e a t y t h a t r e v o l u t i o n i z e d the sugar industry and brought e c o n o m i c prosperity to H a w a i i . C o u r t e s y H a w a i i State Archives.

598

1875

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

Copies: BPBM (DU620.M67)*. BPBM (Carter 3-A-29)*. HHS*. H M C S * , H. A. P. Carter's interleaved copy. UH.

3082

He Helunaau He I Helunaau, I he mea e maa'i ke kanaka, I i ka I helu i na mea a pau I ma ka I noonoo wale no. I Na olelo ao mua keia a Warren Colburn. I Boston: I Na O. Ellsworth i Pai. I 1875. i6mo. 194 pp.

Title: An intellectual arithmetic, teaching man to calculate everything by thinking only. These are the first lessons by Warren Colburn. The cover title is dated, but the text is not. It is therefore possible that a number of rebound copies of this arithmetic book in various collections are this issue. For notes on this and other editions, see under the 1868 edition, No. 2801. References: This edition not in Judd and Bell. Copies: ATL*.

3083

He vahi Katekimo He vahi I KATEKIMO. I E I hoopaa naauia'i. I [cross of typographic ornaments] I Honolulu, I Pai-palapala Katolika. I 1875. 32mo. 14.3 x 8.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 1 4 text, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp.

Title: A catechism. To be learned by heart. References: Butler, 96. Judd and Bell, 484. Streit and Dindinger, p. 158. Yzendoorn, 85. Copies: AI-NZ. ATL (2)*. GF. HHS*. H M C S (3). NLA. NLC.

3084

Hele Mai ia lesu Hele mai ia lesu. I Kakauia e I Newman Hall, D.D. I Unuhiia mailoko ae o ka olelo Beretania I no ka I Lahui Hawaii. I 1875. ' [rule] I American Tract Society. I 1 5 0 Nassau Street, New York. I [1875] i2mo. 15 x 1 0 cm (HHS). Cover title, [1] + 2-64 text pp. Title within rule border; at the lower left of the title appears: "Come to Jesus. Hawaiian."

Title: Come to Jesus. Written by Newman Hall, D.D. Translated from the English language for the people of Hawaii. References: Butler, 173. Judd and Bell, 478. Copies: BPBM. HarU (2)*. HHS*. H M C S (3)*. NLC.

3085

Hodder, Edwin All the World Over. I Edited by I Edwin Hodder, F.R.G.S., I author of I "Memoires of New Zealand Life," "On Holy Ground," Etc. I [rule] I Volume 1. I [rule] I London: I Thomas Cook & Son, Ludgate Circus; I Hodder & Stoughton, 27, Paternoster Row. I 1875. i2mo. 17.5 x 1 1 . 5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] 2 quotations, fiv] blank, [v] + vi-vii contents, viii list of illustrations, [1] + 2 - 4 8 0 text, 481-484 index pp. With 6 folding maps and 32 text illustrations.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1875

The author was a member of the staff of HMS Scout (Capt. Cator), which was in Hawaiian waters in 1874 to observe the Transit of Venus. The text includes an account of Hodder's visits to Kilauea volcano and to Kealakekua Bay, where he attended the November 14th unveiling of a monument to Captain James Cook. There is a second volume (which I have not seen). A New York edition was published in 1877. References: Not in Bagnall or Ferguson (though both list other titles by this author). Copies: H M C S * . The N U C records a copy in the Library of Congress.

T h e Islander The Islander. I A weekly Journal I devoted to I Hawaiian Interests, Scientific Researches, Literature, I home and foreign affairs. I [rule] I Volume 1: I from March 5, to October 29, 1875. I [rule] I Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, I Thos. G. Thrum, Business Agent. [1875] 4to. 28.5 x 2 1 cm. [i] volume title, [ii] blank, [iii-iv] contents, [1] + 2 - 2 4 4 text pp.

A periodical "devoted to home and foreign affairs, news and general criticism." It was published weekly from March 5 to October 28, 1875, and its editors were Sanford B. Dole and Thomas R. Walker. Issues were generally four pages, with advertisements on the last page. There are several series of articles of great importance. The "Mele composed in honor of Kualii," translated by Curtis Lyons with the assistance of Samuel Kamakau, began in No. 29 (Sept. 1 7 , pp. 193-195), and continued for six issues (ending in No. 35, Oct. 29, p. 241). This mele is comprised of 563 lines of Hawaiian and English texts printed in parallel columns. It was later revised by Lyons and published again in 1892 in the Journal of the Polynesian Society. An article by Lorrin Andrews, "Remarks on Hawaiian Poetry" (in No. 8, April 23, p. 31), is followed by his translation of the long poem, "Haui ka Lani—by Keaulumoku." The text is continued in ten issues, concluding in No. 18, July 2. A note preceding the text states, "The first canto was uttered by Keaulumoku eight years before the defeat of Keoua, which with its circumstances, it foretells in the graphic lines of the poem." Sixteen articles titled "Land Matters in Hawaii," by Curtis Lyons, commence in No. 18 (July 2, p. 1 0 3 ) and continue through No. 35 (Oct. 29). This forms a comprehensive and indispensable text on the subject, written by a man who had been a longtime surveyor with extensive field and office experience. Other articles concern local politics and laws, sports events, remarks on visiting ships, sugar, and the hula. An article on Hawaiian cryptograms by Edward Bailey is found in three issues (Nos. 1 0 - 1 2 ) . Almost all the known copies of this periodical are those bound by Thrum, which include separately printed title leaves and contents. References: Carter, p. 94. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*. HarU. H M C S * . HHS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. N L C . N Y P. UH. The Union List of Serials records 9 copies.

K a Buke Himeni Ka Buke Himeni Hawaii I i I hooponoponoia. I E I Rev. L. Laiana I ma I ke kauohaia a me ka hoaponoia, I e I ka Papa o ka Aha Euanelio Hawaii. I Paiia e I ko Amerika Ahahui Teraka, I 1 5 0 Nassau-Street, New York. I 1875.

600

1875

Hawaiian National Bibliography i6mo. 14.5 x 1 0 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 6 Olelo Hoakaka (Preface) signed Na. L. Laiana (Lorenzo Lyons), Waimea, Hawaii, Iulai 26, 1 8 7 0 , [7] + 8 - 6 8 0 hymns, [681] + 6 8 2 - 7 1 6 Ka Papa Kuhikuhi (Index) pp.

Title: The Hawaiian hymn book, arranged by Rev. L. Lyons by the order and with the approval of the Board of the Hawaiian Evangelical Association. Printed by the American Tract Society. One of the most popular of the Hawaiian hymn books, first printed in 1872 (see No. 2959). It was printed from stereotype plates and appears to be unaltered from the first edition. There are later editions dated 1880, 1885, 1888, and 1897. All editions have the 1870 preface. References: Butler, 2 3 1 . Judd and Bell, 477. Copies: A A S * , in blue cloth with "Lihue Church" on upper cover. N L C . PC. YU.

3088

Kalakaua. Proclamation W E , K A L A K A U A , by the Grace of God, and I by the election of the Legislature of the I Hawaiian Islands, King: being desirous of I commemorating Our election to the Throne I and of manifesting Our appreciation of ser- I vices rendered, and to be rendered to Our I country, to Ourselves and to Our Successors, I and having for this purpose resolved to es- I tablish an Order of Merit, do by virtue of I the authority in Us vested by the 85th Arti- I cle of Our Constitution, Decree as follows: [text continues] I Given under Our hand, at Our Palace, in I Honolulu, this Twenty-eighth day of Septem- I ber, A.D. 1875, and the Second Year of Our I Reign, [signed] K A L A K A U A R . [Honolulu, 1875] Broadside. 61 x 16.7 cm.

Kalakaua announces the Order of Kamehameha, "established for the recompense of distinguished merit, and services rendered to the State, or to Ourselves or Our Successors." Fourteen numbered articles state that the Order is to consist of four grades: Companions, Commanders, Grand Officers, and Grand Cross with Cordon. Other regulations regarding the awards, the meetings of the "Grand Council," and the insignia of the various degrees of the Order are specified, and the appropriate exhibition is detailed. Below the king's signature, separated by a rule, are two notes of seven lines of text, explaining the terms "Puloulou" and "Kahili" used in the text. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Monarchy collection, Kalakaua, Box 2)*.

3089

Laird, Egerton K . The I Rambles of a Globe Trotter I in I Australasia, Japan, China, Java, I India, I and Cashmere. I By E. K. Laird. I In two volumes, I With map and forty illustrations. I Vol. 1. I [quotation] I London: I Chapman & Hall, 193 Piccadilly. I 1875. 2 vols. 8vo. 2 1 . 5 x 1 3 . 5 cm? Vol. 1: x, 325 pp. Vol. 11: x, 360 pp. With a folding map and 40 photographic illustrations mounted on 36 leaves.

The record of a two-year world tour. The author traveled from England to Melbourne in 1873, took a six-week tour of the bush, and visited Sydney, Tasmania, New Zealand, Hawaii, and San Francisco. He then returned to England via Japan, China, India, and the Suez Canal. The text is written in a lively manner exhibiting all the prejudices of an English traveler of the period.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1875

601

The two plates of Hawaiian interest show two Hawaiian carved images. The exact date of the author's stop in Hawaii has not been determined. I have not examined a copy of this work. References: Bagnall, 305Z. Ferguson, 112.85. Copies: BPL. HarU. L C . The N U C records 5 copies.

Lang, John Dunmore Brief Notes I of the I New Postal Route I From Sydney to England, I by San Francisco and New York; I As also of the Return Route I By the P. & O. Company's Line I from London by Venice and Suez. I By I John Dunmore Lang, D.D., A.M., I . . . I Sydney: I William Maddock, Bookseller, 383 George Street. I [rule] I 1875.

3090

8vo. 2 1 x 1 3 . 5 cm (AH [Kahn]). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] advertisement, [iv] blank, [v] + vi-xii preface, [13] + 1 4 - 6 5 text, [66] blank pp. N o wrappers, stitched as issued.

Lang departed Sydney on the Cyphrenes, April 1 1 , 1874. At Fiji he transferred to the Mikado and arrived at Honolulu on Sunday, May 10th. He was met by Rev. Samuel C. Damon and was taken to services at Kawaiahao Church, where he found Sunday school in session and which he describes with interest. He was later taken to Mr. Damon's church (the Bethel), where he preached in the forenoon. In the afternoon he attended a service at Kawaiahao Church, and gave an impromptu address. His remarks on that occasion are included here. In the evening he preached in the Fort Street Church. The next morning (Monday) he observed a session of the legislature, which he describes at length. He includes notes on the late King Lunalilo, the present monarch King Kalakaua, and the Anglican Church. While in port, two of the crew of his ship attempted to scale the wall of Queen Emma's residence while drunk, but they were apprehended and, the author remarks, some of them "returned on board with damaged faces and black eyes—the unmistakable proofs of Hawaiian prowess and patriotism." After a short visit to Queen Emma, Lang and his party departed Honolulu for San Francisco on May n t h . References: Ferguson, 1 1 3 8 2 . Copies: A H (Kahn)*, fine copy. D L . M L . N L A . The N U C records copies at the New York Public Library and Columbia University.

Macgregor, W. Laird A I Brief Description of Honolulu, I Hawaiian Islands. I By I W. Laird Macgregor. [London,1875] 8vo. 20.5 x 1 3 . 5 cm (BPBM). Cover title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 text pp.

The author says he left England the previous year for health reasons, seeking a "better climate than I had been able to find during an experience of twelve years on the shores of the Mediterranean." His health improved in Nubia, and he continued around the world. He was in Sydney in June and arrived at Honolulu at the end of July. A tiresome portion of the text is concerned with the climate of Honolulu, observed during a stay of three months. Macgregor has general remarks about the town. He found the hotel "excellent," and the manager "obliging," but was less than enthusiastic about the food. He mentions the

3091

602

1875

Hawaiian National Bibliography arrival of various naval ships, including the Challenger, and reports that an exhibition of curiosities collected during its voyage was held in Honolulu. He discusses the Anglican Church and its work, but he was annoyed that at services the Hawaiian royal family was prayed for ahead of "Her Most Gracious Majesty Queen Victoria." Further observations concern the reciprocity treaty and labor. The author says it is useless to "look to the native race as labourers, as they will not work," and "What the islands require is cheap labor." References: None found. Not in Ferguson. Copies: BPBM (DU620.M67)*.

3092

Maigret, Louis, Bishop of Arathea P A L A P A L A I a I Lui Epikopo Aratia, a vikario Apotolo o ko I Hawaii Pae-Aina, I i na kahuna, a me na hoahanau katolika o keia I mau mokupuni. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu Catholic Mission Press, 1 8 7 5 ] 8vo. 19 x 13.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + z - 8 text pp.

Title: A letter from Louis [Maigret] Bishop of Arathea, vicar apostolic to the Hawaiian Islands, to the priests, and the Catholic friends of these islands. In this letter dated September 24, 1875, Bishop Maigret informs his congregation of a papal letter from Pius IX (see No. 3099). References: Judd and Bell, 481. Not in Yzendoorn. Copies: H M C S 4 .

3093

Meinicke, Carl Eduard Die I Inseln des Stillen Oceans, I eine I Geographische Monographic I von I Prof. Dr. Carl E. Meinicke. I Erster Thiel. I Melanesien und Neuseeland. I [publisher's initials] I Leipzig I Verlag von Paul Frohberg. I 1 8 7 5 [ - 1 8 7 6 ] z vols. 8vo. z i x 14.5 cm (BPBM). Vol. 1 (1875): [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] two-line note, [v]-vi Vorrede, [vii]—viii Inhalts-verzeichniss, [1] + Z-35Z text, [353] + 354-38Z notes, [i-ii] advertisements pp. Vol. 11 (1876): [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] two-line note, [v]-vi Inhalts-Verzeichniss, [1] + 2 - 4 1 7 text, [418] + 4 1 9 - 4 4 3 notes, [444] + 445-487 Namenverzeichniss, [488] colophon pp.

A geographical text, with comments on the various peoples of the island groups described. The first volume includes remarks on New Guinea, New Britain, the Solomons, the New Hebrides, and New Caledonia. There is also a section on New Zealand and the Maori. The second volume includes remarks on Fiji, Tonga, Samoa, Tahiti, the Austral Islands, the Paumotus, Pitcairn, and the Marquesas. A section on the Hawaiian Islands (pp. 2,71-315) is followed by remarks on the Gilbert and Marshall Islands, the Carolines, and the Marianas Islands. Bagnall (3489a) records a second (1888) edition. References: Bagnall, 3489. Copies: BPBM (Carter 5-B-18-19)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1875

Mitchell, J o h n Hippie The Hawaiian Reciprocity Treaty I [rule] I Speech I of I Hon. John H. Mitchell, I of Oregon, I in the I Senate of the United States, I [In executive session, the injunction of secrecy having been I removed as to this speech by a vote of the I Senate, March 23, 1875.] I Wednesday March 1 7 , 1875. ' [rule] I Washington: I Government Printing Office. I 1 8 7 5 .

603 3094

8vo. 2 1 . z x 1 4 . 5 cm, trimmed (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 2 1 text, [ 2 2 - 2 4 ] blank pp.

Mitchell begins his remarks with the statement: "One of the principal objections urged against the ratification of the pending treaty by the honorable Senator from Vermont [Mr. Morrill] who has just addressed the Senate is, that in his opinion it is, to use his own language, 'a put-up job, in the interest of the sugar-planters of the Sandwich Islands, and at the expense of the Government of the United States'." Mitchell alludes to an 1864 resolution on the subject of reciprocity with the Hawaiian Islands introduced into the Oregon State Senate while he was a member of that body. He then reports on the commercial aspects and any possible constitutional objections regarding reciprocity as presented in the United States Senate. He concludes his remarks: "Is it not the part of w i s d o m , . . . to adopt and pursue such a policy towards those governments with which we are most nearly allied in political and commercial interest, that will tend to interweave their interests with ours in such a manner as to render them inseparable by the strong arm or the cunning device of unfriendly power—a policy not dictated by a desire of conquest . . . but . . . one dictated by that enlightened spirit of the nineteenth century, which burning in the hearts and dwelling in the minds of the American people, impels them onward." References: None found. Copies: H H S * . UH. The N U C records a copy in the Library of Congress.

Morrill, Justin Smith Hawaiian Reciprocity Treaty. Speech of Hon. Justin S. Morrill, of Vermont, in the United States Senate, executive session, March 18, 1875. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1875.

3095

8vo. 1 4 text pp.

Not seen. References: None found. Copies: L C . The N U C records 2 copies, one at the Library of Congress.

N a Kanawai o ka Oihana [royal arms] I N a Kanawai I o ka I Oihana Hoohanohano I o I Kamehameha I. I I hookumuia e I Kamehameha V, 1865. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Black & Auld, Printers. I 1875. 8vo. r7.5 x r 2 cm ( H M C S ) . [r] title, [2] royal arms, [3] + 4 - 1 6 text pp. Text pages interleaved with blank sheets.

Title: Statutes of the Royal Order of Kamehameha I. Instituted by Kamehameha V, r865The Hawaiian-language edition. For the English-language edition, published in r874, see No. 3040. References: Judd and Bell, 4 8 0 . Copies: H M C S (3)*. PS.

3096

604

1875

Hawaiian National Bibliography

3097

N o r d h o f f , Charles Northern California, I Oregon, I and the I Sandwich Islands. I By Charles Nordhoff, I author of I "California: for Health, Pleasure, and Residence." & c . , & c . I [publisher's device] I New York: I Harper & Brothers, Publishers, I Franklin Square. I 1875. 8vo. 2.2.5 x cm. [ 1 - 2 ] blank, [3] title, [4] copyright notice, [5] dedication, [6] blank, [7] preface, [8] blank, [9] portrait of King Kalakaua, [10] blank, [ n ] - i 2 Contents, [13] + 1 4 - 1 5 Illustrations, [16] blank, [ 1 7 ] + 1 8 - 2 2 6 text, [227] + 2 2 8 - 2 5 2 Appendix, [253] + 2 5 4 - 2 5 6 Notes pp.

The second New York edition. The text is unaltered from the 1874 edition (see No. 3060). The National Union Catalogue also records a New York 1877 edition. References: None found. Copies: BPBM (Carter 2-C-2). The N U C records 4 copies.

3098

Peebles, James Martin Around the World: I or, I Travels in Polynesia, China, India, Arabia, I Egypt, Syria, I and other I "Heathen" Countries. I By I J . M . Peebles, I Author of "Seers of the Ages," "Jesus. - Myth, Man or God," "Spiritualism I Defined and Defended," & c . & c . I [two-line quotation from Tennyson] I Second Edition. I Boston: I Colby and Rich, Publishers, I 9 Montgomery Place. I 1 8 7 5 . 8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [iii-iv] preface, [1] + 2 - 4 0 5 text, [406] blank, [407] + 4 0 8 - 4 1 4 contents, [ 4 1 5 - 4 1 6 ] blank pp.

The author traveled from Hammonton to California via Salt Lake City, and from California to New Zealand and Australia. En route he made a short stop at the Islands. The text is decidedly odd: the author's ideas of "spiritualism" are found throughout the section on Hawaii and the following chapter on the Polynesian races. George R. Carter has added a pencil annotation to his (now HMCS) copy: "Jan zz, 1906. Read a day after receipt. No value & too spiritualistic." Both Bagnall and Ferguson record a "third edition" (1876), and a "fourth edition" (1880). References: Bagnall, 4510. Carter, p. 140. Ferguson, 13990. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, the third (Boston, 1876) edition. BPBM*, in green cloth, ornamental title in gilt on upper cover. BPBM (Carter 2-F-18)*. BPL. HarU. H M C S * , in brown cloth, with author's presentation dated May 28, 1875, on front blank. LC. The N U C records 7 copies.

3099

Pius I X , Pope PIO I X . K U M U K A U O H A . I [text begins:] E na Hoahanau Hanohano a me na Keiki Hivahiva, no oukou I ke aloha a me ka hoomaikai apotolo. I . . . I [Honolulu, Catholic Mission Press, 1875] 8vo. 19 x 13.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 8 text pp.

Title: Pius IX. Fundamental laws. A papal letter. Above the title, separated by an ornamental rule, appears: "Palapala Hoolaha a Pio IX Kumukauoha ma ke garatia o ke Akua i na Paterika, I Perimata, Akiepikopo, Epikopo a ma na Lunakiai e ae e noho ana I oluolu a me ka kuikahi me ka Noho-Homolele [sic], I a me na Kiritiano a pau." (Proclamation of Pius IX, fundamental laws through the grace of God for the Patriarchs, Primates, Archbishops, Bishops and other representatives that are living in kindness and peace and in holiness, and all Christians.)

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1875

References: Judd and Bell, 482. Yzendoorn, 83. Copies: H M C S * .

Pius I X , Pope PIUS PP. I X . I Venerabiles Fratres et Dilecti Filii I Salutem et Apostolicam Benedictionem. [text begins:] Gravibus Ecclesiae et hujus saeculi calamitatibus ac divini praesidii I . . . I [Colophon p. 20:] Honolulu, Typis Missionis Catholicae, 1875. 8vo. 19 x 1 3 . 5 cm ( H M C S ) . Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 8 letter, 1 9 - 2 0 "Indultum Pro Jubilaeo" pp.

A papal letter. References: None found. Copies: H M C S * .

Rough Notes of Journeys Rough Notes I of I Journeys Made in the Years I 1868, '69, ' 7 0 , ' 7 1 , ' 7 2 & '73 I in Syria, Down the Tigris, I India, Kashmir, Ceylon, Japan, Mongolia, I Siberia, the United States, I The Sandwich Islands, and Australasia. I [circular publisher's device] I London: I Trubner & Co., Ludgate Hill. I 1875. I [All rights reserved.] 8vo. 22.5 x 1 4 . 5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] printer's name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + v i - x v contents, [xvi] blank, [1] + 2 - 6 0 5 text, [606] blank pp.

Following a lengthy tour of California, the author departed San Francisco for Honolulu on the Ajax, August 1 1 , 1870, and arrived on the zist of the month. His stay in Honolulu included the obligatory visit to Nuuanu to see the famous Pali. Several days later he took the Kate Lee to Hilo and recorded his impressions of the shipboard activities of the native Hawaiian passengers. In Hilo he was entertained by Captain Tom Spencer. The author describes Spencer's plantation and discusses other agricultural activities. He continued on to the volcano of Kilauea, and stayed at the Volcano House, which he describes as "a great blessing." With a guide, he descended into the Kilauea crater and examined the volcanic action, and collected samples of lava. On the 5 th of September, the author set out with a native guide for the summit of Mauna Loa. For part of the way he was accompanied by Charles Richardson, proprietor of the Kapapala ranch. After viewing the crater on Mauna Loa, the party descended to Kapapala ranch in Kau, and continued on to Waiohinu, then to Kealakekua Bay. There he inspected the various monuments erected to the memory of Captain Cook. After his return to Honolulu, he had an interesting "interview" with Dr. G. P. Judd regarding the latter's trip to Mauna Loa with Captain Wilkes in 1840. The author includes general observations on native life in Honolulu, utilizing statistics from a variety of sources. He quotes from an 1862 report of the Minister of the Interior regarding the decrease in population; he says the natives are "thoroughly demoralized," and that the situation was sad in 1862 but is worse now. He concludes that the natives "may have been taught religion, but are not moral." The author says he departed Honolulu September 2 8 , 1 8 7 0 , on the City of Melbourne, bound for Auckland, New Zealand. The author is not identified anywhere in the text. However, lists of passenger arrivals and departures published in the Friend reveal him as H. Bland. The dates of his visit as given in the text are at variance with the ships' passenger record-cards in the Hawaii State Archives. These show his arrival on the Ajax, August 22, 1870, and his departure for Auckland, September 22. He is recorded on the cards as being age 65 and a native of England.

606

1875

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Bagnall, 4933, Carter, p. 2 0 (under "Bland"). Ferguson, 1 5 1 1 8 . Copies: A T L . B P B M * . BPL. H H S * . H M C S . L C . N L A . The N U C records 3 copies.

3102

R o y a l Hawaiian Theatre Royal Hawaiian Theatre!! I [double rule] I Business Manager - D. Mundy I Stage Manager - R Hartwell I . . . I [double rule] I Saturday Evening April 24, 1875 ! I [rule] I Grand I Introductory Performance I By the Pensacola Amateur I M I N S T R E L T R O U P E ! I [rule] I Overture Orchestra, I [rule] I [list of selections, parts first and second] I [double rule] I Part Third. I The Mulligan Guards ! I . . . I Mr. Joseph Murphy's Great Sketch, entitled I C H I N E S E I N T E L L I G E N C E O F F I C E ! I . . . I The whole to conclude with I A Plantation Scene ! I In which all the leading characters will be presented. I . . . I [double rule] I . . . I His Majesty the King and Suite ! I Are Expected to be present on this occasion. I [rule] I N.B. The P E N S A C O L A F U L L BASS B A N D will be in attendance, and I discourse some of its choice selections. I [rule] I Hawaiian Gazette Print. [1875] Broadside. 53 lines of text. 4 1 x 1 7 . 5 cm. References: None found. Copies: A H (broadside in M-485)*.

3103

Thrum, Thomas G. Hawaiian Almanac I and I Annual I For I 1 8 7 5 . I [rule] I A Handbook I of valuable and I Statistical Information I relating to the I Hawaiian Islands. I Carefully compiled by I Thos. G. Thrum, I Stationer and News Dealer, I Merchant Street, Honolulu. I [rule] I Black & Auld, Printers, I Pacific Commercial Advertiser Printing House, I Honolulu. I Price Fifty Cents. [1875] 8vo. 22.5 x 1 4 . 5 cm (AH [Kahn]). Cover title, [i-ii] advertisements, [1] title, [2] calendar, [3] advertisement by Thrum, dated January 1 8 7 5 , 4~44 + [45] text, [ 4 6 - 4 8 ] business directory pp. The inside front and both sides of the back cover contain advertising matter.

The first number of an annual publication issued from 1875 to 1940; it is an indispensable part of any Hawaiiana library. The first number contains tables of statistics, the results of the 1872 census, post office locations, and conversion tables for foreign currency "in the money terms of the United States, adapted at the current rates in Honolulu." Thrum also included short articles on a variety of topics such as a "List of Hawaiian Ferns" compiled by Charles Derby; the "Decadence of Hawaiian Forests," by F. L. C[larkeJ; and "The Transit of Venus," by C . J . L[yons]. Thrum added several of his own articles, including one "On the History of the Sugar Industry" (pp. 34-42). In the 1876 issue Thrum acknowledged the "flattering reception at the hands of the public" and promised to continue to "present such material pertaining to the Islands— relating to their past, present and future—as will be of value to the Counting-room, our homes, and to visitors here and readers abroad." This he proceeded to do, with the result that Thrum's Annual, by which it was and is commonly known, is an invaluable tool for the historian, or the researcher of almost every imaginable subject. The 1899 issue contains a chronological table of historical events and an article on annexation, followed by a full-length paper, "Honolulu in 1853." This illustrated article describes various scenes and border vignettes found in the set of lithographs produced by Swiss artist Paul Emmert in 1853-1854, depicting a Honolulu intimately known to Thrum, who had arrived there as a young boy from Australia in 1853. As the twentieth century progressed, interest in the Honolulu of the nineteenth cen-

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1875

tury increased, and the annual reflects this. Every issue contains historical articles by Thrum, with additions and reminiscences from other knowledgeable residents. Subjects include business histories, articles on the sugar and pineapple industries, ranching, shipping, botany, civic improvements, and architecture. Each issue invariably contains a summary of the year's events and a necrology of prominent residents. Thrum became increasingly interested in Hawaiian legends and folklore. He reprinted a number of legends and includes articles on hula and petroglyphs or rock carvings. Several particularly interesting articles describe ancient Hawaiian heiau (temples) found throughout the Islands. The annual continued to be issued under Thrum's supervision until his death in Honolulu, May 2 1 , 1932.. For several years following, issues appeared with Thrum's previously unpublished articles interspersed with the work of others. The last issue appeared in 1940. References: Carter, p. 79. Copies: AH. BPBM*. HHS. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). UH.

HAWAIIAN ALMANAC AN D ^fik JWT j f l f X3t - A » 3 C * FOR >

1

18 7 5 .

A

m

m

H A N D

B O O K

OK VAM'ABI.R AXIJ

%?

/STATISTICAL INFORMATION ìY

I

RKLATtSO TO THE H A W A l l A2ST I S L A N

m DS.

»A ' RRPl.U ' .Y roMPILKD HV T H O S . STATIONER

O .T H R U M , ANI)

4

NEWS DEALER, i ?

M KRciiA NTotuket,HONOU LI;, n

V /

BLACK 4 ATI.D, PBrStTRBS, PAOIt»' tt>H«EK^AI, A1 i^'l.tlTIfit-H I'RivriNu HUT»», WmWwSrWì PRICE FIFTY CENTS.

Thomas G. Thrum's Hawaiian Almanac and Annual, Honolulu, 1 8 7 5 [see No. 3 1 0 3 ] , is the first edition of this long-lived annual publication. Courtesy Hawaii State Archives.

607

608

1875

Hawaiian National Bibliography

3104

United States. 4 3 r d Congress. 2nd Session. Executive Confidential. I Message I from the I President of the United States, I transmitting I A Treaty between the United States and His Hawaiian Majesty on the sub- I ject of commercial reciprocity, concluded on the 30th day of January, I 1875. [rule] I [text begins] I Washington, D.C., February, 1 8 7 5 . 8vo. 23 x 1 5 cm. Caption title, [ 1 ] + 2 - 1 6 text pp.

President Ulysses S. Grant transmits "to the Senate for consideration, with a view to ratification, a treaty concluded on the 30th ultimo, between the Government and His Hawaiian Majesty, on the subject of commercial reciprocity." The letter of transmittal is dated February 1 , 1875. The text of the treaty is followed by other letters and tables, which include imports from Hawaii from June 30, 1 8 7 1 , to 1874, and domestic exports from the United States to Hawaii during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1874. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. U H (Government Documents).

3105

Varigny, Charles Victor Crosnier de Quattordici Anni I alle I Isole Sandwich I (Isole Havai) I di I C. De Varigny I Già ministro del re Kamehameha V. I [rule] I Con 37 incisioni e 2 carte geografiche. I [rule] I [publisher's device] I Milano I Fratelli Treves, Editori. I [rule] I 1875. 8vo. 22.5 x 1 5 . 5 cm ( M L ) . [I] half title, [II] blank, [III] title, [IV] copyright notice and printer's name and address, [ 1 - 2 ] introductory statement, [3] + 4 - 7 Prefazione dell' autore, [8] blank, [9] + 1 0 - 1 5 4 text, [ i 5 5 ] - i 5 6 index and list of illustrations [+ 4 advertising] pp. Folding map of the Hawaiian Islands at first text page, map of Hawaii island p. 1 4 5 , and 37 woodcut illustrations including 1 1 double page.

The Italian edition of Charles de Varigny's Quatorze Ans aux lies Sandwich (Paris, 1874; see No. 3069), notable for its many attractive woodcut plates, which do not appear in the first (Paris) edition but were included in Varigny's articles published in Le Tour du Monde (see No. 3 0 1 0 ) . Many of the illustrations are after photographs and include an important series of scenes in the Kau district on the island of Hawaii that depict the damage caused by the 1868 earthquake, tidal wave, and volcanic action. The folding views of Honolulu harbor and Diamond Head are after the lithographs of George H. Burgess published in San Francisco in 1857; the folding plate "Una cavalcata di Havaiane" is imaginary; the folding plate "Havaiani nel 1 8 7 0 " is a composite illustration of Hawaiian kings, queens, and alii on a staircase adapted from photographs taken by H. P. Chase. The full-page views of Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa, and "Il vulcano del isola di Havai" (that is, Kilauea volcano) are adapted from woodcuts in W. T. Brigham's monograph on volcanoes (see No. 2776). The full-page view "Distribuzione dei viveri a Keohu" depicts a Hawaiian alii giving aid to victims of the 1868 earthquake and tidal wave. The folding illustration "Il capitano Brown," which shows Captain Brown, the owner of Kahuku ranch, beside his daughter's lava-covered grave in Kau, is from a photograph taken in 1868. This edition formed Volume 27 of the series "Biblioterca di Viaggi" and was also issued separately in grey pictorial wrappers. References: None found. Copies: B P B M (Carter 2-D-18). H M C S * . M L * .

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1875

Whitney, Henry M . The I Hawaiian Guide Book, I for I Travellers: I Containing I a brief description of the Hawaiian Islands, I their harbors, agricultural resources, I plantations, scenery, volcanoes, I climate, population, I and commerce. I By Henry M . Whitney, I Editor of the Hawaiian Gazette. I [rule] I First Edition. I [rule] I Honolulu, H.I. I Published by Henry M . Whitney. I 1875. n m o . 18 x 1 1 . 5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] preface dated Honolulu, April 1 8 7 5 , [3] + 4 - 1 3 9 text, 1 4 0 - 1 4 4 index pp. Inserted before the title is a 1 2 - p a g e advertising folder for the Pacific Mail Steamship Company with a timetable and other non-Hawaiian advertisements; then 1 6 leaves of advertisements on yellow or green paper are inserted in groups of 4 at pp. 36, 60, 96, n o . The inside front wrapper has a woodcut view of the Hawaiian Hotel; the back inside wrapper has a woodcut titled "Hawaiian dancing girl." A floor plan of the Hawaiian Hotel is on p. 8, and a folding map of the Islands is at p. 36. The cover title includes "First edition 5 , 0 0 0 copies" and has added to the imprint after Whitney's name: "White 8c Bauer, Washington St. San Francisco I Gordon 8c Gotch, George St., Sydney." The book was published in yellow printed wrappers.

The first Hawaiian publication specifically designed as a guidebook for tourists. Whitney commences with the description of a typical ship's arrival at Honolulu. He then extols the virtues of the new Hawaiian Hotel, which is illustrated with a woodcut on the inside front cover, and by a floorplan. The guide describes the town and its principal buildings, provides a court calendar, lists churches and hours of worship, and advises "what to see and where to go." Following this are instructions for visiting the neighbor islands and island-by-island descriptions. Maui is on pages 34-57, Kahoolawe and Lanai are mentioned on pages 57-58, Molokai is on pages 59-60. The island of Hawaii text is on pages 6 1 - 9 8 , and the island of Kauai is on pages 9 9 - 1 1 0 . Miscellaneous information of use to immigrants and travelers fills the remainder of the text. The descriptive accounts of natural wonders, such as Haleakala on Maui, and Kilauea and the Waipio falls on Hawaii, are excerpted from Isabella Bird's recently published work, The Hawaiian Archipelago (see No. 3070). Although Whitney's preface is dated April 1875, the book did not appear until September. An advertisement that first appeared in the Pacific Commercial Advertiser (Sept. 18, 1875) states: "This really valuable Hand-book, containing 144 pages, should be in the possession of every-one intending to visit this Group, or seeking information about the Islands. It gives just the information wanted by tourists and immigrants, with cost of Travelling, Living, Lands, & c . " It was priced at 60 cents, or "Mailed to any part of the United States or Europe, for 75 cts. full postage prepaid." A review in the Islander, October 8, 1875 (pp. 2 1 4 - 2 1 5 ) , states: "Our contemporaries have given this new publication by the editor of the Gazette high praise, which it certainly deserves. . . . From a hasty perusal which we have made of its contents, we find the book to be interesting, and as a guide-book we should judge it to be generally reliable. Of the general information which it gives, less praise can be awarded, there being a somewhat systematic effort continually perceptible, to describe the islands and all that pertains to them, in couleur de rose...." The reviewer then discusses errors found in the text, such as calling pandanus trees "screw palms" instead of "screw pines," and including owls in a "list of game and insectivorous birds." The reviewer points out that the map is out of date, but suggests that "a future edition doubtless will correct the errors and add to the attractive features." The Friend (Oct. 1875, p. 83) calls it a "multum in parvo" and comments: "We only wonder something of the kind has not previously been issued, and only shows that we move rather slowly at the Sandwich Islands." The reviewer for the Pacific Commercial Advertiser (Sept. 1 8 , 1 8 7 5 ) predicted that it "will prove a valuable companion to visitors

610

1875

Hawaiian National Bibliography to the islands—indeed it contains much that is interesting and useful for reference to residents." The variations of type and actual text of the inserted advertisements show that there was more than one issue of this book. Easily identified variations include the following: at page 36, the first issue advertisement for Wilder & Co. Steamer "Kilauea" includes a cut of a steamer with a paddlewheel going to the right; in the later issue a three-masted ship, "Kilauea," is depicted sailing to the left. In the leaves inserted following page 60, the last advertisement in the first issue is for "Green, Macfarlane & Co."; in the second issue the same space is occupied by "F. T. Lenehan & Co. Queen Street." Following page 1 1 0 , in the first issue there is an advertisement for "Thomas G. Thrum, importing and manufacturing stationer"; in the later issue the name has been altered to "Thrum & Oat." Thomas G. Thrum and J. M. Oat applied for a license to do business on November 5, 1875, which provides a base-date for the issue of this advertisement. References: Carter, p. 185. Copies: A H (Kahn)*, very fine copy with most advertisements in the second state, with the Thrum advertisement in the first state. B P B M (3)*, two with the advertisements in the second state; a third copy has all advertisements removed. H H S * , the first state of most advertisements, with the Thrum advertisement in the second state. H M C S * , has most advertisements in the second state, with the Thrum advertisement in the first state. H S L (Tice Phillips). L C * , state not determined. M L (2)*, one with the first state of the advertisements, and a second copy lacking all advertisements. UH.

1 8 7 6 3107

Amicus Hawaii (pseud.) Circular I [rule] I San Francisco, Sept. 29, 1876. I To the Merchants and Planters I of the Hawaiian Islands: [text begins] I [San Francisco? 1876]. Circular. Text printed on the first 2 of 4 (unnumbered) pages, folding to 26.5 x 2 0 . 5 cm.

It was confidently hoped by the friends of the Hawaiian Reciprocity Treaty, that the passage of the Treaty Law on the last day of the session of Congress, would terminate the excitement respecting it, and stop discussion by the public press. Particularly was it desired by the friends of the treaty on the Pacific Coast, that all parties here should be satisfied, who had favored the measure and labored for its success. The author (whose identity I have not determined) discusses the position of sugar refineries and says planters' fears that refiners would "pursue a policy to their injury, are groundless." Concerns of San Francisco merchants regarding duties are also addressed. References: None found. Copies: H H S * .

3108

Banks, Nathaniel Prentice Hawaiian Treaty. I [rule] I Speech I of I Hon. N. P. Banks, I of Massachusetts, I in the I House of Representatives, I April 1 0 , 1876. I [rule] I Washington. I 1876. 8vo. 2 1 x 1 4 . 5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4 - 3 9 text, [40] blank pp.

A speech on the American policy of "manifest destiny" and on the pending Treaty of Reciprocity with the Hawaiian Islands. Banks, a Representative from Massachusetts, begins with comments on treaties made with other Pacific powers, specifically China and Japan, then states: "And now after China and Japan comes Hawaii, disturbed by the ambitious

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1876

schemes of foreign nations and the native races of the Pacific, her influence undermined and her existence threatened, to ask of the American people their aid to protect her from dissolution and from destruction. This is what the treaty means that we are asked to put in operation." Banks states that the "people of Hawaii are weak,. . . [but the] position they occupy is one of great importance. They are in the central part of the Pacific Ocean. The Hawaiian Islands may be said to be a key to that vast expanse of water . . . that is destined hereafter to be the theater of the grandest enterprises of which the history of man has given or ever will give account." He continues: " N o portion of the earth has a grander destiny for the future, and to no portion of its people is it more interesting and vital than to ourselves." The author remarks on other treaties and their results, and discusses revenues, other effects of reciprocity, and the Monroe Doctrine. A former Governor of Massachusetts and civil war general, Banks was a member of Congress from 1865 to 1877. References: Not in Carter. Copies: H H S \ H S L (Tice Phillips). UH. Y U .

Barnum, Phineas Taylor Struggles and Triumphs, or forty years' recollections of P. T. Barnum. New York, American News Co., 1876. Not seen.

This memoir of the great American showman contains an account of the presence of King Kalakaua at the Hippodrome in New York City, December 1874. Barnum's autobiographical account was first published in 1869. The first edition to include the notice regarding King Kalakaua was probably that of 1875. This was a frequently revised and reprinted work. For notes on the contents, see under the 1882 edition. References: None found. Copies: BPL. HarU. NYP. The N U C records 5 copies.

Bird, Isabella Lucy The Hawaiian Archipelago. I [rule] I Six Months I among the I Palm groves, Coral Reefs, and I Volcanoes I of the I Sandwich Islands. I By Isabella L . Bird, I author of the "Englishwoman in America." I "Summer isles of Eden ying [sic] I In dark purple spheres of sea." I Second edition. I With Illustrations. I London: I John Murray, Albemarle Street. I 1876. I [The Right of Translation is Reserved.] I 8vo. 19 x 1 2 . 5 cm. [i-ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer's name and address, [v] dedication, [vi] blank, [vii] preface to the second edition, June 1 8 7 6 , [viii] blank, [ix]-x preface, [xi] + x i i - x v contents, [xvi] list of illustrations, [1] + 2 - 3 1 8 text, [ 3 1 9 - 3 2 0 ] advertisements pp. Issued in green cloth, with gilt vignette of palm tree and thatched hut on upper cover.

The second edition. The main text ends on page 292 and is followed by articles on leprosy and the leper settlement on Molokai, a chapter on Hawaiian affairs, and a chapter on recent Hawaiian history. The first article is new to this edition. The folding map of Haleakala, inserted at page 333 in the first edition, is not included in this or any subsequent edition. It is replaced by two line drawings on pages 252 and 253. References: Carter, p. 18 (lists another edition). Copies: B P B M * . B P B M (Carter 4 - B - 1 2 ) * . HarU. H M C S * . UH. Y U . The N U C records 2 copies.

612

1876

Hawaiian National Bibliography

3111

Boddam-Whetham, John Whetham Pearls of the Pacific. I By I J. W. Boddam-Whetham, I author of 'Western Wanderings.' I [three-line quotation from Milton] I [circular vignette titled "The little Dodo"] I London: I Hurst and Blackett, Publishers, I 13 Great Marlborough Street. I 1876. 8vo. 22 x 1 4 cm. [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] To the Reader, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-xiv Contents, [xv] List of Illustrations, [xvi] blank, [r] + 2 - 3 6 2 text pp., and 1 6 pp. Advertisements of Hurst and Blackett's list of new books. With frontispiece "Hawaiians dancing the Hula," and 6 inserted illustrations.

A Pacific tour made by an English gentleman-naturalist. The author arrived in Honolulu from Sydney on the Macgregor, July 29, 1874. Typically, he visited many of the local sights: the Pali, Manoa Valley, and Punahou School. He describes picturesque aspects of native life including a "real Hula-hula" (pp. 46-50). Boddam-Whetham was witness to important political events. He had arrived just after the death of King Lunalilo and was a spectator in the courthouse when the balloting took place that made Kalakaua the new king. He describes the election (pp. 18-30), the subsequent riot, and the opening of the legislative assembly by King Kalakaua. He also witnessed and describes the funeral of King Lunalilo (pp. 55-58). He made a quick tour of Maui and Hawaii. At Kealakekua Bay he disembarked, made the obligatory inspection of Captain Cook's monument, visited nearby battlefields and the City of Refuge, then continued overland via the Kau district to the volcano of Kilauea. He stayed at the Volcano House and comments on interesting entries found in its visitors' book. Continuing to Hilo, the author describes the town in general and the nearby Rainbow Falls in particular. The author was interested in ornithology and attempted to obtain a specimen of the wingless bird "moho" for the British Museum. On his return to San Francisco from the South Seas, he made a second stop in Hawaii at which time he obtained a pair of 00 birds, which he took with him to San Francisco. There are three plates of Hawaiian interest: the frontispiece depicting Hawaiians dancing the hula, and views of Kealakekua Bay (p. 71) and Rainbow Falls, Hilo (p. 117). A great portion of the text is devoted to the author's travels in Samoa and Fiji. References: Carter, p. 22. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. B P B M * . B P B M (Carter 5 - B - 2 0 ) * . B P B M (Fuller)*. BPL. H H S . H M C S * . L C . PA-VBC. The N U C records 8 copies.

3112

Brooks, Charles Wolcott Japanese Wrecks, I Stranded and Picked Up Adrift I in the I North Pacific Ocean, I Ethnologically Considered, I as I Furnishing Evidence of a constant infusion of Japanese I Blood among the Coast Tribes of Northwestern I Indians. I [rule] I By I Charles Wolcott Brooks, I Member of the California Academy of Sciences; Ex-Consul of Japan for California; I and Attaché of the Japanese Embassy to fifteen Treaty Powers, 1 8 7 1 - 7 2 - 7 3 . I [rule] I Read before the California Academy of Sciences, at their Meeting, I March 1st, 1875. I [rule] I San Francisco, California: I Printed by the Academy. I 1876. 8vo. 22.5 x 1 4 . 5 cm (HHS). [1] half title, [2] blank, [3] title, [4] blank, [5] Introduction signed " C . W . B . " and dated San Francisco, Oct. 1 , 1 8 7 6 , [6] blank, [7] + 8 - 2 3 text, [24] " T h e National Arms of J a p a n , " pp. Folding "Outline map of the North Pacific Ocean" facing half title. Above the cover title appears: "Early Migrations."

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1876

An early and important work on Japanese drift voyages throughout the Pacific. The author discusses the "Kuro Shiwo," or "black stream, a gulf stream of warm water which sweeps northeasterly past Japan toward the Kurile and Aleutian Islands, thence curving around and passing south along the coast of Alaska, Oregon and California." Brooks provides an important summary of reported junks and wrecks along the American coast, beginning with a sighting at Acapulco in 1 6 1 7 . There are frequent references to Hawaii. He discusses in detail an 1832 wreck near the harbor at Waialua, Oahu, and the subsequent history of the four surviving crew members. He also discusses the fate of survivors of Northwest Coast wrecks, some of whom were brought to Honolulu. Most famous among shipwrecked Japanese noted here was Manjiro, from a ship wrecked in 1 8 4 1 , who was then rescued and brought to Honolulu by Captain Whitfield, master of the whaleship John Howland (see pp. 1 1 - 1 2 ) . The author's tabulation of some 60 wrecks continues to 1876, and it includes information available nowhere else. Brooks also discusses the similarity of some Japanese words to those spoken by natives of Alaska and the American coast. References: None found. Copies: A H (Kahn)*. H H S * , Abraham Fornander's copy. L C . NYP. UC. The N U C records 6 copies.

Campbell, Lord George Granville Log Letters I from I "The Challenger." I By I Lord George Campbell. I London: I Macmillan and Co. I 1876. I [The Right of Translation and Reproduction is Reserved.] 8vo. 22 x 1 4 . 5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] publisher's device, [iii] title, [iv] copyright notice, [v] introductory statement, [vi] blank, [vii] contents, [viii] blank, [1] + 2 - 4 4 8 text pp. With folding frontispiece map showing route of the voyage.

An informal narrative of an important scientific expedition by a sub-lieutenant on the Challenger. The ship departed England from Portsmouth in December 1872. for the Cape of Good Hope, and to the Pacific Ocean via Australia. After stopping at Melbourne, Sydney, and Wellington (New Zealand), the ship made her way through Tonga and Fiji, then proceeded to China and Japan. Forty-two days from Yokohama, on July 27, 1875, the Challenger arrived at Honolulu. Lord Campbell has the usual remarks on the appearance of Honolulu, interspersed with more original observations, such as: "A Chinese Mandarin [Chun Ah Fong] is owner of the prettiest garden I saw in the town, it being a perfect basket of roses and other flowers." He describes the vista from the Pali and comments that the road to Waikiki will be made more pleasant by the planting of trees. He found Honolulu "a hospitable, genial spot, where I could have stayed longer with entire satisfaction to myself." He joined a riding party and examined a sugar plantation on windward Oahu. The ship continued on to Hilo, where Campbell obtained horses and with a companion visited Kilauea. He describes with some amusement the primitive facilities of the hotel there, and includes a lengthy text on the volcano itself. The Challenger departed Hilo for Tahiti, August 1 1 , 1875. In the preface, Campbell states: "These letters—extracted from my Log—were written home during our cruise with no intention of publication. They are, I am well aware, exceedingly rough in style and language, but I have thought it best to leave them— rounding off only the most ear-breaking angularities—as they were written." The frontispiece map originally appeared in the Royal Society's Proceedings, Volume x x i v , No. 1 7 0 , with a paper by Mr. Murray on "Ocean Deposits."

614

1876

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

This was a popular and frequently reprinted work. A second "revised" edition was published in London in 1877 (see No. 3175); a fifth edition was also published in London in 1877. References: N o t in Bagnall. Carter, p. 2 7 . Ferguson, 7 8 9 1 . Copies: A H ( K a h n ) * . B P B M * . B P B M (Fuller)*, in original blue half calf. B P B M (Carter 3 4 ) * , in original blue cloth. H H S . H M C S * . M L . N L A .

3114

z-C-

Carter, Henry A. P. [Letter] To His Excellency W. L. Green, Minister of Foreign Affairs. I Aliiolani Hale. Sir: - On the n t h instant I received I from you a printed communication addressed I to certain persons by name "and to the other I gentlemen who signed the Address to His Majesty dated February 22nd 1876:" I As one of the signers of that Address, . . . I beg leave to be allowed the privilege of responding publicly. . . [signed at end:] Henry A. P. Carter. I Nuuanu, March 13, 1876. Broadside. Text in three-column f o r m . 37 x Z3 cm.

Carter's letter is in reply to a communication from William L. Green, also published in broadside form (see No. 3123). References: N o n e f o u n d . Copies: B P B M ( D U 6 2 0 . M 6 7 ) * .

3115

Diocesan Almanac Honolulu I Diocesan Almanac I for the I year of our Lord I 1877. I [church coat arms] I Honolulu I Iolani College. [Honolulu, 1876?]

of

u m o ? 1 8 . 3 x 1 2 . 5 cm. C o v e r title, 1 - 2 8 text pp.

This almanac includes printed marginal notes with respect to the Anglican Church, the St. Cross School at Lahaina, and the Iolani School at Honolulu. The text was printed on a small press at the school and issued in attractively printed green paper wrappers. References: Carter, p. 4 7 . Copies: H H S * . H M C S * .

3116

Dole, Sanford Ballard Hawaiian Birds I Collected and Mounted by J. D. Mills, I of Hilo, Hawaii. I List prepared by S. B. Dole, of Honolulu. I [rule] I For the American Centennial. I [rule] I Honolulu, 1876. Circular. 2 5 . 5 x 2 0 cm ( H M C S ) . [ 1 ] title, [ 2 - 3 ] t e x t , [ 4 ] blank pp.

The Mills collection of Hawaiian ornithology specimens was probably a part of the Hawaiian exhibit at the American Centennial Exposition held at Philadelphia in 1876. This catalogue of the collection was evidently intended for free distribution during that event. It is very rare. References: N o n e found. Copies: H M C S ( 2 ) * , one copy in the D o l e papers. N o t listed in the N U C .

3U7

Forbes, Robert Bennet Personal Reminiscences. By Robert B. Forbes. Boston, Little Brown & Company 1876.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1876

615

8vo.

Not seen. For comments on this work, see the 1878 edition (No. 3208). Copies: PA-VBC. The NUC records 5 copies, including Library of Congress and University of California at Los Angeles.

[Fourth of July 1 Centennial Celebration I of I American Independence. I [cut of an eagle] I [rule] I One Hundred Years. I [rule] I July Fourth, I 1876. I Long Live the Republic! I [rule] I All American Citizens and Others I wishing to observe the coming I Anniversary of American Independence I Are invited, without Special Invitation, I to join in the Celebration! I Gazette Print, Honolulu. I [1876]

3118

Circular. With title and text on 3 (unnumbered) pages, folding to 26 x 21 cm. Title within an ornamental border; text printed in red, blue, and black. At the top left and right of the title are "1776" and " 1 8 7 6 . "

The centennial of American independence, closely following the successful negotiation of the reciprocity treaty by King Kalakaua, was free from the ominous political overtones that later Fourth of July celebrations would assume. This program describes the festivities, which included patriotic addresses, a concert, a bonfire atop Punchbowl, and fireworks. The Hawaiian Gazette reported enthusiastically that the day had "closed without an accident of any kind whatever, a record which can seldom be said of a holiday in Honolulu." References: Forbes, Treasures, p. 1 1 6 . Copies: HHS (D. C. Bates scrapbook, p. 259)*.

[Fourth of July] Ye I Martha Washington I Tea Party. I A List of ye Hymnes I wh will be svnge atte I Ye Hawaiian Hotel. I On Ye Mondaye Nyghte, Ye 3rd of July, I inne ye Yeare of Ovr Lorde. I 1876. I Ye hymnes wille be bothe sacred and likewyfe worldlye. [Honolulu, 1876]

3119

4 unnumbered pages, folding to 20 x 1 7 cm. Colophon at end: "Prynted by ye Prynter H. L. Sheldon, righte o ye Merchante Streete, in ye Towne of Honolulu."

The celebration of the American Centennial, July 4, 1876, observed in Honolulu, began with a "Martha Washington Tea Party." This program was made for that occasion. Its "quaint" spelling was a naive attempt to approximate spelling of the eighteenth century. The two copies examined are printed on thin laid paper. References: None found. Copies: AH (broadside in M-485)*. BPBM*.

Gibson, Walter Murray Address I To the Hawaiian People! I [rule] I (In English and Hawaiian.) I [text begins:] I the undersigned, who have heretofore addressed you many I times on public affairs, through the columns of the Nuhou . . . I [signed] Your fellow Citizen, Walter Murray Gibson. I [Honolulu, 1876] 8vo. 24 x 15.5 cm (BPBM [Carter]). Caption title, [1] + 2-8 text pp., signed at end by Gibson and dated Honolulu, January 31, 1876.

An important speech on three topics: (a) loyalty to King Kalakaua and his policies; (b) native Hawaiian opposition to the pending Treaty of Reciprocity emanating from the

3120

616

1876

Hawaiian National Bibliography anti-Kalakaua "Emmaite" party; and (c) the proposed importation of people from Southeast Asia to help increase the dwindling Hawaiian population. Gibson begins by stating that he is not a candidate for any office, but is prompted by "a sense of patriotism and as a lover of Hawaii." As to the first topic, Gibson states that he regrets hearing so much continuing dissension among members of the so-called Emma Party over the recent election of Kalakaua as the sovereign, for the matter had been "irrevocably settled" by the 1874 election. He here acknowledges the considerable part he had played in organizing public sentiment for the election of first King Lunalilo, then for the election of the present King [Kalakaua]: "in so doing, I opposed the candidacy of a most distinguished high Chiefess [Queen Emma], whom I, as well as you, revered as the most Illustrious Lady of the land. Therefore, in view of the part I have taken, I may be permitted to speak now, and to advise you Hawaiians on the subject of loyalty to the Sovereign." He then advises them that they have no business raising questions regarding provisions found in the Treaty of Reciprocity, which had been "entered into by your King and his negotiators, and ratified by your Legislature," and which is "virtually a law of our land." Disregarding what the legislature has enacted, he says, "is most foolish and mischievous." A good portion of the text then concerns the third topic, that of the pressing need for "repopulation" of the Islands. Gibson decries the dwindling Hawaiian population [estimated at 45,000], and says that consequently the country is "indeed helpless by itself." We could not defend our capital of Honolulu and our small commerce against the attack of any small piratical ship that should come against us with only a squad of men and half a dozen guns. We would be obliged to appeal to the first man-of-war that came along for protection. Therefore there is danger if this weakness of Hawaii should continue. . . . This, Hawaiians, is not a dream it is a real and imminent danger. Gibson then brings up his remedy—that the Islands need "new blood" through the importation of Japanese: "were these islands to receive 5 0 , 0 0 0 Hindoos [sic] and other red races, kindred to the Hawaiian, the offsprings of these new people and of you native people would all be Hawaiians; and so your name and race would continue to possess this archipelago, even should you increase up to 1 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 souls." It is logical to believe from the wording of the caption title that a Hawaiian-language edition was originally prepared, either attached or distributed separately, in pamphlet form, but I have not been able to locate a copy. It is equally possible that the Hawaiian version of the text appeared only in one of the Honolulu newspapers, or in broadside form, for which see No. 3 1 2 1 . The Hawaiian Historical Society also has a broadside issue (again of the English text only) of this address, with the text in two columns on a sheet measuring 60.5 x 48 cm. References: None found. Copies: BPBM (DU620.M67)*. BPBM (Hist. Pam. 33)*. BPBM (Carter 8-A-114)*. HHS (3)*. H M C S * . UH. The NUC records a copy in the Library of Congress.

3121

Gibson, Walter Murray H E K U K U L U M A N A O ! I [double rule] I [text begins:] I na Makaainana Hawaii: I Owau, o ka mea nona ka inoa malalo, ka I mea i hoike manao mua i na wa he nui imua I o oukou mamua ae nei ma na mea pili i ka I pono o ka lehulehu maloko o na kolamu o I ka Nuhou, a me na lala e ae o ke kukakuka I ana, ke manao nei

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1876

617

o keia kau o ke koho I balota ana he wa kupono e kau leo aku ai ia I oukou ma kekahi mau kumu. [text continues and is signed at end of text, second page:] Walter M . Gibson (Kipikona). [Honolulu, 1 8 7 6 ] Broadsheet. Text in triple columns on both sides of sheet. 39 x 25.5 cm.

Title: Matters to be considered. The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 3120. References: None found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—misc.)*.

Goodenough, James Graham Journal of I Commodore Goodenough, I R.N., C.B., C.M.G., I during his last Command as I senior officer on the Australian Station, I 1 8 7 3 - 1 8 7 5 . I Edited, I with a Memoir, by his widow. I With Maps, Steel engraved portrait, and woodcuts. I [coat of arms] I Henry S. King & Co., London. I 1876.

3122

8vo. 2.0.5 x L4 c m - ['] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] poem and copyright statement, [v] Preface, signed V. H. G., [vi] blank, [vii] + viii-ix Contents, x List of Illustrations, xi List of Maps, [xii] blank, [ 1 ] + 2 - 3 4 9 text, [350] blank, [ 3 5 1 ] + 3 5 2 - 3 6 9 Appendix, [ 3 7 0 ] blank pp. With an engraved frontispiece portrait of the author and text illustrations. Inserted in a pocket at the end of the book is a folding " C h a r t of the Coast of South Australia and Bass's Strait."

Goodenough obtained his appointment in the Royal Navy in 1844. He first served as a naval cadet on HMS Collingwood (under the command of Sir George Seymour), which made a stop at the Hawaiian Islands in 1846. The text contains several references to that voyage. References: Bagnall, 2 1 6 4 . Ferguson, 9977. Ferguson, 9978 (records a second edition [1876]). Copies: A T L . B P B M * . D L . L C . M L . N L A . Y U . The N U C records 6 copies.

Green, William Lowthian Circular. I [rule] I To the Hon. Godfrey Rhodes, the Hon. I A. S. Cleghorn, Walter Murray Gib- I son, Esq., and to the other gentlemen I who signed the Address to His Maj- I esty, dated February zzd, 1876. [Honolulu, 1 8 7 6 ] Broadside. Text in 4 columns (approximately 52 x 25.5 cm) on a sheet measuring overall 60.5 x 45 cm. Signed at lower right: W. L . Green, Aliiolani Hale, Honolulu March 1 1 , 1 8 7 6 . Above the printed text is: "Pacific Commercial Advertiser Supplement, March 1 8 , 1 8 7 6 . "

On February zz, 1876, a group of prominent Honolulu residents addressed a "Memorial" to the King, about the importance of instituting measures to reverse, if possible, the decline of the native population, and urging prompt action on immigration from abroad as a method of reversing that decline. The document reminds the king that measures so far had been inadequate: "What action indeed! Why we have procured a few Chinese male laborers, and are expecting a few hundred more to add to the present mischievous disproportion of 1881 Chinese males to 107 Chinese females! This is not action in any beneficent direction, but is simply reaction, and is a mere expediency designed to subserve a particular industry." The petitioners claimed that if this situation was not remedied, the "rate of deterioration of your Majesty's Hawaiian subjects" would continue to accelerate. Immigrants from other areas were urged. Among other matters, the writers remind the king of the role that Honolulu businessmen had played in his accession to the throne. The document is signed by almost seventy citizens, including Godfrey Rhodes, Archibald S. Cleghorn, Walter M. Gibson, Joseph B.

3123

618

1876 Hawaiian National Bibliography Atherton, Joseph P. Cooke, Bishop Willis of the Anglican church, the R o m a n Catholic Bishop and several priests, John Thomas Waterhouse, James I. Dowsett, Henry ML Whitney, M a r k P. Robinson, Sanford B. Dole, and Alexander Young. The Pacific Commercial Advertiser of March 4th printed this Memorial under the heading "Repopulation," and then included the answer by W. L. Green, Minister of the Interior, and J . S. Walker. Dated March 3, 1 8 7 6 , the document was subsequently separately printed and issued in this broadside form. Green answers the strongly worded Memorial, stating that the government was in opposition to a number of statements made in this document. He continues, stating that His Majesty's ministers had already replied to the address on the 19th of last month, but that there were "still other important aspects of your Address . . . which the situation demands should be clearly understood by you Gentlemen, and the public." Green then chastises the signers for the "general tenor" of their statements and concludes, "with reference to the style of the Address, Gentlemen, which you have presented to His Majesty, you no doubt regret with me, that it has unfortunately gone before His Majesty, before the country, and before the world, with a ringing tone of bold assertion, exaggeration and insolence, which, however, you will be glad to learn, His Majesty and His Majesty's Ministers believe, you never intended." Following Green's letter is a response from Henry A. P. Carter, dated March 1 3 , 1 8 7 6 , which notes the receipt of Green's letter in the form of " a printed communication." For an earlier version of Carter's answer, also printed in broadside form, see N o . 3 1 1 4 . The Hawaiian Historical Society has a proof copy of this broadside. It lacks the Pacific Commercial Advertiser supplement heading, and it contains, in the first three columns, only Green's remarks. The area of the sheet where the Carter letter was printed (column four) is blank. I have not checked for any textual differences in the proof copy of Green's remarks. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—F.O. & Ex.)*. HHS*.

3124

Hawaii. Kingdom. Collector General of Customs [double [double

rule] I C u s t o m H o u s e I Statistics, I H o n o l u l u , H a w a i i a n Islands. I 1 8 7 5 . ' rule] I [ H o n o l u l u , 1 8 7 6 ]

8vo. 23.5 x 14 cm. Cover title, [1] + 2 - 3 letter from W. F. Allen dated February 1 7 , 1876, 4-24 table and statistics pp. References: Carter, p. 63. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HHS*. HMCS*. 3125

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Board of Education . . . I Biennial R e p o r t I of the I President of the B o a r d of Education I to the I Legislature of 1 8 7 6 . I [rule] I [text begins] I [ H o n o l u l u , 1 8 7 6 ] 8vo. 22 x 14 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 6 report, 1 7 - 1 9 statistics, receipts, and expenditures, [20] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kalakaua. Third Year." A report by J . Mott Smith as Vice President pro tem. Mott Smith states that the same reasons given before the 1 8 7 4 legislature "still continue to operate to draw away children from the Common Schools." He attributes this problem first to the increasing cost of living: "consequently all the members of the family must become producers at as early an age as practicable." Second, he states: "Laborers are in demand on the plantations."

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1876

619

He reports on manual labor in the schools, on the school houses, and on new school books. Mott Smith then concentrates on reports of three government boarding schools, "Government English Hawaiian Day Schools, "Seminaries for Girls, and Subsidized Boys' Boarding Schools." He discusses and provides a table showing student enrollment in the common schools. This report was issued with the Hawaiian text following, in wrappers with the English-language title on the front and the Hawaiian title on the back cover. The Hawaiian coat of arms appears above each title. References: Carter, p. 67. Copies: A H * . A H (Kahn) (2)*, fine copy in original wrappers; second copy is marked " H a w a i i a n Consul Sydney." B P B M (Carter 3-D-TO9)*. H H S * . H M C S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Board of Education Palapala Hoike I o na makahiki elua, a I Ka Peresidena o ka Papa Hoonaauao I i ka I Ahaolelo o ka makahiki 1876. I [rule] I [text begins] I Honolulu, 1876]

3126

8vo. 2,1 x 13 cm ( A H ) . Caption title, [ 1 ] + 2 - 1 7 report, [ 1 8 - 2 0 ] statistics, receipts, and disbursements pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: " K a noho alii ana o ka M o i K a l a k a u a - M a k a h i k i ekolu."

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 312,5. This was generally issued together with the English-language version, with the back cover having the Hawaiian-language title. Above the title in brackets appears the note "Unuhiia Jno. E. Bush" (translated by John E. Bush). References: N o n e found. Copies: A H * . A H (Kahn)*. B P B M (Carter 3 - D - 1 0 9 ) * . H H S * .

Hawaii. Kingdom. Elections Alphabetical I LIST OF QUALIFIED VOTERS I in the Honolulu District, Island of Oahu, H.I. for Representatives to the Legis- I lature of 1876, compiled from the Tax Collector's list of those who had paid I their taxes on or before the 31st day of December, 1875, I . . . I [text in Hawaiian at right:] He Papa Inoa o I KA POE KUPONO I KE KOHO BALOTA I No ka Apana o Honolulu, Mokupuni o Oahu, H.P.A., no ke koho ana i na I Lunamakaainana no ke Kau Ahaolelo o 1876, i unuhiia mai ka papa inoa mai o I ka poe i hookaa i ko lakou mau auhau mamua ae o ka la 31 o Dekemaba, 1875. ' • • • ' [eight columns of voters] I [and below:] Na Luna Nana Koho Balota I W. C. Jones, Police Justice, Honolulu, and Chairman of Board of Inspectors. I Geo. H. Luce, Tax Collector, Honolulu. I Chas. H. Judd, Assessor, Honolulu. [Honolulu, 1876]

3127

Broadside. 88.5 x 51.5 cm.

This list contains the names of more than 800 voters, and the voting district of each. References: N o n e found. Copies: A H (Broadsides—Elections)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Elections Revised List of I QUALIFIED VOTERS I In the District of Honolulu, I Island of Oahu, H.I., for Representatives to the Leg- I islature of 1876, compiled at and subsequent to the meet- I ings of the Board of Inspectors of Election, [sic] held on Tues- I day, the 18th, and Thursday, the 20th of January, 1876. I [at right:] He

3128

620

1876

Hawaiian National

Bibliography

Papa Inoa Hooponopono Hou la I o ka I P O E K U P O N O I K E K O H O B A L O T A I N o na Lunamakaainana ma ka Apana o Honolulu, M o - I kupuni o Oahu, 1 8 7 6 ;

. . . I [double rule] I [ four-column list of voters] I [and below:] Na Luna Nana Koho Balota, W. C. Jones, Police Justice of Honolulu, and Chairman Board of Inspectors. I Geo. H. Luce, Collector of Taxes for the District of Honolulu. I C. H . J u d d , Assessor of Taxes for the District of Honolulu. I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 6 ] Broadside. 59.5 x 27 cm.

This lists approximately 5 0 0 names of eligible voters, in alphabetical groups, and identifies the voting district of each. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—Elections)*.

3129

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Finance Biennial Report I of the I Minister of Finance, I to the I Legislative Assembly, 1 8 7 6 . 1 [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 6 ] 8vo. 2.1.5 x J 4 c m (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 0 report, [ 1 1 ] + 1 2 - 4 7 appendix text and tables, [48] blank pp. Above the title, separated by a rule, appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kalakaua. - Third Year."

A report for the two years ending March 3 1 , 1876, from John S. Walker, who had been appointed to the position on November 1 , 1874, following the resignation of Hon. Paul Nahaolelua. The report includes receipts and expenditures for the two years, and an estimate of expenditures for the fiscal period to end March 3 1 , 1 8 7 8 . The minister comments on interisland steam navigation, subsidies to foreign steam lines, and immigration. The appendix on public works expenditures is a report to the Minister of Finance from the Interior Department. The expenditures include the improvement of roads and bridges, the Board of Health, the government survey, support of prisoners, the fire department, the water works, dredging of Honolulu harbor, repair of wharves and government buildings, and the improvement of the palace grounds. These are followed by statistical tables of receipts and expenditures. N o separate report from the Minister of the Interior was published. References: Carter, p. 64. Copies: AH*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*, Princess Kaiulani's copy. BPBM (Reports Minister of Finance)*. HHS*. H M C S * .

3130

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Finance Palapala Hoike I o na makahiki elua, a I Ke Kuhina Waiwai I i ka I Ahaolelo o ka Makahiki 1 8 7 6 . n m o . 22 x 14 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 2 3 report, 24-48 appendixes pp. Page 47 is mistakenly numbered 46.

The Hawaiian-language edition of No. 3 1 2 9 . References: None found. Copies: AH*. H M C S * .

3131

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Minister of Finance E N A M A K A A I N A N A . I [double rule] I [text begins:] E hooponopono ia na Ohana Aupuni no ka pomaikai o ka I lehulehu. I . . . I [signed at end:] John S. Walker, I Kuhina Waiwai. [Honolulu, 1 8 7 6 ] Broadside. Text in 2 columns, 32 x 25.5 cm.

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1876

621

Walker, the Minister of Finance, answers some campaign statements made by Samuel M . Kamakau. References: None found. Copies: AH (Broadsides—misc.)*.

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Foreign Office Treaty of Reciprocity I Between the United States of America I and the Hawaiian Kingdom. I [rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 6 ]

3132

8vo. 21.5 x 13.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 5 Reciprocity Treaty, [6] blank, [7] + 8 - 1 4 Austro-Hungary Treaty, [ 1 5 - 1 6 ] blank pp.

Two treaties: the reciprocity treaty with the United States, signed by Hamilton Fish, Elisha H. Allen, and Henry A. P. Carter, at Washington, D.C., January 3 0 , 1 8 7 5 ; and the treaty between Austro-Hungary and Hawaii, signed at London, June 18, 1875, by Count Frederick Ferdinand de Beust, and Manley Hopkins, "His Hawaiian Majesty's Charge d'Affaires and Consul General in London." The Austro-Hungarian Treaty was ratified by King Kalakaua in Honolulu, December 6, 1876. At the end of the text, a letter by W. L. Green, Minister of Foreign Affairs, dated Foreign Office, June 2., 1876, states: " N o w all persons are hereby notified that the said treaty is a part of the law of this Kingdom, and is to be regarded as such." References: None found. Copies: BPBM (Hist. Pam. 1 3 1 ) * . BPBM (Carter 8-C-77)*.

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Board of Health Report I of the I Board of Health I to the I Legislative Assembly of 1 8 7 6 . I [ rule] I [text begins] I [Honolulu, 1 8 7 6 ]

3133

8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2 - 1 0 text, [ 1 1 - 1 2 ] blank pp. Above title appears: "Reign of His Majesty Kalakaua-Third Year."

A report by the President of the Board, Samuel G. Wilder, for the two years ending March 3 1 , 1876. Wilder discusses the result of the Legislative Appropriation of 1874 of $ 6 , 0 0 0 to "Drs. Powell and Akana for curing the Leprosy." He states that Dr. Powell was a complete failure and that the patient, whom Dr. Akana claimed to have cured, was unfortunately reconfirmed a leper and returned to Molokai. Wilder reports that a store has been established at the Molokai settlement, that there has been a sufficient supply of food, and that during the past two years "there has not arisen any trouble at Kalawao." Much of this, he says, was due to the superintendent, William P. Ragsdale. The report also contains concise paragraphs pertaining to a variety of health matters, and includes tables of statistics. I located a Hawaiian-language edition in the Hawaii State Archives too late to include it in this bibliography. References: Carter, p. 62. Copies: AH*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-D-27)*, fine copy in dark blue wrappers. HHS*. HMCS*.

H a w a i i . K i n g d o m . Laws and Statutes Laws I of I His Majesty Kalakaua, I King of the Hawaiian Islands, I passed by the I Legislative Assembly, I at its session, 1 8 7 6 . I [rule] I Published by authority. I [rule] I Honolulu: I Printed by H . L . Sheldon. I 1 8 7 6 .

3134

622

1876

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 21 x 13.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4-158 text, [ 1 5 9 - 1 6 0 ] blank, [ 1 6 1 ] + 162.-165 Treaty of Reciprocity, [166] + 1 6 7 - 1 7 3 Treaty between Austro-Hungary and Hawaii, [174] blank, [175] + 1 7 6 - 1 8 7 Index of Statutes of 1876, [188] blank pp.

Legislation passed by this assembly includes "An Act to Carry into Effect a Convention between His Majesty the King and the United States of America, signed at Washington on the 30th Day of January, 1875." This bill, approved by the King July 18, 1876, put into effect what is known as the "Reciprocity Treaty," which was considered the most important act to date of the Kalakaua reign. Other acts include those authorizing the Minister of the Interior to grant banking licenses; regulating the passage of water over the lands "of those not benefited thereby"; encouraging interisland steam communication; promoting the protection and preservation of woods and forests; consolidating and amend the law of evidence; regulating practice and procedure in criminal cases; and regulating the currency. The act of 1874 concerning marriages of Hawaiian women with Chinese men is here repealed. The reciprocity treaty with the United States (pp. 1 6 1 - 1 6 5 ) an 2778, 3118, 3119 France, 1815, 1921, 1999, 2002, 2024, 2027, 2038, 2258, 2274, 2.275, M 7 7 , 2762, 2970, 3069 Frances Henrietta, 2422 Franchere, Gabriel, 1987 Franklin, 1889 Franklin, John, 1945, 1962, 2187, 2199, 2-359 Frear, Walter, 3059 Fregatten Eugenies Resa Omkring Jorden, 2051 French, William, 3208 From New Zealand to Liverpool, 3266 Fukuzawa, Yukichi, 2896 Fuller, Josiah, 1857, 2177, 2504 A Funeral Discourse, Delivered before the Honolulu Rifles, 2236 Funk, Francis, 1938 Fürer, Carl Eduard, 2745, 2779 G. Sutherland Dodman, 3287 Gailua [for Waialua], 1913 Galatea, HMS, 2846

Galathea, 1837, 1848, 1905, 2146, 2192 The Gallery of Geography, 2604 Galopin, Charles, 2361 Game Cock, 1899 Gassendi, 2258 Gatherings of a Naturalist in Australasia, 2353 Gaussin, Pierre Louis Jean Baptiste, 1914 Gazelle, 2053 Gazette. See Hawaiian Gazette genealogies, 2285, 2390, 2509, 3°3 6 [g], 3°36[q], 3 2 37, 3298. See also chants General Examination of The Pacific Ocean, 2443 General Instructions for His Majesty's Consuls, 2899 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. See Saint-Hilaire, Isidore Geoffroy The Geographical Distribution of Animals and Plants, 2546, 3166, 3 1 7 1 Geography and History of Oceania, 2435 geography books. See textbooks The Geological Observer, 1807 George, 2135, 2925 George and Susan, 2332 Germany, 3242, 3311, 3312, 3322, 3324 Gerstaecker, Friedrich Wilhelm Christian, 1 9 1 5 - 1 9 1 7 , 1988, 2081 Geschichte der mission af den Sandwich-Inseln, 2926 Gibson, Randall L., 3074 Gibson, Walter Murray, 2082, 2188, 3004, 3036, 3036[i], 3043, 3075, 3 ! 2 0 , 3121, 3123, 3226, 3230, 3232, 3234, 3274, 3289, 3290, 3300. See also Mormon Church Gilman and Company, 1990, 2.147 Giovanni, Madame, 2079, 2145, 2243 Girard, Charles, 2246-2249 "A Glimpse at the Sandwich Islands," 1808 Godfrey, Frank, 2188 gold rush, California, 1825, 1835, 1887, 1915 Golden Age, 2 1 1 4

Golden Dreams and Waking Realities, 1835 Golden Fleece, 2888, 3168 Golovnin, Vasilii Mikhailovich, 2563 Goodale, Warren, 2169, 2206, 2253, 2308, 2365, 2424, 2522, 2574 Goodenough, James Graham, 3122 Goodrich, Frank B., 3018 Goodrich, Samuel Griswold. See Parley, Peter Gould, Augustus A., i860, 1861, 2148, 2149 government. See specific branches and departments such as Education; Foreign Affairs; Laws and Statutes; Legislature; Supreme Court "Government and Politics in the Sandwich Islands," 2609 government newspapers. See Hawaiian Gazette; Polynesian Grammer of The Hawaiian Language, 1974 Granada, 3282 Grandpierre, J. H., 1989 Granger, J. N., 1809 Graviere. See Jurien de la Graviere, Jean Pierre Edmond Gray, Asa, 1992, 1993, 2150, 2203, 3019, 3068 Great Britain, 2024, 2038, 2232, 2500; treaties, 1810, 1862, 1875, 2 0 2 7 , 2028, 2095, 3230; and U. S. reciprocity treaty, 3215, 3227, 3229, 3240 "Great Eruption of the Volcano of Kilauea," 2302 Great Western Circus, 2151, 2152, 2181, 2 1 8 2 Greatest Attraction of the Season, 2470 "The Greatest Volcano in the World," 2741 Green, Jonathan S., 2362, 2439, 2458, 2684, 2828, 2829, 3258 Green, Joseph Porter, 2608 Green, William Lowthian, 2188, 2 1 9 1 , 2415, 2499, 2657, 3076, 3123, 3132, 3141, 3142, 3 1 7 8 - 3 1 8 0 Gregg, David L., 1986, 1994, 1995, 2027, 2028, 2250, 2263, 2271, 2368, 2415, 2473, 2486

719

720

Index Grieve, Robert, 3340 Griffon, 3335 Griswold, J. P., 2 1 6 6 guidebooks: for Portuguese immigrants, 32.05; tourist, 3 1 0 6 , 3279 Guillemard, Arthur G., 3077 Gulick, John T., 1942, 2204, 2 2 5 1 , 2989 Gulick, Luther H., 1 8 3 6 , 1 8 7 7 , 1 9 1 8 , 1942, 2 0 8 3 , 2 2 0 5 , 2.440, 2564, 2 7 1 9 , 2778 Gulick, Orramel H., 1 9 4 2 , 2572, 2608, 2662, 2 8 7 1 Gulick, Peter J., 1836, 2458, 2529 Gustav, 2 7 3 0 Haalelea, Levi, 2447, 2623-2627, 2685, 2686 Haalilio (chief), 2 5 0 0 Haalilio (ship), 2304 Hackfeld and Company, 2628, 2629 Hackfeld, Henry, 2499, 2628 Hackfeld, John, 2499 Hae Hawaii. See Ka Hae Hawaii Haimanao, i oleloia i ka la 4 o Iulai, 1 8j4, 1995 Haimanawa No ta Oihana Katolika, 2252 Haleakala, 1 8 0 2 , 1982, 2045, 2-549, 2.976, 3 0 6 0 , 3 1 0 6 , 3281 Haleakala Boys' Boarding School, 2939 Haleiwa Girls School, 3 3 1 7 Haleole, S. N., 2438, 2440, 2537 Hall, Daniel Weston, 2422 Hall, Edwin O., 1928, 2 0 0 5 , 2-093, 2-499, 2.529, 3 0 2 1 , 3022 Halstead, Wm. H., 3229, 3234 Hamakua, Hawaii, 3 1 4 5 Hamm, Mrs. M. A., 2084, 2085 Hampton, 2825 Hanna, B. F., 1899 A Haole (pseud, of George Washington Bates), 1996, 1997 Hapuku obi ka ia o kapaau, 3157 Harding, T. G., 2372 Hardy, B. F., 1 9 2 7 Hardy, Jacob, 2 0 0 4 , 2 1 6 1 Harris, Charles C., 2689, 2748, 2766, 2867, 2899, 3Q36[d], 3139, 3235, 3309 Harris, Edwin A., 3 2 1 0 Harris, Townsend, 2427 Hartlaub, Gustav, 2743

Hartwell, Alfred S., 2832, 2868 Hartwig, Georg Ludwig, 2423, 2780 Harvest (bark), 2628, 2629, 3 1 6 3 Harvey, W. H., 3 0 1 9 Haskell, Robert C., 2 3 0 7 , 2363 Hassinger, John A., 2897 Havai Histoire de L'Établissement du Catholicisme, 3199 Hawaii Island, 1828, 1996, 2 1 7 J , 3069, 3 1 0 6 . See also specific sites. "Hawaii Nei," 3 0 0 3 Hawaii Nei. An Idyll of the Pacific Isles, 3252 "Hawaii Ponoi" (national anthem), 3054, 3062 Hawaii Ponoi (newspaper). See Ko Hawaii Ponoi Hawaii Ponoi (pseud.), 3144 Hawaii: the Past, Present, and Future, 2 5 0 0 , 2650, 2 7 0 8 , 2838 The Hawaiian, 2952 Hawaiian Agricultural Society. See Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society Hawaiian Almanac and Annual: [Thrum], 3 1 0 3 The Hawaiian Archipelago, 3070, 3 1 1 0 Hawaiian Atlas, 2280 Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society, 2 3 1 3 - 2 3 2 1 , 2381-2383, 2 4 3 0 - 2 4 3 2 , 2498, 2526, 2697-2703 Hawaiian Birds: [Dole], 3 1 1 6 Hawaiian Board of Health, 2788 Hawaiian Cavalry, 1 9 4 0 , 1 9 4 1 , 2 0 1 6 , 2487, 2847 Hawaiian Church Mission, 2668 Hawaiian Church Monthly Messenger, 2993 Hawaiian Club Papers, 2797 Hawaiian Concert at Kawaiaho Church, 2798, 2799 Hawaiian Evangelical Association, 2543; anniversary sermon, 2675; annual reports, 2 0 1 9 , 2106, 2172, 2213, 2281, 2 3 2 1 , 2384, 2429, 2495, 2527, 2530, 2749; Bible dictionary, 2954; Bible stories, 1 8 9 0 , 2 7 0 5 , 2706; biographies, 2640, 2757; catechisms, 2 0 2 3 , 2637-2639, 2 8 0 2 , 2852, 2 8 7 1 ; commentary on

Matthew, 2932; duties of women, 2467, 2533; Foreign Office questionnaire, 2 2 6 1 ; handbook for pastors, 2704, 2 8 0 0 ; hymnals, 2 1 1 8 , 2 1 2 9 , 2.334, 2.505, 2.605, 2.763, 2-873, 2-959, 2.960, 3047, 3087, 3319; mission history, 2680; native pastors and missionaries, 2 5 1 6 , 2 5 1 7 ; newspapers and periodicals, 2 1 7 8 , 2440, 27x9; organization and proceedings, 2 0 2 0 , 2528, 2529, 2583; primers, 2726; tracts, 2751, 2752, 2755, 2756. See also American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions; Anglican Church controversy; Bible translations; Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society; Hawaiian Mission Children's Society; Micronesia mission; missionaries; Sandwich Islands Mission "A Hawaiian Feast," 2835 "Hawaiian Fun-Beams," 2933 The Hawaiian Gazette, 2 1 8 8 , 2634; Extras, 3 1 4 1 , 3 1 4 2 Hawaiian Government Survey office, 3307 Hawaiian Guard, 1867, 1 9 4 0 , 1941, 2016 The Hawaiian Guide Book, 3 1 0 6 Hawaiian Hotel, 2984, 3 1 0 6 The Hawaiian Hymnal, 2496 The Hawaiian Immigration Society, 3043 "The Hawaiian Islands," 2 1 0 7 , 2497; [Davidson], 3286; [Nichols], 3 0 0 2 The Hawaiian Islands, as developed by Missionary Labors, 2655 The Hawaiian Islands on the Reseau Triangulaire, 3179 The Hawaiian Islands: Their Progress and Condition, 2558, 2-559, 2.614, 2.658 Hawaiian Kingdom Statistical and Commercial Directory, 3 ¿79 Hawaiian language, 1 9 1 4 , 2508; dictionary, 2615; grammar, 1974, 2 4 0 0 , 2555, 2556, 2889; phrase books, 1 9 7 7 , 2 0 3 7 , 2 8 9 1 , 2998, 3238. See also specific titles.

Index Hawaiian Mission Children's Society, 1876, 1942, 2.517, 2635 Hawaiian missionaries and pastors (native), 1942, 1943, 2178, 2384, 2414, 2464, 2516, 2 5 1 7 . See also Marquesas Islands mission; Micronesia mission Hawaiian Missionary Society, 1 8 1 7 , 1 8 7 7 , 1953 The Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands, 2678 "The Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands," 2 1 0 8 Hawaiian people: descriptions of, 1 8 0 1 , 2 0 5 1 , 2933, 2982, 2988, 3 0 1 6 ; origins of, 1996, 2728, 3209, 3329; population, 2465, 3 1 2 3 , 3281 Hawaiian Phrase Book, 2891, 3238 The Hawaiian Reciprocity Treaty, 3094. See also reciprocity Hawaiian Society of Manual Labor, 2848 The Hawaiian Spectator, 2750 Hawaiian Steam Navigation Company, 2 0 2 1 , 2385 Hawaiian Tariff, 2897 Hawaiian Theatre, 1878-1883. See also Royal Hawaiian Theatre Hawaiian Trades Association, 2836 The Hawaiian Treasure, 2804 Hawaii-Nei, 2745, 2779 Hawes, Captain, 1889 Hawkins, James, 3258 Hayes, Catherine, 2022 Hayselden, Fred, 2188 He Alakai no ke Kumukula, 2953, 2994 He Aloha Kristiano, 2386 He Buke Himeni, 2531 He Buke Lawe Lima, 2704, 2800 He Buke Wehewehe Huaolelo Baibala, 2954 He Haawina Kamalii, 2705, 2706 He Hamani Fatuhiwa, 1943 He Helu Kamalii, 1944, 2322, 2707 He Helunaau, 2584, 2 8 0 1 , 2995, 3082 He Himeni no Maria, 2 1 0 9 He Hoika-Pope, 2751

He Huinahelu, 1884 He Kanawai Hoopai Karaima, 1871 He Kuhikuhi o ke Kanaka Hawaii, 2214 He Kukulu Manao!, 3 1 2 1 He Kumu Pai Kau, 2 0 1 3 He Kumukanawai a me na Kanawai, 18 69 He Mau Hana i harta mau ia, 2323 He Mau Hana i Hanaia, 1885 He Mau Hana Imua iho ta Lave, 2215 He Mau Himeni, 2532, 2 9 0 1 He Mau Manao, 2324 He Mau Mele, 2837 He Mau Olelo Ao e pili i ke Ola Kino, 3290 He Mau Olelo Ao i na Wahine o Hawaii, 2533 He Mau Pule, 2585 He Mau Wahi Manao, 2752 He Mele Ewanelio, 2868 He Mele Katekimo, 2 2 1 6 He Moolelo o ka Halawai Makahiki, 2530 He Ninau Hoike, 2586 He Olelo Aelike, 2636 He Olelo Hoolaha I na Hoahanau, 2 1 1 0 He Olelo no ko ke Akua Ano, 2-433

He Palapala a ta Epikopo, 2 1 7 3 He Palapala Apotolo . . . a PIO IX, 2174 He Papa Hoike Pakui, 2945 He Pule Keia, 2387 He Vi, 2587 He Ui Kamalii, 2637, 2802 He Ui Kula Sabati, 2871 He Ui no ke Akua, 2023, 2388, 2498, 2638 He Vahi Hoikehonua, 1818 He vahi Katekimo, 3083 He Vahi Mooolelo, 2 2 1 7 He Vahi Palapala o Kaimikuokoa, 2024 He Wahi Kumu-Manao, 2639 He Wahi Mooolelo no Batimea Puaaiki, 2640 Health, Board of: licensing physicians, 2788, 3298; Public Health Commission, 1 9 2 5 - 1 9 2 7 , 1 9 3 1 , 2004; reports, 2692, 2693, 2786, 2787, 2862, 2946, 2947,

3031, 3032, 3133, 3218, 3 2 1 9 , 33°7> 3308; vaccination regulations, 2092 Health, (native) Hawaiian Board of, 2788 health, public (Legislative Sanitary Committee), 2083, 3289 Hector, 2628, 2629 Hein, Captain, 1 9 1 5 Heinzelmann, Friedrich, 2 1 1 1 Hele Mai ia Iesu, 3084 Hellema, Doeke, 3313 Helu 1. No ke aha la oukou e make ai2313 Helu 2. Ua pono anei ka pule ia Mari?, 2314 Helu 3. No ka mare ana o na kahuna pule, 2315 Helu 4. Makemake anei oe i ke ola?, 2316, 2697 Helu j. Makemake anei oe i haumana Pope, 2317 Helu 6. E hele io Kristo la, 2318, 2698 Helu 7. Ka hoi ana mai o ke keiki uhauha, 2319, 2699 Helu 8. No ka manawalea, 2 3 2 0 Helu 9. Pule Mehameha, 2381 Helu 10. No ka hoomana anaina, 2382 Helu 11. No ka hoohiki wahahee i ke Akua, 2383, 2 7 0 0 Helu ix. Nakai, 2430 Helu 1 3 . He wahi manao kumu, 2431 Helu 14. Kumu Manao, 2432 Helu i j . Heaha ka aihue, 2526 Helu 16. Ka eehia ana o ka ahaaina a ka haku, 2 7 0 1 Helu 17. Mai hana ino i na holoholona, 2702 Helu 18. No ka mahi ana. . . ka awa, 2703 Henry, 2 2 0 0 Henry Crappo, 2245 Henry the Illustrious of Portugal, 3075 Herald, H M S , 1898, 1962, 1963, 2049, 2359 A Hero of Fitchburg, 3 2 1 0 Heros and Martyrs of the Modern Missionary Enterprise, 2052 Hicks, Albert W., 2389 Hikozo, 2534 Hill, Samuel S., 2 1 7 5 Hillebrand, William, 1952, 2 1 9 1 , 2753, 2760, 2823, 2880

721

722

Index Hilo Advocate, 3314 Hilo Boarding School, 2153 Hilo, Hawaii, 1 8 0 1 , 1808, 1889, 1 9 0 2 , 1982, 2 1 7 5 , 2335, 3069, 3 0 7 0 , 3 1 0 1 , 3185, 3282, 3314 Hines, Gustavus, 1 8 1 9 Historical Sketch of the Hawaiian Mission, 2819 Historical Sketch of the Progress of the Hawaiian Government, ¿434 history, church and religious, 2069, 2535 History of the Sandwich Islands Mission, 2853, 2927 Hitchcock, H. R., 2458, 2792, 2903, 2997, 3145 Hoapili, William. See Kaauwai, William Hoapili Hodder, Edwin, 3085 Hoffman, Dr. Edward, 1927, 2358, 2946 Hoike a ke Komite Hoonaauao, 3225 Hoike a ke Komite Wae, 3233 Hoike a Kekahi Komite, 3223 Hoike Makahiki Eha o ka Lunakanawai Nui, 2 1 6 7 Hoike Makahiki o ke Kuhina Waiwai, 1874, 1 9 2 0 Hoike o ke Komite no ke Kalepa, 2791 Hoike o ke Kuhina Kaua, 2279 Hoike o na Waiwai i hookomoia mai, 3079 Hoiliili Havaii, 2390 Holmes, Lewis, 2 2 1 8 Holona, 2741 Holt, Hermann von, 3069 homosexuality, 2379 Honolulu: Chamber of Commerce, 2893; descriptions, 1835, 1849, 1852, 1854, 1915, 1954, 1982, 1996, 2045, 2 0 5 1 , 2 1 3 6 , 2199, 2 5 1 4 , 2 6 1 0 , 2619, 2978, 2984, 3 0 1 3 , 3060, 3 0 9 1 , 3328; directories, 2 8 2 1 , 2890; entertainments (see entertainments); Fire Department, Board of Health, Post Office established, 1 8 1 3 , 2654; library, 1 8 2 0 , 3264, 3315; Nuuanu street, 2850; regulations directed to seamen, 2 1 0 0 ; ships lists, 1 9 0 2 , 1969; social life, 2815 "Honolulu," 2 6 1 0

Honolulu Advertiser. See Pacific Commercial Advertiser "Honolulu Capitale de lies Sandwich," 2 1 3 6 Honolulu Diocesan Almanac, 3"5 Honolulu Directory, and Historical Sketch, 2 8 2 1 , 2890 Honolulu Fire Department, 1813, 2654 Honolulu Free Press, 1821 Honolulu Free School, 2472 Honolulu Library and Reading Room Association, 3264, 3315 Honolulu Magazine and Mission Chronicle, 2955 The Honolulu Merchants' Looking Glass, 2499 "A Honolulu Newspaper," 2 1 1 2 Honolulu Rifles, 2236, 2282 Honolulu Sketches of Life, 3318 Hooiliili Havaii, 2283 Hooker, William Jackson, 2025, 2325 Hoonohonoho ana . . . o ka moi Lunalilo, 3056 Hoonohonoho ana o . . . ke kama alii Victoria Kamamalu Kaahumanu, 2 7 1 2 Hooper, William Hulme, 1945 Hopkins, Charles Gordon, 1930, 2 1 6 1 , 2372, 2578, 2579, ¿594, 2-595= 2 598, 2599 Hopkins, Manley, 2326, 2465, 2497, 2500, 2618, 2629, 2650, 2668, 2708, 2838, 3 1 3 2 Hoppin, James Mason, 3044 Hopu, Asa, 2791 Hopu, Thomas, 1 8 0 3 Hornby, Geoffrey Thomas Phipps, 2902 Hornet, 2733, 2734 hospitals, 2794, 3234; Queen's, 2329, 2338, 2396, 2406-2408; Seamen's, 2 4 1 2 , 2 4 1 3 , 2619 Howard, Captain, 2540 Howard, Wm. H., 2 0 2 1 Howland, Edward, 3 0 1 8 Hua (chief), 2339 hula, 2188, 2490, 2682, 2924; performers in California, 2470 Hulu, S . W . J . K., 2438 The Human Race, 2988 Hunnewell, James, 2186, 2709, 2776, 2797, 2839, 2845, 33*6 Hunt, Timothy Dwight, 1946 Hunt, William E., 2413

Hunter, Alfred, 2 1 1 3 Hurd, Washington, 2053 Hussey, Henry, 2 1 1 4 Hutchinson, Alexander, 3188 Hutchinson, Ferdinand W., 2692, 2786, 2862, 2946, 2990, 2991 Hutton, James, 3045 Hyde, John, 2184 hydrography, 2 3 0 1 Hymn of Kamehameha I, 3054 hymnals and song books, 1892, 1913, 2 1 0 9 , 2 1 1 8 , 2129, 2216, 2334, 1496, 2505, 2531, 2532, 2603, 2605, 2607, 2677, 2763, 2837, 2870, 2873, 2 9 0 1 , 2959, 2960, 3046, 3047, 3049, 3087, 3239, 3244, 3319, 3330, 3334 I., A., 2641 I ka Lehulehu, 3276 I ka Mea Hanohano Chas. R. Bishop, 3306 la Oli Iluna Puka na Hoku Mahana Eha!, 3158 Ibbotson, Edmund, 2724, 2754 ichthyology, 3198 Ii, John, 1 8 1 1 , 1 8 1 2 , 1865, 1930, 2 1 6 0 , 2198, 2581, 2834 immigration, 2753, 3026, 3043, 3 1 2 0 , 3 1 2 3 , 3188, 3205, 3 2 1 4 , 3232, 3240, 3307, 3308 Immigration, Board of, 2753, 3307, 3308 imports and exports, 1872, 2 2 0 1 , 3305. See also Custom House Statistics In the Matter of the Application . . . for the Kahului Railway Company, 3320 Inauguration of Edward G. Beckwith, 2042 Independent Citizens, committe of, 1947 Independent Line! For San Francisco Direct, 2053 infant mortality, 3207 Interior, Department of, 2428, 2480, 2579, 2580, 3222; reports, 1 8 1 5 , 1872, 1 8 7 3 , 1928, 1929, 1935, 2005, 2006, 2093, 2094, 2 1 6 1 , 2 1 6 2 , 2265, 2266, 2372, 2-373, 2478, 2479, 2860, 2-944, 3 I2 -9, 32-14, 3308 The International Status of Figi, 2-974 Investigator, 2 1 8 7 , 2199, 2228

Index Ireland, A., 2435 Isenberg, Paul, 3137 Island Life, 3344 The Island World of the Pacific, 1 8 0 1 , i 8 o z , 2073 The Islander, 3086 Isle of France (bark), 2354 Jackson, George E. G., 3232 Jacobs, Alfred, 2327, 2436 Jane Remorino, 1 9 1 5 Japan, relations with, 2391-2394, 2427, 2437, 2948 Japanese in Hawaii, 1888, 1 9 1 5 , 2534, 3 1 2 0 Japanese Wrecks, 3112 Jardine Mathison, 2609 Jarves, James Jackson, 1839, 1872, 2138, 2 2 1 9 - 2 2 2 1 , 2957 Jaski, F. C., 2 1 1 5 Jenkins, John S., 1948 Johanna, 2352 John Adams, 3044 John Howland, 1888, 3 1 1 2 Johnson & Foster, 2354 Johnson, Benjamin F., 2026 Johnson, Edward, 2529 Johnston, Charles, 2264 Johnston, James D., 2437 Johnston Island (Cornwallis Island), 2264 Jolls, Captain, 2389 Jones, Charles E., 2996 Jones, Louise Coffin, 3317 Jones, Peter Cushman, 2499 Jones, Thomas Ap Catesby, 2088, 2 1 6 0 , 3081 Jones, W. C., 3127, 3128 Jones, William H., 3198 Josephine (ship), 2175 Journal de Madame Giovanni, 2243. See also Giovanni, Madame Journal D'un Baleinier Voyages en Oceanie, 2730 Journal of a Voyage to California, 1887 A Journal of a Whaling voyage, 3193 Journal of Commodore Goodenough, 3 1 2 2 Journal of the Proceedings of the . . . Anglican Church, 3273 Journal of the Voyage of the "Missionary Packet," 3316 A Journey to Great-Salt-Lake City, 2447

Jubilee Celebration. La Kulaia Iubile, 2872 Judd, A. Francis, 2727, 3 0 2 1 , 3022, 3318 Judd, Charles H., 2487, 3127, 3128, 3158, 3159, 3 1 6 1 Judd, Gerrit P., 1 8 1 1 , 1 8 1 2 , 1815, 1840, 1865, 1872, 1873, 1893, 1935, 1947, 1 9 5 1 , 2004, 2175, 2447, 2477, 2499, 2529, 2834, 2843, 2939) 3 I O I > 3 3 l 8 Judd, Laura Fish, 2138, 3318 Judiciary Department, 1931. See also Attorney General; Supreme Court Junior, 2769 Juno, HBMS, 2159 Jurien de la Graviere, Jean Pierre Edmond, 1991, 2588 Juvenile Concert of Vocal and Instrumental Music, 2085 Ka Ai o Ka La, 1822, 1886, 1949, 2 1 1 6 , 2176, 2395 Ka Baibala Hemolele, 2803, 2958 Ka Buke a Moramona, 2 1 1 7 Ka Buke Ao Heluhelu, 2903, 3145 Ka Buke Himeni. . . Anglicana, 3046 Ka Buke Himeni Hawaii, 2959, 3087, 3319 Ka Buke Hoomana, 2 7 1 0 Ka Buke o ka Pule Ana, 2 5 0 1 , 2-754, 2-840 Ka Buke o na Halelu, 2841, 2904 Ka Ekalesia o Ta Hatu, 2284 Ka Ekalesia Oiaio, 2755 Ka Hae Hawaii, 2153, 2 1 7 7 Ka Hae Hoonani, 2873, 2960, 3047 Ka Haimanao o ka Moi, 2601 Ka Haiolelo a ka Moi, 2648, 2.877, 332-3, 3 3 M Ka Hoike a na Komisina, 3186 Ka Hoike ana o ka Manaoio, 275 6 Ka Hoike Laulaha a ke Komite Waiwai, 3301 Ka Hoike o ka Halawai Makahiki, 2749 Ka Hoku o ka Pakipika, 2438 Ka Honua Nei, 2997 Ka Hope o ka palapala makahiki o ke Kuhina no ka aina e, 2260

Ka hope o ka Palapala M.H. o ke Kuhina Waiwai, 2158 Ka Huinahelu Hou, 2874 Ka Lei Alii, 3239 Ka Lira Hawaii, 2 1 1 8 Ka Makamae Hawaii, 2804 Ka Misionari Hawaii, 2178 Ka Moi, 2356 Ka Moolelo Heneri Opukahaia, 2-757 Ka Mooolelo Hawaii, 2285, 2509 Ka Mooolelo no ka Ekalesia, 2439, 2.535 Ka Nu Hou, 2024, 2034 Ka Nuhou Hawaii (Nuhou), 3004, 3036[i], 3036[j], 3036(0] Ka Nupepa Kuokoa, 2440, 30 3 6[r] Ka Olelo a ka Moi, 2397 Ka Olelo a ke Alii, 2031 Ka Olelo Makahiki. . .0 ka Aha Kiekie, 1939 Ka Robina Gula, 3049 Ka Uwea Telegarapa Pacifika, 3332 Kaahumanu (chiefess), 3318 Kaai, Simon K., 2794, 3036[f], 3226, 3295, 3320 Kaanaana, S., 3234 Kaauwai, William Hoapili, 2618, 2-754 Kaawealoha, Samuel, 1943 Kahanu, David, 3158, 3159, 3 1 6 1 Kahaulelio, D., 2794 Kahele, 2976, 3006 Kahoolawe, 3 1 0 6 Kahului Railway Company, 3320, 3321 kahuna, 2296, 2339, 2353, 2432, 3289, 3290 Kailua, Kona. See Kona, Hawaii Kailua, Oahu, 1 8 0 1 , 1982 Kaimikuokoa (pseud.), 2024 Kaiwi, Isaiah, 1943 Kakina, John, 3159, 3 1 6 1 Kalaiokekaona, B., 2438 Kalaiolele, J. W., 2438 Kalakaua, David, 2438, 2618, 2835, 3062; author of Baker's pamphlets, 3274, 3276; biographical sketch, 3039; election of 1872, 2941; election as monarch, 3 0 1 5 , 3022, 3036; laws, 3033, 3134, 3220; national anthem, 3054; proclamations, 3030, 3088, 3189; speeches, 2635,

723

724

Index 3050-3053, 3146-3148, 3MO, 324I> 3322-3324, 5 0 5 3 ; U.S. trip, 3 0 3 0 , 3 1 0 9 Kalakaua March, 3 0 1 2 . Kalama, Queen, 1 8 0 8 , 2.784, 3237 Kalama (steamship), 2,021 Kalaukoa, A. P., 3 1 4 4 Kalauli, A., 3 0 3 6 [ d ] , 3152., 3 1 6 2 Kaleleonalani. See Emma, Queen Kalepolepo, Maui, 2 0 4 5 , 2 0 4 6 Kalua, Jno. W., 3 3 0 5 Kamaka, P., 1 8 8 5 Kamakamailio ma ka olelo Beritania, Hawaii a me Farani, 2998 Kamakau, Samuel M., 2 0 2 4 , 2390, 2402, 2440, 2445, 2-615, 3 0 3 6 [ n ] , 3 0 3 6 ^ ] , 3086, 3149 Kamakau, W. P., 2 7 9 4 , 2857, 2 9 0 3 , 2939 Kamamalu, Queen, 2 6 1 7 , 2 6 2 0 , 2667, 2731 Kamamalu, Victoria, 2 1 2 0 , 2 1 2 2 , 2 1 6 5 , 2 2 2 3 , 2 4 3 6 , 2595, 2711-2715 Kamauoha, K., 3 2 2 4 Kamchatka, 2 5 6 3 Kamehameha I, 2964 Kamehameha II, 2 6 1 7 , 2 6 2 0 , 2.667, 2 7 3 1 Kamehameha III: biography of, 2 6 1 3 ; death, 1 9 5 1 , 2 0 3 2 , 2 0 3 3 , 2 1 1 9 ; debts of, 1 9 3 0 ; laws, 1 8 1 3 , 1 9 3 1 , 2 0 0 7 ; proclamations, 2 0 2 7 , 2 0 2 8 ; speeches, 1 8 7 2 , 1 9 3 5 , 2029-2031 Kamehameha III, King of the Sandwich Islands, 2 6 1 3 Kamehameha IV (Alexander Liholiho), 1 9 4 1 , 1 9 5 1 , 1 9 5 6 , 2 0 0 4 , 2 4 4 2 , 3 3 1 8 ; accession, 1 9 5 1 , 2 0 3 3 ; Book of Common Prayer, 2 5 0 1 , 2 5 6 0 , 2589, 2 6 4 2 , 2 7 1 6 ; death, 2 5 2 3 , 2 5 2 4 , 2 5 3 6 , 2 5 9 2 , 2593; estate, 2 5 9 0 , 2 5 9 1 , 2 6 4 3 - 2 6 4 6 ; laws, 2095, 2096, 2 1 6 4 , 2481; proclamations, 2 2 2 2 , 2 2 2 3 , 2 3 2 8 , 2 4 4 1 ; speeches, 2 1 2 0 - 2 1 2 4 , 2 1 7 9 , 2286, 2287, 2329, 2396-2398, 2408, 2442, 2 5 0 2 , 2 5 0 3 Kamehameha V (Lot Kamehameha), 1 9 5 6 , 2 0 9 3 , 2 1 7 7 ; accession, 2 5 2 3 , 2 5 2 4 ; Com-

mittee on Appropriations, 2485; Constitution, 2 5 6 5 - 2 5 7 3 , 2594, 2.596-2599; death, 2 9 4 1 , 2963; diplomatic mission to Europe, 3 3 1 8 ; laws, 2 7 8 8 , 2863, 2948; Minister of Finance, acting, 2 2 5 5 ; Minister of Interior, 2 1 6 1 , 2 2 6 5 , 2 3 7 2 , 2 4 7 8 ; Proclamation, 2595; speeches, 2 5 7 3 , 2 6 0 0 , 2 6 0 1 , 2 6 4 7 , 2 6 4 8 , 2 7 1 7 , 2759, 2805-2807, 2875-2877, 2961, 2962; War Department, 2 1 0 4 , 2120 Kamehameha V (ship), 2 6 2 8 Kamehameha, Albert (Prince of Hawaii), 2 2 7 0 , 2 2 7 1 , 2 2 8 6 , 2287, 2328, 2475, 2487-2489 Kamehameha Day, 2964 Kamehameha, Lot. See Kamehameha V Kamehameha (royal yacht), 2 0 4 5 Kamehameha (steamship), 2 0 2 1 , 3248 Kanahele, 3 1 8 8 Kanaina, Charles, 3036[d], 3 1 9 0 , 3237 Kanawai Hoopai Karaima o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, 2833 Kanawai o ka Moi, Kamehameha III, 1 8 1 4 , 1 9 3 2 , 2 0 0 8 Kanawai o ka Moi Kamehameha IV, 2 0 9 6 , 2 x 6 4 Kaneohe, 1 9 9 6 kanikau, 2438, 2 5 9 3 , 2 7 1 5 , 2 9 6 3 . See also chants. Kanoa, P., 3 2 3 4 Kanuha, 2 3 3 9 Kanawai o no Puali Koa, 2 0 9 9 Kaoliko, J. K., 3 2 3 4 Kaona, Joseph, 2 8 2 9 , 2 8 6 0 Kapaakea, Caesar K. (chief), 2 7 1 8 Kapapala ranch, 3 1 0 1 . See also Kau, Hawaii Kapeau (governor), 2 1 7 5 Kapena, John M., 3 0 3 6 ^ ] , 3 1 8 5 , 3 2 8 8 , 3 3 0 2 ; Minister of Finance, 3 2 1 4 ; Minister of Foreign Affairs, 3 2 1 7 , 3297, 3 3 1 1 , 3 3 2 5 ; translations, 2 7 8 3 , 2858, 2 9 4 0 , 2943, 2 9 4 7 Kapihenui, M. J., 2438 Kapiolani (chiefess), 2665 Kapiolani, the Heroine of Hawaii, 1665 Kapule, Debora, 1 9 9 6 Kate Lee, 2 8 7 8 , 3 1 0 1 Katekimo Katekumeno,

2965

Katekimo no ka poe Katolika, 3 1 5 0 , 3 1 5 1 , 3326 Kathleen, 2355 Kau, Hawaii, 2 1 7 5 , 2 8 0 5 , 2 8 1 8 , 2823, 2880, 3 0 1 0 , 3069, 3101, 3105 Kau Ilua ke Kilohana o na Lanakila, 3 1 5 8 Kauai, 1 8 8 7 , 1 9 2 5 , 1 9 9 6 , 3 1 0 6 . See also specific sites. Kauai, J., 3 2 2 6 Kaukaha, D., 2793 Kaulei, David, 2 6 3 6 Kauwahi, J. W. H., 2 2 1 4 , 2 4 3 8 , 2581 Kawaiahao Church, 1 8 6 5 , 2 5 7 1 , 2610, 3036^], 3062 Kawaihae, 1 9 9 6 , 2 1 7 5 Kawailiula, S. K., 2438 Kawainui, J. U., 3 0 3 6 ^ ] , 3 1 5 2 , 3162, 3213 Kawelo, 2 4 3 8 , 2 6 3 5 , 2 8 1 1 Kawelo, J. B., 2 4 0 2 , 2 4 4 5 Ke Alaula, 2 7 1 9 Ke hoakaka nei keia palapala, 2092 Ke Kaao o Laieikawai, 2 5 3 7 Ke Kahua Kuokoa, 3 1 5 3 Ke Kauoha Hou a ko kakou Haku e Ola'i a Iesu Kristo, 2 2 2 4 , 2 3 3 0 , 2399, 2 8 0 8 , 2 8 4 2 , 2905, 2906 Ke Keiki Paionia, 2 8 4 3 Ke Kuikahi me Farani, 2 2 7 4 , 2275 Ke Kumu Mua Ano Hou, 2 5 0 3 Ke Kumukanawai o ka Ahahui Euanelilo a Hawaii Nei, 2 0 2 0 Ke Kumukanawai o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, 1 8 6 4 Keahiakawelo, J. B., 2438 Kealakekua, 1 8 0 1 , 1 8 0 3 , 1 9 8 2 , 2175, 2880, 3 0 7 0 , 3 1 0 1 , 3282 Kealawaa, M. K., 3 2 2 4 Keauokalani, Zepherin, 2 2 8 3 , 2 4 0 2 . See also Kepelino Keawe (chief), 2 3 3 9 Keble, J., 2 7 2 0 Keeler, James, 3258 Kekai (Salt Sea), 1 8 5 1 Kekauluohi (chiefess), 3 3 1 8 Kekauonohi, Miriam (chiefess), 1823 Kekela, James, 1 9 4 3 , 2 1 7 8 , 2680, 2682, 2777 Kekelaokalani, Fanny Young, 3327 Kekuanaoa, Mataio, 1 8 6 5 , 2 1 6 0 ,

Index 2.398, 2.503, 2504, 2792., 2793, 2805, 2875; Board of Education, 2472, 2575, 2576, 2688, 2782, 2783; death, 2809, 2875 Ke-Kupuohi, 1803 Kelekona, Hale L. See Sheldon, Henry L. Keliikuku (chief), 2339 Kellett, Henry, 1898, 1962, 2049 Kennedy, David, 3154 Kennedy's Colonial Travel, 3154 Kenway, George, 2175 Keoni Ana (John Young II), 1815, 1872, 1928, 1935, 2005, 2093, 2.161, 2162, 2209 Keopuolani (chiefess), 2074 Kepelino (Zepherin Keauokalani), 2283, 2296, 2402 Kerhallet, Charles Philippe de, 1824, 2443 Kiana: A Tradition of Hawaii, 2219, 2220 "Kilauea," 2561 Kilauea Hou, 3234, 3282 Kilauea (steamship), 2385, 2860, 2-879, 3143 Kilauea (volcano), 1826, 1838, 1907, 1980, 1982, 2175, 2300, 2302, 2362, 2740, 2741, 2776, 2817, 2823, 2878, 2880, 3010, 3 1 0 1 , 3105, 3106, 3176, 3282. See also volcanoes Kinau (chiefess), 3318 Kinau, William Pitt, 2514 King, Thomas, 2628 The Kingdom and Church in Hawaii, 2617 The Kingdom of Christ, 1953 "King-Making in the Sandwich Islands," 3064 Kingston, William Henry Giles, 2538 Kinney, Henry, 1857 Kiohala (chief), 2339 Knights of Pythias, 2966 Knudsen, Valdemar, 2791 Ko Hawaii Ponoi (newspaper), 3036[k], 3036[q] Koakanu, P. F., 2445, 2792 Kohala, Hawaii, 1 8 0 1 , 1982, 3185 Kohaokalani (chief), 2339 Koloa, 1996, 3069, 3070 Komoikehuehu, J., 2794 Kona, Hawaii, 1 8 0 1 - 1 8 0 3 , 1982, 2175, 3184. See also Kealakekua

Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring Jurden, 2233 Konia (chiefess), 2208 konohiki, 3020 Krusenshtern, Adam John de, 2140 Kuaea, Moses, 2703, 3062 Kuaihelani, Lot, 1943 Kuapuu, S. K., 2438 Kubalski, Nickolaj Ambrozy, 2180 Kuikahi Aloha . . . mawaena o ke Aupuni Empire o Geremania, 3312 kuleana system, 2 1 9 1 Kumahoa, J. W, 2792 Kumukanawai, 1 8 1 2 , 1866, 2364, 2569. See also Constitution Kuokoa. See Ka Nupepa Kuokoa Kupau, J., 3227 La Flore, 2970 La Pérouse, Jean-François Galaup de, 2044 labor, importing. See immigration laborers, contract, 3188 Ladd, Wm., 1947 The Ladies Fair, 3 0 1 7 Lahaina, Maui: descriptions, 1803, 1808, 1854, 1893, T996, 2045, 2147, 2448, 3070; Seamen's Hospital, 2412, 2413; ships lists, 1902, 1969, 1990; St. Cross School, 3070, 3251 Lahainaluna Seminary, 1 8 0 3 , 1815, 1872, 1936, 2153, 2186, 2472 Laieikawai, 2440, 2537, 2674 Laird, Egerton K., 3089 Lamson, Joseph, 3243 Lanai (island), 3004, 3106. See also Gibson, Walter Murray; Mormon Church Lancashire Bell Ringers, 2907 land, 2694, 3086; crown lands, 2632; government leases, 3307; Quiet Titles, 2007, 3033; sales, 2577, 2623-2627, 2643-2646, 2685, 2686, 2-735-2-737 Land Commission, 1872, 1928, 2428 Land Office, 1815 Landais, Marion, 2168 Landsdale, Edward V., 2878 Lang, John Dunmore, 3090 Langue Havaïenne, 2400

Lanoye, Ferdinand de, 2602 Laplace, Cyrille Pierre Theodore, 3044 "The largest volcano in the world," 3176 Lascelles, Chs., 2673, 2674 The Last Cruise of "The Wanderer," 2551 Lathrop, George, 1947 Laws and Statutes, 1 8 1 3 , 1 8 1 4 , 1868, 1869, 1931, 1932, 2 0 0 7 - 2 0 0 9 , 2095, 2096, 2163, 2164, 2310, 2374, 2375, 2481, 2482, 2632, 2633, 2694, 2695, 2788, 2789, 2859, 2863, 2.864, 2948, 2949, 3033, 3034, 3T34> 3I35> 3220, 3221, 3298, 3299; Civil Code, 2 3 1 0 - 2 3 1 2 , 2374, 2481, 2788, 3020; Penal Code, 1 8 7 1 , 2 1 0 0 , 2374, 2525, 2550, 2788, 2832, 2833 Laws of Oahu College, 2043 Le Roman d'un Baleinier, 2827 Leathes, Edmund, 3328 Lecture Before the Honolulu Lyceum, 2250 Lee and Marshall's Circus, 2125-2128 Lee and Ryland Circus, 2844 Lee, William L., 1 8 1 1 , 1865, 1935, 1938, 2017, 2 1 0 3 , 2159, 2166, 2200, 2207, 2225, 2 3 1 0 legal documents and forms, 2214 Legislature: [1872 election], 2941, 2990, 2991; [1874 election], 3021, 3022, 3035, 3036, 3066; appropriation bills, 1933, 2010, 2098, 2165, 2267, 2376, 2483, 2790, 2865, 2866; Commission on Accounts, 3222, 3223; Committee on Appropriations, 2485; Committee on Commerce, 2791; Committee on Education, 2792, 3224, 3225; Committee on Finance, 2-485, 3 T 37, 3226, 3300, 3301; Committee on Foreign Affairs, 3227-3231; Committee on Rice and Sugar Duties, 3302, 3303; Committee to Investigate the Printing Office, 2793; expenditures, 2268, 2484; replies to kings' speeches, 2097, 2581; rules and orders, 1870, 1934, 2,011, 2 0 1 2 , 2269, 2580, 2950, 3037, 3136; Sanitary Committee, 2794, 3234; Select Committee, 3305,

725

726

Index 3306; Select Committee on Immigration, 3232, 3233 Leleiohoku, William Pitt II (prince), 3030, 3182, 3191 "The Lepers of Molokai," 3007 leprosy, 2632, 2692, 2786, 2820, 2862, 2946, 3007, 3133, 3234, 3307 Les effects de l'Évangile, 2409 "Les Européens dans l'Océanie," 2327 Les Grandes Scènes de la Nature, 2602 Les Polynésians, Leur Origins, leurs Migrations, leur Langage, 3329 Les Polynésiens et Leurs Migrations, 2728 Les Régions Nouvelles, 2813 Lesson, Pierre Adophe, 3329 "Letter from the Hawaiian Islands," 2828 Letter from the Sandwich Islands, 2362 Levant, 2413 Leverett, 2135 Lewers, C. H., 1947 Liberty and Loyalty, 2520 libraries, 1820, 3264, 3315 Lichenes of The Hawaiian Islands, 2.771 Life and Adventure in The South Pacific, 2448, 2449 "Life in Hawaii," 1950 Life in the Sandwich Islands, 1803, 1804 Life of Andrew Hull Foote, 3044 The Life of Charles James Mathews, 3265 Life on the Plains of the Pacific, 1819 The Life, Trial, and Confession and Execution of Albert W. Hicks, 2389 Liffey, 2902 Lighthall, William A., 2 0 2 1 Liholiho, Alexander. See Kamehameha IV Lihue, Kauai, 1996, 3070 Likelike (ship), 3251 Likelike (princess), 3202 Lilikalani, Edward K., 3137, 3155-3161 Liliuokalani, Lydia Kamakaeha (princess), 2797, 3183, 3202 Lincoln, Abraham, 2680, 2682, 2-777, 2-843 L'Instruction Obligatoire, 2956

Lira Kamalii, 2505 Lira Katolika, 2603, 2607 List of Arrivals at the Port of Lahaina, 2147 Live Yankee, 2455 Livere Kamalii, 1816 Liverpool, 2902 L'Océanie Nouvelle Les Chinois et les Européens, 2436 The Log of an Ancient Mariner, 3248 Logan, 2401 Loggboks-Anteckningar under En Jordomsegling, 2146 Log-Letters from "The Challenger," 3 1 1 3 , 3175 Long and Rafael's Circus, 2 1 8 1 , 2182 Los Gringos, 1845 "Love-Life in a Lanai," 3008 Low, Eben, 3251 Low, John, 3251 Low, John S., 2615 Loyalty, The Duty of Every Subject, 2468 Luce, George H., 2478, 3127, 3128 Lucett, Edward, 1825 Lunalilo, William C., 1956, 2440; biography of, 2999; death of, 3 0 2 1 , 3022, 3029, 3036; description of, 3070; election of, 2941; funeral, 3055, 3056; speeches, 3000; will, 3057 Lydgate, John Mortimer, 3 0 0 1 Lyman, Albert, 1887 Lyman, Chester Smith, 1826 Lyman, David B., 1808, 2175, 2-52-9 Lyman family, 1 8 0 1 , 3282 Lyman, Frederick S., 2823, 2880 Lyman, Henry M., 3281 Lyons, Albert B., 2635 Lyons, Curtis J., 2191, 2635, 2791, 2793» 2794, 2874, 3086, 3103 Lyons, Lorenzo, 1890, 2129, 2303, 2440, 2615, 2837, 2873, 2959, 2960, 3046, 3048, 3049, 3087, 3239, 3289 Lyrae Catholicae, 3244 Macdonald, John Machar, 3192 Macgregor, 3111 Macgregor, W. Laird, 3091 Mackintosh, A., 3251 MacLean, James, 2159 magazines and periodicals: The Hawaiian, 2952; Hawaiian

Church Monthly Messenger, 2993; The Hawaiian Spectator, 2750; Hilo Advocate, 3314; Honolulu Magazine and Mission Chronicle, 2955; The Islander, 3086; Ka Hoku Loa, 2402; Ka Misionari Hawaii, 2178; The Maile Quarterly, 2635; O ka Hae Katolika, 2810; O Ka Hae Kiritiano, 2402, 2445; Punch Bowl, 2850; Sandwich Islands Monthly Magazine, 2191 Mahelona, J. W., 2034 Maid of Australia, 2354 Maigret, Louis, 1859, 2054, 2217, 2252, 2344, 2400, 2477, 3092, 3244, 3343 The Maile Quarterly, 2635 Makaainana (pseud.), 3162 Makalena, J. W., 2791 Makawao, 1982, 1996 Makee, James, 2561, 2660, 3185 Makee, Parker, 2660, 3009 Makiki Family School, 2444 Malbiaty, Antonio, 2294 Malo, David, 2177, 2252, 2285, 2431, 2509, 2639, 3144, 3162, 3224, 3226 Mamala Hoa Kanawai, 3165 Manjiro Hyoryuki, 1888 Manjiro Nakahama (John Mung), 1888 Mann, Horace, 2 7 2 1 , 2760, 2775, 2824, 2826 Manning, Agnes M., 2879 Man-of-War Life: A Boy's Experience, 2185 Manuale Katolika no ta poe Havaii, 2722 Manuale no ka poe Katolika, 3058 Manuale No Ta Poe Katolika, 2035, 2226 Marquesas Islands mission, 1817, !877, 1943> 2.019, 24 J 4> 2672 marriage laws, 2834, 2951, 3033 Marsh, James W., 2024, 2034 Marshall, James Fowle Baldwin, 1950 Marshall, T. W. M., 2404 Marshall, W. P., 3163 Martin, W., 2880 Martin, William, 2761, 2762 Mary, 1825 Mary Belle Roberts, 3143 Mary Dare, 1852

Index Mary Jane, 3284 Mason, George, 2539, 2544, 2-547, 2-618, 2649, 2658, 2725, 2964 Masons, Free Order of, 2 1 8 3 , 2406 Masset, Stephen C., 2 5 4 0 Mathews, Charles James, 2975, 32.65 Mauer, A., 2967 Maui, 1996, 3 1 0 6 . See also Lahaina and other specific sites Mauna Kea, 1 8 0 7 , 1996, 3069, 3070, 3105 Mauna Loa, 1 8 0 7 , 1 8 5 0 , 1 8 5 1 , 1857, 1 9 0 7 , 2 1 4 2 - 2 1 4 4 , 2303, 2326, 2363, 2 7 4 1 , 2776, 2817, 2823, 2894, 3 0 1 3 , 3 0 7 0 , 3 1 0 1 , 3 1 0 5 , 3286. See also volcanoes Maunaolu Female Seminary, 2828, 2939 Mayne, Richard Charles, 2506 Mazeppa, 1835 McCook, Edward M . , 2744, 2.748, 2766 McKibben, Robert, 2372, 2478 M'Clure, Robert Le Mesurier, 2 1 8 7 , 2228 M'Culloch, Captain, 2448 Meagher, J . T., 2908 Mecham, G. F., 2288 Mechanics Engine Company No. 2, 2723 medicines: native Hawaiian, 2083, 2353, 3289; patent, 2446 Meek, John, 1 9 4 7 , 3248 Meinicke, Carl Eduard, 3093 mele, 1 8 0 3 , 2339, 2 3 9 0 , 2 4 0 2 , 2454, 2 7 1 3 . See also chants; kanikau Meie Evanelio, 3330 Meie Kamehameha ("Hawaii Ponoi"), 3054, 3 0 6 2 Mellan, Archibald, 2769 Melville, Herman, 1 8 2 5 , 1982 A Memoir of Daniel Wheeler, 2346 Memoir of Luther Severance, 2 1 4 1 Memorial Volume of the First Fifty Years, 2 4 1 9 , 2 4 6 1 , 2462 The Merchant's Manual, 2331 Merrill & Co., 2628 Metcalf, Simon, 1828 Metealf, T., 1 9 2 8 , 2 0 0 5 meteorology, 1 8 4 3 , 1844 Micronesia mission, 1 8 1 7 , 1 8 7 6 , 1877, 2 0 1 9 , 2 1 3 7 , 2 1 9 7 , 2 1 9 8 , 2205, 2 2 5 1 , 2 4 1 4 , 2420, 2672

Mikado, 3 0 9 0 Mikalemi, Edward, 3158, 3 1 6 2 Mila, G. W., 2438 Miles, James B., 2845 military: Hawaiian Cavalry, 1940, 1 9 4 1 , 2 0 1 6 , 2487, 2847; Hawaiian Guard, 1867, 1 9 4 0 , 1 9 4 1 , 2 0 1 6 ; Honolulu Rifles, 2236, 2282; Laws for Soldiers, 2099; militia, 2 0 0 9 , 2 0 1 3 , 2 0 1 6 . See also War, Department of Miller, William, 1 8 1 0 , 1852, 1 8 6 2 , 1875, 2 1 8 7 , 2661 Mills, Cyrus T. 2529 Mills, J. D., 3 1 1 6 Milner, John, 2846 Milner, Thomas, 2604 Miner, Edwin, 2438 Miner, Mrs. Apia, 2438 ministerial reports. See specific departments Misa de San Jose, 2677 Miscellanies, 3281 The Mission Field, 2560 Mission Life, 2724 Mission Schools in India, 2459 missionaries: biographies and memoirs, 2 0 5 2 , 2069, 2 0 8 0 , 2 1 9 4 , 2244; criticism of, 1 8 4 0 ; Foreign Office questionnaire, 2 2 6 1 ; history and review, 1 8 0 9 , 1946, 2 1 3 0 , 2819, 2928, 3 1 6 4 , 3 2 6 1 ; native Hawaiian, 1 8 7 7 , 1 9 4 2 , 1 9 4 3 , 2 0 1 9 , 2 1 7 8 , 2384, 2 4 1 4 . See also American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions; Anglican Church controversy; Anglican Church Mission; Catholic Church; Hawaiian Evangelical Association; Hawaiian Mission Children's Society; Hawaiian Missionary Society; Mormon Church; Sandwich Islands Mission "Missionary Correspondence," 2829 "Missionary Interference at the Hawaiian Islands," 2650 Missionary Life in the Southern Seas, 3045 Missionary Packet, 2709, 3316 "Missionary Work in Hawaii," 2928 Mist, Henry W., 3 2 3 2 Mitchell, John Hippie, 3094

Mitchell, Josiah A., 2733 Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt, 3063 Moanauli, J. W., Jr., 3229, 3 2 3 0 Modern Times, 2347 Moehonua, William Luther, 2 7 1 8 , 3Q36[d], 3 2 1 7 mollusks, i 8 6 0 , 1 8 6 1 , 2 1 4 8 , 2 1 4 9 . See also shells Molokai, 1 8 0 3 , 1996, 2 0 4 1 , 2-786, 2946, 3 0 0 7 , 3 1 3 3 , 32.34, 3307 Molteno, Frank, 2628 Monsarrat and Company, 2 0 3 6 Monsarrat, Marcus C., 2036, 2222, 2223 Montgomery, John, 2657 Montgomery, Walter, 3328 Montreal, 2379 Montressor, Captain, 2326 Mooolelo Hawaii. See Ka Mooolelo Mooolelo o ka Ekalesia, 2 5 4 1 Moore, Commander, 1945 Moore, Lewis J., 2299 The Moral Unity of the Human Race, 1 8 3 6 Moreno, Celso Caesar, 3276, 333i, 3332, 3337 Mormon Church, 2 0 2 6 , 2 1 1 0 , 2 1 1 7 , 2 1 8 4 , 2 4 1 0 , 2447, 3258 Morning Star, 2 1 3 7 , 2 1 9 7 , 2 1 9 8 , 2 4 1 4 , 2 4 2 0 , 2672 The Morning Star, 2 1 9 7 , 2198 Morning Star: History of the Children's Missionary Vessel, 2414 Morrill, Justin Smith, 3095 Morris, Thomas, 3258 Morton, Henry Bruce, 3266 Moseley, Henry Nottidge, 3267 Moses Taylor, 2975, 2984, 3265, 3328 The Most Rev'd Doctor James Butler's Catechism, 2466 Mott Smith, John, 1 9 4 7 , 2634, 2860, 2942, 3 1 2 5 , 3 1 3 7 , 3145, 3218 Mullett, J. C., 2332, 2542 Mung, John. See Manjiro Nakahama Munger, James F., 1889 Murcoch, H. C., 2273 Murphey, Charles, 3193 Murray, Archibald Wright, 3164 Musical Hall Association, 3333 My First Mission, 3258

727

728

Index N. 5. Perkins, 3250 Na Haawina Baibala, 1 8 9 0 Na Haawina Mua o ka Hoailona Helu, 2 2 8 9 , 2 6 5 1 Na Helu Kalavina, 2 3 3 3 Na Himeni Hoolea, 2 1 2 9 , 2 3 3 4 , 2605, 2763 Na Himeni o ka Ekalesia Anglicana, 3 3 3 4 Na Hoike a ke Kuhina Kalaiaina, 3308 Na Hoike e ikeia'i o ka olelo i kapaia, 2 5 4 3 Na Huaolelo a me na Olelo Kikeke ma ka Beritania, 2 0 3 7 Na Kanawai o Ka Moi Kalakaua, 3034, 3135, 3221, 3299 Na Kanawai o ka Moi Kamehameha V, 2 6 3 3 , 2 6 9 5 , 2 7 8 9 , 2864, 2949 Na Kanawai o ka Oibana, 3 0 9 6 Na Kanawai o ka Puali Kaua Lio Hawaii, 2 8 4 7 Na Kumukanawai a me na mia o ka Ahahui Poola, 3 2 6 8 Na Lima Nui, 3 2 5 8 Na Liu o ka Waiwai, 3 0 5 9 Na Mea e Hana ia ai, 2 5 4 4 Na Motu: or, Reef-Rovings in the South Seas, 2 0 4 5 , 2 0 4 6 Na Olelo Ao Liilii, 2 6 5 2 Na Olelo Hoakaka a me na Hooholo, 2 8 4 8 Na Olelo Hooholo Ka Aha Kiekie, 2 7 4 7 Na Rula e Pono ai ka Hana ana iloko, 1 9 3 4 Na Rula o na Ahahui Lunakahiko, 3269 Nadeshda, 2 1 4 0 Nahaolelua, Paul, 2 4 8 5 , 3 0 2 6 , 3129 Nahienaena (chiefess), 3 3 1 8 Nailiili, J. L., 2 4 3 8 Nakai, 2 4 3 0 Nakaleka, J., 3 2 3 0 Nakila, J., 2 7 9 2 Namahana (chiefess), 3 3 1 8 Naone, P., 303é[d] Napela, Jonathan H., 3 2 5 8 Napoleon III, 2 2 7 3 Nares, G. S., 3 1 6 7 , 3 1 9 7 , 3 2 6 7 Narragansett, 3 1 9 8 Narrative of a Journey Round the World, 1 9 1 5 , 1 9 1 6 , 1 9 8 8 , 2081 Narrative of a Voyage, 1 9 8 7

Narrative of The United States Exploring Expedition, 1 9 0 3 , 2195 Narrative of the Voyage of H.M.S. Herald, 1 9 6 2 Nassau, 2 2 7 3 The Natural History of Man, 2818 natural resources, 2 3 1 0 , 2 9 5 2 , 3185 Naturen og Folkelivet paa Sydhavs-oerne, 2 7 8 0 navigation, 1 8 2 4 , 2 1 9 6 , 2 4 4 3 , 2812, 2854, 2883, 2897 Nawahi, Joseph, 3 2 2 9 , 3 2 3 4 The Net Cast in Many Waters, 2-72-5 Netherlands, treaty with, 2 4 9 2 Nettie Merrill, 2 3 5 6 neutrality, proclamation of, 2 0 2 8 , 2-441, M56> 3 i 8 9 Neva, 2 1 4 0 Nevada, 3 0 7 0 New Concert Hall, 2 6 5 3 New Edition Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition, 1841 New England (ship), 2 1 9 4 New Era and Weekly Argus, 1951, 2112 The New World: embracing American History, 2 0 7 2 Newcomb, Harvey, 2 1 3 0 Newcomb, Wesley, 1 9 4 7 , 1 9 5 2 , 2039, 2047, 2131 Newell, Charles M., 2 3 3 5 Newhall, Charles Lyman, 2 3 3 5 News from the Seat of War!, 2038 newspapers: The Amateur, 1 8 4 7 ; Daily Hawaiian Herald, 1679; The Hawaiian Gazette, 2 1 8 8 , 2 6 3 4 , 3 1 4 1 , 3 1 4 2 ; Honolulu Free Press, 1 8 2 1 ; Ka Hae Hawaii, 2 1 5 3 , 2 1 7 7 ; Ka Hoku o ka Pakipika, 2 4 3 8 ; Ka Nu Hou, 2 0 2 4 , 2 0 3 4 ; Ka Nuhou Hawaii, 3 0 0 4 , 3 0 3 6 ^ ] , 3 0 3 6 I J ] , 3 0 3 6 [ o ] ; Ka Nupepa Kuokoa, 2 4 4 0 , 3 0 3 6 [ r ] ; Ke Alaula, 2 7 1 9 ; Ko Hawaii Ponoi, 30361k], 3036[q]; New Era and Weekly Argus, 1 9 5 1 , 2 1 1 2 ; The Pacific Commercial Advertiser, 2 1 8 8 , 2568, 2573, 2742, 3036[a]; Punahou Journal, 2 9 6 8 ; Puna-

hou Reporter, 2 9 6 9 ; The Saturday Press, 3 3 4 0 ; Weekly Argus, 1 8 4 0 Niagra, 2 4 4 8 Niboyet, Jean Alexandre Paulin, 2401 Nichols, Charles Fessenden, 3 0 0 2 Nickerson, Captain, 2 4 0 1 "The Night Dancers of Waipio," 2924 Niihau, 1 8 8 7 , 2 5 7 7 Nile, 3 2 0 8 "Nimrod of the Sea," 3 0 1 6 No Ka Aoao Moremona, 2 1 8 4 No ka Meta, 2 9 0 9 No ka Moolelo Ekalesia Katolika, 2849 No ta Hae Havaii, 2 2 9 0 No ta Hotu Loa Kalavina, 2 3 3 6 Noble (brig), 2 0 3 8 Nordhoff, Charles, 2 1 8 5 , 3 0 0 3 , 3060, 3061, 3097 North Pacific Pilot: Part 11, 2 8 8 3 Northern California, Oregon, and the Sandwich Islands, 3060, 3061, 3097 Norton, Thomas Howes, 2 2 1 8 Norway, treaty with, 2 0 8 9 , 2 0 9 5 , 2193 "Note on the Eruption of Mauna Loa," 1 8 5 7 Notes by A Naturalist on the "Challenger," 3 2 6 7 "Notes on Kilauea and the Recent Eruption of Mauna Loa," 1 9 0 7 Notes on the Eruption of the Hawaiian Volcanoes, 2 8 2 3 Notes on The Grammar of The Ponape District, 2 2 5 1 Notes on the Latent Resources of Polynesia, 1 8 3 4 Notes on the Volcanoes of the Hawaiian Islands, 2 7 7 6 Notice sur Les îles Havai, [Galopin], 2 3 6 1 ; [Martin], 2 7 6 2 Notice to Seamen!, 2 1 0 0 Nott and Company, 3 1 8 8 Nuhou Hawaii. See Ka Nuhou Hawaii Nupepa Kuokoa. See Ka Nupepa Kuokoa O O O O

ka Hae Katolika, 2 8 1 0 Ka Hae Kiritiano, 2 4 0 2 , 2 4 4 5 ka Pono ke Hanaia, 3 1 5 2 ke Anhonua, 2 0 4 0

Index O Ke Kumumua Hou, 2.545, 2.72.6 O na Kanawai Kivila o ko Hawaii Pai Aina, 2 3 1 2 O Na Kanawai o ka Moi Kamehameha IV, 2375, 2482 O Na Laau Lapaau a Dr. D. Jayne, 2446 O Na Olelo Hoopomaikai, 2291 Oahu College, 2 0 4 1 - 2 0 4 3 , 2153, 2186, 2307. See also Punahou School Oberländer, Richard, 2985 Obookiah, Henry, 1 8 0 3 , 2851 Occasional Paper of the Hawaiian Church Mission, 2618 Ocean's Story, 3 0 1 8 Ocherki perom i karandashem, 2.514, 2773 Odd Fellow (ship), 2540 Odd Fellows, Independent Order of, 2227, 2764 Ogden, Maria, 2444 Olelo Hooakaka, 2403, 2765 Olelo Hookui. . . no ko Aina E, 2003 Olelo Hoolaha a ka Moi, 2 1 2 2 Olelo Hoolaha No Kauai, 1925 Olelo Hoolaha Owau, Kamehameha V, 2598 Olelo i Hookui... o ko na Aina E, 2091 Ollivant, Joseph Earl, 2 9 1 0 "On a visit to the Recent Eruption of Mauna Loa," 2307 "On Changes of Level in the Pacific Ocean," 1908 "On Coral Reefs and Islands," 1806, 1909 "On Recent Additions to our Knowledge of the Avifauna," 3270 "On the Birds of the Sandwich Islands," 3245 On the Circulation of the Oceans, 2348 "On the Eruption at Hawaii," 2142 "On the Eruption of Mauna Loa, Hawaii, February, 1852," 1851 "On the Eruption of Mauna Loa in 1 8 5 1 , " 1850 "On the Geography and Recent Volcanic Eruption," 2817 "On the present condition of the Crater of Kilauea," 1980

"On the Recent Condition of Kilauea," 1826 "On the recent eruption of Mauna Loa," 2143 "On the Volcanic Mountains of Hawaii," 2133 "On Volcanic Action at Mauna Loa," 2 1 4 4 opium, 3033 Opukahaia, Henry, 1 8 0 3 , 2757, 2851 The Ordinations Of the Church of England, 2622 ornithology, 2 2 3 7 - 2 2 4 0 , 2283, 2743, 2826, 2921, 3 1 1 6 , 3245, 3260, 3 2 7 0 Os Mundos Novos, 2 4 0 1 Osborn, Sherard, 2 1 8 7 , 2228, 2404 Osborne, Fanny, 1 8 9 1 , 2229 "Our Neighbours of the Sandwich Islands," 2292. Over land and Sea, 3077 Ozeanien, die Inseln der Sudsee, 2985 The Pacific Commercial Advertiser, 2188; Daily Legislative Bulletin, 2742; "Extras," 2568, 2573, 3036(a) Pacific Hose Company, 2654 The Pacific Railroad—Open, 2822 Pacific Slope (pseud.), 3194 Pahukula, W. S., 3 0 3 6 ^ ] , 3165 Paige, James W., 3243 palaces, 1808, 2 0 5 1 , 3129, 3137, 3138, 3168, 332.5 Palapala a Lui Epikopo Aratia, 3092 Palapala Himeni, 1892 Palapala Hoakaka, 2553, 2554 Palapala Hoike . . . ka Lunakanawai Nui o ka Aha Kiekie, 2796, 2869, 3042, 3 1 4 0 , 3236, 3 3 1 0 Palapala Hoike a Ka Papa Ola, 3032, 3 2 1 9 Palapala Hoike a ka Peresidena o ka Papa Hoonaauao, 2.154, 2.367, 2.576, 2783, 2858, 2940, 3025, 3126, 3 2 1 3 , 3239 Palapala Hoike a ke Kuhina Kalaiaina, 1929, 2006, 2094, 2 1 6 2 , 2266, 2373, 2479 Palapala Hoike . . . a ke Kuhina Kaua, 2 1 0 5 , 2 1 7 1 , 2494

Palapala Hoike, a ke Kuhina no ko na Aina E, 1922, 2 0 0 1 , 2090, 2 3 7 1 , 2259 Palapala Hoike a Ke Kuhina Waiwai, 2087, 2157, 2256, 2369, 2690, 2785, 2861, 2943, 3027, 3130, 3296 Palapala Hoike a na Komisina o ke Ola, 2004 Palapala Hoike Makahiki a ke Kakauolelo o no Oihana Kaua, 2277 Palapala Hoike o ka Papa Ola, 2693, 2787 Palapala Hoohui i Manaoia no ka Huihooholo Kaamahu o Kahului, 3321 Palapala Makahiki. . . a ka Peresidena a ka Papa Hoonaauao, 2154 Palapala Makahiki a ke Kuhina Aopalapala, 1937, 2 0 1 5 , 2 1 0 2 Palladar, 2038 Palmer, A. A., 2981 Palmyra Island, 2480 Palohau, G. B., 3 2 3 2 Pane i na Haiolelo, 3275 Papa Kuhikuhi... o ka La Hanau o ka Moi, 3062 Papa Kuhikuhi o no Kuleana, 2428 Papaula, S. W., 2757 Paradise in the Pacific, 2984 Paris, John D., 2441, 2529 Parke, William C., 1865, 1899, 1938, 2004, 2223, 2407 Parker, Benjamin W., 1943, 1953, 2 1 7 8 , 2529 Parker, Henry H., 2529, 2572, 2608, 2 7 1 9 , 2778, 3062 Parker, John P., 2797, 3069, 3300 Parker, Mrs. E. M.Wills, 1893, 1906 Parley, Peter (pseud, of Samuel Griswold Goodrich), 2044 The Past and Future of British Relations in China, 2404 The Past and Present of the Sandwich Islands, 1946 A Pastoral Address, 2658 Patten, Wm. W., 3258 Paty, Captain, 2360 Paty, John H., 2520, 3222 Pau, 1967 Paulet, Lord George, 1825, 1894, 2 5 0 0 , 3318

729

730

Index Peabody, Andrew Preston, 2655 Peacock, 1855, 2.088, 2237 Peale, Titian R., 2237 Pearl, 2349, 2628, 2629 Pearl Harbor, 3004, 3051 Pearls of the Pacific, 3 1 1 1 Pease, Emery T., 2021 Pease, William Harper, 2405, 2-5°7. 2.761 Peebles, James Martin, 3098 Peirce, Henry Augustus, 3215, 3335, 3336 Pele, 2300, 2404 Penal Code, 1 8 7 1 , 2 1 0 0 , 2374, 2525, 2550, 2788, 2832, 2833 Penhallow, D. P., 1947 Pepa Manuahi o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, 3337 Perkins, Edward T., 2045, 2046 Perrey, M. Alexis, 2880 Perrin, Louis Emil, 1815, 2002, 2168, 3068 Personal Reminiscences, [Forbes], 3 1 1 7 , 3208 Petermann, August Heinrich, 3063 Petrovits, Mr., 1899 Pfeiffer, Ludwig Georg Carl, 2047, 2131 Pflueger, Charles, 2499 Pfluger, J. C., 2893 Philip Tabb, 2389 Phillips, Phillip, 3338 Phillips, Stephen H., 2784, 2791, 2831, 2990, 2991, 3004, 3005, 3070 Phillips, William, 2378 Phoenix, 2422 physicians, licensing of, 2788, 32.98 Pickering, Charles, 1827, 1992, 2048, 2237, 2546, 3166 Pierce, Henry E., 2834 Piikoi, Jona, 2337 Pilipo, G. W., 3 0 3 6 ^ ] , 3036[n], 3T37> 32-2.9, 3232 Pillet, E., 1986 Pinart, Alphonse, 3259 Pius IX, Pope, 2 1 7 3 , 3099, 3 1 0 0 Planet, 2045 Plastum, 2514 Plover, HMS, 1945 Plummer, Cyrus W., 2769 Plumper, HMS, 2506 Pogue, John F., 2177, 2285, 2529, 2-752., 2-755) 2.932. "Politics in the Sandwich Islands," 2656

Polk, 2534 Polynesia: a history of the South Sea Islands, 1894 Polynesia; a popular description of the physical features, 2667 The Polynesian, 1996 Polynesian Languages, 2508 Polynesian migrations, 2728, 3329. See also Hawaiian people Ponape, December 8, I8J6, 2205 Poola. See Ahahui Poola Poor, H. F., 2968 population, 2465, 3123, 3281 Portsmouth, USS, 3015, 3198 Postal Convention, 2867 potato industry, 2041, 2045 Poussin, Guillaume Tell, 1828 Pouzot, Charles, 2849 Powhattan, 2391, 2392, 2394, 2-437 Preface to the Book of Common Prayer, 2589 Prefazione al Libro Delle Preghiere, 2 7 1 6 Preston, Edward, 3230 Prince of Hawaii. See Kamehameha, Albert Princeville Plantation, 2552-2554, 30 69 The Prison of Weltevreden, 2082 Prison Rules, 2 2 1 1 prisons, 1813, 2 2 1 1 Privy Council, 1930, 2 0 2 1 , 2486, 3036, 3038, 3320 Progress, Z92.5 Provisional Session, 2232 Puaaiki, Bartimeus, 1803, 2640, 2663 Public Instruction, 2034, 2095; reports, 1815, 1872, 1873, 1935-1937, 2014, 2015, 2,101, 2102. See also Education, Board of (after 1855) Pule Mesa, 2230 Pumpelly, Raphael, 2881, 2882 Punahou journal, 2968 Punahou Reporter, 2969 Punahou School, 1815, 1872, 2042, 2727, 2968, 2969. See also Oahu College Punch Bowl, 2850 Purdy, Jack, 3069 Puritan Missions in the Pacific, 2680, 2777 Putnam, J. Bishop, 3064 Quatrefages (de Breau), Jean Louis Armand de, 2728

Quattordici Anni aile Isole Sandwich, 3105 Queen Emma. A Narrative of the Object of Her Mission, 2641 The Queen's Hospital, 2329, 2338, 2396, 2406-2408 Quick Step, 2354 The Races of Man, 1827 Raduga, 2416 Rae, John, 2508 Ragsdale, William P., 3133 railroads, 3320, 3321 The Rambles of a Globe Trotter, 3089 Raplee, Matthew, 2634 Rattler, Lew, 2294 Rebecca Sims, 27 69 Recent Exploring Expeditions to the Pacific, 1948 "The Recent Volcanic Eruptions in Hawaii," 2326 Reception at Iolani Palace, 2970 reciprocity: Convention for Commercial Reciprocity, 2738, 2742, 2748, 2758, 2759, 2766, 2770; opinions about, 2738, 2766, 3004, 3072, 3074, 3094, 3095, 3107, 3108, 3120, 3 2 0 1 ; Treaty of Reciprocity, 3033, 3080, 3104, 3132, 3 1 4 1 - 3 1 4 3 , 3200, 3246, 3342 Récits D'un Vieux Sauvage, 2339 Recuerdos de un Ciego, 1 8 0 0 Red Men, Improved Order of, 3195 regatta, 2353 Reise Durch den Stillen Ozean, 3206 Reise um die Welt, 2231 Reise um de Welt, 1963 Reisen in den mittleren und nördlichen Festländern Asiens, 2111 Reisen von Friedrich Gerstäcker, 1917 Relation of the American Board . . . to Slavery, 2458 Religious Tract Society of London, 2409 "Remarks on the Avifauna of the Sandwich Islands," 2921 Reminiscences of a Voyage Around the World, 2825 "Reminiscences of Honolulu," 1954 Remorino, Captain, 1915

Index Remy, Jules, 1872, 2.339, 2 4 1 0 , 2447, 2509, 2 8 1 1 A Reply to the Ministerial Utterances, 3274 Report adopted by the San Francisco Chamber of Commerce, 2770 Report of James Scott, 324 6 Report of The Commission on the San Francisco CustomHouse, 3 2 0 0 Report of the Royal Commission on the Development of the Resources, 3185 Report on Supply of Labor, 2753 reports, ministerial. See specific governmental departments such as Customs; Education; Finance; Foreign Affairs; Interior Republic of Bremen: treaty with, 2095 A Residence of Twenty-One Years, 20 69 Revenge, HMS, 2986 A Review of A Pastoral Address, 2608 Revised Analysis of the Sugar Question, 3257 Revised List of Qualified Voters, 3128 Revision of the Genus Schiedea and of The Hawaiian Rutaceae, 2 7 2 1 Reynolds, S., 1 8 2 1 , 1986 Reynolds, Stephen, 1893, 2 0 1 8 , 2095 Rhodes, Godfrey, 1938, 2 0 1 7 , 2 1 0 3 , 2166, 2581, 2893, 312.3, 3137, 3 2 3 1 , 3303, 3304, 3320 Rhone, 2332 rice, 3302, 3303 Rice, W. H., 1 8 0 3 , 2272, 2473 Rich, William, 1992 Richards, Mrs. William, i 8 6 0 Richards, William, 1 8 0 1 , 2052, 2088, 2232, 2 5 0 0 , 2708. See also Public Instruction Richardson, Charles, 3 1 0 1 Richardson, John, 2049 Ricord, John, 1924, 2393 A Ride Over the Rocky Mountains, 1852 Rives, Virginia (Kahoa), 2834 Rixman 8c Co., 2169 Robertson, Captain, 2038 Robertson, George M., 2005, 2 1 6 1 , 2168, 2 2 1 2 , 2272,

2 3 1 0 , 2 3 1 2 , 2378, 2379, 2-444, 1-51-5, 2.582-, 2.767 Robinson, James, 2499 Robinson, Mark R, 3123 Rooke, Emma. See Emma, Queen Rooke, Grace Young Kamaikui, 2691 Rooke, Thomas Charles Byde (T. C. B.), 1926, 1927, 2004, 2083, 2293 Ross, James, 2187 Ross, John, 2 1 4 0 Rosser, William Henry, 2812, 2883 Rough Notes of journeys, 3 1 0 1 Roughing It, 2978 Rouhaud, Hippolyte, 2813 Round Cape Horn, 3243 Round the World: a tale for boys, 2.538 "Round the World in the 'Sunbeam'", 3174 Round the World; Including A Residence in Victoria, 2975 A Roving Printer (pseud.), 2448, 2449 Rovings in The Pacific, 1825 Rowell, George B., 2 j o j , 2529 Rowe's Olympic Circus, 1829-1831 Royal Commission on . . . Resources, 3185 The Royal Faimily of Hawaii, 3039 Royal Hawaiian Agricultural Society, 2005, 2 1 7 7 , 2 1 7 9 , 2 1 9 1 , 2235, 2442 Royal Hawaiian Theatre, 1 8 3 2 , 1955-1960, 2189, 2 1 9 0 , 2294, 2-340, 2341, 2 4 1 1 , 2450-2453, 2 5 1 0 , 2606, 2768, 2884, 2885, 2 9 1 1 , 2912, 2971-2973, 3065, 3 1 0 2 , 3265, 3328, 3339 Royal Orders, 3040, 3088, 3096, 3138 Royal School, 1 8 1 5 , 1872, 1936, 2153, 2472 Ruckman, Garret W., 2 0 2 1 Ruggles, Samuel, 2665 Rula Kuhikuhi, 2631 Russell, Michael, 1894 Russia, 2028, 2038, 2454, 2 5 1 4 , 32.59 Rynda, 2454, 2 5 1 4 sailor's riot, 1895, ^ 9 6 , 2769 Saint-Hilaire, Isidore Geoffroy, 2132

A Salutation of Gospel Love, 2306 Sampson, Alonzo D., 2769 San Francisco (CA), 2770, 2855, 3200 sandalwood trade, 2088, 2 1 6 0 "Sandwich Island Correspondence," 2684 "The Sandwich Island Mission and its calumniators," 2732 Sandwich Island Notes [A Haole], 1996, 1997 "The Sandwich Islands": [Granger], 1809; [Tuttle], 2134 The Sandwich Islands and their People, 2681 "Sandwich Islands and their Sugar Crop," 2561 The Sandwich Islands as they are, 1893, 1 9 0 6 Sandwich Islands. Extracts from a Journal, 2547 Sandwich Islands Mission, 1833, 1897, 1 9 6 1 , 2050, 2853, 2927. See also American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions; Hawaiian Evangelical Association Sandwich Islands Monthly Magazine, 2 1 9 1 Sanitary Committee, 2794, 3289 Sanitary Instructions for Hawaiians, 3289 Saranac, USS, 3163 The Saturday Press, 3340 Sawkins, James Gay, 2133 Saxon, Isabelle (pseud, of Mrs. [Redding] Sutherland), 2814 Scenes in the Hawaiian Islands, 2610,2612 Schaefer, F. A., 2893 Schetsen en Beelden, 2967 schools: English language instruction in, 1872, 1936, 2529, 2575, 2583, 3292. See also Education, Department of; Public Instruction; textbooks Sclater, Philip Lutley, 2921, 3245, 3270 Scott, James, 3246 Scout, H M S , 3085 Scylla, 2902 Sea Bird, 2 0 2 1 , 3248 seamen, laws and regulations for, 2100 Seamen's Hospitals, 2 4 1 2 , 2 4 1 3 , 2619

732

Index The Second Interregnum, 3066 Seedtime and Harvest, 2.72.0 Seeman, Berthold, 1898, 1962, 1963 Sekai Kuni Kokushi, 2896 A Sermon on Home Missions, 2675 A Sermon on the Duties of Rulers, 2468 A Sermon on the Foolishness of Preaching, 1918 A Sermon, preached in the North Church, 2137 sermons, 1 9 1 8 , 2137, 2194, 2358, 2468, 2469, 2539, 2564, 2675, 2680, 2720, 3059 Sermons by Rev. Reuben Tinker, 2194 "Seven Weeks a Missionary," 3317 Severance, H. W., 2855 Severance, Luther, 1896, 2002, 2141 Seward, William H., 2629 Seymour, George, 3 1 2 2 Sharon, 2448 Shaw, William, 1835 Sheldon, Henry L., 2188, 2821, 3144, 3153. 32.90, 3340 shells, i860, 1952, 2039, 2047, 2 1 3 1 , 2148, 2149, 2 1 9 1 , 2204, 2405, 2989 Shenandoah (Confederate ship), 2628, 2629, 3163 Sherman, George, 1896 Sherman, John, 3246 shipping lists, 1828, 1902, 1969, 1990, 2147, 2295, 2342 Short Notes on the Winds, Weather, Currents, 2812 A Short Synopsis of Hawaiian Ferns, 3 0 0 1 A Short Synopsis of Hawaiian Grammar, 2555, 2556, 2889 "Six Hours in a Volcano," 2878 Skerrett, Joseph S., 3198 A Sketch of the Life of Com. Robert F. Stockton, 2139 A Sketcher's Tour Round the World, 1982 Sketches of the Missions of the American Board, 2929 Skizzer optagne paa Corvetten Galatheas, 1837 Skogman, Carl Johan Alfred, 2 0 5 1 , 2146, 2192, 2231

slavery, 2458 smallpox, 1840, 1 9 2 5 - 1 9 2 7 , I 93 I > I 947> 1996, 2004, 2007, 2093, 2-448, 3031 Smiles, Samuel, 2922, 2975 Smith, Daniel, 2797 Smith, Edgar A., 2989 Smith, J., 3036(d) Smith, J. Tuttle, 2134 Smith, James W., 1925, 1928, 2.005, 2-5*9, 3070 Smith, Lowell, 1877, 2 0 4 1 , 2315, 2316, 2440, 2529, 2697 Smith, Lucius E., 2052 Smith, Mat. K., 1840 Smith, Mrs. James W., 2981 Smith, Mrs. Lowell, 2981, 3289 Smith, W. Jas., 3024 Smith, William O., 3224, 3234 Snow, B. W., 1877 Sochineniia i perevody Vasiliia Mikhailovicha, 2563 Social Life in the Tropics, 2815 Sola, 2175 Some Points Connected with the Vital Statistics, 3207 Somerville, T., 2923 Song Pilgrimage around and throughout the world, 3338 South Sea Idylls, 3009 The Southern Tendency of Peninsulas, 3 1 8 0 Sovereign of the Seas, 1996 Sowle, Nathaniel W., 2379 Spain, 2883, 3004, 3336 Spaulding, Zephaniah S., 2778 Speech of Hon. Randall L. Gibson, 3074 Speeches on Commercial, Financial and Other Subjects, 3 2 0 1 spelling books. See textbooks Spencer, C. Nichols, 2455 Spencer, Stephen, 2486 Spencer, Thomas, 2294, 2340, 2-341, 2.356, 2448, 2499, 2908, 3x01 Spreckels, Claus, 2188 Spry, William James Joseph, 3167, 3196, 3197 St. George, 1889 St. George's Benevolent Society, 2657 St. Julian, Charles, 1834, 2 0 0 0 , 2002, 2974 St. Vincent, 2288 Staley, Thomas Nettleship, 2 5 0 1 , 2544, 2547, 2548, 2560,

2589, 2608, 2615, 2618, 2642, 2658, 2666, 2682, 2729, 2732, 2754, 2816, 2817 Stanley, Richard H., 2832, 2834, 3020,3036^] Statements made before the Committee of Ways and Means, 3280 statistics, vital, 1872, 3207. See also Education, Board of Statutes of the Royal Order of Kalakaua I, 3138 Statutes of the Royal Order of Kamehameha I, 3040 steamship service, 2005, 2007, 2 0 2 1 , 2385, 2961 Steen Bille's Beretning om Corvetten Galathea's Reise, 1905 Steen Bille's Bericht über die Reise der Corvette Galathea, 1848 Stewart, Charles S., 2665 Stewart, George W., 3340 Stewart, Harriet B., 2080, 2244 Stirling, Robert, 2990, 2991, 3 0 2 1 , 3022, 3036[b] Stockton, Robert F., 2139 Stoddard, Charles Warren, 2924, 2976, 3006-3009, 3067 Storm Bird, 3232 The Story of La Peyrouse, 2044 Story of the Morning Star, 2672 Stott, Wm., 2499 Streets, Thos. H., 3198 Strong, Joseph Dwight, 2549, 2886 Struggles and Triumphs, 3109 Sturgess, A. A., 1877 sugar, 2561, 2577, 2676, 2753, 2797, 2952, 3005, 3043, 3060, 3 1 0 3 , 3 1 0 7 , 3185, 3194, 3248, 3256, 3257, 3279, 3280, 3295, 3302, 3303. See also reciprocity Sullivant, William S., 2343, 3 0 1 9 Summer Cruising in the South Seas, 3067 Sunbeam, 3173, 3174, 3202, 3203, 3254, 3255 Supreme Court: decisions, 2168, 2169, 2212, 2272, 2378, 2379, 2525, 2834, 3188, 3237; reports of the Chief Justice, 1935, T938, 1939, 2017, 2 1 0 3 , 2166, 2167, 2272, 2377, 2490, 2491, 2582, 2696, 2747, 2795, 2796, 2868, 2869, 2951, 3041,

Index 3042, 3139, 3 1 4 0 , 3135, 3236, 3309, 3310; rules, 2 9 0 0 Sur les Tremblements de Terre, 2880 Sutherland, Mrs. [Redding]. See Saxon, Isabelle Sutton, Frederick W., 2298, 2299 Swan and Clifford, 2053, 2135 Swan, Lyman, 2135 Sweden, treaty with, 2089, 2095, 2193 Swift, 2 1 8 7 Swinton, Henry S., 1938 Synge, W. W. F., 2475, 2657 A Synopsis of the Birds of the Hawaiian Islands, 2826 A Synopsis of the Cruise of the U.S.S. "Tuscarora," 3 0 1 5 Ta Moo-Atua, 2296 Ta Pohatu Hoopa o Ta Poe Hoolepope, 2 0 5 4 , 2344 Taiti - Marquises - Californie, 2 1 4 5 Tamaroo, 2352 Tanner, James H., 1899 Tariff Act, 2331, 2897, 3 1 7 8 The Tariff on Imports into the United States . . . and Hawaiian Reciprocity Treaty, 3342 Tartar, 3 0 1 3 Tattnall, Josiah S., 2393, 2394 taxes, 2155, 2 1 7 5 , 2 4 1 5 , 2 5 7 7 , 3127 Taylor, Persis G., 1 9 4 2 Te Aniani, 2 2 9 7 telegraph cable, 3 2 4 0 , 3331 Ten Eyck, Anthony, 2 1 3 9 Ten Months among the Tents of the Tuski, 1945 Tenedos, 3 0 1 5 Teresina Peregrina, 3 0 1 1 Terror, 1945, 2 1 8 7 , 2 1 9 9 , 2359 textbooks: algebra, 2289, 2 6 5 1 ; arithmetic, 1884, 1944, 2 3 2 2 , 2584, 2 7 0 7 , 2 8 0 1 , 2874, 3082; atlas, 2 2 8 0 ; geography, 1 8 1 8 , 1 8 9 1 , 2 4 0 3 , 2435, 2765, 2896, 2985, 2997, 3093; geometry, 2 0 4 0 ; history, 2285; primers, 1 8 1 6 , 1943, 1 9 7 0 , 2545; puctuation, 2 6 7 0 ; reading and spelling, 1 9 7 0 , 2 5 0 4 , 2545, 2 9 0 3 , 3145; teachers manual, 2953, 2994. See also Hawaiian language A Thanksgiving Sermon, 2564 theaters, 1835, 1 9 1 5 , 3328; Buf-

fum's Hall, 2930, 2931; Foley's Varieties, 1 9 1 2 ; Hawaiian Theatre, 1 8 7 8 - 1 8 8 3 ; Royal Hawaiian {see Royal Hawaiian Theatre); Theatre Royal, 2298, 2299; Varieties Theatre, 1967, 1968, 2 0 5 5 - 2 0 6 6 Theatre Royal, 2298, 2299 Theory of the Winds, 2 1 9 6 These for Those, 2887 Thiercelin, [Louis], 2 7 3 0 Thomas, Richard, 2 2 3 2 Thomas, William Henry, 2977 Thompson, Augustus Charles, 2851, 3341 Thompson, Fred. W., 1 9 0 0 Thompson, James B., 2874 Thompson, Joseph P., 1 8 3 6 Thompson, M. L. P., 2 1 9 4 Thomson, F. T., 3 2 6 7 Thornam, Christian, 1 8 3 7 The Three Mrs. Judsons, and other Daughters of the Cross, 2244 Three Times Around the World, 27 69 Three Visits to Madagascar, 2245, 2305 Through and Through the Tropics, 3168, 3169 Thrum, Thomas G., 1974, 2 6 1 5 , 2925, 3 1 0 3 , 3340 Thurston, Asa, 2635, 3 2 1 0 Thurston family, 1 8 0 1 , 2 1 7 5 Thurston, Lorrin Andrews, 2 1 8 8 Tilley, Henry Arthur, 2454 Timbs, John, 2 7 3 1 The Time Has Come—Keep the Ball in Motion, 1 9 4 7 Tinker, Reuben, 2 1 9 4 To American Seamen, 1895, 1896 To District School Agents and to teachers, 2630, 2 6 3 1 To His Excellency W. L. Green, 3114 To Jesu Kirito Evanelio Hemolele, 1964, 1965 To the Public, 3 1 6 0 To the Sugar Planters, and others, 3194 tobacco cultivation, 2235, 2362 Tolman, Charles D. (alias Albert Sherman), 2 4 2 2 Torbert, Linton L., 2 0 4 5 , 2836 Torrey, John, 3 0 1 9 Tournafond, Paul, 3199 Town Free School, 1 8 7 2

Tracy, Joseph, 2 7 3 2 Tracy, Joseph "Kanaka Joe," 3243 The Trans-Pacific Cable, 3331 Trans-Pacific Sketches, 3 1 7 7 Travels in the Sandwich and Society Islands, 2 1 7 5 Treadway, Peter, 3248 Treasury of Travel and Adventure, 2659 treaties, 2 0 1 8 , 2257, 2 3 1 0 , 2 3 7 0 , 3 0 8 1 ; Austro-Hungary, 3 1 3 2 ; Denmark, 3322; France, 2274, 2 2 7 5 ; Germany, 3 2 4 2 , 3 3 1 1 , 3312, 3322, 3324; Great Britain, 1 8 1 0 , 1 8 6 2 , 1875, i 0 9 5 j Japan, 2948; Netherlands, 2492; Republic of Bremen, 2 0 1 8 , 2095; Sweden and Norway, 2089, 2095, 2 1 9 3 ; United States, 1839. See also reciprocity A Tribute to the Memory of Hon. William L. Lee, 2 2 0 0 "A Trip to the Crater of Kilauea," 1838 Triton, 2448, 3 0 1 6 Trousseau, Dr. George, 3 2 8 2 Tuckerman, Edward, 1992, 2 5 1 1 , 2512, 2760, 2771, 3019, 3068 Turnbull, Robert, 1 9 0 1 Turrill, Joel, 2 1 3 9 Tuscarora, USS, 3 0 1 5 , 3065 Twain, Mark (pseud, of Samuel Langhorne Clemens), 2679, 2-733. 2.734, 2.772, 2978 Twenty Years Around the World, 2-457, 2.513, 3 2 4 7 Two Years in the Pacific, 1889 "Ua mau ke Ea o ka Aina i ka Pono, 3 1 6 1 Ui Kula Sabati, 2852 Ulupalakua, Maui, 2 0 4 5 , 2 0 4 6 Umi, 2339, 2 4 4 0 The Uncivilized Races of Man, 2982 Under the Mizzen Mast, 2983 Ungewitter, Franz Heinrich, 1966 Union Line! No Secession, 2455 unions, 3268 United States: Civil War, 2 4 4 0 , 2.441, 2-455, 2456, 2 5 2 0 , 2628, 2629, 2660; Japanese ambassadors to, 2 3 9 1 - 2 3 9 4 , 2437; Postal Convention, 2867; Sanitary Commission,

733

734

Index 2.660; seamen's hospitals, 2412, 2413, 2619; Treasury Department, 3 2 0 0 , 3342; treaties, 1839, 2257. See also annexation; Fourth of July celebrations; reciprocity United States Exploring Expedition: Botany [Brackenridge], 1978, 1979, 2 0 7 1 ; Botany [Gray], 1992, 1993, 2 1 5 0 , 2203, 3019; Botany [Sullivant], 2343; Botany [Tuckerman], 2 5 1 1 , 2512., 3068; On the Circulation of the Oceans [Wilkes], 2348; Crustacea [Dana], 1855, 1856, 2077, 2078; Distribution of Animals and Plants [Pickering], 2048, 2546, 3166; Four Years in a Government Exploring Expedition [Colvocoresses], 1854, 2076; Herpetology [Girard], 2246-2249; Hydrography [Wilkes], 2 3 0 1 , 2460; Mammalogy and Ornithology [Cassin], 2237-2240; Meteorology [Wilkes], 1843, 1844; Mollusca and Shells [Gould], i860, 1 8 6 1 , 2148, 2149; Narrative of The United States Exploring Expedition [Wilkes], 1 8 4 1 , 1903, 2195; New Edition Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition [Wilkes], 1 8 4 1 ; A Popular Catalogue of the Extraordinary Curiosities [Hunter], 2 1 1 3 ; Voyage Round the World [Wilkes], 1842 The United States; its Power and Progress, 1828 Up and Down: or, Fifty Years' Colonial Experiences, 3253 Van der Maesen de Sombreff, Paul, 2492 Vancouver, 2360 Vancouver, George, 2 1 8 0 Vaquero, 2134 Varieties Theatre, 1967, 1968, 2055-2066 Varigny, Charles Victor Crosnier de, 2361, 2577, 2656, 2691, 3 0 1 0 , 3069, 3105 Vassar, John Guy, 2457, 2 5 1 3 , 3*47

Venus (planet), transit of, 1849, 3085, 3103 Vénus (ship), 1975, 2132, 2562 Vestiges of the Molten Globe, 3076 Vetromile, Eugene, 3343 Viera, Mauel, 2379 A View of the Proposed Treaty of Reciprocity, 2738 Villa de Poel, 2389 Ville de Bordeaux, 2730 Vincennes, 1854 Vincent, Frank, Jr., 3168, 3169 A Vindication of the Orders of the Ancient Catholic Church, 2649 Virgin, Christian Adolph, 2233 Visiting Association, 2518 Vixen, 2288, 2298, 2299 The Volcano House. See Kilauea (volcano) "The Volcano of Kilauea," 2.740 volcanoes, 1807, 2133, 2549, 2602, 2659, 2776, 2823, 2894, 3 0 1 3 , 3076, 3281. See also Haleakala; Kilauea; Mauna Kea; Mauna Loa "Volcanoes of Hawaii," 2300 voters, lists of qualified, 3127, 3128 voting rights, 2566, 2579 A Voyage Around the World, 2888 Voyage au pays Des Mormons, 2410 Voyage Autour Du Monde: [Chapagnic], 2242; [Decaisne], 2562; [Saint-Hilaire et al.], 2132 "Voyage aux îles Sandwich," 3010 Voyage En Chine, 1 9 9 1 , 2588 A Voyage in a Sunbeam, 3173 A Voyage in the 'Sunbeam,' 3202, 3254, 3255 The Voyage of The Missionary Packet, 2709 A voyage Round the World in 300 Days, 3287 Voyages and Commercial Enterprises, 2075 Voyages et découvertes En Océanie, 2 1 8 0 Vysheslavitsev, Aleksei, 2514, 2773

Waddell, James E., 2628, 2629 Waialua, Oahu, 1 9 1 3 Wailuku, Maui, 1 8 0 3 , 1982, 1996, 2828 Wailuku Female Seminary, 1 8 0 3 , 2828 Waimea, Hawaii, 1982, 2175, 3069, 3070, 3184, 3251 Waimea, Kauai, 1996 Waiohinu. See Kau Waiohinu, J. T., 2438 Waipio Valley, 1982, 3069, 3070, 3106, 3184 Waiwai paa! ma ke Kuai Kudala, 2624, 2626 Wakeman, Edgar, 3248 Waldron, D. G., 2340 Walker, John S., 2340, 3028, 3123, 3129, 3 1 3 1 , 3 1 7 0 Walker, Thomas R., 3086 Wallace, Alfred Russel, 3 1 7 1 , 3344 Wallingford, H. Stephen, 3314 Walsh, Mr. and Mrs., 3007 Wanderer (schooner), 2551 War, Department of, Secretary's reports, 1872, 1873, I935> 1940, 1 9 4 1 , 2 0 1 6 , 2 1 0 4 , 2105, 2170, 2171, 2276-2279, 2380, 2493, 2494. See also military Ward, Elijah, 3 2 0 1 Warren, Jane S., 2414 Warren, Thomas Robinson, 2345 Warren, William, 2887 Waterhouse, Henry, 3144, 3268 Waterhouse, John T., 2294, 2415, 2499, 3123 Waterman, Captain, 2332 Wawra, Heinrich, ritter von Fernsee, 2979, 2980 weapons laws, 1868, 2 1 0 0 Webb, Joseph S., 2188 Webster, John, 2551 Webster, William, 2093, 2 1 9 1 , 2643 Weekly Argus, 1840 West Point, 2 0 2 1 Weston, George Edgar, 295 2 The Whaleman's Adventures, 2977 Whalemen's Shipping List, 1902, 1969 whaling, 1889, 1895, 1896, 1902, 2218, 2332, 2335, 2352, 2389, 2448, 2542, 2730, 2827, 2925,

Index z

977, 3 o l i >, 3193, 3250. See also shipping lists What I Saw on the West Coast, 2619 Wheeler, Daniel, 2346, 3 0 1 6 Wheeler (steamship), 2021, 2345 Whipple, Charles King, 2458 Whiteside, Samuel H., 2422 Whitfield, Captain, 1888 Whitney, Henry M., 2416, 2804, 2823, 2873, 2880, 3123; books, 2214, 2957, 3106; dictionary printing, 2615; newspapers, 2188, 2440, 2537, 2634, 2750, 3143; postmaster, 1928, 2005, 2093, 2161; shipping lists, 1902, 1969, 2295 Whittle, Thomas, 3258 Why and what am If The Confessions of an Inquirer; 2221 Why the "Latterday Saints" Marry a Plurality of Wives, 2026 Widemann, Hermann A., 3031, 3032, 3320 Wilcox, P. S., 2347, 2499 Wild, John James, 3249 Wilder, Robert Gould, 2459 Wilder, Samuel G., 3133 Wildey, William Brackley, 3 1 7 2 Wilkes, Charles, 1 8 2 5 , 1 8 4 1 - 1 8 4 4 , 1903, 1992, 2195, 2196, 2301, 2348, 2460. See also

United States Exploring Expedition William and Mary, 2288 Williams, Captain, 1990 Williams, Edward Addams, 2349 Williams, Geo., 2005, 2093, 2161 Williamson, C. G., 2823, 2880 Willis, Alfred, 2955, 2993, 3°36[j], 312-3, 32.51, 32.72, 3273 Wiplinger, Captain, 2979 Wise, Henry Augustus, 1845 Wodehouse, James H., 3173, 3227, 3229, 3230, 3231 Woman's Board of Missions, 2981 Wonga Wonga, 3328 Wood, John George, 2818, 2982 Wood, R. A. S., 1986, 2093, 2372 Wood, Robert W , 2499 Wood, Wm. Pinhasa, 2792 Woods, James, 3300 Worcester, Samuel, 2664 The World of Waters, 1891, 2229 The World We Live In, 1 9 0 1 The World's Paradises, 3278 Wright, Captain, 2332 Wyllie, Robert C., 1852, 1930, 2004, 2119, 2207-2209, 2-2-35, 2485, 2499, 2508; Constitution, 1863, 2471, 2565, 2609; correspondence,

2415, 2421, 2682; death, 2661, 2708, 2735-2737; Minister of Foreign Relations, 1810, 1815, 1846, 1872, 1875, 1921, 1923, 1924, 1935, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2018, 2027, 2028, 2088, 2089, 2095, 2159, 2160, 2210, 2223, 2257, 2258, 2261-2264, 2 3 7 0 , 2 3 9 1 , z 393, 2425, 2426, 2442, 2474-2477, 2492, 2523, 2524; Princeville, 2552-2554, 3069; Secretary at War, 1867, 1935, 1940, 2016, 2104, 2 1 7 0 , 2276, 2278, 2380, 2493; speeches, 2234, 2657 Yankee, 2304 Ye Martha Washington Tea Party, 3119 Young, Alexander, 3123 Young, Elias, 2378 Young, John, II. See Keoni Ana Zealandia, 3177, 3194, 3206, 3282 Zealous, 2936, 2986 Zepherino, J. P. K. (Z. Kahoalii), 2445

zoology, 2049, 2132, 3 1 7 1 , 3344 The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Herald, 2049

735